A Bibliography of 20th Century Research. Update
Transcription
A Bibliography of 20th Century Research. Update
The Kingdom of God: A Bibliography of 20th Century Research. Update Lesław Daniel Chrupcała Created: 5 July, 2007. Last modified: 12 June, 2012 I. Festschriften and Collected Essays Aguilar Chiu J.E. et alii (ed.), Bible et Terre Sainte. Mélanges Marcel Beaudry, New York - Bern: Peter Lang 2008, pp. xix-553. [NTA 52, p. 565; OTA 32,701] rev. J. Day, JSOT 33/5 (2009) 1-2 Balch D.L. - Lamoreaux J.T. (ed.), Finding a Woman’s Place. Essays in Honor of Carolyn Osiek (PTMS 150), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2011, pp. xl-366. Bertalot R., Per dialogare con la Riforma (Biblioteca di Studi Ecumenici 2), Vicenza: L.I.E.F. 1989, pp. 258. Bérubé C. (ed.), Regnum hominis et regnum Dei. Acta Quarti Congressus Scotistici Internationalis, Patavii, 24-29 septembris 1976. I: Sectio generalis (Studia scholastico-scotistica 6), Romae: Societas Internationalis Scotistica 1978, pp. 662. rev. D. Gagnan, Collectanea Franciscana (Roma, Italy) 48/1-2 (1978) 131-135 Beutner E.F. (ed.), Listening to the Parables of Jesus (Jesus Seminar Guides 2), Santa Rosa CA: Polebridge 2007, pp. x-129. [NTA 52, p. 379] rev. M.A. Daise, JSHJ 8 (2010) 83-84 Bock D.L. - Webb R.L. (ed.), Key Events in the Life of the Historical Jesus. A Collaborative Exploration of Context and Coherence (WUNT 247), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2009, pp. xvii-931 / Paperback 2010. [NTA 55, p. 371] rev. BibTod 49/3 (2011) 196; E.C.S. Eve, JTS 62/2 (2011) 700-702; P. Foster, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 42-43; H. Giesen, SNTU A 35 (2010) 231-233; C. Grappe, RHPR 91/3 (2011) 443-444; P. Gray, RelSR 37/3 (2011) 210-211; R. Horsley, RevBL 10/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7900_8636.pdf>; S. Schreiber, ThLZ 136/2 (2011) cols 146-149; R. Schwindt, ThGl 101/2 (2011) 286-288; C. Stenschke, NovT 54 (2012) 101-102 Braaten C.E. - Jenson R.W. (ed.), The Last Things: Biblical and Theological Perspectives on Eschatology, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2002, pp. ix-169. rev. L.E. Hall, HeyJ 46 (2005) 541-542; C. Marshall, Stmulus 15/3 (2007) 45-46; F.D. Rees, Colloquium 34/2 (2002) Broer I., Evangelienstudien (SBA 41. Neues Testament), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2007, pp. 296. [IZBG 54,792] Brooke G.J., The Dead Sea Scrolls and the New Testament. Essays in Mutual Illumination, Minneapolis MN: Fortress - London: SPCK 2005, pp. xx-314. rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 32/2 (2006) 122; J. Frey, RevBL 9/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4777_4936.pdf>; T.J. Kraus, RevBL 9/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4777_4935.pdf>; T.H. Lim, ExpT 118 (2006) 18; M.S. Moore, RevBL 1/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4777_5054.pdf>; G. Vermes, JJS 57 (2006) 181 I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 2 Bunge M.J. et alii (ed.), The Child in the Bible, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xxvi-467. [IZBG 55,1451; NTA 53, p. 416-417] rev. P. Balla, ExpT 121/6 (2010) 306; C.B. Horn, CBQ 71/4 (2009) 929-930; M. Larsson, SEÅ 76 (2011) 217-218; E. Lazarewicz-Wyrzykowska, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 12-13; A.J. Murphy, Journal of Childhood and Religion. Electronic journal 1 (2010) <www.childhoodandreligion.com/JCR/Book_Reviews_files/Bunge%20review.pdf>; N.H. Taylor, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 9; K.J. Wendland, WW 30/3 (2010) 343-344; R.H. Williams, TS 71 (2010) 250 Busse U., Jesus im Gespräch. Zur Bildrede in den Evangelien und der Apostelgeschichte (SBA 43. Neues Testament), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2009, pp. 317. [IZBG 55,700] Busse U. et alii (ed.), Erinnerung an Jesus: Kontinuität und Diskontinuität in der neutestamentlichen Überlieferung. Festschrift für Rudolf Hoppe zum 65. Geburtstag (BBB 166), Göttingen: V&R unipress - Bonn University Press 2011, pp. 564. Casciaro J.M. et alii (ed.), Esperanza del hombre y revelación bíblica. XIV Simposio Internacional de Teología de la Universidad de Navarra (Simposios Internacionales de Teología 14), Pamplona: Ediciones Universidad de Navarra EUNSA 1996, pp. 569. Charlesworth J.H. - Pokorný P. (ed.), Jesus Research: An International Perspective. The First PrincetonPrague Symposium on Jesus Research, Prague 2005 (Princeton-Prague Symposia Series on the Historical Jesus 1), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2009, pp. xxii-307. [IZBG 56,1625; NTA 54, p. 158-159] rev. BibTod 48 (2010) 116; P. Borgen, RevBL 4/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7309_7962.pdf>; B. Chilton, Biography. An Interdisciplinary Quarterly (Honolulu HI) 33/3 (2010) 570-572; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 60 (2010) 487-492; S.J. Gathercole, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 35-36; C. Keith, CBQ 73 (2011) 197-199; B. Pascut, NovT 53 (2011) 101-104; S. Schreiber, ThLZ 136/2 (2011) cols 146-149; G.H. Twelftree, JTS 62 (2011) 308-310 Chrostowski W. (ed.), „Stworzył Bóg człowieka na Swój obraz”. Księga pamiątkowa dla Biskupa Profesora Mariana Gołębiewskiego w 65. rocznicę urodzin, Warszawa: “Vocatio” 2002, pp. 466 [in Polish]. Chrostowski W. (ed.), „Pieśniami dla mnie Twoje przykazania”. Księga pamiątkowa dla Księdza Profesora Janusza Frankowskiego w 50. rocznicę święceń kapłańskich i 75. rocznicę urodzin, Warszawa: “Vocatio” 2003, pp. 486 [in Polish]. rev. Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 3/nr 1(5) (2003) 65-68 Chung P.S. et alii, Liberating Lutheran Theology. Freedom for Justice and Solidarity with Others in a Global Context (Studies in Lutheran History and Theology), Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2011, pp. 292. Coppens J. et alii (ed.), Sacra Pagina. Miscellanea Biblica Congressus Internationalis Catholici de Re Biblica (BETL 12), I, Gembloux: Duculot 1959, pp. 579. rev. J.L. McKenzie, TS 21/4 (1960) 634-635 David R. (ed.), Faut-il attendre le Messie? Études sur le messianisme (Sciences bibliques 5), Montréal Paris: Médiaspaul 1998, pp. 238. [NTA 44, p. 184] rev. J.-D. Macchi, RThPh 131 (1999) 346; J.-P. Michaud, Theoforum 31 (2000) 83-86 Davis M.T. - Strawn B.A. (ed.), Qumran Studies: New Approaches, New Questions, (introd. J.E. Sanders), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2007, pp. xxviii-296. [NTA 52, p. 196] rev. K. Atkinson, JHS 9 (2009) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/review158.htm> = in E. Ben Zvi (ed.), Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures VI. Comprising the Contents of Journal of Hebrew Scriptures, vol. 9 (Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures and its Contexts 7), Piscataway NJ: Gorgias 2010, pp. 974: p. 645-646; L. Doering, JSOT 30/5 (2008) 109110; H.-J. Fabry, RevBL 5/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6114_6528.pdf>; R.K. Hawkins, BTB 39/3 (2009) 170-171; C. Hempel, JTS 62/2 (2011) 686-687; J.A. Naude, OTE 21 (2008) 228-230; E. Tigchelaar, JSJ 39/3 (2008) 394 de Jonge M., Jesus: Stranger from Heaven and Son of God. Jesus Christ and the Christians in Johannine Perspective (Sources for Biblical Study 11), (ed. J.E. Steely), Missoula MT: Scholars 1977, pp. x236. [NTA 22, p. 211] rev. J.E. Bruns, CBQ 40 (1978) 437-438; G. Dautzenberg, ThRev 75 (1979) cols 284-286; J. Galot, Greg 60 (1979) 180181; S.S. Smalley, ExpT 89 (1977) 348; D.M. Smith, RelSR 5/4 (1979) 64; K.-W. Tröger, ThLZ 107 (1982) cols 351-352 Delorme J., Parole et récit évangéliques. Études sur l’évangile de Marc (LD 209), (ed. J.-Y. Thériault), Paris: Cerf - Montréal: Médiaspaul 2006, pp. 326. [NTA 51, p. 164] rev. A. Batten, CBQ 69/4 (2007) 819-821; P. Debergé, BLE 108/2 (2007) 344; L. Sánchez Navarro, EstBíb 65 (2007) 559561 I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 3 Denaux A., Studies in the Gospel of Luke. Structure, Language and Theology (Tilburg Theological Studies 4), Berlin - Münster: LIT 2010, pp. xii-386. De Santos L. - Grasso S. (ed.), “Perché stessero con Lui”. Scritti in onore di Klemens Stock SJ, nel suo 75° compleanno (AnBib 180), Roma: Gregorian & Biblical Press 2010, pp. 432. [NTA 55, p. 564-565] De Virgilio G. - Ferrari P.L. (ed.), «Lingue come di fuoco» (At 2, 3). Studi lucani in onore di Mons. Carlo Ghidelli (La cultura 128), Roma: Edizioni Studium 2010, pp. ix-399. rev. A.A. Aglitti, Il Veltro. Rivista della Civiltà Italiana (Roma, Italy) 54/3-6 (2010) 256-257; L.D. Chrupcała, Ant 86/3 (2011) 597-601; D. Scaiola, CivCatt 161/4 (2010) 620-621 Diller C. et alii (ed.), Studien zu Psalmen und Propheten. Festschrift für Hubert Irsigler (HBS 64), Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2010, pp. xi-493. rev. B. Weber, OTE 23/3 (2010) 918-919 Dimitrov I.Z. (ed.), Das Alte Testament als christliche Bibel in orthodoxer und westlicher Sicht. Zweite Europäische Orthodox-Westliche Exegetenkonferenz im Rilakloster vom 8.-15. September 2001 (WUNT 174), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2004, pp. xiv-420: p. 119-136. [NTA 49, p. 381; OTA 31,1756] rev. L. Doering, JSNT 27/5 (2005) 157; P. Gibert, RSR 96 (2008) 107-108; S.D. Ryan, TS 67 (2006) 880-881; C. Stenschke, NovT 50 (2008) 410-415; SHE 32/3 (2006) 413-417; J.M. Vincent, ÉtThRel 80/4 (2005) 556-558; B. Weber, EurJT 15 (2006) 53-54; U. Z., Irén 79 (2006) 166-167 Dschulnigg P., Studien zu Einleitungsfragen und zur Theologie und Exegese des Neuen Testaments. Gesammelte Aufsätze von Peter Dschulnigg (Biblical Tools and Studies 9), (ed. B. Kowalski et alii), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2010, pp. xxiv-601. [NTA 55, p. 560] rev. J. Radermakers, NRTh 133/2 (2011) 296 Evans C.A., Jesus and His Contemporaries. Comparative Studies (AGJU 25), Leiden etc.: Brill 1995, pp. xiii-532. [NTA 40, p. 140] rev. C.C. Caragounis, SEÅ 61 (1996) 140-143; L.W. Hurtado, JETS 42 (1999) 135; P.K. Moser, CRBR 8 (1995) 393-401 Evans C.A. - Flint P.W. (ed.), Eschatology, Messianism, and the Dead Sea Scrolls (SDSSRL 1), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1997, pp. xii-176. [NTA 42, p. 416] rev. J. Borders, AshThJ 34 (2002) 165-166; S.W. Crawford, BASOR nr 312 (1998) 90-92; D.A. Fiensy, SCJ 1/2 (1998) 270-272; F. García Martínez, RdQ 19/nr 74 (1999) 281-283; P. Garnet, DSD 6/2 (1999) 202-205; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 60/3 (1998) 601-602; R. Ratzlaff, HebSt 40 (1999) 350-352; A. van der Kooij, BiOr 55 (1998) 888-889 Fanous D., Taught by God. Making Sense of the Difficult Sayings of Jesus, Rollinsford NH: Orthodox Research Institute 2010, pp. viii-249. [NTA 55, p. 375] Fortna R.T. - Thatcher T. (ed.), Jesus in Johannine Tradition, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2001, pp. xviii-381. [NTA 46, p. 150] rev. D. Good, ATR 85/4 (2003) 751; E.W. Klink, III, RevBL 9/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/2000_760.pdf>; S.S. Smalley, JTS 54 (2003) 248-250; G. Van Belle, EphTL 80/4 (2004) 514-520 Frey J. - Becker M. (ed.), Apokalyptik und Qumran (Einblicke 10: Ergebnisse - Berichte - Reflexionen aus Tagungen der katholischen Akademie Schwerte), Paderborn: Bonifatius 2007, pp. 304. [OTA 34,647] Frey J. et alii (ed.), Das Thomasevangelium. Entstehung – Rezeption – Theologie (BZNW 157), Berlin New York: de Gruyter 2008, pp. ix-545. [NTA 53, p. 206] rev. P. Foster, ExpT 120/7 (2009) 333; D. Lührmann, ThLZ 135 (2010) cols 19-21; R. Nordsieck, BZ 54 (2010) 158-160; R.W. Yarbrough, BBR 19/4 (2009) 626-628 Galanis I. et alii (ed.), Διακονία, Λειτουργία, Χάρισμα. Πατερική καί σύγχρονη ἑρμηνεία τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης. Τιμητικός τόμος πρός τόν ὁμότιμο καθηγητή τοῦ Πανεπιστημίου Ἀθηνῶν Γεώργιο Ἀντ. Γαλίτη [Diakonia, Leitourgia, Charisma. Patristic and Contemporary Exegesis of the New Testament. Studies in Honor of the Emeritus Professor of the University of Athens Georgios Ant. Galitis], Αθήνα: Ἐν πλῷ 2006, pp. 615. González A., The Gospel of Faith and Justice, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2005, pp. xii-179. rev. A. Kee, RRT 13/3 (2006) 308-310; D.P. McKanan, Catholic Library World (Pittsfield MA) 77/2 (2006) 140; C. Orji, Horizons 34 (2007) 140-141 Grasso S. - Manicardi E. (ed.), «Generati da una parola di verità» (Gc 1,18). Scritti in onore di Rinaldo Fabris nel suo 70° compleanno (ABI. Supp. RivBib 47), Bologna: Dehoniane 2006, pp. 426. [NTA 51, p. 150-151; Regno-Attualità 51/nr 16 (2006) 546] I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 4 rev. J.L. Caballero, ScripTh 40/2 (2008) 634-635; A. Colacri, RivBib 55/4 (2007) 504-506; G. Di Palma, Asprenas 54/3-4 (2007) 454-455; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131/2 (2009) 310-311 Gregersen N.H. et alii (ed.), The Gift of Grace. The Future of Lutheran Theology, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2005, pp. xvi-368. rev. Dialog 44/3 (2005) 310-311; M.J. Lohrmann, CuTM 34/2 (2007); P.E. Lutter, WW 26/2 (2006) 219-220; M.C. Mattes, SJT 62 (2009) 95-97; D.C. Ratke, TTo 63 (2006) 131-132 Grilli M. et alii (ed.), Riqueza y solidaridad en la obra de Lucas (Evangelio y cultura. Monografías 3), Estella (Navarra): Verbo Divino 2006, pp. 325 | trans. German: Handle danach und du wirst leben. Reichtum und Solidarität im Werk des Lukas, Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2011, pp. 315. [NTA 56, p. 170] Gurtner D.M. - Nolland J. (ed.), Built upon the Rock. Studies in the Gospel of Matthew, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xv-331. [NTA 52, p. 586] rev. I. Boxall, ScripB 38/2 (2008) 112-114; F.W. Burnett, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 295; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 58 (2008) 562-566; J.C. Edwards, RevBL 4/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6500_7030.pdf>; A. O’Leary, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 50; B. Paschke, BZ 54/2 (2010) 278-280; B.T. Viviano, CBQ 70/4 (2008) 881-882 Habel N.C. - Balabanski V. (ed.), The Earth Story in the New Testament (The Earth Bible 5), London New York: Sheffield Academic / Cleveland OH: Pilgrim 2002, pp. xx-224. [NTA 47, p. 389] rev. R. Herms, Borderlands. A Journal of Theology and Education (Durham, U.K.) 2 (Summer 2003) 49; A.T. Lincoln, EurJT 12/2 (2003) 145-146 Hengel M., Kleine Schriften. V: Jesus und die Evangelien (WUNT 211), (ed. C.-J. Thornton), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. xii-725. [NTA 52, p. 161] rev. S. Gathercole, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 40; A. Fuchs, SNTU A 33 (2008) 269-270; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 356-358; L.M. Maloney, CBQ 72 (2010) 195-197; K.-W. N., ThLZ 133 (2008) cols 171-172; C. Stenschke, EurJT 17 (2008) 73-75 Herranz Marco M. - García Pérez J.M., ¿Esperó Jesús un fin del mundo cercano? (SSNT 12), Madrid: Ediciones Encuentro / Fundación San Justino 2003, pp. 182. rev. P. Luna García, RelCul 50 (2004) 500-501 Hess R.S. - Carroll M.D. (ed.), Israel’s Messiah in the Bible and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2003, pp. 192. [NTA 47, p. 582] rev. R. Arav, RevBL 6/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3180_3551.pdf>; Ph.R. Davies, JSOT 28/5 (2004) 163-164; M. McNamara, HeyJ 48/2 (2007) 281; J.H. Sailhamer, JETS 46/4 (2003) 711-712; M.O. Wise, JHS 5 (2004-2005) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/review158.htm> Hesse K. et alii (ed.), Staatsverfassung und Kirchenordnung. Festgabe für Rudolf Smend zum 80. Geburtstag am 15. Januar 1962, Tübingen: Mohr 1962, pp. 466. rev. C. Link, ZRelGeist 80 (1963) 569-585; P. Nautin, RHR 166 (1964) 99-100 Horbury W., Messianism among Jews and Christians. Twelve Biblical and Historical Studies, London New York: T&T Clark 2003, pp. ix-417. [NTA 47, p. 597-598] rev. C. Fletcher-Louis, JTS 55 (2004) 443-444; A.E. Gardner, ABR 56 (2008); W.A. Meeks, JQR 95/2 (2005) 336-340; T. Nicklas, RevBL 7/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3314_3705.pdf>; S. Pierce, ScripB 34 (2004) 33-39; H. Wansbrough, PriestsPeople 18 (2004) 36-37 Huffmon H.B. et alii (ed.), The Quest for the Kingdom of God. Studies in Honor of George E. Mendenhall, Winona Lake IN: Eisenbrauns 1983, pp. viii-316. rev. J.A. Emerton, VT 34/3 (1984) 371-372; J.C. Greenfield, BASOR nr 269 (February 1988) 92-93; T.R. Hobbs, BTB 14/4 (1984) 169-170; D. Pardee, JNES 48/2 (1989) 146-147; W.H. Shea, AUSS 23 (1985) 66-68 Human D.J. (ed.), Psalms and Mythology (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 462), New York - London: T&T Clark 2007, pp. xviii-262. rev. L. Crow, CBQ 72/3 (2010) 628-630; J.M. Leonard, RevBL 5/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6461_6979.pdf>; J. Wilks, ExpT 120/6 (2009) 309 Kapera Z.J. (ed.), Mogilany 1993. Papers on the Dead Sea Scrolls offered in memory of Hans Burgmann [the Fourth International Colloquium on the Dead Sea Scrolls, Kraków - Swoszowice 1993] (Qumranica Mogilanesia 13), Kraków: Enigma Press 1996, pp. 229. [NTA 41, p. 179] rev. M.G. Abegg, Jr., DSD 4/3 (1997) 362-364; K.R. Atkinson, QC 11 (2001) 126-133; G.J. Brooke, PEQ 129/2 (1997) 170-171; J. Molka, RBL 50 (1997) 75-77 Keerankeri G., Matthew’s Witness to Jesus. Emmanuel, the Magi and the Star, Mubai: St. Pauls 2008, pp. 339. [NTA 54, p. 163] I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 5 rev. J. Kallarangatt, Vidyajyoti 72 (2008) 711-713 Knibb M.A. (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism [Colloquium Biblicum Lovaniense LIII, July 27-29, 2004] (BETL 195), Leuven: University Press - Dudley MA: Peeters 2006, pp. xxxi-560. [OTA 35,796; NTA 52, p. 205; JSOT 31/5 (2007) 62-63] rev. J.M. Auwers, EphTL 82/4 (2006) 485; M. Bauks, ÉtThRel 85/2 (2010) 258-259; D.W. Chapman, BBR 19/2 (2009) 284-286; M. Cimosa, RivBib 56/3 (2008) 352-358; H. Hoet, Collat 37/3 (2007) 350-351; J. Joosten, RHPR 88 (2008) 233; L. Laberge, Theoforum 38 (2007) 239-244; M. Meiser, ThLZ 133 (2008) cols 505-507; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131 (2009) 132-133; M. Rösel, ZAW 120/3 (2008) 472; A.G. Salvesen, JTS 59/2 (2008) 735-738; H.G.M. Williamson, JJS 60 (2009) 138-140 Knibb M.A., Essays on the Book of Enoch and Other Early Jewish Texts and Traditions (Studia in Veteris Testamenti Pseudepigrapha 22), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2009, pp. xvii-448. [IZBG 55,1156; NTA 54, p. 198-199] rev. S. Beyerle, JSJ 42 (2011) 109-111; G.J. Brooke, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 187; R.E. Stokes, DSD 19 (2012) 128-129; N. Witte, ZAW 122 (2010) 149 Kurian G.T. (ed.), The Encyclopedia of Christian Civilization. II: E-L, Oxford etc.: Wiley-Blackwell 2011, pp. 745-1404. Lampe P. et alii (ed.), Neutestamentliche Exegese im Dialog. Hermeneutik – Wirkungsgeschichte – Matthäusevangelium. Festschrift für Ulrich Luz zum 70. Geburtstag, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2008, pp. x-376. [NTA 54, p. 363-364] rev. ThLZ 135/7 (2010) col. 837; B. István, Református Szemle (Kolozsvár - Cluj, Romania) 101/3 (2008) 329-331 Landman L. (ed.), Messianism in the Talmudic Era, New York: Ktav 1979, pp. xxxv-518. [NTA 24, p. 106107; GraceTJ 1/1 (1980) <www.galaxie.com/article/8476>] rev. ZKT 103 (1981) 208; J. Alonso Díaz, EstBíb 38 (1979-80) 371-373; E.L. Ehrlich, FrRu 31 (1979) 138-139; J. Redford, «The Messiah and The Meaning of Scripture»: ScripB 12/3 (1982) 62-67 Levine A.-J. - Blickenstaff M. (ed.), A Feminist Companion to Luke (Feminist Companion to the New Testament and Early Christian Writings 3), London - New York: Sheffield Academic 2002, pp. xi315. [NTA 47, p. 160] rev. D. Bower, BCT 2/1 (2006) 09.1-09.5 <www.relegere.org/index.php/bct/article/viewFile/78/64>; E. Fuchs, RevBL 1/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/2922_2953.pdf>; D.C. Lopez, JBL 124/3 (2005) 562-565; RevBL 4/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4315_4296.pdf> Lichtenberger H. (ed.), Geschichte – Tradition – Reflexion. Festschrift für Martin Hengel zum 70. Geburtstag. III: Frühes Christentum, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 1996, pp. xvii-610. [NTA 41, p. 534-536] rev. J. Beutler, TPhil 74/4 (1999) 579-580; A. Fuchs, SNTU A 25 (2000) 576; H. Giesen, OrdKor 39/2 (1998) 225-232; E.F. Osborn, ABR 47 (1999) 88-89; M. Wolter, ZAC 5 (2001) 161-163 Lierman J. (ed.), Challenging Perspectives on the Gospel of John (WUNT II/219), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. xii-369. [NTA 51, p. 387] rev. M. Ahuvia, Hen 32/2 (2008) 402; C. Grappe, RHPR 87 (2007) 236-237; N. Guy, RestQuart 50 (2008) 254; P.A. Holloway, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 69; J.J. Kanagaraj, Themelios 33/2 (2008) 82-84; M. Lang, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 557-558; J. Radermakers, NRTh 130 (2008) 322-323; B.E. Reynolds, EurJT 17 (2008) 83-85; E.J. Schnabel, TrinJ 29/1 (2008); C.S. Shidemantle, JETS 51/3 (2008) 652-654; G. Segalla, StP 55 (2008) 677-678; C. Stenschke, Neotest 41 (2007) 451-455; JETh 21 (2007) 303-306; R.W. Yarbrough, BBR 19 (2009) 129-130 Lim T.H. et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls in Their Historical Context, Edinburgh: T&T Clark 2000, pp. ix-309. [NTA 45, p. 205] rev. J. Borders, AshThJ 33 (2001) 162-163; J.G. Campbell, ExpT 112/7 (2001) 237; JTS 54/2 (2003) 648-649; S. Gathercole, SJT 55 (2002) 121-123; A. Lange, ZAW 113 (2001) 297; J.M. Squirrell, VT 53 (2003) 125; D.D. Swanson, JSOT 25/5 (2001) 158 Manns F., Jerusalem, Antioche, Rome. Jalons pour une théologie de l’église de la circoncision (SBF. Analecta 73), Milano: Edizioni Terra Santa 2009, pp. 441. McGavran D.A. (ed.), Crucial Issues in Mission Tomorrow, Chicago: Moody 1972, pp. 272. McKnight S. - Modica J.B. (ed.), Who Do My Opponents Say I Am? An Investigation of the Accusations against Jesus (Library of Historical Jesus Studies [JSNT SS] 327), New York: T&T Clark 2008, pp. x-175. [IZBG 54,1638; NTA 53, p. 169] rev. P.F. Craffert, CBQ 71/3 (2009) 691-693; D.B. Gowler, CBQ 72 (2010) 198-200; P.M. Head, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 41; N. Klancher, JSHJ 10 (2012) 87-92; S. Lamerson, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6474_6993.pdf>; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 292-293; S. Witetschek, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6474_6994.pdf> I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 6 Mell U., Biblische Anschläge. Ausgewählte Aufsätze (ABIG 30), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2009, pp. 344. Meynet R. - Oniszczuk J. (ed.), Retorica biblica e semitica 1. Atti del primo convegno RBS (Retorica biblica 12), Bologna: Dehoniane 2009, pp. 318. [NTA 54, p. 148-149] Mielcarek K. (ed.), Królestwo Boże. Dar i nadzieja [Kingdom of God. Gift and Hope] (ABLub 3), Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2009, pp. 194 [in Polish]. [Papers presented at a conference hosted by the Instytut Nauk Biblijnych KUL, April 29-30, 2009, held in Lublin, Poland] Mosetto F., “Attende tibi et doctrinae…” (1 Tm 4,16). Studi neotestamentari (Nuova Biblioteca di Scienze Religiose 26), Roma: LAS 2010, pp. 408. rev. C. Broccardo, StP 58/2 (2011) 449 Neusner J. et alii (ed.), Judaisms and their Messiahs at the Turn of the Christian Era, Cambridge etc.: University Press 1987 (reprint 19963), pp. xvi-299. [NTA 32, p. 396] rev. M.D. Goodman, JSS 35 (1990) 152-153; A.S. van der Woude, JSJ 20 (1989) 248-252 O’Brien H. (ed.), Partnership in Mission and Development (Point 2), Goroka (Papua New Guinea): Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and Socio-Economic Service 1980, pp. 203. Oropeza B.J. et alii (ed.), Jesus and Paul. Global Perspectives in Honor of James D. G. Dunn for His 70th Birthday (LNTS 414), London - New York NY: T&T Clark 2009, pp. xxvii-240. [NTA 54, p. 358] rev. B. Bury, RRT 18/3 (2011) 394-395; J. Heath, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 19; B. Ukwuegbu, RevBL 7/2011 <www.bookreviews. org/pdf/7551_8247.pdf>; M. Zetterholm, CBQ 73/3 (2011) 667-669 Paciorek A. et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie [The Gospel of the Kingdom] (Scripturae lumen 1. Biblia i jej oddziaływanie), Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2009, pp. 751 [in Polish]. rev. E. Jezierska, WPT 18 (2010) 295-296 Painchaud L. - Poirier P.-H. (ed.), Colloque international «L’Évangile selon Thomas et les textes de Nag Hammadi», Québec, 29-31 mai 2003 (Bibliothèque copte de Nag Hammadi: section «Études» 8), Québec - Louvain - Paris: Presses de l’Université Laval - Peeters 2007, pp. x-652. rev. J. Borel, RThPh 141/4 (2009) 405-406; A. Van den Kerchove, Apoc 21 (2010) 253-256 Parry D.W. - Ricks S.D. (ed.), Current Research and Technological Developments on the Dead Sea Scrolls. Conference on the Texts from the Judean Desert, Jerusalem, 30 April 1995 (STDJ 20), Leiden etc.: Brill 1996, pp. x-279. [NTA 41, p. 404] rev. Ph.R. Davies, JSOT 22/nr 75 (1997) 126; J.A. Emerton, VT 47/4 (1997) 563-565; A. Maurer, ThLZ 124/2 (1999) cols 166-168; J.C. VanderKam, DSD 4/2 (1997) 226-229 Parry D.W. - Ulrich E. (ed.), The Provo International Conference on the Dead Sea Scrolls. Technological Innovations, New Texts, & Reformulated Issues (STDJ 30), Leiden: Brill 1999, pp. viii-711. [NTA 43, p. 629] rev. J. Frey, ThLZ 125 (2000) cols 510-513; I. Knohl, Shofar. An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies (Ashland OH) 20/3 (2002) 177-179; A. Lange, ZAW 113/2 (2001) 316-317 Passoni Dell’Acqua A. (ed.), «Il vostro frutto rimanga» (Gv 16[sic! for 15],16). Miscellanea per il LXX compleanno di Giuseppe Ghiberti (ABI. Suppl. RivBib 46), Bologna: Dehoniane 2005, pp. 395. [NTA 50, p. 386-387; Regno-Attualità 50/nr 20 (2005) 680] rev. C. Broccardo, StP 55/2 (2008) 682-683; P. Iovino, RivBib 55 (2007) 115-120; Y. Simoens, NRTh 130 (2008) 344-345 Paul S.M. et alii (ed.), Emanuel. Studies in Hebrew Bible, Septuagint, and Dead Sea Scrolls in Honor of Emanuel Tov (VT SS 94), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2003, pp. xxxvi-849. [OTA 27,1439] rev. P.S. Alexander, JSOT 28/5 (2004) 14-15; T.M. Bolin, CBQ 66/3 (2004) 493-495; J.R. Davila, DSD 12/2 (2005) 216219; L. Greenspoon, RevBL 3/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5423_5717.pdf>; S. Kreuzer, ThLZ 130 (2005) cols 918919; A. Paul, RSR 94 (2006) 159-160; A.G. Salvesen, JJS 56 (2005) 142-144 Perrone L. (ed.), Origeniana Octava. Origen and the Alexandrian Tradition – Origene e la tradizione Alessandrina. Papers of the 8th International Origen Congress Pisa, 27-31 August 2001 (BETL 164A), I, Leuven: University Press - Peeters 2003, pp. xxiv-1406. rev. J. Borel, RThPh 141/3 (2009) 394-395; G. Gould, JTS 56 (2005) 664-667; B.A. Pearson, RelSR 31/1-2 (2005) 97-98; B. Sesboüé, RSR 94/4 (2006) 602-603; M. Szram, VoxP 24/vols 46-47 (2004) 635-643 / <www.voxpatrum.pl/recenzje/ vox%2046-47/rec1.pdf> I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 7 Pope S.J. (ed.), Hope & Solidarity. Jon Sobrino’s Challenge to Christian Theology, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2008, pp. xiii-282. [NTA 53, p. 196] rev. M. Amaldoss, TS 70/2 (2009) 470-471; D. Schweitzer, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 276; S. Silber, MissSt 28 (2011) 119; D. Sullivan-González, Hispanic American Historical Review (Durham NC) 89/4 (2009) 719-720 Robinson J.M., Jesus. According to the Earliest Witness, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2007, pp. xiii-258 | trans. Italian: Gesù secondo il testimone più antico. Il Vangelo di detti Q (Introduzione allo studio della Bibbia. Supplementi 43), Brescia: Paideia 2009, pp. 260. [NTA 51, p. 391] rev. M.A. Daise, JSHJ 7/2 (2009) 203; R.A. Derrenbacker, Jr., RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5812_6136. pdf>; P. Foster, ExpT 118/12 (2007) 620; S.S. Lee, HorBT 29/2 (2007) 250-251; P. Luomanen, RevBL 9/2009 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/5812_7886.pdf>; M. McNamara, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 314-315; R.M. Price, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 150; V. George Shillington, RevBL 8/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5812_7543.pdf> / E. Di Pede, RTLouv 42/3 (2011) 440 Rohrbaugh R.L., The New Testament in Cross-Cultural Perspective (Matrix: The Bible in Mediterranean Context), Eugene OR: Cascade Books - Wipf & Stock 2007, pp. xv-211. [NTA 51, p. 392] rev. A. Batten, BTB 38/3 (2008) 135-136; C. Bernas, RelSR 33/3 (2007) 230-231; S. Joubert, RevBL 5/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5956_6331.pdf>; E. Krentz, CuTM 34/4 (2007) Roukema R. et alii (ed.), The Interpretation of Exodus. Studies in Honour of Cornelis Houtman (CBETh 44), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2006, pp. x-317. [OTA 31,1055] rev. B. Becking, NedThT 61 (2007) 163-164; P.C. Beentjes, Bij 67 (2006) 460; J.-G. Heintz, RHPR 87/2 (2007) 199-200; W.W. Lee, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 187-188; R. Roukema, NRTh 130 (2008) 162-163 Rubinkiewicz R., Królestwo Boże jest wśród Was. Wybrane zagadnienia z teologii biblijnej [The Kingdom of God is among you. Selected issues of Biblical Theology] (Studia Biblica Lublinensia 6), Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2010, pp. 198 [collected essays in Polish, English and German, with Summaries in English and German]. Sabbe M., Studia Neotestamentica. Collected Essays (BETL 98), Leuven: University Press 1991, pp. xvi573. [IZBG 38,802; NTA 36, p. 415-416] rev. É. Cuvillier, ÉtThRel 68 (1993) 107; A. García-Moreno, ScripTh 26 (1994) 325-326; X. Jacques, NRTh 115 (1993) 905; C.M. Tuckett, JTS 44/2 (1993) 815-816 Samuel V. - Hauser A. (ed.), Proclaiming Christ in Christ’s Way. Studies in Integral Evangelism. Essays Presented to Walter Arnold on the Occasion of his 60th Birthday, Oxford, U.K.: Regnum 1989, pp. 232 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2006, pp. 228. rev. Africa Journal of Evangelical Theology (Scott Theological College, Machakos, Kenya) 11/2 (1992) 135 Samuel V. - Sugden C. (ed.), Mission as Transformation. A Theology of the Whole Gospel (Regnum Studies in Mission), Oxford, U.K. - Irvine CA: Regnum Books International 1999, pp. xviii-522. rev. A. Robinson, in electronic resource: <www.ocms.ac.uk/regnum/review.php?review_id=3> [retrieved May 2008]; H. Willmer, Transf 18/3 (2001) 194-196 Satterthwaite P.E. et alii (ed.), The Lord’s Anointed. Interpretation of Old Testament Messianic Texts (Tyndale House Studies), Carlisle, U.K.: Paternoster - Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1995, pp. 320. [NTA 41, p. 388-389] rev. W.C. Kaiser, Jr., JETS 42 (1999) 99-102 Schiffman L.H. et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls Fifty Years after Their Discovery. Proceedings of the Jerusalem Congress, July 20-25, 1997, Jerusalem: Israel Exploration Society - the Shrine of Book, Israel Museum 2000, pp. xxi-970. [NTA 45, p. 211-212] rev. S.W. Crawford, BASOR 329 (2003) 96-97; E.E. Ellis, SWJT 44/2 (2002) 109-110; M. Rösel, OLZ 97 (2002) 273-277; E. Schuller, DSD 11 (2004) 122-127; G. Vermes, JJS 53 (2002) 386-393; M.O. Wise, JNES 62/3 (2003) 225 Schipper B.U. - Plasger G. (ed.), Apokalyptik und kein Ende? (Biblisch-theologische Schwerpunkte 29), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2007, pp. 302. [NTA 53, p. 421] rev. M. Rein, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 561-562; G. Taxacher, theologie.geschichte. Zeitschrift für Theologie und Kulturgeschichte. Electronic journal (Saarbrücken, Germany) 2 (2007) <http://aps.sulb.uni-saarland.de/theologie.geschichte/inhalt/ 2007/36.html> Schlosser J., À la recherche de la Parole. Études d’exégèse et de théologie biblique (LD 207), Paris: Cerf 2006, pp. 606. [IZBG 53,1628; NTA 51, p. 157] rev. É. Cothenet, EVie nr 170 (2007) 23-24; M. Gourgues, CBQ 69 (2007) 833-834; C. Grappe, RHPR 87 (2007) 224; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131/2 (2009) 322; A. Rodríguez Carmona, EstBíb 64/2 (2006) 262; R. Sanz Valdivieso, Carthag 24/nr 45 (2008) 198-199; F. Vouga, ThLZ 135/5 (2010) cols 558-559; J. Zacka, ÉtThRel 85/3 (2010) 421-422 I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 8 Schmid K. (ed.), Prophetische Heils- und Herrschererwartungen (SBS 194), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2005, pp. viii-119. [OTA 31,532] rev. B.M. Zapff, ThRev 102/5 (2006) cols 379-381 Schneider H.-H. - Jahnel C. (ed.), Dein Reich komme in aller Welt. Interkulturelle Perspektiven auf das Reich Gottes. Your Kingdom Come. Visions of the Kingdom of God, Neuendettelsau: Erlanger Verlag für Mission und Ökumene 2011, pp. 318: I: Reich Gottes - Exegetische, systematische und ökumenische Zugänge, II: Reich Gottes - Machtverhältnisse in Geschichte und Gegenwart, III: Reich Gottes - Lokale und kulturelle Konkretionen und Interpretationen. Schwarz B. - Stadelmann H. (ed.), Christen, Juden und die Zukunft Israels. Beiträge zur Israellehre aus Geschichte und Theologie (Edition Israelogie 1), Frankfurt a.M. etc.: Peter Lang 2009, pp. xiii336. rev. R. Helmicki, JES 46/3 (2011) 463-464 Scott J.M. (ed.), Restoration: Old Testament, Jewish, and Christian Perspectives (JSJ SS 72), Leiden: Brill 2001, pp. xiii-600. rev. J. Høgenhaven, ThLZ 129 (2004) cols 498-499; H.G.M. Williamson, JJS 55/2 (2004) 361-363 Senior D. (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew at the crossroads of early Christianity [Papers presented at the 58th Colloquium Biblicum Lovaniense, Leuven, July 29 - 31, 2009] (BETL 243), Leuven: Peeters 2011, pp. xxviii-781. [EphTL 85/4 (2009) 581-592; NTA 56, p. 174-175] Stephenson J.R. (ed.), God and Caesar Revisited (Luther Academy Conference Papers 1), Crestwood MN: Luther Academy 1995, pp. 91. rev. K. Schurb, Logia. A Journal of Lutheran Theology (Northville SD) 5/2 (1996) 71-72 Stettberger H. (ed.), Was die Bibel mir erzählt. Aktuelle exegetische und religionsdidaktische Streiflichter auf ausgewählte Bibeltexte. Festschrift für Prof. Dr. Franz Laub (Bibel – Schule – Leben 6), Münster etc.: LIT 2005, pp. 210. Tuckett C. (ed.), Feasts and Festivals (CBETh 53), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2009, pp. vii-182. [NTA 55, p. 186] rev. P. Altmann, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review526.htm>; R.S. Ascough, RelSR 37/3 (2011) 209; C. Grappe, RHPR 91/3 (2011) 431-432; D. Luciani, RTLouv 42/2 (2011) 282-283; N. MacDonald, CBQ 74 (2012) 211-213 Uglione R. (ed.), “Millennium”: l’attesa della fine nei primi secoli cristiani. Atti delle III Giornate patristiche torinesi, Torino 23-24 ottobre 2000 (Associazione italiana di cultura classica, Delegazione di Torino), Torino: Celid 2002, pp. 312. Ulrich E. - VanderKam J.C. (ed.), The Community of the Renewed Covenant. The Notre Dame Symposium on the Dead Sea Scrolls (Christianity and Judaism in Antiquity 10), Notre Dame IN: University of Notre Dame 1994, pp. xviii-290: p. 211-234. [NTA 39, p. 364] rev. M.C. Douglas, JRel 77/2 (1997) 285-286; J.A. Emerton, VT 47/4 (1997) 567-569; M. Köckert, ZAW 108 (1996) 136137; F. Langlamet, RB 103 (1996) 113-114; L.G. Perdue, JBL 115/3 (1996) 577; I.R. Tantievskii, DSD 6 (1999) 98-103; A. van der Kooij, BiOr 55 (1998) 885-887; A.S. van der Woude, JSJ 26/3 (1995) 388-393; M.O. Wise, CBQ 58/2 (1996) 395-396 Van Belle G. (ed.), The Death of Jesus in the Fourth Gospel (BETL 200), Leuven: University Press Peeters 2007, pp. xxxii-1003. [Colloquium Biblicum Lovaniense LIV (2005): EphTL 81 (2005) 567-579; Collat 35/4 (2005) 425-434; RTLouv 37 (2006) 161-164; NTA 53, p. 401-402] rev. P. Foster, ExpT 120/6 (2009) 294; A. Fuchs, SNTU A 33 (2008) 258-259; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 375; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131/2 (2009) 306-307; C. Stenschke, BZ 53/2 (2009) 282-286 van Cangh J.-M., Les sources judaïques du Nouveau Testament. Recueil d’essais (BETL 204), Leuven: University Press - Peeters 2008, pp. xiv-718. [IZBG 55,1697; NTA 53, p. 159-160] rev. W. Adler, CBQ 73 (2011) 196-197; J. Borel, RThPh 143/2 (2011) 202-204; G. Campbell, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 25; C. Clivaz, ExpT 121/7 (2010) 341; A.J. Denaux, Collat 39 (2009) 353; A. Fuchs, SNTU A 34 (2009) 273; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 392; M. Leroy, RB 116 (2009) 622-624; A. Reinhartz, CBQ 72 (2010) 419-420 van der Watt J.G. (ed.), Eschatology of the New Testament and Some Related Documents (WUNT II/315), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2011, pp. xi-722. van Ruiten J. - Vervenne M. (ed.), Studies in the Book of Isaiah. Festschrift Willem A. M. Beuken (BETL 132), Leuven: University Press - Peeters 1997, pp. xx-540. [OTA 21,354] I. Festschriften and Collected Essays 9 rev. M. Bauks, ÉtThRel 73 (1998) 609-610; U. Becker, ThLZ 125 (2000) cols 711-713; K.J. Dell, VT 51/4 (2001) 570-571; E. Eynikel, EphTL 74 (1998) 172-174; P.M. Joyce, JTS 49/2 (1998) 938-939; K.A.D. Smelik, NedThT 52/4 (1998) 323324; A. Wénin, RTLouv 31/2 (2000) 265-266 Vigil J.M. (ed.), Descer da cruz os pobres. Cristologia da libertação, São Paulo: Paulinas 2007, pp. 357 / online: <www.servicioskoinonia.org/LibrosDigitales> | trans. Italian (Deporre i poveri dalla croce. Cristologia della liberazione); English (Getting the Poor down from the Cross. Cristology of Liberation); Spanish (Bajar de la cruz a los pobres. Cristología de la liberación: <www.unap.cl/iecta/ biblioteca/libros/pdf/bajar_de_la_cruz.pdf>). [The response of the Comissão Teológica Internacional da ASETT (Associação Ecumênica de Teólogos/as do Terceiro Mundo) at the Notification of the Vatican Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith (26 november 2006) on the two works of the Jesuit Father Jon Sobrino, one of the most famous exponents of «liberation theology» <www.vatican.va/roman_ curia/congregations/cfaith/documents/rc_con_cfaith_doc_20061126_notification-sobrino_en.html>] rev. A.C. Ribeiro, REB 68/nr 269 (2008) 209-215 Viviano B.T., Matthew and His World. The Gospel of the Open Jewish Christians. Studies in Biblical Theology (NTOA 61), Fribourg: Academic Press - Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2007, pp. vii-309. [NTA 51, p. 572-573] rev. D.A. Carson, BBR 19 (2009) 112-113; P. Foster, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 48-49; A.-L. Levine, TS 70 (2009) 236; B. Repschinski, RevBL 5/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6761_7325.pdf>; A. Willi, BN nr 139 (2008) 113-114 Weinfeld M., Normative and Sectarian Judaism in the Second Temple Period (Library of the Second Temple Studies 54), London: T&T Clark 2005, pp. xiii-329. [NTA 51, p. 435] rev. G.J. Brooke, JSOT 30/5 (2006) 189-190; J.G. Campbell, JTS 61 (2010) 277-278; D.K. Falk, JSJ 38/3 (2007) 441-443; T.H. Lim, ExpT 119/7 (2008) 319; P.W. van der Horst, RevBL 8/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5174_5449.pdf> Wilson S.G. - Desjardins M. (ed.), Text and Artifact in the Religions of Mediterranean Antiquity. Essays in Honour of Peter Richardson (Studies in Christianity and Judaism / Études sur le christianisme et le judaïsme 9), Waterloo, Ontario: Wilfrid Laurier University 2000, pp. xvi-612. [NTA 45, p. 377] rev. Z.C. Crook, TorJT 17 (2001) 304-306 / <http://http-server.carleton.ca/~zcrook/Wilson-DesjardinsReview.htm>; A. Damm, NovT 43/4 (2001) 402-410; E. Krentz, CuTM 29/6 (2002); D.C. Stoutenburg, RevBL 12/2002 <www.bookreviews. org/pdf/962_3206.pdf> Wolff H.W. (ed.), Probleme biblischer Theologie. Gerhard von Rad zum 70. Geburtstag, München: Kaiser 1971, pp. 689. [IZBG 19,1023] Wolter M., Theologie und Ethos im frühen Christentum. Studien zu Jesus, Paulus und Lukas (WUNT 236), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2009, pp. x-539. [NTA 53, p. 573] rev. Archivo Teológico Granadino (Granada, Spain) 72 (2009) 320-321; S. Schreiber, ThRev 106 (2010) cols 108-110; J.W. Thompson, RelSR 36/2 (2010) 148; J.R. White, BBR 20 (2010) 299-300 Zenger E. (ed.), The Composition of the Book of Psalms (BETL 238), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2010, pp. xii826. [IZBG 56,607; OTA 34,724; EphTL 84/4 (2008) 625-635] rev. S.C. Jones, CBQ 74 (2012) 200-201; F. Lindström, BN Heft 152 (2012) 136-138; D. Luciani, EphTL 87/4 (2011) 457458 Zetterholm M. (ed.), The Messiah in Early Judaism and Christianity, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2007, pp. xxviii-163. [NTA 52, p. 414] rev. J.H. Charlesworth, RevBL 6/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6217_6663.pdf>; M.A. Daise, JSHJ 8 (2010) 94-95; C. Deines, JJS 60/2 (2009) 334-335; J. McWhirter, CBQ 70/4 (2008) 887-888; A. O’Leary, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 21; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 292; J.L.W. Schaper, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 239-240; A. Winn, RevBL 5/2010 <www.bookreviews. org/pdf/6217_6664.pdf>; G.G. Xeravits, JSJ 40/3 (2009) 456 Zimmermann R. et alii (ed.), Kompendium der Gleichnisse Jesu, Gütersloh: Gütersloher 2007, pp. xiv1101 | trans. Italian: Compendio delle parabole di Gesù, Brescia: Queriniana 2011, pp. 1603. [NTA 52, p. 395] rev. M.E. Locker, BZ 53 (2009) 137-142; A.J. Najda, ThRev 104 (2008) cols 464-466; ColT 78/3 (2008) 213-218 Zimmermann R. (ed.), Hermeneutik der Gleichnisse Jesu. Methodische Neuansätze zum Verstehen urchristlicher Parabeltexte (WUNT 231), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2008, pp. xii-668. [NTA 53, p. 175176] rev. B. Kowalski, ThGl 100/4 (2010) 503-505; R. Schwindt, TrierTZ 120 (2011) 91-92; C. Stenschke, JETh 22 (2008) 311; Neotest 43 (2009) 232-236 Zuck R.B. (ed.), Vital Prophetic Issues. Examining Promises and Problems in Eschatology (Vital Issues Series 5), Grand Rapids MI: Kregel Resources 1995, pp. 293. II. Introductions 1. Bibliography Chrupcała L.D., The Kingdom of God. A Bibliography of 20th Century Research (SBF. Analecta 69), Jerusalem: Franciscan Printing Press 2007, pp. xliv-873 [Index of Contents: <www.christusrex.org/www1/ ofm/sbf/edit/Kingdom/07-16_index.pdf>]. [NTA 52, p. 181; OTA 31,1111; ThLZ 134 (2009) col. 37] rev. B. Brzuszek, «Światowa bibliografia prac powstałych w XX wieku na temat Królestwa Bożego, Jerozolima 2007»: Studia Franciszkańskie (Poznań, Poland) 18 (2008) 552-555; E. Cortese, LA 57 (2007) 753-754; E. Di Pede, RTLouv 39/2 (2008) 259-260; J. Gutiérrez, CDios 220 (2007) 492-493; L. Laberge, Theoforum 41/2 (2010) 284-285; L.H. Rivas, RevBíb 71/1-2 (2009) 117-118; M. Rodríguez Ruiz, Salm 55 (2008) 170-171: «La obra será muy util para todos los que se vayan a dedicar en el futuro al tema del Reino de Dios. Me parecen también muy útiles las abreviaturas…» (p. 171); G. Segalla, StP 52/2 (2007) 482: «A mio avviso la parte più interessante è l’ultima, quella dei temi»; D. Senior, BibTod 46/2 (MarchApril 2008) 132: «a wonderful resource for library use» 2. History of Interpretation a) Patristic Smith H., «The Kingdom of God in the Ante-Nicene Fathers»: ExpT 30 (1919-1920) 248-250. Tsirpanlis C.N., Introduction to Eastern Patristic Thought and Orthodox Theology (Theology and Life Series 30), Collegeville MN: Michael Glazier Books (Liturgical Press) 1991, pp. 296. rev. bishop Chrysostomos of Etna, Orthodox Tradition vol. VIII/nr 3[2] online: <www.orthodoxinfo.com/general/review_ tsirp.aspx>: «The book proper contains five sections devoted to Orthodox teachings on: … and (5) eschatology (the Kingdom of God, kenosis, and life after death). Especially good are Tsirpanlis’ treatments of human sin, the New Eve, and the Kingdom of God, all adequately set forth with numerous citations and summaries from the Fathers»; C. Fox, Pacifica 6/3 (1993) 343-344; D. Ramos-Lissón, ScripTh 25 (1993) 348-349 Zunino Z.S., Buscad continuamente el reino de Dios, Santiago de Chile: Metropolitana Ediciones 2004, pp. 144. Drączkowski F., «Duchowy charakter królestwa Bożego w świetle przekazów patrystycznych» [The Spiritual nature of the Kingdom of God in the light of Patristic evidences]: in W. Bielak - S. Tylus (ed.), Historia świadectwem czasów. Księdzu Profesorowi Markowi Tomaszowi Zahajkiewiczowi, Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2006, pp. 662: p. 191-202 [in Polish]. dal Covolo E., «Regno di Dio»: in A. Di Berardino (ed.), Nuovo dizionario patristico e di antichità cristiane. III: P-Z, Genova - Milano: Marietti 20082 (rev. ed.), pp. xxxiii-cols 3717-5716: cols 4480-4485. Sojka S., «Motywy i przejawy posłuszeństwa zasadom Królestwa Bożego» [Motive und Merkmale des Gehorsams gegen Grundsätze des Königreichs Gottes]: VoxP 28/nr 52/2 (2008) 975-992 [in Polish]. Wysocki M., «Królestwo Boże w myśli pisarzy afrykańskich III w. na przykładzie Tertuliana i św. Cypriana» [The Kingdom of God in the Thought of the 3rd Century Christian African Writers Based on Tertullian and St. Cyprian]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 391-413 (-413: English Summary). [Tertullian, Cyprian of Carthage] Zincone S., «Regno di Dio nei Padri dei primi secoli»: DSBP vol. 58 (2011) 25-75: p. 25-30: A) I primi Padri [Clement of Rome, the Didache, Papias of Hierapolis, Pseudo Barnabas, the Shepherd of Hermas, the Second Epistle of Clement], p. 30-32: B) Gli apologeti greci [Justin Martyr, A Diogneto], p. 32-44: I Padri del II-III secolo [Irenaeus of Lyon, Hippolytus of Rome, Clement of Alexandria, Origenes], p. 45-50: D) Gli apologeti latini [Tertullian, Cyprian of Carthage, Commodianus], p. 50-58: E) Padri del III-IV secolo [Methodius of Olympus, Lactantius, Victorinus of Pettau, Eusebius of Caesarea], p. 58-65: F) I Padri antiocheni [John Chrysostom, Theodore of Mopsuestia, Theodoret of Cyrus]. [Origenes ca. 185-253/54] Guly S., «The Salvation of the Devil and the Kingdom of God in Origen’s Letter to Certain Close Friends in Alexandria»: in S. Kaczmarek - H. Pietras (ed.), Origeniana Decima. Origen as Writer. Papers of the 10th International Origen Congress, University School of Philosophy and Education “Ignatianum”, Kraków, Poland, 31 August - 4 September 2009 (BETL 244), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2011, pp. xvii-1039: p. 197-220. [Hilary of Poitiers ca. 315-367] Bodrožić I., «Il regno di Dio in s. Girolamo e s. Ilario»: DSBP vol. 58 (2011) 110-205: p. 110-155: I. Il regno rivelato nella Scrittura, approfondito nell’esegesi e vissuto nell’ascesi. Il concetto di regno di Dio in san Girolamo, p. 164-199: II. Dal tempo presente al regno del Padre. Il concetto del regno di Dio in sant’Ilario. II. Introductions 11 [Basil of Caesarea ca. 329-379] Trabace I., «Il regno di Dio in s. Basilio»: DSBP vol. 58 (2011) 76-109. [Ambrose of Milan 333/4-397] Bonato A., «Il regno di Dio negli scritti di s. Ambrogio e di s. Agostino»: DSBP vol. 58 (2011) 206-343: p. 207-255: Il regno di Dio in s. Ambrogio, p. 256-314: Il regno eterno e regno temporale nella prospettiva escatologica di Agostino. [Augustine of Hippo 354-430] Lamirande E., «Le temps de l’Église. Notes en marge de saint Augustin et d’Oscar Cullmann»: Revue de l’Université d’Ottawa (Ottawa, Canada) 32 (1962) 25*-44*; 73*-87*. Markus R.A., Saeculum. History and Society in the Theology of St. Augustine (Royal Institute of Philosophy Lectures), London - Cambridge: University Press 1970, pp. ix-252 / 19892 (rev. ed.), pp. xiii-254. rev. G.W.R. Ardley, Prudentia (University of Auckland, New Zealand) 3 (1971) 67-69; G. Bonner, Augustinian Studies (Villanova PA) 2 (1971) 231-251; H.A. Deane, AHR 76/4 (1971) 1139-1140; R. Goulet, LuthW 18 (1971) 79; B. McGinn, JRel 52 (1972) 102-103; JAAR 41/2 (1973) 248-251 Zevallos N., «Ciudad y reino de Dios en San Agustín»: Páginas 55 (1983) 1-8. Zevallos N., Ciudad y reino de Dios en San Agustín (Serie Verde 3), Iquitos [Perú]: OAAL [Organización de Agustinos de América Latina] 1985, pp. 27. Schmidt E.A., «Augustins Geschichtsverständnis»: FrZPhTh 34 (1987) 361-378. Marin M., «La predicazione del Regno in Sant’Agostino»: in I Misteri della luce nella predicazione dei Padri della Chiesa d’Oriente e d’Occidente (Catechesi 1), Napoli: EDI - Editrice Domenicana Italiana 2004, pp. 93: p. 47-63. [Preaching (homiletics)] b) Middle Ages [Anselm of Canterbury 1033-1109] Fortin J.R., «Saint Anselm on the Kingdom of Heaven: A Model of Right Order»: The Saint Anselm Journal (Institute for Saint Anselm Studies, Manchester NH) 6 (Fall 2008) 29-38 / <www.anselm.edu/ Documents/Institute%20for%20Saint%20Anselm%20Studies/Abstracts/4.5.3.2a_61Fortin.pdf>. [Francis of Assisi 1181/2-1226] Molina Parra N.B., Herederos y Reyes en el Reino de los cielos (RegB VI4). El Reino de Dios en el pensamiento de san Francisco según sus escritos (Diss. PUAntonianum, Roma 2010). [John Duns Scotus 1266-1308] Lorici S., «Il mondo dell’uomo come storia della liberazione per il regno di Dio»: in Bérubé (ed.), Regnum hominis et regnum Dei, p. 187-193. [Liberation] c) Reformation Hermelink H., Geschichte der evangelischen Kirche in Württemberg von der Reformation bis zur Gegenwart. Das Reich Gottes in Wirtemberg, Stuttgart - Tübingen: Wunderlich 1949, pp. xx-528. Lochman J.M., «Zum Vermächtnis der Basler Reformation. Das Reich Gottes und die Sachzwänge der Zeit»: in H.R. Guggisberg - P. Rotach (ed.), Ecclesia semper reformanda. Vorträge zum Basler Reformationsjubiläum 1529-1979 (ThZ. Sonderband 9), Basel: Fr. Reinhardt 1980, pp. 176: p. 157-168. rev. H. Meyer, Zwing 15/3-4 (1980-81) 311-313: Lochman «setzt sich mit dem Wirklichkeitsverständnis einer Kirche, die das Reich Gottes verkündet, auseinander: Ernstnehmen der Sachzwänge, ohne sich von ihnen zwingen zu lassen!» (p. 313) Kipp H., „Trachtet zuerst nach dem Reich Gottes“. Landstädtische Reformation und Rats-Konfessionalisierung in Wesel (1520-1600) (Schriften der Heresbach-Stiftung Kalkar 12), Bielefeld: Verlag für Regionalgeschichte 2004, pp. 480 (= Diss. Bonn 2002). rev. J. Arndt, Rheinische Vierteljahrsblätter. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Geschichtliche Landeskunde der Rheinlande der Universität Bonn (Bonn, Germany) 70 (2006) 361; S.R. Boettcher, sehepunkte. Das Rezensionsjournal für die Geschichtswissenschaften (München, Germany) 5 (2005) nr 12 [15.12.2005] <www.sehepunkte.de/2005/12/6258>; G. Rohmann, HSoz-u-Kult [06.05.2005] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin.de/rezensionen/2005-2-092> II. Introductions 12 [Martin Luther 1483-1546] Dirschauer K., «Den Reformator wieder zu Wort kommen lassen. Gedanken zu Martin Luthers Eschatologie»: Luther 3 (1982) 122-137. [BullSignal 37,3030] Kvalbein H., «Luthers lære om de to riker og Jesu forkynnelse om Guds rike» [Luther’s doctrine of the two kingdoms and Jesus’ preaching about the kingdom of God]: in J.-O. Henriksen et alii (ed.), Teologi for kirken. Festskrift til professor dr.theol. Torleiv Austad på 65-årsdagen, Oslo: Verbum 2002, pp. 323: p. 256-268 [in Norwegian]. rev. U. Schmidt - P. Lønning, TidsTeolKirk 74 (2003) 64-73 [Huldrych Zwingli 1484-1531] Pollet J.V., «Die Herrschaft Gottes als Mittelpunkt der Theologie Zwinglis»: in E. Kocsis et alii (ed.), Die Botschaft Zwinglis gestern und heute. Internationales Symposion in Debrecen an der Jahrestagung des Doktorenkollegiums der reformierten Kirche in Ungarn: 21. August 1984 (Editiones Collegii Doctorum Theologiae Ecclesiae Reformatae Hungaricae), Budapest: Református Zsinati Iroda Sajtoosztálya [der Presseabteilung des Synodalbüros der Reformierten Kirche in Ungarn] 1985, pp. 155: p. 33-64. [Thomas Müntzer (Münzer) ca. 1489-1525] Kizuka T., «Thomas Münzer and the Kingdom of God»: 東京大学宗教学年報: Annual Review of Religious Studies (Tokyo, Japan) 7 (1990) 61-81 [in Japanese] / online: <http://repository.dl.itc.u-tokyo.ac.jp/ dspace/handle/2261/26183>. [Ignatius of Loyola 1491-1556] Vásquez Moro U., «Meditação do Reino»: Magis-Subsídios (Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brasil) nr 8 (2005) 3446. [Martin Butzer (Bucer) 1491-1551] Hammann G., «Martin Bucer – Diakonie als Himmelreich der Nächstenliebe»: in Id., Die Geschichte der christlichen Diakonie: Praktizierte Nächstenliebe von der Antike bis zur Reformationszeit, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2003, pp. 334: p. 241-261 (chap. 11). rev. M. Wriedt, ZBayKG 72 (2003) 190-192 [Johannes Calvin (Jean Cauvin) 1509-1564] Pattison B.L., Poverty in the Theology of John Calvin (PTMS 69), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2006, pp. xi379: p. 151-188: chap. 7: Poverty and Calvin’s Christology. rev. D.K. Flaming, Interp 62/2 (2008) 215; W.T. McMaken, PrincThRev 13 (Issue 36) (Spring 2007) 106-107: «Calvin’s thought takes center stage in the second part, where we are shown that Calvin’s understanding of poverty is based in his Christology. Fundamental to this point is Calvin’s appropriation of Luther’s theologia crucis. As Pattison explains, “Christ’s poverty is the visible sign in the divine revelation of Christ’s royal position as King, and thus the identifying mark of his kingdom” (160)… Calvin’s connection of poverty with Christ and the kingdom of God leads him to the conviction that worship should be conducted with simplicity and without undue expenditure» (p. 107); M. Raburn, Political Theology (Chichester University, U.K. - Equinox Publishing Ltd) 9/2 (2008) 232-233 / <www.equinoxjournals. com/ojs/index.php/PT/article/view/5544/3655>; R.C. Zachman, Spiritus. A Journal of Christian Spirituality (Baltimore MA) 7/2 (2007) 235-238: «Pattison’s thesis is that “in Calvin’s theology, poverty, and affliction—not splendor and glory— mark and manifest the kingdom of God on earth” (4). More specifically, Pattison argues that poverty is the key to the selfrevelation of Christ as King, and hence is the essential mark of his kingdom» Kloosterman N.D., «John Calvin and the Kingdom of God»: Christian Renewal. A magazine of distinctively Reformed faith and vision (Jordan Station, Ontario, Canada) 28/1 (September 9, 2009) 16-18 / online: <http://auxesis.net/kloosterman/kloosterman_third_way_18.pdf>. d) 17th-18th Centuries Beyreuther E., «Der “biblische Realismus” in der schwäbisch-schweizerischen Reich-Gottes-Arbeit um 1800»: in O. Michel (ed.), Die Leibhaftigkeit des Wortes. Theologische und seelsorgerliche Studien und Beiträge als Festgabe für Adolf Köberle zum 60. Geburtstag, Hamburg: Furche 1958, pp. 516: p. 121-133. Budding D.J., «De visie op de uitbreiding van het Koninkrijk Gods onder Joden en heidenen in de Nederlandse Gereformeerde Kerk gedurende de periode 1650-1750 (globaal)» [The vision on the enlargement of the Kingdom of God among Jews and Gentiles in the Dutch Reformed Church during the period 1650-1750 (global)]: Documentatieblad Nadere Reformatie (Zoetermeer, The Netherlands) 6/2 (1982) 57-72 [Extract from Diss. Utrecht 1978] / <www.ssnr.nl/site/geef-voltekst.php?voltekst_ id=B99027757>. II. Introductions 13 Weyer-Menkhoff M., «Reich Gottes im Schwabenland»: in H. Ehmer et alii (ed.), Gott und Welt in Württemberg. Eine Kirchengeschichte, Stuttgart: Calwer 2000 / 20092, pp. 264: p. 101-116. Reid-Maroney N., Philadelphia’s Enlightenment, 1740-1800. Kingdom of Christ, Empire of Reason (Contributions to the Study of World History 81), Westport CT: Greenwood 2001, pp. xv-199: p. 161-182: The Kingdom of Christ and the Empire of Reason (chap. 8). rev. J.K. Alexander, Technology and Culture (Chicago IL) 44/4 (2003) 825-827; C.B. Cowing, JAH 89/2 (2002) 612-613; S. Hart, Isis. Journal of the History of Science Society (Gainesville FL) 93/4 (2002) 702 Zaborowski H., «Vernunft, Freiheit und das Reich Gottes. Überlegungen zur gesellschaftstheoretischen und ekklesiologischen Dimension der Philosophie des Deutschen Idealismus»: in A. Grönziger et alii (ed.), Protestantische Kirche und moderne Gesellschaft. Zur Interdependenz von Ekklesiologie und Gesellschaftstheorie in der Neuzeit (Christentum und Kultur 2), Zürich: Theologischer Verlag 2003, pp. 387: p. 107-131 / «Vernunft, Freiheit und das Reich Gottes. Zur gesellschaftstheoretischen und ekklesiologischen Dimension des Deutschen Idealismus»: ComG 36/1-2 (2007) 39-60. [Church; Philosophie] Lächele R. (ed.), Pietistische Öffentlichkeit und religiöse Kommunikation. Die “Sammlung Auserlesener Materien zum Bau des Reichs Gottes” (1730-1761). Ein Repertorium, Epfendorf: Bibliotheca Academica Verlag 2004, pp. 531. rev. H. Böning, PuN 32 (2006) 305-307; M. Friedrich, H-Soz-u-Kult [15.09.2005] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin. de/rezensionen/2005-3-164> = Historische Literatur (Stuttgart, Germany) 3/3 (2005) 104-16; U. Gause, ThLZ 135/5 (2010) cols 570-572; M. Weyer-Menkhoff, Zeitschrift für Württembergische Landesgeschichte (Württemberg, Germany) 66 (2007) 608-608 Brunner A., Aristokratische Lebensform und Reich Gottes. Ein Lebensbild des pietistischen Grafen Heinrich XXIV. Reuß-Köstritz (1681-1748) (Unitas Fratrum 13), Herrnhut: Herrnhuter-Verlag 2005, pp. 200. Lächele R., Die “Sammlung Auserlesener Materien zum Bau des Reichs Gottes” zwischen 1730 und 1760. Erbauungszeitschriften als Kommunikationsmedium des Pietismus (Hallesche Forschungen 18), Halle: Verlag der Franckeschen Stiftungen - Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag 2006, pp. vi418 (= Diss. Hab. 2001). rev. A. Pyrges, PuN 34 (2008); C. Rymatzki, JETh 22 (2008) 341; A. Straßberger, ThLZ 135/7-8 (2010) cols 854-856 Habichler A., «Reich-Gottes-Theologie und philosophische Aufklärung»: in M. Kremer - H.-R. Reuter (ed.), Macht und Moral – Politisches Denken im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert (Theologie und Frieden 31), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2007, pp. 365: p. 104-129. [IZBG 54,1978] rev. K.-G. Lutterbeck, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 614-616 Jakubowski-Tiessen M., «Apokalypse now – Endzeitvorstellungen im Pietismus»: in Schipper - Plasger (ed.), Apokalyptik und kein Ende?, p. 93-115. Mettele G., Weltbürgertum oder Gottesreich. Die Herrnhuter Brüdergemeine als globale Gemeinschaft 1727–1857 (Bürgertum Neue Folge. Studien zur Zivilgesellschaft 4), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2009, pp. 335 (= rev. Diss. Hab. Technische Universität, Chemnitz 2004). rev. T. Daniel, sehepunkte. Das Rezensionsjournal für die Geschichtswissenschaften (München, Germany) 10/4 (2005) <www.sehepunkte.de/2010/04/14377.html>; W. Flügel, PuN 36 (2010) 325-328; C. Füllberg-Stolberg, H-Soz-u-Kult [4.02.2011] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin.de/rezensionen/id=11309>; H. Lehmann, Historische Zeitschrift (Frankfurt a.M., Germany) vol. 291/1 (2010) 136-137; A. Mede-Schelenz, Neues Archiv für sächsische Geschichte (Dresden, Germany) 82 (2011) 365-366; P. Peucker, JEH 63 (2012) 174-176; J.C. Schnurr, JETh 24 (2010) 345-347; A.J. Steinhoff, Neue Politische Literatur. Berichte über das internationale Schtifttum (Darmstad, Germany) 56 (2011) 102-103 [Thomas Hobbes 1588-1679] Harvey W.Z., «The Israelite Kingdom of God in Hobbes’ Political Thought»: Hebraic Political Studies (Jerusalem, Israel) 1/3 (2006) 310-327 (abstract <http://www.hpstudies.org/journals/spring2006/harvey.asp>). Kudo K., «On the Natural Kingdom of God in Hobbes and Spinoza»: Journal of Humanities (Mejiro University, Shinjuku - Tokyo, Japan) 3 (2006) 1-13 [in Japanese]. Plata Pineda O., «Religión y política en el Leviatán de Thomas Hobbes»: Praxis Filosófica (Cali, Colombia) nr 23 (2006) 57-79. Brandon E., The Coherence of Hobbes’s Leviathan. Civil and Religious Authority Combined (Continuum Studies in British Philosophy), London - New York: Continuum International Publishing Group Ltd. 2007, pp. vii-142: IV.3: The Kingdom of God, IV.4: Eschatology, V.4: Case A and the Kingdom of God, VI: Hobbes and the Kingdom of Darkness. II. Introductions 14 Altini C., «Tra teologia e filosofia politica. Il “regno di Dio” nel pensiero di Hobbes»: Intersezioni. Rivista di storia delle idee (Bologna, Italy) 29/2 (2009) 197-214. Strauss L., «The Kingdom of God and Eternal Life»: in Id., Hobbes’s Critique of Religion and Related Writings, (trans. and ed. G. Bartlett - S. Minkov), Chicago IL: University Press 2011, pp. xiv-167: p. 39-44. [Johannes Coccejus 1603-1669] van Asselt W.J., «Ultimum tempus nobis imminet. Eschatologische structuren van de theologie van Johannes Coccejus»: Nederlands Archief voor Kerkgeschiedenis. Dutch Review of Church History (Amsterdam, The Netherlans) 76 (1996) 189-226. [Philipp Jacob Spener 1635-1705] Krauter-Dierolf H., Die Eschatologie Philipp Jakob Speners. Der Streit mit der lutherischen Orthodoxie um die “Hoffnung besserer Zeiten” (BHTh 131), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2005, pp. xiii-376 (= Diss. Humboldt-Univ. Berlin 2004): p. 83-144: II: Aufforderung zur Stellungnahme: Speners “Bedencken” zur Chiliasmusfrage zu Beginn der 1690er Jahre, p. 248-264: Die Auseinandersetzung um die Gestalt der Zukunftshoffnung: Das von Spener erwartete “Reich”. rev. M. Arnold, RHPR 86 (2006) 557; D. Blaufuß, ThLZ 131 (2006) cols 1165-1167; M. Brecht, PuN 31 (2005) 253-258; T. Schurr, JETh 20 (2006) 294; K. vom Orde, ThBe 40 (2009) 370-371; W. Sommer, ZKG 117 (2006) 387-388; W.R. Ward, JEH 57/4 (2006) 784 [Friedrich Christoph Oetinger 1702-1782] Yeide H.E., Jr., A Vision of the Kingdom of God. The Social Ethic of Friedrich Christoph Oetinger (Diss. Harvard Divinity School, Cambridge MA 1965). [Social Ethics] Weyer-Menkhoff M., «Die Güldene Zeit. Friedrich Christoph Oetingers Zeit-Erwartung»: ZBayKG 69 (2000) 34-47. [John Wesley 1703-1791] Cubie D.L., «Toward a Wesleyan Theology of the Kingdom»: WesleyTJ 18 (1983) 100-114. Green J.B., «John Wesley’s view of the kingdom»: Good News Magazine (Wilmore KY) (January-February 1999) online: <www.goodnewsmag.org/magazine/1JanFeb/jf99green.htm>. Witherington B., III, «Living in the Reign. The Dominion of God in the Wesleyan Tradition»: in P.W. Chilcote (ed.), The Wesleyan Tradition. A Paradigm for Renewal, Nashville TN: Abingdon 2002, pp. 222: p. 52-65. rev. K.S. McCormick, QR 23/3 (2003) 328-329 Wong Tik-Wah, Eschatological Living in John Wesley’s Theology: A Doctrinal Analysis and Contextual Reflection (Diss. Melbourne College of Divinity, Victoria, Australia 2008, pp. 274 / <http://repository.mcd.edu.au/9/1/Final_Draft-08-PDF.pdf>). [Immanuel Kant 1724-1804] Armour L. - Singh C., «The Kingdom of Ends in Morals and Law»: Indian Philosophical Quarterly (Poona, India) 13 (1986) 13-27. Korsgaard C.M., «Creating the Kingdom of Ends. Reciprocity and Responsibility in Personal Relations»: Philosophical Perspectives (Atascadero CA) 6 (1992) 305-332 = in Id., Creating the Kingdom of Ends, Cambridge - New York NY: Cambridge University Press 1996, pp. xviii-442: p. 188-224 (chap. 7). rev. L. Denis, Philosophy in Review / Comptes Rendus Philosophiques (Edmonton, Alberta, Canada) 17/5 (1997) 338-339; J.E. Hare, Faith and Philosophy (Wilmore KY) 17/3 (1999) 371-283; Ph. Stratton-Lake, Kantian Review (Cardiff, U.K.) 1 (1997) 177-185; A.W. Wood, The Philosophical Review (Durham NC) 107/4 (1998) 607-611 Muñoz Atalaya F., «Reino de Dios “kantiano” y reino de Dios “bíblico”»: Anthropos. Publicación semestral del Instituto Superior Salesiano de Filosofía y Educación (Los Teques, Venezuela) nr 32-33 (1996) 105-112. Reath A. et alii (ed.), Reclaiming the History of Ethics. Essays for John Rawls, Cambridge - New York: Cambridge University Press 1997, pp. vii-415: p. 187-213: «A Cosmopolitan Kingdom of Ends» [B. Herman], p. 214-239: «Legislating for a Realm of Ends: The Social Dimension of Autonomy» [A. Reath]. rev. W. Cooper, Dialogue. Canadian Philosophical Review / Revue canadienne de philosophie (Ottawa, ON, Canada) 37/4 (1998) 867-870; P.P. Kain, Kantian Review (Cardiff, U.K.) 3 (1999); A.M. Martins, Revista Filosófica de Coimbra (Coimbra, Portugal) 7/nr 13 (1998) 174-178; J. Skorupski, Mind. A Quarterly Review of Philosophy. New Series (Oxford, II. Introductions 15 U.K.) 111/nr 443 (2002) 704-706; D.M. Weinstock, Canadian Journal of Political Science / Revue canadienne de science politique (Montréal, Québec, Canada) 32 (1999) 197-198 Caygill H., «Kant and the Kingdom»: in Ph. Blond (ed.), Post-Secular Philosophy. Between Philosophy and Theology, London - New York: Routledge 1998, pp. xiii-376: p. 107-115. rev. NBFR 79/nr 929-930 (1998) 352-353; T. Bewes, The Modern Review (London, U.K.) 3 (Dec. 1997-Jan. 1998) 64-65; Ph.D. Kenneson, ATR 83 (2001) 158-161 Feoli A., «Il Regno dei fini tra noumeno e fenomeno: l’importanza della singolarità»: Idee. Rivista di filosofia (Lecce, Italy) 13/nr 42 (1999) 83-102 / online: <http://siba2.unile.it/ese/issues/2/40/idee424.pdf>. Pirni A., Il “regno dei fini” in Kant. Morale, religione e politica in collegamento sistematico (Università 47), Genova: Il Melangolo 2000, pp. 155. rev. A.M. Lossi, Iride. Filosofia e discussione pubblica (Bologna, Italy) 18 (nr 44) (2005) 225-226; E. Mascitelli, Fenomenologia e Società (Milano, Italy) 25/3 (2002) 143-144; M.C. Pievatolo, Bollettino telematico di filosofia politica. Online Journal of Political Philosophy 09/2001 <http://bfp.sp.unipi.it/rec/pirni.htm> Pirni A., «Morale e comunità in Kant a partire dal “regno dei fini”»: Studi kantiani (Pisa, Italy) 14 (2001) 105-135. Pirni A., «Il regno dei fini e la sua prospettiva: intersoggettività morale, religiosa e giuridica in Kant»: in D. Venturelli (ed.), Prospettive della morale kantiana, Acqui Terme (Alessandria): Impressioni Grafiche 2001, pp. 273: p. 75-114. rev. A. Marocco, Bollettino telematico di filosofia politica. Online Journal of Political Philosophy 09/2001 <http://bfp.sp. unipi.it/rec/venturel.htm>; E. Simonotti, Bollettino della Società Filosofica Italiana (Roma, Italy) nr 181 (2004) 275 Loose D., «De metaforiek van het Rijk Gods bij Kant» [The metaphor of the Kingdom of God in Kant]: Tijdschrift voor Filosofie (Leuven, Belgium) 64/3 (2002) 533-564. Friedo R., Religionsphilosophie (Grundkurs Philosophie 17 / Urban-Taschenbücher 401), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2003, pp. 376: p. 193-233: G. Vernunft und Offenbarung: Immanuel Kant (III. Reine Vernunftreligion und Offenbarung; p. 223-232: 3. Das Reich Gottes und die Kirche). Hart K., «Kingdoms of God»: in Ph. Rothfield (ed.), Kant after Derrida, Manchester: Clinamen 2003, pp. x-217: p. 142-170. Garrido-Maturano Á.E., «Por una moral al servicio del Reino. Otra manera de leer la relación entre Kant y Levinas»: Cuadernos salmantinos de filosofía (Salamanca, Spain) 31 (2004) 37-59. [Emmanuel Lévinas (1906-1995), French philosopher and Talmudic commentator] Loose D., «The Highest Good and the Kingdom of God in the Philosophy of Kant: A Moral Concept and a Religious Metaphor of the Good Life»: in M. Sarot - W. Stoker (ed.), Religion and the Good Life (Studies in Theology and Religion 10), Assen: Royal Van Gorcum 2004, pp. viii-284: p. 195-211. rev. C. Hübenthal, TijdTh 45 (2005) 433 Sala G.B., «Das Reich Gottes auf Erden. Kants Lehre von der Kirche als “ethischem gemeinen Wesen”»: in N. Fischer (ed.), Kants Metaphysik und Religionsphilosophie (Kant-Forschungen 15), Hamburg: Meiner 2004, pp. xxxv-732: p. 225-264: 1. Zur Religionsphilosophie Kants, 2. Kants Denkweg zum »Reich Gottes auf Erden«. rev. U.L. Lehner, TPhil 80 (2005) 112-115; C. Richter, ThLZ 131 (2006) cols 71-74; K. Śnieżyński, Ruch Filozoficzny (Toruń, Poland) 65/3 (2008) 529-538 Willnauer E., heute das Böse denken. Mit Immanuel Kant und Hannah Arendt zu einem Neuansatz für die Theologie, Berlin: Rhombos-Verlag 2005, pp. 317 (= Diss. Bayerische Julius-Maximilians Univ. Würzburg 2004): p. 123-126: B. Das Böse und das radikal Böse bei Immanuel Kant: 4b)c. Die Religion und das Reich Gottes. Loose D., «Een tweevoudig rijk van de vrijheid. Politiek en de morele symboliek van de religie volgens Kant» [A Twofold Reign of Freedom. Politics and the Moral Symbolism of Religion according to Kant]: Bij 67/2 (2006) 115-141. Gillet-Challiol M.-C., «Le Royaume de Dieu selon Kant»: ComF 32/nr 189 (2007) 43-52 | trans. Italian: «Regno di Dio e legge morale»: ComI nr 211 (2007) 23-28. [Si pour Kant la communauté éthique est le Royaume de Dieu, le principe même de la morale kantienne tend à faire de ce Royaume celui de l’homme et non celui de Dieu. Le Royaume de Dieu ne saurait être une exigence de la raison humaine, mais l’invitation faite à l’homme de répondre à l’amour divin] II. Introductions 16 Klar S., «Der Chiliasmus der Philosophie»: in Id., Moral und Politik bei Kant. Eine Untersuchung zu Kants praktischer und politischer Philosophie im Ausgang der ‘Religion innerhalb der Grenzen der bloßen Vernunft’ (Epistemata: Reihe Philosophie 433), Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann 2007, pp. 264: p. 219-235: chap. 7 (Das „höchste politische Gut“: Der ewige Friede; „Wann kommt nun also das Reich Gottes?“). rev. B. Gerlach, Kant-Studien. Philosophische Zeitschrift der Kant-Gesellschaft (Berlin, Germany) 102 (2011) 265-266; M. Hoesch, Philosophischer Literaturanzeiger. Ein Referateorgan für die Neuerscheinungen der Philosophie und ihrer gesamten Grenzgebiete (Aachen - Koblenz, Germany) 63/1 (2010) 1-3; A. Oberprantacher, IF - Zeitschrift für Internationale Freimaurerforschung (Innsbruck, Austria) 25 (2011) 96-97 Estes Y., «Cash, Kant, and the Kingdom of Ends»: in J. Huss - D. Werther (ed.), Johnny Cash and Philosophy. The Burning Ring of Truth (Popular Culture and Philosophy 31), Chicago IL: Open Court Publishing Company 2008, pp. x-268: p. 139-149. Flikschuh K., «Kant’s kingdom of ends: metaphysical, not political»: in J. Timmermann (ed.), Kant’s Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals. A Critical Guide (Cambridge Critical Guides), Cambridge, U.K. etc.: Cambridge University Press 2009, pp. x-234: p. 119-139. rev. L. Denis, Philosophy in Review / Comptes Rendus Philosophiques (Edmonton, Alberta, Canada) 31/3 (2011) 235-238; C. Onof, The Philosophical Quarterly (Oxford, U.K.) 61/nr 243 (2011) 410-412 Fremstedal R., «The Concept of the Highest Good in Kierkegaard and Kant»: International Journal for Philosophy of Religion (Dordrecht, The Netherlands) 69/3 (2011) 155-171. [The article tries to make sense of the concept of the highest good (eternal bliss) in Søren Kierkegaard by comparing it to the analysis of the highest good found in Immanuel Kant. In particular, Kant and Kierkegaard see the highest good not only as comprising of virtue and happiness (bliss), but also as being the Kingdom of God] Thorpe L., «The Realm of Ends as a Community of Spirits. Kant and Swedenborg on the Kingdom of Heaven and the Cleansing of the Doors of Perception»: HeyJ 52 (2011) 52-75. [Friedrich D.E. Schleiermacher 1768-1834] Herms E., «Reich Gottes und menschliches Handeln»: in D. Lange (ed.), Friedrich Schleiermacher, 1768-1834: Theologe, Philosoph, Pädagoge, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1985, pp. 258: p. 163-192 = in Id., Menschsein im Werden. Studien zu Schleiermacher, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. viii-502: p. 101-124. rev. W. Gräb, ThLZ 130 (2005) cols 811-813; P. Pandimakil, EstAg 39/2 (2004) 410; H. Patsch, GGA 257/3-4 (2005) 262264 [Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel 1770-1831] Schlitt D.M., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Divine Subjectivity. Understanding Hegel’s Philosophy of Religion, Scranton PA: University of Scranton 1990, pp. xx-343 / Paperback 2009, pp. xxiv-331: p. 253-296 (chap. 8). rev. J. Burbidge, Hegel-Studien (Bochum, Germany) 27 (1992) 240-241; J. Walker, Bulletin of the Hegel Society of Great Britain (Brighton, U.K.) 25 (1992) 58-61; R.R. Williams, JAAR 60/4 (1992) 819-821 Pirni A., «Il Regno dello Spirito e la comunità nelle “Lezioni sulla filosofia della religione” di Hegel»: Fenomenologia e Società (Padova, Italy) 21/2 (1998) 144-150. Calton P.M., Hegel’s Metaphysics of God. The Ontological Proof as the Development of a Trinitarian Divine Ontology (Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Philosophy), Aldershot, U.K. - Burlington VT: Ashgate 2001, pp. vii-131: p. 89-90: 3. Hegel’s Metaphysics of God: VII: Knowledge of God: The Kingdom of the Spirit, p. 106-118: 4. Philosophy’s Completion of the Extrinsic Trinity: IV: The Kingdom of the Spirit: The Spiritual Community. rev. J. Castella, Hegel-Studien (Bochum, Germany) 37 (2003); S. Lumsden, The Review of Metaphysics. A Philosophical Quarterly (Washington, D.C.) 57/3 (2004) 608-610 e) 19th-20th Centuries Berkhof L., «Christ in the Light of Eschatology»: PrincThRev 25 (1927) 83-102 [Brief review and critical notes of the position of the eschatological school: J. Weiss and A. Schweitzer]. Ohlemacher J., Das Reich Gottes in Deutschland bauen. Ein Beitrag zur Vorgeschichte und Theologie der deutschen Gemeinschaftsbewegung (Arbeiten zur Geschichte des Pietismus 23), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1986, pp. 296 (= Diss. Kirchliche Hochschule Bethel 1983): p. 122-135: IV. Die theosophisch-pietistische Reich-Gottes-Konzeption der Süddeutschen und ihre theologischen Implikationen und Konsequenzen, p. 136-162: V. Die Reich-Gottes-Konzeption der norddeutschen Pietisten, ihre theologischen Implikationen und Konsequenzen, p. 168-190: VI.3. Das Reich Gottes in der Heiligungstheologie Th. Jellinghaus’. rev. H. Burkhardt, ThBe 19 (1988) 340-343; W.R. Ward, JEH 38 (1987) 508 II. Introductions 17 Czire S., «Isten országa kutatástörténete a történeti Jézus-kutatás kontextusában (I.) A térbeliségtől az időtlenig; (II.) Az idő-kérdés visszatéréséől a történelmi plauzibilitásig» [The History of Kingdom of God’s Research within the Context of Jesus’ Life Research. (I.) From the Spatial to the Timeless; (II.) From the Problem of Time to Historical Plausibility]: KerMag 112/4 (2006) 387-403; 113/1 (2007) 16-38 [in Hungarian]. Ogawa A., «The Kingdom of God: A 20th Century Interpretation»: キリスト教学: Rikkyo University (Tokyo, Japan) 51 (2009) 5-27 [in Japanese]. Whitlark J., «Kingdom of God: modern interpretations»: in Kurian (ed.), The Encyclopedia, p. 12781281. [Johann Sebastian Drey 1777-1853] Mieth D., «Das Reich Gottes bei Johann Sebastian Drey und die Begründung einer katholischen Soziallehre»: in M. Kessler - O. Fuchs (ed.), Theologie als Instanz der Moderne. Beiträge und Studien zu Johann Sebastian Drey und zur Katholischen Tübinger Schule (Tübinger Studien zur Theologie und Philosophie 22), Tübingen: Francke 2005, pp. 462: p. 315-332. rev. G. Wieland, «“Theologie als Instanz der Moderne”. Reflexionen über ein Thema und eine Tübinger Tagung»: ThQ 184/2 (2004) 108-117 [Johann Baptist von Hirscher 1788-1865] Dietrich D.J., «Priests and Political Thought. Theology and Reform in Central Europe, 1845-1855»: CathHistRev 71/4 (1985) 519-546. [BullSignal 40,5549] Köster N., «Das „Reich Gottes” als zentraler Begriff»: in Id., Der Fall Hirscher. Ein »Spätaufklärer« im Konflikt mit Rom? (Römische Inquisition und Indexkongregation 8), Paderborn etc.: Schöningh 2007, pp. 467: p. 25-30. [Johann Christoph Blumhardt 1805-1880] Macchia F.D., «The Secular and the Religious under Shadow of the Cross: Implications in Christoph Blumhardt’s Kingdom Spirituality for a Christian Response to World Religions»: in A. Sharma (ed.), Religion in a Secular City. Essays in Honor of Harvey Cox, Harrisburg PA: Trinity Press International 2001, pp. xxiv-328: p. 59-77. Ising D., Johann Christoph Blumhardt. Leben und Werk, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2002, pp. 423: p. 347-354: Theologie der Erwartung des Reiches Gottes, p. 355-356: Verkündiging in der Erwartung des Reiches Gottes, p. 356-361: Seelsorge in der Erwartung des Reiches Gottes | trans. English: Johann Christoph Blumhardt, Life and Work. A New Biography, Eugene OR: Cascade Books 2009, pp. xvii-491. rev. O. Föller, AufAtmen (Cuxhaven, Germany) 4 (2002) 81; C.H. Grundmann, ZKG 115/3 (2004) 425-427; MissSt 23/2 (2006) 281-282 / J.R. Miller, PneumaR 13/2 (2010) Buchholz C., «Das Reich Gottes und das Heil des Menschen. Zur Erinnerung an den 200. Geburtstag von Johann Christoph Blumhardt (16. Juli 1805)»: Dt-PfrBl 105/7 (2005) 368-372. Esche A., Reich Gottes in Bad Boll. Die Stätten der Blumhardts und ihre Geschichten (Edition Akademie 10), Bad Boll: Evangelische Akademie 2005, pp. 138 / Reich Gottes in Bad Boll. Religion, Kultur und Politik bei Johann Christoph und Christoph Blumhardt, Bad Boll: Evangelische Akademie 20093 (rev. ed.), pp. 170. Esche A., «Reich Gottes heute. Die Wirkungsgeschichte der Blumhardts» [2009]: in electronic resource: <www.ev-akademie-boll.de/fileadmin/res/otg/09-07-Esche_2.pdf>. Westphal E.R., «A teologia da esperança. Johann Christoph Blumhardt e a presença transformadora do reino de Deus»: Vox scripturae. Revista Teológica Brasileira (São Bento do Sul SC, Brazil) 17/2 (2009) 64-80. [Hope] [Frederick Denison Maurice 1805-1872] Morris J.N. (ed. and introd.), To Build Christ’s Kingdom. F. D. Maurice and His Writings (Canterbury Studies in Spiritual Theology 4), Norwich: Canterbury Press 2007, pp. 148. rev. P. Avis, Ecclesiology: The Journal for Ministry, Mission and Unity (London, U.K.) 6/3 (2010) 380-381; A.D. Baker, ATR 90/3 (2008) 675-676; F.R. van Hartesveldt, Anglican and Episcopal History (Harlingen TX) 77 (2008) 100 [Johann Hinrich Wichern 1808-1881] Noller A., «Theologie des Reiches Gottes und diakonisches Handeln in der Welt bei Johann Hinrich Wichern»: in R. Edtbauer - A. Köhler-Offierski (ed.), Evangelisch – Diakonisch (Evangelische II. Introductions 18 Hochschulperspektiven 4), Freiburg i.Br.: FEL 2008, pp. 286: p. 49-64 = in U. Schindler (ed.), Mit Herrn Wichern im Gespräch. Orientierung für Diakonie und Gesellschaft im Jubiläumsjahr 2008 (Rummelsberger Reihe 7), Schwarzenbruck: Rummelsberger Anstalten 2008, pp. 119: p. 61-. Ohlemacher J., «Das Reich Gottes bei Wichern»: ThBe 39/2 (2008) 92-108. [Gustav Werner 1809-1887] Göggelmann W., Dem Reich Gottes Raum schaffen. Königsherrschaft Christi, Eschatologie und Diakonie im Wirken von Gustav Werner (1809-1887) (Veröffentlichungen des Diakoniewissenschaftlichen Instituts an der Universität Heidelberg 31), Heidelberg: Winter 2007, pp. 308. [Service / Ministry] Schmidt H., «Ökonomie des Reiches Gottes. Diakonische Kompetenzen entdecken mit Gustav Werner»: entwurf (Religionspädagogisches Institut, Karlsruhe, Germany) 40 (2009) 7-10. [Service / Ministry] [Albrecht Ritschl 1822-1889] Held H., Die Reichgottesethik und das ethische Grundproblem, Lage i.L.: Welchert 1929, pp. 50 (Pars Diss. Erlangen: Der Reichsgottesgedanke in der Ethik der Schule Ritschls). Schwarz H., «Albrecht Ritschl’s Notion of the Kingdom: An Idea and its Consequences»: in J. Fostman J. Pickle (ed.), Papers of the Nineteenth Century Theology Working Group. AAR Annual Meeting, vol. 14, Berkeley CA: Graduate Theological Union 1988, p. 56-69. Korsch D., «Le Royaume de Dieu comme révélation rationnelle. Introduction à la lecture d’Albrecht Ritschl»: in P. Gisel et alii (ed.), Albrecht Ritschl. La théologie en modernité : entre religion, morale et positivité historique (Lieux théologiques 19), Genève: Labor et Fides 1991, pp. 223: p. 63-81. Jodock D. (ed.), Ritschl in Retrospect. History, Community, and Science, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 1995, pp. xvi-199: p. 75-103: «Ritschl’s Doctrine of Christian Community» [R.M. Wall, Jr.], p. 104-122: «The Centrality and Bi-Polar Focus of the Kingdom: Ritschl in Retrospect. History, Theological Import for the Twentieth Century» [H. Schwarz]; p. 123-142: «Building the Kingdom: The Legacy of Ritschl’s Thought for the Americas» [W.R. Barnett]. Brondos D.A., «Albrecht Ritschl and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Fortress Introduction to Salvation and the Cross, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2007, pp. xiv-220: p. 116-129 (chap. 9). rev. R. Clark, RevBL 10/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6224_6673.pdf>; C.S.W. Crysdale, SewaneeThRev 51 (2008) 347-348; K.K. Hendel, Interp 63/4 (2009) 425-426 Wollmann C., «Freiwillige Ordnungserfüllung – oder: Versöhnung als freiwillige Willensübereinstimmung in das Ziel des Reiches Gottes bei Albrecht Ritschl»: in Id., Versöhnung in Freiheit und Ordnung. Reflexionen zu einem sozialethischen Handlungsfeld in protestantischer Perspektive (Beiträge zur rationalen Theologie 18), Frankfurt a.M. etc.: Peter Lang 2007, pp. 238 (= Diss. Hamburg Univ. 2007): p. 52-68. [Christoph Friedrich Blumhardt 1842-1919] Buchholz C., «“Before Bloch there was Blumhardt” oder: “Sei doch nur einmal Mensch…”: zum 90. Todestag von Christoph Friedrich Blumhardt»: Dt-PfrBl 109/9 (2009) 489-492. Blumhardt C.F., Reich Gottes in der Welt. Texte aus Predigten, Ansprachen und Gebeten, (ed. C. Buchholz), Dessau - Göppingen: Kinzel 2010, pp. 51. Zahl S., «Gedanken aus dem Reiche Gottes: Eschatology in Blumhardt’s Theology, 1888-96»: in Id., Pneumatology and Theology of the Cross in the Preaching of Christoph Friedrich Blumhardt. The Holy Spirit between Wittenberg and Azusa Street (T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology 7), London - New York: T&T Clark 2010, pp. x-206 (= Diss. Cambridge Univ. 2009): p. 61-84 (chap. 3). rev. A. Yong, RelSR 37/3 (2011) 201 [Vladimir S. Solovyov vel Soloviev (Владимир Сергеевич Соловьёв) (1853-1900), Russian philosopher, poet and literary critic] Gaut G., «Christian Politics: Vladimir Solovyov’s Social Gospel Theology»: Modern Greek Studies Yearbook (Minneapolis MN) vols 10-11 (1994-1995) 653-674; see index: <http://mgs.cla.umn.edu/ mgs/mgsyb1011.html> (The Theology of Christian Politics, The Progress of the Kingdom, Did Solovyov Abandon Social Christianity?, Solovyov and the Social Gospel: Abroad and at Home) / online: <http://members.valley.net/~transnat/ gautfp.html>; <http://orthodoxia.org/rus/pt/14/472.aspx>. [Social Ethics] II. Introductions 19 Kwiecień M., «Ekumeniczne przesłanki Królestwa Bożego w ujęciu W. Sołowjowa» [Ecumenical conditions of the Kingdom of God according to W. Solovyov]: in Z. Drozdowicz (ed.), Pamięć i zapomnienie w Europie przełomu wieków, Poznań: Wydawnictwo Fundacji Humaniora 2001, pp. 292: p. 57-66 [in Polish]. [Ecumenism] Kiejzik L., «The Polish Case in Vladimir Solov’ëv’s Vision of the Future»: Studies in East European Thought (University of Fribourg / Springer) 55/2 (2003) 141-155. [Social Ethics] Poole R.A., «Human Dignity and the Kingdom of God: A Russian Theological Perspective (Vladimir Solov’ëv)»: Listening 42/3 (2007) 33-54. [Social Ethics] [Johannes Lepsius (1858-1926), German Protestant missionary] Lepsius J., «Das Königreich Christi»: RCJL 3 (1900) 257-260. Lepsius J., «Das Reich Gottes und der Staat»: RCJL 11 (1908) 217-238 = in A. Baumann et alii (ed.), Johannes Lepsius. Die Wiedergeburt des Oriens: Texte zur Mission (Evangelium und Islam 7), Nürnberg: VTR [Verlag für Theologie und Religionswissenschaft] 2007, pp. 329: p. 68-86. Baumann A., «Theologische Grundlagen. Das „Reich Christi” als Zentralbegriff der Theologie»: in Id., Johannes Lepsius’ Missiologie (Diss. University of South Africa 2005, pp. 366): p. 111-143 / in electronic resource: <http://uir.unisa.ac.za/handle/10500/1795>; <http://etd.unisa.ac.za/ETD-db/theses/available/etd07052006-113202/unrestricted/thesis.pdf>. [Walter Rauschenbusch 1861-1918] Bronk M., «An Adventure in the Kingdom of God»: CrozQ 14 (January 1937) 21-28. Hopkins C.H., «Walter Rauschenbusch and the Brotherhood of the Kingdom»: ChurchHist 7/2 (1938) 138-155. Nelson W.D., The Kingdom of God and Walter Rauschenbusch. A synthesis of personal salvation and social transformation (Thesis D. Min., Wesley Theological Seminary1989, pp. 96). Dorrien G.J., «Thy Kingdom Come: Walter Rauschenbusch, Vida Scudder, and the Social(ist) Gospel»: in Id., The Making of American Liberal Theology. II: Idealism, Realism, & Modernity, 1900-1950, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2003, pp. xiii-666: p. 21-72 (chap. 2). rev. J.O. Duke, Journal for Cultural and Religious Theory (Denver CO) 5/3 (2004) 31-34 / <www.jcrt.org/archives/05.3/ duke.pdf>; J.C. Livingston, TS 66 (2005) 199-201; J. Wischmeyer, Journal for the History of Modern Theology / Zeitschrift für Neuere Theologiegeschichte (Berlin, Germany) 12/2 (2005) 351-353 Oelschlägel C., «“Reich Gottes” im Sozialprotestantismus der USA. Walter Rauschenbuschs “Theology for the social gospel”»: in J. Eurich (ed.), Diakonische Orientierungen in Praxis und Bilungsprozessen (DWI-Info 37), Heidelberg: Diakoniewissenschaftliches Institut der Theologischen Fakultät Heidelberg 2005, pp. 291: p. 69-82. Dorrien G.J., «Kingdom Coming: Rauschenbusch’s Christianity and the Social Crisis»: ChrCent 124/nr 24 (2007) 27-29. Canipe L., «Walter Rauschenbusch and the Democratic Kingdom of God»: in Id., A Baptist Democracy. Separating God and Caesar in the Land of the Free, Macon GA: Mercer University 2011, pp. 198: p. 52-87 (chap. 2). [Johannes Weiss 1863-1914] Reventlow H.G., «Jesu Verkündigung vom Reiche Gottes als Endzeitankündigung deuten: Johannes Weiß»: in Id., Epochen der Bibelauslegung. IV: Von der Aufklrung bis zum 20. Jahrhundert, München: C.H. Beck 2001, pp. 448: p. 359-365. [Leonhard Ragaz 1868-1945] Jäger H.U., «Die sozialethische Funktion des Reichgottesglaubens bei Leonhard Ragaz»: ZEvEth 12 (1968) 221-233. Köster D., Die Antwort auf die Soziale Frage. Konkretionen des Reiches Gottes in den theologischen Konzeptionen von Johann Hinrich Wichern und Leonhard Ragaz (Beiträge zur Diakoniewissenschaft. Abschlussarbeiten 176), (Ruprecht-Karls-Univ. Heidelberg, Theologische Fakultät, Das Diakoniewissenschaftliche Institut 1992). Jäger H.U., «Il socialismo religioso: Leonhard Ragaz»: Prot 52 (1997) 3-20. II. Introductions 20 [Albert Schweitzer 1875-1965] Picht W., Albert Schweitzer: Wesen und Bedeutung, Hamburg: Meiner 1960, pp. 320 | trans. English: Albert Schweitzer. The Man and his Work, London: Allen & Unwin 1960 / The Life and Thought of Albert Schweitzer, New York - Evanston: Harper & Row 1964, pp. 288: p. 46-78: III. The Quest of the Historical Jesus, p. 88-127: V. Ethics, p. 128-133: VI. The Kingdom of God, p. 203-256: Appendix: The Story of the Quest of the Historical Jesus (Sketch) / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/lifeandthoughtof006107mbp>; Danish (1964). rev. J.F.B. Goodwin, JTS 17 (1966) 274; S. Lessly, JRel 45/3 (1965) 257-258 [Martin Buber 1878-1965] Morra G., «Utopia e Regno di Dio secondo Martin Buber»: in M. Martini (ed.), La filosofia del dialogo. Da Buber a Lévinas (Quaderni della Biblioteca Pro Civitate Christiana 18), Assisi: Biblioteca Pro Civitate Christiana 1990, pp. 308 / (Orizzonti nuovi), Assisi: Cittadella 19952, pp. 295: p. 213-234. [Utopia] [Pierre Teilhard de Chardin 1881-1955] König O., «Teilhard de Chardin: Globalisierung und Gottesreich»: Christlich-pädagogische Blätter (Wien, Austria) 120 (2007) 71-75. [Eli Stanley Jones 1884-1973] Graham S., «Evangelism without Apology: E. Stanley Jones and The Totalitarian Kingdom of God»: in M.G. Cartwright (ed.), Exploring Christian Mission Beyond Christendom: United Methodist Perspectives, Indianapolis IN: University of Indianapolis 2010, pp. x-166: p. 37-66. Gill B., «The Kingdom-Minded Apostle. E. Stanley Jones and the Inegration of Kingdom, Church and Mission»: IJFM 28 (2011) 32. [Paul Tillich 1886-1965] Mahlmann T., «Eschatologie und Utopie im Geschichtsphilosophischen Denken Paul Tillichs»: NZST 7 (1965) 339-370. [Utopia] Lai P.-C., «A Contextual Reflection on Tillich’s Interpretation of Hope»: ChingF 39/4 (December 1996) 287-306 / «Interpretation of Hope in the Context of Hong Kong»: in D.L. Overmyer - C.-T. Lai (ed.), Interpretations of Hope in Chinese Religions and Christianity, Hong Kong: Christian Centre for Chinese Religion and Culture 2002, pp. xiii-290: p. 231-249. [Religious Pluralism: Buddhism] Ribeiro C. de Oliveira, «Quando a fé se torna idolatria: a relação entre Reino de Deus e história em teologias contemporâneas»: Atualidade Teológica (Revista do Departamento de Teologia da PUC, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil) 1/1 (agosto-dezembro 1997) 43-57 [Paul Tillich; Juan Luis Segundo]. Lai P.-C., «Tillich’s Interpretation of the Kingdom of God and Chinese Christian Eschatology»: Logos & Pneuma [Tao Fong]. Chinese Journal of Theology (Hong Kong, China) nr 9 (Fall 1998) 43-73 [in Chinese]. [Religious Pluralism: Buddhism] Ribeiro C. de Oliveira, Quando a fé se torna idolatria: a atualidade da relação entre Reino de Deus e história em Paul Tillich (Diss. Pontifícia Universidade Católica, Rio de Janeiro, RJ 2000). Ribeiro C. de Oliveira, «Perspectivas teológicas para o combate à idolatria»: REB 65/nr 258 (2005) 259292. Kondo G., «Kingdom of God and Nirvana. A Dialogue between Paul Tillich and Hisamatsu Shin’ichi»: in Søren Kierkegaard Research Centre in Japan (ed.), New Perspective of Studies on Kierkegaard and the Scope of Contemporary Christian Theology. Essays Published Commemorating the 150th Anniversary of Søren Kierkegaard’s Death. Dedicated to Jun Hashimoto, Dr. Phil., Prof. Emeritus, in Honor of His Contributions on Studies of Søren Kierkegaard, Osaka - Kwansei: Kwansei University Press 2006, pp. vi-335: p. 213-233. [Religious Pluralism: Buddhism] Neugebauer G., «Die Reich-Gottes-Konzeption»: in Id., Tillichs frühe Christologie. Eine Untersuchung zu Offenbarung und Geschichte bei Tillich vor dem Hintergrund seiner Schellingrezeption (Theologische Bibliothek Töpelmann 141), Berlin: de Gruyter 2007, pp. x-462: p. 369-376. rev. G. Walter, RelSR 35 (2009) 42; F. Wittekind, Internationales Jahrbuch für die Tillich-Forschung (Wien, Austria Berlin, Germany) 4 (2008) 195-204 Danz C., «Le Royaume de Dieu, but de l’histoire. L’eschatologie comme réflexion sur l’histoire chez Paul Tillich»: ÉtThRel 84/4 (2009) 481-495: p. 491-495: Le symbole du Royaume de Dieu, but interne de l’histoire. [History] II. Introductions 21 Lai P.-C., «Kingdom of God in Tillich and Pure Land in Mahayana Buddism»: Internationales Jahrbuch für die Tillich-Forschung (Wien, Austria - Berlin, Germany) 5 (2009) 151-172. [Religious Pluralism: Buddhism] Musser D.W. - Price J.L., «History and the Kingdom of God»: in Idd., Tillich (Abingdon Pillars of Theology), Nashville TN: Abingdon 2010, pp. xiii-95: p. 39-50 (chap. 7). [History] [Karl Barth 1886-1968] Vinay V., «Rapporto-tensione fra Regno di Dio e città terrena nella storia moderna con particolare riguardo alla posizione di Karl Barth»: in Regno di Dio e città terrena, p. 127-142. [Helmut Richard Niebuhr 1894-1962] Oshimo S., «H. Richard Niebuhr’s The Kingdom of God in America Revisited. The Religious Dimension of the American Dream»: AmerikaKenk 21 (1987) 21-35; 216-217 [in Japanese]. Fox R.W., «H. Richard Niebuhr’s Divided Kingdom»: American Quarterly. The Journal of the American Studies Association (Washington, D.C.) 42 (1990) 93-101. Shriver D.W., Jr., «The Kingdom of God in America»: in Id., H. Richard Niebuhr (Abingdon Pillars of Theology), Nashville TN: Abingdon 2009, pp. xiv-82: p. 13-24 (chap. 2). [Dietrich Bonhoeffer 1906-1945] Engelhardt K., «Reich Gottes – Kirche – Welt – Staat: Dietrich Bonhoeffers theologisches und politisches Vermächtnis»: Beiträge Pädagogischer Arbeit (Baden, Germany) 50/4 (2007) 1-9. Martin K., «Der Reich-Gottes-Begriff und der nicht-religiöse Wirklichkeitsbezug in der Theologie Bonhoeffers»: Verantwortung. Zeitschrift des Dietrich-Bonhoeffer-Vereins (Wiesbaden - Berlin, Germany) 23/nr 43 (Juni 2009). Lindsay M.R., «Bonhoeffer’s eschatology in a world “come of age”»: TTo 68/3 (2011) 290-302. [Ernst Käsemann 1906-1998] Klaiber W., «Gottes Gerechtigkeit und Gottes Herrschaft. Ernst Käsemann als Ausleger des Neuen Testaments»: in J. Adam et alii (ed.), Dienst in Freiheit. Ernst Käsemann zum 100. Geburtstag (Theologie interdisziplinär 4), Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2008, pp. vii-107: p. 59-82. [Arnold Albert van Ruler 1908-1970] Hodnett G., A.A. van Ruler’s Doctrine of the “Messianic Intermezzo” and its implications for understanding the Old Testament (Thesis M.A., University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg 1994): chap. I: The Messianic Intermezzo (5. Jesus and the Kingdom, 6. The kingdom is present but also future, 7. The Present Kingdom, 8. The kingdom of Christ and the kingdom of God), chap. II: History and Eschatology (1. The Kingdom of God, 2. Some different understandings of the kingdom of God, 3. Van Ruler’s understanding of the kingdom, 4. The Transcendence of the Kingdom, 5. The Immanence of the Kingdom, 6. The Kingdom of God and History, 8. Jesus Christ and The Kingdom of God), chap. III: Salvation and Glorification (3. The Holy Spirit and the Kingdom of Christ, 7. Kingdom and Covenant) Conclusion (3. The Kingdom and the Law): in electronic resource: <www.althusius.net/theology/ Messianic_Intermezzo/Messianic_Intermezzo.html> [2001]. Janssen A.J., Kingdom, Office, and Church. A Study of A.A. van Ruler’s Doctrine of Ecclesiastical Office with Implications for the North American ecumenical Discussion (Diss. International Reformed Theological Institute, Vrije Univiversiteit, Amsterdam 2005, pp. 318): p. 40-79: chap. 2: Theology of the Kingdom: An Outline of the Theology of A.A. van Ruler, p. 80-122: chap. 3: The Church as Bearer of the Gospel and as Gestalt of the Kingdom / in electronic resource: <http://dare.ubvu.vu.nl/bitstream/1871/9042/1/JanssenDissertation. pdf> / Kingdom, Office, and Church. A Study of A.A. van Ruler’s Doctrine of Ecclesiastical Office (Historical series of the Reformed Church in America 53), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2006, pp. xvi-319. rev. J.L. McPake, Ecclesiology: The Journal for Ministry, Mission and Unity (London, U.K.) 4/3 (2008) 369-371 van den Brink G. - van Keulen D. (ed.), Van schepping tot Koninkrijk. Teksten (1947-1970) uit het theologisch oeuvre van A.A. van Ruler [From Creation to Kingdom. Collected Writings of Arnold van Ruler] (Klassiek Licht), Barneveld: Nederlands Dagblad 2008, pp. 302. [Helmut Gollwitzer 1908-1993] Pangritz A., «Der Provokateur in Sachen Gerechtigkeit. Helmut Gollwitzer und die Reich-Gottes-Erwartung»: Neue Gesellschaft/Frankfurter Hefte (Berlin - Frankfurt a.M., Germany) 45/12 (1998) 1109-1114. II. Introductions 22 [Edward Schillebeeckx 1914-2009] Méndez Mantoya A.F., «Performing the Reign of God: The Mystical and the Political Co-existing in Edward Schillebeeckx’s Philosophical Theology»: in Th. Eggensberger et alii (ed.), Edward Schillebeeckx: Impulse für Theologien / Impetus Towards Theologies, Mainz: Grünewald 2012, pp. 278: p. 138-155. [Alexander Schmemann 1921-1983] Caspani P. - Valli N., «Saggi di teologia eucaristica ortodossa»: ScCatt 135/3 (2007) 467-495: p. 479-484: III. “Sacramento della memoria” e comprensione del sacrificio nell’orizzonte del Regno [A. Schmemann, L’Eucaristia sacramento del Regno, Magnano 2005; I. Zizioulas, Eucaristia e regno di Dio, Magnano 1996]. [Eucharist] Slesinski R., «Alexander Schmemann e la divina liturgia come Epifania del Regno: un a priori liturgico»: ComI nr 211 (2007) 23-28 | trans. English: «Alexander Schmemann on the Divine Liturgy as an Epiphany of the Kingdom: A Liturgical Apriori»: ComE 34 (Spring 2007) 76-82; German: «Die Liturgie als Epiphanie des Gottesreiches bei Alexander Schmemann»: ComG 36/1-2 (2007) 33-38; Portuguese: «Sobre a divina liturgia como uma epifania do reino em Alexander Schmemann: Um a priori litúrgico»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007). [Eucharist / Church] [The ecclesiological dimension of the Kingdom of God the liturgical theology of the late Orthodox theologian A. Schmemann. The Church is “nothing but the presence and experience of the kingdom of God in the world”. If this is the meaning of the Church, the Liturgy is in fact the experience of the eschaton already in this world] Koonor M.L., «Alexander Schmemann and his eschatological visions»: Studi sull’Oriente Cristiano (Roma, Italy) 14 (2010) 107-115: p. 109-111: Kingdom and the World, p. 111-114: Eucharist and the Kingdom, p. 114: Church and the Kingdom. [Jürgen Moltmann 1926-] Dumont H., «Kirche und Reich Gottes bei Jürgen Moltmann»: Verbum SVD 21 (1980) 101-115. [Church] de Kruijf G.G., «Een eeuw eschatologie» [Eschatology in the 20th Century]: KerkT 50 (1999) 278-292 / online: <www.protestantsetheologischeuniversiteit.nl/uploadedDocs/medewerkerspagina/dekruijf/DeKruijf-eschatologie. pdf>. Hornisch D., Christologische Begründungen der Diakonie im Horizont des Reiches Gottes nach Jürgen Moltmann (Beiträge zur Diakoniewissenschaft. Abschlussarbeiten 34), (Ruprecht-Karls-Univ. Heidelberg, Theologische Fakultät, Das Diakoniewissenschaftliche Institut 2000, pp. 66). Beck T.D., The Holy Spirit and the Renewal of All Things. Pneumatology in Paul and Jürgen Moltmann (PTMS 67), Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2007, pp. viii-270: p. 85-120: chap. 4: Main Themes in the Theology of Jürgen Moltmann, p. 121-146: chap. 5: Moltmann’s Eschatology / reprint Cambridge, U.K.: James Clarke & Co. 2010. rev. P. Althouse, Pneuma 30/2 (2008) 318-319; M. Werntz, RelSR 34 (2008) 57 Kochupillaimariathangam V., The Twentieth Century Revival of Eschatology and Its Impact on the Sacramental Theology of Jürgen Moltmann, Romae 2007, pp. 161 (Pars Diss. Gregoriana). Harvie T., «Living the Future: The Kingdom of God in the Theologies of Jürgen Moltmann and Wolfhart Pannenberg»: IJST 10/2 (2008) 149-164. [The nature and role of the Kingdom of God in Moltmann and Pannenberg’s thought. Once the material content of the Kingdom has been explored theologically, both theologians will be critiqued on the manner in which they include the theme of judgement into the Kingdom, and the subsequent ethical results] Paeth S.R., «Public Theology, Critical Modernism, and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Exodus Church and Civil Society. Public Theology and Social Theory in the Work of Jürgen Moltmann (Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical Studies), Aldershot, Hampshire, U.K. Burlington VT: Ashgate 2008, pp. 223: p. 153-172 (chap. 10). [Social Ethics] rev. R. Burns, HeyJ 51/4 (2010) 697-700 Guttesen P.F., Leaning Into the Future. The Kingdom of God in the Theology of Jürgen Moltmann and in the Book of Revelation (Princeton Theological Monograph 117), (introd. R. Bauckham), Eugene OR: Pickwick Publications 2009, pp. xiii-264 (= rev. Diss. University of St. Andrews 2005): p. 1637: chap. 1: Witness to the Promised Kingdom: The Bible in Moltmann’s Theological Approach, p. 38-67: chap. 2: The Kingdom of God as Symbol of Hope, p. 68-109: chap. 3: The Passion of the Kingdom in the World, p. 110-122: chap. 4: The Crisis of the Kingdom and the Book of Revelation, p. 123-174: chap. 5: The Future as Regime Change, p. 175-235: chap. 6: The Presence and Reign of God in History. [NTA 54, p. 173] rev. A. Stewart, BTB 41/2 (2011) 106-107 II. Introductions 23 Harvie T., «Hope for the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Jürgen Moltmann’s Ethics of Hope. Eschatological Possibilities For Moral Action (New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical Studies), (introd. J. Moltmann), Farnham, U.K. - Burlington VT: Ashgate 2009, pp. xiv-223 (= rev. Diss. University of Aberdeen 2006 under title: Ethics of Hope. The Moral Landscape of Jürgen Moltmann’s Theology): p. 39-56 (chap. 2). rev. B. Bingaman, ModBel 51/3 (2010); G. Etzelmüller, ThLZ 136/5 (2011) cols 549-551; J.A. Goroncy, StCE 24/3 (2011) 391-394; K.G. Hiebert, Political Theology (Chichester University, U.K. - Equinox Publishing Ltd) 13/2 (2012) 257-259; C. Naumowicz, Teologia i Człowiek. Półrocznik Wydziału Teologicznego Uniwersytetu Mikołaja Kopernika (Toruń, Poland) 13 (2009) 215-219 [Gustavo Gutiérrez Merino 1928-] Pernia A.M., «The Kingdom of God in the Liberation Theology of G. Gutierrez, L. Boff and J. L. Segundo»: Diwa. Studies in Philosophy and Theology (Tagaytay City, Philippines) 13 (1988) 30-37. Sayés J.A., «¿Ha cambiado realmente Gustavo Gutiérrez?»: Burg 33 (1992) 169-206. Figeroa-Villarreal V., Gustavo Gutiérrez’s Understanding of the Kingdom of God in the Light of the Second Vatican Council (Diss. Andrews University, Berrien Springs MI 1999). [AUSS 38/2 (2000) 306]. [Johan Adam Heyns 1928-1994] Marais S.J.L., Die koninkryk van God as sistematies-teologiese kategorie in die werk van J.A. Heyns (Diss. Univ. of Pretoria, Faculty of Theology 2010, pp. 569 / in electronic resource: <http://upetd.up. ac.za/thesis/available/etd-06082011-163255>). [Wolfhart Pannenberg 1928-] Grytten A., «Et alternativ til “lov og evangelium”? Wolfhart Pannenbergs forståelse av evangeliet som budskapet om Guds herredømme» [An alternative to “Law and Gospel”? Wolfhart Pannenberg Understanding of the Gospel that is the Message of God’s Sovereignty]: UngT 30 (1997) 35-45. Noceti S., La Chiesa segno del Regno di Dio. L’ecclesiologia ecumenica di Wolfhart Pannenberg (Diss. Facoltà Teologica dell’Italia Centrale, Firenze 2005). [Church] Taylor I., «Pannenberg’s Trinitarian Doctrine of the Kingdom and the Church»: in Id., Pannenberg on the Triune God, London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. 225: p. 137-163. [Trinity / Church] rev. T.E. Ables, RRT 15/3 (2008) 439-442; A.P.R. Gregory, ATR 90/4 (2008) 838; S. Hayden, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 180; R.A.J. Merrick, IJST 10/3 (2008) 353-356 Bradshaw T., Pannenberg: A Guide for the Perplexed (Guides for the Perplexed), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2009, pp. viii-190: p. 64-107: Jesus’ Eschatological Identity (chap. 3). rev. G. Sumner, TorJT 27 (2011) 123-124 [Ignacio Ellacuría 1930-1989] Benítez J.A., «El legado eclesiológico de Ignacio Ellacuría» [2007]: in electronic resource: RELaT <www. servicioskoinonia.org/relat/198.htm> / <www.terra.es/personal/gaviles/legado.htm>. Das Chagas De Albuquerque F., O reino de Deus e a esperança dos pobres. O encontro e seguimento de Jesus à luz de principios cristológicos e ecclesiológicos nos escritos de Ignacio Ellacuría (19301989), Roma: PUG 2009, pp. 189 (Pars Diss. Pontificia Università Gregoriana, Facoltà di teologia). [Poor] Lee M.E., «The Reign of God»: in Id., Bearing the Weight of Salvation. The Soteriology of Ignacio Ellacuría, (introd. G. Gutiérrez), New York NY: Crossroad 2009, pp. xv-237: p. 94-102. rev. D.M. Bell, Jr., ModT 26/4 (2010) 686-689; G. Smith, AEJT 15/1 (2010) <http://aejt.com.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/ 0020/225524/BOOK_REVIEW_Lee_Smith.pdf> de Aquino Júnior F., A teologia como intelecção do Reinado de Deus. O método da teologia da libertação segundo Ignacio Ellacuría, São Paulo: Loyola 2010. [Gerhard Lohfink 1934-] Rychert M., «Społeczno-historyczny wymiar królestwa Bożego w teologii Gerharda Lohfinka» [Sociohistorical dimension of the Kingdom of God in the theology of Gerhard Lohfink]: Seminare 24 (2007) 177-190 (190: Italian Summary) [in Polish] / online: <www.seminare.pl/24/Rychert2007.pdf>. II. Introductions 24 Rychert M., Kościół jako społeczność alternatywna. Teologia królestwa Bożego według Gerharda Lohfinka (Scripta Theologica Thoruniensia 9), Toruń: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Uniwersytetu Mikołaja Kopernika 2009, pp. 365. [Jon Sobrino 1938-] Gardocki D., Jezus z Nazaretu. Mesjasz Królestwa, Syn Boży i droga do Ojca. Studium analitycznokrytyczne chrystologii Jona Sobrino [Jezus of Nazaret. Messiah of the Kingdom, Son of God and Way to the Father. Analytical-Critical Study of the Jon Sobrino’s Christology] (Bobolanum 4), Warszawa: Rhetos 2006, pp. 628: chap. IV: Prawda o Jezusie w świetle relacji do królestwa Bożego (1. Jezus i królestwo Boże, 2. Działalność Jezusa na rzecz królestwa, 3. Jezus i wymagania królestwa Bożego, 4. Samoświadomość Jezusa w świetle relacji do królestwa Bożego) [in Polish]. rev. K. Góźdź, RT 54/2 (2007) 220-224; Z. Kubacki, StBobolanum 5/4 (2007); 6/1 (2008) Hünermann P., «Qualitätssicherung? Der Fall Jon Sobrino ist eine Anfrage an die Arbeit der Glaubenskongregation»: Herder Korrespondenz (Freiburg i.Br., Germany) 61 (2007) 184-188 | trans. Spanish: «Los escritos de Jon Sobrino condenados»: SelecT 46/nr 184 (2007) 267-276 (p. 270-271: Jesucristo y el Reino de Dios). Kraisch G., Jesus e o anúncio do Reino de Deus na teologia de Jon Sobrino. A perspectiva das vítimas e o compromisso de descer da cruz os povos crucificados (Diss. M.T., Faculdade Jesuíta de Filosofia e Teologia, Belo Horizonte 2008, pp. 137) / in electronic resource: <www.cesjesuit.br/admin/arquivos/GILBERTO%20KRAISCH.pdf>. 3. Scripture (OT and NT): General Introduction a) Dictionaries and Encyclopedias Beilner W., «Reich Gottes»: in M. Stubhann et alii (ed.), Die Bibel A-Z. Das große Salzburger Bibellexikon. Vol. II: Ku-Z, Salzburg: Andreas 1985, pp. 409-800: p. 581-582. Ladd G.E., «Kingdom of God»: ISBE III (19863) 23-29. Bayer H.F., «Reich Gottes: a) biblisch»: ELThG III (1994) 1676-1677. anon., «Kingdom of God/Kingdom of Heaven»: in L. Ryken et alii (ed.), Dictionary of Biblical Imagery, Downers Grove IL - Leicester, U.K.: InterVarsity 1998, pp. xxi-1058: p. 478-481. Schlosser J., «Regno di Dio»: in R. Penna et alii (ed.), Temi teologici della Bibbia (Dizionari San Paolo), Cinisello Balsamo (Milano): San Paolo 2010, pp. xxvi-1613: p. 1133-1138. Köstenberger A.J., «Kingdom of God: biblical perspectives»: in Kurian (ed.), The Encyclopedia, p. 12771279. b) Articles and Short Studies Verschoor J.W., Het Koninkrijk Gods naar Schrift en belijdenis [The Kingdom of God according to Scripture and creed], Leiden: De Vlieger 1911, pp. 30. Farmer J.H., «The Kingdom of God»: REx 9/4 (1912) 534-550; 10 (1913) 45-61; 219-239. Lohmann E., Das Gottesreich, Schwerin i.Mecklenburg: Bahn 1923, pp. 32. Matzken R.H., «Het bijbels begrip van het Koninkrijk Gods»: Soteria 1/1 (1984) 29-36. Matthias A., «Biblical Notion of the Kingdom of God»: Irai Iyal Kolangal (Kandy, Sri Lanka) 5 (198889) 2-7 [in Tamil]. De Jong P.Y., «The Kingdom of God According to Scripture»: MAJT 5/2 (1989) 164-185. Zager W. - Zager D., «Reich Gottes»: Schweizerisches Reformiertes Volksblatt. Zeitschrift für unabhängiges protestantisches Denken (Basel, Switzerland) 132/nr 6 (November-Dezember 1998) 1-2. Lemmelijn B., «Geroepen tot dienst aan het Koninkrijk. De bijbelse notie van het Rijk Gods» [Called to service in the Kingdom. The biblical notion of the Kingdom of God]: Jota 11/4 (1999) 6-7. Abdel-Shaheed N., «The Kingdom of God»: Coptologia (Don Mills, Ontario, Canada; see index: <http://ca. geocities.com/[email protected]/journal.htm>) 16 (2000) 39-50. II. Introductions 25 Lazić V., Die Königsherrschaft Gottes im Alten und im Neuen Testament. Eine religions-geschichtliche und biblisch-theologische Untersuchung des Begriffes Königsherrschaft Gottes in der Bibel (Dipl.-Arbeit, Salzburg Univ. 2002, pp. 77). Hergesel T., «Królestwo Boże» [The Kingdom of God]: QuaestSel 11/nr 17 (2004) 13-16 [in Polish]. Feeney J., «Kingdom of God, Kingdom of Heaven Bible Study Notes» [2005]: in electronic resource: <www.jimfeeney.org/kingdomofGodheaven.html>. Pontin F.L., The Kingdom. What the Bible teaches about the Kingdom of God, Central Milton Keynes, U.K.: AuthorHouse 2005, pp. 88. Tirkey C.A., Biblical Conception of The Kingdom of God, Kerela, India: Indian Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge 2005, pp. 91. da Conceição Souza I., «God’s Kingdom: Biblico-Existential Perspectives»: Jeev 36/nr 212 (2006) 101111. [NTA 51,467] Klaus R.L., A Survey of the Theology of the Kingdom of God [2006]: pp. 69 in electronic resource: <http:// 209.85.135.104/search?q=cache:3siYnnXABXIJ:ivgrad.stanford.edu/media/2007/lg/kog_theology>. March W.E., «Reign of God»: in Id., Great Themes of the Bible, I, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2007, pp. viii-143: p. 133-142 (chap. 13). [NTA 51, p. 410] Pacomio L., «Il Regno di Dio. Insegnamento biblico»: ComI nr 211 (2007) 9-15. Martín-Moreno González J.M., «El reino de Dios»: in electronic resource: <www.upcomillas.es/personal/jmmoreno/cursos/Jesus/reino.htm> [retrieved July 2008] (1. La expresión “reino de Dios”, 2. Trasfondo en el AT y literatura paralela, 3. Carácter presente y futuro del reino). Kaiser W.C., Jr., «The Unity of the Bible and Its Program: The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Recovering the Unity of the Bible. One Continuous Story, Plan, and Purpose, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2009, pp. 252: p. 127-140 (chap. 10). [NTA 54, p. 359] c) Major Studies Maag P., Reich Gottes und Weltlage. Eine Bibelstudie für Bibelfreunde, Stuttgart: Steinkopf 1915, pp. 200 / Davos-Platz [Switzerland]: P. Umhofer 19212, pp. 203. Maag P., Vom Kommen des Reiches Gottes, Bremen: Buchhandlung und Verlag des Traktathauses [19263], pp. 271. Goard W.P., The Kingdom of God, London: Covenant Publishing Co. Ltd. 1928, pp. x-117. du Toit S. et alii (ed.), Die koninkryk van God, Potchefstroom: Sinodale Deputaatskap belas met die Eeufeesviering van die Teologiese Skool - Herald 1969, pp. 370: 1. Die koninkryk in die Skrif; 2. Die koninkryk en die Kerk; 3. Die koninkryk en die Wereld. Paulson B. et alii, Visionen av en ny värld. Uppsatser och studier kring gudsrikestanken [The vision of a new world. Undergraduate studies of the Kingdom of God’s idea], Herrljunga: Interskrift 1981, pp. 136. Deist F.E. - du Plessis I., God and His Kingdom, Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik 1982 / 1987, pp. 150. Sundén H., Konungen och riket. Om den gudomliga världsstyrelsen [The King and the Kingdom: in the divine World], Stockholm: Proprius 1983, pp. 180. Firth J., Thy Kingdom come, Adelaide: Stanley Firth 1987, pp. 210. Cho B.K.-M., The Kingdom of God, Seoul: The Catholic University of Korea Press 2005. Kaiser W.C., Jr., The Promise-Plan of God. A Biblical Theology of the Old and New Testaments, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2008, pp. 447: p. 111-130: chap. 5: The King of the Promise: The Davidic Era, p. 204216: chap. 10: The Kingdom of the Promise: The Exilic Prophets, p. 233-248: The Arrival of the Promise: Jesus the Messiah, p. 303-316: chap. 15: The Promise-Plan and the Kingdom of God, p. 371-388: chap. 20: The Promise-Plan and the Gospel of the Kingdom. [NTA 54, p. 181-182] rev. D. Bergant, NTR 23/4 (2010) 84; D.G. Firth, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 151; L. Rogier, DBSJ 15 (2010) Plock W., Die biblische Lehre vom Reich Gottes, Hünfeld: CDM-Christlicher Mediendienst 2009, pp. 88: p. 5-14: chap. 1: Das Reich Gottes, p. 15-34: chap. 2: Das Reich Gottes in der Geschichte Israels, p. 35-54: chap. 3: Das verborgene Reich Gottes, p. 55-70: chap. 4: Das Reich Gottes nach der Ablehnung Israels, p. 71-80: chap. 5: Das II. Introductions 26 / see also: Gemeindegründung. Beiträge zu Gemeindegründung & Gemeindeaufbau (Hünfeld, Schweiz) 25/nr 98 (2009) 6-11; 14-17 online: messianische Reich oder: das zukünftige Reich Gottes auf der Erde <www.kfg.org/archiv/pdf/komplett/098.pdf>. Klassen A., Das ewige Königreich Gottes, Lage: Lichtzeichen-Verlag 2010, pp. 371: p. 11-34: Teil I: Einführung in die Thematik, p. 35-98: Teil II: Das Reich Gottes im Alten Bund, p. 99-226: Teil III: Das Reich Gottes in der Übergangszeit, p. 227-344: Teil IV: Das Reich Gottes im gegenwärtigen Zeitalter, p. 345-360: Exkurs über das Königreich Gottes in der Zukunft. Warrington K., Das Reich Gottes. Die Vision wiedergewinnen, (introd. H.C. Rust), Lüdenscheid: ASAPH 2011, pp. 352. III. Old Testament 1. General Studies a) Dictionaries and Encyclopedias Sembrano L., «II regno di Dio nel Primo Testamento»: DSBP vol. 57 (2011) 19-140. b) Theology of the Old Testament Kaiser O., «Der König Jahwe Zebaoth»: in Id., Der Gott des Alten Testaments – Wesen und Wirken. Theologie des Alten Testaments. II: Jahwe, der Gott Israels, Schöpfer der Welt und des Menschen (Uni-Taschenbücher 2024), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1998, pp. 320: p. 111-118 (§ 5.5). Kaiser O., «Jahwe ward König auf Zion»: in Id., Der Gott des Alten Testaments – Wesen und Wirken. Theologie des Alten Testaments. III: Jahwes Gerechtigkeit (Uni-Taschenbücher 2392), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2003, pp. 464: p. 152-172 (§ 7). Goldingay J., Old Testament Theology. II: Israel’s Faith, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity - Milton Keynes, U.K.: Paternoster 2006, pp. 891: p. 209-221: Israel: Yhwh’s Kingdom. [OTA 33,1546; JSOT 31/5 (2007) 182-183] rev. W.D. Barrick, MasterSemJ 20 (2009) 103-106; B. Bury, RRT 15 (2008) 92-94; R.C. Clements, JTS 59/2 (2008) 707710; M.W. Elliott, IJST 11 (2009) 97-100; R. Gnuse, CBQ 69 (2007) 774-775; R.S. Hess, DenverJ 11 (2008) <www.denverseminary.edu/the-denver-journal/2008/> Routledge R., «Kingship in Israel»: in Id., Old Testament Theology. A Thematic Approach, Downer’s Grove IL: IVP Academic 2009, pp. 384: p. 225-236 (chap. 7). [OTA 32,1582] rev. D. Collett, RevBL 8/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7153_7773.pdf>; A. Davies, Journal of Biblical and Pneumatological Research (Cleveland TN) 3 (2011); I. German, Themelios 35 (2010) 43-44; H. Hagelia, SEÅ 75 (2010) 227-228; G. Reid, JETS 52/4 (2009) 837-839: «The motif of “God and His People” continues in chapter 7 with Routledge’s treatment of kingship in the OT. Here he highlights the covenant God made with David, emphasizing that this covenant serves as the basis for expecting the messianic king» (p. 838); S. Tatu, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 160-161 c) Articles and Short Studies McKenna P.P., «The Kingdom of God in the Old Testament»: IrERec Ser. 5, vol. 20 (November 1922) 484-493. Motyer A., «Christ as fulfilment: The themes of King and kingdom»: in Id., Look to the Rock. An Old Testament Background to Our Understanding of Christ, Leicester, U.K.: InterVarsity 1996, pp. 255: p. 39-62 (chap. 2) / Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2004. Ruíz A., «El Reino de Dios en el Antiguo Testamento»: Edificación Cristiana. La sana palabra para todo el pueblo de Dios (Madrid, Spain) nr 199 (mayo-agosto 2001). Janowski B., «„Ein großer König über die ganze Erde” (Ps 47,3). Zum Königtum Gottes im Alten Testament»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 102-108. [IZBG 54,1791; OTA 30,1410] MacEwen A., «The Kingdom of God in the Old Testament»: VoxRef nr 72 (2007) 29-58. Bergler S., «Der Reich-Gottes-Gedanke in der hebräischen Bibel und in der rabbinisch-talmudischen Tradition»: Verantwortung. Zeitschrift des Dietrich-Bonhoeffer-Vereins (Wiesbaden - Berlin, Germany) 23/nr 43 (Juni 2009) 11-17. Lemański J., «Królestwo Boże w Starym Testamencie» [Il regno di Dio nell’Antico Testamento]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 13-30 (-31: Italian Summary). d) Major Studies Rothschild F.A., The Idea of God’s Kingship in Jewish Thought: Basileomorphism as a Root Metaphor (Diss. Jewish Theological Seminary of America. Rabbinical Department, New York NY 1967, pp. 214). Jungbluth R., Im Himmel und auf Erden. Dimensionen von Königsherrschaft im Alten Testament (BWANT 196), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2011, pp. 335 (= Diss. Marburg Univ. 2010): p. 17-130: Part A. Auf Erden: Das irdische Königtum in Israel und Juda (2. Die Einsetzung des Königs und der Beginn seiner Herrschaft, 3. Insignien irdischer Königsherrschaft, 4. Rituelle Kommunikation im Umfeld von König und Hof, 5. Weltliche und sakrale Dimensionen von Königsherrschaft), p. 131-156: Part B. Zwischen Erde und Himmel: Das Verhältnis von irdischem König und JHWH (6. Die Erwählung des Königs durch JHWH, 7. Der König: Gottessohn, Gesalbter und Knecht III. Old Testament 28 JHWHs), p. 157-296: Part C. Im Himmel: Die Vorstellung JHWHs als König im Verhältnis zum irdischen Königtum in Israel und Juda (8. „Einsetzung” und „Beginn” der Königsherrschaft JHWHs? - Das Theologumenon ˚lm hwhy, 9. Insignien von Macht und Herrschaft JHWHs als König, 10. Rituelle Kommunikation gegenüber JHWH als König, 11. Bildliche Motive der „Königsherrschaft” JHWHs, 12. Exemplarischer Exkurs zur alttestamentlichen Königtumskritik), p. 297-304: Part D. Abschliessende Zusammenfassung. 2. Kingdom of God and Jewish History Heman F., «Gedanken über das Reich Gottes und die Geschichte des Volkes Israel» [Teil I-VIII]: RCJL 1 (1898) 6-17; 43-51; 76-86; 105-115; 137-148; 170-181; 245-251; 365-371. Kroeker J., Das Königtum und die Theokratie in Israel (Das lebendige Wort 5), Giessen - Basel: Brunnen 1931, pp. xvi-380 / Israel, ein Wunder der Geschichte. Das Königtum und die Theokratie in Israel: 2.-5. Mose, Josua, Richter, Samuel, Könige (Das lebendige Wort 3), Giessen - Basel: Brunnen 19592 (rev. ed.), pp. 372 / Giessen - Basel: Brunnen / Bad Liebenzell: VLM 19895. Cooper L.E., The Davidic Kingdom in an Understanding of the Kingdom of God (Diss. New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary, New Orleans LA 1975, pp. vi-241). Howard D.M., Jr., «The Case for Kingship in the Old Testament Books and the Psalms»: TrinJ 9 (1988) 19-35 / online: <www.bethel.edu/~dhoward>. [BullSignal 44,1580; IZBG 36,2813] Howard D.M., Jr., «The Case for Kingship in Deuteronomy and the Former Prophets»: WTJ 52 (1990) 101-115. [IZBG 37,317; OTA 15,916] Houziaux A., «Lecture épistémologique de Genèse 1/1 à 2/4»: ÉtThRel 65/3 (1990) 401-404. [BullSignal 45,2598; OTA 14,966] Beyerle S., «Exkurs I: Zum JHWH-Königtum»: in Id., Der Mosesegen im Deuteronomium. Eine text-, kompositions- und formkritische Studie zu Deuteronomium (BZAW 250), Berlin etc.: de Gruyter 1997, pp. x-345 (= rev. Diss. Bonn Univ. 1994): p. 53-55. Mikołajczak M., «Historyczne królowanie Boga w Izraelu» [The historical kingship of God in Israel]: AtKap 132/2 (nr 540) (1999) 258-262 [in Polish]. Alcordo I.S., Biblical History of Israel and the Kingdom of God, Orlando FL: Xulon 2003, pp. 228. Peri C., «La “regalità” di Adamo»: MatGiud 8 (2003) 77-86. Luc A.T., «The Kingdom of God in the Pentateuch»: in Thy Kingdom Come. In Celebration of Dr. Thomas Wang’s 80th Birthday, Sunnyvale CA: Great Commission Center International 2005, p. 38-48 [in Chinese]. Lasine S., «Everything Belongs to Me: Holiness, Danger, and Divine Kingship in the Post-Genesis World»: JSOT 35 (2010) 31-62. [OTA 34,1251] [Exodus 15:1-18] Haupt P., «Moses’ Song of Triumph»: AmJSemLang 20/3 (1904) 149-172. Rozelaar M. «The Song of the Sea (Exodus XV,1b-18)»: VT 2/3 (1952) 221-228. [IZBG 2,199] Cross F.M. - Freedmann D.N., «The Song of Miriam»: JNES 14/4 (1955) 237-250. Watts J.D.W., «The Song of the Sea - Ex. XV»: VT 7/4 (1957) 371-380. [IZBG 6,280] Muilenburg J., «A Liturgy on the Triumphs of Yahweh»: in Studia Biblica et Semitica Theodoro Christiano Vriezen qui munere theologiae per XXV annos functus est, ab amicis, collegis, discipulis dedicata, Wageningen: H. Veenman & Zonen 1966, pp. 405: p. 233-251. Coats G.W., «The Song of the Sea»: CBQ 31 (1969) 1-17. [IZBG 17,259] Cross F.M. - Freedmann D.N., «The Song of Miriam: Exodus 15»: in Idd., Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry (SBL DS 21), Missoula MT: Scholars 1975, pp. vii-191 (= Diss. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore MD 1950): p. 83-127 / (The Biblical Resource Series), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 1997, pp. xiii-130: p. 31-45. [IZBG 17,259] rev. S.G. Auld, SJT 31 (1978) 187; M. Dahood, JBL 96 (1977) 581-582; W. Herrmann, ThLZ 102 (1977) cols 818-819; H.D. Hummel, ConJ 3 (1977) 187-188; A. Lemaire, VT 28 (1978) 123-124; D. Lys, ÉtThRel 54 (1979) 154-155; R. Tournay, RB 83 (1976) 625-626; P. Wernberg-Møller, JTS 28 (1977) 125-127 / A. Niccacci, LA 48 (1998) 586 III. Old Testament 29 van der Westhuizen J.P., «Literary Device in Exodus 15:1-18 and Deut 32:1-43 as a Criterion for Determining Their Literary Standards»: in W.C. van Wyk (ed.), Studies in the Pentateuch (Ou Testamentiese Werkgemeenskap in Suid-Afrika 17/18), Pretoria: OTWSA 1975, pp. 85: p. 57-73. Couturier G., «Prière de Moïse : le chant de la mer (Ex 15,1-21)»: in Id. et alii, La Bible en prière (Lectures bibliques 16), Montréal - Paris: Éditions Paulines - Médiaspaul 1983, pp. 143: p. 9-21 = in Id., «En commençant par Moïse et les prophètes…». Études vétérotestamentaires, Québec: Fides 2008, pp. 666: p. 231-246 (chap. 7). rev. Ph. Guillaume, RevBL 12/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6549_7092.pdf>; A.L. Laffey, CBQ 72 (2010) 173-175 Strauss H., «Das Meerlied des Moses - ein “Siegeslied” Israels? (Bemerkungen zur Theologische Exegese von Ex 15,1-19. 20f.)»: ZAW 97 (1985) 103-109. [IZBG 33,421; OTA 9,175] Burden J.J., «A Stylistic Analysis of Exodus 15:1-21: Theory and Practice»: in Id. (ed.), Exodus 1-15: Text and Context (Ou Testamentiese Werkgemeenskap in Suid-Afrika 29), Pretoria: OTWSA 1987, pp. 214: p. 34-72. Hauser A.J., «Two Songs of Victory: A Comparison of Exodus 15 and Judges 5»: in E.R. Follis (ed.), Directions in Biblical Hebrew Poetry (JSOT SS 40), Sheffield: JSOT 1987, pp. 312: p. 265-284. [OTA 13,311] rev. J. Barr, JTS 39 (1988) 662; A.R. Ceresko, CBQ 51 (1989) 579-581; J.A. Emerton, VT 39 (1989) 245-246; N. Lohfink, BZ 34 (1990) 315-316; D. Pardee, JNES 52/2 (1993) 155-156; F. Smyth, ÉtThRel 63 (1988) 452-453 Howell M., «Exodus 15, 1b-18: A Poetic Analysis»: EphTL 65 (1989) 5-42. [BullSignal 43,7968; IZBG 36,420; OTA 13,149] Janzen J.G., «Song of Moses, Song of Miriam: Who Is Seconding Whom?»: CBQ 54/2 (1992) 211-220 = in A. Brenner (ed.), A Feminist Companion to Exodus to Deuteronomy (The feminist companion to the Bible 6), Sheffield: Academic Press 1994 / reprint 2001, pp. 269: p. 187-199. [IZBG 39,337] Watts J.W., «The Song of Sea (Exodus 15.1-21)»: in Id., Psalm and Story. Inset Hymns in Hebrew Narrative (The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 139), Sheffield: JSOT 1992, pp. 246 (= rev. Diss. Yale University, New Haven CT 1990): p. 41-62 (chap. 3). [OTA 16,1549] rev. J.-H. Eaton, JSS 39 (1994) 316-319; P. Enns, WestTJ 55 (1993) 346-348; R. Gnuse, JBL 113 (1994) 126-128; J.L. Mays, Interp 48/2 (1994) 196-198; W.A. Young, CBQ 56 (1994) 351-352 Gosse B., «Le text d’Exode 15,1-21 dans la rédaction Biblique»: BZ 37/2 (1993) 264-271. [BullSignal 48,578; OTA 17,1115] Patterson R.D., «The Song of Redemption»: WestTJ 57/2 (1995) 453-461. [IZBG 42,309] Tournay R.J., «Le chant de victoire d’Exod 15»: RB 102/4 (1995) 522-531. [OTA 19,840] Human D.J., «Exodus 15:1-21: Lob an den unvergleichlichen Gott!»: OTE 14/3 (2001) 419-443. [OTA 26,1043] Smith M.S., «The Poetics of Exodus 15 and Its Position in the Book»: in L. Boadt - M.S. Smith (ed.), Imagery and Imagination in Biblical Literature. Essays in Honor of Aloysius Fitzgerald, F.S.C. (CBQ MS 32), Washington, D.C.: The Catholic Biblical Association of America 2001, pp. ix-221: p. 23-34. [OTA 25,1014] rev. D.J. Human, RevBL 2/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1750_3135.pdf>; H. Mowvley, JTS 54 (2003) 462-463; A. Niccacci, LA 53 (2003) 463-468 McCarthy B.R., «The Characterization of Yhwh, the God of Israel, in Exodus 1-15»: in J.H. Ellens et alii (ed.), God’s Word for Our World. I: Biblical Studies in Honor of Simon John De Vries (JSOT SS 388), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2004, pp. xvi-403: p. 6-20. [OTA 29,122] Patterson R.D., «Victory at Sea: Prose and Poetry in Exodus 14-15»: BS 161/nr 641 (2004) 42-54. [IZBG 50,313; OTA 28,167] Doan W., «The Songs of Israel: Exodus 15:1-18»: Proceedings EGLBS 25 (2005) 29-42. [IZBG 53,276; OTA 30,1128] Labuschagne C.J., «The Song at the Reed (sic!) Sea in Exodus 15—Logotechnical Analysis» [2007]: pp. 10 in electronic resource (p. 10: Select Bibliography of Ex 15): <http://theol.eldoc.ub.rug.nl/FILES/root/ Labuschagne/NumericalFeaturesoft/Hymnsoutside/Songatseareed/1.exod15.pdf> [retrieved November 2007]. III. Old Testament 30 Russell B.D., The Song of the Sea. The Date of Composition and Influence of Exodus 15:1-21 (StBL 101), Frankfurt a.M. etc. 2007, pp. xiv-215 (= rev. Diss. Union Theological Seminary and Presbyterian School of Christian Education, Richmond VA 2002). [IZBG 53,275; OTA 31,1802] rev. S.W. Flynn, JHS 8 (2008) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/review316.htm> = in E. Ben Zvi (ed.), Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures V. Comprising the Contents of Journal of Hebrew Scriptures, vol. 8 (Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures and its Contexts 6), Piscataway NJ: Gorgias 2009, pp. 709: p. 625; L.L. Grabbe, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 127-128; J. Joosten, RHPR 87 (2007) 204 Shreckhise R.L., The Rhetoric of the Expressions in the Song by the Sea (Exodus 15,1-18)»: SJOT 21/2 (2007) 201-217. [IZBG 54,323] Stabryła W.M., Któż taki jak JHWH? Analiza porównawcza tekstów Wj 15 i Ps 77 [Who Is Like YHWH? A Comparative Analysis of Exodus 15 and Psalm 77] (Series Biblica Paulina 3), Częstochowa: Edycja Świętego Pawła 2007, pp. 368 (= rev. Diss. KUL, Lublin 2003) [in Polish; p. 361-365: English Summary]. [OTA 33,672] Shreckhise R., «The Problem of Finite Verb Translation in Exodus 15.1-18»: JSOT 32/3 (2008) 287-310. [OTA 31,1339] Niccacci A., «Esodo 15. Esame letterario, composizione, interpretazione»: LA 59 (2009) 9-26. [OTA 34,932] Russell S.C., «The Song of the Sea, Exod 15:1b-18»: in Id., Images of Egypt in Early Biblical Literature. Cisjordan-Israelite, Transjordan-Israelite, and Judahite Portrayals (BZAW 403), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2009, pp. xix-280 (= rev. Diss. New York University 2008): p. 127-175 (chap. 4.2). [OTA 33,1478] rev. S. Marzouk, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review558.htm> Chinitz J., «The Three Tenses in the Kingdom of God: God of Israel or of the World»: JBQ 38/4 (2010) 255-260 [Ex 15:18]. [OTA 34,499] [Time] [Joshua] Dziadosz D., «Bóg królem Izraela. Biblijny model teokracji według Księgi Jozuego» [God the King of Israel. The Biblical Model of Theocracy to the Book of Joshua]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 9-25 (-26: Italian Summary). Wypych S., «Wódz wojska Pana (Joz 5,13-15) – początki królowania Jahwe w Ziemi Obiecanej» [Il capo dell’esercito del Signore (Gs 5,13-15) – gli inizi della regalità di Jahwe nella terra promessa]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 33-51 (-52: Italian Summary). [Judges] Müller R., «Theologie jenseits der Königsherrschaft»: ZThK 104 (2007) 1-24. [Old Testament criticism of kingship (Judg 8:22-23; 9; 1Sam 8; 10:17ff; 12) originate after the downfall of the Judean kingdom. The regarded kingship as the culmination of its own history. However critical reflection of the traditions of history lead to the realization that kingship is a danger for Israel’s existence and stands in the way of the immediate relationship between Yahweh and Israel] Locke S.L., “Reign Over Us!”. The Theme of Kingship in Judges 8-9 (Diss. M.A., McMaster Divinity College, Hamilton, Ontario 2009, pp. viii-172; in electronic resource: <www.macdiv.ca/faculty/documents/LockeThesisMA.pdf>). [Chronicles] Amit Y., «A New Outlook on the Book of Chronicles»: Immanuel nr 13 (1981) 20-29. [BullSignal 37,1750] Mathias D., «Der König auf dem Thron JHWHs. Überlegungen zur chronistischen Geschichtsdarstellung»: in U. Becker - J. van Oorschot (ed.), Das Alte Testament – ein Geschichtsbuch?! Geschichtsschreibung oder Geschichtsüberlieferung im antiken Israel (ABIG 17), Lepzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2005, pp. 240: p. 173-202 / 20062. Knoppers G.N., «Israel’s First King and “the Kingdom of Yhwh in the hands of the sons of David”. The Place of the Saulide Monarchy in the Chronicler’s Historiography»: in C.S. Ehrlich - M.C. White (ed.), Saul in Story and Tradition (FAT 47), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. viii-358: p. 187213. [OTA 32,389] rev. K.-P. Adam, ThLZ 132 (2007) 301-304; D. Edelman, CBQ 71 (2009) 203-205; F. Greenspahn, HebSt 49 (2008) 355357; R.K. Hawkins, BTB 39 (2009) 63; G. Oeste, TorJT 24 (2008) 254-255; C. Schäfer-Lichtenberger, OLZ 101 (2006) 664-671; D. Firth, JSS 53 (2008) 202-203; L.-S. Tiemeyer, SEÅ 73 (2008) 218-221 III. Old Testament 31 Hahn S.W., «Liturgy and Empire. Prophetic Historiography and Faith in Exile in 1-2 Chronicles»: LetterSpirit 5 (2009) 13-50: p. 38-41: The Kingdom of God as Liturgical Empire, p. 42: “Let Them Say among the Nations, ‘The Lord Reigns!’”, p. 46-47: The Priestly Kingdom Before the Exile (2 Chronicles) / online: <www.scotthahn.com/download/attachment/1932>. Hahn S.W., The Kingdom of God as Liturgical Empire: A Theological Commentary on 1-2 Chronicles, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2012, pp. xi-225. [Tobit] Weitzman S., «Allusion, Artifice and Exile in the Hymn of Tobit»: JBL 115 (1996) 49-61. [Tob 13] [Judith] Kuśmirek A., «„Bóg wszelkiej potęgi i mocy, obrońca ludu izraelskiego” - królowanie Pana w Księdze Judyty» [“The God of All Power and Might, Who Protects the People of Israel” - Reigning Lord in the Book of Judith]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 93-106 (-106: English Summary). 3. Prophets Beecher W.J., «Messianic Terms: The Kingdom and Its Anointed King»: in Id., The Prophets and the Promise: Being for Substance. The Lectures for 1902-1903 on the L.P. Stone Foundation in the Princeton Theological Seminary, New York: Thomas Y. Crowell 1905, pp. xiv-427: p. 289-312 (chap. 13) / online: <http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/Ted_Hildebrandt/OTeSources/23a-Prophets/ProphetseSourcesIndex. htm> / reprinted The Prophets and the Promise, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1963 / 1970 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2002 / Whitefish MT: Kessinger Publishing LLC 2006. Mikołajczak M., «Eschatologiczne królowanie Jahwe według proroków i w psalmach królewskich » [The eschatological kingship of Yahweh in Prophets and royal Psalms]: Studia Teologiczne. Białystok Drohiczyn Łomża (Białystok, Poland) 19 (2001) 423-429 [in Polish with French Summary]. Leuenberger M., «Herrschaftsverheißungen im Zwölfprophetenbuch. Ein Beitrag zu seiner thematischen Kohärenz und Anlage»: in Schmid (ed.), Prophetische Heils- und Herrschererwartungen, p. 75111 / online: <http://mousson.dyndns.org/mousson/Leuenberger/Publikationen_downloads/Herrschaftsverheissungen. XII.pdf>. [OTA 31,430] [Isaiah] Schmid K., «Herrschererwartungen und -aussagen in Jesajabuch. Überlegungen zu ihrer synchronen Logik und zu ihren diachronen Transformationen»: in F. Postma et alii (ed.), The New Things. Eschatology in Old Testament Prophecy. Festschrift for Henk Lenne (Amsterdamse cahiers voor exegese van de Bijbel en zijn tradities. Supplement series 3), Maastricht: Shaker Publishing 2002, pp. x-296: p. 175-209 = in Schmid (ed.), Prophetische Heils- und Herrschererwartungen, p. 37-74 / online: <www.theologie.uzh.ch/faecher/altes-testament/konrad-schmid/herrschererwartungen.pdf>. [OTA 25,1987] Gosse B., «Isaïe 6; la mort des rois de Juda dans le livre d’Isaïe et la royauté de Yahvé»: BN Heft 125 (2005) 5-10. [IZBG 52,456] Ehring C., Die Rückkehr JHWHs. Traditions- und religionsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen zu Jesaja 40,1-11, Jesaja 52,7-10 und verwandten Texten (WMANT 116), Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2007, pp. xi-292 (= Diss. Hamburg 2007): p. 179-184: Das Handeln JHWHs als König, p. 185-188: Die Aussage der Rückkehr JHWHs zur Königsherrschaft in Zion als Umkehrung von Ausdrücken seiner Verborgenheit in den Klageliedern der Exilszeit. [OTA 32,1561] Blunda J.M., «El anuncio del Reino en Isaías 40–55. Una nota sobre los verbos de comunicación»: in Aguilar Chiu (ed.), Bible et Terre Sainte, p. 145-151. [OTA 32,519] Beuken W.A.M., «YHWH’s Sovereign Rule and His Adoration on Mount Zion. A Comparison of Poetic Visions in Isaiah 24–27, 52, and 66»: in A.J. Everson - H.C.P. Kim (ed.), The Desert Will Bloom. Poetic Visions in Isaiah (Ancient Israel and Its Literature 4), Atlanta GA: SBL 2009, pp. xii-299: p. 91-107. [IZBG 56,452; OTA 33,2007] rev. U. Becker, RevBL 6/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7277_7919.pdf>; A. Groenewald, CBQ 73/2 (2011) 414-416; K.M. Heim, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 98-99; J.T. Hibbard, RevBL 10/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7277_7920.pdf>; P.D. Miscall, BCT 7/2 (2011) 95-97 <www.relegere.org/index.php/bct/article/viewFile/361/341>; P.L. Redditt, JHS 10 (2010) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review500.htm>; L.-S. Tiemeyer, ExpT 121/12 (2010) 624 Pikor W., «Królowanie Jahwe w świetle Iz 33» [The Reign of Jahwe in the Light of Iz 33]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 27-40 (-40: Italian Summary). III. Old Testament 32 Rumianek R., «Proklamacja Królestwa Bożego według Księgi Izajasza 25,6-8» [Proclamation of Kingdom of God According to the Book of Isaiah 25:6-8]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 53-59 (-59: English Summary). Beuken W.A.M., «Woe to the Powers in Israel that Vie to Replace YHWH’s Rule on Mount Zion! Isaiah Chapters 28-31 from the Perspective of Isaiah Chapters 24-27»: in M. van der Meer et alii (ed.), Isaiah in Context. Studies in Honour of Arie van der Kooij on the Occasion of his Sixty-Fifth Birthday (VT SS 138), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2010, pp. xx-468: p. 25-43. rev. J. Blake Couey, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review555.htm>; M. Gruber, RevBL 3/2012 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/8032_8784.pdf> Blunda J.M., La proclamación de Yhwh rey y la constitución de la comunidad postexílica. El DeuteroIsaías en relación con Salmos 96 y 98 (AnBib 186), Roma: Gregorian & Biblical Press 2010, pp. xiv-463 (= Diss. PIB 2008): p. 23-79: chap. 1: Principales cuestiones acerca de los salmos de Yhwh Rey, p. 81-153: chap. 2: Cánticos nuevos para Yhwh Rey, p. 155-247: chap. 3: Los Himnos del Deutero-Isaías, p. 249-297: chap. 4: La tradición detrás de los textos, p. 299-401: chap. 5: Función del discurso sobre Yhwh Rey. rev. C. Granados, EstBíb 69/4 (2011) 502-505; C.M. Galli, «Del reino al pueblo. Del himno al anuncio. Diálogo teológico y pastoral con la tesis bíblica de Jorge Blunda»: RevTeología 48/nr 104 (2011) Cardellini I., «La regalità nell’Antico Testamento. Un’indagine storico-religiosa»: Lat 76 (2010) 433453. [OTA 34,1222] Goswell G., «Isaiah 1:26: A Neglected Text on Kingship»: TynB 62/2 (2011) 233-246. [Jeremiah] Bogaert P.-M., «Les mécanismes rédactionnels en Jer 10,1-16 (Lxx et TM) et la signification des suppléments»: in Id. (ed.), Le livre de Jérémie. Le prophète et son milieu. Les oracles et leurs transmission (BETL 54), Leuven: University Press - Peeters 1981, pp. 408: p. 222-238 / 19972 (enl. ed.), pp. 448: p. 433-434. [OTA 21,356] rev. R.P. Carroll, SJT 37 (1984) 108 / R. Althann, CBQ 60 (1998) 789-791; J.-M. Auwers, RTLouv 29/3 (1998) 377-378; J. Joosten, RHPR 79 (1999) 257; C. Nihan, ÉtThRel 74/2 (1999) 272-273; J.L. Prato, RivBib 46 (1998) 485-487 Bogaert P.-M., «Qui exerce la royauté dans le livre de Jérémie (et Baruch 1–5)? Du trône de David au trône de Dieu dans sa Ville»: in Knibb (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 381-415. [OTA 35,590] [Hosea] Machinist P., «Hosea and the Ambiguity of Kingship in Ancient Israel»: in J.T. Strong - S.S. Tuell (ed.), Constituting the Community. Studies on the Polity of Ancient Israel in Honor of S. Dean McBride Jr., Winona Lake IN: Eisenbrauns 2005, pp. xii-331: p. 153-181. rev. D.E. Burke, RevBL 5/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4859_5051.pdf>; R.K. Hawkins, RevBL 5/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4859_5050.pdf> [Zechariah] Sheehan C., «Kingdom Through Covenant: The Structure and Theology of Zephaniah»: BaptRevTh 6/2 (1996) 7-21. [Through a combination of structure and content, Zephaniah proclaims the message that God will inaugurate his eternal Kingdom via the ultimate fulfilment of all of his covenants] 4. Daniel Clerget J., «L’énigme et son interprétation. Reprise analytique des chapitres 2 et 7 du livre de Daniel»: LumVi nr 160 (1982) 36-48. Bennett D., «The Stone Kingdom of Daniel 2»: in F.B. Holbrook (ed.), Symposium on Daniel. Introductory and Exegetical Studies (Daniel & Revelation Comittee Series 2), Washington, D.C.: Biblical Research Institute 1986, pp. xii-557: p. 331-377. Merrill E.H., «Daniel as a Contribution to Kingdom Theology»: in Toussaint - Dyer (ed.), Essays, p. 211225. Vogel W., «Cultic Motifs and Themes in the Book of Daniel»: JATS 7 (1996) 21-50. Arnold B.T. - Beyer B.E., «Daniel: The Kingdom of God—Now and Forever»: in Idd., Encountering the Old Testament. A Christian Survey (Encountering Biblical Studies), Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1998 / 20082, pp. 526: p. 427-438 (chap. 31). III. Old Testament 33 Stortz R., Daniel: The Triumph of God’s Kingdom (Preaching the Word), Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2004, pp. 255 [A Commentary]. Bergsma J., «Cultic Kingdoms in Conflict in the Book of Daniel»: LetterSpirit 5 (2009) 51-76. [NTA 55,567; OTA 34,1189] Parchem M., «Władza Boga a imperia ziemskich królów. Pojęcie Królestwa Bożego w Księdze Daniela» [The Reign of God and the Empires of Earthly Kings: The Idea of the Kingdom of God in the Book of Daniel]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 61-91 (-91-92: English Summary). Himmelfarb M., «The Book of Daniel and the Kingdom of the Holy Ones»: in Id., The Apocalypse. A Brief History (Blackwell brief histories of religion), Chichester, U.K. - Malden MA: WileyBlackwell 2010, pp. xii-178: p. 31-48 (chap. 3). Vogel W., The Cultic Motif in the Book of Daniel, New York etc.: Peter Lang 2010, pp. xii-272: p. 38-44: The Mountain Providing the Stone in Dan 2, p. 212-215: Cult and Kingdom. [OTA 34,734] rev. M. Rösel, ThLZ 136 (2011) cols 1033-1034; M.B. Shepherd, CBQ 73/3 (2011) 601-602 Willis A.C.M., Dissonance and the Drama of Divine Sovereignty in the Book of Daniel (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 520), New York - London: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xi-219. rev. T. Barker, Themelios 37 (2012) 58-59; R.S. Briggs, JSOT 35/5 (2011) 133; Ph.R. Davies, JTS 62/2 (2011) 680-682; J.M. Scheetz, RevBL 1/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7619_8335.pdf> [Four Kingdoms/Empires] Stevenson W.B., «The Identification of the Four Kingdoms in the Book of Daniel»: Transactions of the Glasgow University Oriental Society (Glasgow, U.K.) 7 (1934-35) 4-8. Koeken E.J.J., De theorie van de vier wereldrijken en van de overdracht der wereldheerschappij tot op Innocentius III [The theory of the four empires and the transfer of world domination to Innocent III], Nijmegen: Berkhout 1935, pp. xxxviii-189 [proefschrift Roomsch Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen]. Rowley H.H., Darius the Mede and the Four World Empires in the Book of Daniel. A Historical Study of Contemporary Theories, Cardiff: University of Wales 1935, pp. xxxiii-195 / reprint 1959 / 1964 / 1980 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2006. [ExpT 46 (1935) 348-355] rev. J.M. Rife, JRel 16 (1936) 122 Swain J.W., «The Theory of Four Monarchies. Opposition History under the Roman Empire»: Classical Philology (Chicago IL) 25 (1940) 1-21. Rappaport A., «The Four Kingdoms in the Book of Daniel»: Bet Miqra’ (Jerusalem, Israel) 10 (1964) 1025 [in Hebrew]. Bruce F.F., «Josephus and Daniel»: Annual of the Swedish Theological Institute (Jerusalem, Israel) 4 (1965) 48-62. [According to Flavius Josephus, the fourth empire of Dn 2 is Rome] Homerski J., «“Kamień, który stał się wielką górą” (Myśli przewodnie perykopy Dn 2,31-45)» [“Stone, who became a great mountain” (The main ideas of the pericope of Dn 2:31-45)]: RBL 27/3 (1974) 148-156 [in Polish]. [IZBG 22,1382] Momigliano A., «Daniele e la teoria greca della successione degli imperi»: Atti della Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei. Rendiconti. Classe di Scienze Morali, Storiche e Filologiche (Roma, Italy) 35/3-4 (1980) 157-162. [BullSignal 35,9317] Hanhart K., «The Four Beast of Daniel’s Vision in the Night in the Light of Rev. 13.2»: NTS 27/4 (1981) 576-583. [BullSignal 36,1904; NTA 26,254] Mendels D., «The Five Empires. A Note on a Hellenistic Topos»: American Journal of Philology (Baltimore MD) 102 (1981) 330-337. Gangel K.O., «Daniel 7: A Vision of Future World History»: GraceTJ 6/2 (1985) 247-256: p. 248-251: The Vision of the Four Beasts, p. 253-255: The Vision of the Ancient of Days: The Son of Man and the Everlasting Kingdom / online: <http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/OTeSources/27-Daniel/Text/Articles/Gangel-Dan7-GTJ.htm>. [OTA 9,612] III. Old Testament 34 Shea W.H., «The Neo-Babylonian historical setting for Daniel 7»: AUSS 24 (1986) 31-36 / online: <www. auss.info/auss_publication_file.php?pub_id=723&journal=1&type=pdf>. [IZBG 34,684; OTA 10,256] Caragounis C.C., «Greek Culture and Jewish Piety. The Clash and the Fourth Beast of Daniel 7»: EphTL 65/4 (1989) 280-308. [OTA 13,293] Metzler D., «Über das Konzept der “Vier grossen Königreiche” in Manis Kephalaia (cap. 77)»: Klio 71/2 (1989) 446-459. [Gnosis; Mt 4:8; Dan 2] [BullSignal 44,3296] Patterson R.D., «The Key Role of Daniel 7»: GraceTJ 12/2 (1991) 245-261 / online: <http://faculty.gordon. edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/OTeSources/27-Daniel/Text/Articles/Patterson-Dan7-GTJ.htm>. [OTA 17,618] Nordgreen O.E., «The Four Kingdoms in the Book of Daniel Reconsidered» [1998]: in electronic resource: <http://folk.uio.no/otton/Daniel1.htm>. Keel O., «Die Tiere und der Mensch in Daniel 7»: in O. Keel - U. Staub, Hellenismus und Judentum. Vier Studien zu Daniel 7 und zur Religionsnot unter Antiochus IV (OBO 178), Freiburg (Switzerland): Universitätsverlag - Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2000, pp. xi-147: p. 1-35. [OTA 24,2039] rev. D. Côté, LavalTP 60/1 (2004) 163-164; L.L. Grabbe, BiOr 62/5 (2006) 580-581; Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 5/nr 2(10) (2002) 161-163; B.A. Mastin, JTS 53/2 (2002) 589-590 Mendez H., «The Hellenistic World as the Fourth Kingdom of Daniel 2: An Intratextual Defence of the Greek View» [2006]: 12 pp. in electronic resource: <http://catholicadventist.com/Papers/Q_Prophecy_Dan 2.pdf>. Raviv R., «The Talmudic Formulation of the Prophecies of the Four Kingdoms in the Book of Daniel»: Jewish Studies, an Internet Journal (electronic journal of the Faculty of Jewish Studies, Bar-Ilan University, Israel) 5 (2006) 1-20 / online: <www.biu.ac.il/JS/JSIJ/5-2006/Raviv.pdf> [in Hebrew]. van der Kooij A., «The Four Kingdoms in Peshitta Daniel 7 in the Light of the Early History of Interpretation»: in B. ter Haar Romeny (ed.), The Peshitta: Its Use in Literature and Liturgy. Papers Read at the Third Peshitta Symposium (Monographs of the Peshitta Institute Leiden 15), Leiden Boston: Brill 2006, pp. xxiv-412: p. 123-129. [NTA 51, p. 606; OTA 32,1361] [The Peshitta text of Dan 7:1-8, as published in the Leiden edition (vol. III/iv, Leiden 1980), contains inscriptions which represent a specific interpretation of ‘the four kingdoms’: Babylonians, Medes, Persians, Greeks. The question arises whether this interpretation goes back to the original translator of the book, or not. To answer this question, the interpretation as attested in the Pesh Dan 7 will be discussed in the light of the early history of interpretation regarding the motif of the four kingdoms. Attention will be given to Jewish (Josephus; 4Ezra; Targum to the Prophets), Christian (Syrian Baruch Apocalypse, Aphrahat, Chrysostomus, Jerome, Ishodad of Merv) and pagan sources (Porphyry). It is argued that the glosses in Pesh Dan 7:1-8 are of a later date (5th century) than the time when the Syriac version of Daniel was produced (presumably the 2nd century CE). The identification of the fourth beast in Pesh Dan 7 as ‘the kingdom of the Greeks’ (instead of ‘the kingdom of the Romans’ according to the dominant tradition) seems to go back to Porphyry’s Daniel interpretation] rev. R.A. Kitchen, RevBL 10/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6301_6782.pdf>; E.G. Matthews, Jr., Hugoye: Journal of Syriac Studies. Electronic Journal (Beth Mardutho: The Syriac Institute, Piscataway NJ) 12/2 (2009) 182-185 / online: <http://syrcom.cua.edu/Hugoye/Vol12No1/HV12N1PRMathews.pdf> Nel M., «Myth and Daniel 7»: in Human (ed.), Psalms and Mythology, p. 217-230. Tavares Zabatiero J.P., «O fim da história é o fim dos impérios. Sonhos e visões do fim – Daniel 7» [An End of History and an End of Empires: Dreams and Visions of the End – Daniel 7]: EstudosB nr 93 (2007) 43-50. [OTA 33,1251] Kaiser O., «Die eschatologische Prophetie im Danielbuch bei Flavius Josephus. Ein Beitrag zum Verständnis des Josephus»: in H. Lichtenberger et alii (ed.), Biblical Figures in Deuterocanonical and Cognate Literature (Deuterocanonical and Cognate Literature Yearbook 2008), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2009, pp. x-670: p. 441-470. [OTA 33,1380] rev. F. Badalanova Geller, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 189-190; N. Calduch-Benages, Greg 91/3 (2010) 655-656 Beyerle S., «Das Kommen des Menschensohn (Dan 7)»: in B. Kollmann (ed.), Die Verheißung des Neuen Bundes. Wie alttestamentliche Texte im Neuen Testament fortwirken (Biblisch-theologische Schwerpunkte 35), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2010, pp. 283: p. 271-283. van Peursen W.T., «Daniel’s Four Kingdoms in the Syriac Tradition»: in W.T. van Peursen - J.W. Dyk (ed.), Tradition and Innovation in Biblical Interpretation. Studies presented to Professor Eep Talstra on the Occasion of his sixty-fifth Birthday (Studia Semitica Neerlandica 57), Leiden etc.: Brill 2011, pp. xvi-499: p. 189-207. III. Old Testament 35 [The Son of Man] Schmidt N., «The “Son of Man” in the Book of Daniel»: JBL 19 (1900) 22-28. Young E.J., Daniel’s Vision of the Son of Man (The Tyndale New Testament Lectures 1958), London: Tyndale Press 1958, pp. 28 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/daniel_young.pdf> [2004]. Coppens J., «La vision danielique du Fils d’homme»: VT 19/2 (1969) 171-182. [IZBG 17,396] Wilson F.M., «The Son of Man in Jewish Apocalyptic Literature»: Studia Biblica et Theologica (Pasadena CA, ceased 1989) 8 (1978) 28-52. [IZBG 22,623; OTA 1,867] Horbury W., «The Messianic Associations of ‘The Son of Man’»: JTS 36 (1985) 34-55 = in Id., Messianism among Jews and Christians, p. 125-155. [IZBG 33,2952] [Early Judaism] Munoa Ph.B., III, Four Powers in Heaven. The Interpretation of Daniel 7 in the Testament of Abraham (JSP SS 28), Sheffield, U.K.: Academic Press 1998, pp. 160. [OTA 22,623] rev. M. Casey, JSS 46 (2001) 172-173; M.E. Stone, JQR 90 (1999) 235-237 Albani M., «The “one like a son of man” (Dan 7:13) and the royal ideology»: in G. Boccaccini et alii (ed.), Enoch and Qumran Origins. New Light on a Forgotten Connection. Proceedings of the second Enoch Seminar, held July 1-4, 2003, Venice, Italy, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2005, pp. xviii-454: p. 47-53. [NTA 50, p. 199-200] rev. M. Barker, JTS 58/2 (2007) 616-619; J.E. Harding, RevBL 4/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4898_5110.pdf>; JBL 125/4 (2006) 593; T.J. Kraus, RevBL 1/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4898_5111.pdf>; A.A. Orlov, DSD 14/2 (2007) 257-260 / online: <www.marquette.edu/maqom/dsd.pdf>; D. Pardee, JNES 68/3 (2009) 215; D.M. Peters, JSS 53 (2008) 172-175; M. Settembrini, CrSt 32 (2011) 262-267 VanderKam J.C., «Daniel 7 in the Similitudes of Enoch (1 Enoch 37-71)»: in C. Hempel - J.M. Lieu (ed.), Biblical Traditions in Transmission. Essays in Honour of Michael A. Knibb (JSJ SS 111), Leiden: Brill 2006, pp. xxv-393: p. 291-307. [NTA 51, p. 588] rev. H. Eshel, JSJ 38/3 (2007) 390-391; G.W.E. Nickelsburg, TC: A Journal of Biblical Textual Criticism 13 (2008) electronic journal: <http://rosetta.reltech.org/TC/vol13/HempelLieu-eds2008.pdf>; G.S. Oegema, RevBL 3/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5439_5733.pdf> Koch K., «Der “Menschensohn” in Daniel»: ZAW 119/3 (2007) 369-385. [IZBG 54,573; NTA 52,1336; OTA 31,428] Reynolds B.E., «The “One Like a Son of Man” According to the Old Greek of Daniel 7,13-14»: Bib 89 (2008) 70-80. [IZBG 55,510; OTA 31,1579] Arcari L., «2 Enoch and the Messianic Son of Man: A Triangular Reading between the Book of the Parables of Enoch, the Testament of Abraham and 2 Enoch»: Hen 33 (2011) 88-93. [NTA 56,548] 5. Psalms Hjelt A., Messianische Begriffe und Ausdrücke in den Psalmen. I: Die Königsherrschaft Gottes – das Gericht, Leipzig: Deichert 1904, pp. vii-88. Ströter E.F., «Das Königreich und die Psalmen»: PW 4 (1910) 33-40, 65-73, 97-106, 129-138, 162-170, 193-201, 225-232, 257-267, 289-300. Brzegowy T., „Miasto Boże” w Psalmach, Kraków: Polskie Towarzystwo Teologiczne 1989, pp. 286 (= Diss. Hab. KUL, Lublin 1989) [in Polish]. Howard D.M., Jr., «A Contextual Reading of Psalms 90–94»: in J.C. McCann (ed.), The Shape and Shaping of the Psalter (JSOT SS 159), Sheffield, U.K.: JSOT 1993, pp. 130: p. 108-117. [OTA 17,2022] rev. L.G. Perdue, CRBR 7 (1994) 604 Mello A., «L’annunzio del regno»: in Id., I Salmi: un libro per pregare (Spiritualità biblica), Magnano BI: Qiqajon 1998, pp. 199: p. 121-136. Vanoni G., «Von der Herrschaft der Menschen zur Herrschaft Gottes. Die Einführung in die Welt der Psalmen»: Ordensnachrichten. Amtsblatt und Informationsorgan der Österreichischen Superiorenkonferenz (Wien, Austria) 42 (2003) 5-19. Helberg J.L., «Wat het van die land geword? Die psalms (veral Psalms 1 en 2) oor die land, gelees teen die agtergrond van Josua» [What happened to the land? The Psalms (especially Psalms 1 and 2) on the issue of the land, read against the background of Joshua 1]: OTE 18 (2005) 616-628. [OTA 30,674] III. Old Testament 36 Ganea R., «Regalitatea lui Dumnezeu în viziunea autorilor Psalmilor» [Kingship of God in the vision of the Psalms’ authors]: Plērōma 8 (martie 2006) 53-88 [in Romanian]. Mays J.L., Preaching and Teaching the Psalms, (ed. P.D. Miller - G.M. Tucker), Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 2006, pp. ix-189: p. 97-157: II. Interpreting the Psalms (The God Who Reigns: The Book of Psalms; ‘He Comes to Reign:’ Psalms 82, 24, and 98). [JSOT 31/5 (2007) 193; OTA 31,1825] rev. W. Bluedorn, JETS 49/4 (2006) 839-840; R.G. Branch, RevBL 08/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5185_5460.pdf>: «In the second section, “Interpreting the Psalms,” Mays tickles Pss 8; 22; 23; 51; 103; 133; and 82; 23; and 98 as a unit about the kingdom of God»; S. Gillingham, ExpT 118/6 (2007) 307; R. Landers, ATR 89/2 (2007) 326-327; J.C. McCann, Jr., Interp 60 (2006) 450-452: «Prime among these themes is what Mays calls the “organizing theological metaphor” (p. 71) of the Book of Psalms: the reign of God» (p. 451); T.J. Sandoval, TTR 10/2 (2007) 115-116; K.J. Wendland, CuTM 34 (2007) Snyman D., «Die ontwikkeling van monoteïsme in Israel as agtegrond vir die verstaan van die JHWHmlk-psalms» [The Development of the Monotheism in Israel as the Background for Understanding the Yhwh-mlk Psalms]: VeE 27/2 (2006) 676-691 [Ps 47; 93; 96-99]. [IZBG 53,591; OTA 30,1239] Futato M.D., Interpreting the Psalms: An Exegetical Handbook (Handbooks for Old Testament Exegesis 2), Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2007, pp. 234. rev. W.D. Barrick, MasterSemJ 19 (2008) 118-121: «Futato identifies the Psalter’s dominant theme as “the kingship of God” (72), developing it under the headings “Our God Is King” (73-76), “Our Destiny Is Glory” (77-80), and “Our King Is Coming” (80-95)» (pp. 118-119); E.W. Bolger, JETS 51/3 (2008) 631-632; D.J. Clark, JSNT 33/5 (2009) 98; F.Z. Kovács, Haddington House Journal (Charlottetown, Canada) 11 (2009) 101-102; K.M. O’Connor, BTB 39 (2009) 51-52; D. Redford, SCJ 12/2 (2009) 294-295; M.D. Vander Hart, MAJT 19 (2008) 314-317; H.N. Wallace, RevBL 6/2008 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/6112_6526.pdf>; B. Weber, OTE 21 (2008) 239-241 Müller R., Jahwe als Wettergott. Studien zur althebräischen Kultlyrik anhand ausgewählter Psalmen (BZAW 387), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2008, pp. xii-292 (= Diss. Hab. München 2008): p. 18-146: Triumph und Inthronisation Jahwes [Ps 18; 77; 93; 97; 29; 65], p. 147-210: Jahwes Königsherrschaft [Ps 24; 98; 48; 36; 104]. rev. A. Berlejung, ZAW 122 (2010) 153; S. Beyerle, BN Heft 143 (2009) 135-136; S. Grätz, ZDPV 125 (2009) 188-190 Aparicio Rodríguez Á., «Apertura trinitaria del sintagma “Reino de Dios” en los Salmos»: EstTrin 43 (2009) 5-47. [Trinity] Brzegowy T., «Królestwo Boże w Psalmach» [Le royaume de Dieu dans les Psaumes]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 107-129 (-129: French Summary). Willmes B., «Israels Erwartungen an Jahwe als König. Zum Gottesbild im Psalter»: in P. Van Hecke - A. Labahn (ed.), Metaphors in the Psalms (BETL 231), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2010, pp. xxxiv-363: p. 279-325. [OTA 34,1822] Wilson L., «On Psalms 103-106 as a Closure to Book IV of the Psalter»: in Zenger (ed.), The Composition, p. 755-766. [OTA 34,364] Ferrer J., «Aproximació a la mística del Salms del Regne de Déu» [An Approximation to the Mysticism of the Psalms of the Kingdom of God]: in A. Puig i Tàrrech (ed.), Bíblia i Mística (Scripta Biblica 11), Barcelona: Associació Bíblica de Catalunya - Publicacions de l’Abadia de Montserrat 2011, pp. 242: p. 73-100 [in Catalan]. [OTA 34,1848; NTA 55, p. 599] [Psalm 24(Lxx 23)] Sommer B.D., «A Commentary on Psalm 24»: in J. Stackert et alii (ed.), Gazing on the Deep. Ancient Near Eastern and Other Studies in Honor of Tzvi Abusch, Bethesda MD: CDL Press 2010, pp. xi674: p. 495-515. [Psalm 47(Lxx 46)] Ratschow K.H., «Epikrise zum Psalm 47»: ZAW 12 (1935) 171-180. Zucker D.J., «Restructuring Private Psalm 47»: JBQ 35/3 (2007) 166-172. [OTA 31,320] [Psalm 93(Lxx 92)] Jefferson H.G., «Psalm 93»: JBL 71 (1952) 155-160. Tarazi P.N., «An Exegesis of Psalm 93»: SVladTQ 35 (1991) 137-148. [OTA 15,789] Gosse B., «Les introductions des Psaumes 93–94 et Isaïe 59,15b-20»: ZAW 106/2 (1994) 303-306. [IZBG 40,662; OTA 18,312] III. Old Testament 37 Human D.J., «Psalm 93: Yahweh Robed in Majesty and Mightier than the Great Waters»: in Id. (ed.), Psalms and Mythology, p. 147-169. [Psalm 96(Lxx 95)] Lee M., An Exegetical Study of Psalm 96. Celebrate and proclaim the universal kingship of Yahweh, creator-king, over all (Diss. Th.M. Calvin Theological Seminary 1996). [Psalm 97(Lxx 96)] Ortlund E.A., «An Intertextual Reading of the Theophany of Psalm 97»: SJOT 20/2 (2006) 273-285. Kovačič M., «Božja vladavina u Ps 97» [God’s Lordship in the Psalm 97]: BogoslSm 80/4 (2010) 9931013 (-1014: English Summary) [in Croatian]. [Psalm 98(Lxx 97)] Ruhamanyi Bisimwa D., «L’universalisme dans le “psaume du règne” 97»: in P. Adeso (ed.), Universalisme et Mission dans la Bible / Universalism and Mission in the Bible. Actes du cinquième Congrès des Biblistes Africains, Abidjan, 16-23 July 1991, Nairobi: Katholische Jungschar Österreichs - Catholic Biblical Center for Africa and Madagascar (BICAM) 1993, pp. 291: p. 40-67. Briks P., «Struktura Psalmu 98 jako czynnik podkreślający jego teologiczną wymowę» [The Structure of Ps 98 as a Factor Pointing to its Theological Meaning]: ColT 68/4 (1998) 13-20 [in Polish]. [IZBG 46,558; OTA 23,369] [Psalm 99(Lxx 98)] Brzegowy T., «Adorujmy Trzykroć Świętego na Jego świętej Górze (Psalm 99)» [Let Praise the ThreeTimes Holy on His Holy Mountain (Psalm 99)]: in Chrostowski (ed.), „Pieśniami dla mnie Twoje przykazania”, p. 67-89 [in Polish]. [OTA 34,1851] [Psalm 114] Zenger E., «A Poetical Etiology of Israel: Psalm 114 against the Background of the Kingship-of-YHWH Psalms 29 and 96–98»: in M. Bar-Asher et alii (ed.), wnwçlbw wtwnçrpb ,arqmb µyrqjm :tpy hrçl yyyç [Shai le-Sara Japhet. Studies in the Bible, Its Exegesis and Its Language], Jerusalem: Bialik Institute 2007, pp. xx-484 (Hebrew); xiv-396 (English): p. 381*-396*. rev. N.S. Jacobs, HebSt 50 (2009) 395-397; B.K. Zabán, RevBL 5/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6494_7022.pdf> [Psalm 145(Lxx 144)] Patterson R.D., «A Multiplex Approach to Psalm 145»: GraceTJ 6 (1985) 29-48. [OTA 9,211] Ishikawa R., «“Jahwe is King forever”: a study on the Genre and the Redaction of the Psalms 145 and 146»: Kirisutokyô Kenkyû [Studies in the Christian Religion] (Doshisha University, Kyoto, Japan) 58 (1996) 26-52 [in Japanese]. Lama A., The placement of Psalm 145 in Book V. A compositional analysis (Diss. Trinity Evangelical Divinity School 2007, pp. 354). [ZAW 120 (2008) 114] Declasissé-Walford N.L., «Psalm 145: All Flesh Will Bless God’s Holy Name»: CBQ 74 (2012) 55-66. 6. Enthronement Psalms Loretz O., Ugarit-Texte und Thronbesteigungspsalmen. Die Metamorphose des Regenspenders BaalJahwe (Ps 24,7-10; 29; 47; 93; 95-100 sowie Ps 77,17-20; 114) (UBL 7), Münster: Ugarit-Verlag 1988, pp. xiv-550. 7. God-King Hammerschmidt E., «Königsideologie im spätantiken Judentum»: ZDMG 113 (1963) 493-511. [IZBG 14,1943] Cundall A.C., «Sacral Kingship—The Old Testament Background»: Vox Evangelica (London, U.K.) 6 (1969) 31-41 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/vox/vol06/kingship_cundall.pdf>. [IZBG 17,955] Mettinger T.N.D., King and Messiah. The Civil and Sacral Legitimation of the Israelite Kings (Coniectanea Biblica. Old Testament Series 8), Lund: CWK Gleerup 1976, pp. 342. [OTA 1, p. 103-104] rev. J. Becker, BZ 23 (1979) 100-103; R.E. Clements, JSOT 3/nr 6 (1978) 71-73; J. Coppens, EphTL 54 (1978) 367-368; S. Herrmann, BiOr 36 (1979) 81-83; S. Hidal, SvTK 53 (1977) 79-81; B.O. Long, JBL 96 (1977) 585-586; D.J. McCarthy, Bib 58 (1977) 447-452; D. Pardee, JNES 38/3 (1979) 214-216; S.B. Parker, JAOS 98 (1978) 508-509; H. Schmid, Jud 34 III. Old Testament 38 (1978) 37-38; H.-J. Stoebe, ThZ 34 (1978) 50-51; H.G.M. Williamson, VT 28/4 (1978) 499-509; G. Wanke, ZDMG 129 (1979) 164 Howard D.M., Jr., «King, Kingship»: in L. Ryken et alii (ed.), Dictionary of Biblical Imagery. An encyclopedic exploration of the images, symbols, motifs, metaphors, figures of speech and literary patterns of the Bible, Downers Grove IL - Leicester, U.K.: InterVarsity 1998, pp. xxv-1058: p. 476-478 / online: <www.bethel.edu/~dhoward/articles/KINGSHIPDBI.htm> | trans. Korean (2003); Polish (2003); Italian: «Re»: in L. Ryken et alii (ed.), Le immagini bibliche. Simboli, figure retoriche e temi letterari della Bibbia, Cinisello Balsamo (Milano): San Paolo 2006, pp. xxxii-1634: p. 11851188; see also pp. 1192-1186: «Regno di Dio, Regno dei cieli». Salvesen A., The Semantics of Ancient Hebrew Database research project: entries: «Ël'm»; / to reign» [29/06/2006]: pp. 20 in electronic resource: <www.orinst.ox.ac.uk/nme/hjs/sahd/revised%20malak.pdf>; «Ël,m» , / king»: pp. 37 in electronic resource: <www.orinst.ox.ac.uk/nme/hjs/sahd/revised%20melek.pdf>. Fudeman K.A. - Gruber M.I., «“Eternal King” / “King of the World”, from the Bronze Age to Modern Times: A Study in Lexical Semantics»: Revue des études juives (Paris, France) 166/1-2 (2007) 209-242. [OTA 32,164] Kamuwanga L., «Sacral Kingship and Myth in Africa»: in Human (ed.), Psalms and Mythology, p. 231247. Kuśmirek A., «Siedzący na wysokim i wyniosłym tronie Jahwe-Król w Starym Testamencie» [Sitting on a high and lofty throne Jahweh-King in the Old Testament]: in Z. Godlewski (ed.), „Przemawiaj do nich moimi słowami” (Ez 3,4). Księga Pamiątkowa dedykowana Jego Magnificencji Ks. Rektorowi Prof. Ryszardowi Rumiankowi w 35. rocznicę kapłaństwa i 60. rocznicę urodzin, Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Stampa 2007, pp. 680: p. 372-380 [in Polish]. Lipton D., «By Royal Appointment. God’s Influence on Influencing God»: in R.P. Gordon (ed.), The God of Israel (University of Cambridge Oriental Publications 64), New York: Cambridge Univ. 2007, pp. xvi-307: p. 73-93 (chap. 6). [OTA 32,381] rev. S.W. Flynn, TS 70 (2009) 199-200: «[Lipton] attends to the possibility of a limiting representation of YHWH by using the metaphor of kingship» (p. 199) Zimmermann C., Die Namen des Vaters. Studien zu ausgewählten neutestamentlichen Gottesbezeichnungen vor ihrem frühjüdischen und paganen Sprachhorizont (Ancient Judaism and Early Christianity 69), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. xx-689 (= Diss. Hab. Berlin 2005): chap. III: Der Herr und Herrscher (p. 167-171: 1. Einleitung: Gott als Herr und Herrscher und das Königreich Gottes, p. 271-290: 4. Βασιλεύς: der König). [NTA 52, p. 189] rev. C. Böttrich, ThLZ 134 (2009) cols 701-704; J. Frey, JJS 61 (2010) 156-167; L.W. Hurtado, CBQ 70/4 (2008) 852-853 Muis J., «God our king»: HTS 64 (2008) 269-288 / <http://ajol.info/index.php/hts/article/viewFile/41269/8649>. [IZBG 55,1864; NTA 53,500] [The “king” metaphor for God in Old and New Testament] Spieckermann H., «God and His People: The Concept of Kingship and Cult in the Ancient Near East»: in R.G. Kratz - H. Spieckermann (ed.), One God – One Cult – One Nation. Archaeological and Biblical Perspectives (BZAW 405), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2010, pp. xix-463: p. 341-356. 8. Jewish and Rabbinic Literature Abelson J., «Kingdom of Heaven: Fellowship: Shechinah»: in Id., Jewish Mysticism. An Introduction to the Kabbalah, London: G. Bell & Sons 1913, pp. ix-184: p. 79-97 (chap. 4) / Dover Pub. 2001, pp. 192 / online: <www.sacred-texts.com/jud/jm/index.htm>. Cohen H., «Das Gottesreich»: in Verband der Deutschen Juden (ed.), Soziale Ethik im Judentum. Zur 5. Hauptversammlung in Hamburg 1913, Frankfurt a.M.: Kauffmann 1913, pp. 134 (chap. 9) / 19185. McKenna P.P., «The Kingdom of God in Jewish Apocrypha»: IrERec Ser. 5, vol. 22 (October 1923) 370381. Glatzer N.N., «Thou Art Our King»: in Id. (ed.), The Judaic Tradition. Jewish Writings from Antiquity to the Modern Age, Boston: Beacon 1969 / Northvale NJ: Jason Aronson 1987 (reprint), pp. xvi-838: p. 66-72 [Psalms of Solomon 17]. Neusner J., «Choosing Life in the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Handbook of Rabbinic Theology. Language, System, Structure, Boston: Brill 2002, pp. xxii-611: p. 559-600 (chap. 14). [NTA 47, p. 407] III. Old Testament 39 Neusner J., «Kingdom of Heaven»: in J. Neusner - A.J. Avery-Peck - W.S. Green (ed.), The Encyclopaedia of Judaism. Second Edition. II: F-K, Leiden - Boston: Brill (2003) 20052, pp. xi-809-1533: p. 1521-1533. Neusner J., Rabbinic Categories: Construction and Comparison (JSJ SS 101), Leiden: Brill 2005, pp. xxiii-426: Part 2: Comparing Theological Category-Formations in Rabbinic Judaism: Generative versus Inert, Primary versus Subordinate: p. 319-350: chap. 9: An inert category-formation: the Kingdom of Heaven; p. 377-404: chap. 11: The Messiah-Theme: its diverse roles in the eschatological narrative of the resurrection of the individual Israelite and the advent of the world to come for corporate Israel. [NTA 51, p. 211] rev. A. Verheij, RevBL 3/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5110_5378.pdf> Ernst H., «Reich Gottes im rabbinischen Judentum. Gegenwärtig in Israel und zukünftig in der Welt»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 109-112. [NTA 52,635] Voigt E., «Messias e Reino de Deus. Aspectos da expectativa escatológica em ecritos judaicos dos séculos 2 aC a 1 dC»: EstudosB nr 93 (2007) 65-76. [NTA 51, p. 586] [Daniel; 1Enoch; Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs; Sibylline Oracles III; Qumran; Psalms of Solomon; Philo of Alexandria; 4Ezra] Neusner J., «Living in the kingdom of God»: in Id., Theological and Philosophical Premises of Judaism (Judaism and Jewish Life), Boston: Academic Studies Press 2008, pp. ix-245: p. 206-233. rev. W. van Bekkum, JSJ 41 (2010) 130 Wróbel M.S., «Idea Królestwa Bożego w Psalmach Salomona (Ps 17-18)» [The Concept of the Kingdom of God in the Psalms of Solomon (Ps 17-18)]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 41-48 (-48: English Summary). [Psalms of Solomon] Allison D.C., Jr., «Kingdom of God»: in J.J. Collins - D.C. Harlow (ed.), The Eerdmans Dictionary of Early Judaism, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2010, pp. xxxvii-1360: p. 860861. Manns F., «II regno di Dio nel giudaismo»: DSBP vol. 57 (2011) 141-162 [Palestinian Judaism; Hellenistic Judaism; Targumim; Jewish Liturgy]. [Apocalyptic] Ménard J.E., «Littérature apocalyptique juive et littérature gnostique»: RevSR 47 (1973) 300-323. [IZBG 21,2759] [Testament or Assumption of Moses] Zeitlin S., «The Assumption of Moses and the Revolt of Bar Kokba. Studies in the Apocalyptic Literature»: JQR 38 (1947) 1-45: p. 31-34: The Kingdom of God = in Landman (ed.), Messianism, p. 458502. [Hellenistic Judaism] Kügler J., «Die Windeln des Pharao. Ein Topos ägyptischer Königstheologie in hellenistisch-jüdischer und christlicher Rezeption»: Göttinger Miszellen (Göttingen, Germany) nr 172 (1999) 51-62. Kügler J., «Spuren ägyptisch-hellenistischer Königstheologie bei Philo von Alexandria»: in M. Görg - G. Hölbl (ed.), Ägypten und der östliche Mittelmeerraum im 1. Jahrtausend v.Chr. Akten des Interdisziplinären Symposions am Institut für Ägyptologie der Universität München 25.-27. 10. 1996 (ÄAT 44), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz 2000, pp. 319: p. 231-249. Kügler J., «Das Machtwort des Königs. Notizen zur Geschichte eines königsideologischen Motivs von Ramses II. bis zu Jesus Christus»: in R. Gundlach - U. Rößler-Köhler (ed.), Das Königtum der Ramessidenzeit: Voraussetzungen – Verwirklichung – Vermächtnis. Akten des 3. Symposions zur ägyptischen Königsideologie in Bonn 7.-9. 6. 2001 (ÄAT 36 / Beiträge zur altägyptischen Königsideologie 3), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz 2003, pp. viii-368: p. 277-304. Schwemer A.M., «Die Gottesherrschaft bei Josephus»: in J. Frey et alii (ed.), Heil und Geschichte. Die Geschichtsbezogenheit des Heils und das Problem der Heilsgeschichte in der biblischen Tradition und in der theologischen Deutung (WUNT 248), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2009, pp. xxiii-834: p. 75-101. [IZBG 56,1860; NTA 54, p. 588-589; OTA 34,627] rev. D. Fleischer, Das historisch-politische Buch (Köln, Germany) 58 (2010) 102-103; H. Giesen, SNTU A 35 (2010) 245248; C. Grappe, RHPR 90 (2010) 295; F.W. Horn, ZRelGeist 62/3 (2010) 298-299; K.-W. Niebuhr, ThLZ 136/10 (2011) cols 1042-1046; C. Stenschke, RevBL 6/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7570_8272.pdf> III. Old Testament 40 [Liturgy and Prayer] Weiss J.G., «On the Formula melekh ha-‘olam as Anti- Gnostic Protest»: JJS 10/3-4 (1959) 169-171. Heinemann J., «The Formula melekh ha-‘olam»: JJS 11/3-4 (1960) 177-179. Roth C., «Melekh ha-‘olam: Zealot Influence in the Liturgy?»: JJS 11/3-4 (1960) 173-175. [IZBG 10,1928] Heinemann J., «Once Again melekh ha-‘olam»: JJS 15/3-4 (1964) 149-154. [IZBG 12,1985] Wiesenberg E.J., «The Liturgical Term melekh ha-‘olam»: JJS 15/1-2 (1964) 1-56. [IZBG 12,1984] Wiesenberg E.J., «Gleanings of the Liturgical Term melekh ha-‘olam»: JJS 17/1-2 (1966) 47-72. [IZBG 16,2388] Kogan M.S., «Kingdom Present»: in D.P. Elkins (ed. and introd.), A Shabbat Reader. Universe of Cosmic Joy, New York: UAHC Press 1998, pp. xxx-226: p. 6-11. [The Sabbath is to be experienced as the presence of the Kingdom] Kimelman R., «Again Blessing Formulae and Divine Sovereignty in Rabbinic Liturgy»: in B. Olsson M. Zetterholm (ed.), The Ancient Synagogue from Its Origins until 200 C.E. Papers Presented at the International Conference at Lund University, Sweden, October 14-17, 2001 (Coniectanea Biblica: New Testament 39), Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell 2003, pp. xviii-571: p. 320-375 / «Blessing Formulae and Divine Sovereignty in Rabbinic Liturgy»: in R. Langer - S. Fine (ed.), Liturgy in the Life of the Synagogue. Studies in the History of Jewish Prayer (Duke Judaic Studies Series 2), Winona Lake IN 2005, pp. xii-280: p. 1-39. rev. A.L. Porter, American Journal of Archaeology (Boston MA) 109/4 (2005) 810-813; S. Rosenberg, PEQ 136/2 (2004) 190-193 / V. Crosby, JRelHist 35/3 (2011) 463-465; G. Glazov, RevBL 9/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5070_5344. pdf>; J. Newman, JSJ 39 (2008) 120; V.P. Roudkovski, RevBL 9/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5070_5430.pdf> Ehrlich U. - Shmidman A., hdm[mw hjswn ∆hrwqm >wzmh tkrbbw hrç[ hnwmç tlypt πwsb òwnyhla wnyklmò tqsp [The Passage “Our King, Our Lord” at the End of the ‘Amida and in the Grace After Meals: Its Origin, Text and Status]: µd<q yzng. hzyngh rqjl wtnç / Ginzei Quedem. Genizah Research Annual (Jerusalem, Israel) 3 (2007) 28-9 [in Hebrew]. Jäger-Beux M., Das Verständnis der Heiligung des göttlichen Namens und des Reiches Gottes in der alten jüdischen Liturgie (JudChr 24), Berlin etc.: Peter Lang 2009, pp. 172 (= Diss. Luzern 2007): p. 19-32: 2. Die Hauptgebete der Heiligung des göttlichen Namens und des Gottesreiches, p. 33-51: 3. Die wesentlichen Texte zur Heiligung des göttlichen Namens und des Reiches, p. 53-74: 4. Heiligung und Reich in der Liturgie, p. 75-137: 5. Das Reich als Verwirklichung der Heiligung Gottes. [IZBG 56,1280] [Rabbinic Literature and Gospel Teachings] Flusser D., Ha-Meqorot ha-Yehudiyim šhel ha-Natsrut (Sifriyat “universiòtah meshuderet”), Tel Aviv: MOD Publishing House 1980, pp. 64 [in Hebrew] | trans. English: Jewish Sources in Early Christianity, New York: Adama Books 1987, pp. 89 / Tel Aviv: MOD Books 1989: p. 49-54: Chap. 7: Jesus and the Kingdom Heaven; p. 55-60: The Concept of the Messiah; French: Les sources juives du christianisme. Une introduction, (introd. G. Petitdemange), Paris - Tel Aviv: Éditions de l’éclat 2003, pp. 135. Hruby K., «La Tradition rabbinique comme terrain d’éclosion de la Prédication évangélique»: FoiVie 81 (1982) 9-33. [BullSignal 36,8724; NTA 26,817] González-Wippler M., Keys to the Kingdom. Jesus & the Mystic Kabbalah, St. Paul MN: Llewellyn Publications 2004, pp. xii-223: p. 95-178: Part III: Keys of the Kingdom (p. 95-110: The King on a Cross, p. 143170: The Keys of the Kingdom) | trans. Portuguese: As chaves para o reino dos céus. Jesus e a cabala mística (Millenium 45), Mem Martins: Europa-América 2005, pp. 259; Spanish: Las llaves del reino. Jesús y la cábala cristiana, Woodbury MN: Llewellyn Español 2005. 9. Qumran Stegemann H., «Das Reich Gottes»: in Id., Die Essener, Qumran, Johannes der Täufer und Jesus. Ein Sachbuch (Herder-Spektrum 4249), Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 1993, pp. 381: p. 316-339 / (Herder-Spektrum 5881), Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 200710 | trans. Spanish: Los esenios, Qumrán, Juan Bautista y Jesús (Colección Estructuras y Procesos. Serie Religión), Madrid: Trotta 1996, pp. 315; English: The Library of Qumran. On the Essenes, Qumran, John the Baptist, and Jesus, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K. 1998, pp. ix-285: p. 230-239. [NTA 39, p. 548 / 43, p. 212] rev. S.H. Brandenburger, Lebendiges Zeugnis (Paderborn, Germany) 51 (1996) 72; Z.J. Kapera, QC 6/1-4 (1996) 201-202; A. Lange, Jud 52 (1996) 65-69; J. Murphy-O’Connor, RB 103/2 (1996) 286-288; R. Riesner, JETh 10 (1996) 252-255; H.C. Schmitt, ZAW 108/2 (1996) 322 / F. García Martínez, ’Ilu. Revista de ciencias de las religiones (Madrid, Spain) 1/2 (1997) 277-279; C. Martone, DSD 6/2 (1999) 222-225 / G.J. Brooke, ExpT 110/3 (1998) 89-90 III. Old Testament 41 Brooke G.J., «The Pre-Sectarian-Jesus»: in F. García Martínez (ed.), Echoes from the Caves. Qumran and the New Testament (STDJ 85), Leiden: Brill 2009, pp. xvi-349: p. 33-48. rev. K. Collins-Elliott, JJS 42/3 (2011) 397-398; J. Frey, Early Christianity (Tübingen, Germany) 1/3 (2010) 495-501 (hier: 497-498); D.A. Kaden, DSD 18/2 (2011) 256; A. Klostergaard Petersen, RevBL 5/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/ 7287_7931.pdf> Brooke G.J., «Eschatological Wisdom and the Kingship of God. Light from Some of the Dead Sea Scrolls on the Teaching of Jesus?»: in J.G. Crossley (ed.), Judaism, Jewish Identities and the Gospel Tradition. Essays in Honour of Maurice Casey, London - Oakville CT: Equinox 2010, pp. x-228: p. 62-82. [NTA 55, p. 377] [Wisdom] rev. J.D.G. Dunn, JTS 63 (2012) 281-284 IV. New Testament 1. General Studies a) Dictionaries and Encyclopedias Ladd G.E., «Kingdom of Christ, God, Heaven»: in W.A. Elwell (ed.), Evangelical Dictionary of Theology, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1984, pp. 1204: p. 607-611. Beilner W., «Reich Gottes. 1. Biblisch-christliche Überlieferung»: in H. Gasper et alii (ed.), Lexikon der Sekten, Sondergruppen und Weltanschauungen. Fakten, Hintergründe, Klärungen, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 1990, pp. viii-1210: cols 859-861 / 20006 (rev. ed.). France R.T., «Kingdom of God»: in K.J. Vanhoozer et alii (ed.), Dictionary for Theological Interpretation of the Bible, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic - London: SPCK 2005, pp. 896: p. 420-422. [NTA 50, p. 386] b) Theology of the New Testament Stevens G.B., The Theology of the New Testament (International Theological Library), New York: C. Scribner’s sons 1899 / 19072 (rev. ed.), pp. xvi-619: p. 27-40: Part I: The Teaching of Jesus according to the Synoptic Gospels. chap. 3: The Kingdom of God / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/theologynewtest00 stevuoft>. Stagg F., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., New Testament Theology, Nashville TN: Broadman 1962, pp. 361: p. 149-169 (chap. 6). Drane J.W., Introducing the New Testament, San Francisco CA: Harper & Row 1986, pp. 479 / 1990 / Tring - Oxford, U.K.: Lion Pub. 1986 / 1999 / Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2001 (completely rev. and updated), pp. 480: 6. What Is God’s Kingdom?, 8. Signs of the Kingdom, 9. The Kingdom of God in Action. [NTA 31, p. 354; 45, p. 369-370] rev. D.E. Garland, REx 84/4 (1987) 520 / E. Adams, JJS 54 (2003) 163-164; M.A. House, RevBL 6/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1354_739.pdf>; H.O. Maier, ATR 85 (2003) 193-194; T.E. Phillips, WesleyTJ 37/2 (2002) 234-236; K.H. Reeves, RevBL 7/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1354_738.pdf> Achtemeier P.J. - Green J.B. - Thompson M.M., «The Kingdom of God»: in Idd., Introducing the New Testament. Its Literature and Theology, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2001, pp. xii-624: p. 214-223 (chap. 8.3). [NTA 46, p. 136] Bock D.L., «The Kingdom of God in New Testament Theology»: in Baker (ed.), Looking, p. 28-60. Hörster G., «Das Kommen des Reiches Gottes: Wie kommt Gott mit seiner Menschheit zum Ziel?»: in Id., Theologie des Neuen Testaments: Studienbuch (Bibelwissenschaftliche Monografien 14), Wuppertal: Brockhaus 2004: pp. 310: p. 129-143 (Die Bedeutung des Reiches Gottes in der Verkündigung Jesu; Die kommende Gottesherrschaft; Die anbrechende Gottesherrschaft; Reich Gottes bei Paulus; Reich Gottes bei 2 Johannes) / 2007 . rev. M. Baumert, JETh 19 (2005) 295-296 Matera F.J., New Testament Theology. Exploring Diversity and Unity, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2007, pp. xxxi-485: p. 1-98: Part One: The Synoptic Tradition (p. 5-25: A Theology of the Kingdom of God: The Gospel of Mark, p. 26-50: A Theology of the Righteousness of the Kingdom: The Gospel of Matthew, p. 51-98: A Theology of the Salvation the Kingdom Brings: Luke-Acts). [IZBG 54,1817; NTA 52, p. 185] rev. P.J. Achtemeier, Interp 62/3 (2008) 316-318; C. Bernas, RelSR 34/2 (2008) 109; J.D.G. Dunn, ExpT 120/6 (2009) 307; T. Fornberg, SEÅ 76 (2011) 269-270; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 70 (2008) 160-162; F.W. Horn, ThLZ 134/7-8 (2009) cols 805-807; G. Loubser, Neotest 42/2 (2008) 392-394; B. McCall, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 323-324; R. Morgan, JTS 62 (2011) 304306; D. Reid, TorJT 24/2 (2008) 269; U. Schnelle, RevBL 10/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6197_6636.pdf>; J.S. Siker, TS 69 (2008) 918-919; R.W. Yarbrough, JETS 51/3 (2008) 660-663 Schnelle U., Theologie des Neuen Testaments (UTB Uni-Taschenbücher M 2917), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2007, pp. 747: p. 66-70: Der Ausgangspunkt: Das Kommen des einen Gottes in seinem Reich, p. 71-93: Das Zentrum: Die Proklamation des Reiches Gottes, p. 94-103: Ethik im Horizont des Reiches Gottes | trans. English: Theology of the New Testament, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2009, pp. 910: p. 8185: Point of Departure: The Coming of the One God in His Kingly Power, p. 86-110: Center: The Proclamation of the Kingdom of God, p. 111-120: Ethics in the Horizon of the Kingdom of God. [IZBG 54,1816; NTA 52, p. 411; 54, p. 405] rev. R. Hoppe, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 562-564; V. Kókai Nagy, Studia Theologica Debrecinensis (Debrecen, Hungary) 2/1 (2009) 104-108; W. Weren, TijdTh 48/3 (2008) 315-316 / BibTod 48 (2010) 120; N.H. Taylor, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 28-29 IV. New Testament 43 Schreiner T.R., «The Kingdom of God in the Synoptic Gospels»: in Id., New Testament Theology. Magnifying God in Christ, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2008, pp. 976: p. 41-79. [NTA 53, p. 196-197] rev. M.F. Bird, Themelios 34 (2009) 97-100; P. Coutsoumpos, RevBL 6/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6526_7061. pdf>; A. Gonçalves, Theós. Revista Eletrônica de Reflexão Teológica (Faculdade Teológica Batista de Campinas, São Paulo, SP, Brazil) Quinta Edição 4/2 (Dezembro 2008): <www.revistatheos.com.br/Artigos/Resenha_06_01.pdf> c) Articles and Short Studies Pitts J., «The Kingdom of Heaven»: BaptQ 3/6 (1927) 253-258 [I] / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/bq/ 03-6_253.pdf>; 3/7 (1927) 292-299 [II] / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/bq/03-7_292.pdf>. Flew R.N., «Jesus and the Kingdom of God»: ExpT 46 (1935) 214-218. Arndt W., «The New Testament Teaching on the Kingdom of God»: ConTM 21 (1950) 8-29. Ioannidis V. [Ιωαννίδης Βασίλειος], «Ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ κατά τήν διδασκαλίαν τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης» [The Kingdom of God according to the New Testament’s teaching]: Επισημονική Επετηρίς της Θεολογικής Σχολής του Πανεπιστημίου (Athens, Greece) 10 (1956) [in Greek]. Schalin A., Bibelns Guds rike: ett studium för bibelkretsar [Biblical Kingdom of God: a study for the biblical circle], Åbo: Lovisa, Östra Nylands Tidnings & Tryckeri 1961, pp. 38. Rutland J., «The Kingdom of God»: Themelios Old Series 4/3 (1967) 2-10. García Cordero M., «El misterio del Reino de Dios»: CTom 98 (1971) 327-376. McDermott J., «El reino de Dios en el Nuevo Testamento»: ComS 8/3 (1986) 306-324 / online: <www.apl. name/communio/1986/communio_86_3.pdf>. Pero-Sanz Elorz J.M., Venga a nosotros tu reino (Cuadernos BAC 118), Madrid: La Editorial Católica 1987, pp. 31. van Baaren J.I., Het Evangelie van het Koninkrijk Gods [The Gospel of the Kingdom of God], Hilversum: Stichting Moria 1992, pp. 48. Edmiston J., «Word Study - The Kingdom (of God)»: Asian Internet Bible Institute 1997: in electronic resource: <http://aibi.gospelcom.net/articles/kingdom.htm> [retrieved April 2009]. Hergesel T. - Socha K., «Królestwo Boże» [The Kingdom of God]: QuaestSel 11/nr 17 (2004) 13-16 [in Polish]. Sobrino J., «La centralidad del Reino de Dios anunciado por Jesús»: RLT 23/nr 68 (2006) 135-160. [NTA 52,487] Williams H.H.D., III, Making Sense of the Bible. A Study of 10 Key Themes Traced Through the Scriptures, Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2006, pp. 240: p. 125-141: chap. 7: Kingdom: Jesus Rules over All, p. 157174: chap. 9: The People of God: a Kingdom of Priests and a Holy Nation. [NTA 50, p. 585] rev. P.J. Lalleman, JSNT 29/5 (2007) 3 Jezierska E., «Królestwo Boże w ewangeliach synoptycznych i w listach Pawłowych» [The Kingdom of God in the Synoptic Gospels and in the Pauline Letters]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 71-79 (-79: French Summary). [Synoptics / Paul] Kangas R., «The Kingdom of God in the New Testament: A Panoramic View»: A&C 14 (2009) 3-14. [NTA 54,516] Räisänen H., «Last Things First: God, History, and Beyond»: in Id., The Rise of Christian Beliefs. The Thought World of Early Christians, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2010, p. xxiv-477: p. 79-113 (p. 8692: Jesus and God’s Kingdom, p. 93-97: Millenarian Expectation, p. 98-104: Toward a Kingdom of Heaven) (chap. 4). rev. J.D.G. Dunn, RevBL 1/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7356_8014.pdf>; L. Houlden, Conversations in Religion & Theology (Hartford CT) 8/2 (2010) 103-106; R. Roux, ThRev 106/5 (2010); L. Thurén, TAik 116/3 (2011) 276-277 d) Major Studies Jones W., The Gospel of the Kingdom, [author’s ed.] 1879 / 18955, pp. 283. rev. S. Deane, JRadRef 9 (Fall 1999) 51-54 Ghia Gh.I., Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu după Noul Testament [The Kingdom of God according to the New Testament], Craiova [Romania]: Editura Institutul de Arte Grafice 1925, pp. 84. IV. New Testament 44 rev. N. Colan, MitrArd 15/8-9 (1925) 281 Hensen J.A., Uw koninkrijk kome. Het ontstaan en de ontwikkeling van het koninkrijk der hemelen [Your Kingdom come. The emergence and development of the Kingdom of heaven], Lelystad: Stichting Lachai Roï 2000, pp. 321. Munch M., Det omvendte rige – en bog om Guds Rige og kirken [The reverse-rich – a book about God’s kingdom and the church], Christiansfeld: ProRex Forlag 2008, pp. 132 [in Danish]. 2. Historical Jesus Gray H., «Christ’s Conception of the Kingdom of God»: in P. Dearmer (ed.), Christianity and the Crisis, London: V. Gollancz Ltd. 1933, pp. 616: p. 168-196. Flusser D., Jesus in Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten (Rowohlts Monographien 140), Reinbek (bei Hamburg): Rowohlt 1968, pp. 154 | trans. Dutch (1969); French (1970); Swedish (1970); Italian (1976); English: Jesus, New York: Herder & Herder 1969, pp. 159 / with R.S. Notley, Jerusalem: Magness 1997, pp. 297 (rev. and exp. ed.) / 1998 / 2001 / The Sage from Galilee. Rediscovering Jesus’ Genius, (introd. J.H. Charlesworth), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2007, pp. xix-191: p. 76-96: The Kingdom of Heaven. [IZBG 54,1631; NTA 13, p. 268 / 14, p. 108; 52, p. 381-382] rev. R.L. Brawley, RevBL 7/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6152_6574.pdf>; L. Doering, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 39-40; S. Freyne, ExpT 120/4 (2009) 204-205; A. Houtman, JSJ 40/3 (2009) 389; S.L. Lander, CBQ 70 (2008) 601-603; F. Manns, LA 58 (2008) 574-585 Meyer B.F., «The Secret of the Reign of God»: in Id., The Aims of Jesus, London: SCM 1979, pp. 335: p. 174-222 / (PTMS 48), (introd. N.T. Wright), San Jose CA: Pickwick 2002. rev. L. Johnson, ScripB 10/2 (1980) 36-37; A. O’Leary, IrTQ 47 (1980) 65-67; J. Reumann, JBL 100/2 (1981) 296-300 Marsh C. - Moyise S., Jesus and the Gospels (The Cassell biblical studies series), London: Cassell 1999, pp. 127 / (The Clark Approaches to Biblical Studies), London - New York: T&T Clark 20062 (expanded and rev. ed.), pp. v-157: p. 81-91: chap. 8. Jesus: prophet of the coming kingdom. [NTA 44, p. 385 / 51, p. 568] rev. R.S. Dutch, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 31 Edelmann É., Jésus parlait araméen. A la recherche de l’enseignement originel, Paris: Relié - Gordes 2000, pp. 461 / Paris: le Grand livre du mois 2001 / Paris: Pocket 2004 (Paperback): p. 305-315: Le Royaume de Dieu e les cieux selon Jésus. Erreurs de traductions et retour au texte araméen (extrait online: <www. blogg.org/blog-54477-offset-75.html>). rev. Ch. Boyer, Religiologiques nr 25 (2002) <www.unites.uqam.ca/religiologiques/no25/recensions/Boyer.html>: «L’ouvrage est présenté comme une “enquête serrée sur les Évangiles”. Il n’en est rien. Jésus parlait probablement araméen, mais il est faux de croire que la Peshitta puisse être d’une aide précieuse dans la recherche des enseignements authentiques de Jésus et afin de contrecarrer les glissements de sens qu’auraient subi les évangiles canoniques» Roberts M.D., Jesus Revealed. Know Him Better to Love Him Better, Colorado Springs CO: WaterBrook 2002, pp. xiv-240: p. 45-64: chap. 4: Messenger of the Kingdom of God. Jesus the Prophet, p. 81-98: chap. 6: Royal Regent and Suffering Servant. Jesus the Son of Man, p. 99-120: chap. 7: God’s Anointed One. Jesus the Messiah. Koch T., Jesus von Nazareth, der Mensch Gottes. Eine gegenwärtige Besinnung, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2004, pp. ix-373: p. 92-130: III. Jesu Botschaft vom Reich Gottes. Erster Teil, p. 131-156: IV. Jesu Heilungen: Realisierungen des Reiches Gottes, p. 157-190: V. Jesu Botschaft vom Reich Gottes. Zweiter Teil, p. 191-232: VI. Jesu Botschaft vom Reich Gottes. Dritter Teil: Die Ethik des Reiches Gottes. [NTA 49, p. 174] rev. J. Schröter, ThLZ 130/10 (2005) cols 1060-1061; Th. Stahlberg, Dt-PfrBl 106/7 (2006) 378; G. Tischler, Christ in der Gegenwart (Freiburg, Germany) 57/14 (2005) 112; W. Zager, Freies Christentum. Auf der Suche nach neuen Wegen (Stuttgart - Vaihingen, Germany) 56/5 (September-Oktober 2004) 131-133 Puig i Tàrrech A., Jesús. Un perfil biogràfic (Col·lecció Perfils 50), Barcelona: Proa 2004, pp. 671 / 20066 | trans. Spanish: Jesús. Una biografía (Imago mundi 83), (introd. R. Berzosa), Barcelona: Destino 2005, pp. 661 / Buenos Aires: Edhasa 2006, pp. 670; Italian: Gesù. La risposta agli enigmi (Guida alla Bibbia 105), (introd. A. Riccardi), Cinisello Balsamo (Milano): San Paolo 2007, pp. 808 / 20082; Romanian (2007); English: Jesus. A Biography, Waco TX: Baylor University 2011, pp. xvi-674; German: Jesus. Eine Biographie, Paderborn: F. Schöningh 2011, pp. 676. [NTA 56, p. 173] rev. F. Blasi i Birbe, Temes d’Avui. Revista de teologia i qüestions actuals (Barcelona, Spain) nr 16 (2004) 120-124 / <www.temesdavui.org/pdf16/16llibres.pdf> / L.H. Rivas, RevTeol 44 (2007) 205-212; G. Segalla, Sulle tracce di Gesù. La “Terza ricerca” (Teologia Saggi), Assisi: Cittadella 2006, pp. 428: p. 358-373; StP 55 (2008) 293 / U. Luz, Sacra Scripta (Cluy-Napoca, Romania) 9 (2011) 95-100 IV. New Testament 45 Baigent M., The Jesus Papers. Exposing the Greatest Cover-Up in History, New York: HarperCollins [San Francisco]: HarperSanFrancisco 2006, pp. xiv-321: p. 21-40: chap. 3: Jesus the King, p. 225-244: chap. 12: The Kingdom of Heaven | trans. Polish: Archiwum Jezusa, Warszawa: Albatros 2007, pp. 398. [A conspiratorial pseudohistory book] [NTA 51, p. 161] rev. C. Marshall, Stimulus 15/3 (2007) 48 Onuki T., Jesus. Geschichte und Gegenwart (BThSt 82), Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2006, pp. xii-276 [rev. and enl. ed. of the Japanese original: Iesu to iu Keiken, Tokyo: Iwanami 2003]: p. 4482: chap. 3: Die Berufung Jesu und das „Reich Gottes” – Entstehung des Bildernetzwerks, p. 83-128: chap. 4: Die Worte Jesu – das Weben des Bildernetzwerks (p. 89-115: 2. Gleichnisse vom „Reich Gottes”, p. 122-128: 3. Gerichtsworte und das Kommen des „Menschensohnes”: 3.3: Die „Rückseite” des „Reiches Gottes”). [IZBG 53,1624; NTA 52, p. 164-165] rev. T. Ficzere, «Das Reich Gottes als ein “omnitemporales Jetzt”»: CV 50 (2008) 112-114; E. Schnabel, JETh 21 (2007) 306; G. Segalla, StP 54 (2007) 223-241 Schröter J., Jesus von Nazaret. Jude aus Galiläa - Retter der Welt (Biblische Gestalten 15), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2006, pp. 383 (chap. the reign of God begins). [IZBG 53,1623; NTA 51, p. 173] rev. J. Herzer, Dt-PfrBl 106/11 (2006) 599; C. Niemand, TPQ 155/2 (2007) 201-203; S. Schreiber, ThRev 103 (2007) cols 460-462 Segalla G., Sulle tracce di Gesù. La “Terza ricerca” (Teologia Saggi), Assisi: Cittadella 2006, pp. 428: p. 69-73: Gesù e il regno di Dio, p. 102-114: Gesù mediatore escatologico del Regno di Dio Padre. rev. F. Manzi, ScCatt 135 (2007) 570-572; Teologia 32 (2007) 257-259 Wright N.T., «Jesus and the Coming of God’s Kingdom»: in Id., Simply Christian. Why Christianity Makes Sense, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco 2006, pp. xii-240: p. 91-104 (chap. 7). [NTA 50, p. 618-619] rev. FARMS 21 (2009) 221-222; P.L. Edman, The University Bookman (Mecosta MI) 45 (2007) <www.kirkcenter.org/ index.php/bookman/article/a-resurrection-apologetic/>; T.P. Erdel, MennQR 82/2 (2008) Donahue J.R., «Jesus and the Kingdom of God»: America (New York) 197/7 (2007) 16-17. [NTA 52,120] Hengel M. - Schwemer A.M., «Jesu Verkündigung vom Reich Gottes»: in Idd., Jesus und das Judentum (Geschichte des frühen Christentums 1), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. xxiv-749: p. 406-430. [NTA 52, p. 383-384] rev. A. Escudero, Sal 72 (2010) 167-169; F. Graf-Stuhlhofer, EurJT 18 (2009) 92-93; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 358359; T. Hägerland, SEÅ 75 (2010) 192-194; P. Metzger, H-Soz-u-Kult [22.04.2008] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.huberlin.de/rezensionen/2008-2-058>; S.C. Mimouni, Revue des études juives (Paris, France) 169/1-2 (2010) 192-195; K.-W. Niebuhr, ThLZ 134 (2009) cols 685-688; R. Oberforcher, ZKT 131 (2009) 225-226; R. Penna, Bib 90/3 (2009) 444-446: «Gli AA. ritengono giustamente che la basileia predicata da Gesù combini insieme una chiara dimensione di futuro ma anche un originale riferimento al suo presente» (p. 445); E. Schnabel, JETh 22 (2008) 229; C. Stenschke, ThBe 40 (2009) 356-357; A. Wucherpfennig, CrSt 32 (2011) 254-259 Neufeld T.R.Y., Recovering Jesus. The Witness of the New Testament, London: SPCK - Grand Rapids MI: Brazos 2007, pp. 336: p. 125-138: chap. 6: Kingdom of God: What? Where? When?, p. 139-158: chap. 7: Anouncing the Kingdom: John, Baptism, Testing, and the Twelve, p. 159-182: chap. 8: Teaching the Kingdom: Parables, p. 183-198: chap. 9: Enacting the Kingdom: Healing, Exorcism, and Food, p. 199-228: chap. 10: Living the Kingdom: Seek First the Kingdom and Its Justice! [NTA 52, p. 169] rev. G.W. Burnett, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 39; J. Crossley, ExpT 121 (2010) 420-421; M.A. Daise, JSHJ 8 (2010) 88-89; J.W. Elias, CGR 26 (Winter 2008) 128-130 <www.grebel.uwaterloo.ca/cgreviewdocs/cgr-winter-2008.pdf>; R.H. Finger, MennQR 82/4 (2008) 627-629; S.G. Loewen, MFAR 16 (2008) 171-173: «His interpretation of the ministry of Jesus takes the form of a five-part exploration of various aspects of the Kingdom of God, including its definition, Jesus’ calling and commissioning of his disciples, Jesus’ relation to the ministry of John the Baptist, Jesus’ parables, Jesus’ miracles of healing and multiplying food, and the social justice of the Kingdom» (p. 172); B. Longenecker, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 35; M.F. Lowe, JGRChJ 5 (2008) 89-94 / <www.jgrchj.net/reviews/5.R89-R94_Lowe%20on%20YoderNeufeld.pdf>; R.M. Price, RelSR 34/2 (2008) 99; V.G. Shillington, RevBL 1/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6535_7074.pdf>; G. Zerbe, TorJT 24 (2008) 124 Niemand C., Jesus und sein Weg zum Kreuz. Ein historisch-rekonstruktives und theologisches Modellbild, Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2007, pp. 543: p. 9-68: Ersters Kapitel: Jesus und seine Verkündigung (p. 29-34: Traditionen von Gottes Königsherrschaft vor Jesus, p. 43-49: Konkretisierungen der Gottesreichbotschaft Jesu), p. 69-98: Zweites Kapitel: Zwischenüberlegungen - „Woher hat er das alles?” (Mk 6,2) (p. 73-85: Näherhin zum „Woher” des basileia-Wissens Jesu), p. 349-504: Fünftes Kapitel: Jesus vor Gericht (p. 431-435: Die Anklage: „König der Juden”; Die Kreuzesinschrift: „König der Juden”). [NTA 51, p. 570] rev. B. Estrada, RivBib 56 (2008) 230-234; C. Heil, TPQ 156 (2008) 178-180; B. Repschinski, ZKT 133 (2011) 89 Pagola J.A., Jesús. Aproximación histórica, Boadilla del Monte (Madrid): PPC 2007, pp. 539: p. 83-114: chap. 4: Profeta del reino de Dios, p. 371-410: chap. 13: Martir del reino de Dios, p. 464-466: Vivir para el reino de Dios | trans. English: Jesus, an Historical Approximation, Kyrios (Miami): Convivium 2009, pp. 557; IV. New Testament 46 Italian: Gesù. Un approccio storico (Ricerche teologiche), Roma: Borla 2009, pp. 595; Jesus, aproximação histórica, Petrópolis: Vozes 2010, pp. 651. [NTA 54, p. 572] rev. M. Claustre Solé, RCatT 32 (2007) 460-462; Comisión Episcopal para la Doctrina de la Fe, «Nota de clarificación sobre el libro de José Antonio Pagola Jesús. Aproximación histórica»: IgV nr 234 (2008) 91-98 / <www.iglesiaviva.org/ 234/234-31-NOTA.pdf>; J.M. Etxebarria, «J. A. Pagolaren liburua: Jesús. Aproximación histórica»: Karmel (Markina, Bizkaia, Biscay, Spain) nr 262 (2/2008) 204-220 [in Basque] / C.L. Blomberg, DenverJ 14 (2011); Y. Laberge, Theological Book Review (Liverpool, U.K.) 23 (2011) 64; F.D. Troche, ASE 27/2 (2010) 197-200 / F. Teixeira, REB 70/nr 280 (2010) 974-978; D. Winter, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 36 Ratzinger J. (pope Benedict XVI), Jesus von Nazareth. Erster Teil: Von der Taufe im Jordan bis zur Verklärung, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2007, pp. 447: Kap. III: Das Evangelium vom Reich, Kap. VII: Die Botschaft der Gleichnisse | trans. English: Jesus of Nazareth. From the Baptism in the Jordan to the Transfiguration, New York - London: Doubleday 2007, pp. xxiv-374; New York: Random House Inc. - London: Bloomsbury Pub.; Italian: Gesù di Nazaret, Milano: Rizzoli 2007, pp. 446; Polish: Jezus z Nazaretu. Od chrztu w Jordanie do Przemienienia, Kraków: Wydawnictwo M 2007, pp. 300; ecc. [NTA 51, p. 570; 52, p. 165] rev. M. Becker, MüTZ 59 (2008) 24-38; J.S. Béjar Bacas, «Jesús de Nazaret de J. Ratzinger: una valoración teológica»: Proyección. Teología y mundo actual (Granada, Spain) nr 226 (2007) 202-221; R. Blázquez Pérez, AnValent 33/nr 66 (2007) 207-216; C.L. Blomberg, DenverJ 10 (2007); A. Carrasco Rouco, RevEspT 69/3 (2008) 213-227; É. Cuvillier, ÉtThRel 83 (2008) 443-444; I. Dugandžić, BogoslSm 77/4 (2008) 905-910; D. Gardocki, StBobolanum 6/1 (2008); P. Gibert, RSR 96/2 (2008) 219-240; O. González de Cardedal, «“Jesús de Nazaret” de J. Ratzinger-Benedicto XVI: génesis, estructura y sentido de un libro y testamento»: Salm 55 (2008) 83-123; M. Gronchi, «Il Gesù di Nazaret di J. RatzingerBenedetto XVI»: in G. Biguzzi - M. Gronchi (ed.), Discussione sul Gesù storico (Percorsi culturali 19), Città del Vaticano: Urbaniana University Press 2009, pp. 197: p. 169-180 [NTA 54, p. 156]; E. Hoornaert, REB 68/nr 270 (2008) 495-500; R. Hoppe, BiKi 62/3 (2007) 189-192; J. Kreiml, KlBlatt 87 (2007) 213-216: «In seinem Kapitel über „das Evangelium vom Reich Gottes“ unterstreicht Joseph Ratzinger - gegen Adolf Harnacks These, der Sohn gehöre in Jesu Botschaft vom Vater nicht hinein - mit aller Deutlichkeit, dass die ganze Verkündigung Jesu auch „Christologie“ ist» / online: <www.pthstpoelten.at/fileadmin/hs/kollegium/kreiml/Jesusbuch.pdf>; W. Löser, «Jesus - der neue Mose: zwölf Annäherungen an das Jesusbuch von Papst Benedikt XVI.»: TPhil 82 (2007) 382-391 [NTA 52,905r]; K.-W. Niebuhr, ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 800803; J.H. Morales Ríos, «Presentazione del libro Gesù di Nazaret di Papa Benedetto XVI»: Ant 82/3 (2007) 415-439 [NTA 52,906r]; J. Morán, EstAg 43 (2008) 155-161; R. Morgan, ExpT 119/6 (2008) 282-283; G. Paccosi, «Bases y perspectivas bíblicas de “Jesús de Nazaret” de Benedicto XVI.»: RevTeolLim 41/2 (2007) 201-226; F. Pardo Fariña, «El método histórico crítico en “Jesús de Nazaret” de Joseph Ratzinger»: Veritas (Valparaíso, Chile) 15/nr 18 (2008) 129-146; X. Pikaza, IgV nr 232 (2007) 133-136 / <www.iglesiaviva.org/232/232-43-LIBROS.pdf>; F. Raurell, RCatT 32/2 (2007) 435458; M. Schneider, «“Jesus von Nazareth”: zum ersten Buch Papst Benedikts XVI»: GuL 80/5 (2007) 378-392; J. Schröter, ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 798-800; G. Segalla, «Un bel ritratto di Gesù e un Gesù sfigurato. Paolo Flores D’Arcais a confronto con il libro del Papa su Gesù di Nazaret»: Archivio Teologico Torinese (Leumann - Torino, Italy) 13/2 (2007) 557-570; Sh. Takayanagi, KatKenk 77 (2008) 151-155; M. Theobald, «Die vier Evangelien und der eine Jesus von Nazareth. Erwägungen zum Jesus-Buch von Joseph Ratzinger/Benedikt XVI»: ThQ 187/3 (2007) 157-182 (p. 168-170: III.1. Das Evangelium vom Reich Gottes) [NTA 52,913r]; L. Tichý, ST 9/3(29) (2007) 62-66; G. Vermes, The Times (London, U.K.) 19 May 2007 online: <http://entertainment.timesonline.co.uk/tol/arts_and_entertainment/books/non-fiction/article1807640.ece>; G. Wenz, US(G) 62 (2007) 241-255 / see also: G. Bubolz, Das Buch des Papstes: Jesus von Nazareth. Informationen, Hintergründe, Denkansöße, Düsseldorf: Patmos 2007, pp. 160; G. Lüdemann, Das Jesusbild des Papstes. Über Joseph Ratzingers kühnen Umgang mit den Quellen, Lüneburg: zu Klampen 2007, pp. 158 / Eyes That See Not. The pope Looks at Jesus, Sanra Rosa CA: Polebridge 2008, pp. xii-131 [NTA 52, p. 588]; T. Söding (ed.), Das Jesus-Buch des Papstes. Die Antwort der Neutestamentler (Theologie Kontrovers), Freiburg: Herder 2007, pp. 158 [NTA 52, p. 166]; Id. (ed.), Ein Weg zu Jesus. Schlüssel zu einem tieferen Verständnis des Papstbuches, Freiburg: Herder 2007, pp. 110; U. Ruh (ed.), Das Jesusbuch des Papstes. Die Debatte, Freiburg: Herder 2007, pp. 192 Charlesworth J.H., «Jesus’ Proclamation of God’s Rule (the Kingdom of God) and His Parables»: in Id., The Historical Jesus. An Essential Guide (Essential Guides), Nashville TN: Abingdon 2008, pp. xx-131: p. 97-104 (chap. 8). [NTA 52, p. 583] rev. P. Foster, ExpT 120 (2008) 33; P.J. Judge, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6511_7041.pdf>; R.M. Price, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 194 Lohse E., «Die Ansage der Gottesherrschaft durch Jesus von Nazareth»: in Id., Das Urchristentum. Ein Rückblick auf die Anfänge, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2008, pp. 173: p. 37-50 (chap. 3). [NTA 52, p. 573] rev. K. Bensel, JETh 22 (2008) 290; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 383; M. Oehler, RevBL 1/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/ pdf/6739_7306.pdf> O’Collins G., Jesus. A Portrait, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books / London: Darton, Longman & Todd 2008, pp. xvi-246: p. 16-37: chap. 2: God’s Kingdom in Person | trans. Italian: Gesù. Un ritratto (Books), Brescia: Queriniana 2010, pp. 317. [Greg 89/3 (2008) 694-695; NTA 54, p. 165] rev. R.A. Krieg TS 70/3 (2009) 696-697; T. Lenchak, NTR 23/2 (2010) 81; M.W. Pahl, Themelios 33/3 (2008) 87-88; C.D. Reyes, Diwa. Studies in Philosophy and Theology (Tagaytay City, Philippines) 33/1 (2008); M. Tait, RRT 16/4 (2009) 517-519; H. Wansbrough, The Pastoral Review 4 (2008) 91-92; T.J. Whapham, in electronic resource: <http://catholicbooksreview.org/2008/ocollins.htm> / G. Segalla, StP 58 (2011) 213-214 IV. New Testament 47 Keener C.S., The Historical Jesus of the Gospels, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2009, pp. xxxviii-831: p. 171-173 [Mt 11:11; Lk 7:28], chap. 14: p. 196-213: Kingdom Discipleship, chap. 18: p. 256-267: Jesus as Messiah?, p. 320 [Jn 18:36]. [IZBG 56,1626; NTA 54, p. 375] rev. BibTod 48 (2010) 119; G.M. Balfour, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 34-35; C.L. Blomberg, RevBL 9/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7385_8048.pdf>; B. Chilton, CBQ 73/2 (2011) 393-395; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 60 (2010) 492-497; D. Hercsik, Greg 91/4 (2010) 864-867; R.J. Miller, BTB 41 (2011) 50-52; P. Morel, ÉtThRel 86/6 (2011) 408-409; G. O’Collins, Pacifica 23/3 (2010) 358-359; J.W. Pryor, ABR 59 (2011); A. Puig i Tàrrech, ThLZ 136 (2011) cols 52-54; J. Radermakers, NRTh 133/4 (2011) 650; J. Schlosser, Bib 91/4 (2010) 611-615; G. Segalla, StP 57/3 (2010) 960-961; G. Turner, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 310-312; R.W. Yarbrough, Themelios 35 (2010) 96-98 Liderbach D., «Proclaimer of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Jesus of History as the Christ of Faith, New York: Paulist 2009, pp. v-114: p. 10-19 (chap. 2). [NTA 54, p. 164] Allison D.C., Jr., Constructing Jesus. Memory, Imagination, and History, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2010, pp. xxix-588: p. 31-163: More than a Sage: The Eschatology of Jesus, p. 164-203: Excursus: The Kingdom of God and the World to Come. [NTA 55, p. 369] rev. BibTod 49 (2011) 59; R.S. Ascough, RelSR 37/2 (2011) 129-130; A.G. Bartholomew, Homiletic (Nashville TN) 36/2 (2011) 39-41; N. King, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 308-310; U. Luz, ThLZ 137/4 (2012) cols 423-425; M. Nel, Neotest 45 (2011) 146-148; M.J. Thate, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 481-484; C. Tuckett, CBQ 74/2 (2012) 365-366 Grappe C., «Incidences et prolongements de la proclamation du Royaume par Jésus»: in De Jésus à Jésus-Christ. I: Le Jésus de l’Histoire. Actes du colloque de Strasbourg, 18-19 novembre 2010 (Jésus et Jésus-Christ: colloques), Paris: Mame - Desclée 2010, pp. 266: p. 99-114. Stegemann W., «Jesu Ankündigung der nahen Herrschaft Gottes»: in Id., Jesus und seine Zeit (Biblische Enzyklopädie 10), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2010, pp. 448: p. 296-352 (chap. II.10-11) | trans. Italian (2011). [NTA 54, p. 574] rev. J. Schröter, ThLZ 136/9 (2011) cols 898-901 Voorwinde S., «The Kingdom of God in the Proclamation of Jesus»: in M. Harding - A. Nobbs (ed.), The Content and Setting of the Gospel Tradition, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2010, pp. xix-460: p. 329-353. [NTA 55, p. 377] rev. M.L. Strauss, Themelios 36 (2011) 92-94 Robinson J.M., «Jesus’ “Rhetoric”. The Rise and Fall of “The Kingdom of God”»: in T. Holmén - S.E. Porter (ed.), The Handbook for the Study of the Historical Jesus. IV: Individual Studies, Leiden Boston: Brill 2011, pp. xxi-2911-3652: p. 3201-3220. [NTA 55, p. 573-575] rev. S. Gathercole, JEH 63/2 (2012) 346-348 3. Teaching of Jesus a) Jewish Background Manhoff H.A., “All of the Kingdoms”. Semitic Idiom in the Synoptic Gospels and Related Jewish Literature (Diss. University of California, Santa Barbara CA 2001). Bock D.L. - Herrick G.J. (ed.), Jesus in Context. Background Readings for Gospel Study, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2005, pp. 286: p. 107-117: 7. From Kingdom Teaching to Confession. [Collection of extrabiblical texts, primarily Jewish, from the first-century relevant for the background study of Jesus in the Gospels] [NTA 50, p. 161] rev. R.M. Price, RelSR 32/4 (2007) 265; M. Schufer, RevBL 7/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5132_5400.pdf> Grech P., «La speranza del Regno di Dio – le sue forme diverse al tempo di Gesù»: in F. Laplanche (ed.), Storia del cristianesimo. Religione, politica, cultura. XIV: Anamnesis. Sintesi tematiche e indici storici, Roma: Borla - Città Nuova 2005, pp. 756: p. 479-496. Spangler A. - Tverberg L., «The Mysterious Kingdom of God»: in Idd., Sitting at the Feet of Rabbi Jesus. How the Jewishness of Jesus Can Transform Your Faith, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2009, pp. 264: p. 180-196 (chap. 13). rev. D.P. Efroymson, JES 45/2 (2010) 302 b) Articles and Short Studies Archutowski J., «Królestwo Boże w nauczaniu Jezusa Chrystusa» [The Kingdom of God in the Teaching of Jesus Christ]: AtKap 13 (1916) 1-32 / as a separate ed. Włocławek: Druk. Dyecezyalna 1917, pp. 34 [in Polish]. IV. New Testament 48 Seibert H., «Jesu Verkündigung vom Königtum Gottes»: in T. Schober - H. Thimme (ed.), Gemeinde in diakonischer und missionarischer Verantwortung: Auftrag, Anspruch, Wirklichkeit. HeinrichHermann Ulrich zum 65. Geburtstag gewidmet (Handbücher für Zeugnis und Dienst 2), Stuttgart: Quell 1979, pp. 375: p. 53-65. Borges Hackmann G.L., «O projeto e a prática de Jesus»: Teocom 25/nr 107 (1995) 69-85. Monsma T.M., «The Eternal Kingdom-Already Initiated in Christ, But Yet to Come in its Fullness»: ModRef 9/5 (2000) 37-41. Neumann J., «Idea panowania Boga w świetle Jezusowego orędzia o królestwie Bożym» [The idea of the kingship of God in the light of Jesus’ message about the Kingdom of God]: StWar 38 (2001) 8195 [in Polish]. Kvalbein H., «Hva betyr “Guds basileia” i Jesu forkynnelse?» [What does “God’s basileia” in Jesus’ preaching?]: UngT 34 (2001) 47-53. Robinson J.M., «What Jesus Had to Say»: in R.W. Hoover (ed.), Profiles of Jesus, Santa Rosa CA: Polebridge 2002, pp. viii-256: p. 15-17 = in Id., Jesus, p. 141-143. [NTA 47, p. 368-369] Cougil Gil O., «Jesús y el reino»: MisExtr nr 201 (2004) 420-439. Kraus W., «Der Berg der Seligpreisungen und der Hügel Golgata: Jesu Botschaft von der Gottesherrschaft»: in K. Brodersen (ed.), Höhepunkte der Antike, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft - Primus 2006, pp. 256: p. 100-119. Kügler J., «Das Reich Gottes auf den Dörfern. Ein bibeltheologischer Essay über die Politik der Pastoral Jesu»: in R. Bucher - R. Krockauer (ed.), Pastoral und Politik. Erkundungen eines unausweichlichen Auftrags (Werkstatt Theologie. Praxisorientierte Studien und Diskurse 7), Wien - Münster: LIT 2006, pp. ix-357: p. 5-21. [ThRev 104 (2008) col. 84] Lampe P., Die Wirklichkeit als Bild. Das Neue Testament als ein Grunddokument abendländischer Kultur im Lichte konstruktivistischer Epistemologie und Wissenssoziologie, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2006, pp. 245 (chap. on Jesus’ preaching of the Kingdom in word and deed). [NTA 51, p. 372] rev. M. Gärtner, Pfälzisches Pfarrerblatt (Keiserlautern, Germany) 97 (2007) 518-520; C. Strecker, ThLZ 134 (2009) 1207-1209 Obronczka J., «Die Gottesherrschaft als zentrale Botschaft Jesu»: StTHŚlOp 26 (2006) 191-201. Wojciechowski M., «Obrazy wartości Królestwa Bożego» [The images of the values of the Kingdom of God]: AtKap vol. 147/nr 586 (3/2006) 513-521 [in Polish]. Leiner M., «Jesus Christus und das Reich Gottes»: in P. Haigis et alii (ed.), Christus Jesus - Mitte der Geschichte!? Beiträge des 10. Internationalen Paul-Tillich-Symposiums Frankfurt/Main 2004 (Tillich-Studien 13), Berlin - Münster: LIT 2007, pp. xv-367: p. 155-165. Bizjak J., «La predicazione del Regno di Dio»: ComI nr 211 (2007) 17-21 | trans. Dutch: «De prediking van het Rijk Gods»: ComD 32 (2007) 17-21; Polish: «Głoszenie królestwa Bożego»: ComP 29 (2009) 167-172. Füllenbach J., Dein Reich komme. Die ursprüngliche Botschaft Jesu (Münsterschwarzacher Kleinschriften 164), Münsterschwarzach: Vier-Türme 2007, pp. 111. Granados J., «The Word Springs From the Flesh. The Mystery of the Preaching of the Kingdom»: ComE 34 (Spring 2007) 6-37. [Between word and body exists an intimate link: words are rooted in the corporeality and affectivity of the person. Therefore the eschatological character of Jesus mission does not consist in an atemporal idea disconnected from the common time of men: it develops first of all in the actual body of Jesus, hence showing that it refers to the shared human history in the flesh] Kügler J., «Gottes Königsherrschaft als „Rahmenmythos“ der Pastoral Jesu»: in R. Bucher - R. Krockauer (ed.), Gott. Eine pastoraltheologische Annäherung (Werkstatt Theologie. Praxisorientierte Studien und Diskurse 10), Wien - Münster: LIT 2007, pp. 280: p. 11-38. [Pastoral] Voorwinde S., «The Kingdom of God and the Ministry of Jesus»: VoxRef nr 72 (2007) 59-77. [NTA 52,988] Smith B.D., «The Kingdom of God in non-Rejection Context» (Part I: Jesus as Teacher and Pedagogical Method; Part II: The Kingdom of God as Present; Part III: The Kingdom of God as Future): in IV. New Testament 49 electronic resource: <www.abu.nb.ca/Courses/NTIntro/LifeJ/TeacherJesus.htm>; «The Kingdom of God in Rejection Context»: <www.abu.nb.ca/Courses/NTIntro/LifeJ/TeacherJesus4.htm> [retrieved April 2008]. Buttrick D., «The Language of Jesus»: TTo 64/4 (2008) 423-444. Helyer L.R., «Jesus and the Kingdom»: in Id., The Witness of Jesus, Paul and John. An Exploration in Biblical Theology, Downers Grove IL: IVP Academic 2008, pp. 432: p. 123-160 (chap. 4). [NTA 53, p. 419] rev. F.J. Matera, CBQ 71/3 (2009) 647-648: «although the unifying theme of the Synoptic writers (and of Jesus’ proclamation) is surely the kingdom of God, I am reclutant to say that it is the unifying theme of the theology of Paul and John as well» (p. 648); W. Wilson, RevBL 10/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6909_7484.pdf> Frankemölle H., «Der Jude Jesus und seine Verkündigung von der „Herrschaft Gottes“»: Verantwortung. Zeitschrift des Dietrich-Bonhoeffer-Vereins (Wiesbaden - Berlin, Germany) 23/nr 43 (Juni 2009) 18-25. Green S. - Thompson S., «Jesus and the Kingdom of God»: in J.R. Krabill - D.W. Shenk (ed.), Jesus Matters. Good News for the 21st Century, (introd. S. Claiborne), Scottdale PA: Herald 2009, pp. 259: p. 75-88. rev. S. Klassen-Wiebe, MFAR 18 (2010) 128-130; J.S. Sancken, MennQR 84/3 (2010) 470-472 Hoffmann P., «Jesus, der prophetische Bote der Gottesherrschaft»: in Id., Jesus von Nazaret und die Kirche. Spurensicherung im Neuen Testament, Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2009, pp. 206: p. 13-72. [NTA 54, p. 569] rev. R. Aguirre, EstBíb 69 (2011) 109-112; H. Scherer, ThRev 107/1 (2011); S. Witetschek, RevBL 6/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7593_8304.pdf> Kanagaraj J.J., «Jesus’ Message of the Kingdom of God. Present and Future Tensions Revisited»: in Oropeza et alii (ed.), Jesus and Paul, p. 24-34 (chap. 3). [Time; Mk 1:15; Mt 12:28 and Lk 11:20; Mt 6:10 and Lk 11:2; Mk 9:1] Paciorek A., «Darmowość Królestwa Bożego w logiach Jezusa» [The Free Nature of the Kingdom of God in the Logia of Jesus]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 191-212 (-213: English Summary). [Mt 5:3//Lk 6:20; Mt 10:15; Mt 21:31] Díaz Rodelas J.M., «Jesús itinerante y el reino de Dios»: in C. Alvarez (ed.), ¡Quédate con nosotros! Peregrinos y testigos en el Camino. X Jornadas de Teología, Instituto Teológico Compostelano, 7, 8 y 9 de septiembre de 2009 (Collectanea scientifica Compostellana 30), Santiago de Compostela: Instituto Teológico Compostelano 2010, pp. 335: p. 119-144. Loza Vera J., «Jesús y el anuncio del reino»: Anámnesis 20/nr 39 (2010) 1-18. Grindheim S., «God’s Victorious Intervention: Jesus and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., God’s Equal. What Can We Know About Jesus’ Self-Understanding? (LNTS [JSNT SS] 446), New York London: T&T Clark 2011, pp. xviii-270: p. 6-39 (chap. 1). Kruger M.J., «The Return of the King. Exploring the Kingdom of God in Jesus’ Inaugural Sermon»: ModRef 20 (2011) 25-29. Stegemann W., «Jesu Verkündigung des Reiches Gottes als soziale Heterotopie»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 11-34. Van Cangh J.-M., «La bonne nouvelle du Royaume, centre de la Parole de Jésus»: in Id. (ed.), Dieu parle aujourd’hui. La Parole de Dieu dans les grandes traditions religieuses [Actes du colloque, Bucarest, du 25 au 30 août 2010], Bruxelles: Académie internationale des Sciences religieuses 2011, pp. 246: p. 39-63. d) Major Studies Smith B.D., Jesus’ Twofold Teaching about the Kingdom of God (New Testament Monographs 24), Sheffield: Sheffield Phoenix Press 2009, pp. xiii-312: p. 3-109: chap. 1: Jesus’ Teaching in a Non-Rejection Context: The Kingdom of God as Present, p. 110-113: Excursus 1: The Meaning of ἐγγίζω; p. 116-119: Excursus 3: The Self-Consistency of Luke 11.19-20 // Matthew 12.27-28; p. 120-174: chap. 2: Jesus’ Teaching in a Non-Rejection Context: The Kingdom of God as Future; p. 175-177: Excursus 4: The Authenticity of Matthew 5.20; p. 178-184: Excursus 5: The Interpretation of the Parable of the Wheat and the Weeds; p. 185-257: chap. 3: Jesus’ Teaching of the Kingdom of God in a Rejection Context. [NTA 56, p. 175] [Time] [Smith argues the necessity to differentiate two historical contexts for Jesus’ teaching about the Kingdom of God. 1) The non-rejection context, where the messenger and his message about the Kingdom of God is accepted; 2) and the rejection IV. New Testament 50 context, where Jesus and his message is rejected by the majority of Jews and especially the Jewish authorities. In this new context, Jesus teaches that the Kingdom will still come but not in the way first delineated, in the non-rejection context. Distinguishing two contexts for Jesus’ teaching about the Kingdom of God allows us to appreciate how Jesus modifies his teaching in the light of the rejection of the Kingdom. Without this differentiation of two historical contexts, it is impossible to make sense of Jesus’ teaching about the Kingdom of God] 4. Q Source Catchpole D.R., The Quest For Q, Edinburgh: T&T Clark 1993, pp. xv-344: p. 45-46: Violence to the Kingdom. Matt 11:12-13/Q 16:16, p. 232-240: Violence to the Kingdom. Q 16:16, p. 262: Entry to the Kingdom. Q 11:52. Robinson J.M., «The Jesus of Q as Liberation Theologian»: in R.A. Piper (ed.), The Gospel behind the Gospels. Current Studies on Q (NovT SS 75), Leiden: Brill 1995, pp. x-411: p. 259-274 = in Id., The Sayings Gospel Q, p. 449-463 = in Id., Jesus, p. 145-159. [NTA 39, p. 327] rev. M. Goulder, NovT 38/2 (1996) 194-196; B.J. Malina, BibInt 5/2 (1997) 220-221 Fischer C., Le royaume de Dieu dans la source Q. Approche diachronique, exégétique et théologique (Diss. Licence, Université de Neuchâtel 2000, pp. 100). Fleddermann H.T., Q. A Reconstruction and Commentary (Biblical Tools and Studies 1), Leuven Dudley MA: Peeters 2005, pp. xiii-995: IV: The present kingdom (Q 12:2–13:21), V: The future kingdom (Q 13:24–22:30). [NTA 50, p. 590] rev. C. Focant, RTLouv 38/2 (2007) 249-250; P. Foster, ExpT 117 (2006) 478-479; E. Franco, RivBib 56 (2008) 110-114; A. Fuchs, SNTU A 31 (2006) 257-269; C. Grappe, RHPR 86/3 (2006) 420-421; L.R. Keylock, RevBL 1/2011 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/7878_8604.pdf>; J.S. Kloppenborg, BTB 37/3 (2007) 137-138; R.H. Stein, BBR 19 (2009) 121-123; S. Witetschek, EphTL 83 (2007) 220-222 Hakkikainen O., «The Coming of the Kingdom»: in Id., The Lord’s Prayer in the Sayings Gospel Q, Helsinki: Tyylipaino 2005, pp. 198 (= Diss. Univ. of Helsinki, Faculty of Theology, Department of Biblical Studies 2005): p. 104-131 [Kingdom of God in Q 11:2c; 6:20; 7:28; 10:9; 11:20; 11:52; 12:31; 13:1819.20-21; 13:28-29; 16:16] / online: <http://ethesis.helsinki.fi/julkaisut/teo/ekseg/vk/hallikainen/thelords.pdf>. Valantasis R., The New Q. A Fresh Translation with Commentary, London - New York: T&T Clark 2005, pp. x-238. [NTA 50, p. 408] rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 33/3 (2007) 232; J.S. Kloppenborg, CBQ 69 (2007) 379-380; M. McNamara, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 326328; D.A. Smith, JECS 15/3 (2007) 419-421; J. Verheyden, RevBL 1/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5177_5452.pdf> Babut J.-M., À la recherche de la Source. Mots et thèmes de la double tradition évangélique (Initiations bibliques), Paris: Cerf 2007, pp. 300. rev. Y. Billefod, EVie nr 182 (2007) 19: «Le concept-clé de la Source est présenté comme étant la basileia (Règne ou Royaume), le monde nouveau de Dieu, « vision nouvelle de la réalité humaine », espace de salut et réalité déjà présente même si elle a un avenir, en particulier dans sa dimension universelle. Cette basileia est cependant marquée par une nonévidence entraînant cette non-réception qui imprime la marque tragique de la Source, d’autant plus tragique que Jésus y est dépeint comme porteur d’un message urgent de salut»; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 364; J.-J. Müller, ÉtThRel 84/4 (2009) 583-585: «Son étude porte essentiellement sur un certain nombre de mots et de thèmes caractéristiques de la Source : la basileia tou theou, come thème central du message de Jésus…» (p. 584) Labahn M., Der Gekommene als Wiederkommender. Die Logienquelle als erzählte Geschichte (ABIG 32), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlangsanstalt 2010, pp. 640 (= Diss. Hab. Halle-Wittenberg 2009): p. 148-149: Die Nachfolge (Q 9,61-62), p. 152-153: Die Präsenz des Gottesreiches oder ein narrativer Komenteneinschlag in Q 12,2-22,30 (Lk 17,20 f. par Mt 24,23)?, p. 517-518: Das Königreich Gottes – Ein Raum sich ereignenden Heils als Präsenz des Erwarteten, p. 519-525: Das Reich Gottes, mitten unter Wölfen und die Tür – Räumliche Konstruktionen als religiös-soziale Symbole zur Markierung der Gruppenidentität. 5. Synoptics Terinte C.F., «Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu în evangheliile sinoptice» [Kingdom of God in the Synoptic Gospels]: Plērōma 4/2 (decembrie 2002) 69-88; 5/2 (decembrie 2003) 37-73; 6 (iunie 2004) 49-70 [in Romanian]. Rosik M., Jezus i Jego misja. W kręgu orędzia Ewangelii synoptycznych [Jesus and His Mission. In the sphere of the Synoptic Gospels proclamation] (Studia Biblica 5), Kielce: Instytut Teologii Biblijnej “Verbum” 2003, pp. 298 (chap. II. W kręgu nauczania Jezusa; chap. III: Działalność cudotwórcza Jezusa) [in Polish]. Safrai C., «The Kingdom of Heaven and the Study of Torah»: in R.S. Notley et alii (ed.), Jerusalem Studies in the Synoptic Gospels. I: Jesus’ Last Week (Jewish and Christian Perspectives 11), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2006, pp. viii-350: p. 169-190. [NTA 50, p. 595-596] rev. N.L. Collins, NovT 49/4 (2007) 407-409; R.L. Webb, JSHJ 5 (2007) 108-109 IV. New Testament 51 Thatcher T., Jesus the Riddler. The Power of Ambiguity in the Gospels, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 2006, pp. xxvii-188. [IZBG 53,152; NTA 51, p. 174-175] [The art of the absurd—parables and puzzles, or “the kingdom of God is just like that, except it’s the exact opposite”; An unbrokered kingdom of nobodies—eating and drinking with the Crossanian Jesus; The empire of wit, or maybe Peter really did have the “keys to the kingdom”] rev. C. Keith, ExpT 119/6 (2008) 274; S. O’Connell, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 32-33; R.M. Price, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 151; T. Toom, RRT 15/4 (2008) 502-505; R.L. Webb, JSHJ 5/2 (2007) 211-212: «The final two chapters explore the implications that Jesus as riddler has for understanding his view of the kingdom of God by using Crossan’s discussion of the kingdom as a point of comparison and contrast»; S. Yates, HorBT 30 (2008) 95-96 Venetz H.-J., «Jesus von Nazaret: Prophet der Gottesherrschaft. Grundlegende Reich Gottes-Texte der Synoptiker»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 78-84. [IZBG 54,1635; NTA 52,166] Vithayathil P., «A Survey of Jesus’ Reign of God in the Synoptics»: Third Millennium (Pune, India) 10/2 (2007) 89-103. Bailey K.E., Jesus Through Middle Eastern Eyes. Cultural Studies in the Gospels, Downers Grove IL: IVP Academic - London: SPCK 2008, pp. 443: p. 113-123: chap. 9: The Lord’s Prayer: God’s Kingdom and Our Bread: Matthew 6:10-11; p. 269-278: chap. 20: The Parable of the Wise and Foolish Young Women: Matthew 25:113; p. 309-320: chap. 24: The Parable of the Great Banquet: Luke 14:15-24; p. 355-364: chap. 28: The Parable of the Compassionate Employer: Matthew 20:1-16; p. 397-409: chap. 31: The Parable of the Pounds: Luke 19:11-27 | trans. Danish: Jesus set med mellemøstlige øjne. I: Studier i evangeliernes kulturelle kontekst, II: Studier i lignelsernes kulturelle kontekst, Fredericia: Kolon - Credo 2009, pp. 301 / 169. [NTA 52, p. 580] rev. A.G. Bartholomew, Homiletic (Nasville TN) 35/2 (2010) 27-29; C.B. Bridges, SCJ 11/2 (2008) 308-309; R.B. Edwards, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 46; A. Gregory, ExpT 120/7 (2009) 344; M. Jason, Themelios 33/3 (2008) 84-85; D. Parker, EvRevTh 33/3 (2009); J.E. Rosscup, MasterSemJ 19/2 (2008) 255-257; D. Storie, Pacifica 22 (2009) 96-109 Sánchez Navarro L., Testimonios del Reino. Evangelios sinópticos y Hechos de los Apóstoles (Manuales Pelícano), Madrid: Ediciones Palabra 2010, pp. 291. rev. S. Villota Herrero, EstBíb 69 (2011) 113-115 Panimolle S.A., «II regno di Dio nei Vangeli e negli Atti degli apostoli»: DSBP vol. 57 (2011) 163-224. 6. Matthew Doekes G., «Jezus Christus de wettige stichter van het Koninkrijk der Hemelen» [Jesus Christ the legitimate founder of the Kingdom of Heaven]: GTT 12 (1911) 105-113; 142-147; 201-207; 281294; 336-340. Ra Y., Return to the Garden of Eden. The Adamic Jesus and the Gardenic Kingdom in Matthew’s Gospel (Diss. The Iliff School of Theology and University of Denver, Denver CO 1997). Green M., The message of Matthew: the Kingdom of Heaven (Bible Speaks Today. New Testament Series), Leicester, U.K. - Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2000, pp. 343 [commentary]. [NTA 45, p. 385] Campbell J., «The Kingdom of the Heavens»: A&C 6 (2001) 58-68 / online: <www.lsm.org/affirmation-critique/ pdfs/2001/01/01_01_wr.pdf>. Kim Joon-Sik, “Your Kingdom Come on Earth”. The Promise of the Land and the Kingdom of Heaven in the Gospel of Matthew (Diss. Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton NJ 2001). Kunz C.A., «Uma introdução ai conceito de “Reino” no evangelho de Mateus»: Via Teológica. Faculdade Teológica Batista do Paraná (Curitiba PR, Paraná, Brasil) 7 (2003). Adamczyk D., «Realizm zapowiadanego Królestwa Bożego w świetle Ewangelii według świętego Mateusza» [The Reality of the Kingdom of God in the Light of Saint Matthew’s Gospel]: StThVar 44/2 (2006) 155-169 = Zeszyty formacji katechetów (Radom, Poland) 6/3 (2006) 21-32 [in Polish]. [NTA 51,1655] Derickson G.W., «Matthew’s Chiastic Structure and Its Dispensational Implications»: BS 163/nr 652 (2006) 423-437. [NTA 51,166] Gamba G.G., Vangelo di San Matteo. La proclamazione del Regno dei Cieli: la fase della “semina” (Mt 4,17-13,52) (Biblioteca di Scienze Religiose 195), Roma: Libreria Ateneo Salesiano 2006, pp. 573. rev. B. Estrada, AnTheol 21 (2007) 213-215; G. Pulcinelli, Lat 73/2 (2007) 535-536; A. Rodríguez Carmona, Archivo Teológico Granadino (Granada, Spain) 70 (2007) 326-327 IV. New Testament 52 Hannan M., The Nature and Demands of the Sovereign Rule of God in the Gospel of Matthew (LNTS [JSNT SS] 308), London - New York: T&T Clark 2006, pp. xiv-263 (= abridged version of Diss. Univ. of Queensland 2002): p. 20-42: chap. II: The Message and the Messengers [Mt 3:2; 4:17], p. 43-75: chap. III: Discipleship for the Kingdom of the Heavens [Mt 4:23; 5:3.10.19-20; 6:33; 7:21; 8:11-12; 9:35], p. 76-100: chap. IV: Preparing Labourers for the Harvest [Mt 10:7; 11:11-12; 12:25-28], p. 101-123: chap. V: Knowing the Mysteries of the Kingdom of the Heavens [Mt 13: Parable Discourse], p. 124-152: chap. VI: The Keys of the Kingdom of the Heavens [Mt 16:16.19], p. 153-172: chap. VII: Gaining Status in the Kingdom of the Heavens [Mt 18:1-4.23; 19:12.14.23-24; 20:1-16: Parable of the Laborers in the Vineyard; 20:21], p. 173-193: chap. VIII: The Cost of Rejecting Jesus’ Message Concerning God’s βασιλεία [Mt 21:28-32: Parable of the Two Sons; 21:33-44: Parable of the Wicked Tenants; 22:1-14: Parable of the Marriage; 23:13], p. 194-212: chap. IX: Awaiting the Kingdom of the Father [Mt 24:14; 25:1-13: Parable of the Ten Virgins; 25:34; 26:29], p. 213-229: chap. X: God’s βασιλεία - Good News for the Nations [Implicit and explicit references to the term βασιλεία in Mt 26–28], p. 230-232: Conclusion: βασιλεία - Meaning and Use in the Gospel of Matthew. [IZBG 53,756; NTA 51, p. 566] rev. P.J. Long, Themelios 33 (2008) 81-82; F.J. Moloney, AEJT nr 9 (March 2007) <http://dlibrary.acu.edu.au/research/ theology/ejournal/aejt_9/bookreview.htm>; D. Wenham, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 49-50: «Some of the author’s readings are controversial: she does not see the kingdom as eschatological in Matthew…» (p. 49) Westerholm S., «Dawn of a New Age»: in Id., Understanding Matthew. The Early Christian Worldview of the First Gospel, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2006, pp. 160: p. 81-104 (chap. 5). [NTA 50, p. 602] rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 33/3 (2008) 237; B. Gaventa, ChrCent 123/nr 21 (17 october 2006) 23; A.M. Leske, TorJT 23/2 (2007) 208; D.C. Sim, RevBL 10/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6121_6535.pdf>; C.N. Toney, ATR 89/2 (2007) 338339 Allen M., «The Kingdom in Matthew» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.bible.org/page.php?page_id=12>. Pennington J.T., «The Kingdom of Heaven in the Gospel of Matthew»: SBJT 12 (2008) 44-51 / online: <www.sbts.edu/pdf/sbjt/SBJT_2008Spring5.pdf>. Scaiola D., «Secondo le Scritture. Da un regno all’altro»: PdV 53/4 (2008) 38-43. van Aarde A.G., «“Op die aarde net soos in die hemel”. Matteus se eskatologie as die koninkryk van die hemel wat reeds begin kom het» [“On earth as it is in heaven”: Matthew’s eschatology as the kingdom of heaven that has come]: HTS 64 (2008) 529-565 / online: <www.up.ac.za/dspace/bitstream/2263/ 6238/1/VanAarde_Op%282008%29>. [IZBG 55,735; NTA 53,216] Esbensen M.J., The Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Matthew (Diss. Th.M. Melbourne College of Divinity 2010, pp. vi-158: online: <http://repository.mcd.edu.au/519/1/2010MTheol_Esbensen%2CMJ_Text_The_ Kingdom_of_God_in_the_Gospel_of_Matthew.pdf>). [Utilising insights from Narrative Critisicm, informed by Historical Criticism, this thesis examines the four occurrences of the term “the Kingdom of God” in the Gospel of Matthew: 12:28; 19:24; 21:31 and 21:43. An “Inclusio” is identified, comprised of the section from Mt 12:28 to Mt 21:43] Vadakkedom J., «Proclamation of the Kingdom of Heaven. The Structural Key to the Gospel of Matthew»: BiBh 36 (2010) 3-33. [NTA 55,196] 7. Mark Moore M.A.L., The Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark (Thesis M.A. Religious Studies, University of Calgary 1989, pp. v-165: <https://dspace.ucalgary.ca/handle/1880/21694>). Làconi M., «Il “Regno di Dio” nel Vangelo di Marco»: PdV 41/2 (1996) 31-35. Kato Z., «A Note on the Subject of “Kingdom of God” in the Gospel of Mark»: Shingaku-Kenk 47 (2000) 19-33 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id= ART0000552380>. O’Hara R.P., Economics of the basileia tou Theou in Mark (Diss. Vanderbilt University, Divinity School, Nashville TN 2003, pp. xii-228). Minette de Tillesse C., «Reino de Deus em Marcos»: in Id., Adão escatológico nos quatro Evangelhos (RevBíbB 22. Número especial 1-3), Fortaleza: Nova Jerusalém 2005, pp. 425: p. 394-402. Folkers H., «Der königlich Leidende»: Quatember 72 (2008) 69-81. van Eck E., «Eskatologie en koninkryk in die Markusevangelie» [Eschatology and Kingdom in Mark]: HTS 64 (2008) 567-597 / online: <www.up.ac.za/dspace/bitstream/2263/6244/1/VanEck_Eskatologie%282008 %29>. [IZBG 55,773; NTA 53,251] Clifton Black C., «Mark as Historian of God’s Kingdom»: CBQ 71 (2009) 64-83. [IZBG 55,770; NTA 53,949] IV. New Testament 53 8. Luke (Gospel and Acts) Maurice F.D., The Gospel of the Kingdom of Heaven. A Course of Lectures on the Gospel of St. Luke, London - Cambridge: Macmillan & Co. 1864, pp. xlvii-368 [27 scholarly lectures addresed to a congregation] / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/gospelofkingdomo00mauriala> / reprinted 1879 / 1893 / 1888 / 1899 / Greenwood SC 1977 / Eugene OR 2003, pp. 416. Steer S.M., Eating Bread in the Kingdom of God. The Foodways of Jesus in the Gospel of Luke (Diss. Westminster Theological Seminary 2002). [WestTJ 64 (2002) 196-197] Kannaday W.C., «“Kingdom” (βασιλεία) Language in the Gospel of Luke»: in Id., Apologetic Discourse and the Scribal Tradition. Evidence of the Influence of Apologetic Interests on the Text of the Canonical Gospels (SBL. Text-Critical Studies 5), Atlanta GA: SBL 2004, pp. xiii-274: p. 210215 [Variant Readings in Lk 9:27; 11:2; 12:31; 19:38; 22:29, 30; 23:42]. rev. J.W. Childers, JECS 14 (2006) 118-120; D.M. Gurtner, WestTJ 68 (2006) 152-155; K. Haines-Eitzen, JBL 124/2 (2005) 381-383; RevBL 2/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4353_4359.pdf>; J. Wright Knust, JRel 86 (2006) 671-672 Elvey A.F., An Ecological Feminist Reading of the Gospel of Luke. A Gestational Paradigm (Studies in Women and Religion 45), Lewiston NY etc.: Mellen 2005, pp. xxiii-388 (= rev. Diss. Centre for Women’s Studies and Gender Research, Monash University 1999): 8. The Lukan Basileia. [NTA 50, p. 589] rev. E.V. Dowling, ABR 55 (2007); N. Habel, Australian Religion Studies Review (Sydney, NSW, Australia) 21 (2008) 116-117; R. Park, BCT 4/2 (2008) 38.1-38.2 <www.relegere.org/index.php/bct/article/viewFile/212/195> Borgman P., «Striving to Enter God’s Kingdom – But What of Jerusalem? Luke 13:18-35»: in Id., The Way according to Luke. Hearing the Whole Story of Luke-Acts, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2006, pp. xii-404: p. 203-216 (chap. 13). [NTA 50, p. 587] rev. C.A. Baker, REx 105/4 (2008); N. King. HeyJ 50 (2009) 162; S.H. Ringe, CBQ 69 (2007) 349-350; G.J. Steyn, RevBL 12/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5249_5528.pdf> Pathrapankal J., «The Nazareth Manifesto in the Evangelizing Mission of Jesus»: IndTS 43/3-4 (2006) 291-308 [Lk 4:16-30]. [NTA 51,1020] Ziccardi C.A., The Relationship of Jesus and the Kingdom of God according to Luke-Acts (Tesi Gregoriana. Serie Teologia 165), Roma: Editrice Pontificia Università Gregoriana 2008, pp. 580 (= Diss. Facoltà di Teologia PU Gregoriana, Roma 2008): p. 37-94: I: The Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus Expressed by Grammatical Coordination, p. 95-148: II: The Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus Indicated by Their Connection in Unitary Contexts, p. 149-162: III: The Significance of Narrative Placement for the Emergence of the Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus, p. 163-264: IV: The Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus in Part I of the Introduction to Luke-Acts (Luke 1–2); p. 265-374: V: The Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus in Part II of the Introduction to Luke-Acts (Luke 3–4), p. 375-496: VI: The Relationship of the Kingdom of God and Jesus in Various Pericopes and Segments of the Gospel. [NTA 53, p. 585] rev. J.L. Caballero, EstBíb 67/4 (2010) 713-715; J.B. Green, RevBL 8/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7014_7615.pdf>: «I am unsure whether this more full investigation might have merited the half-thousand pages of exegesis on offer in the present incarnation of this study»; H. Klein, ThLZ 134 (2009) cols 1212-1214: «Das Buch ist ein Musterbeispiel der Arbeit eines systematisch begabten Exegeten…» (col. 1214); N. Siffer, RTLouv 41/3 (2010) 421-423; J. Taylor, RB 117 (2010) 155; D. Wenham, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 60-61 Bieliński K., «Formacja cierpliwego głosiciela królestwa Bożego na podstawie historii ewangelizacji Samarytan w podwójnym dziele św. Łukasza» [Shaping up a Patient Evangelizer of the Kingdom of God according to the History of Evangelization of the Samaritans in Luke-Acts]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 81-92 (-92: German Summary). [Evangelizing the Kingdom / Discipleship] Chrupcała L.D., «The Law and the Kingdom of God in the Soteriology of St Luke»: Malabar Theological Review (Kunnoth, Kerala, India) 4/2 (2009) 117-150 [Lk 16:16-17; 18:18-30; Acts 28:23]. [Law] Corsani B., «Il Regno di Dio negli scritti lucani. Problemi di traduzione»: in De Virgilio - Ferrari (ed.), «Lingue come di fuoco» (At 2, 3), p. 213-224. [Translation] Segalla G., «La memoria di Gesù in Luca tra la sua tragica morte e il compimento nel regno»: in De Virgilio - Ferrari (ed.), «Lingue come di fuoco» (At 2, 3), p. 231-245. Vialle C., «L’Écriture s’accomplit, le Royaume de Dieu est proche. Une lecture d’Actes 8»: in J. Vermeylen (ed.), Le prophètes de la Bible et la fin des temps. XXIIIe congrès de l’Association catholique française pour l’étude de la Bible (Lille, 2009) (LD 240), Paris: Cerf 2010, pp. 412: p. 377-389. Salmeier M.A., Restoring the Kingdom. The Role of God as the “Ordainer of Times and Seasons” in the Acts of the Apostles (PTMS 165), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2011, pp. xii-212: p. 79-108: chap. 4: The King IV. New Testament 54 Who Establishes and Restores Israel’s King, p. 109-163: chap. 5: The King who Establishes His People. [Restoration of Israel] rev. R.I. Pervo, RevBL 4/2012 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/8269_9042.pdf>: «The driving force of the work comes from Jesus’ reply to his followers’ inquiry whether he is about to restore the kingdom to Israel (Acts 1:6–8) […] With most, Salmeier views the eschatology of Acts as both present and future (although he does not take up the relation of kingdom to church) […] his reflections on the restoration of the kingdom remain close to the surface» Thompson A.J., The Acts of the Risen Lord Jesus. Luke’s Account of God’s Unfolding Plan (New Studies in Biblical Theology 27), Nottingham, U.K.: Apollos - Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2011, pp. 232: p. 29-70: chap. 1: Living ‘between the times’: the kingdom of God, p. 103-124: chap. 3: Israel and the Gentiles: the kingdom and God’s promises of restoration, p. 126-128: The kingdom of God and the promised eschatological gift of the Spirit. [Restoration of Israel] rev. T.R. Schreiner, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 517-519: «According to Thompson, the book of Acts unfolds the fulfillment of God’s saving purposes. Specifically, the sovereignty and kingdom of God take center stage in Acts. Thompson maintains that Acts is a book about the risen Christ, who exercises his reign at the right hand of the Father. Jesus is returning to complete God’s sovereign purposes, but in the interval between the inauguration and consummation of the kingdom, he rules from heaven» (p. 517) [Journey Section] von Bendemann R., Zwischen ΔΟΞΑ und ΣΤΑΥΡΟΣ. Eine exegetische Untersuchung der Texte des sogennanten Reiseberichts im Lukasevangelium (BZNW 101), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2001, pp. xvi-512 (= rev. Diss. Hab. Rheinisch Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn 1999): p. 163170: Enzyklopädie des Unheils. Zur narrativ-summarischen Funktion von Lk 19,11-27, p. 240-262: Die Nähe der βασιλεία, die Zukunft des Gerichts und die Desiderate der Gegenwart (Lk 17,20-18,30), p. 288-290: Der andere Baum (Lk 13,18-21), p. 324-328: Das Gleichnis vom ›großen Mahl‹ (Lk 14,15-24)p. 340-343: Zur erzählerischen Funktion von Lk 16,16-18 im lukanischen Kontext. rev. D. Gerber, RHPR 83 (2003) 240; M. Oehler, RevBL 8/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1416_931.pdf>; JBL 123 (2004); E. Reinmuth, ThLZ 127 (2002) cols 171-173 9. John (Gospel and Revelation) Caragounis C.C., «Ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ in Johannine and Synoptic Tradition»: in Galanis et alii (ed.), Διακονία, p. 161-174. Kügler J., «“Meine Königsherrschaft ist nicht von dieser Welt!” (Joh 18,36). Zur Veränderung der Gottesreich-Botschaft im Johannesevangelium»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 94-97. [IZBG 54,900; NTA 52,293] Mincato R., «Escatologia no Quarto Evangelho: o Reino já chegou»: EstudosB nr 93 (2007) 51-58. [Revelation] Sansi S., Il Regno di Cristo nel passato, presente e futuro della vita della Chiesa secondo l’Apocalisse, Roma: Desclée-Lefebvre 1899, vol. I: pp. 343; vol. II: pp. 397. Letseli T.L., The Kingship of God as a theological motif in the hymns of the Apocalypse of John (Diss. Rand Afrikaans University, Johannesburg 2001; online: <http://ujdigispace.uj.ac.za:8080/dspace/handle/ 10210/202>). Herms R., «Chap. 4: Universal Traditions in the Book of Revelation. 5: ‘The Kings of the Earth’»: in Id., An Apocalypse for the Church and for the World. The Narrative Function of Universal Language in the Book of Revelation (BZNW 143), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2006, pp. xv-299: p. 197253 (p. 208-217: Rev 1:5; p. 234-235: Rev 17:14; 19:16). [NTA 51, p. 399-400] rev. D.L. Barr, RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6046_6446.pdf>; R. Dalrymple, JETS 51/2 (2008) 421-423 Mitescu A., «Appunti sul lessico liturgico giudaico-cristiano dell’Apocalisse di Giovanni di Patmos. 2: Le Middot del Tempio e del Regno di Dio»: Teresianum 57/2 (2006) 567-598. [NTA 51,1219] De Petris A., Riletture dell’Apocalisse. Riconsiderazioni sull’idea del Regno (Accademia Toscana di Scienze e Lettere “La Colombaria”. Studi 236), Firenze: Olschki 2007, pp. xii-183. rev. A. Izquierdo, Ecclesia 22/3-4 (2008) 468-469 <www.upra.org/archivio_pdf/ec83-recensiones.pdf> Pedroli L., «II regno di Dio nell’Apocalisse»: DSBP vol. 57 (2011) 248-289. 10. Paul Kennedy H.A.A., «St. Paul’s Conception of the Consummation of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., St. Paul’s Conceptions of the Last Things (Cunningham Lectures 1904), London: Hodder & Stoughton 1904, pp. xx-370 (chap. 6) / New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son 19042 / reprint Whitefish IV. New Testament 55 MT: Kessinger 2007. [author’s presentation, PrincThRev 3 (1905) 483-487 / online: <www.biblicaltheology.org/ 1905_5.pdf>] rev. S. Mathews, JRel 9 (1905) 343-345; E.E. Nourse, BW 25/3 (1905) 235-236 Hvalvik R., «Begrepet “Guds rike” hos Paulus, Johannes og de apostoliske fedre» [The term “Kingdom of God” by Paul, John and Apostolic Fathers]: UngT 11 (1978) 39-49. Lie V., «Forkynner Jesus og Paulus det same evangeliet?» [Proclaim Jesus and Paul the same gospel?]: UngT 34/2 (2001) 106-109. Kee H.C., «Excursus 7: The Kingdom of God in the Pauline Letters»: in Id., The Beginnings of Christianity. An Introduction to the New Testament, New York - London: T&T Clark 2005, pp. vii-502: p. 483-484. [NTA 50, p. 379] Fotopoulos J., «“The Kingdom of God”: Paul the Apostle’s Perilous Proclamation»: in A. Papanikolaou E.H. Prodromou (ed.), Thinking Through Faith. New Perspectives from Orthodox Christian Scholars (The Zacchaeus Venture Series 1), Crestwood NY: St. Vladimir’s Seminary 2008, pp. 376: p. 19-42. Pérez-Cotapos Larraín E., «Las urgencias del reino en San Pablo»: Servicio. Revista de pastoral de la Iglesia en Chile (Santiago de Chile) nr 289 (Noviembre 2008) 28-35. Vickers B.J., «The Kingdom of God in Paul’s Gospel»: SBJT 12 (2008) 52-67 / online: <www.sbts.edu/documents/sbjt/SBJT_2008Spring5.pdf>. Rosell De Almeida C.A., «El reino de Dios en San Pablo»: RevTeolLim 43 (2009) 107-124 [Inaugural lecture, Facultad de Teología Pontificia y Civil de Lima, 11 March 2009]. Schwindt R., «Die Erwartung eschatologisher Mitherrschaft der Erlosten bei Paulus»: EphTL 85 (2009) 23-45. [IZBG 56,1838] Witczyk H., «Pawłowa ewangelia o Chrystusie Panu odejściem od Jezusowej ewangelii o królestwie Bożym?» [Is the Paul’s Gospel of the Lord Jesus different from the Jesus’ Gospel of the Kingdom of God?]: in M. Bednarz - P. Łabuda (ed.), Orędzie Pawłowe - aktualne jeszcze dzisiaj? Poznać, aby iść śladem nauki, sposobu życia (W Kręgu Słowa 7), Tarnów: Biblos 2009, pp. 187 [in Polish]. Given M.D., «Paul and Rhetoric: A Sophos in the Kingdom of God»: in Id. (ed.), Paul Unbound. Other Perspectives on the Apostle, Peabody MA: Hendrickson 2010, pp. xiv-210: p. 175-200. [NTA 54, p. 389] rev. BibTod 48 (2010) 51; J.C. Meyer, Themelios 35/2 (2010) 295-297; C.B. Zeichmann, TorJT 27 (2011) 112-113 Gombis T.G., «The Cross and the Spirit: Life as the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Paul: A Guide for the Perplexed, London - New York: T&T Clark 2010, pp. x-156: p. 62-78 (chap. 4). [NTA 55, p. 170] [Life] Pitta A., «II regno di Dio nell’epistolario del Nuovo Testamento»: DSBP vol. 57 (2011) 225-247. 11. Letter to the Hebrews Floor L., «Die koninkryk van God en die vernuwing van die samelewing volgens die Hebreërbrief»: Skriflig 6/nr 22 (1972). DeSilva D.A., «Entering God’s rest: Eschatology and the socio-rhetorical strategy of Hebrews»: TrinJ 21 (2000) 25-43. Eisele W., Ein unerschütterliches Reich. Die mittelplatonische Umformung des Parusiegedankes in Hebräerbrief (BZNW 116), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2003, pp. xvii-547 (= rev. Diss. Eberhard-Karl-Univ., Tübingen 2001). rev. K. Backhaus, ThRev 101 (2005) cols 38-40; C.P. Gray, RevBL 2/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4687_4797.pdf>; K. Schenck, CBQ 67 (2005) 140-141 Malina A., «„Otrzymujący królestwo” (Hbr 12,28). Chrześcijanie wobec panowania Bożego według Listu do Hebrajczyków» [“The Ones Who are Receiving the Kingdom” (Heb 12:28). Christians and the Rule of God According to the Letter to the Hebrews]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 99-107 (-108: Italian Summary) [Heb 1:5-12; 7:1-2; 12:27-28]. Richir D., «Le repos de Roi: L’êpître aux Hébreux à la lumière du royaume»: Théologie évangélique (Vaux-sur-Seine - Montreal, Canada) 10/2 (2011) 133-157 [Heb 1–4]. [NTA 56,387] IV. New Testament 56 12. Gospel of Thomas Groenewald E.P., «Die Koninkryk van God volgens die Evangelie van Thomas»: Tydskrif vir Geesteswetenskappe: Journal of Humanities. Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns (Pretoria, S. Africa) 1 (1961) 59-66. Alcalá M., El Evangelio copto de Tomás. Palabras ocultas de Jesús (Biblioteca de Estudios Bíblicos 65), Salamanca: Sígueme 1989, pp. 113. rev. M. García Cordero, CTom 116 (1989) 624-625 Scovmand M.A., «How to “Find” and “Enter” the Kingdom in the Gospel of Thomas Reviewed in the Light of Similar Traditions in the Gospel of Mary»: American Academy of Religion / Society of Biblical Literature Abstracts (Nashville TN) (1996) 351. Weidmann F.W., «The Kingdom on Earth: Mission, Millennialism, Metaphysics, and the Gospel of Thomas 113»: American Academy of Religion / Society of Biblical Literature Abstracts (Nashville TN) (1998) 412. Baarda T., «“Blessed Are the Poor…”. Concerning the Provenance of Logion 54 in “Thomas”»: in W. Kappeler (ed.), Essays in Honour of Frederik Wisse, Scholar, Churchman, Mentor, Montréal: McGill University 2005 (ARC: The Journal of the Faculty of Religious Studies 33 [2005]) 32-51. [Mt 5:3//Lk 6:20b and GTh 54] DeConick A.D., The Original Gospel of Thomas in Translation. With a Commentary and New English Translation of the Complete Gospel (Early Christianity in Context / LNTS [JSNT SS] 287), London - New York: T&T Clark 2006, pp. xv-359. [IZBG 54,1200; NTA 51, p. 418; 53,1461r; 52, p. 197] rev. T. Burke, BTB 39/2 (2009) 109-110; D. Cozby, CBQ 70 (2008) 144-145; P. Foster, ExpT 118 (2007) 460; C. Gianotto, «Étude critique : La formation de l’Évangile selon Thomas. À propos d’une étude récente»: Apoc 18 (2007) 297-307; R. Gounelle, RHPR 87 (2007) 347; B.A. Pearson, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 147; Nicholas Perrin, BBR 18 (2008) 181-182; 19/2 (2009) 307-308; N.H. Taylor, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 119-120; S. Witetschek, RevBL 5/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/ 5655_6238.pdf>; B. Zuiddam, Neotest 44 (2010) 178-180 Kvalbein H., «The Kingdom of the Father in the Gospel of Thomas»: in J. Fotopoulos (ed.), The New Testament and Early Christian Literature in Greco-Roman Context. Studies in Honor of David E. Aune (NovT SS 122), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2006, pp. xv-468: p. 203-228. [IZBG 53,1204; NTA 51, p. 155] rev. F.W. Burnett, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 192; M. Labahn, RevBL 3/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5899_6259.pdf>; K.-W. Niebuhr, RevBL 3/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5899_6421.pdf> Price R.M., «The Purloined Kingdom»: Fourth 19/5 (2006) 11-13, 20 [GTh 5]. [NTA 51,748] Bovon F., «Les sentences propres à Luc dans l’Évangile selon Thomas»: in Painchaud - Poirier (ed.), Colloque international, p. 43-58: p. 46-47: EvTh 3 // Lc 17,20-21. Heininger B., «Das „Königreich des Vaters”. Zur Rezeption der Basileiaverkündigung Jesu im Thomasevangelium»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 98-101. [IZBG 54,1199; NTA 52,743] Plisch U.-K., Das Thomasevangelium. Originaltext mit Kommentar, Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft 2007, pp. 299 | trans. English: The Gospel of Thomas. Original Text with Commentary, Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft 2008, pp. 281. rev. W. Eisele, ThQ 188 (2008) 154-158; E. Thomassen, ZAC 15/2 (2011) 360-361 / S.E. Doherty, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 137138; P. Foster, ExpT 121/7 (2010) 370; T. Nicklas, RevBL 3/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6592_7137.pdf>; C. Tuckett, RevBL 10/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6592_7138.pdf> Eisele W., «Ziehen, Führen und Verführen: Eine begriffs- und motivgeschichtliche Untersuchung zu EvThom 3,1»: in Frey et alii (ed.), Das Thomasevangelium, p. 381-415 [GTh 3; 113//Lk 17:20-21; POxy 654]. Pokorný P., «Die Eschatologie des Thomasevangeliums»: ZAC 13 (2009) 48-54. [IZBG 55,1190; NTA 54,747] [Realized Eschatology] Pokorný P., A Commentary on the Gospel of Thomas. From Interpretations to the Interpreted (Jewish and Christian Texts in Contexts and Related Studies 5), London - New York: T&T Clark 2009, pp. xii-177. [NTA 55, p. 428] rev. M. Meyer, CBQ 72 (2010) 158-159; B.A. Pearson, RelSR 36 (2010) 79 Eisele W., «EvThom 3: Das Reich Gottes und die Erkenntnis der Jünger»: in Id., Welcher Thomas? Studien zur Text- und Überlieferungsgeschichte des Thomasevangeliums (WUNT 259), Tübingen: IV. New Testament 57 Mohr Siebeck 2010, pp. xii-308 (= Diss. Hab. Eberhard-Karls-Universität, Tübingen 2010): p. 99130. [NTA 55, p. 411] rev. B.A. Pearson, RelSR 37/3 (2011) 217; R. Vicent, Sal 74 (2012) 172-173 13. Oxyrhynchus Papyri Painchaud L., «A Tale of Two Kingdoms. The Mysteries of the ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΑ in the Gospel of Judas»: RivStLettRel 44/3 (2008) 637-653. [Gnosis] V. Parables 1. Jewish Setting of the Parables of Jesus Stern F., A Rabbi Looks at Jesus’ Parables, Lanham MD - Oxford: Rowman & Littlefield 2006, pp. viii293: p. 56-71: chap. 5. The Parable of the Wheat and the Weeds (Matthew 13:24-30; 36-43), p. 72-105: chap. 6. Other Parables About the Kingdom of God [Mt 13:31-52], p. 106-143: chap. 7. More Parables About the Kingdom of God [p. 129-143: Mk 4:26-29], p. 146-152 [Mt 20:1-15], p. 167-173 [Mt 21:33-41//], p. 194-196 [Mt 18:23-34], p. 225-236 [Mt 22:1-10.11-14], p. 237-241 [Lk 14:16-24], p. 242-248 [Mt 25:1-12], p. 263-267 [Mt 21:28-31]. [NTA 50, p. 600] rev. G. Balfour, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 44; I. Himbaza, RevBL 12/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5148_5417.pdf>; M. Moss, SCJ 10/2 (2007) 307-308 2. History of Interpretation Plummer R.L., «Parables in the Gospels: History of Interpretation and Hermeneutical Guidelines»: SBJT 13/3 (2009) 4-11 / online: <www.sbts.edu/resources/files/2009/10/sbjt_v13_n3_plummer.pdf>. Mell U., «Die neutestamentliche Gleichnisforschung 100 Jahre nach Adolf Jülicher»: ThR 76 (2011) 3781. [NTA 55,1637] a) Patristic Wilmart A., «Un anomyme ancien De X virginibus»: Bulletin d’ancienne littérature d’archéologie chrétiennes (Paris, France) 1 (1911) 35-49; 88-102. [Text, introduction and critical notes of one manuscript of the Vetus Latina] Marin M., «La parabola delle vergini da Origene ai Cappadoci, in Origene e l’alessandrinismo cappadoce (III-IV secolo)»: in M. Girardi - M. Marin (ed.), Atti del V Convegno del Gruppo Italiano di Ricerca su «Origene e la Tradizione Alessandrina» (Bari, 20-22 settembre 2000) (Quaderni di VetChr 28), Bari: Edipuglia 2002, pp. 388: p. 243-254 [The parable of Mt 25:1-13 in Origenes, Basil of Caesarea, Gregory of Nazianzus, Gregory of Nissa]. [Origenes ca. 185-253/54] Monaci A.[Adele], «L’interpretazione origeniana di Mc 4,10-12: aspetti e problemi della difesa del libero arbitrio»: in L. Perrone (ed.), Il cuore indurito del Faraone. Origene e il problema del libero arbitrio (Origini 3), Genova: Marietti 1992, pp. ix-151: p. 85-104. Kaczmarek S., Darowanie win. Orygenesowa egzegeza przypowieści o nielitościwym dłużniku (Mt 18, 23-25) i wezwania Modlitwy Pańskiej (Mt 6, 12; Łk 11, 4) wraz z jej uzupełnieniem (Mt 6, 14-15) [The forgiveness of faults. Origenes’ exegesis of the parable of the Unmerciful Servant (Mt 18:2324) and the Lord’s Prayer petition (Mt 6:12; Lk 11:4) together with his supplement (Mt 18:2324)], Kraków: Wydawnictwo Naukowe PAT 2005, pp. 341 [in Polish]. rev. M. Szram, VoxP 24/vols 46-47 (2004) 646-650 / <www.voxpatrum.pl/recenzje/vox%2046-47/rec3.pdf> Maritano M. - dal Covolo E. (ed.), Le parabole del regno nel Commento a Matteo. Lettura origeniana (Nuova Biblioteca di Scienze Religiose 19), Roma: LAS 2009, pp. 111: p. 9-16: «Le parabole del tesoro e della perla (Mt 13,44-49)» [M. Simonetti], p. 17-32: «La parabola della rete e lo scriba del regno dei cieli (Mt 13,47-52)» [G. Bendinelli], p. 33-52: «La parabola dei due debitori (Mt 18,21-35)» [R. Scognamiglio], p. 53-74: «La parabola degli operai nella vigna (Mt 20,1-16)» [F. Cocchini] p. 75-104: «La parabola degli invitati al banchetto (Mt 22,1-14)» [M.C. Pennacchio]. rev. R. Sanz Valdivieso, Carthag 26/nr 50 (2010) 445-447 Cyprian of Carthage (ca. 200-258) Gounelle R., «La parabole des mines (Lc 19, 12-27) dans le “De centesima” pseudo-cyprianique»: Annali di scienze religiose (Milano, Italy) NS 3 (2010) 127-160. [John Chrysostom ca. 347-407] Zincone S., «L’esegesi crisostomiana di Mt. 18,23-35»: in Ad contemplandam sapientiam. Studi di filologia letteratura storia in memoriam di Sandro Leanza, Soveria Mannelli (Catanzaro): Rubbettino 2004, pp. xiii-599: p. 697-703. [Augustine of Hippo 354-430] Bertalot S., La parabole du bon grain et de l’ivraie dans la pensée de Saint Augustin (Les Confessions La Cité de Dieu) (Diss. Bordeaux Univ. 2000, pp. 506). V. Parables 59 [Pseudo-Ephrem, beginning of IV century] Bundy D., «The Anti-Marcionite Commentary on the Lucan Parables (Pseudo-Ephrem A). Images in Tension»: Mus 103/1-2 (1990) 111-123. [BullSignal 45,1654] [Narsai of Nisibis ca. 410/15-502] Nin M., «L’omelia sulle dieci vergini (Mt 25,1-13) di Narsai di Edessa»: in E. Vergani - S. Chialà (ed.), Storia, cristologia e tradizioni della Chiesa Siro-orientale. Atti del 3º Incontro sull’Oriente Cristiano di tradizione siriaca, Milano, Biblioteca Ambrosiana, 14 maggio 2004 (Ecumenismo e Dialogo 3), Milano: Centro Ambrosiano 2006, pp. 159: p. 115-129. [Narsai of Edessa (or Nisibis), assyrian (nestorian) writer and theologian] b) Middle Ages [Bernardin of Siena 1380-1444] Conti M., «La Sacra Scrittura nella predicazione di san Bernardino»: Ant 55 (1980) 549-572: p. 555-559: L’esegesi patristico-medievale della parabola delle dieci vergini [Mt 25:1-12], p. 560-562: L’interpretazione bernardiniana della parabola delle dieci vergini, p. 562-565: L’interpretazione moderna della parabola delle dieci vergini, p. 565-568: La parabola delle dieci vergini e l’ignoranza [Mt 25:12]. [IZBG 28,1989] c) Modern Period Laughrey G.J., «Reading Jesus’ Parables According to J.D. Crossan and P. Ricoeur»: EurJT 8/2 (1999) 145-154. Locker M., «Von Gleichnissen und Systemen»: Biblisches Forum. Zeitschrift für Theologie aus biblischer Perspektive 2004: in electronic resource: <www.bibfor.de/archiv/04.locker.htm>. Neubrand M., «Und Jesus sprach in Gleichnissen…»: in Stettberger (ed.), Was die Bibel mir erzählt, p. 89-99 [A. Jülicher, J. Weiss, J. Jeremias, H. Weder, W. Harnisch, I. Baldermann]. [IZBG 52,745] Hultgren A.J., «Interpreting the Parables of Jesus. Giving Voice to Their Theological Significance»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 631-640. 3. Gospel of Thomas and Gnosis Czire S., «Az irodalmi függőség kérdése Tamás evangéliuma és a szinoptikusok között a közös példázatok tükrében» [The Problem of Literary Dependence between the Gospel of Thomas and Synoptics, on the Basis of the Parables]: KerMag 110/2 (2004) 105-139 [in Hungarian]. Patterson S.J., «The Parable of the Catch of Fish: A Brief History (On Matthew 13:47-50 and the Gospel of Thom 8)»: in Painchaud - Poirier (ed.), Colloque international, p. 363-376. van Eck E., «The tenants in the vineyard (GThom 65/Mark 12:1-12). A realistic and socialscientific reading»: HTS 63/3 (2007) 909-936. [IZBG 54,1201; NTA 52,2099] Martins dos Santos M., «A parábola dos vinhateiros homicidas. Evolução literária»: in Aguilar Chiu (ed.), Bible et Terre Sainte, p. 199-205 [GTh 65//Mt 21:33-44]. Pavelčík J., «Vzdorovití vinári v Tomášovom evanjeliu. Porovnanie so synoptikmi» [Rebellious Vinedressers in the Gospel of Thomas. A Comparison with Synoptic Parallels]: ST 10/2(32) (2008) 2649 [in Slovak]. [Mt 21:33-44 //GTh 65] [The parable about rebellious vinedressers in the GTh 65 has parallels in all three synoptic gospels. We tried to compare them and to interpret their mutual relationship which can be formulated as follows: author (or redactor) of the GTh shows a knowledge of versions of this parable in the Gospel of Matthew and of Luke. He utilized their terminology, retained the elementary narrative structure of the story, which he adapted in accordance with his theological purpose and view as it is presented in the GTh as whole] Sterling G.E., «“Where Two or Three are Gathered”. The Tradition History of the Parable of the Banquet (Matt 22:1-14/Luke 14:16-24/GThom 64»: in Frey et alii (ed.), Das Thomasevangelium, p. 95-121. van Eck E., «Jesus en geweld: Markus 12:1-12 (en par) en Thomas 65» [Jesus and violence: Mark 12:112 (and par) and Thomas 65]: HTS 64/4 (2008) 1735-1765. [IZBG 55,789; NTA 53,1667] [Violence] Schottroff L., «The Kingdom of God Is Not Like You Were Made to Believe: Reading Parables in the Context of Germany and Western Europe»: in A.F. Botta - P.R. Andiñach (ed.), The Bible and the Hermeneutics of Liberation (SBL. Semeia Studies 59), Atlanta GA: SBL 2009, pp. xii-259: p. 169-179. [NTA 54, p. 356] rev. J. Draper, RevBL 6/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7294_7940.pdf>; H.S. Pyper, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 8 V. Parables 60 Pavelčík J., «Podobenstvo o vytrhaní kúkol’av Tomášovom evanjeliu» [The Parable of the Tares and the Gospel of Thomas]: ST 12/1(39) (2010) 1-20 [in Slovak]. [Mt 13:24-30//GTh 57] [The parable about pulling up the tares in the GTh 57 is interpreted in the literary and theological context of this gospel and compared with its parallel in the Gospel according to Matthew. The tares/weeds can represent those who did not reach a true understanding of the Father’s kingdom and so they could not enter it. In the GTh the phrase “the day of the harvest” is not to be understood apocalyptically or eschatologically; it confirms and emphasizes the radical and definitive fate of those people without true knowledge and it also points to the essential relevance of the understanding of the kingdom already present in the world. Comparison with Matthew’s parallel has shown that the author of GTh knew and took over the canonical version; modifying it, he placed emphasis on pulling up the tares/weeds] Pavelčík J., «Podobenstvo o poklade v poli. Tomášovo evanjelium, Logion 109» [The Parable of the Treasure in the Field. Gospel of Thomas, Logion 109]: StBiSl 2/1 (2010) 14-54 (55: English Summary). [Mt 13:44] Pavelčík J., Tri podobenstvá z Tomášovho evanjelia [Three parables of the Gospel of Thomas] (Scientia 6), České Budějovice: Jihočeská univerzita v Českých Budějovicích 2010, pp. 98: p. 32-45: II: Podobenstvo o horčičnom zrnku [GTh 20//Mt 13:31-32; Mk 4:30-32; Lk 13:18-19; GTh 96//Mt 13:33; Lk 13:20-21], p. 46-78: III: Podobenstvo o pánovi vinice a vzdorovitých vinároch [GTh 65//Mt 21:33-44; Mk 12:1-12; Lk 20:9-19] [in Slovak]. [Secret Gospel of Mark] Rau E., «Zwischen Gemeindechristentum und christlicher Gnosis. Das geheimen Markusevangelium und das Geheimnis des Reiches Gottes»: NTS 51 (2005) 482-505. [IZBG 52,1180; NTA 50,1478] Rau E., «Das Geheimnis des Reiches Gottes. Die esoterische Rezeption der Lehre Jesu im geheimen Markusevangelium»: in J. Frey et alii (ed.), Jesus in apokryphen Evangelienüberlieferungen. Beiträge zu außerkanonischen Jesusüberlieferungen aus verschiedenen Sprach- und Kulturtraditionen (WUNT 254), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2010, pp. xi-798: p. 187-221. [NTA 55, p. 194] rev. J.K. Elliott, ThLZ 136/4 (2011) cols 402-403; C. Grappe, RHPR 90/2 (2010) 295-296; 91/3 (2011) 446-447; C. Stenschke, SHE 36/2 (2010) 4. General Commentaries and Introductions (Select Studies) Cantley M.J., The Enchantment of the Parables, Staten Island NY: Society of St. Paul 2010, pp. xxxi296. [NTA 55, p. 372; BibTod 49/5 (2011) 327] 5. Parables and the Kingdom of God Hiroishi N., «Basileia Gottes und die Gleichnisreden Jesu. Ein Versuch der Verhältnisbestimmung»: The Journal of Global and Inter-cultural Studies (Ferris University, Yokohama, Japan) 4 (2002) 57-29 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id= ART0000364625>. Alegre Santamaría X., «El Reino de Dios y las parábolas en Marcos» [Universidad de Cantabria, Conference 22/XI/2005]: pp. 19 in electronic resource: <http://www.unican.es/NR/rdonlyres/1D6DCA4F-41184F4D-934B-02A9DE06C011/25169/ElReinodeDiosylasParbolas.pdf> = SelecT 46/nr 184 (2007) 243-254. Jaromin J., Wartość Królestwa Bożego w przypowieściach Ewangelii synoptycznych. Studium lingwistyczno-egzegetyczne [The Value of Kingdom of God in the Synoptic Gospels’ Parables. Linguisticexegetical Study] (Bibliotheca Biblica), Wrocław: Tum Wydawnictwo Wrocławskiej Księgarni Archidiecezjalnej 2008, pp. 216 (= Diss. Uniwersytet Opolski, Opole 2006, pp. 242) [in Polish]. [Mt 13:44; Mt 13:45-46; Lk 19:11-27//Mt 25:14-30] rev. P. Sutowicz, Perspectiva. Legnickie Studia Teologiczno-Historyczne (Legnica, Poland) 7/nr 12 (1/2008) 301-303 / <www.perspectiva.pl/perspectiva_LSTH_pdf/pdf/p12/19recenzje.pdf> Schottroff L., «„Der Sommer ist nache” (Mk 13,28). Eschatologische Gleichnisauslegung»: BiKi 63/2 (2008) 72-75. [NTA 53,205] Crossan J.D., «The Kingdom of God: The Challenge of Collaboration»: in Id., The Power of Parable: How Fiction by Jesus Became Fiction about Jesus, New York: HarperOne 2012, pp. x-259: p. 113-140 (chap. 6). 6. «Parables of the Kingdom»: General Studies Wulf F., «Betrachtungen über die Gleichnisse vom Himmelreich»: GuL 30 (1957) 67-72. Barreto A.D., O anúncio do reino de Deus. Reflexões sobre as parábolas, Petrópolis: Vozes 19743, pp. 126. V. Parables 61 Djaballah A., Les paraboles aujourd’hui. Visages de Dieu et images du Royaume (Sentier), Québec: La Clairière 1994, pp. 343. rev. McT. Wall, BaptRevTh 8 (1998) 107-108: «Les paraboles ont pour fonction de véhiculer des “visages de Dieu et images du Royaume” que Jésus voulait dévoiler» (p. 107) Cardon de Lichtbuer P., Paraboles du Royaume. Jésus nous révèle Dieu, Bukavu (RDC/Zaire): KivuPresses [1997], pp. 675. Freye A., Die Gottesherrschaft in der Verkündigung Jesu. Studienarbeit [Hauptseminararbeit: MartinLuther-Universität Halle], München: Grin Verlag 2006, pp. 22 [see: <www.grin.com/de/preview/57214. html>]. [Mt 13:24-30; Mt 13:44-46; Mt 13:47-50; Mk 4:26-29; Mk 4:30-32] Duponcheele J., Les paraboles qui parlent de Dieu. Essai d’exégèse fiduciale et trinitaire (Théologies), Paris: Cerf 2010, pp. 375: p. 152-244: Les paraboles d’annonce et d’accueil du Royaume, p. 245-358: Les paraboles sur l’idée à se faire du Royaume éternel. [NTA 55, p. 374] 7. Q Source Labahn M., «Das Reich Gottes und seine performativen Abbildungen. Gleichnisse, Parabeln und Bilder als Handlungsmodelle im Dokument Q»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 259-282. 8. Synoptics Schmithals W., «The Parabolic Teachings in the Synoptic Gospels»: The Journal of Higher Criticism 4/2 (Fall 1997) 3-32 / online: <www.depts.drew.edu/jhc>. [NTA 43,149] Tsai M., «Two Story Parables of the Kingdom of God in the Synoptic Gospels: An Exegetical Method»: Chung-Wai Literary Monthly (Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, National Taiwan University) 33/nr 10 (2005): «Literary Studies and Biblical Tradition: 28th National Conference on Comparative Literature» [in Mandarin Chinese]. Smith D.E. - Williams M.E. (ed.), The Parables of Jesus (Storyteller’s Companion to the Bible 11), Nashville TN: Abingdon - Alban Books 2006, pp. 175 [Mk 4:30-32//; Mt 21:33-44//; Mt 22:1-14; Lk 14:1524]. [NTA 51, p. 174] Wojciechowski M., Przypowieści dla nas [The Parables for Us], Częstochowa: Edycja Świętego Pawła 2006, pp. 160 [in Polish]. [NTA 51, p. 574] Getty-Sullivan M.A., Parables of the Kingdom. Jesus and the Use of Parables in the Synoptic Tradition, Collegeville MN: Liturgical Press 2007, pp. viii-191 | trans. French: Les paraboles du Royaume. Jésus et le rôle des paraboles dans la tradition synoptique (LB 165), Paris: Cerf 2010, pp. 281. [NTA 52, p. 585; 55, p. 158] rev. T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 197; D. Senior, BibTod 46/3 (2008) 200-201; D.O. Via, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6577_7122.pdf> / J.-Ph. Kaefer, RTLouv 42/3 (2011) 442-443; F. Martínez Fresneda, Carthag 27/nr 52 (2011) 479-480 Battaglia O., Le parabole escatologiche. La speranza che non delude (Orizzonti biblici), Assisi: Cittadella 2007, pp. 276. rev. D. Scaiola, CivCatt 160 (2009) 308-310 Snodgrass K.R., Stories with Intent. A Comprehensive Guide to the Parables of Jesus, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xviii-846. [NTA 52, p. 593] rev. C.L. Blomberg, BBR 19/4 (2009) 614-616; C. Focant, EphTL 85 (2009) 177-179; C. Fortune, ScripB 38/2 (2008) 109111; P. Foster, ExpT 119/8 (2008) 393; T. Hägerland, SEÅ 75 (2010) 238-240; K. Iverson, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 47; E. KeeFook Chia, TS 70 (2009) 200-202; T.L. Morgan, TSR 30 (2009) 56-57; Nicholas Perrin, HorBT 32 (2010) 123-127; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 195; J.E. Rosscup, MasterSemJ 19 (2008) 136-138; E. van Eck, RevBL 10/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6403_6901.pdf>; D. Wenham, Themelios 33/2 (2008) 85-87 9. Matthew Borghi E., Il cuore della giustizia. Vivere il vangelo secondo Matteo (Cammini nello spirito), (introd. G. Segalla), Milano: Paoline 2001, pp. 280: p. 118-146: 5. I conti dell’amore (Mt 18,21-35); p. 169-180: 7. Vera paternità – vera figliolanza? (Mt 21,28-32); p. 181-197: 8. Il Padre dello Sposo (Mt 22,1-14). Hensen J.A., De geheimen van het koninkrijk. De gelijkenissen in het evangelie naar Mattheüs [The mysteries of the Kingdom. The parables in the Gospel of Matthew], Lelystad: Stichting Lachai Roï 2001, pp. 144. V. Parables 62 Savarimuthu S., A Community in Search of Its Identity. Mt. 21:28–22:14 in a Subaltern Perspective, Delhi: Indian Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge 2007, pp. xxv-310 (= Diss. Leuven 2005) [Mt 21:28-32; 21:33-44; 22:1-14]. rev. M. Blickenstaff, CBQ 70/2 (2008) 391-393; A. O’Leary, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 50-51 Locker M., The New World of Jesus’ Parables, Newcastle upon Tyne, U.K.: Cambridge Scholars Pub. 2008, pp. xi-131. [NTA 55, p. 161] Köhnlein M., Gleichnisse Jesu – Visionen einer besseren Welt, Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2009, pp. 287 [Mt 18:21-35; Mt 20:1-16; Mt 22:1-14//Lk 14:15-24; Mt 25:1-13]. [NTA 53, p. 394] Wright S.I., «Debtors, Laborers and Virgins. The Voice of Jesus and the Voice of Matthew in Three Parables»: in Oropeza et alii (ed.), Jesus and Paul, p. 13-23 (chap. 2). [Mt 18:23-35; 20:1-16; 25:1-13] 11. Luke Friedrichsen T.A., «A Judge, a Widow, and the Kingdom of God. Re-reading a Parable of Jesus (Luke 18,2-5)»: SNTU A 32 (2007) 5-33. [IZBG 53,849; NTA 53,985] Kilgallen J.J., Twenty Parables of Jesus in the Gospel of Luke (Subsidia Biblica 32), Roma: PIB 2008, pp. 178: p. 67-73 [Lk 13:18-19.20-21], p. 81-96 [Lk 14:15-24], p. 157-164 [Lk 19:11-27]. [NTA 53, p. 166] rev. K. Mielcarek, in Id. (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 172-174; R.F. O’Toole, EstBíb 67/2 (2009) 355-357; J. Taylor, RB 117 (2010) 151-152; E. van Eck, BTB 41 (2011) 46-47; D. Woodcock, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 66 13. Matthew 13 Heatherly E.X., The Secrets of the Kingdom, Asheville NC: Evangelical Publications 1958, pp. 45. Kanda K., «A Theological Construction of the Parable-Tradition according to Matthew with Special Reference to Mt 13»: Shingaku-Kenk 26 (1978) 145-167 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/ servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0001208025>. Benson J.R., «The Kingdom Parables of Matthew Thirteen»: Central Bible Quarterly (Minneapolis MN, ceased 1979) 22 (1979) 2-16. Cornell J.F., «A Parable of Scandal: Speculations about the Wheat and the Tares in Matthew 13»: Contagion. Journal of Violence, Mimesis, and Culture (East Lansing MI) 5 (Spring 1998) 98-117. Stallard M., «Hermeneutics and Matthew 13»: Conservative Theological Journal [from 2006 = Journal of Dispensational Theology] (Forth Worth TX) 5/nr 15 (August 2001) 131-153 (Part I); 5/ nr 16 (December 2001) 324-359 (Part II). [Dispensationalism] Spangenberg P., Senfkorn, Perle, Schatz und Schaf. Die Gleichnisse Jesu übertragen und gedeutet, [Norderstedt]: Agentur des Rauhen Hauses Hamburg 2002, pp. 144. Benzi G., «Il “profeta disprezzato”: rivelazione di Dio e durezza di cuore nel discorso parabolico di Mt 13»: in Grasso - Manicardi (ed.), «Generati da una parola di verità», p. 57-66. Ewherido A.O., Matthew’s Gospel and Judaism in the Late First Century C.E. The Evidence from Matthew’s Chapter on Parables (Matthew 13:1-52) (StBL 91), New York NY etc.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. xv-277 (= rev. Diss. Fordham University): p. 45-87: chap. II. The Literary Context and Structure of Matthew 13, p. 89-135: chap. III. A Redaction-Critical Analysis of Matthew 13:1-52: The Synoptic Tradition (13:1-23), p. 137-195: chap. IV. The Uniquely Matthean Passages (13:24-52). [NTA 50, p. 589] rev. F.W. Burnett, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 294-295; D. Sim, ExpT 118 (2007) 406; D. Wenham, JSNT 29/5 (2007) 47 Wojciechowski M., «Kto jest dobry, a kto zły? (Mt 13,24-30.36-43.47-50; 21,28-32; 25,31-46)» [Who is good, and who is wicked? (Mt 13:24-30.36-43.47-50; 21:28-32; 25:31-46)]: AtKap vol. 148/nr 589 (3/2007) 504-514 [in Polish]. Benzi G., «I misteri del Regno. Sul ‘discorso parabolico’ di Matteo 13»: RivClerIt 89/2 (2008) 131-146. [Rhetoric] Benzi G., «Il Regno, ‘occasione unica’. Il tesoro e il mercante, la rete e lo scriba (Mt 13,44-52)»: RivClerIt 89/9 (2008) 611-621. [Rhetoric] Brie I., «Împărăţia Cerurilor în pildele din Matei 13» [Kingdom of Heaven in Parables of Matthew 13]: Plērōma 10/2 (decembrie 2008) 115-147 [in Romanian]. Lazarini Neto A., «Temporalidade e as parábolas do Reino de Deus nos Evangelhos: um estudo de Mateus 13:24-50»: Theós. Revista Eletrônica de Reflexão Teológica (Faculdade Teológica Batista V. Parables 63 de Campinas, São Paulo, SP, Brazil) Quarta Edição 3/1 (Juhno 2008): <www.revistatheos.com.br/ Artigos/Artigo_04_05.pdf>. Trstenský F., «Podobenstvá v 13. kapitole Matúšovho Evanjelia» [The Parables in the chapter 13 of Matthew’s Gospel]: in T. Jelonek (ed.), Biblia – Ojcowie Kościoła (Biblia w kulturze świata), Kraków: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Papieskiej Akademii Teologicznej 2008, pp. 158: p. 79-89 [in Slovak]. Di Paolo R., «Capire i misteri del regno dei cieli. Analisi retorica di Matteo 13»: LA 59 (2009) 59-109. [NTA 55,205] [Rhetoric] Pennington J.T., «Matthew 13 and the Function of the Parables in the First Gospel»: SBJT 13/3 (2009) 12-20 / online: <www.sbts.edu/resources/files/2009/10/sbjt_v13_n3_pennington.pdf>. Żywica Z., «Tajemnice Królestwa Niebieskiego w przypowieściach Jezusa według Ewangelii Mateusza 13» [The Mysteries of the Heavenly Kingdom in Jesus’ Parables in the Gospel According to Matthew 13]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 151-168 (-168-169: English Summary). Rohmer C., «L’effet-valeur dans un discours en paraboles. Une lecture de Matthieu 13»: ÉtThRel 86 (2011) 101-111. [NTA 55,1660] Rohmer C., «Aux frontières du discours en paraboles (Mt 13,1-53)»: Bib 92/4 (2011) 597-610. 14. Mark 4 Patten P., «The Form and Function of Parable in Select Apocalyptic Literature and Their Significance for Parables in the Gospel of Mark»: NTS 29/2 (1983) 246-257 [Mk 4:1-34 in the light of the parables of 4Ezra, 1Enoch, and 2Baruch]. Sabin M.N., «Scripture Interpreting Scripture: Reopening the Word»: in Id., Reopening the Word. Reading Mark as Theology in the Context of Early Judaism, Oxford - New York: Oxford University Press 2002, pp. xx-294: p. 34-51 (p. 39-41: The Seed Parables). [NTA 47, p. 567] rev. G.S. Morrison, RevBL 5/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/2019_882.pdf>; J.C. Paget, JTS 54/2 (2003) 678-682; R. Walsh, RelSR 32 (2006) 44 Snodgrass K.R., «A Hermeneutics of Hearing Informed by the Parables with Special Reference to Mark 4»: BBR 14 (2004) 187-216. [NTA 51,985] Alegre X., «El reino de Dios y las parábolas en Marcos»: RLT 23/nr 67 (2006) 3-29 | trans. Catalan: «El Regne de Déu i les paràboles en Marc»: BABC nr 92 (2006) 19-46. [NTA 51,206] Oranekwu G.N., “…Indeed, he would never speak to them except in Parables” (Mark 4:34). A Hermeneutical Correlation of Parables in Mark 4 to the Traditional Igbo Culture (Ezi Muoma - Afrika verstehen 4), Frankfurt a.M.: IKO - Verlag für Interkulturelle Kommunikation 2006, pp. 284. Yarbro Collins A., «The Discourse in Parables in Mark 4»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 521538. Hoppe R., «How Did Jesus Understand His Death? The Parables in Eschatological Prospect»: in Charlesworth - Pokorný (ed.), Jesus Research, p. 154-169: p. 158-166: The Parables in Mark 4 as Basileia Parables; 166-168: The “Eschatological Prospect” (Mark 14:25). Mpevo Mpolo A., «Unité littéraire de Marc 4,1-41 selon l’analyse structurelle»: Theoforum 40/3 (2009) 161-186. [NTA 55,971] Solichin V.R., «La luce della parola e il dono dell’ascolto. La composizione del discorso parabolico di Mc 4»: in Meynet - Oniszczuk (ed.), Retorica biblica e semitica 1, p. 257-286 (chap. 12). Dronsch K., «Transmissions from Scripturality to Orality. Hearing the Voice of Jesus in Mark 4:1-34»: in A. Weissenrieder - R.B. Coote (ed.), The Interface of Orality and Writing. Speaking, Seeing, Writing in the Shaping of New Genres (WUNT 260), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2010, pp. xiv-438: p. 119-129. Malina A., «Dramaturgia metafory panowania Boga. Sekwencja, kontekst i kontynuacja przypowieści (Mk 4)» [Dramma della metafora del regno di Dio. Sequenza, contesto e continuazione delle parabole (Mc 4)]: SSHT 44/2 (2011) 473-489 [in Polish]. V. Parables 64 Panier L., «Sens, excès de sens, négation du sens ? Une lecture des paraboles en Mc 4»: SémBib nr 144 (2011) 49-69. Varickasseril J., «Progressive Proclamation of the Word through a Cluster of Parables. Reflections on Mark 4:1-34»: Mission Today (Shillong, India) 13/3 (2011) 196-206. [NTA 56,240] 15. Mystery of the Kingdom of God: Mk 4:11-12 // Mt 13:11 // Lk 8:10 Torrance T.F., «Le mystère du Royaume»: VC 10 (1956) 3-11. Woodward C.A., The place of Mark 4:10-12 in the second Gospel (Diss. New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary, New Orleans LA 1979, pp. v-141). Romaniuk K., «Exégèse du Nouveau Testament et ponctuation»: NovT 23/3 (1981) 195-209: p. 196-199: Mc. iv 12 | trans. Polish: ColT 52 (1982) 47-60. [NTA 26,36 / BullSignal 36,8891] Estrada B., «La esperanza de salvación de Israel según Mc 4,11-12»: in Casciaro et alii (ed.), Esperanza del hombre y revelación bíblica, p. 511-525. Parker D.C., «Secrets and hypotheses»: in Id., The Living Text of the Gospels, Cambridge, U.K. etc.: University Press 1997, pp. xvi-224: p. 103-123 (chap. 7). [NTA 42, p. 387-388] [Textual Criticism] rev. P. Ellingworth, BibTrans 49 (1998) 154-155; J.E. Elliott, NovT 41 (1999) 176-181; A.E. Harvey, Theology 101 (1998) 141-142; P.M. Head, EvQ 74/4 (2002) 359-361; D.N. Peterson, ProEccl 9 (2000) 115-117; C.S. Rodd, ExpT 109 (1998) 65-67; R.B. Vinson, RevBL 10/1998 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/2107_1131.pdf>; JBL 118 (1999) 161-163 Kasai K., «The Tradition of Revelation and Concealment on Mark 4:10-12: Concerning the Marcan Epistemology»: The Bulletin of Christian Culture Studies (Kinjo Gakuin University, Nagoya, Japan) 3 (1998) 11-32; 5 (2001) 3-17 [in Japanese]. Hartman L., «Grammar and Exegesis. The Case of Mark 4:11-12»: in A. Piltz et alii (ed.), For Particular Reasons. Studies in Honour of Jerker Blomqvist, Lund: Nordic Academic Press 2003, pp. 345: p. 133-141. Hartley D.E., The Wisdom Background and Parabolic Implications of Isaiah 6:9-10 in the Synoptics (StBL 100), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. xxvii-400 (= rev. Diss. Dallas Theological Seminary): p. 234-302: chap. 5: Isaiah 6:9-10: The Markan Usage, p. 303-326: chap. 6: Isaiah 6:9-10: Matthew and Luke. [NTA 51, p. 168] rev. C. Grappe, RHPR 87 (2007) 234; P.J. Long, TC: A Journal of Biblical Textual Criticism 13 (2008) electronic journal: <http://rosetta.reltech.org/TC/vol13/Hartley2008rev.pdf>; S. Moyise, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6538_ 7077.pdf>: «This is an important study of an extremely difficult text of scripture (Isa 6:9-10) and its use in Mark 4:10-12»; P. Oakes, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 55: «This wide-ranging study… sees to use of Isa. 6.9-10 in Mk 4.10-12 and other synoptic passages» Risberg S.-B., «Guds rikes hemlighet» [The Secret of God’s Kingdom]: SEÅ 71 (2006) 145-158. [NTA 50,207] Erlemann K., «Die eschatologisch-kritische Funktion der synoptischen Parabeln»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 283-293. McComiskey D.S., «Exile and the Purpose of Jesus’ Parables (Mark 4:10-12; Matt 13:10-17; Luke 8:910)»: JETS 51 (2008) 59-85. [IZBG 55,723; NTA 52,1683] Kilgallen J.J., «‘Mysteries’ in Luke 8,10»: in J.N. Aletti - J.L. Ska (ed.), Biblical Exegesis in Progress. Old and New Testament Essays (AnBib 176), Roma: PIB 2009, pp. 553: p. 335-370. [IZBG 55,815; NTA 54, p. 355] rev. W. Chrostowski, ColT 79/4 (2009) 201-205; M. Tábet, RivBib 58/4 (2010) 535-542 (hier 540) Nel M., «The Mysteries of the Kingdom of Heaven according to Matthew 13:10-17»: Neotest 43/2 (2009) 271-288. [NTA 54,1661] Yoshimura H., Did Jesus Cite Isa 6:9-10? Jesus’ Saying in Mark 4:11-12 and the Isaianic Idea of Hardening and Remnant, Åbo: Åbo Akademis Förlag 2010, pp. iv-300 (= Diss. Åbo Akademi University) / online: <https://oa.doria.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/61553/yoshimura_hiroaki.pdf?sequence=1>. [NTA 55, p. 168; OTA 34,752] rev. R.J. Sim, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 54-55; B.H. Young, CBQ 74 (2012) 180-182 Lozano A., «La finalidad de las parábolas (Mc 4,10-13 par.)»: in J.M. García Pérez (ed.), Rastreando los orígenes. Lengua y exégesis en el Nuevo Testamento. En memoria del profesor Mons. Mariano V. Parables 65 Herranz Marco (SSNT 17), Madrid: Ediciones Encuentro - CEU Ediciones - Fundación San Justino 2011, pp. 441: p. 137-162. [NTA 55, p. 561] 16. Metaphor / Symbol / Allegory Banschbach Eggen R., Gleichnis, Allegorie, Metapher. Zur Theorie und Praxis der Gleichnisauslegung (TANZ 47), Tübingen - Basel: Francke - Attempo 2007, pp. xii-312. [NTA 53, p. 389] rev. G. Campbell, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 44; R. Hirsch-Luipold, ThLZ 136 (2011) cols 46-48; J.S. Kloppenborg, RevBL 12/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6619_7173.pdf>; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 35 (2009) 53-54 Currie J.S., The Kingdom of God Is Like… Baseball. A Metaphor for Jesus’s Kingdom Parables, Eugene OR: Cascade Books 2011, pp. 114. 18. Seed Parables Khatry R., The Authenticity of the Parable of the Wheat and the Tares and its Interpretation (Diss. Westminster College 1991, pp. ix-175) published by: Dissertation.com 2000 / online: <www.bookpump.com/dps/pdf-b/112094Xb.pdf> (Table of Contents and Introduction). [This thesis seeks to demonstrate the authenticity (as dominical teaching) of the parable of the darnel (Mt 13:24-30) and its interpretation (Mt 13:36-43). The interpretation in particular is almost universally regarded as non-dominical, notably by J. Jeremias and his followers. The Author argues that the whole of Mt 13:36-43 (and Mt 13:24-30) should be seen as dominical] 19. Growth Parables Wojciechowski M., «Początek i wzrost królestwa Bożego» [The Beginning and the Growth of the Kingdom of God]: AtKap vol. 147/nr 585 (2/2006) 329-339 [in Polish]. Jaromin J., «Rozwój królestwa Bożego w przypowieściach Ewangelii według św. Marka»: in B. Strzałkowska (ed.), Więcej szczęścia jest w dawaniu aniżeli w braniu. Księga pamiątkowa dla Księdza Profesora Waldemara Chrostowskiego w 60. rocznicę urodzin, II, Warszawa: Stowarzyszenie Biblistów Polskich 2011, pp. 545-1114: p. 737-746 [in Polish]. [Mark] rev. Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 19-20 (2011) 132-137 22. Seed Growing Secretly: Mk 4:26-29 Hardy A.O., God’s Husbandry. Meditations on the parable of the seed growing secretly, London Oxford: A.R. Mowbray & Co. 1933, pp. 58. Ferreira J.A., «A parábola da semente e suas duas alegorias. Um anúncio subversivo»: EstudosB nr 92/4 (2006) 37-50. Dormeyer D., «Mut zur Selbst-Entlastung (Von der selbständing wachsenden Saat) – Mk 4,26-29»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 318-326. Janssen C., «Sehen lernen. Das Gleichnis vom Senfkorn und der wachsenden Saat sozialgeschichtlich ausgelegt»: BiKi 63/2 (2008) 68-71. [NTA 53,255] [Mk 4:26-29.30-32] Oberlinner L., «Die Verwirklichung des Reiches Gottes – Entwicklungslinien beim Gleichnis von der selbstwachsenden Saat Mk 4,26-29»: in Busse et alii (ed.), Erinnerung an Jesus, p. 197-214. 23. Mustard Seed: Mk 4:30-32 // Mt 13:31-32 // Lk 13:18-19 and Leaven: Mt 13:33 // Lk 13:20-21 Chişcari I., «Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu, între aparenţă şi potenţă. Pilda grăuntelui de muştar şi a aluatului (Mt 13, 31-33; Mc 4, 30-32; Lc 13, 18-21)» [Kingdom of God between appearance and potency. The parable of the mustard seed and the leaven (Mt 13:31-33; Mk 4:30-32; Lk 13:18-21)]: StTeol New (III) Series 4/2 (2008) 73-129 [in Romanian]. Schellenberg R.S., «Kingdom as Contaminant? The Role of Repertoire in the Parables of the Mustard Seed and the Leaven»: CBQ 71/3 (2009) 527-543. [IZBG 56,772; NTA 54,222] 24. Mustard Seed: Mk 4:30-32 // Mt 13:31-32 // Lk 13:18-19 Piquer R.M., «La paràbola del gra de mostassa»: BABC nr 69 (2000) 41-46. [in Catalan] Gäbel G., «Mehr Hoffnung wagen (Vom Senfkorn) – Mk 4,30-32»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 327-336. V. Parables 66 Tuckett C.M., «The Parable of the Mustard Seed and the Book of Ezechiel»: in H.J. de Jonge - J. Tromp (ed.), The Book of Ezekiel and Its Influence, Aldershot: Ashgate 2007, pp. xiii-218: p. 87-101. [IZBG 54,545] rev. T. Hieke, ThLZ 133/10 (2008) cols 1076-1077; B. Kowalski, JSJ 40/3 (2009) 413-414; J. Lust, EphTL 84 (2008) 230231; M. McNamara, HeyJ 50 (2009) 136; J.L.W. Schaper, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 107-108; L.S. Tiemeyer, ExpT 119 (2008) 517-518; S.S. Tuell, CBQ 71 (2009) 212-213 Carter W., «Matthew’s Gospel, Rome’s Empire, and the Parable of the Mustard Seed (Matt 13:31-32)»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 181-201. Garroway J., «The Invasion of a Mustard Seed. A Reading of Mark 5.1-20»: JSNT 32 (2009) 57-75. [IZBG 56,849; NTA 54,972] [This article reads Mark’s tale of the Gerasene demoniac as a narrative explication of the parables in the preceding chapter – particularly the mustard seed – in which the kingdom of God is described in light of the paradigmatic kingdom of the period, imperial Rome. The account portrays the violent destruction of Rome, achieved through synecdoche by the annihilation of an occupying “Legion”, as well as the peaceful infiltration of an new kingdom, achieved through mimesis in the second scene by the demoniac’s “invasion” of a hostile crowd. In so doing, the passage both mimics and subverts standard ancient ideologies of kingdom and invasion] 25. Leaven: Mt 13:33 // Lk 13:20-21 Reitzel C.F., Parable of the leaven, Altoona PA: Tract Press [192-?], pp. 64. Fischer C., «Le levain, mystère du pain, et le Royaume de Dieu»: Les cahiers protestants. Une publication d’Évangile et culture (Lausanne, Switzerland) nr 3 (2003) 35-38. [Réflexions sur la parabole du pain, basées sur l’histoire du pain et le rapport des Hébreux avec cet aliment] Ostmeyer K.-H., «Gott knetet nicht (Vom Sauerteig) – Q 13,20f.»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 185-192. Gabriel S., «The Parable of Leaven (Mt 13:33): An Invitation to the Spirituality Through Inversion»: Indian Journal of Spirituality (Bangalore, India) 23 (2010) 389-409. [Spirituality] Dowling E., «Rolling in Dough: Yeast and Bread in the Gospel of Luke»: AEJT 18 (2011) 74-82. Seccombe D., «Incongruity in the Gospel Parables»: TynB 62/2 (2011) 161-172 (p. 167-170: 4. Parable of the Leaven). 26. Tares/Weeds among the Wheat: Mt 13:24-30,36-43 Zumstein J., «L’explication matthéenne de la parabole de livraie (Mt 13,36-43): Un cas de surinterpretation?»: Variations herméneutiques (Institut Roman d’herméneutique et de systématique, Faculté de théologie de l’Université de Neuchâtel, Lausanne, Switzerland) nr 6 (1997) 87-96. Bagni A., «“Lasciate che crescano insieme…”»: PdV 44/5 (1999) 52-57. Zimmer S. - Schützler G., Nachteulen-Gottesdienste. Spirituelle Angebote für Kirchenferne (Kreuz Praxis), Stuttgart - Zürich: Kreuz 2001, pp. 173: p. 104-127: «Das Böse: raus!? - Das Gleichnis vom Unkraut unter dem Weizen: Matthäus 13,24-30». de Vries O.H., «Exegetische verkenning. Matt. 13:24-30, 36-40. Het eschaton is de oogst van de geschiedenis»: Soteria 22/2 (2005) 2-5. Mell U., «„Unkraut vergeht nicht!” – Bemerkungen zum Gleichnis Mt 13,24-30»: in Id. (ed.), Pflanzen und Pflanzensprache der Bibel. Erträge des Hohenheimer Symposions vom 26. Mai 2004, Frankfurt a.M. - Bern: Peter Lang 2006, pp. 172: p. 107-133 = in Id., Biblische Anschläge, p. 71-95. [IZBG 52,769] Schröder R., «Zum Gleichnis vom Unkraut unter dem Weizen (Mt 13,24-30)»: in S. Martus - A. Polaschegg (ed.), Das Buch der Bücher – gelesen. Lesarten der Bibel in den Wissenschaften und Künsten (Publikationen zur Zeitschrift für Germanistik N.F. 13), Bern etc.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. 488: p. 415-434. Billefod Y., «La parabole de l’ivraie: la réponse de Jésus à la prédication de Jean-Baptiste?»: EstBíb 65/1-2 (2007) 115-130. [NTA 52,1665] Pellegrini S., «Das Gleichnis vom Unkraut (Mt 13,24-30)»: in Id., War Jesus tolerant? Antworten aus der frühen Jesusüberlieferung (SBS 212), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2007, pp. 133: p. 78-87. [NTA 54, p. 166] V. Parables 67 Poirier P.-H. - Crégheur É., «La parabole de l’ivraie (Matthieu 13, 24-30.36-43) dans le Livre des lois des pays»: in A. Frey - R. Gounelle (ed.), Poussières de christianisme et de judaïsme antiques. Études réunies en l’honneur de Jean-Daniel Kaestli et Éric Junod (Publication de l’Institut romand des sciences bibliques 5), Lausanne: Éditions du Zèbre 2007, pp. 400: p. 297-305 [The parable of the tares in Syriac]. [NTA 52, p. 434] rev. R. Gounelle, RHPR 87 (2007) 380 von Gemünden P., «Ausreißen oder wachsen lassen? (Vom Unkraut unter dem Weizen) – Mt 13,2430.36-43»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 405-419. Marulli L., «The Parable of the Tares and Its Explanation (Mt. 13:24-30, 36-43). A Narrative Criticism Study»: Rivista teologica Adventus (Istituto avventista di cultura biblica, Firenze, Italy) nr 18 (2008) 55-64. Gouw R.G.M., «De parabel van het onkruid tussen de tarwe in zijn context. Pleidooi voor tolerantie?» [The parable of the tares among the wheat in its context. Plea for tolerance?]: ComD 34/5 (2009) 364-375 [in Dutch]. Marulli L., «The Parable of the Tares and Matthew’s Strategy vis-à-vis Extreme Sectarian Impulses from Within His Community»: AUSS 47/2 (2009) 181-202. [IZBG 56,815; NTA 54,951] Marulli L., «The Parable of the Weeds (Matthew 13:26-30). A Quest for Its Original Formulation and Its Role in the Preaching of the Historical Jesus»: BTB 40/2 (2010) 69-78. [NTA 55,206] Cuvillier É., «Symbolique du mal et langage parabolique. La parabole du bon grain et de l’ivraie: raconter plus et comprendre mieux?»: in P. Bühler - D. Frey (ed.), Paul Ricoeur: un philosophe lit la Bible. À l’entrecroisement des herméneutiques philosophique et biblique (Lieux théologiques 44), Genève: Labor et Fides 2011, pp. 254: p. 123-132. Lambrecht J., «The Weeds in Context. Composition in Matthew 13,24-43»: in Senior (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew, p. 561-568. 27. Hidden Treasure: Mt 13:44 and Pearl Merchant: Mt 13:45-46 Knuth J., Exegese Mt 13, 44-46. Das Gleichnis vom Schatz im Acker und der Perle. Studienarbeit [Hausarbeit: Universität Dortmund], München: Grin Verlag 2002, pp. 25 [see: <www.grin.com/de/preview/ 8255.html>]. Jaromin J., «Wartość Królestwa Bożego w przypowieści o ukrytym skarbie (Mt 13,44)» [The Value of Kingdom of God in the parable of the Hidden Treasure (Mt 13:44)]: ScripS 8-9 (2004-2005) 97125 [in Polish]. [IZBG 53,771] Linden W.M., «“The Pearl, the Treasure, the Fool, and the Cross”. A Response [to R.J. Miller]»: Fourth 18/6 (2005) 16-17, 20. [NTA 50,1662] Müller P., «Die Freude des Findens (Vom Schatz im Acker und von der Perle) – Mt 13,44.45f.»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 420-428. 29. Pearl Merchant: Mt 13:45-46 Colless B.E., «The “Letter to the Hebrews” and the “Song of the Pearl”»: Abr-Nahrain (Melbourne, Australia) 25 (1987) 40-55. [Apocryphal Literature] [BullSignal 42,7095] 30. Dragnet: Mt 13:47-50 Münch C., «Am Ende wird sortiert (Vom Fischnetz) – Mt 13,47-50»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 429-434. Alkier S., «Himmel und Hölle. Zur Kontextualität und Referenz gleichnishafter Rede unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Gleichnisses vom Fischnetz (Mt 13,47-50)»: in Zimmermann (ed.), Hermeneutik, p. 588-602. 31. Householder: Mt 13:52 Dąbek T.M., «Przekaziciel prawd wiary (Mt 13,52)» [The purveyor of the truths of faith (Mt 13:52)]: in A. Napiórkowski - Z.J. Kijas (ed.), Jezus Chrystus wczoraj i dziś, ten sam także i na wieki (Hbr 13,8) (Studia 8), Kraków: Wydawnictwo Papieskiej Akademii Teologicznej 2004, pp. 461: p. 103111 [in Polish]. V. Parables 68 Syiemlieh B.J., «Portrait of a Christian Scribe (Matthew 13:52)»: AsiaJT 20 (2006) 57-66. [NTA 50,1663] Müller P., «Neues und Altes aus dem Schatz des Hausherrn (Vom rechten Schriftgelehrten) – Mt 13,52»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 435-440. Phillips P., «Casting out the Treasure. A New Reading of Matthew 13.52»: JSNT 33 (2008) 3-24. [IZBG 55,753; NTA 53,230] Wainwright E.M., «Beyond the Crossroads. Reading Matthew 13,52 Ecologically into the Twenty-First Century»: in Senior (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew, p. 375-388. 32. Unmerciful Servant: Mt 18:23-35 Leutzsch M., «Verschuldung und Überschuldung, Schuldenerlass und Sündenvergebung. Zum Verständnis des Gleichnisses Mt 18,23-35»: in M. Crüsemann - W. Schottroff (ed.), Schuld und Schulden. Biblische Traditionen in gegenwärtigen Konflikten (Kaiser-Taschenbücher 121), München: Kaiser 1992, pp. 202: p. 104-131. Czerski J., «Analiza lingwistyczna przypowieści o niemiłosiernym dłużniku (Mt 18,23-35)» [The Parable of the Unmerciful Servant (Mt 18:23-25). Linguistic Analysis]: WPT 1/2 (1993) 27-38 / online: <http://wender.home.pl/cvs/pliki_pdf/0251.pdf>. Orsatti M., «Perdono, il nome nuovo della giustizia difficile, ma sovrabbondante (Mt 18,21-35 e il suo contesto)»: RSB 14/1-2 (2002) 169-207. Banaszek A., «Uniwersalizm perykopy o nielitościwym dłużniku w świetle analizy narracyjnej (Mt 18,23-35» [Universalism of the pericope about unmerciful servant in the light of narrative analysis (Mt 18:23-35)]: WST 16 (2003) 45-61 (61: English Summary) / online: <http://fides.org.pl/dlibra/doccontent?id=292&dirids=1> [in Polish]. Mareček P., Křesťanské společenství v Matoušově evangeliu. Jeho hlavní charakteristiky podle Mt 18,135 [The Christian community in the Gospel of Matthew. Its main characteristics according to Mt 18:1-35], Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci 2005, pp. 291 [in Czech]. Roose H., «Das Aufleben der Schuld und das Aufheben des Schuldenerlasses (Vom unbarmherzigen Knecht) – Mt 18,23-35»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 445-460. Doriani D., «Forgiveness: Jesus’ Plan for Healing and Reconciliation in the Church (Matthew 18:1535)»: SBJT 13/3 (2009) 22-32. Riga P.J., «God’s Justice Is Love. Matthew 18:21-35»: Emmanuel 115/4 (2009) 334-335. [NTA 54,204] Illian B., «Church Discipline and Forgiveness in Matthew 18:15-35»: CuTM 37/6 (2010) 444-450. [NTA 55,941] Larroque L., La Parabole du serviteur impitoyable en son contexte (Mt 18,21-35) (AnBib 187), Roma: Gregorian & Biblical Press 2010, pp. 423 (= Diss. PIB 2008). [NTA 55, p. 379] rev. L. Sánchez Navarro, EstBíb 69/3 (2011) 360-362 Żywica Z., «Wspólnototwórcze napomnienie, przebaczenie i nawrócenie. Teologia narratywna Mt 18,1535» [The community-making admonition, forgiveness and repentance. Narrative Theology of Mt 18:15-35]: VerVitae 18 (2010) 105-121 [in Polish]. Ford R.Q., «Jesus’ Parable of the Unforgiving Slave and the Wall Street Crisis of 2008»: Fourth 24/3 (2011) 15-20, 22. [NTA 55,1663] 33. Laborers in the Vineyard: Mt 20:1-16 Schlatter J., Das Evangelium von der Arbeit. Praktische Auslegung von Matth. 20,1-16: Das Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg, Zürich - Winterthur: Buchhandlung der Evangelische Gesellschaft 1906, pp. vii-69. Spurr F.C., «The Labourers in the Vineyard: An Interpretation»: REx 17 (1920) 3-10. Petsch H.-J., Jedem das Seine. Das Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Bibel lebendig), München: Kösel 1984, pp. 30. Montague P., «“The Laborers in the Vineyard” and Other Stories»: Journal of Social Philosophy (Augusta GA) 16/2 (1985) 2-10. [BullSignal 40,9351] V. Parables 69 Schäfer K., «Das Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg»: in D. Sänger (ed.), Theologie, Kirche, Religionspädagogik. Festgabe für Hans Grothaus zum 60. Geburtstag, Flensburg: [Bibliothek der Pädagogische Hochschule] 1987 / 19882, pp. 279. Starzmann S., Gegenwarts- und Zukunftsdimension des Reiches Gottes im Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Mt 20,1-16). Ein Vergleich evangelischer und katholischer Religionsbücher (Wiss. Hausarbeit, Pädagogische Hochschule Weingarten 1992, pp. 124). Janssen C., «Die Gerechtigkeit Gottes: sichtbar und erlebbar. Bibelarbeit zu Mt 20,1-16»: AzW 5/2 (1997) 12-20. Hofmann H., «Gerechtigkeitsphilosophie aus Unrechtserfahrung. Zum Gerechtigkeitssinn der Arbeiter im Weinberg»: in K.-H. Kästner et alii (ed.), Festschrift für Martin Heckel zum siebzigsten Geburtstag, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 1999, pp. x-987: p. 546-562. rev. F. von Campenhausen, ThLZ 125 (2000) cols 591-602; P. Franke, ZKT 125/2-3 (2003) 326-327 Babić M., «The economics of wage determination in Mt. 20, 2-15»: Disputatio philosophica. International Journal on Philosophy and Religion (Faculty of Philosophy of the Society of Jesus, Zagreb, Croatia) 1 (2000) 187-196. Schlosser J., «Dieu déconcertant»: in P. Gibert - D. Marguerat (ed.), Dieu, vingt-six portraits bibliques, Paris: Bayard Centurion 2002, pp. 350: p. 56-63. rev. É. Cothenet, EVie nr 84 (2003) 23 Schottroff L., «Die Arbeiter im Weinberg»: JK 64 (2003) 73-75. Kubo F., «The Biblical View of Justice in the Parable of the Laborers in the Vineyard»: Journal of the Institute of Christian Culture (Seisen University, Tokyo, Japan) 12 (2004) 27-46 [in Japanese]. Seidel J., «Von der Gerechtigkeit Gottes. Das Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Mt 20,1-16)»: in Stettberger (ed.), Was die Bibel mir erzählt, p. 115-124. [IZBG 52,773] Dormeyer D., «Das Verständnis von Arbeit im Neuen Testament im Horizont der Naherwartung (Mt 20,1-16)»: in Id. et alii (ed.), Arbeit in der Antike, im Judentum und Christentum (Institutum Judaicum Delitzschianum. Münsteraner Judaistische Studien 20), Münster etc.: LIT 2006, pp. vi-182: p. 98-113. Avemarie F., «Jedem das Seine? Allen das Volle! (Von den Arbeitern im Weinberg) – Mt 20,1-16»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 461-472. John V.J., «Some Insights from the Parable of the Vineyard Labourers (Mt. 20:1-15)»: CTCBull 23/2 (2007) 14-21. Ruiz J.-P., «The Bible and People on the Move. Another Look at Matthew’s Parable of the Day Laborers»: NewTR 20/3 (2007) 15-23. [NTA 52,196] Altmeyer S. - Boschki R., «Beziehungshermeneutische Gleichnis-didaktik. Schüler lesen die “Arbeiter im Weinberg” (Mt 20,1-15)»: BiKi 63/2 (2008) 98-101. [NTA 53,234] Baur W., «Das Gleichnis von der überraschenden Belohnung. Eine Parabel Jesu und ihre Bedeutung für die Gemeinde des Matthäus»: in F.-J. Ortkemper (ed.), Jetzt verstehe ich die Evangelien, Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2008, pp. 208: p. 83-90. Mareček P., «Svoboda spravedlivého Boha a jeho dobrota. Výklad podobenství o dělnících na vinici (Mt 20,1-16» [Freedom of righteous God and His Goodness. The Explanation of the Parable of the Laborers in the Vineyard (Mt 20:1-16)]: in P. Chalupa - L. Zajícová (ed.), “Láska z čistého srdce, z dobrého svědomí a z upřímné víry” (1 Tim 1,5). Studie věnované Ladislavu Tichému k 60. narozeninám, Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci - Cyrilometodějská teologická fakulta 2008, pp. 176: p. 75-100 [in Czech]. Sánchez Navarro L., «Los obreros de la viña y el seguimiento de Jesús»: EstBíb 65/4 (2008) 463-481. [NTA 52,1672] Wójtowicz B., «Zaproszeni do Winnicy. Egzegeza przypowieści Mt 20,1-16 przedstawiona w adhortacji apostolskiej Jana Pawła II Christifideles laici» [The Invited Ones to the Lord’s Vineyard. An Exegesis of Parable Mt 20:1-16 Presented in the Apostolic Exhortation of John Paul II Christifideles laici]: Studia Sandomierskie (Sandomierz, Poland) 15 (2008) 55-70 [in Polish]. V. Parables 70 Caneday A.B., «The Parable of the Generous Vineyard Owner (Matthew 20:1-16)»: SBJT 13/3 (2009) 34-50. Ford R.Q., «Jesus’ Parable of the Vineyard Workers and U.S. Policy Iraqi Oil»: Fourth 22/4 (2009) 36.22. [NTA 54,205] Naizer E., «Verbal Aspect in the Gospel of Matthew. Discourse Prominence in the Parable of the Labourers in the Vineyard»: Doon Theological Journal (Dehradun, India) 6/2 (2009) 131-145. Niemand C., «Irritation oder Einverständnis? Jesu Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Mt 20,116)»: in F. Gruber (ed.), Geistes-Gegenwart: vom Lesen, Denken und Sagen des Glaubens. Festschrift für Peter Hofer, Franz Hubmann und Hanjo Sauer (Linzer philosophisch-theologische Beiträge 17), Frankfurt a.M. etc.: Peter Lang 2009, pp. 469: p. 93-113. [IZBG 56,822; NTA 54, p. 144] Kilgallen J.J., «The Landowner Pays His Laborers — Who Are These Laborers in Real Life?»: ChicagoSt 49/3 (2010) 332-339. [NTA 55,942] Mareček P., «Libertà di Dio: giusto e buono. Spiegazione della parabola degli operai nella vigna (Mt 20,1-16)»: in De Santos - Grasso (ed.), “Perché stessero con Lui”, p. 123-150. Vearncombe E.K., «Redistribution and Reciprocity. A Socio-Economic Interpretation of the Parable of the Labourers in the Vineyard (Matthew 20.1-15)»: JSHJ 8/3 (2010) 199-236. [NTA 56,222] Judge P.J., «‘Or is your eye evil because I am good?’ (Mt 20,15): What Kind of Justice Is This?»: in Senior (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew, 499-510. Perotti P.A., «La parabola degli “operai della vigna” (Mt 19,30-20,16)»: BeO 53/nr 247 (2011) 19-42. 34. Two Sons: Mt 21:28-32 Riistan A., «Mõistujutt kahest pojast: Mt 21:28-32 erinevad tekstivariandid ja nende mõistmise võimalused» [The Parable of the Two Sons: The Different Textual Versions of Matthew 21:28-32 and the Possibilities of Understanding Them]: Usuteaduslik Ajakiri. Theological Journal (Tartu, Estonia) nr 51 (1/2003) 15-44 [in Estonian] / <www.usuteadus.ee/failid/UA1_2003/02_UA_1_2003(51)_Riistan. pdf>. [Textual Criticism / Translation] Terrinoni U., «La parabola dei due figli o dell’obbedienza fattiva (Mt 21,28-32)»: Presb(T) 39 (2005) 701-706. Gäbel G., «Was heißt Gottes Willen tun? (Von den ungleichen Söhnen) – Mt 21,28-32»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 473-478. Simpson G., «Who Was the Good Son? A Fresh Look at the Parable of Matthew 21:28-32»: Doon Theological Journal (Dehradun, India) 5/2 (2008) 143-164. [NTA 53,938] 35. Wicked Husbandmen: Mt 21:33-44 (// Mk 12:1-12 // Lk 20:9-19) van Ginneken P., «Au-dela de l’Oedipe? La parabole des vignerons homicides d’un point de vue psychanalytique»: FoiTemps 9/4 (1979) 360-383. Omiya K., «The Parable of the Wicked Tenants. Concerning the Will of Jesus»: Shingaku 59 (1997) 177193 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id= ART0000551719>. Arnal W.E., «The Parable of the Tenants and the Class Consciousness of the Peasantry»: in Wilson Desjardins (ed.), Text and Artifact, p. 135-157. [IZBG 47,725] Kloppenborg Verbin J.S., «Isaiah 5:1-7, the Parable of the Tenants and Vineyard Leases on Papyrus»: in Wilson - Desjardins (ed.), Text and Artifact, p. 111-134. [IZBG 47,724] Oberlinner L., «Die Parabel von den Weinbergpächtern Mk 12,1-12. Ein Beispiel für antijüdische Einstellung der ersten christlichen Gemeinden?»: in K. Märker (ed.), Festschrift für Weddig Fricke zum 70. Geburtstag, Freiburg: Alber 2000, pp. 370: p. 54-77 / online: <www.freidok.uni-freiburg.de/volltexte/4154/pdf/Oberlinner_Die_Parabel_von_den_Weinbergpaechtern.pdf>. Akpunonu P.D., «The Parable of the Wicked Husbandmen (Matt 21:33-44)»: in Id., The Vine, Israel and the Church (StBL 51), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2004, pp. xiv-228: p. 87-124. [NTA 48, p. 630] rev. C.J. Dempsey, RevBL 5/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4115_4003.pdf>; K. Holter, Bulletin for Old Testament Studies in Africa (Stavanger, Norway) 19 (2005) 21 <www.mhs.no/article_472.shtml> V. Parables 71 De Zan R., «La parabola dei vignaioli omicidi a livello del Gesù storico. Contributo alla ricerca dello stadio preredazionale»: in Grasso - Manicardi (ed.), «Generati da una parola di verità», p. 77-89. Kloppenborg J.S., The Tenants in the Vineyard. Ideology, Economics, and Agrarian Conflict in Jewish Palestine (WUNT 195), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. xxix-651. [IZBG 52,813; NTA 51, p. 169] rev. D.A. Cineira, EstAg 41 (2006) 519-520; J.D. Crossan, BTB 37 (2007) 38-39; K. Erlemann, ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 1202-1204; P. Foster, ExpT 118/6 (2007) 286: «Brilliant is not too strong a word to describe John Kloppenborg’s treatment of the parable of the tenants in the vineyard»; C. Grappe, RHPR 87 (2007) 235-236; Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 5/2(nr 10) (2006) 185-187; P. Oakes, JSNT 29/5 (2007) 55-56; R.L. Rohrbaugh, RevBL 2/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5923_6286. pdf>; C.W. Skinner, RelSR 34/2 (2008) 100-101; D. Storie, ABR 58 (2010) online edition: <www.fbs.org.au/reviews/ kloppenberg58.html> Tichý L., «Zlí vinaři (Mk 12,1-12 par.)» [The Wicked Tenants]: ST 8/4(26) (2006) 1-18 [in Czech]. [Mt 21:33-44// and GTh 65–66] Udoeyop E.A., The New People of God and Kingdom Fruitfulness. An exegetical and theological Study of the Parable of the Wicked Tenants in Matthew 21:33-46 and its Significance for a corporate Hermeneutic (Diss. Queen’s University of Belfast 2006). Frolov S., «Reclaiming the Vineyard: The ‘Rebellious Tenants’ Story as a Political Allegory»: in C.J. Roetzel - R.L. Foster (ed.), The Impartial God. Essays in Biblical Studies in Honor of Jouette M. Bassler (New Testament Monographs 22), Sheffield: Phoenix 2007, pp. xiv-272: p. 23-35. [NTA 52, p. 570] Fuhrmann J.M., «The Use of Psalm 118:22-23 in the Parable of the Wicked Tenants»: Proceedings EGLBS 27 (2007) 67-81. dos Santos M.M., «A parábola dos vinhateiros homicidas: evolução literária»: in Aguilar Chiu (ed.), Bible et Terre Sainte, p. 199-205. Sattler D., «Gottes Selbstauslieferung an die Menschen. Das Winzergleichnis als Zeugnis für das “Vielleicht” in Gottes Handeln: Mk 12/Lk 20/Mt 21»: BiLi 81/4 (2008) 253-257. [NTA 54,233] Johnson B., «The Parable of the Wicked Tenants in Context: Jesus’ Interpretation of the Song of the Vineyard in the Light of Second Temple Jewish Parallels» [2009]: pp. 33 in electronic resource: <http://kilbabo.files.wordpress.com/2009/01/powt_in_context.pdf>. Story J.L., «Hope in the Midst of Tragedy (Isa 5:1-7; 27:2-6: Matt 21:33-46 par.)»: HorBT 31/2 (2009) 178-195. [NTA 54,1663] Ebbutt J., «Matthieu 21,33-46: Les raisins de la colère»: LireDire nr 87 (2011) 39-48. 36. Royal Wedding: Mt 22:1-14 and Great Banquet: Lk 14:15-24 Rengstorf K.H., «Die Stadt der Mörder (Mt. xxii. 7)»: in W. Eltester (ed.), Judentum, Urchristentum, Kirche. Festschrift für Joachim Jeremias (BZNW 26), Berlin: Töpelmann 1960, pp. 259: p. 106129. rev. G.W. MacRae, TS 22/3 (1961) 471-473 (hier: 472) Roeder M.G., «The Parable of the Great Supper. Luke 14:15-24; Matthew 22:1-14»: in Ukpong (ed.), Gospel Parables, p. 25-34. Orsatti M., «Il banchetto messianico nel NT (Mt 22,1-14 [cf. Lc 14,16-24])»: PdV 44/3 (1999) 35-39. Hałas S., «Dwie przypowieści o zaproszeniu na posiłek (Mt 22,1-10; Łk 14,16-24) a dwie koncepcje królestwa Bożego» [Two Parables about the invitation at the meal (Mt 22:1-10; Lk 14:16-24) and two conception of the Kingdom of God]: in Chrostowski (ed.), „Stworzył Bóg człowieka na Swój obraz”, p. 114-127 [in Polish]. Valverde J.C., «La novedad del reino de Dios en la vida ordinaria. La parábola del gran banquete Mt 22, 1-14; Lc 14, 16-24; Ev. Tom. 64»: Senderos 24/nr 72 (mayo-agosto 2002) 521-535 = Revista Ecuménica. Escuela Ecuménica de Ciencias de la Religión, Universidad Nacional (Heredia, Costa Rica) 2/1 (2008). Story J.L., «All Is Now Ready: An Exegesis of “the Great Banquet” (Luke 14:15-24) and “the Marriage Feast” (Matthew 22:1-14)»: ATI 2/2 (2009) 67-79. [NTA 54,1013] V. Parables 72 37. Royal Wedding: Mt 22:1-14 Romaniuk K., «„Przyjacielu, jakżeś tu wszedł nie mając szaty godowej” (Mt 22,1-14)» [“Friend, how did you get in here without wedding clothes?” (Mt 22:1-14)]: RBL 22/4-5 (1969) 267-276 [in Polish] = in Id., Nowy Testament bez problemów, Warszawa: Akademia Teologii Katolickiej 1983, pp. 225. van Aarde A.G., «The historical-critical classification of Jesus’ parables and the metaphoric narration of the wedding feast in Matthew 22:1-14»: in Id., God-With-Us. The Dominant Perspective in Matthew’s Story and Other Essays (HTS. Supplementum 5), Pretoria (S. Africa): Hervormde Teologiese Studies 1994, pp. xx-326: p. 229-247. rev. M.E. Dean, JBL 115 (1996) 143-145; J.H. Le Roux, «Andries van Aarde se Matteusinterpretasie»: HTS 52/4 (1996) 653-670 [in Afrikaans] Echterling N., Das königliche Hochzeitsmahl (Mt 22, 1-14). Erarbeitung des matthäischen Gleichnistexts anhand der Methoden der historisch-kritischen Exegese. Studienarbeit [Seminararbeit: Universität Paderborn], München: Grin Verlag 2003, pp. 26 [see: <www.grin.com/de/preview/42192.html>]. Lambrecht J., «De nieuwe vertaling van de onwillige bruiloftsgasten (Matteüs 22,1-14)»: in Id., ‘Recht op de waarheid af’. Bijdragen over Paulus, de evangeliën en de Nieuwe Bijbelvertaling, Leuven: VBS - Acco 2005, pp. 191: p. 27-34 (chap. 3) [in Dutch]. [NTA 49, p. 587] Schottroff L., «Verheißung für alle Völker (Von der königlichen Hochzeit) – Mt 22,1-14»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 479-487. Meruzzi M., Lo sposo, le nozze e gli invitati. Aspetti nuziali nella teologia di Matteo (Studi e ricerche), (introd. M. Grilli), Assisi: Cittadella 2008, pp. 525. Parris D.P., «The Summit-Dialog of Authors and the Reception of the Wedding Feast»: in Id., Reception Theory and Biblical Hermeneutics (PTMS 107), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2009, pp. xviii-326: p. 216-274 (chap. 7). rev. C. Rowland, RevBL 6/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7129_7747.pdf>; R. Sim, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 158-159 McDaniel T.F., «A New Interpretation of Jesus’ Parable of the Wedding Banquet: Matthew 22:1-14»: in Id., Miscellaneous Biblical Studies, vol. V, Wynnewood PA: Palmer Theological Seminary 2010, pp. v-337: p. 287-304 (chap. 18) / in electronic resource: <http://tmcdaniel.palmerseminary.edu/MBS_18_ Matt22_287-304.pdf>. Migbisiegbe G.I., «Loyalty to Jesus, not to Judaism in Matthew 22,1-14»: EstBíb 68/4 (2010) 473-490. [NTA 55,1664] Nalpathilchira J., “Everything is Ready: Come to the Marriage Banquet”. The Parable of the Invitation to the Royal Marriage Banquet (Matt 22,1-14) in the Context of Matthew’s Gospel (AnBib 196), Roma: Gregorian & Biblical Press 2012, pp. 420 (= rev. Diss. PIB 2011). 38. Great Banquet: Lk 14:15-24 Kobayashi N., «On the Parable of “the Great Supper”»: Shingaku-Kenk 30 (1982) 1-37 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0000552130>. Rohrbaugh R.L., «The Pre-Industrial City in Luke-Acts: Urban Social Relations»: in J.H. Neyrey (ed.), The Social World of Luke-Acts. Models for Interpretation, Peabody MA: Hendrickson 1991, pp. xviii-436: p. 125-149 (p. 137-149: Lk 14:15-24). [NTA 35, p. 385] rev. P.E. Esler, BibInt 1/2 (1993) 250-255; D.E. Garland, REx 90/3 (1993) 427-428; C.C. Kroeger, Biblical Archaeologist (Boston MA) [from 1998 = Near Eastern Archaeology] 57 (1994) 61-62 Joubert S.J., «Aan tafel saam met Jesus: eksegetiese riglyne vir prediking uit Lukas 14:1-24»: NduitseGT 43/1-2 (2002) 76-82 [in Afrikaans]. Michel K.-H., «Eine Frage der Prioritäten: das große Festmahl (Lukas 14,15-24)»: ThBe 36 (2005) 169172. Antonopoulos A., «The Parable of the Great Dinner (Luke 14:15-24): Historical, Sociological, Literary and Theological-Interpretative Approaches»: Θεολογία 78 (2007) 265-284. Michnowski C., «Czystość w małżeństwie według Łk 14,20» [Chastity in the Marriage according to Lk 14:20]: WST 22 (2007) 37-54 (53-54: English Summary) / online: <http://digital.fides.org.pl/Content/394/ Michnowski.pdf> [in Polish]. V. Parables 73 [Update of his Diss. Sens tekstu Łk 14,20 (Uniwersytet Kardynała Stefana Wyszyńskiego, Wydział Teologiczny, Warszawa 2003, pp. 279)] Nowak D., «Motyw Boga poszukującego człowieka w Łukaszowej przypowieści o wielkiej uczcie (Łk 14,15-24)» [The theme of God searching man in Luke’s parable of the great banquet (Lk 14:1524]: ScripS 11 (2007) 67-93 [in Polish]. Rohrbaugh R.L., «The Preindustrial City in Luke-Acts: Urban Social Relations: A Study of Luke 14:1524»: in Id., The New Testament, p. 147-174. Ebner M., «Symposion und Wassersucht, Reziprozitätsdenken und Umkehr. Sozialgeschichte und Theologie in Lk 14,1-24»: in D.C. Bienert (ed.), Paulus und die antike Welt. Beiträge zur zeit- und religionsgeschichtlichen Erforschung des paulinischen Christentums. Festgabe für Dietrich-Alex Koch zum 65. Geburtstag (FRLANT 222), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2008, pp. 248: p. 115-135. Schottroff L., «Von der Schwierigkeit zu teilen (Das große Abendmahl) – Lk 14,12-24»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 593-603. Longenecker B.W., «A Humorous Jesus? Orality, Structure and Characterisation in Luke 14:15-24, and Beyond»: BibInt 16/2 (2008) 179-204. [NTA 52,1706] März C.-P., «Das Fest des göttlichen Erbarmens — Lk 14,1-24»: BiLi 81/4 (2008) 249-253. [IZBG 55,824; NTA 54,255] Mineshige K., «The parable of the great supper: an exegetical study of Lk 14:15-24»: Journal of Studies on Christianity and Culture (Kwansei Gakuin University, Nishinomiya, Hyogo, Japan) 10 (2008) 23-34 [in Japanese]. Kuttikkattu L.A., The great banquet: the abundance of the Kingdom of God and the reception of rejection of salvation. An exegetical theological study on Lk 14, 15-24, Romae: Pontificia Studiorum Universitas a S. Thoma Aq. in Urbe 2009, pp. xi-104 (Pars Diss. Angelicum, Roma). Metzger J., «Disability and the Marginalisation of God in the Parable of the Snubbed Host (Luke 14.1524)»: BCT 6/2 (2010) 23.1-23.15 / online: <www.relegere.org/index.php/bct/article/viewFile/308/291>. Bednarz T., «Symposiac Humor in Luke 14:1-24»: in Balch - Lamoreaux (ed.), Finding, p. 151-170. 39. Ten Virgins: Mt 25:1-13 Ströter E.F., «Das Gleichnis von den zehn Jungfrauen (Matth. 25, 1-13)»: PW 2 (1908) 355-371 / online: <www.kahal.de/051-ES-10J.pdf>. Edet R.N., «The Parable of the Ten Virgins: Matt. 25:1-13»: in Ukpong (ed.), Gospel Parables, p. 53-58. Campbell J., «The Parable of the Ten Virgins»: A&C 5/3 (2000) 39-48 / online: <www.lsm.org/affirmationcritique/pdfs/2000/03/00_03_wr.pdf>. aus der Au C., «Draußen vor der Tür»: JK 64/6 (2003) 54-57. Mikołajczak M., «L’interpretazione della parabola delle Dieci Vergini (Mt 25, 1-13)»: QuaestSel 12/nr 19 (2005) 71-80 / «Parabola delle dieci vergini (Mt 25,1-13)»: CTA XVIII: Biblica, Patristica et Historica 6 (2005). [IZBG 53,773] Mareček P., «Pošetilost a prozíravost. Výklad podobenství o deseti pannách (Mt 25,1-13)» [Foolishness and Foresight. The Explanation of of the Parable of the Ten Virgins (Mt 25:1-13)]: in E. Krumpolc et alii (ed.), Z plnosti Kristovy. Sborník k devadesátinám Oto Mádra, Praha: Karmelitánské nakladatelství 2007, pp. 416: p. 92-113 [in Czech]. [The study is divided into seven parts: the wording of the Greek text, the nearer and farther context, the structure of the text with its interior arrangement, the analysis of the single expressions, the question of the literary and form criticism and question of the authenticity of the text, the question of tradition and redaction criticism, the overall message] Mayordomo M., «Kluge Mädchen kommen überall hin… (Von den zehn Jungfrauen) – Mt 25,1-13»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 488-503. Bini M., «Nuzialità e regno di Dio: Le dieci vergini (Mt 25,1-13)»: SacDoc 53/2 (2008) 209-245. [NTA 53,235] Eckholt M., «Das Gleichnis von den törichten und klugen Jungfrauen - Mt 25,1-13»: BiLi 81/4 (2008) 245-248. [IZBG 55,758; NTA 54,208] V. Parables 74 Riedl H.-J., «“Seid wachsam und bereit!”. Das Gleichnis von den zehn Jungfrauen (Mt 25,1-13) im Kontext rabbinischer Gleichnisse»: SNTU A 33 (2008) 175-190. [IZBG 55,757; NTA 53,942] 40. Pounds/Lukan Kingship Parable: Lk 19:11-27 (// Mt 25:14-30) Zodhiates S., Did Jesus Teach Capitalism? An Exposition of the Parable of the Pounds, Luke 19:11-27, Chattanooga TN: AMG Publishers 1981, pp. 102 / reprint 1987. Gusenbauer M., Basileia und Mammon. Das Gleichnis vom ungerechten Verwalter als Beispiel für Bekehrung zur Gemeinschaft (Dipl.-Arbeit, Innsbruck Univ. 2002, pp. 88). Bindemann W., «Harter Herr oder gnädiger Gott? Zur Auslegung des Gleichnisses vom anvertrauten Geld (Mt 25,14-30 par. Lk 19,12-27)»: in K.-M. Bull et alii (ed.), Bekenntnis und Erinnerung. Festschrift zum 75. Geburtstag von Hans-Friedrich Weiss (Rostocker Theologische Studien 16), Münster: LIT 2004, pp. 273: p. 129-150. Wojciechowski M., «Dwie przypowieści o inwestycjach» [Two parables about the investments]: AtKap vol. 142 (2004) 102-110 [in Polish]. Dormeyer D., «Lc 19,11-27: la parábola de las minas en el marco de las biografías didácticas de Pedro el pobre y Pablo el rico en los Hechos de los Apóstoles»: in Grilli et alii (ed.), Riqueza y solidaridad, p. 243-262 (chap. 12). Böhl M., Das Christentum und der Geist des Kapitalismus. Die Auslegungsgeschichte des biblischen Talentegleichnisses (Menschen und Kulturen 5), Köln - Weimar: Böhlau 2007, pp. 321. Dowling E.V., Taking Away the Pound. Women, Theology and the Parable of the Pounds in the Gospel of Luke (LNTS 324), London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. xi-252: p. 46-68: chap. 1: The Parable of the Pounds and Lukan Women: The Current State of Scholarship, p. 69-96: chap. 2: Reading the Parable of the Pounds, p. 97-118: chap. 3: Lukan Theology and the Parable of Pounds as Metaphor, p. 186-209: chap. 6: Women, the Parable of the Pounds and Lukan Theology. [NTA 52, p. 158] rev. J.A. Metzger, RevBL 4/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6530_7065.pdf> Münich C., «Gewinnen oder Verlieren (Von der anvertrauten Geldern) – Q 19,12f.15-24.26»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 240-256. Schultz B., «Jesus as Archelaus in the Parable of the Pounds (Lk. 19:11-27)»: NovT 49/2 (2007) 105-127. [IZBG 53,851; NTA 52,260] Vinson R.B., «The Minas Touch: Anti-Kingship Rhetoric in the Gospel of Luke»: PerspRelSt 35 (2008) 69-86. [NTA 53,279] Ingipay M., The Kingdom of God and Responsible Human Cooperation. An Exegetical Study of Luke 19,11-27 (Diss. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven 2010). Arnold M., «Salut par la grâce et rétribution: la parabole des talents (Mt 25,14-30) – ou de mines (Lc 19,12-27) – chez Martin Luther et Jean Calvin»: in M. Arnold et alii (ed.), La parabole des talents (Matthieu 25,14-30) (Études d’histoire de l’exégèse 2 / LD 242), Paris: Cerf 2011, pp. 142: p. 7996. [Martin Luther; Johannes Calvin] van Eck E., «Social Memory and Identity: Luke 19:12b-24 and 27»: BTB 41/4 (2011) 201-212. VI. Singular Passages 1. Sermon on the Mount (Select Studies) Smouter W., Profielschets van het Koninkrijk [The profile of the Kingdom] (Zicht op de bijbel 45), Amsterdam: Buijten & Schipperheijn 1992, pp. 72. Carson D.A., Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount. And His Confrontation with the World. An Exposition of Matthew 5–10 (Big Value Edition), Toronto - Grand Rapids MI: Global Christian Publishers 1999, pp. 304: p. 9-147: Part One: Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (p. 9-34: 1. The Kingdom of Heaven: Its Norms and Witness [5:3-16], p. 35-58: 2. The Kingdom of Heaven: Its Demands in Relation to the Old Testament [5:17-48]) [= Id., The Sermon on the Mount. An Evangelical Exposition of Matthew 5–7, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1978 / 1982 / 1986 / Carlisle, U.K.: Paternoster 1994 (NTA 23, p. 345-346)]. Cheung V., The Sermon on the Mount, Boston MA: Reformation Ministries International 2004, pp. 129: p. 5-50: 1. The Kingdom of Heaven / online: <www.rmiweb.org/books/sermonmount.pdf>. Łach J., «Konstytucja Królestwa Bożego (Mt 5-7; Łk 6,20-49)» [The Constitution of the Kingdom of God (Mt 5–7; Lk 6:20-49)]: in R. Bartnicki (ed.), Ksiądz Rektor Jan Łach – kapłan i biblista. Księga pamiątkowa dedykowana z okazji 75 rocznicy urodzin i 50 rocznicy święceń kapłańskich, Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Kardynała Stefana Wyszyńskiego 2004, pp. 435: p. 63435 [in Polish]. Di Luccio P., The Quelle and the Targums. Righteousness in the Sermon on the Mount/Plain (AnBib 175), Roma: PIB 2009 (= Diss. Hebrew University, Jerusalem 2007), pp. 323: p. 89-95: The Promises of Matthew’s Beatitudes and the Coming of the Kingdom, p. 95-100: A Continuation of the Debate on the Blessed and the Kingdom?, p. 101-173: chap. III: The Justice of Jesus’ Kingdom, p. 175-217: chap. IV: Excursus: Q Lord’s Prayer and the Shema (p. 202-207: Q Lord’s Prayer, Deut 6,4-5 and the Kingdom). [NTA 54, p. 159] [Q; Targums] rev. L. Díez Merino, EstBíb 68/3 (2010) 382-385 Wengst K., Das Regierungsprogramm des Himmelreichs. Eine Auslegung der Bergpredigt in ihrem jüdischen Kontext, Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2010, pp. 236. [NTA 55, p. 583-584] 2. Beatitudes (Select Studies) Turner D.L., «Whom Does God Approve? The Context, Structure, Purpose, and Exegesis of Matthew’s Beatitudes»: CTR 6 (1992) 29-42. Czerski J., «Analiza lingwistyczna makaryzmów Mt 5,3-10» [Linguistic Analysis of Beatitudes in Mt 5:3-10]: in T. Dola - R. Pierskała (ed.), Ut mysterium paschale vivendo exprimatur. Księga pamiątkowa dedykowana księdzu profesorowi Helmutowi Janowi Sobeczce, dziekanowi Wydziału Teologicznego Uniwersytetu Opolskiego, z okazji 60. rocznicy urodzin (Opolska Biblioteka Teologiczna 38), Opole: Redakcja Wydawnictw Wydziału Teologicznego Uniwersytetu Opolskiego 2000, pp. 616: p. 255-264. Hinnebusch P., The Beatitudes. Seeking the Joy of God’s Kingdom, Boston: Pauline Books & Media 2000, pp. xix-166 | trans. Polish: Błogosławieństwa. W poszukiwaniu radości Królestwa Bożego, Kraków: eSPe 2004, pp. 216. Söding T., «“Selig, ihr Armen”. Die Seligpreisungen im Zentrum der Verkündigung Jesu»: in O.H. Pesch - J.-M. Van Cangh (ed.), Béatitude eschatologique et bonheur humain, Bruxelles: Académie internationale des sciences religieuses - Paris: Cerf 2005, pp. 260: p. 37-75. [IZBG 52,737] Chuecas Saldias I., «Felices aquellos siervos! Lucas 12,37. Las bienaventuranzas en el Evangelio como reflejo de la propuesta de felicidad de Jesús»: TeolVida 47/2-3 (2006) 153-189. [NTA 51,891] McKenna M., Luke. The Book of Blessings and Woes, Hyde Park NY: New City 2009, pp. v-234: p. 29-47: chap. 2: The Reign of God: Seedbed of the Beatitudes, p. 48-69; chap. 3: Blessed Are the Poor for the Kingdom of God Is Theirs [Luke 6:20]. [NTA 54, p. 165] [Qumran] Lichtenberger H., «Makarisms in Matthew 5:3ff. in their Jewish Context»: in H.-J. Becker - S. Ruzer (ed.), The Sermon on the Mount and its Jewish Setting (Cahiers de la Revue biblique 60), Paris: Gabalda 2005, pp. ix-263: p. 40-56. VI. Singular Passages 76 3. Lord’s Prayer (Select Studies) Willam F.-M., Die Welt vom Vaterunser aus gesehen, Freiburg etc.: Herder 1961, pp. 144. rev. J. Sudbrack, GuL 34/6 (1961) 475-476: «Das zweite Merkmal dieses Büchleins dürfte die Vielfalt des biblischen Tatsachen-Materials sein, das herangezogen wird. So skizziert Willam z. B. zur Auslegung der Reich-Gottes-Bitte (48-70) zuerst eine Geschichte der „Großreiche in den Tagen vor Jesus”; dann schildert er breit die Szene vor Pilatus, paraphrasiert endlich die Reich-Gottes-Parabeln, um das Ganze in der Vision der je zwölftausend Bezeichneten aus den zwölf Stämmen Israels ausklingen zu lassen» (p. 476) Mell U., «Gehört das Vater-Unser zur authentischen Jesus-Tradition? (Mt 6,9-13; Lk 11,2-4)»: BThZ 11 (1994) 148-180 = in Id., Biblische Anschläge, p. 97-135 (p. 121-128: IV. Die Doppelbitte um Gottes eschatologisches Heil für Israel).. Ryken P.G., When You Pray. Making the Lord’s Prayer Your Own, Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2000, pp. 206: p. 77-90: 6. Your Kingdom Come, p. 173-186: 13. The Power and the Glory / Phillipsburg NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed 2006 / abridged version: The Prayer of Our Lord, Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2002, pp. 110: p. 35-44: 4. Your Kingdom Come, p. 99-106: 11. The Power and the Glory. Engelhardt N., Das Vaterunser fürs Neue Zeitalter. Der mystische Weg zum Reich Gottes in uns (Glaube und Leben 16), Münster: LIT 2003, pp. 70. Finze-Michaelsen H., Vater unser - Unser Vater. Entdeckungen im Gebet Jesu (Biblisch-theologische Schwerpunkte 24), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2004, pp. 155 | trans. Hungarian (2006). [NTA 51, p. 166] Carl W.J., III, The Lord’s Prayer for Today, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2006, pp. ix-101: p. 23-30: IV. Thy Kingdom Come, p. 85-92: XI. For Thine Is the Kingdom. [NTA 51, p. 162-163] rev. P. Allen, ExpT 119/7 (2008) 359 Bray G., Yours is the Kingdom: A systematic theology of the Lord’s Prayer, Nottingham: InterVarsity 2007, pp. 206. rev. CGST Journal nr 46 (2009) 253-255 [in Chinese]; B.G. Green, EvRevTh 34/1 (2010) O’Collins G., «“May Your Kingdom come”»: in Id., The Lord’s Prayer, London: Darton, Longman & Todd 2006 / New York: Paulist 2007, pp. xiv-132: p. 64-73. [NTA 52, p. 388] Uber G., Das Lehre Jesu von Reich Gottes im Vaterunser, Creglingen - Archshofen: [author’s ed.] 2007, pp. 52. Luzarraga J., El Padrenuestro desde el arameo (AnBib 171), Roma: PIB 2008, pp. 353: p. 75-84: ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου. [Greg 89/3 (2008) 694; NTA 53, p. 168] [The Aramaic version of the Lord’s Prayer] rev. F. Bianchi, RivBib 59 (2011) 112-116; I. Díez Merino, EstBíb 68 (2010) 119-121; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131/2 (2009) 316-317; G. Rizzi, ED 61/3 (2008) 326-334; D.M. Sweetland, CBQ 71/3 (2009) 650-652; R. Vincent, Sal 72/2 (2010) 371372 Chamorro M. G., «El Padrenuestro y el Reino de Dios»: CuadTeol 29 (2010) pp. 12 in electronic resource: <http://gchamorro.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/el-padre-nuestro-y-el-reino-de-dios.pdf> / <http://publicaciones. isedet.edu.ar/ojs/index.php/ct/article/view/299/313>. Haacker K., Was Jesus lehrte. Die Verkündigung Jesu - vom Vaterunser aus entfaltet, Neukirchen Vluyn: Neukirchener 2010, pp. 280. [NTA 55, p. 376] Bazzana G.B., «Basileia and Debt Relief. The Forgiveness of Debts in the Lord’s Prayer in the Light of Documentary Papyri»: CBQ 73/3 (2011) 511-525. [NTA 56,258] [Patristic] Raikas K.K., «Adveniat regnum tuum: Interpretierung und Erweiterungen des Vaterunsers von Tertullian und Cyprian bis Augustin (De sermone Domini in monte, II,6,20)»: in La preghiera nel tardo antico: dalle origini ad Agostino. XXVII Incontro di studiosi dell’antichità cristiana, Roma, 7-9 maggio 1998 (StEphAug 66), Roma: Institutum Patristicum «Augustinianum» 1999, pp. 657: p. 249-274. [Reformation] Opitz P., «“Dein Reich komme” — Variationen reformierter Unservater-Auslegung»: in Id. (ed.), Calvin im Kontext der Schweizer Reformation. Historische und theologische Beiträge zur Calvinforschung, Zürich: Theologischer Verlag Zürich 2003, pp. 336: p. 249-269. VI. Singular Passages 77 6. Matthew 5:3 // Luke 6:20 Mineshige K., «Who Are the Poor in Spirit? Hermeneutics of Mt 5:3»: Journal of Studies on Christianity and Culture (Kwansei Gakuin University, Nishinomiya, Hyogo, Japan) 8 (2006) 23-37 [in Japanese] / «Wer sind „die Armen im Geist“? Japanische Interpretationen von Mt 5,3»: in Lampe et alii (ed.), Neutestamentliche Exegese, p. 307-318. Thompson M., «“Blessed are the poor”. What did Jesus Mean by These Words?»: Friends Quarterly (Ashford, U.K.) 35/2 (2006) 58-63. [NTA 50,1654] Zanovello L., «Poveri di spirito»: BeO 49/4 (2007) 193-216 [Ugarit, Qumran]. [NTA 53,225] Żywica Z., «Ewangelia słowem nadziei dla ubogich (Mt 5,3)» [The Gospel—word of hope for the poor (Mt 5:3)]: in S. Kozakiewicz (ed.), W służbie Bogu bogatemu w miłosierdzie. W przestrzeni Kościoła w Ełku, Białymstoku i na Warmii. Metropolicie warmińskiemu […] Wojciechowi Ziembie w 40 rocznicę święceń kapłańskich i 25 rocznicę święceń biskupich, Olsztyn: Wydział Teologii Uniwersytetu Warmińsko-Mazurskiego 2007, pp. 503: p. 493-499 [in Polish]. Valliyanipuram T., «“Poor in Spirit”: Matthean Jesus’ Vision for a New Society»: Jeev 39/nr 230 (2009) 103-115. [NTA 54,191] [Qumran] Holst S., «Hvis er Himmeriget?» [Whose is the Kingdom of heaven?]: DTT 70 (2007) 93-102. [NTA 51,1943] 7. Matthew 5:10 Day C.R., «Those Who Are Persecuted because of Righteousness, Are Those Who Pursue Righteousness. An Examination of the Origin and Meaning of the Eight Beatitude»: Acta patristica et bizantina (Pretoria, S. Africa) 16 (2005) 157-165 = Conspectus. The Journal of the South African Theological Seminary (Rivonia, Gauteng, S. Africa) 9 (2010) 25-32 / online: <www.satsonline.org/userfiles/Day _OriginAndMeaningOfMatthew5.10.pdf>. [NTA 51,951] Wróbel M.S., «Błogosławieństwo prześladowanych (Mt 5,10)» [The Blessing of the Persecuted (Mt 5:10)]: RT 52 (2005) 55-66 [in Polish]. [IZBG 53,762; NTA 50,1657] 8. Matthew 5:19-20 Bolognesi P., «Jésus interprete de la loi (Matthieu 5.17-20). Enjeux et bibliographie»: in Esprit et vie. Hommage à Samuel Bénétreau à l’occasion de ses soixante-dix ans (Collection Théologie 1), Vaux-sur-Seine: Edifac - La Bégude de Mazenc: Excelsis 1997, pp. 190: p. 129-142. Watanabe Y., «Matthew’s Understanding of the Law. An Exegetical Analysis of Mt 5:17-20»: Shingaku 61 (1999) 111-130 [in Japanese]. Rebello V., «“Blessed Are Those Who Are Persecuted for Righteousness’ Sake, for Theirs Is the Kingdom of Heaven”»: Jeev 39/nr 230 (2009) 174-183. [NTA 54,197] 9. Matthew 5:20 Kirchschläger W., «Von der überfließenden Gerechtigkeit (Mt 5,20): Gesetzeserfüllung und die Absicht Jesu von Nazaret»: in H. Lickert (ed.), Grenzgänge. Festgabe für Hans Geisser, Zürich: Pano 2003, pp. 316: p. 91-109. Mukasa E., «A Righteousness Greater than That of the Scribes and Pharisees (Mt 5:20). Righteousness for the Kingdom of God»: Hekima Review. The journal of Hekima College, the Jesuit school of theology (Nairobi, Kenya) nr 37 (2007) 55-66. [NTA 52,966] Cifrak M., «“Nova” pravednost ili pravednost u obilju više (Mt 5,20)!?» [“New” Uprightness or Uprightness in the Abundance of More (Mt 5:20)!?]: BogoslSm 78 (2008) 109-124 (-125: English Summary) [in Croatian] / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/40342>. [Mt 5:20 is an important verse to the text that speaks about the Law in the »Sermon on the Mountain«, that comes from Mt 5:17-20. This text is supposed to present the continuation of Jesus’ teaching about the Torah, its »radicalization« which shows that the authority of Jesus surpasses the Torah, or that he has the authority of the Torah. Although he doesn’t stand in opposition to the Torah and doesn’t bring any new Torah, he nevertheless announces the news in view of uprightness, because his teaching with authority is the key for its comprehension. Here, the paradigm changes because Jesus puts in the center of the Kingdom of God, that is the reign of God and the realization of God’s will, and not the Torah] Hensell E., «Reading the Sermon on the Mount»: RRel 67 (2008) 89-93. [NTA 52,964] VI. Singular Passages 78 Garlington D., «The ‘Better Righteousness’: Matthew 5:20»: BBR 20/4 (2010) 479-502. [NTA 55,930] 10. Matthew 6:10 // Luke 11:2 Krzemiński K., «„Przyjdź królestwo Twoje”» [Thy Kingdom Come]: in M. Mróz (ed.), Słowa nadziei: prośby Modlitwy Pańskiej (Euntes docete 4), Toruń: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Mikołaja Kopernika 2005, pp. 227: p. 55-83 [in Polish]. anon., «Commento al “Padre nostro”. 2: Venga il tuo regno (Mt 6,10)»: VitaCon 43/2 (2007) 205-211. Keerankeri G., «“Thy Kingdom come!”. The Kingdom of God as Gift and Responsibility»: Jeev 37/nr 218 (2007) 127-141 = in A. Saldanha (ed.), The Lord’s Prayer and Its Emerging Concerns, (introd. A. Xavier), Bangalore: Asian Trading Corporation 2008, pp. xvii-135: p. 47-69 = in Id., Matthew’s Witness to Jesus. [NTA 52,178] [For Jesus, the Kingdom of God was the central theme of his proclamation and a polyvalent symbol of God’s sovereignty. Even though the fullness of the Kingdom still remains a future reality and its arrival, conceived partially as a judgment, would mark the end or transformation of the world, a perfect state of things would result when God's rule is finally acknowledged. In the meanwhile, the Kingdom remains both a gift and a responsibility] Vugdelija M., «11. Druga prošnja: “Dođi kraljevstvo tvoje!” (Mt 6,10A)» [The second petition: «“Thy Kingdom come!” (Mt 6:10A)]: in Id., Očenaš - molitva Gospodnja (Mt 6,9-13). Egzegetskoteološka obrada [Our Father - Lord’s Prayer (Mt 6:9-13). Exegetical-teological study] (Biblioteka “Službe Božje” 56), Split: Služba Božja 2007, pp. 286 (257-267: English Summary): p. 78-105 (1. ‘Kraljevstvo Božje’ u Starom zavjetu i židovstvu, 2. ‘Kraljevstvo Božje’ u Matejevu viœenju, 3. Tumačenje druge prošnje Očenaša) and English Summary: p. 260-262 [in Croatian]. rev. M. Zovkič, Vrhbosnensia. Časopis za teološka i međureligijska pitanja (Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina) 11/2 (2007) 402-404 Calduch-Benages N., «Venga il tuo Regno»: in M. del C. Aparicio Valls - D.G. Astigueta (ed.), Meditazioni. Padre Nostro. Incontro con Gesù. Segni del Vangelo (Collana Formazione), Roma: AdP 2009, pp. 135: p. 20-23. 11. Matthew 6:25-34 // Luke 12:22-31 Derrett J.D.M., «Birds of the Air and Lilies of the Field»: DowR 105/nr 360 (1987) 181-192. [BullSignal 42,2789; NTA 32,595] De Virgilio G., «Il padre sa di cosa avete bisogno (Mt 6,19-34): provvidenza divina e realismo cristiano»: in G. Bortone (ed.), La provvidenza divina. Approccio pluridisciplinare, L’Aquila: ISSRA 2001, pp. lxviii-436: p. 147-180. Elvey A., «Storing Up Death, Storing Up Life: An Earth Story in Luke 12.13-34»: in Habel - Balabanski (ed.), The Earth Story, p. 95-107. Leske A.M., «Matthew 6.25-34: Human Anxiety and the Natural World»: in Habel - Balabanski (ed.), The Earth Story, p. 15-27. Manicardi E., «Izbor istinskih dobara i briga za život u Govoru na gori po Matejevu evanđelju (Mt 6,1934)» [La scelta dei veri beni e le preoccupazioni per la vita nel discorso del monte secondo Matteo (Mt 6:19-34)]: in M. Vugdelija (ed.), Govor na gori (Mt 5-7). Egzegetsko-teološka obrada. Zbornik radova međunarodnog znanstvenog skupa, Split, 12.-13. prosinca 2003 (Biblioteka Službe Božje 50) Split: Služba Božja 2004, pp. 478: p. 237-252 / «La scelta dei veri beni nel discorso del monte. Studio redazionale di Mt 6,19-34»: in Grasso - Manicardi (ed.), «Generati da una parola di verità», p. 41-56. Galloway L.E., «“Consider the Lilies of the Field…”. A Sociorhetorical Analysis of Matthew 6:25-34»: in C. Helmer (ed.), The Multivalence of Biblical Texts and Theological Meanings (SBL Symposium Series 37), Atlanta GA: Society of Biblical Literature 2006, pp. xii-199: p. 67-83. [IZBG 53,767; NTA 51, p. 153] rev. G.J. Brooke, JSS 53 (2008) 206-207; A.G. Hunter, JTS 59 (2008) 199-201; C. Stenschke, RevBL 1/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5580_6187.pdf> Gräßer E., «Sorgloses Sorgen. Exegetische und homiletische Erwägungen zur Paradoxie des Bergpredigers in Mt 6,25-34»: in Busse et alii (ed.), Erinnerung an Jesus, p. 161-177. Joseph S.J., «“Seek His Kingdom”: Q 12,22b-31, God’s Providence, and Adamic Wisdom»: Bib 92/3 (2011) 392-410 (p. 395-397: II. The Kingdom in Q). [Wisdom] VI. Singular Passages 79 12. Matthew 6:33 Ake J., «“Cherchez d’abord le royaume de Dieu et sa justice” (Mt 6,33)»: Revue de l’Institute Catholique de l’Afrique de l’Ouest (Abidjan, Ivory Coast) nr 8 (1994) 29-45. Bickel D.R., «What Does it Mean to Seek the Kingdom of God? Matthew 6:33 and Luke 12:31 in the Contexts of the Sermon on the Mount and the Lucan Parables» [2001, footnotes added and corrected 2005]: pp. 18 in electronic resource: <http://dawningrealm.org/kingdom/Kingdom.pdf>. Hendriks W.M.A., «Brevior lectio paeferenda est verbosiori»: RB 112 (2005) 567-595 [textual criticism]. [IZBG 52,29; NTA 50,1566] 13. Matthew 7:21 Badiola Saenz de Ugarte J.A., «“Hagamos de la tierra cielo”. La Voluntad de Dios, Padre de Jesús, como criterio último del discipulado mateano: estudio de Mt 7,21-23»: ScripVict 53/1-2 (2006) 5-42. Badiola Saenz de Ugarte J.A., «La voluntad de Dios Padre en Mt 7,21 y Mt 12,50»: ScripVict 57/1-2 (2010) 5-69. [NTA 55,933] 14. Matthew 8:11-12 // Luke 13:28-29 Giroud J.-C., «La porte étroite du royaume ou le secret de l’impossible»: LumVi nr 183 (1987) 57-65. Bird M.F., «Who Comes from the East and the West? Luke 13.28-29/Matt 8.11-12 and the Historical Jesus»: NTS 52/4 (2006) 441-457. [IZBG 53,737; NTA 51,1027] 14a. Matthew 9:35 Vidal García M., «La actividad misionera de Jesús, vista a la luz del sumario de Mt. 9,35»: Pent 5 (1967) 151-172. 15. Matthew 11:11 // Luke 7:28 DeYoung J.B. - Hurty S.L., «Reproducing the Hermeneutic of Jesus: Kingdom Reality as a Biblical Hermeneutic» [Paper presented to the Evangelical Theological Society, Washington, D.C., November 18, 1993, revised April 2, 1994]: pp. 44 in electronic resource: <www.westernseminary.edu/Papers/Faculty /HERME94B_ETS.pdf>. [Mal 3:1; 4:5 in Mt 11:10-14] 16. Matthew 11:12 // Luke 16:16 Haudebert O., «Abrogation ou accomplissement de la loi mosaïque? (Luc 16,16-18)»: Impacts. Revue de l’Université Catholique de l’Ouest (Angers, France) nr 4 (1984) 15-26. Grzybowski J., «Gwałtownicy zdobywają Królestwo Boże» [The violent men conquest the Kingdom of God]: Więź 34/nr 390 (4/1991) 60-74 [in Polish]. Paluku P., «‘Le royaume de Dieu souffre la violence, et des violents s’emparent’: essai de compréhension et d’interprétation de Mt 11,12//Lc 16,16»: in J.-L. Vande Kerkhove (ed.), Violence, justice et paix dans la Bible. Actes des deuxièmes Journées bibliques de Lubumbashi, 20-23 mars 2006 (Publications de l’Institut St François de Sales 3), Lubumbashi (Democratic Republic of the Congo): Don Bosco 2007, pp. 304: p. 263-280. rev. C. Bissoli, Sal 72/4 (2010) 797; J. Zacka, ÉtThRel 85/3 (2010) 418 Yehoshua A., «Kingdom Violence: Matthew 11:12»: in electronic resource: <www.seedofabraham.net/kingdomv.html> [retrieved December 2007]. Eloff M., «Ἀπό … ἕως and Salvation History in Matthew’s Gospel»: in Gurtner - Nolland (ed.), Built upon the Rock, p. 85-107: p. 94-101 [Mt 11:11-12]. Guccione A., «Il cielo è dei violenti? Religioni e violenza: la pericope di Mt 11,12»: Studium. Rivista trimestrale (Roma, Italy) 104/4 (2008) 489-503. Ramelli I.L.E., «Luke 16:16: The Good News of God’s Kingdom Is Proclaimed and Everyone Is Forced into It»: JBL 127/4 (2008) 737-758. [IZBG 56,889; NTA 53,984] Verheyden J., «The Violators of the Kingdom of God. Struggling with Q Polemics in Q 16:16-18»: in R. Buitenwerf et alii (ed.), Jesus, Paul, and Early Christianity. Studies in Honour of Henk Jan de Jonge (NovT SS 130), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2008, pp. x-470: p. 397-416. [IZBG 55,826; NTA 53, p. 375-376] VI. Singular Passages 80 rev. C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 394; D. Jongkind, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 15-16 Fanous D., «‘The Kingdom of Heaven suffers violence’»: in Id., Taught by God, p. 147-162 (chap. 11). Liesen J., «Violence in the Gospel according to Matthew. “I have not come to bring peace … but a sword” (Matt 10:34; 11:12)»: in J. Liesen - P.C. Beentjes (ed.), Visions of Peace and Tales of War (Deuterocanonical and Cognate Literature Yearbook 2010), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2010, pp. xii-436: p. 263-278. [NTA 55, p. 423] dos Santos L.O., «Violência no Céu: Algunas considerações sobre Mateus 11,12»: EstudosB 28/nr 112 (2011) 47-59. Weaver D.J., «‘Suffering Violence’ and the kingdom of heaven (Mt 11:12). A Matthean manual for life in a time of war»: HTS 67/1 (2011) pp. 12 online: <www.hts.org.za/index.php/HTS/article/view/1011>. [Patristic] Doignon J., «Le sens d’une formule relative à Jean-Baptiste dans l’In Matthaeum d’Hilaire de Poitiers»: VetChr 21 (1984) 27-32. 17. Matthew 12:22-37 // Luke 11:14-36 // Mark 3:22-30 (Beelzebul Pericope) MacLeod D.J., «Israel’s Unpardonable Sin (Matthew 12:22-32)»: The Emmaus Journal. Emmaus Bible College (Dubuque IA) 13/2 (2004) 181-210. Johnson-DeBaufre M., Jesus Among Her Children. Q, Eschatology, and the Construction of Christian Origins (Harvard Theological Studies 55), Cambridge MA: Harvard University 2005, pp. xvi-233 (= rev. Diss. Harvard Divinity School): chap. II. Eschatology and Community: Traditions and Solidarity in Q 7:18-35 (The Least in the Basileia are Greater: Q 7:24-28), chap. V. Eschatology and the Basileia: The Uniqueness of Jesus in Q 11:14-26 (Q 11:20 and the Interpretation of Q 11:14-26; The Sons of the Accusers and the Basileia of God: Q 11:1920). [NTA 50, p. 592] rev. A. Batten, CBQ 69 (2007) 360-361; G.F. Downing, JSNT 29/5 (2007) 40-41; H.T. Fleddermann, RevBL 7/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5539_5834.pdf>; J.S. Kloppenborg, ExpT 118 (2007) 358-359: «This approach to Q… is a welcome new look at Q, which stresses exortation and paraenesis over polemic, a communal and cooperative vision of the basileia over the language of judgement and separation»; M. Moreland, Fourth 21/2 (2008); D.A. Smith, BTB 38/4 (2008) 193-194 Sheets D.D., «Jesus as Demon-Possessed»: in McKnight - Modica (ed.), Who Do My Opponents Say I Am?, p. 27-49. Johnson-DeBaufre M., «“That One” Takes a Village. The Uniqueness of Jesus and the Beelzebul Controversy (Q 11:14-26)»: Fourth 22/5 (2009) 3-7, 10, 22, 28. [NTA 54,1011] Miquel E., «How to Discredit an Inconvenient Exorcist. Origin and Configuration of the Synoptic Controversies on Jesus’ Power as an Exorcist»: BTB 40/4 (2010) 187-206. Rodríguez R., «Jesus, Beelzebul and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Structuring Early Christian Memory. Jesus in Tradition, Performance, and Text (LNTS. European Studies on Christian Origins 407), London: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xii-278 (= rev. Diss. Sheffield 2008): p. 177-202 (chap. 7.2). Baltes G., Hebräisches Evangelium und synoptische Überlieferung. Untersuchungen zum hebräischen Hintergrund der Evangelien (WUNT II/312), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2011, pp. xix-711 (= rev. Diss. Technische Universität Dortmund 2011): p. 346-402: chap. 4: Die Beelzebul-Kontroverse (Mt 12,22-32 parr.), p. 403-486: chap. 5: Ein Gleichnis von Schuld und Vergebung (Mt 18,21-35). [Parables: Mt 18:23-35] rev. A.W. Zwiep, Soteria 29 (2012) 90-91 18. Matthew 12:28 // Luke 11:20 Perkins L., «‘The Finger of God’: Lukan Irony and Old Testament Allusions as Narrative Strategy (Luke 11.20 and Exodus 8.19 [LXX 8.15])»: in T.R. Hatina (ed.), Biblical Interpretation in Early Christian Gospels. III: The Gospel of Luke (LNTS 376), London - New York: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xii-228: p. 148-160. [NTA 54, p. 569] rev. T.R. Carmody, J.E. Wright, CBQ 73/3 (2011) 662-663; M.C. Parsons, RevBL 3/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/ 7490_8176.pdf> 19. Matthew 16:19 (Keys of the Kingdom) Vorster J.M., «Die sleutels van die koninkryk van die hemel» [The Keys of the Kingdom of Heaven]: NduitseGT 28 (1987) 46-52 [in Afrikaans]. VI. Singular Passages 81 Vorster J.M., «Die kerklike tug as sleutel van die koninkryk van die hemele» [Ecclesiastical Discipline as Key to the Kingdom of Heaven]: SHE 23/1-2 (1997) 149-168 [in Afrikaans]. Kvalbein H., «The Authorization of Peter in Matthew 16:17-19. A Reconsideration of the Power to Bind and Loos»: in J. Ådna (ed.), The Formation of the Early Church (WUNT 183), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2005, pp. xii-451: p. 145-174. [NTA 50, p. 195-196] rev. R.S. Ascough, RelSR 33 (2007) 73; A.D. Clarke, JSNT 28/5 (2006) 133-134; K. Fitschen ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 13111313; P. Foster, ExpT 117/9 (2006) 387; M.M. Jacobs, HTS 63 (2006) 390-393; J.C. Paget, JEH 57/3 (2006) 545-546; Nicholas Perrin, BBR 18 (2008) 173-174; C. Stenschke, NovT 50 (2008) 81-85 Anderson P.N., «“You Have the Words of Eternal Life!”. Is Peter Presented as Returning the Keys of the Kingdom to Jesus in John 6:68?»: Neotest 41 (2007) 1-36. [NTA 52,1729] von Arx U., «Bemerkungen zu Mt 16,17-19 und zur Rede vom Petrusamt»: in Lampe et alii (ed.), Neutestamentliche Exegese, p. 319-334. Górka B., «Bait czy qahal? Co wiadomo, a czego nie wiadomo o Mt 16,16-19» [Bait or Qahal? What is and What is not Known about Mt 16:16-19]: Scripta Biblica et Orientalia (Lublin, Poland) 2 (2010) 109-130 [in Polish]. [Qumran] Muszyński H., «Qumrańska paralela prymatu 1QH 6,25-36» [Ein qumranische Parallele zum Primat: 1QH 6,25-26]: Studia Pelplińskie. Rocznik Diecezji Pelplińskiej (Pelplin, Poland) 3 (1973) 27-47 / «Prymat Piotra w świetle qumrańskiej paraleli 1QH 6,25-36» [Der Primat des Petrus im Licht der qumranischen Parallele: 1QH 6,25-26]: in Łach - Filipiak (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 157-175 [in Polish]. [IZBG 21,1939; 25,725] [Patristic] La Bonnardière A.-M., «“Tu es Petrus”. La péricope “Matthieu 16,13-23” dans l’oeuvre de saint Augustin»: Irén 34 (1961) 451-499. [Reformation] Stolle V., «Die Schlüssel des Himmelreichs. Luthers Interpretation von Matthäus 16,19 in seiner Auseinandersetzung mit dem Papsttum»: NZST 49/2 (2007) 241-281. [NTA 52,977] Hajnalka K., «A „kulcsok hatalma” Kálvin tanításában» [Calvin on the keys of the Kingdom of Heaven]: Sárospataki Füzetek [Sarospatak Notes] (Sárospatak, Hungary) 13/4 (2009) 171-180 (180: English Summary) [in Hungarian]. [For Calvin preaching should be understood by binding and loosing. The power of the keys means announcing the forgiveness of sins […] The powers of the keys are also given to the community of believers] 20. Matthew 18:1-5 (// Mark 9:33-37 // Luke 9:46-48) Armada M.A., «Mateo 18, 1-14: el poder en la comunidad de los pequeños»: Anatéllei: se levanta (Centro de Estudios Filosóficos y Teológicos, Villa Claret, Córdoba, Argentina) 8/nr 16 (2006) 9-24. Lorenzin T., «“Se non diventerete come bambini, non entrerete nel regno dei cieli” (Mt 18,3)»: Vita Minorum (Venezia, Italy) 79/3-4 (2008) 43-51. Garlington D., «“Who is the Greatest?”»: JETS 53/2 (2010) 287-316. [NTA 55,208] [Patristic] Salvesen A., «Without shame or desire. The pronouncements of Jesus on children and the kingdom, and early Syriac attitudes to childhood»: SJT 59 (2006) 307-326. [NTA 51,183] [Mt 18:3 in the Syriac interpretation of Aphrahat, Ephrem, Narsai of Edessa, Jacob of Serugh] 21. Matthew 19:12 Schattenmann J., «Jesus und Pythagoras»: Kairos 21/2-3 (1979) 215-220. [BullSignal 34,6622; NTA 24.788] Marcheselli Casale C., «Il matrimonio: un annuncio per il regno dei cieli (Studio esegetico-teologico su Mt 19,3-12 e Mc 10,2-12)»: Rivista di letteratura e di storia ecclesiastica (Napoli, Italy) 13/1-3 (1981) 5-38. Blomberg C.L., «Marriage, Divorce, Remarriage, and Celibacy: An Exegesis of Matthew 19:3-12»: TrinJ 11/2 (1990) 161-196. [BullSignal 45,3903; NTA 35,1140] VI. Singular Passages 82 Abela A., «Jesus’ Reasoning on Marriage and Divorce in Mt 19,1-12»: Forum. A Review of Canon Law and Jurisprudence (Valletta, Malta) 2/2 (1991) 23-63. Harvey A.E., Eunuchs for the Sake of the Kingdom (Ethel M. Wood Lecture 1995), London: The University of London 1995, pp. 28 / in electronic resource: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/eunuchs_harvey. pdf> [2006] / HeyJ 48 (2007) 1-17. [NTA 51,966] Bartnicki R., «Pouczenie uczniów o dobrowolnej bezżenności (Mt 19,10-12)» [Instruction of the disciples about the celibacy (Mt 19:10-12)]: in Chrostowski (ed.), „Stworzył Bóg człowieka na Swój obraz”, p. 53-58 [in Polish]. Ervine C., «Single in the Church: Eunuchs in the Kingdom»: Churchman 119/3 (2005) 217-232 / online: <www.churchsociety.org/churchman/documents/Cman_119_3_Ervine.pdf>. Kobayashi A., «Eunuchs for the sake of the Kingdom of Heaven (Mt 19:12)»: Shingaku-Kenk 53 (2006) 1-14 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&lang=en&type=pdf&id= ART0008071777>. Talbott R., «Imagining the Matthean Eunuch Community. Kyriarchy on the Chopping Block»: Journal of Feminist Studies in Religion (Bloomington IN) 22 (2006) 21-43. [NTA 50,1666] Rigato M.-L., «Riflessioni sulla vita di coppia nel Vangelo secondo Matteo 19,3-12»: RicT 19/2 (2008) 331-350 (351: English Summary). Cahuich T.C., «El celibato, una nueva forma de vivir en el reino. Análisis pragmalingüistico de Mt 19,1012»: QOL nr 50 (2009) 69-99. [IZBG 56,821] Villalobos M., «Eunucos por el reino»: QOL nr 50 (2009) 43-68. [IZBG 56,820] 22. Matthew 19:16-30 // Mark 10:17-31 // Luke 18:18-30 (Rich Young Ruler) Trilling W., «Besitzverzicht und Nachfolge: Lk 18,18-30»: in Id., Christusverkündigung, p. 123-145. Lemoine E., «Une lecture monastique d’un épisode évangélique»: Études Traditionnelles (Paris, France) 87/nr 493 (1986) 141-146 [Mk 10:17-22]. [BullSignal 41,3769] Sänger D., «Recht und Gerechtigkeit in der Verkündigung Jesu. Erwägungen zu Mk 10,17-22 und 12,2834»: BZ 36/2 (1992) 179-194 = in Id., Von der Bestimmtheit des Anfangs. Studien zu Jesus, Paulus und zum frühchristlichen Schriftversändnis, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2007, pp. viii-399: p. 33-48. [BullSignal 47 (1993) 938; NTA 37,746] West G.O., «The Interface between Trained Readers and Ordinary Readers in Liberation Hermeneutics. A Case Study: Mark 10:17-22»: Neotest 27 (1993) 165-180. [BullSignal 48,1535; NTA 38,800] Malina A., «Kto może być zbawionym? (Mk 10,26)» [Who can be saved? (Mk 10:26)]: VerVitae 1 (2002) 105-122 [in Polish]. Kotecki D., «„Nauczycielu dobry, co mam czynić, aby odziedziczyć życie wieczne?” (Mk 10,17)» [“Good teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?” (Mk 10:17)]: Theologica Thoruniensia (Toruń, Poland) 5 (2004) 53-83 (83-84: Italian Summary) [in Polish]. Méndez-Moratalla F., The Paradigm of Conversion in Luke (JSNT SS 252), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2004, pp. xii-255 (= rev. Diss. Durham 2001): p. 181-198: chap. 8. The Conversion of the Criminal (Lk. 23.39-43) (p. 190-192: The Petition [23.42]), p. 198-214: chap. 9. The Non-Conversion of a Ruler (Lk. 18.18-30). [Lk 23:42] rev. B.E. Beck, JTS 57 (2006) 256-258; P. Foster, ExpT 117 (2005) 33; R.C. Hill, HeyJ 47/4 (2006) 628-629 Ormanty S., «Bóg albo pieniądz. Wymagania Kościoła pierwotnego od katechumenów na podstawie perykopy Mk 10,17-31» [God or wealth. The requirements of the early Church from catechumens on the basis of Mk 10:17-21]: StGd vol 17 (2004) 5-21 (-22: English Summary) [in Polish] / online: <www.studiagdanskie.diecezja.gda.pl/pdf/sg_xvii.pdf> = WPT 12 (2004) 73-88 (-89: English Summary) / online: <http://wender.home.pl/cvs/pliki_pdf/0841.pdf>. Dziadosz D., «Jaka jest recepta na niebo? Czyli o tym jak bogaty człowiek przychodzi do Jezusa szukając życia wiecznego (Mk 10,17-31)» [The recipe for heaven? That is: how the rich young man is coming to Jesus searching for the eternal life (Mk 10:17-31]: Premislia Christiana (Przemyśl, Poland) 11 (2004-2005) 93-109 [in Polish]. VI. Singular Passages 83 Hartman L., «“Was soll ich tun, damit ich das ewige Leben erbe”? Ein heidenchristlicher Leser vor einigen ethischen Sätzen des Markusevangeliums»: in Ch. Böttrich (ed.), Eschatologie und Ethik im frühen Christentum. Festschrift für Günter Haufe zum 75. Geburtstag (Greifswalder theologische Forschungen 11), Frankfurt a.M. etc.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. 376: p. 75-90. rev. A. Hogeterp, TC: A Journal of Biblical Textual Criticism 13 (2008) electronic journal: <http://rosetta.reltech.org/TC/ v13/Bottrich-ed2008rev.pdf> Joy C.I.D., «Mark 10:17-27 in the Light of the Issues of Poor and Their Representation: A Postcolonial Reading»: BangThFor 38 (2006) 157-171. [NTA 51,1681] Landgrave Gándara D.R., «Los pobres y el proyecto de Jesús: Lc 18,18-30»: in Grilli et alii (ed.), Riqueza y solidaridad, p. 195-217 (chap. 10). Zawadzki R., «Bogactwo jako przeszkoda w pójściu za Jezusem (Łk 18,18-23)» [The Wealth as an obstacle in following Jesus (Lk 18:18-23)]: WPT 14/2 (2006) 117-148 [in Polish]. Zani L., «Il dono di lasciare: Gesù e il giovane ricco (Mt 19,16-29)»: Presb(T) 41 (2007) 297-301. Buetubela Balembo P., «La quête du bonheur et l’homme riche en Mc 10,23»: in J.-L. Vande Kerkhove (ed.), La recherche du bonheur dans la Bible. Actes des troisiémes Journées biblique de Lubumbashi, 10-13 mars 2008 (Publications de l’Institut St François de Sales 4), Lubumbashi (Democratic Republic of the Congo): Don Bosco 2009, pp. 175. rev. C. Focant, RTLouv 42/4 (2011) 596 Ermakov A., «The Salvific Significance of the Torah in Mark 10.17-22 and 12.28-34»: in P. Oakes - M. Tait (ed.), Torah in the New Testament. Papers Delivered at the Manchester-Lausanne Seminar of June 2008 (LNTS 401), London - New York: T&T Clark 2009, pp. xvii-278: p. 21-31. [NTA 54, p. 365-366] rev. E.W. Lee, JSOT 35/5 (2011) 197; J.N. Lohr, RRT 18/4 (2011) 535-537 McDermott J.M., «What Went Wrong with Catholic (NT) Exegesis and Christology? Beyond Mark 10:17-22»: Ang 86/4 (2009) 795-833. [IZBG 56,1901; NTA 54,1525] Mandefu Buanga J., La richesse et le salut du disciple. Lecture synchronique de Lc 18,18-30, Rome: Pontificia Università Urbaniana 2011, pp. 200 (Pars Diss. Urbaniana 2010). van de Sandt H., «Eternal Life as a Reward for Choosing the Right Way: The Story of the Rich Young Man (Matt 19:16-30)»: in W. Weren et alii (ed.), Life Beyond Death in Matthew’s Gospel. Religious Metaphor or Bodily Reality? (Biblical Tools and Studies 13), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2011, pp. xviii-284: p. 107-127. [NTA 56, p. 177] [Patristic] Lindemann A., «Eigentum und Reich Gottes. Die Erzählung „Jesus und der Reiche” im Neuen Testament und bei Clemens Alexandrinus»: ZEvEth 50/2 (2006) 89-109 / «Eigentum und Reich Gottes. Die Erzählung »Jesus und der Reiche« im Neuen Testament und bei Klemens von Alexandria»: in Id., Glauben, Handeln, Verstehen. Studien zur Auslegung des Neuen Testaments (WUNT 282), II, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2011, pp. x-500: p. 312-341 (enl. ed.). Manca L., Il volto ambiguo della ricchezza. Agostino e l’episodio del giovane ricco, Roma: Armando Editore 2006, pp. 144. rev. V. Grossi, Aug 48 (2008) 246-247 Clarke A.D., «‘Do not Judge who is Worthy and Unworthy’. Clement’s Warning not to Speculate about the Rich Young Man’s Response (Mark 10.17-31)»: JSNT 31/4 (2009) 447-468. [IZBG 55,787; NTA 54,230] [Clement of Alexandria] 23. Matthew 19:23-24 // Mark 10:23-25 // Luke 18:24-25 Vijaya Raj R.J., «Wealth and Social Justice in Luke 18: 18-25»: BiBh 37 (2011) 20-41. 24. Matthew 19:24 // Mark 10:25 // Luke 18:25 Lorah T.R., Jr., «Again – Camel or Rope. In Matthew 19.24 and Mark 10.25?» [1996]: pp. 7 in electronic resource: <http://tmcdaniel.palmerseminary.edu/camel-hawser.pdf>. 26. Matthew 21:31 Miquel E., «Jesús y las prostitutas»: ResBíb 54 (2007) 35-43. VI. Singular Passages 84 27. Matthew 21:43 Vlach M.J., «Does Matthew 21:43 Support Replacement Theology?» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www. theologicalstudies.citymax.com/page/page/4362539.htm>. 28. Mark 1:14-15 Gallart M., «Fantasia hermenèutica. Convertiu-vos a l’Evangeli (Mc 1,14-15)»: BABC nr 46 (1994) 2324. [in Catalan] Langkammer H., «„Pełnia czasu” – szansa zbawcza i postulat. Refleksje nad programowym orędziem Jezusa w Mk 1,15» [“The time is fulfilled” – salvific chance and demand. Reflections on the programmatic message of Jesus in Mk 1:15]: in A.J. Nowak (ed.), „Gdy nastała pełnia czasu” (Homo meditans 22), Lublin: Towarzystwo Naukowe KUL 2001, pp. 328: p. 107-124 [in Polish]. Loader W., «Goods News–for the Earth? Reflections on Mark 1.1-15»: in Habel - Balabanski (ed.), The Earth Story, p. 28-43. Żywica Z., «Jezusowe wezwanie do metanoi i wiary w Ewangelię Bożą (Mk 1,14-15)» [The Jesus’ call to conversion and faith in the Gospel of God (Mk 1:14-15)]: Zeszyty Teologiczne (Olsztyn, Poland) 12/2 (2003) 80-89 [in Polish]. Pérez Herrero F., «Conversión y fe. Respuesta del hombre al evangelio de Dios (Mc 1,14-15)»: Burg 46/2 (2005) 333-346. [NTA 50,1681] Delorme J., «Ouverture et orientation du livret de Marc (1, 1-15)»: in Id., Parole et récit évangéliques, p. 35-119: p. 90-111: En Galilée, l’évangile de Dieu [Mk 1:14-15]. Kurianal J., «“The Kingdom of God Has Come”. An Analysis of the Summary Statement in Mk 1:1415»: IndTS 43/3-4 (2006) 375-395. [NTA 51,979] Linke W., «Pierwsze nauczanie Jezusa o Królestwie Bożym w Ewangelii Marka (Mk 1,14-15) a kształtowanie się tradycji synoptycznej» [The first proclamation of Jesus on the Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark (Mk 1:14-15) and the formation of the Synoptic tradition]: WST 19 (2006) 185194 (194: Italian Summary) / online: <http://fides.org.pl/dlibra/doccontent?id=369&dirids=1> [in Polish]. Bartnicki R., «Wypowiedź o nadejściu królestwa Bożego (Mk 1, 15a; por. Mt 4, 17.23) jako program i centrum przepowiadania Jezusa» [The saying about the coming of the Kingdom of God (Mk 1:15a; cf. Mt 4:17.23) as a program and centrum of Jesus’ prediction]: in I.S. Ledwoń et alii (ed.), Scio cui credidi. Księga pamiątkowa ku czci Księdza Profesora Mariana Ruseckiego w 65. rocznicę urodzin, Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2007, pp. xii-1325: p. 605-616 [in Polish]. Rose C., «Mk 1,14-15 – Das „Programmwort Jesu” als Tür zum Evangelium»: in Id., Theologie als Erzählung im Markusevangelium. Eine narratologisch- rezeptionsästhetische Untersuchung zu Mk 1,1-15 (WUNT II/236), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. xii-312: p. 154-163. [NTA 52, p. 390] rev. C. Broccardo, StPat 56/3 (2009) 704-706; D. du Toit, ThLZ 135 (2010) cols 692-695; M. Mayordomo, VF 55 (2010) 19-37; K.M. Schmidt, BZ 53 (2009) 144-146 Kosch D., «Die Gottesherrschaft erreicht das Jetzt. Eine Annäherung an Mk 1,15 und Lk 11,2 par 6,10»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 85-88. [IZBG 54,1636; NTA 52,209] Palu M., Jesus, Time and the Kingdom. An Interpretation of Mark 1:15 (Diss. Faculty of Arts, University of Western Sydney, Australia 2009, pp. 464: online: <http://handle.uws.edu.au:8081/1959.7/43392>). 29. Mark 9:1 // Matthew 16:28 // Luke 9:27 Oberlinner L., «Die Stellung der „Terminworte“ in der eschatologischen Verkündigung des Neuen Testaments»: in Fiedler - Zeller (ed.), Gegenwart, p. 51-66 / online: <www.freidok.uni-freiburg.de/volltexte/ 4153/pdf/Oberlinner_Die_Stellung_der_Terminworte.pdf>. Michoń E., «Struktura literacka Mt 16,24-28» [The Literary Structure of Mt 16:24-28]: StWar 18 (1981) 367-382 [in Polish]. Herranz Marco M. - García Pérez J.M., «Gustar la muerte y ver el reino de Dios (Mc 9,1)»: in Idd., ¿Esperó Jesús, p. 37-57 (chap. 1). Sesadima S., The Theological Significance of Mark 9,1 in the Context of Discipleship (Diss. Urbaniana, Roma 2005) [Laur 47 (2006) 297-302]. VI. Singular Passages 85 Riemersma N., «“… tot zij het koninkrijk van God gezien hebben”. Over Lucas 9:27 en de context»: Interpretatie 16/5 (2008) 29-31 / online: <http://www.bethelkerk-denhaag.nl/uploaded/reading/_tot_zij_het_koninkrijk_van_God_gezien_hebben_Over_Lucas_927_en_de_context.pdf>. Dallas J.E., «Matthew 16:28: The Promise of Not Tasting Spiritual Death before the Parousia»: TrinJ 30 (2009) 81-95. [IZBG 56,818] Reichardt M., «Das Kommen des Menschensohnes und das Kommen des Reiches Gottes (Mk 8,38; 9,1)»: in Id., Endgericht durch den Menschensohn? Zur eschatologischen Funktion des Menschensohnes im Markusevangelium (SBB 62), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2009, pp. 380 (= rev. Diss. Hab. Bonn 2006): p. 33-155 (chap. 2). [Son of Man] rev. S. Jöris, ABR 59 (2011) 30. Mark 10:13-16 // Matthew 19:13-15 // Luke 18:15-17 Lods M., «Jésus et les petits enfants»: PLu 36/2 (1988) 75-80. [BullSignal 43,2116] Bagni A., «Il Regno di Dio appartiene ai piccoli (Mc 10,13-16)»: PdV 41/4 (1996) 41-44. Haider S.A., Die Kinder und die Basileia Gottes. Untersuchungen zu Mk 10,13-16 und Mk 9,33-37 (Dipl.-Arbeit, Graz Univ. 1998, pp. ii-73). Banaszek A., «Rozwój opowiadania o błogosławieniu dzieci w świetle teologicznych koncepcji synoptyków (Mk 10,13-16; Mt 19,13-15; Łk 18,15-17)» [Development of the Narrative of the Blessing of Children in the Light of Synoptic Theological Concepts (Mk 10:13-16; Mt 19:13-15; Lk 18:1517]: in W. Chrostowski (ed.), Pan moim światłem. Księga pamiątkowa dla Księdza Profesora Jerzego Chmiela w 65. rocznicę urodzin, Warszawa: “Vocatio” 2000, pp. 396: p. 48-78 [in Polish]. rev. Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 2/nr 2(3) (2002) 88-91 Cisowski H., «Czy tylko dzieci będą zbawione, czyli Markowy ideał ucznia» [Only the children will be saved?, or the Mark’s ideal of disciple]: in A. Regiewicz (ed.), Przestrzeń Słowa przedstawia: dzieckiem podszyte – rzecz o dzieciństwie, Zabrze: II Liceum Ogólnokształcące - Przestrzeń Słowa 2000, pp. 102: p. 77-99 [in Polish]. [Mk 10:13-16] Mareček P., «La preghiera di Gesù sui bambini (19,13-15)»: in Id., La preghiera di Gesù nel vangelo di Matteo. Uno studio esegetico-teologico (Tesi Gregoriana. Serie Teologia 67), Roma: Pontificia Università Gregoriana 2000, pp. 246 (= Diss. Gregoriana): p. 173-180. [NTA 47, p. 161-162] rev. J.V. Allegue, EstTrin 36/3 (2002) 568-569; D. Scaiola, CivCatt 152/4 (2001) 96-98 Crüsemann M., «KinderReich. Der Text für die Bibelarbeit am Freitag: Markus 10,13-16»: JK 66 (2005) 32-41. Rödding G., «Das Reich Gottes und die Kinder: eine Betrachtung zu Markus 10,13-16»: was+wie. Kinder religionspädagogisch begleiten. Ideen / Aktionen / Projekte (Langenhagen / Gütersloh, Germany) 34/2 (2005) 77-78. [Catechesis] Gundry J.M., «Children in the Gospel of Mark, with Special Attention to Jesus’ Blessing of the Children (Mark 10:13-16) and the Purpose of Mark»: in Bunge et alii (ed.), The Child in the Bible, p. 143176 (chap. 7). Spitaler P., «Welcoming a Child as a Metaphor for Welcoming God’s Kingdom: A Close Reading of Mark 10.13-16»: JSNT 31/4 (2009) 423-446. [IZBG 55,786; NTA 54,228] 32. Mark 14:25 // Matthew 26:29 // Luke 22:(16),18 Nash R., «Luke 22:14-34»: REx 89/3 (1992) 397-401. Herranz Marco M. - García Pérez J.M., «La Última Cena según Lucas (22,14-28)»: in Idd., ¿Esperó Jesús, p. 131-144 (chap. 5). Smit P.-B., «Neuer Wein oder Wein aufs Neue – Eine Notiz zu Mk 14,25»: BN Heft 129 (2006) 61-70. [IZBG 53,818; NTA 51,994] de Oliveira C.F., «O Vinho Renovado no Reino de Deus (Mc 14,25)»: in Id., “Este é meu sangue da Aliança” (Mc 14,24). A Eucaristia no Evanghelho de Marcos, Madrid 2008, pp. 172 (Pars Diss. Facultad de Teología “San Dámaso”, Madrid, Spain): p. 125-145. VI. Singular Passages 86 Witczyk H., «Jak Ofiara Jezusa przybliża królestwo Boże?» [How Does Jesus’ Sacrifice Bring the Kingdom of God Closer?]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 63-69 (-70: English Summary). [Eucharist / Cross] [Patristic] Rouwhorst G., «How Eschatological Was Early Christian Liturgy?»: in F. Young et alii (ed.), Studia Patristica. XL: Papers presented at the Fourteenth International Conference on Patristic Studies held in Oxford 2003. Liturgia et Cultus, Theologica et Philosophica, Critica et Philologica, Nachleben, First Two Centuries, Leuven etc.: Peeters 2006, pp. xv-526: p. 93-108. [Eucharist; Liturgy] rev. J. van Oort, VigChr 61 (2007) 241-244 34. Luke 8:1-3 Muoneke M.B., «Universalism and Mission in the Bible. Women Discipleship and Evangelization in Lk 8.1-3»: RAfrT 17/nr 34 (1993) 163-180. de Biré L., «“Ainsi que quelques femmes...”: un parcours autour de Lc 8,1-3»: Scriptura(M) 4 (2002) 5777. de Boer E.A., «The Lukan Mary Magdalene and the Other Women Following Jesus»: in Levine - Blickenstaff (ed.), A Feminist Companion to Luke, p. 140-160. Restrepo M.I., «Lo acompañaban algunas mujeres (Lc. 8, 1-3)»: CuestTeol 33/nr 80 (2006) 249-257. Calduch-Benages N., «Jesús i les seves deixebles (Lc 8,1-3)» [Jesus and his disciples (Lk 8:1-3)]: BABC nr 99 (2008) 5-18. [in Catalan] Paquette S., Les femmes disciples dans l’évangile de Luc. Critique de la rédaction (Diss. Université de Montréal, Québec, Canada 2008; pp. vii-411: p. 103-161: chap. 4: Les femmes qui suivaient Jésus: Lc 8,1-3 / online: <www.theses.umontreal.ca/theses/nouv/paquette-lessard_s/these.pdf>). Sandiyagu V.R., The Galilean Women in the Redaction of Luke. An Exegetical Study of Luke 8:1-3 (Diss. Kaholieke Univ. Leuven 2008, pp. 517; Table of Contents: <https://lirias.kuleuven.be/handle/1979/2002>). Perroni M., «Ricche padrone o discepole di Gesù? (Lc 8, 1-3). A proposito di Luca “evangelista delle donne”»: in De Virgilio - Ferrari (ed.), «Lingue come di fuoco» (At 2, 3), p. 199-211. 35. Luke 9:1-6 // Malina A., «La missione dei discepoli (Lc 10,1-16)»: SSHT 38 [special nr] (2005) 9-19. 37. Luke 9:57-62 Fabris R., «Chi vuol venire dietro di me, prenda la sua croce»: PSV 2 (1980) 124-139. Kürschner M., «Lk 9,57-62: Befreite Nachfolge»: Ichthys. Theologische Orientierung für Studium & Gemeinde (Marburg, Germany) 18/nr 34 (2002) 21-25. Rodrigues E., «O anúncio do Reino de Deus em Q9,57-62»: Via Teológica. Faculdade Teológica Batista do Paraná (Curitiba PR, Paraná, Brasil) 6 (2002) 63-82 / O anúncio do Reino de Deus em Q9.5762. Expectativas apocalípticas e sabedoria cotidiana no Discurso do Filho do Homem (Thesis Mestrado em Ciências da Religião, UMESP – Universidade Metodista de São Paulo, Brasil, Coordenação de Aperfeiçoamento de Pessoal de Nível Superior 2003, pp. 132). Abuh J., Christian discipleship in Luke 9:57-62 (Diss. Angelicum, Rome 2006, pp. 129). 38. Luke 9:60 // Matthew 8:22 Hengel M., Nachfolge und Charisma. Eine exegetisch-religionsgeschichtliche Studie zu Mt 8,21f. und Jesu Ruf in die Nachfolge (BZNW 34), Berlin: Töpelmann 1968, pp. 116 | trans. English: The Charismatic Leader and His Followers (Studies of the New Testament and its World 1), Edinburgh: T&T Clark - New York NY: Crossroad 1981, pp. xiii-111 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2005 = in Id., Kleine Schriften, V, p. 40-138 (p. 42-55: 1. Zur Auslegung von Mt 8,21-22 par.: »Laß die Toten ihre Toten begraben«). [NTA 13, p. 156 / 26, p. 318] rev. G. Dautzenberg, ThRev 66 (1970) cols 19-20 [NTA 15,501r]; F. Grässer, ThLZ 95/4 (1980) cols 275-277 [NTA 15,502r]; A.F.J. Klijn, NovT 11/4 (1969) 318; J.-E. Ménard, RHR 177/2 (1970) 215; B.A. Pearson, VigChr 25/4 (1971) 304-306; L.F. Rivera, RevBíb 35 (1973) 89; J. Sudbrack, GuL 42/2 (1969) 152-153; L. Álvarez Verdes, Pent 8 (1970) 107108 / E. Best, JSNT 5 (1983) 114-115; G.B. Caird, JTS 34/2 (1983) 390; S. Freyne, IrBS 6/3 (1984) 145-147 VI. Singular Passages 87 Herrmann L., «Correction du k en a dans une phrase de Jésus»: Revue des études anciennes (Bordeaux, France) 83/3-4 (1981) 283 [Mt 8:22]. [BullSignal 38,6446] Schwarz G., «ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς»: ZNW 72/3-4 (1981) 272-276 [Mt 8:22]. [BullSignal 36,4071; NTA 26,471] McCane B.R., «“Let the Dead Bury Their Own Dead”. Secondary Burial and Matt 8:21-22»: HTR 83 (1990) 31-43. Kister M., «‘Leave the Dead to Bury their Own Dead’»: in J.L. Kugel (ed.), Studies in Ancient Midrash, Cambridge MA: Harvard University Center for Jewish Studies - Harvard University Press 2001, pp. vii-177: p. 43-56. [Rabbinic Sources] rev. F.C. Elisheva, Shofar. An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies (Ashland OH) 22/4 (2004) 159-161; B.L. Visotzky, International Journal of the Classical Tradition (New Brunswick N.J.) 10 (2003) 141-144 Garuti P., «Gesù e i bravi ragazzi. Il Mashal evangelico di Lc 9,59-60 (// Mt 8,21-22) e la pompa funeraria dell’aristocrazia romana»: ED 51/6 (2006) 36-74. [NTA 51, p. 365] Manns F., «“Laissez les morts enterrer leurs morts”. Rupture ou continuité de Jésus avec le judaïsme?»: in J.E. Aguilar Chiu et alii (ed.), «Il Verbo di Dio è vivo». Studi sul Nuovo Testamento in onore del Cardinale Albert Vanhoye, S.I. (AnBib 165), Roma: PIB 2007, pp. 632: p. 25-34 = in Id., Jerusalem, Antioche, Rome, p. 72-79. [NTA 51, p. 561] rev. J.L. Caballero, EstBíb 66 (2008) 671-674; R. Pierri, LA 57 (2007) 750-753 40. Luke 12:32 Irudaya R., «Gospel Images of Little Flock»: Word and Worship (Bangalore, India) 38/5 (2005) 289-300. Stegman T.D., «Reading Luke 12:13-34 as an Elaboration of a Chreia. How Hermogenes of Tarsus Sheds Light on Luke’s Gospel»: NovT 49 (2007) 328-352: p. 349-350: 12:30b-32—Implied Statements from Authority. [NTA 52,1017] Busse U., «Gier, Geiz und Gewinn. Lk 12,13-34.(41 -48], die Reichtumsparänese, in verschiedenen Kontexten»: in Busse et alii (ed.), Erinnerung an Jesus, p. 309-330. 41. Luke 13:22-30 Rakocy W., «Zapowiedź wykluczenia Żydów z królestwa niebieskiego wg Łk 13,22-30» [The announcing of the exclusion of Jews from the kingdom of heaven according to Lk 13:22-30]: in K. Mielcarek (ed.), „Dobrze, sługo dobry…” (Mt 25,21). Księga pamiątkowa ku czci Ks. Dr Huberta Ordona SDS (Studia Biblica 9), Kielce: „Verbum” 2005, pp. 240: p. 127-133 [in Polish]. 41a. Luke 14:15 Marshall M., «‘Blessed is anyone who will eat bread in the kingdom of God’. A brief study of Luke 14.15 in its context»: in Tuckett (ed.), Feasts and Festivals, p. 97-106. 42. Luke 17:20-21 Jungschaffer W., Das Reich Gottes ist in Euch. Eine bibeltheologische und exegetische Studie zu Lukas 17,20f (Diss. Salzburg 1960, pp. 176). Lehmann K., «Das Reich Gottes ist mitten unter euch. Bibelarbeit zu Lk 17,20-21 beim 89. Deutschen Katholikentag in Aachen im Forum Bibelarbeit»: in H. Czarkowski - C. Zeller (ed.), Dein Reich komme. 89. Deutscher Katholikentag vom 10. bis 14. September 1986 in Aachen. Dokumentation, II, Paderborn: Bonifatius 1987, pp. ix-857-1726: p. 1650-1658. Theissen G., «Wo ist Gott? Fünf Auslegungen des Jesuswortes: “Das Reich Gottes ist in Eurer Mitte” (Lukas 17,20-21)»: in Id., Die offene Tür. Biblische Variationen zu Predigttexten, München: Kaiser 1990, pp. 188: p. 110-115 | trans. English: The Open Door. Variations on Biblical Themes, London: SCM 1991, pp. xii-191; Italian: «Dov’è Dio? Cinque spiegazioni del detto di Gesù “Il regno di Dio è in mezzo a voi” (Luca 17,20-21)»: in Id., La porta aperta. Variazioni su testi biblici (Meditazioni bibliche), Torino: Claudiana 1993, pp. 251: p. 141-148. [Preaching] Letchford R.R., Pharisees, Jesus and the Kingdom. Divine Royal Presence as Exegetical Key to Luke 17:20-21 (Diss. Australian National University, Canberra 2001) / in electronic resource: <http://thesis.anu.edu.au/public/adt-ANU20030917.151913/index.html>. VI. Singular Passages 88 Coman K., «“Ιδού γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντός ὑμῶν ἐστίν” (Λκ. 17,21). Φιλοκαλική ἑρμηνεία»: in Galanis et alii (ed.), Διακονία, p. 175-188 [in Greek]. Marcin R.B., «The Kingdom of God is Within (Among) (in the Midst of) You» [2008]: pp. 9 in electronic resource: <www.biblicaltheology.com/Research/MarcinR01.pdf> [retrieved February 2009]. Ramelli I., «Luke 17:21: “The Kingdom of God is inside you”. The Ancient Syriac Versions in Support of the Correct Translation»: Hugoye: Journal of Syriac Studies. Electronic Journal (Beth Mardutho: The Syriac Institute, Piscataway NJ) 12/2 (2009) 259-286 / online: <http://syrcom.cua.edu/ Hugoye/Vol12No2/HV12N2Ramelli.pdf>. Schwemer A.M., «Das Kommen der Königsherrschaft Gottes in Lk 17,20f.»: in A. Hultgård - S. Norin (ed.), Le Jour de Dieu. Der Tag Gottes, 5. Symposium Strasbourg, Tübingen, Uppsala. 11.-13. September 2006 in Uppsala (WUNT 245), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2009, pp. viii-252: p. 107138. [NTA 54, p. 403; OTA 33,1446] rev. J. Borel, RThPh 141/4 (2009) 406-407; A.C. Hagedorn, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 148-149; R. Hunziker-Rodewald - E. Göran, SEÅ 76 (2011) 236-238 43. Luke 22:28-30 // Matthew 19:28 Meier J.P., «Jesus, The Twelve and the Restoration of Israel»: in Scott (ed.), Restoration, p. 365-404. Mikołajczak M., «O miejscach i władzy sądzenia w Królestwie (Łk 22,24-30)» [About the places and the power of judging in the Kingdom (Lk 22:24-30)]: Studia Koszalińsko-Kołobrzeskie (Wyższe Seminarium Duchowne. Wyższy Instytut Wiedzy Religijnej, Koszalin, Poland) 8 (2003) 205-213 [in Polish]. Mikołajczak S., «Spór o pierwszeństwo – propozycja interpretacji Łk 22,24-30» [Dispute about Primacy – A Proposal for Interpretation of Lk 22:24-30]: in Chrostowski (ed.), „Pieśniami dla mnie Twoje przykazania”, p. 251-261 [in Polish]. Mikołajczak M., «Über die Macht des Gerichthaltens im Reich Gottes (Lk 22,24-30)»: RSac 12 (2005) 41-52. Smit P.-B., «Problematic Parallels: A Note on Some Proposed Literary Parallels to the Imagery of Lk. 22:30»: BN Heft 133 (2007) 57-61. [NTA 52,261] 44. Luke 23:42 Klein G., «Zur Erläuterung der Evangelien aus Talmud und Midrasch»: ZNW 5 (1904) 144-153 (p. 147-148: Lk 23:42). Macgregor W.M., «The Penitent Thief (Lk. xxiii. 39-43)»: ExpT 41 (1929-30) 151-154. Trilling W., «La promesse de Jésus au bon larron (Lc 23,33-43)»: AssS 96 (1967) 31-39 / «Le Christ, le roi crucifié»: AssS II/65 (1973) 56-65. Raineri O., «Luca 23,42, greco, nella Liturgia etiopica del venerdì santo»: EphLit 94/3 (1980) 271-277. [BullSignal 35,2277] Derrett J.D.M., «The Two Malefactors (Lk. xxiii 33,39-43)»: in Id., Studies in the New Testament. III: Midrash, Haggadah, and the Character of the Community, Leiden etc.: Brill 1982, pp. xii-261: p. 200-214. De Risi D., «Motivi parenetici nella passione secondo Luca. Il Sitz im Leben di Lc 23,33-43»: Teologia e vita (Nola, Italy) 6 (2000) 21-31. Ishiguro N., «A Consideration on the Interpretation of Gospels with Contextual Insights. An Example on Luke 23:42-43»: Shingaku to Jinbun [Theology and Humanities. Bulletin of Osaka Christian College and Seminary] (Osaka Christian College, Osaka, Japan) 40 (2000) 11-22 [in Japanese]. Banaszek A., «Perykopa o skruszonym złoczyńcy (Łk 23,39-43) na tle sekcji ukrzyżowania Jezusa (Łk 23,33-43) i jej implikacje moralne» [The Pericope of the Good Thief (Lk 23:39-43) against the Background of the Section on the Crucifixion (Lk 23:33-43) and Its Moral Implications]: in W. Chrostowski (ed.), „Żywe jest słowo Boże i skuteczne”. Księga pamiątkowa dla Ks. Prof. Bernarda Wodeckiego SVD w 50. rocznicę święceń kapłańskich, Warszawa: “Vocatio” 2001, pp. 340: p. 47-62 [in Polish]. rev. Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 3/nr 1(5) (2003) 62-64 VI. Singular Passages 89 Sellner H.J., «Das Zwiegespräch am Kreuz (Lk 23,42-43)»: in Id., Das Heil Gottes. Studien zur Soteriologie des lukanischen Doppelwerks (BZNW 152), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2007, pp. xiii591: p. 336-355. [NTA 52, p. 391] rev. M. Bilby, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 199; D. Gerber, RHPR 89 (2009) 406; C.H. Talbert, CBQ 70 (2008) 622 Ruiz Freites G.A., «Las burlas de los soldados (Lc 23,36-38)»: in Id., El carácter salvífico de la muerte de Jesús en la narración de san Lucas. Estudio exegético de Lc 23,33-49 desde la perspectiva soteriológica lucana, Città del Vaticano: LEV 2010, pp. 307 (= Diss. PIB 2008): p. 151-191 (chap. 5): p. 153-156: El título « el Rey de los Judíos »; p. 156-191: El reino de Jesús en Lucas; p. 208-211: Cuando entres en tu reino [Lk 23:42]. Smith T.J., «Composition and Redaction in Luke 23:32-43»: Student Journal for New Testament Studies 1 (2010) 17-34. Vignolo R., «Alla scuola dei Ladroni (Lc 23, 33-49)»: in De Virgilio - Ferrari (ed.), «Lingue come di fuoco» (At 2, 3), p. 247-268. [Patristic] Widdicombe P., «The Two Thieves of Luke 23:32-43 in Patristic Exegesis»: in F. Young et alii (ed.), Studia Patristica. XXXIX: Papers presented at the Fourteenth International Conference on Patristic Studies held in Oxford 2003. Historica, Biblica, Ascetica et Hagiographica, Leuven etc.: Peeters 2006, pp. xv-472: p. 273-277. rev. J. van Oort, VigChr 61 (2007) 239-241 45. John 3:3-5 Miescher E., Es sei denn. Jesu Gespräch mit Nikodemus über das Kommen ins Himmelreich, Basel: Verlag der Basler Missionsbuchhandlung 19102, pp. 62. Lindars B., «John and the Synoptic Gospels: A Test Case»: NTS 27/3 (1981) 287-294. Burge G.M., «John 3: Spirit and Rebirth»: in Id., The Anointed Community. The Holy Spirit in the Johannine Tradition, (introd. I.H. Marshall), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1987, pp. xviii-269: p. 158-170. [NTA 32, p. 100] rev. J. Ashton, TS 40/2 (1989) 730; W. Hall Harris, III, BS 145 (1988) 358; C.R. Koester, WW 8 (1988) 100; M.R. Mansfield, JBL 108 (1989) 158-160; D.L. Turner, JETS 32/4 (1989) 392 Schneiders S.M., «Born Anew»: TTo 44/2 (1987) 189-196. Caffarra C., “Se uno non rinasce dall’alto, non può vedere il regno di Dio” (Gv 3,3). Nota pastorale (Documenti: Chiese Locali 118), Bologna: Dehoniane 2004, pp. 38. [Pastoral] Sandnes K.O., «Whence and Whither. A Narrative Perspective on Birth ἄνωθεν (John 3,3-8)»: Bib 86 (2005) 153-173. [IZBG 52,893; NTA 50,273] Makambu M.A., «“Engendré (d’eau et) d’esprit” (Jn 3,3-8)»: in Id., L’esprit-pneuma dans l’évangile de Jean. Approche historico-religieuse et exégétique (FzB 114), Würzburg: Echter 2007, pp. x-360: p. 116-148. Popp T., «Das Entscheidende kommt von oben (Geburt von oben) – Joh 3,3-7»: in Zimmermann et alii (ed.), Kompendium, p. 719-724. 46. John 3:5 Alonso Schökel L., «“Lo engendra el Espíritu fecundando agua”»: AnFacTeol 39 (1990) 115-127. [BullSignal 44,4088] Górka B., «Woda i Duch (J 3,5). Problem hermeneutyczny» [Water and Spirit (Jn 3:5). The Hermeneutical problem]: Ruch Filozoficzny (Toruń, Poland) 59/3 (2002) 475-489 [in Polish]. Frettlöh M., «Gott in IHREM Element. Bibelarbeit zu Joh 3,5»: AzW 15 (2007) 13-19. Thyen H., «ὕδατος καί in Joh 3,5»: in Id., Studien zum Corpus Iohanneum (WUNT 214), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. viii-734: p. 462-466. [NTA 52, p. 167] rev. Z.J. Kapera, PJBR 6 (2007) 197; P.J. Lalleman, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 77-78; M. Lang, BZ 54 (2010) 144-145; B. Olsson, SEÅ 74 (2009) 278-280; R.W. Yarbrough, BBR 19 (2009) 295-296 VI. Singular Passages 90 Boucher P.-M., «γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν: la valeur de l’adverbe ἄνωθεν en Jean 3,3 et 7. Ie partie: la réception chrétienne; IIe partie: les acceptions du terme ἄνωθεν en grec classique et koinè non sémitisé»: RB 115/2 (2008) 191-215; 115/4 (2008) 568-595. [NTA 53,1008,1009] Danylenko B., «L’interpretazione del termine ‘acqua’ in Gv 3,5»: Città di Vita. Rivista bimestrale di religione, arte e scienza (Firenze, Italy) 65/4 (2010) 321-324. Boucher P.-M., «Jn 3,3.7: γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν (III). Valeurs locales et sens temporels de l’adverbe ἄνωθεν au cours de période postclassique»: EphTL 87/4 (2011) 345-373. [Patristic] Dupont A., «John 3,5 and the Topic of Infant Baptism in Augustine. A Case Study to Evaluate the Continuity of his Thinking on Grace»: VetChr 47 (2010) 41-62. 48. Acts 1:6 Bale A., «The Ambiguous Oracle: Narrative Configuration in Acts»: NTS 57/4 (2011) 530-546. 49. Acts 8:12 Vialle C., «L’Ecriture s’accomplit, le Royaume de Dieu est proche: Une lecture d’Actes 8»: in J. Vermeylen (ed.), Les prophètes de la Bible et la fin des temps. XXIIIe congrès de l’Association catholique française pour l’étude de la Bible (Lille, 24-27 août 2009) (LD 240), Paris: Cerf 2010, pp. 413: p. 377-389. 52. Acts 28:23,31 Fattorini G., «Regno di Dio e salvezza in At 28,30-31: sintesi teologica dell’opera lucana»: Sacramentaria e Scienze Religiose (Ancona, Italy) 18/2/nr 33 (2009) 29-49. 53. Romans 14:17 Smit P.-B., «Symposium in Rom. 14:17? A Note on Paul’s Terminology»: NovT 49 (2007) 40-53. [NTA 51,1784] Constantineanu C., «Kraljevstvo Božje i kršćansko jedinstvo i zajedništvo: Rimljanima 14,17 u kontekstu»: Kairos(C) 2 (2008) 11-27 [in Croatian] / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/37220> | trans. English: «The Kingdom of God and Christian Unity and Fellowship: Romans 14:17 in Context»: Kairos(C) 2 (2008) 11-28 / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/37221>. [The notion of the Kingdom of God is a very useful and significant category for the present Christian ethical reflection in general, and for Christian unity and fellowship in particular. After some brief but necessary clarifications about the meaning of the Kingdom of God, the article offers an exploration of several ways in which the concept of the Kingdom of God is significant for Christian unity and fellowship from a NT/Pauline perspective] Ibita M.S., «In Search for a Vision of an Inclusive Future for a Hungry and Thirsty World. Rom 14:17 in a Normativity of the Future Perspective»: in R. Bieringer - M. Elsbernd (ed.), Normativity of the Future. Reading Biblical and Other Authorative Texts in an Eschatological Perspective (Annua Nuntia Lovaniensia 61), Leuven: Peeters 2010, pp. x-402: p. 197-238. [NTA 55, p. 143] 53a. 1Corinthians 4:20 Nielsen H.K., «Paulus Verwendung des Begriffes Dunamis. Eine Replik zur Kreuzestheologie»: in S. Pedersen (ed.), Die paulinische Literatur und Theologie. Skandinavische Beiträge (Teolgiske Studier 7), Arhus: Aros - Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1980, pp. 224: p. 137-158 (p. 155-156: 1Cor 4:20). [NTA 25, p. 96] rev. L. Aejmelaeus, TAik 93 (1988) 438-439 Gräbe P.J., The Power of God in Paul’s Letters (WUNT II/123), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2000, pp. xiii305: p. 67-70 [1Cor 4:20: the relation between the Kingdom of God and the Spirit] / 20082, pp. xix-305. [NTA 45, p. 401] Schlosser J., «Le règne de Dieu en 1 Co 4,20»: in C.J. Belezos et alii (ed.), Saint Paul and Corinth. 1950 Years since the Writing of the Epistles to the Corinthians. Exegesis - Theology - History of Interpretation - Philology - Philosophy - St Paul’s Time. International Scholarly Conference Proceedings (Corinth, 23-25 September 2007), II, Athens: Psichogios 2009, pp. 879: p. 657-667. [IZBG 56,1025,1642] rev. D.-A. Koch, ThLZ 136/5 (2011) cols 512-515 VI. Singular Passages 91 54. 1Corinthians 6:9 Carlson S., «Boswell’s Analysis of ARSENOKOITHS in 1Co 6:19[sic! for 6:9] and 1Tm 1:10» [1980?]: in electronic resource: <www.fordham.edu/halsall/pwh/bosdisc-carlson.html>. Strecker G., «Homosexualität in biblischer Sicht»: KuD 28/2 (1982) 127-141. [BullSignal 36,8772; NTA 26,1070] Dodd B.J., «Paul, Homosexuality, and 1 Corinthians 6:9-11»: Catalyst. Contemporary Evangelical Resources for United Methodist Seminarians (A Foundation for Theological Education, The Woodlands TX) 22/2 (February 1996) online: <http://catalystresources.org/issues/222dodd.html>. Townsley J., «Translations of Malakoi and Arsenokoitai through History (I Cor 6:9)» [1998]: in electronic resource: <www.jeramyt.org/gay/gaytrans.html>. Montoya A.D., «Homosexuality and the Church»: MasterSemJ 11/2 (2000) 155-168: p. 163-164: 1 Corinthians 6:9; 1 Timothy 1:10 / online: <www.tms.edu/tmsj/tmsj11h.pdf>. Garland D.E., «Excursus: 1 Cor 6:9»: in Id., 1 Corinthians (Baker Exegetical Commentary on the New Testament), Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2003, pp. xxi-870: p. 211-218. [NTA 48, p. 429] Moore G., «1 Corinthians 6:9-10»: in Id., A Question of Truth. Christianity and Homosexuality, London New York: Continuum 2003, pp. xi-308: p. 106-111. Powell M.A., «The Bible and Homosexuality»: in J.M. Childs, Jr. (ed.), Faithful Conversation. Christian Perspectives on Homosexuality, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2003, pp. ix-132: p. 19-40. rev. P. Anderson, TSR 25/2 (2004) 106-107; R.A.J. Gagnon, RevBL 6/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3192_3569.pdf>; D.C. Ratke, CuTM 32/5 (2005) 378-379; J.L. Strommen, WW 24 (2004) 82.84 Thelos P., «1 Corinthians 6:9-10»: in Id., God Is Not a Homophobe. An Unbiased Look at Homosexuality in the Bible, Victoria, B.C., Canada: Trafford Publishing U.K. Ltd. 2004, pp. 150: p. 72-92. Mackenzie T., «A Brief Survey and Theological Study of the Biblical Passages Relevant to Homosexuality»: Pacific Journal of Theology (Suva, Fiji) 36 (2006) 134-140. [NTA 52,1205] Schreiner T.R., «A New Testament Perspective on Homosexuality»: Themelios 31/3 (2006) 62-75 / online: <http://s3.amazonaws.com/tgc-documents/journal-issues/31.3_Schreiner.pdf>. [NTA 51,500] Townsley J., «All known references to arsenokoitai» [2006]: in electronic resource: <www.jeramyt.org/gay/ arsenok.htm> [73 references to arsenokoitai found in Thesaurus Linguae Graecae Digital Library 2000]. Glad C., «1. Korintubréf 6.9-11» [2007]: pp. 34 in electronic resource: <http://www2.kirkjan.is/skjol/samkynhneigdogkirkja/clarence-glad-1-kor-6-9-11.pdf> [in Icelandic]. Ivarsson F., «Vice Lists and Deviant Masculinity. The Rhetorical Function of 1 Cor 5:10-11 and 6:9-10»: in T. Penner - C. Vander Stichele (ed.), Mapping Gender in Ancient Religious Discourses (BIS 84), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. xvii-580: p. 163-184. [NTA 51, p. 374; 54, p. 562-563] rev. C.M. Conway, BibInt 18 (2010) 82-84; G. McCormick, Scholia Reviews. An electronic journal of reviews 17 (2008) 29 <www.classics.ukzn.ac.za/reviews/08-29pen.htm>; D.M. Reis, RelSR 36 (2010) 80-81 Kobayashi A., «Is it sin that a man lies with a male? ΑΡΣΕΝΟΙΤΑΙ in 1 Corinthians 6:9»: ShingakuKenk 54/3 (2007) 15-29 [in Japanese]. López R.A., «Does the Vice List in 1 Corinthians 6:9-10 Refer to Believers or Unbelievers»: BS 164/nr 653 (2007) 59-73. [NTA 51,1136] Kobayashi A., «Are Effeminate Men Sinners? MAΛAKOΣ (1 Corinthians 6:9) in the Greco-Roman Culture»: Kwansei Gakuin University Journal of Studies on Christianity and Culture (Kwansei Gakuin University, Nishinomiya, Hyogo, Japan) 10 (2009) 35-52 [in Japanese] / online: <http://kgur. kwansei.ac.jp/dspace/bitstream/10236/1748/3/20090413-3-3.pdf>. Richie C., «An Argument Against the Use of the Word ‘Homosexual’ in English Translations of the Bible»: HeyJ 51/5 (2010) 723-729. [Translation] Belleville L., «The Challenges of Translating Ἀρσενοκοῖται and Μαλακοί in 1 Corinthians 6.9. A Reassessment in Light of Koine Greek and First-Century Cultural Mores»: BibTrans 62 (2011) 22-29. [Translation] VI. Singular Passages 92 [Patristic] Ugenti V., «1Cor. 6,1-11 presso i Padri latini tra III e IV secolo»: in R. Scognamiglio - C. dell’Osso (ed.), Nessun ingiusto entrerà nel regno dei cieli. IX Seminario di esegesi patristica realizzato a Megara (Grecia), 24-30 marzo 2008 (Analecta Nicolaiana 8), Bari: Ecumenica 2009, pp. 168: p. 75-88. 55. 1Corinthians 15:50 Stegemann E.W., «Das Wort ward Fleisch, aber Fleisch und Blut können das Gottesreich nicht erben»: Reformatio 46/6 (1997) 465-472. Kowalski M., «Transformation Necessary to Inherit the Kingdom of God. Rhetorical Analysis of 1 Cor 15:50-57»: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 109-130 (-131: Polish Summary). [Rhetoric] Kowalski M., «Corruptible, Incorruptible and the Kingdom of God. Semantic Background of the Idea of Transformation in 1 Cor 15:50-53»: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 133-152 (-153: Polish Summary). [Semantics / Apocalyptic] [Patristic] Jemna D., «Exegeza Sf. Irineu de Lyon la 1 Cor. 15:50. Quoniam caro et sanguis regnum Dei hereditare non possunt» [1Cor 15:50 in the exegesis of St. Irenaeus of Lyon. Because flesh and blood cannot inherit the Kingdom of God]: Plērōma 11/2 (decembrie 2009) 123-138 [in Romanian]. Lehtipuu O., «“Flesh and Blood Cannot Inherit the Kingdom of God:” The Transformation of the Flesh in the Early Christian Debates Concerning Resurrection»: in T.K. Seim - J. Økland (ed.), Metamorphoses. Resurrection, Body and Transformative Practices in Early Christianity (Ekstasis: Religious Experience from Antiquity to the Middle Ages 1), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2009, pp. 401: p. 147-168. [Irenaeus of Lyon; Tertullian; Ophites; Gospel of Philip] rev. C. Grappe, RHPR 90 (2010) 409; V.H.T. Nguyen, RevBL 3/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7211_7843.pdf> 58. Galatians 5:21 López R.A., «Paul’s Vice List in Galatians 5:19-21»: BS 169/nr 673 (2012) 48-67. 58a. Ephesians 5:5 López R.A., «Paul’s Vice List in Ephesians 5:3-5»: BS 169/nr 674 (2012) 203-218. 60. 1Thessalonians 2:12 Luckensmeyer D., «Basileia in First Thessalonians (2:12)»: in P. Allen et alii (ed.), “I Sowed Fruits into Hearts” (Odes Sol. 17:13). Festschrift for Professor Michael Lattke (Early Christian Studies 12), Strathfield N.S.W.: St Paul’s Publication - Centre for Early Christian Studies 2007, pp. xx-250: p. 137-155. rev. G.J. Brooke, JTS 60 (2009) 262-264; K.S. Heal, Hugoye: Journal of Syriac Studies. Electronic Journal (Beth Mardutho: The Syriac Institute, Piscataway NJ) 12/1 (2009) 173-174 / online: <http://syrcom.cua.edu/Hugoye/Vol12No1/ HV12N1PRHeal.pdf> 62. James 2:5 Wachob W.H., «The Languages of ‘Household’ and ‘Kingdom’ in the Letter of James: A Sociorhetorical Study»: in R.L. Webb - J.S. Kloppenborg (ed.), Reading James with New Eyes. Methodological Reassessments of the Letter of James (LNTS 342), London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. viii-197: p. 151-168 (esp. 166-167: Jas 2:5). [NTA 52, p. 179] rev. P. Frick, RevBL 3/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6448_6966.pdf> VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 1. History of Interpretation a) General Studies Schierse F.J., «Christkönigs-Frömmigkeit heute»: GuL 27/5 (1954) 321-327 / online: <http://www.geistundleben.de/component/docman/doc_download/1231-2719545321327schierse0.html>. Walkusz J., «Idea Chrystusa Króla i Jego Królestwa w dziejach Kościoła. Zarys problematyki» [Idea of Christ the King and His Kingdom in the History of the Church]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 449-470 (-471: English Summary). b) Patristic de Margerie B., Le Christ des Pères, prophète, prêtre et roi (Initiations aux Pères de l’Église), Paris: Cerf 2000, pp. 220. rev. M.-H. Deloffre, RThom 101 (2001) 689-691; P. Hummel, REAug 48 (2002) 179; C. Mercure, LavalTP 59/3 (2003) 558-559; D. Vigne, BLE 103/2 (2002) Ludlow M., «Suffering Servant or King of Glory? Christological Readings of the Old Testament in the Patristic Era»: in A.T. Lincoln - A. Paddison (ed.), Christology and Scripture. Interdisciplinary Perspectives (LNTS 348), London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. x-226: p. 104-119. [NTA 52, p. 184] rev. D.A. Campbell, RevBL 9/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6665_7226.pdf>; M. Elliott, RevBL 10/2008 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/6415_6917.pdf>; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 71/2 (2009) 457-459 (hier: 458); L. Houlden, JTS 60 (2009) 267-269; L.W. Hurtado, ExpT 120 (2009) 306; J.R. (John) Lee, RRT 16/4 (2009) 514-517; J.R.A. Merrick, TorJT 24/2 (2008) 266 [Clement of Alexandria ca. 150-ca. 215] Grzywaczewski J., «Hymn do Chrystusa Króla Zbawiciela Klemensa Aleksandryjskiego przykładem modlitwy wczesnochrześcijańskiej» [L’inno al Cristo Re Salvatore di Clemente Alessandrino come esempio di preghiera cristiana antica]: VoxP 8/vol. 15 (1988) 621-628 [in Polish]. [Marcellus of Ancyra ca. 280-374] Lampe G.W.H., «The Exegesis of Some Biblical Texts by Marcellus of Ancyra and Pseudo-Chrysostom’s Homily on Ps. XCVI.1»: JTS 49 (1948) 169-175. [Ps 2:6 and 96:1] Swanston H.F.G., «Kingdom Without End: A Note on Marcellus of Ancyra»: NBFR 56/nr 661 (June 1975) 266-271. Kohaupt B., «„Und seiner Herrschaft wird kein Ende sein“. Dogmengeschichtliche Beobachtungen zur Bedeutung der Auseinandersetzungen um Markell von Ankyra»: ThGl 101/2 (2011) 265-281. [Acts of Archelaus (Acta Archelai), early 4th century] Pettipiece T., «“Et sicut rex…”: Competing Ideas of Kingship in the Anti-Manichaean Acta Archelai»: in J. BeDuhn - P. Mirecki (ed.), Frontiers of Faith. The Christian Encounter with Manichaeism in the Acts of Archelaus (NHMS 61), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. viii-178: p. 119-129. rev. T. Nicklas, RevBL 11/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6297_6778.pdf>; B.A. Pearson, RelSR 34 (2008) 41-42; N.A. Pedersen, JECS 16/3 (2008) 435-437 [Augustin of Hippo 354-430] Piñol P.J., «Cristo Rey, fundador por su sacrificio»: Augustinus 51/nr 200-201 (2006) 79-121. c) Middle Ages Quarta F., «Regalità di Cristo e del Papa in Innocenzo III»: Ang 19 (1942) 227-288. Malaguti M., «Il Regno trae origine dal Re. ‘L’albero della vita’ secondo s. Bonaventura»: Doctor Seraphicus. Bollettino dʼinformazione del Centro di studi bonaventuriani (Bagnoregio, Italy) 52 (2005) 115-131. Annunziata M., La regalità di Cristo nel medioevo tra teologia e politica, Napoli 2010, pp. 66 (Pars Diss. Pontificia Facoltà Teologica dell’Italia Meridionale, Sezione Tommaso d’Aquino, Napoli 33). VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 94 d) Reformation [Johannes Calvin (Jean Cauvin) 1509-1564] Hesselink I.J., «Calvin on the Kingdom of Christ»: in E.A.J.G. Van der Borght (ed.), Religion without Ulterior Motive (Studies in Reformed Theology 13), Leiden - Boston MA: Brill 2006, pp. xi-248: p. 139-158. rev. A.I.C. Heron, Journal of Reformed Theology (Leiden, The Netherlands) 3/3 (2009) 357-358; A. Hood, IJST 11/2 (2009) 244-246; J. Zeilstra, Exchange 37/4 (2008) 529-530 Palmer T.P., «Calvin the Transformationist and the Kingship of Christ»: Pro Rege 35/3 (2007) 32-39. van den Berg M.A., Het rijk van Christus als historische realiteit. Calvijns anti-apocalyptische uitleg van het boek Daniël, Bunnik: De Banier 2008, pp. 387 (= Diss. Utrecht 2008). [The fifth chapter constitutes the core of the study. It offers an analysis of the regnum Christi theme, as it appears in various connections in Calvin’s exposition. Here, the way in which Calvin views world history—which is painted in some detail in the four empires of Daniel—is at issue. The unique aspect of Calvin’s exposition—which differs from all contemporary Daniel exegetes of his time—is, that Daniel’s prophecy contains no predictions regarding the history subsequent to Christ’s coming and his establishing of the church. Daniel does not offer any eschatological prophecy, which can be translated into political events. Calvin regards this as a highly significant adage. Precisely because Daniel’s message does not directly relate to political events in his time, it can have a very special spiritual meaning for the believers in his days. Daniel teaches the believers how, in times of persecution, to patiently bear their cross, until God will set them free in the eternal kingdom of his glory] rev. J. Dekker, Nederlands Dagblad (Barneveld te Amstelveen, The Netherlands) (4 september 2009) / online: <www.vergadering.nu/boekberg-het-rijk-van-christus.htm> [retrieved October 2010]; T.M. Hofman, ThRef 52/4 (2009) 422-424; H. van den Belt, NedThT 64/3 (2010) 259-260 Ortmann V., «Ist nicht wunderbar der Sieg unseres Königs Jesus Christus? Calvin und die Religionsgespräche 1539-1541»: Jahrbuch der Hessischen Kirchengeschichtlichen Vereinigung (Darmstadt, Germany) 61 (2010) 35-54. Pak G.S., Judaizing Calvin. Sixteenth-Century Debates over the Messianic Psalms (Oxford Studies in Historical Theology), Oxford: University Press 2010, pp. viii-216 [Psalms 2; 8; 16; 22; 45; 72; 110; 118]. rev. K. Austin, Reformation. The Journal of the Tyndale Society (Columbus OH) 15 (2010) 204-206; E.G. Bagley, JTS 62 (2011) 388-390; J. Balserak, TS 71/3 (2010) 724-725; JEH 62 (2011) 169-170; D. Borvan, ModRef 20 (2011) 50-51; S. Gillingham, RevBL 6/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7429_8102.pdf>; R.C. Zachman, ChurchHist 79/4 (2010) 917-920 e) 16th-18th Centuries [Ignatius of Loyola 1491-1556] Merk A., «Für Christi Königtum»: ZAM 1/4 (1926) 311-323. Sierp W., «Einige Gedanken zur Christkönigsbetrachtung der Ignatianischen Exerzitien»: ZAM 5/4 (1930) 324-334. Kellerwessel P., «Geschichtliches zur Königsbetrachtung des hl. Ignatius»: ZAM 7 (1932) 70-79. Kroppenberg H., «Nochmals: Geschichtliches zur Königsbetrachtung des hl. Ignatius»: ZAM 7/4 (1932) 364-366. Schilgen H., «Verfolgt die Betrachtung „de regno Christi“ einen apostolischen Zweck?»: ZAM 8 (1933) 46-54. Sierp W., «Die Christkönigs-Betrachtung in den Exerzitien»: ZAM 8/3 (1933) 211-229. Schuster J.B., «Das Menschenbild der Christ-Königs-Betrachtung des hl. Ignatius und die Forderung des agere contra»: ZAM 12/2-3 (1937) 172-177. Losada J., «Cristología en la meditación del llamamiento del Rey temporal»: Manresa 54/nr 211 (1982) 147-166. [BullSignal 42,7684] García Mateo R., «El “Rey Eternal”: Etica política y espiritualidad»: Manresa 60/nr 235 (1988) 135-145. [BullSignal 42,8454] De Mello A., «The Kingdom of Christ»: in Id., Seek God Everywhere. Reflections on the Spiritual Exercises of St. Ignatius, (ed. by G. O’Collins et alii), New York: Image/Doubleday 2010, pp. xix-199: p. 53-73 (chap. 4). VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 95 [Jonathan Edwards 1703-1758] Yazawa R., «The Relationship between Christ and the Kingdom of God in the Theology of Jonathan Edwards»: Tokyo Union Theological Seminary Missiological Institute Bulletin (Tokyo Union Theological Seminary, Tokyo, Japan) 9 (2006) 167-184 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/ servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0008062518>. f) 20th Century Kück C., «Bekennen und Bekenntnis: Otto Riethmüller und die Königsherrschaft Christi»: in V. von Bülow - A. Mühling (ed.), Confessio. Bekenntnis und Bekenntnisrezeption in der Neuzeit. Prof. Dr. Heiner Faulenbach zum 65. Geburtstag, Zug: Achius 2003, pp. 212: p. 99-124. [Otto Riethmüller 1889-1938, German priest and spiritual writer, author of Der König aller Gewalten, Berlin: Burckhardthaus 1936, pp. 111] Fourcade M., «Un Seigneur, des histoires. La Royauté du Christ à l’heure de Vatican II»: ComF 32/nr 189 (2007) 71-85 | trans. Portuguese: «A realeza de Cristo no momento do Vaticano II»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007); Polish: «Chrystus Królem Wszechświata: Królestwo Chrystusa w dobie Soboru Watykańskiego II»: ComP 28/1/nr 161 (2008) 137-152. Schmidt H., «Herrschaft Christi als Legitimationsgrundlage für gesellschaftlichen Wandel. Die Bedeutung Ernst Wolfs für das politische Engagement des deutschen Protestantismus»: in K. Stokłosa A. Strübind (ed.), Glaube - Freiheit - Diktatur in Europa und den USA. Festschrift für Gerhard Besier zum 60. Geburtstag, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2007, pp. 894: p. 201-218. [Politics / Social Ethics] [Ernst Wolf 1902-1971, German Protestant theologian] rev. F. Krämer, H-Soz-u-Kult [03.06.2008] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin.de/rezensionen/2008-2-150> 2. King-Messiah in the Old Testament and Jewish Literature (Select Studies) a) Old Testament Gindraux J.A., Les espérances messianiques d’Israël. I: Premiers âges, II: Les poètes et les premiers prophètes, III: Esaïe et les prophètes de son époque, IV: Derniers grands et derniers petits prophètes, Lausanne: Georges Bridel & Cie - Paris: Fischbacher 1899 / 1900 / 1901 / 1902. Hühn E., Die messianischen Weissagungen des israelitisch-jüdischen Volkes bis zu den Targumim. I: Die messianischen Weissagungen des israelitisch-jüdischen Volkes, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Mohr 1899, pp. xiv-165. Richter J., Die messianische Weissagung und ihre Erfüllung, Giessen: Töpelmann 1905, pp. vi-90. Wolff M., Die messianische Weissagungen. Aus dem massoretischen und Vulgata-Text für akademische Übungen, Trier: Mosella 1911, pp. iv-103 / 19222 (rev. ed.), pp. vi-155. Gressmann H., «The Sources of Israel’s Messianic Hope»: AJT 17/2 (1913) 173-194 = in Landman (ed.), Messianism, p. 3-24. Hoberg G., Katechismus der messianischen Weissagungen, Freiburg i.Br.: Herder 1915, pp. xii-111: p. 933: I: Die Weissagungen in den historischen Büchern, p. 34-59: II: Die Weissagungen in den Psalmen, p. 60-111: III: Die Weissagungen in den prophetischen Büchern. König E., Die messianischen Weissagungen des Alten Testaments, Stuttgart: Belser 1923, pp. viii-366 / 19252-3 (rev. ed.), pp. viii-379. rev. W. Staerk, OLZ 27 (1924) 31 / J. Hempel, OLZ 29 (1926) 42 Dennefeld L., Le Messianisme, Paris: Letouzey et Ané 1929, pp. vi-301. Brierre-Narbonne J.-J., Les prophéties messianiques de l’Ancien Testament dans la littérature juive en accord avec le Nouveau Testament, Paris: Geuthner 1933, pp. xvii-105. Ceuppens P.F., De Prophetiis messianicis in Antiquo Testamento, Romae: Collegio Angelico 1935, pp. 562. Browne L.E., The Messianic Hope in its Historical Setting. Being a course of lectures delivered at King Alfred’s College, Winchester, London: SPCK 1951, pp. 58. rev. C. Witton-Davies, Theology 55/nr 379 (1952) 39: «A good deal of space is given to the prophecies of “Second Isaiah”, and in particular to the so-called “servant poems” […] Attention is also paid to the post-exilic “age of disillusionment”, to VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 96 the apocalyptic literature of Daniel, and to the apocryphal books of Jubilees, the Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs, the books of Enoch and the Psalms of Salomon» Ellison H.L., The Centrality of the Messianic Idea for the Old Testament (The Tyndale Old Testament Lecture 1953), London: The Tyndale Press 1953, pp. 23 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/article_ messiah_ellison.html>. Fohrer G., Messiasfrage und Bibelverständnis (Sammlung gemeinverständlicher Vorträge und Schriften aus dem Gebiet der Theologie und Religionsgeschichte 213/214), Tübingen: Mohr (Siebeck) 1957, pp. 47. rev. M.J. Buss, JBL 78/2 (1959) 180; S. Herrmann, ThLZ 85 (1960) cols 662-666; J.L. McKenzie, CBQ 20 (1958) 560; G. Rinaldi, BeO 1 (1959) 148; H.H. Rowley, ExpT 70 (1958) 215-216; O. Schilling, ZAW 70 (1958) 152-153; ThGl 48 (1958) 144-145; R. Tournay, RB 66 (1959) 124; P. Winter, NovT 2/3-4 (1958) 319-320 Murphy R.E., «Notes on Old Testament Messianism and Apologetics»: CBQ 19 (1957) 5-15. [IZBG 5,733] O’Doherty E., «The Organic Development of Messianic Revelation»: CBQ 19 (1957) 16-24. [IZBG 5,734] Gross H., «Der Messias im Alten Testament»: TrierTZ 71 (1962) 154-170 = in K. Schubert (ed.), Bibel und Zeitgemässer Glaube. I: Altes Testament, Klosterneuburg: Buch- und Kunstverlag 1965, pp. 310: p. 239-261. [IZBG 10,882] Scharbert J., «Der Messias im Alten Testament»: in K. Forster (ed.), Die religiöse und theologische Bedeutung des Alten Testaments (Studien und Berichte der Katholischen Akademie in Bayern 33), Würzburg: Echter 1965, pp. 190: p. 47-78. [ZAW 78/3 (1966) 382-383] Pietrafesa P.M., Il Messia nel piano salvifico dell’Antico Testamento, Napoli: Libreria Editrice Redenzione 1967, pp. 342. Broadribb D., «Mesio kaj Kristo: La origino kaj kresko de la koncepto»: Biblia Revuo [Biblical Review]. Dumonata Inernacia Gazeto pri Bibliaj kaj Orientaj Studioj. Nova Serio (Ravenna, Italy - Parkville, Victoria, Australia) 6/4 (1968) 5-20 [in Esperanto]. [IZBG 16,1077] Łach J., «Geneza mesjanizmu biblijnego» [The Genesis of Biblical Messianism]: RBL 23/4-5 (1970) 161179 [in Polish]. [IZBG 18,1034] Lauenstein D., Der Messias. Eine biblische Untersuchung, Stuttgart: Urachhaus 1971, pp. 415 / (FischerTaschenbücher. Perspektiven der Anthroposophie 5546), Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer-TaschenbuchVerlag 19842 (rev. ed.), pp. 340. rev. G. Fohrer, ZAW 84 (1972) 280; W. Grimm, ZDPV 89 (1973) 104-108; J. Kürziger, ThRev 69 (1973) cols 364-365; K.W. Müller, ZRelGeist 26/4 (1974) 367-370 Pixley J.V., «La esperanza mesiánica en el Antiguo Testamento»: RevBíb 33/2 (1971) 99-110. [IZBG 19,1001; NTA 16,113] Lockyer H.H.J., All the Messianic Prophecies of the Bible, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan - London: Pickering and Inglis 1973, pp. 528. Łach S. - Filipiak M. (ed.), Mesjasz w biblijnej historii zbawienia [The Messiah in Biblical History of Salvation] (Rozprawy Wydziału Teologiczno-Kanonicznego 35), Lublin: Towarzystwo Naulowe KUL 1974, pp. 386 [in Polish]. rev. J. Szlaga, Zeszyty Naukowe KUL (Lublin, Poland) 18/2 (1975) 85-87 Cazelles H., Le Messie de la Bible. Christologie de l’Ancien Testament (Jésus et Jésus-Christ 7), Paris Tournai: Desclée 1978, pp. 240 | trans. Italian: Il messia della Bibbia. Cristologia dell’Antico Testamento (Kyrios), Roma: Borla 1981, pp. 207 / 1993; Spanish: El Mesías de la Biblia. Cristología del Antiguo Testamento, Barcelona: Herder 1981, pp. 200; German: Alttestamentliche Christologie. Zur Geschichte der Messiasidee (Theologia Romanica 13), Einsiedeln: Johannes Verlag 1983, pp. 198. [IZBG 31,1557; NTA 23, p. 359] rev. P. Beauchamp, RSR 68 (1980) 593-598; C. Bernas, CBQ 42 (1980) 91; J.-M. de Tarragon, RB 88 (1981) 540-542; J. Galot, Greg 60 (1979) 750-751; J.-L. Ska, NRTh 102 (1980) 84 / G. Segalla, StP 29 (1982) 432-433 / S. Ausín, ScripTh 14 (1982) 942-947; H. Bojorge, RevBíb 44 (1982) 93-95; Stromata (San Miguel, Argentina) 38 (1982) 179-181; L. Díez Merino, EstBíb 40 (1982) 374-375; L. López de las Heras, Studium 21 (1981) 527-528; E. Rodríguez, CTom 108 (1981) 596 Cazelles H., «Le Messie dans l’Ancient Testament»: in A.M. Triacca - A. Pistoia (ed.), Le Christ dans la liturgie. Conférences Saint-Serge. XXVIIe semaine d’études liturgiques, Paris, 24-28 Juin 1980 (BELS 20), Roma: Centro Litugico Vincenziano - Edizioni Liturgiche 1981, pp. 376: p. 37-47. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 97 den Heyer C.J., De messiaanse weg. I: Messiaanse verwachtingen in het Oude Testament en in de vroegjoodse traditie, Kampen: Kok 1983, pp. 239 / 19932 [in Dutch]. [NTA 29, p. 101-102] rev. P. Beentjes, Streven (Antwerpen, The Netherlands) 51 (1983) 951-952; M. de Jonge, NedThT 39 (1985) 139-140; L. Grollenberg, TijdTh 24 (1984) 416; C. Houtman, GTT 85 (1985) 108-109 Strauss H., Messianisch ohne Messias. Zur Überlieferungsgeschichte und Interpretation der sogenannten messianischen Texte im Alten Testament (EH 232), Frankfurt a.M.: Peter Lang 1984, pp. 168. rev. F. Hubmann, TPQ 134 (1986) 74-75; J. Kaffanke, EA 63 (1987) 478; J. Lust, EphTL 61 (1985) 378-379; K.-D. Schunck, ThLZ 111 (1986) cols 813-815 Tuttle J.P., «Mashiah as Davidic Ruler»: CBTJ 1 (1985) 44-60. [OTA 9,610] Beauchamp P., «Le roi, fils de David et fils d’Adam. Messianisme et médiation»: LumVi 35/nr 178 (1986) 55-67. [BullSignal 41,3458] Schunck K.-D., «Die Attribute des eschatologischen Messias. Strukturlinien in der Ausprägung des alttestamentlichen Messiasbildes»: ThLZ 111 (1986) cols 642-651. [OTA 11,1025] Tuttle J.P., «The Coming Mashiah/Messiah»: CBTJ 2 (1986) 23-38. [OTA 9,930] Rosenberg R.A., «The Slain Messiah in the Old Testament»: ZAW 99/2 (1987) 259-261 [Dn 9:26; Zac 3:8; Jer 23:5; Is 53]. [IZBG 34,2564] Moenikes A., «Messianismus im Alten Testament (vorapokalyptische Zeit)»: ZRelGeist 40/4 (1988) 289306. [BullSignal 43,5928; IZBG 36,2695] Waschke E.-J., «Die Frage nach dem Messias im Alten Testament als Problem alttestamentlicher Theologie und biblischer Hermeneutik»: ThLZ 113 (1988) cols 321-332 = in Id., Der Gesalbte [2001], 157-169. [IZBG 36,2697; OTA 13,328] Clements R.E., «The Messianic Hope in the Old Testament»: JSOT nr 43 (1989) 3-19. [BullSignal 43,3913; IZBG 37,2101; OTA 12,987] Scharbert J., «“Ich weiß, daß der Messias kommt” (Joh 4,25). Die Messiaserwartung im Alten Testament»: Christophorus. Zeitschrift der Gemeinschaft katholischer Studierender und Akademiker (Stuttgart, Germany) 35 (1990) 154-160. Van Groningen G., Messianic Revelation in the Old Testament, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1990, pp. 1018 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 1997. rev. R.S. Clark, Kerux 7 (1992) 43-45 <www.kerux.com/documents/KeruxV7N1A4.asp>; R. Gordon, VT 42 (1992) 425426; G.D. Robinson, TrinJ 14 (1993) 93-94; R.L. Smith, SWJT 33/2 (1990-91) 53 Alonso Díaz J., «La esperanza mesiánica. Visión del Antiguo Testamento»: BibFe 18/nr 53 (1992) 5-29. [OTA 16,508] Seebass H., Herrscherverheissungen im Alten Testament (BThSt 19), Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 1992, pp. viii-95. [IZBG 39,2354] Synowiec J.S., Oto twój król przychodzi. Mesjasz w pismach Starego Przymierza [Behold your king is coming. Messiah in the writings of the Old Covenant], Kraków: Wyższe Seminarium Duchowne OO. Franciszkanów 1992, pp. 280 [in Polish]. Saebø M., «Zum Verhältnis von Messianismus und Eschatologie im AT. Ein Versuch terminologischer und sachlicher Klärung»: JbBT 8 (1993) 25-55. Anderson B.W., «The Role of the Messiah: The Terms ‘Christ’ and ‘Messiah’ Do Not Refer to a Divine Being but to the Function an Agent of God Plays in Bringing the Kingdom That Is to Come on Earth as in Heaven»: BibRev 11 (1995) 19, 48. Kaiser W.C., Jr., The Messiah in the Old Testament (Studies in Old Testament Biblical Theology), Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1995, pp. 256 | trans. Korean (2001). rev. R.B. Allen, BS 154/nr 616 (1997) 497-498; H.H. Klement, JETh 10 (1996) 211-213; J. Osgood, EvQ 70 (1998) 63-64 Pomykala K.E., The Davidic Dynasty Tradition in Early Judaism. Its History and Significance for Messianism (Early Judaism and Its Literature 7), Atlanta GA: Scholars 1995, pp. xv-308 (= rev. Diss. Claremont Graduate School 1992). [NTA 39, p. 544-545] rev. H.W. Basser, CBQ 58 (1996) 330-332; G.J. Brooke, JSS 42/2 (1997) 398-401; N.L. Collins, NovT 38/4 (1996) 402406; J. Jossa, HebSt 37 (1996) 193-196; S. Langston, JBL 115 (1996) 529-530; J. Lust, EphTL 71 (1995) 442-443; É. Nodet, RB 106 (1999) 279-280; S. Schwartz, JJS 47 (1996) 167-169 VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 98 Sicre Díaz J.L., De David al Mesías. Textos básicos de la esperanza mesiánica (El Mundo de la Biblia), Estella (Navarra): Verbo Divino 1995, pp. 443 / reprint 2004. [OTA 18,1272] rev. P. Barrado Fernández, RevEspT 55 (1995) 256-257 Salvesen A., The Semantics of Ancient Hebrew Database research project: entry: «jyI'vm;» / «anointed one» [1996]: pp. 14 in electronic resource: <www.orinst.ox.ac.uk/nme/hjs/sahd/mashiach.pdf>. Dschulnigg P., «Messiaserwartung und Messiasbekenntnis»: SKZ 165 (1997) 318-325. Alexander T.D., «Royal Expectations in Genesis to Kings. Their Importance for Biblical Theology»: TynB 49 (1998) 191-212. Alexander T.D., The Servant King. The Bible’s Portrait of the Messiah, (introd. A. Motyer), Leicester, U.K.: InterVarsity 1998 / Vancouver, BC: Regent College Publishing 2003, pp. 172 | trans. Polish (2000), Danish (2000). rev. K. Möller, EurJT 9 (2000) 89 David R., «Propositions pour une interprétation du messianisme dans l’Ancien Testament»: in Id. (ed.), Faut-il attendre le Messie?, p. 35-56 / online: <www.ctr4process.org/publications/Biblio/Papers> [2007]. Cimosa M., «Il Messia nelle profezie dell’Antico Testamento»: DSBP vol. 23 (1999) 21-62. Rose W.H., «Messianic Expectations in the Old Testament»: Skriflig 35/2 (2001) 275-288. [IZBG 48,1743; OTA 25,537] Thompson T.L., «The Messiah Epithet in the Hebrew Bible»: SJOT 15 (2001) 57-82. [IZBG 48,1741] Waschke E.-J., Der Gesalbte. Studien zur alttestamentlichen Theologie (BZAW 306), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2001, pp. x-339 (= rev. Diss. Hab. University of Greifswald 1986). rev. H.G. Reventlow, ThLZ 127/5 (2002) cols 507-510; J. Schaper, JSOT 31/5 (2007) 206 Gonçalves F.J., «O messianismo no Antigo Testamento»: Cadernos ISTA (Lisboa, Portugal) 7/nr 14 (2002) 47-89. Rose W.H., «Messianic Expectations in the Early Postexilic Period»: in R. Albertz - B. Becking (ed.), Yahwism after the Exile. Perspectives on Israelite Religion in the Persian Era. Papers Read at the First Meeting of the European Association for Biblical Studies, Utrecht, 6-9 August, 2000 (Studies in Theology and Religion 5), Assen: Koninklijke Van Gorcum BV 2003, pp. xxxi-300: p. 168-185 | trans. Hungarian: «Messiási váradalmak a fogság utáni korban»: Studia Biblica Athanasiana (Nyíregyháza, Hungary) 4 (2001) 39-56. rev. B. Gosse, Transeuphratène. Pluridisciplinary Studies on a Province of the Persian Empire (Paris, France) 27 (2004); T. Römer, RevBL 9/2002 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3084_3362.pdf> Stadelmann L.I.J., «Os messianismos na Bíblia»: Convergência (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) 38/nr 368 (2003) 603-614. Lust J., Messianism and the Septuagint. Collected Essays (BETL 178), (ed. K. Hauspie), Leuven: Peeters 2004, pp. xiv-247: p. 9-26: Messianism and Septuagint, p. 27-40: Le Messianisme et la Septante d’Ezechiel, p. 41-68: Messianism and the Greek version of Jeremiah: Jer 23,5-6 and 33,14-26, p. 87-112: Micah 5,1-3 in Qumran and the in the New Testament and messianism in the Septuagint, p. 153-170: Messianism in the Septuagint: Isaiah 8,23b-9,6 (9,1-7), p. 189-200: Messianism in Ezekiel in Hebrew and in Greek: Ezek 21,15(10) and 18(13), p. 211-225: A Septuagint Christ Preceding Jesus Christ? Messianism in the Septuagint Exemplified in Isa 7,10-17. [IZBG 51,2031; NTA 49, p. 444] rev. E.G. Dafni, Orthodoxes Forum. Zeitschrift des Instituts für Orthodoxe Theologie der Universität München (St. Ottilien, Germany) 22/2 (2008) 219-222; C. den Hertog, JSJ 39 (2008) 123-124; L. Greenspoon, RelSR 31/3-4 (2005) 198; M. Rösel, OLZ 101/2 (2006) 207-209 Mihoc V., «The Messianic Prophecies of the Old Testament. An Orthodox Perspective»: in Dimitrov (ed.), Das Alte Testament als christliche Bibel, p. 119-136. [OTA 31,1524] den Hertog G.C. - Schoon S. (ed.), Messianisme en eindtijdverwachting bij joden en christenen [Messianism and end time expected for Jews and Christians], Zoetermeer: Boekencentrum 2006, pp. 239: p. 17-36: «Messiaanse verwachtingen in het Oude Testament. Oorsprong en ontwikkelingen in de tijd na de ballingschap» [W.H. Rose], p. 37-46: «Enkele gedachten over de oorspronkelijke betekenis van de ‘mensenzoon’ in Daniël 7:13» [J.-W. Wesselius] [in Dutch]. Evans C.A., «Messianic Hopes and Messianc Figures in Late Antiquity»: JGRChJ 3 (2006) 9-40 / online: <www.craigaevans.com/Messianic_Hopes.1.pdf>; <www.ucalgary.ca/RELS/chairs/cchair/lectures/Evans%20Messianic% 20Hopes.pdf>. [IZBG 54,1772] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 99 Pentiuc E.J., Jesus the Messiah in the Hebrew Bible, New York - Mahwah NJ: Paulist 2006, pp. xviii188. [NTA 50, p. 615] rev. C.A. Bobertz, CBQ 69 (2007) 337-338; W. Moberly, JTS 58 (2007) 176-178; A.E. Steinmann, RevBL 3/2007 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/5400_5694.pdf> Barton J., «The Messiah in Old Testament Theology»: in Day (ed.), King and Messiah, p. 365-379 = in Id., The Old Testament: Canon, Literature and Theology. Collected Essays of John Barton (Society for Old Testament Study Series), Aldershot: Ashgate 2007, pp. xii-292: p. 257-267 (chap. 22). Fitzmyer J.A., The One Who Is to Come, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2007, pp. xvi205: 1. The Term ‘Messiah’, 2. The Use of jyçm in the Old Testament, 3. Other Old Testament Passages often regarded as the Background of the Term ‘Messiah’, 4. Old Testament Passages that reveal a developing Understanding of the Davidic Dynasty, 5. The Role of Daniel 9:25-26 in the Emergence of Messianism, 6. The Septuagint’s Interpretation of Some Old Testament Passages, 7. Extrabiblical Jewish Writings of the Second Temple Period, 8. The Use of Messiah in the New Testament, 9. The Use of Messiah in the Mishnah, Targums, and Other Rabbinic Writings. [IZBG 53,1767; NTA 51, p. 585] rev. P. Abadie, RSR 98/3 (2010) 375; C. Bernas, RelSR 33/3 (2007) 236; M. Bird, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 34; B. Byrne, Pacifica 22 (2009) 110-114; M. Byrne, IrTQ 73 (2008) 394-396; P. Byrne, Proceedings IBA nr 31 (2008) 118-120; B. Chilton, Interp 62/3 (2008) 336; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 57 (2007) 745-750; J.J. Collins, DSD 16 (2009) 125-128; M.A. Daise, JSHJ 8 (2010) 92-93; F. Dalrymple-Hamilton, RevBL 10/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6079_7545.pdf>; C.A. Evans, TS 69/2 (2008) 440-441; G. Gispert-Sauch, Vidyajyoti 71 (2007) 548-549; R.P. Gordon, VT 58 (2008) 660; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 351; P.M. McDonald, ScripB 38 (2008) 44-45; E.P. Meadors, JETS 51 (2008) 127-129; R.P.R. Murray, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 5; G.S. Oegema, JRel 91/2 (2011) 259-260; W. Pretorius, SHE 35/1 (2009); B. Repschinski, ZKT 130 (2008) 243244; M. Rösel, ZAW 120/3 (2008) 452-543; K. Sonek, RB 117 (2010) 132-135; J.L. Staley, RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6079_6483.pdf>; M. Tait, RRT 15 (2008) 5-8; RivBib 57 (2009) 507-510; J. Wimmer, NTR 21/4 (2008) 90 Porter S.E. (ed.), The Messiah in the Old and New Testaments (McMaster New Testament Studies), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2007, pp. xiv-268: p. 1-13: «Introduction: The Messiah in the Old and New Testaments» [S.E. Porter], p. 13-34: «The Messiah: Explorations in the Law and Writings» [T. Longman, III], p. 35-74: «Figuring the Future: The Prophets and Messiah» [M.J. Boda], p. 75-89: «The Messiah in the Qumran Documents» [A. Wolters], p. 90-116: «Messianic Ideas in the Apocalyptic and Related Literature in Early Judaism» [L.T. Stuckenbruck], p. 117-143: «Jesus as Messiah in Mark and Matthew» [I.H. Marshall], p. 144-164: «The Messiah in Luke and Acts: Forgiveness for the Captives» [S.E. Porter], p. 165-189: «Remembering Jesus: John’s Negative Christology» [T. Thatcher], p. 190-209: «Divine Life and Corporate Christology: God, Messiah Jesus, and the Covenant Community in Paul» [S.A. Cummins], p. 210-229: «Messianic Themes of Temple, Enthronement, and Victory in Hebrews and the General Epistles» [C.L. Westfall]. [IZBG 53,1768; NTA 51, p. 587; OTA 30,1488] rev. G. Balfour, ExpT 119/6 (2008) 310; B.J. Baxter, JGRChJ 6 (2009) 25-30 / online: <www.jgrchj.net/reviews/6.R25R30-Baxter%20on%20Porter.pdf>; C. Bernas, RelSR 33/3 (2007) 228-229; M.F. Bird, RevBL 2/2008 <www.bookreviews. org/pdf/5947_6432.pdf>; G. Burnett, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 33-34; H.J. Carey, SCJ 12/2 (2009) 281-282; J.H. Charlesworth, RevBL 2/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5947_6318.pdf>; Z.A. Crook, StRel 38/3-4 (2010) 555-557; S.E. Docherty, ScripB 38 (2008) 38-39; A. Jeffers, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 12-13; M. Rösel, ZAW 120/3 (2008) 466; V.M. Smiles, CBQ 70/2 (2008) 412-413; C. Stenschke, R&T 16/3-4 (2009) 327-328; W. Varner, MasterSemJ 18/2 (2007) 266-267 Fuhs H.F., «Alttestamentliche Wurzeln des Messiasanspruchs Jesu»: ThGl 98/4 (2008) 326-340. [NTA 53,1842] Adamczyk D., «Idea mesjanizmu w Starym Testamencie» [The messianic idea in the OT]: ComP 29/nr 165 (2009) 87-112 [in Polish]. Groenewald A., «Die een wat sal kom: “Messiaanse tekste” in die Ou Testament en ander Joodse geskrifte» [The One Who Is to Come: “Messianic Texts” in the Old Testament and Other Jewish Writings]: VeE 31/1 (2010) pp. 7 pp. in electronic resource: <www.ve.org.za/index.php/VE/article/view/396>. [NTA 56,564] Kim S.-Y., The Warrior Messiah in Scripture and Intertestamental Writings, Newcastle, U.K.: Cambridge Scholars Pub. 2010, pp. xv-365. [NTA 55, p. 597] Lepore L., «Alle origini del messianismo»: BeO 52/3-4 (2010) 129-156. [NTA 56,576; OTA 34,1997] Ryan S.D., «Messianism in the Old Testament. The Biblical Roots of Jewish and Christian Expectation»: BibTod 48/6 (2010) 317-322. [NTA 55,1216; OTA 34,1259] Rydelnik M., The Messianic Hope. Is the Hebrew Bible Really Messianic? (NAC Studies in Bible & Theology 9), Nashville: B&H Academic 2010, pp. xviii-206. [NTA 55, p. 403] rev. R.B. Zuck, BS 168/nr 671 (2011) 363-364 Lucass S., The Concept of the Messiah in the Scriptures of Judaism and Christianity (Library of Second Temple Studies [JSP SS] 78), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2011, pp. xv-236: p. 19-36: 2. Jewish Writers in Dialog, p. 37-65: 3. Kingship in the Ancient Near East, p. 66-93: 4. Kingship in the Hebrew Scriptures: The Psalms, p. 94-143: 5. Kingship in the Hebrew Scriptures: The Prophets, p. 144-157: 7. The Anointed in the Second Temple Period: The Son of Man, p. 158-187: 8. The Messiah in the New Testament. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 100 [Chronicles] Brunet A.M., «La théologie du Chroniste. Théocratie et messianisme»: in Coppens et alii (ed.), Sacra Pagina, I, p. 384-397. [IZBG 7,281] Caquot A., «Peut-on parler de messianisme dans l’oeuvre du Chroniste?»: RThPh 16 (1966) 110-120. [IZBG 14,363] Sæbø M., «Messianism in Chronicles? Some Remarks to the Old Testament Background of the New Testament Christology»: HorBT 2 (1980) 85-109. Romerowski S., «L’esperance messianique dans les Chroniques»: Hok 34 (1987) 37-63. [IZBG 34,503] Kelly B.E., «Messianic Elements in the Chronicler’s Work»: in Satterthwaite et alii (ed.), The Lord’s Anointed, p. 249-264. Lorenzin T., «Il figlio di Davide. Messianismo nelle Cronache?»: LA 60 (2010) 73-82. [OTA 35,444; NTA 56,578] [Psalms] Stade B., «Die messianische Hoffnung im Psalter»: ZThK 2 (1892) 369-413 = in Id., Ausgewählte akademische Reden und Abhandlungen, Giessen: Tölpelmann (J. Ricker) 1899, pp. vi-296: p. 37-76 / 19072. Gray G.B., «The References to the “King” in the Psalter in their Bearing on Questions of Date and Messianic Belief»: JQR 7 (1895) 658-686. Lagrange M.-J., «Notes sur le Messianisme dans les Psaumes»: RB 14 (1905) 188-202. Dahl G., «The Messianic Expectation in the Psalter»: JBL 57 (1938) 1-12. Haspecker J., «Ascendit Deus in jubilatione. Psalm 46 (47) und Himmelfahrt Christi»: GuL 28/2 (1955) 87-95 / online: <http://www.geistundleben.de/component/docman/doc_download/1262-2819552087095haspecker0. html>. Crim K.R., Israelite Kingship and the Royal Psalms (Diss. Union Theological Seminary 1959). Baumgärtel F., «Zur Frage der theologischen Deutung der messianischen Psalmen»: in F. Maass (ed.), Das ferne und nahe Wort. Festschrift Leonhard Rost zur Vollendung seines 70. Lebensjahres am 30. November 1966 gewidmet (BZAW 105), Berlin: Töpelmann 1967, pp. viii-275: p. 19-25. Phillips O.E., Exploring the Messianic Psalms, Philadelphia PA: Hebrew Christian Fellowship 1967, pp. 318. Filipiak M., «Mesjanizm królewski w Psalmie 2» [The Royal Messianism in the Psalm 2]: ColT 43/3 (1973) 49-66 [in Polish]. [IZBG 21,469] Becker J., «Die kollektive Deutung der Königspsalmen»: TPhil 52 (1977) 561-578. Fischer J.A., «Everyone a King: A Study of the Psalms»: BibTod 97 (1978) 1683-1689. [OTA 2,173] Krašovec J., «Judovska in krščanska razlaga Ps 45 (44)» [The Jewish and Christian interpretation of the Psalm 45 (44)]: BogoslV 42/4 (1982) 397-406 [in Slovene]. [BullSignal 37,8874; IZBG 31,749] Durham J.I., «The King as “Messiah” in the Psalms»: REx 81/3 (1984) 425-435. [IZBG 32,693; OTA 8,524] Allen R.B., Lord of Song. The Messiah Revealed in the Psalms, (introd. G.B. Shea), Portland OR: Multnomah 1985, pp. 177. Miller P.D., Jr., «Power, Justice, and Peace. An Exegesis of Psalm 72»: FaithMiss 4 (1986) 65-70. Wilson G.H., «The Use of Royal Psalms at the “Seams” of the Hebrew Psalter»: JSOT nr 35 (1986) 8594. [BullSignal 40,9257; IZBG 34,757; OTA 10,214] Carrière J.-M., «Le Ps 72 est-il un psaume messianique?»: Bib 72 (1991) 49-69. [BullSignal 46,3257; IZBG 39,781; OTA 15,276] Cortese E., «Salmo 72. Che Messia? Per quali poveri?»: LA 41 (1991) 41-60 (p. 50-55: 4. Il messianismo del Sal 72). [BullSignal 47,3723; IZBG 39,783] Kwakkel G., «Een koning aan het woord? Op zoek naar de identiteit van de ik-figuur in de psalmen»: in R. ter Beek et alii (ed.), Een sprekend begin. Opstellen aangeboden aan Prof. Drs. H.M. Ohmann VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 101 bij zijn afscheid als hoogleraar aan de Theologische Universiteit van de Gereformeerde Kerken (vrijgemaakt) te Kampen op 6 december 1993, Kampen: Van den Berg 1993, pp. 232: p. 94-106. Gołębiewski M., Idee mesjańskie w Psalmach [Messianic Ideas in the Psalms], Włocławek: Włocławskie Wydawnictwo Diecezjalne 1996, pp. 101 [in Polish]. Broyles C.C., «The Redeeming King: Psalm 72’s Contribution to the Messianic Ideal»: in Evans - Flint (ed.), Eschatology, p. 23-40. Harstad M.O., «A Study of the Messiah King and His Kingdom. A Study of Psalm 72»: LSQ 37/3 (1997) 193-234 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/38-3.pdf>. Mitchell D.C., «The Messiahs of the Lord»: in Id., The Message of the Psalter. An Eschatological Programme in the Book of Psalms (JSOT SS 252), Sheffield, U.K.: Academic Press 1997, pp. 428: p. 243-271 [Ps 2; 45; 72; 89; 110; 132]. [OTA 22,1240] rev. HeyJ 42/1 (2002); S. Gillingham, RevBL 2/1999 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/2468_1677.pdf> Heim K.M., «The (God-) Forsaken King of Psalm 89: A Historical and Intertextual Enquiry»: in Day (ed.), King and Messiah, p. 296-322. [OTA 23,973] Nel P.J., «The theology of the Royal Psalms»: OTE 11 (1998) 71-92 [Ps 45; 110; 132]. [OTA 24,392] Waschke E.-J., «Die Stellung der Königstexte im Jesajabuch im Vergleich zu den Königspsalmen 2, 72 und 89»: ZAW 110/3 (1998) 348-364. [IZBG 45,397; OTA 22,968] Degner G.W., «The Lordship of Christ According to the One Hundred and Tenth Psalm»: in D.N. Harmelink (ed.), Let Christ be Christ. Theology, Ethics & World Religions in the Two Kingdoms. Essays in Honor of the sixty-fifth Birthday of Charles L. Manske, Huntington Beach CA: Tentatio 1999, pp. ix-378. Rösel C., Die messianische Redaktion des Psalters. Studien zu Entstehung und Theologie der Sammlung Psalm 2-89 (Calwer theologische Monographien: Reihe A, Bibelwissenschaft 19), Stuttgart: Calwer 1999, pp. ix-241 (= Diss. Marburg 1997). [IZBG 45,515; OTA 22,1846] rev. W. Bluedorn, JETh 14 (2000) 170-171; R.E. Clements, JTS 52/2 (2001) 745; E. Zenger, ThRev 95 (1999) cols 443-456 Starling D.I., «The Messianic Hope in the Psalms»: RefTR 58/3 (1999) 121-134. [IZBG 46,530; OTA 23,1792] Davies B.C., «Is Psalm 110 a Messianic Psalm?»: BS 157/nr 626 (2000) 160-173. [IZBG 47,614; OTA 23,1805] García Cordero M., «El Mesianismo en los salmos»: CTom 127 (2000) 5-58. [NTA 45,1224] Janowski B., «Der andere König: Psalm 72 als Magna Carta der judäischen Königsideologie»: in J. Kügler (ed.), Die Macht der Nase: zur religiösen Bedeutung des Duftes. Religionsgeschichte, Bibel, Liturgie (SBS 187), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2000, pp. 191: p. 97-112. [NTA 45, p. 415] Anderson D.R., The King-Priest of Psalm 110 in Hebrews (StBL 21), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2001, pp. x-342. [NTA 45, p. 397-398] [The Kingdom of David has been the focus of disagreement among biblical interpreters practically since the ascension of Christ. Since Christ was enthroned at the right hand of God the Father when he ascended, many believe he began ruling from that throne at that time. But is this kingdom over which he rules the Davidic Kingdom? Reformed scholars say yes; dispensational scholars say no. A new breed of dispensational scholars says yes and no. These «Progressive Dispensationalists» say Jesus has inaugurated the Kingdom of David but will return to the earth to consummate this kingdom with a millennial reign from Jerusalem. Are they right? This book uses Psalm 110 in the Old and New Testaments to find an answer] rev. H.W. Bateman, IV, JETS 45/3 (2002) 529-531; M. Goutzioudis, RevBL 9/2002 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1524_ 2862.pdf>; M.W. Hamilton, RevBL 5/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1524_3126.pdf>; R.W. Johnson, RevBL 12/2002 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1524_3127.pdf> Eissler F., Königspsalmen und karäische Messiaserwartung. Jefet ben Elis Auslegung von Ps 2.72.89.110.132 im Vergleich mit Saadja Gaons Deutung (Texts and Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Judaism 17), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2002, pp. xx-700 (= Diss. Tübingen 2000). Bazyliński S., «Pod władzą królewską (Ps 2)» [Under the Power of the Messianic King (Psalm 2)]: VerVitae 1 (2002) 57-74 [in Polish with Italian Summary] / online: <http://verbumvitae.pl/pdf/1291215724_vv% 201_06_57-74.pdf>. Haney R.G., Text and Concept Analysis in Royal Psalms (StBL 30), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2002, pp. xxii-244 (= rev. Diss. Claremont Graduate University 1999) [Ps 2, 110, and 132]. [OTA 26,1462] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 102 rev. D. Cohen, Colloquium 37/1 (2005); H. Hagelia, RevBL 9/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3054_3320.pdf>; G.H. Wilson, RevBL 8/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3054_3728.pdf> Otto E. - Zenger E. (ed.), „Mein Sohn bist du” (Ps 2,7). Studien zu den Königspsalmen (SBS 192), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2002, pp. vi-258: p. 66-93: „Es sollen sich niederwerfen vor ihm alle Könige” (Ps 72,11). Redaktionsgeschichtliche Beobachtungen zu Psalm 72 und zum Programm des messianischen Psalters 2-89 [E. Zenger], p. 94-134: Die Frucht der Gerechtigkeit. Psalm 72 und die judäische Königsideologie [B. Janowski]. [OTA 26,1460] Couffignal R., Les Psaumes royaux de la Bible. Étude littéraire (Cahiers de la RB 54), Paris: Gabalda 2003, pp. 167. rev. Ph. de Robert, RHPR 84 (2004) 501 Scippa V., Salmi. 2: Salmi messianici/1; 3: Salmi messianici/2 (Dabar - Logos - Parola), Padova: Messaggero di Sant’Antonio 2003, pp. 288; 252. rev. G. Cappelletto, Firmana nr 34 (2004) 186-187 Travers M.E., «Psalm 45: A Wedding and an Invitation»: FaithMiss 20/2 (2003) 3-15. Cortese E., La preghiera del re. Formazione, redazioni e teologia dei “Salmi di Davide” (ABI. Supp. RivBib 43), Bologna: Dehoniane 2004, pp. 204. [OTA 28,477] rev. J. Blunda, RevBíb 67/1-2 (2005) 103-108; P. Garuti, Ang 82 (2005) 231-233; A. Mello, LA 54 (2004) 455-457; T. Lorenzin, RivBib 54 (2006) 98-99 Grant J.A., The King as Exemplar. The Function of Deuteronomy’s Kingship Law in the Shaping of the Book of Psalms (SBL. Academia Biblica 17), Atlanta GA: SBL 2004, pp. xviii-335 (= rev. Diss. Univ. of Gloucestershire, U.K.) [Ps 1; 2; 18; 19; 20; 21; 118; 119]. [OTA 28,1470] rev. G. Brin, RevBL 3/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4407_4433.pdf>; P. Dutcher-Walls, RevBL 3/2005 <www. bookreviews.org/pdf/4407_4432.pdf>; S. Gillingham, JSS 52 (2007) 147-149; J.C. McCann, Jr., Bib 87/2 (2006) 421-424; R.D. Nelson, CBQ 67/3 (2005) 494-495; J.D. Nogalski, JAOS 125/3 (2005) 433-434; K. Sparks, JNES 67/4 (2008) 305307 Hossfeld F.-L., «Messianische Texte des Psalters. Ein Überblick mit hermeneutischen Konsequenzen»: in Dimitrov (ed.), Das Alte Testament als christliche Bibel, p. 307-324. [OTA 31,1433] Hilber J.W., «Royal Psalms»: in Id., Cultic Prophecy in the Psalms (BZAW 352), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2005, pp. xiv-268 (= Diss. University of Cambridge 2004): p. 76-127 (chap. 3). [Ps 2; 89; 110; 132] rev. J.-G. Heintz, RHPR 86 (2006) 299; T.E. Saleska, CBQ 69 (2007) 119-120; M.A. Sweeney, RelSR 33 (2007) 60 Ausloos H., «Psalm 45, Messianism and the Septruagint»: in Knibb (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 239-251. [OTA 35,488] Belcher R.P., Jr., The Messiah and the Psalms: Preaching Christ from All the Psalms, Fearn, Rossshire, Scotland: Mentor 2006, pp. 288. [Preaching] rev. J.T. Borger, JETS 52 (2009) 141-142: «It is an effort to explain the relationship of the Messiah to the book of Psalms. The subtitle also describes well Belcher’s particular thesis, namely that Christ can be read in and preached from each of the 150 canonical psalms» (p. 141) Cortese E., «Il Salmo 72: autorità e dilatazione messianica»: RSB 18/1-2 (2006) 105-115. [OTA 34,1050] Polan G.J., «The Reign of God and His Anointed One»: BibTod 44/6 (2006) 337-342 [Ps 2]. [NTA 51,1247] Salvador R.L., «The Royal King»: BibTod 44/6 (2006) 343-347 [Ps 72]. [NTA 51,1249] Barbiero G., Il regno di JHWH e del suo Messia. Salmi scelti dal primo libro del Salterio (Studia Biblica 7), Roma: Città Nuova 2008, pp. 452. rev. T. Lorenzin, RivBib 58/4 (2010) 515-518 Harris R.A., «Rashi and the “Messianic” Psalms»: in C. Cohen et alii (ed.), Birkat Shalom. Studies in the Bible, Ancient Near Eastern Literature, and Postbiblical Judaism Presented to Shalom M. Paul on the Occasion of his Seventieth Birthday, Winona Lake IN: Eisenbrauns 2008, 2 vols, pp. xxxvii1071; vol. II: p. 845-862. [IZBG 55,1922] rev. L.-S. Tiemeyer, RevBL 6/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6944_7524.pdf> Kim J., «The Strategic Arrangement of Royal Psalms in Books IV-V»: WestTJ 70 (2008) 143-157. [OTA 32,444] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 103 Kaiser W., «Psalm 72: An Historical and Messianic Current Example of Antiochene Hermeneutical Theoria»: JETS 52 (2009) 257-270. [OTA 35,493] Parsons M., Martin Luther’s Interpretation of the Royal Psalms. The Spiritual Kingdom in a Pastoral Context, (introd. N.R. Leroux), Lewiston NY etc.: Mellen 2009, pp. vi-318. [Ps 2; 45; 82; 110; 118 / Two Kingdoms] rev. T. Saleska, ConJ 36/2 (2010) 201-203: «Parsons’ goal in this study is to investigate how Luther uses the concept of the kingdom of Christ to confort Christian believers in their distress (15). Specifically, Parsons wants to show how Luther uses the “two kingdoms doctrine” in his exposition of the royal psalms explicitly to confort believers who face suffering, persecution and temptations (19)» (p. 201); A. (L.) Zheng, FH 42/2 (2010) 77 Parsons M., «Luther, the Royal Psalms and the Suffering Church»: Crucible. An on-line Journal of peerreviewed articles and other resources on Christian life and thought (The Australian Evangelical Alliance Inc., Melbourne, Victoria, Australia) 2/1 (November 2009) 1-15 / in electronic resource: <http://crucible.ea.org.au/Crucible/PastIssues/091203/LuthertheRoyalPsalmsandtheSufferingChurch.aspx>. [The article is a reworking of the concluding chapter of his book: Martin Luther’s Interpretation of the Royal Psalms (2009)] Diller C., «„Er soll leben, solange die Sonne bleibt“ (Ps 72,5). Die räumlichen und zeitlichen Dimensionen der Königsherrschaft in Psalm 72»: in Diller et alii (ed.), Studien zu Psalmen und Propheten, p. 1-26. Galvin G.M., «The Messianic Psalms. How the Early Church Viewed Christ»: BibTod 48/6 (2010) 335340. [NTA 55,1214; OTA 34,1032] Human D.J. - Steyn G.J. (ed.), Psalms and Hebrews. Studies in Reception (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 527), New York - London: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xix-299: p. 99-112: «The Messianic Interpretation of Psalm 8:4-6 in Hebrew 2:6-9. Part I» [L.P. Maré], p. 113-125: «The Messianic Interpretation of Psalm 8:4-6 in Hebrew 2:6-9. Part II» [C.L. De Witt], p. 229-240: «From Priest-King to King-Priest: Psalm 110 and the Basic Structure of Hebrews» [G.J.C. Jordaan - P. Nel]. [NTA 55, p. 392] rev. J.M. Compton, Themelios 36 (2011) 94-96; W. Kraus, TC: A Journal of Biblical Textual Criticism 16 (2011) electronic journal: <http://rosetta.reltech.org/TC/v16/HumanSteyn2011rev.pdf>; S.D. Mackie, RevBL 2/2012 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7803_9194.pdf>; S. Moyise, RevBL 7/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7803_8509.pdf> Saur M., «Die theologische Funktion der Königspsalmen innerhalb der Komposition des Psalters»: in Zenger (ed.), The Composition, p. 689-699. [OTA 34,342] Steymans H.U., «Le psautier messianique – une approche sémantique»: in Zenger (ed.), The Composition, p. 141-197. [OTA 34,336] [Sirach] Czajkowski M., «Na tropach tradycji eschatologicznej i mesjańskiej u Ben-Syracha» [Retracing the eschatological and messianic tradition in Ben Sirach]: RBL 16/2-3 (1963) 87-98 (p. 94-97: Ślady tradycji eschatologiczno-mesjańskiej u Ben-Syracha) [in Polish]. [IZBG 11,489] Caquot A., «Ben Sira et le messianisme»: Sém 16 (1966) 43-68. [IZBG 15,516] Martin J.D., «Ben Sira’s Hymn to the Fathers: A Messianic Perspective»: in A.S. van der Woude (ed.), Crises and Perspectives. Studies in Ancient Near Eastern Polytheism, Biblical Theology, Palestinian Archaeology, and Intertestamental Literature (Oudtestamentische Studiën 24), Leiden: Brill 1986, pp. 149: p. 107-123. Corley J., «Seeds of Messianism in Hebrew Ben Sira and Greek Sirach»: in Knibb (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 301-312. [OTA 35,547] Nikolova S., «Messianic Passages of the Book of Sirach in the Translation of St. Methodius»: in A. Lemaire (ed.), Congress Volume Ljubljana 2007 (VT SS 133), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2010, pp. xvi640: p. 511-529. [St. Methodius ca. 825-885] [Prophets] Möller W., Die messianische Erwartung der vorexilischen Propheten. Zugleich ein Protest gegen moderne Textzersplitterung, Gütersloh: Bertelsmann 1906, pp. 398. Miguéns E., “Filius David” apud prophetas minores, Romae - Jerusalem 1955, pp. xiii-92 (Pars Diss. Antonianum, Roma 1954). Benson A., «“From the Mouth of the Lion”. The Messianism of Amos»: CBQ 19 (1957) 199-212. [IZBG 5,336] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 104 Wolf H., «“The Desire of All Nations” in Haggai 2:7: Messianic or Not?»: JETS 19/2 (1974) 97-102. Weinfeld M., «The Roots of the Messianic Idea»: in R.M. Whiting (ed.), Mythology and Mythologies. Methodological Approaches to Intercultural Influences. Proceedings of the Second Annual Symposium of the Assyrian and Babylonian Intellectual Heritage Project. Held in Paris, France, October 4-7, 1999 (Melammu Symposia 2), Helsinki: The Neo-Assyrian Text Corpus Project 2001, pp. xxv-288: p. 279-287 / online: <www.aakkl.helsinki.fi/melammu/pdf/weinfeld2001.pdf>. Pentiuc R.J., «Messianism in the Book of Hosea in the Light of Patristic Interpretations»: GrOrTR 46/1-2 (2001) 35-56. [Patristic] Abrego de Lacy J.M., «La esperanza mesiánica en los libros proféticos: evolución y desarollo»: EstBíb 62 (2004) 411-433. [OTA 30,256] Munnich O., «Le messianisme à la lumière des livres prophétiques de la Bible grecque»: in Knibb (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 327-355. [OTA 35,558] [Isaiah] Findlay G.G., «The Messianic Teaching of Isaiah»: ExpT 17 (1906) 200-205. Smith L.P., «The Messianic Ideal of Isaiah»: JBL 36/3-4 (1917) 158-212. Feuillet A., «Le messianisme du livre d’Isaïe, ses rapports avec l’histoire et les traditions d’Israël»: RSR 36 (1949) 182-228 = in Id., Études d’exégèse et de théologie biblique. Ancien Testament, Paris: Gabalda 1975, pp. 523: p. 223-259. [IZBG 1,387] Renard H., «Le messsianisme dans la première partie du Livre d’Isaïe»: in Coppens et alii (ed.), Sacra Pagina, I, p. 398-407. [IZBG 7,303] Grelot P., «L’exégèse messianique d’Isaïe LXIII,1-6»: RB 70/3 (1963) 371-380. [IZBG 11,371] Coppens J., «Les espérances messianiques du Proto-Isaïe et leurs prétendues relectures»: EphTL 44 (1968) 491-497. [IZBG 16,406] Mays J.L., «Isaiah’s royal theology and the Messiah»: in C.R. Seitz (ed.), Reading and Preaching the Book of Isaiah, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 1988, pp. 126: p. 39-52. [OTA 11,1078] Schibler D., «Messianism and Messianic Prophecy in Isaiah 1-12 and 28-33»: in Satterthwaite et alii (ed.), The Lord’s Anointed, p. 87-104. Heskett R., Messianism within the Scriptural Scrolls of Isaiah (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 456), New York - London: T&T Clark 2007, pp. xv-353 (= rev. Diss. Emmanuel College 2001). [Is 7:14; 9:1-6; 11:1-9; 52:13–53:12; 61:1-3] [NTA 52, p. 202; OTA 32,781] rev. D. Bergant, BibTod 46/2 (March-April 2008) 126; R.B. Chisholm, Jr., BS 167/nr 666 (2010) 247-249; J.T. Hibbard, RevBL 3/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6108_6725.pdf>; R. Lessing, CBQ 71 (2009) 139-140; P.J. Long, JHS 8 (2008) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/review301.htm> = in E. Ben Zvi (ed.), Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures V. Comprising the Contents of Journal of Hebrew Scriptures, vol. 8 (Perspectives on Hebrew Scriptures and its Contexts 6), Piscataway NJ: Gorgias 2009, pp. 709: p. 577; T. Mayfield, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 285; M. Tait, RRT 15/3 (2008) 305-307 Pikor W., «Postać Mesjasza w świetle Izajaszowych proroctw» [The Figure of Messiah in the light of Isaiah’s Prophesies]: in H. Drawnel (ed.), Jezus jako Syn Boży w Nowym Testamencie i we wczesnej literaturze chrześcijańskiej (ABLub 1), Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2007, pp. 194: p. 9-29 [in Polish]. Brzegowy T., «Czy Izajasz zapowiadał Mesjasza?» [Did Isaiah announced the Messiah?]: ColT 78/3 (2008) 5-27 [in Polish]. [OTA 33,2002] de Sousa R.F., Eschatology and Messianism in LXX Isaiah 1–12 (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 516 – The Hebrew Bible and Its Versions 4), New York - London: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xiii-189 (= rev. Diss. Cambridge 2008). [NTA 54, p. 598-599] rev. J.K. Aitken, JSOT 35/5 (2011) 79-80; J. Dines, JTS 62/2 (2011) 669-671; T. Mayfield, RevBL 12/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7480_8166.pdf>; H.G.M. Williamson, CBQ 73 (2011) 118-119 de Sousa R.F., «Problems and Perspectives on the Study of Messianism in LXX Isaiah»: in A. van der Kooij - M.N. van der Meer (ed.), The Old Greek of Isaiah: Issues and Perspectives. Papers read at the Conference on the Septuagint of Isaiah, held in Leiden 10-11 April 2008 (CBETh 55), Leuven etc.: Peeters 2010, pp. xiii-240: p. 135-152. [OTA 34,1139; NTA 55, p. 618] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 105 [Book of Immanuel] Marti K., «Der jesajanische Kern in Jes 6,1-9,6»: in Id. (ed.), Beiträge zur alttestamentlichen Wissenschaft. Karl Budde zum siebzigsten Geburtstag (BZAW 34), Giessen: Töpelmann 1920, pp. vii194: p. 113-121. Alt A., «Jesaja 8,23–9,6. Befreiungsnacht und Krönungstag»: in W. Baumgartner (ed.), Festschrift Alfred Bertholet zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet von Kollegen und Freunden, Tübingen: Mohr 1950, pp. vii-578: p. 29-49 = in Id., Kleine Schriften zur Geschichte des Volkes Israel, II, München: Beck 1953, pp. viii-476: p. 206-225. Würthwein E., «Jesaja 7,1-9. Ein Beitrag zu dem Thema: Prophetie und Politik»: in Theologie als Glaubenswagnis. Festschrift für Karl Heim zum 80. Geburtstag dargebracht von der EvangelischTheologischen Fakultät in Tübingen (Furche-Studien 23), Hamburg: Furche 1954, pp. 220: p. 4763 = in Id., Wort und Existenz. Studien zum Alten Testament, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1970, pp. 319: p. 127-143. Lindblom J., A Study on the Immanuel Section in Isaiah: Isa. vii,1-ix,6 (Scripta Minora Regiae Societatis Humaniorum Litterarum Lundensis, 1957-1958: 4), Lund: Gleerup 1958, pp. 57. Stamm J.J., «Die Immanuel-Weissagung und die Eschatologie des Jesaja»: ThZ 16 (1960) 439-455. [IZBG 8,292] Wolff H.W., Frieden ohne Ende. Jesaja 7,1-17 und 9,1-6 ausgelegt (Biblische Studien 35), Neukirchen Vluyn: Neukirchener 1962, pp. 93. [IZBG 10,366; ZAW 75 (1963) 141] Lust J., «The Immanuel Figure: A Charismatic Judge-Leader. A Suggestion towards the Understanding of Is 7,10-17»: EphTL 47 (1971) 464-470. Zawiszewski E., «Doktryna mesjańska Izajasza w tzw. „Księdze Emmanuela”» [Die messianische Lehre des Jesaja nach dem sog. Emmanuelbuch]: Studia Pelplińskie. Rocznik Diecezji Pelplińskiej (Pelplin, Poland) 3 (1973) 161-170 (p. 168-170: Królestwo mesjańskie) [in Polish]. [IZBG 21,367] Stamm J.J., «Die Immanuel-Perikope: eine Nachlese»: ThZ 30 (1974) 11-22. Bartelmus R., «Jes 7,1-17 und das Stilprinzip des Kontrastes. Syntaktisch-stilistische und traditionsgeschichtliche Anmerkungen zur „Immanuel-Perikope“»: ZAW 96 (1984) 50-66 = in Id., Auf der Suche nach dem archimedischen Punkt der Textinterpretation. Studien zu einer philologisch-linguistisch fundierten Exegese alttestamentlicher Texte, Zürich: Pano 2002, pp. viii-405: p. 23-41. Hubmann F.D., «Randbemerkungen zu Jes 7,1-17»: BN Heft 26 (1985) 27-46. Dohmen C., «Verstockungsvollzug und prophetische Legitimation. Literarkritische Beobachtungen zu Jes 7,1-17»: BN Heft 31 (1986) 37-56. Dohmen C., «Das Immanuelzeichen. Ein jesajanisches Drohwort und seine inneralttestamentliche Rezeption»: Bib 68 (1987) 305-329. Laato A., «Immanuel – Who is with us? – Hezekiah or Messiah?»: in M. Augustin - K.-D. Schunck (ed.), “Wünschet Jerusalem Frieden”. Collected Communications to the XIIth Congress of the International Organization for the Study of the Old Testament, Jerusalem 1986 (Beiträge zur Erforschung des Alten Testaments und des antiken Judentums 13), Frankfurt a.M. - New York: Peter Lang 1987, pp. xi-480: p. 313-322. Laato A., Who is Immanuel? The Rise and Foundering of Isaiah’s Messianic Expectations, Åbo, Finland: Åbo Akademis Förlag 1988, pp. 394 (= Diss. Åbo Akademi 1988). [OTA 14,1201; JSOT 16/nr 52 (1991) 126] rev. H. Barstad, NoTT 89 (1988) 280-281; M. Cimosa, Sal 55 (1993) 407; R.E. Clements, JTS 41 (1990) 140; B. Johnson, TAik 93 (1988) 516-518; A. Schoors, ThRev 89 (1993) cols 445-446; H.G.M. Williamson, VT 40/2 (1990) 247 Clements R.E., «The Immanuel Prophecy of Isa. 7:10-17 and Its Messianic Interpretation»: in E. Blum et alii (ed.), Die hebräische Bibel und ihre zweifache Nachgeschichte. Festschrift für Rolf Rendtorff zum 65. Geburtstag, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 1990, pp. xiii-736: p. 225-240 = in Id., Old Testament Prophecy. From Oracles to Canon, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 1996, pp. x-278: p. 65-77. Wegner P.D., «A Re-Examination of Isaiah IX 1-6»: VT 42 (1992) 103-112. [OTA 15,1543] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 106 Arenhoevel D., «Glaube und Zukunft: Die Weissagung vom Immanuel (Jes 7,1-16)»: in Id., Propheten in Israel. Bibeltheologische Betrachtungen zu Jesaja, Deuterojesaja, Jeremia, Hosea und Micha, (ed. U. Engel), Freiburg (Schweiz): Paulusverlag 1994, pp. 159: p. 63-81. Lepore L., Dal Re Giosia al Messia. Problemi letterari, redazionali e teologici di Is 8,23b; 9,1-6, Roma: Pontificia Universitas Urbaniana, Facultas S. Theologiae 1996, pp. 111 (Pars Diss. Urbaniana). Irsigler H., «Der Aufstieg des Immanuel. Jes 7,1-17 und die Rezeption des Immanuelworts in Jes 7-11»: in Id., Vom Adamssohn zum Immanuel. Gastvorträge Pretoria 1996 (Arbeiten zu Text und Sprache im Alten Testament 58), St. Ottilien: EOS 1997, pp. viii-158: p. 101-152 / «Beobachtungen zur Rezeptionsgeschichte des „Immanuel“ in Jesaja 7-11»: in Hoppe - Busse (ed.), Von Jesus zum Christus, p. 3-23. Lepore L., «Isaia 8,23b (9,1-6): ricostruzione letteraria e riletture teologiche»: RivBib 46 (1998) 257-276. Lust J., «Messianism in the Septuagint: Isaiah 8:23b-9:6 (9:1-7)»: in J. Krašovec (ed.), Interpretation of the Bible. The International Symposium in Slovenia (JSOT SS 289), Ljubljana: Slovenska akademija znanosti in umetnosti - Sheffield: Academic Press 1998, pp. 1909: p. 147-163. Witaszek G., «Idealny Król mesjański (Iz 7,10-17; 8,23-9; 11,1-9)» [The Ideal King-Messiah (Is 7:10-17; 8:23-9; 11:1-9)]: in J. Misurek et alii (ed.), «Do kogóż pójdziemy? Ty masz słowa życia wiecznego» (Prace Wydziału Teologicznego 119. Homo Meditans 19), Lublin: Wydawnictwo Towarzystwa Naukowego KUL 1998, pp. 257: p. 107-117 [in Polish]. Beuken W.A.M., «The “Messianic” Character of Isaiah Chapter 11: East and West - Alien Perspectives?»: in Dimitrov (ed.), Das Alte Testament als christliche Bibel, p. 347-358. Nagel E.M., «The Ideal Leader in the Kingdom of God: Messianic Prophecies in Isaiah 8:23-9:6 and 11:1-9»: BibTod 43 (2005) 353-358. Becker U., «Der Messias in Jes 7-11: Zur „Theopolitik“ prophetischer Heilserwartungen»: in S. Gillmayr-Bucher et alii (ed.), Ein Herz so weit wie der Sand am Ufer des Meeres. Festschrift für Georg Hentschel (EThSt 90), Würzburg: Echter 2006, pp. 403: p. 235-254. Benzi G., Ci è stato dato un figlio. Il Libro dell’Emmanuele (Is 6,1-9,6). Struttura retorica e interpretazione teologica (Biblioteca di teologia dell’evangelizzazione 3), Bologna: EDB 2007, pp. 363. Brzegowy T., «Książę czterech imion (Iz 8,23b-9,6)» [The Prince of the four names (Is 8:23b–9:6)]: in R. Bogacz - W. Chrostowski (ed.), Verbum Caro factum est. Księga pamiątkowa dla Księdza Profesora Tomasza Jelonka w 70. rocznicę urodzin, Warszawa: Stowarzyszenie Biblistów Polskich 2007, pp. 536: p. 128-150 [in Polish]. Pikor W., «Pytanie o mesjański sens Izajaszowych proroctw o królewskim potomku. Część I: Iz 7,1-25; Część II: Iz 8,23b–9,6; 11,1-9» [The Question of Messianic Sense in Isaiah’s Prophesies of the Royal Offspring. Part I: Is 7:1-25; Part II: Is 8:23b–9:6; 11:1-9]: Zeszyty Naukowe KUL (Lublin, Poland) 50 (2007) 21-41; 50/2 (2007) 15-36 (36: English Summary) / online: <www.kul.lublin.pl/files/ 102/pikor.pdf> [in Polish]. Collins J.J., «Isaiah 8:23–9:6 and Its Greek Translation»: in A. Voitila - J. Jokiranta (ed.) Scripture in Transition. Essays on Septuagint, Hebrew Bible, and Dead Sea Scrolls in Honour of Raija Sollamo (JSJ SS 126), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2008, pp. xxxviii-748: p. 205-222. rev. G.D. Martin, JHS 10 (2010) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review462.htm> Oberlinner L., «„Gott ist mit uns“. Die Immanuelverheißung (Jes 7-8) und die christologische Erfüllung nach Matthäus»: in Diller et alii (ed.), Studien zu Psalmen und Propheten, p. 403-427. [Royal Servant of Yahweh] Rowley H.H., «The Suffering Servant and the Davidic Messiah»: Oudtestamentische Studien (Leiden, The Netherlands) 8 (1950) 100-136 = in Id., The Servant of the Lord and Other Essays on the Old Testament, London: Lutterworth 1952, pp. 327: p. 63-93 / Oxford: Blackwell 19652 (rev. ed.), pp. 355: p. 61-94. [IZBG 1,388] Barthélemy D., «Excursus. L’interprétation de 52,13-15»: in Id. (ed.), Critique textuelle de l’Ancien Testament. II: Isaïe, Jérémie, Lamentations. Rapport final du Comité pour l’analyse textuelle de l’Ancien Testament hébreu institué par l’Alliance Biblique Universelle […] (OBO 50/2), Freiburg (Switzerland): Universitätsverlag - Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1986, pp. xviii-71-1013: p. 385-395. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 107 Block D.I., «My Servant David: Ancient Israel’s Vision of the Messiah»: in Hess - Carroll (ed.), Israel’s Messiah, p. 17-56. Walton J.H., «The Imagery of the Substitute King Ritual in Isaiah’s Fourth Servant Song»: JBL 122/4 (2003) 734-743. [IZBG 50,536; OTA 27,1249] Chisholm R.B., Jr., «The Christological Fulfillment of Isaiah’s Servant Songs»: BS 163/nr 652 (2006) 387-404. [NTA 51,443] Knohl I., «The Suffering Servant: from Isaiah to the Dead Sea Scrolls»: in D.A. Green - L.S. Lieber (ed.), Scriptural Exegesis. The Shapes of Culture and the Religious Imagination. Essays in Honour of Michael Fishbane, Oxford: University Press 2009, pp. xiv-324: p. 89-104. [Daniel / Qumran] rev. C.L. Crouch, JJS 61/2 (2010) 332-334; W.A. Tooman, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review517.htm> [Jeremiah] Cramer G.H., «The Messianic Hope of Jeremiah»: BS 115/nr 459 (1958) 237-246. [IZBG 7,345] Vittonatto G., «Il pensiero messianico di Geremia nello sviluppo storico del messianismo»: RivBib 6 (1958) 338-352. [IZBG 7,346] Penna A., «Il Messianismo nel libro di Geremia»: in ABI, Il Messianismo. Atti della XVIII Settimana Biblica, Brescia: Paideia 1966, pp. xxii-428: p. 135-178. [NTA 11, p. 141-142] Lust J., «Messianism and the Greek Version of Jeremiah»: in C.E. Cox (ed.), VII Congress of the International Organization for Septuagint and Cognate Studies, Leuven, 1989 (SBL Septuagint and Cognate Studies 31), Atlanta GA: Scholars Press 1991, pp. xxxi-459: p. 87-122. [NTA 36, p. 443] rev. JSOT 18 (1993) 117; JSS 39 (1994) 116-117; J.A.L. Lee, ABR 42 (1994) 74-75 [Ezechiel] Gronkowski W., Le messianisme d’Ezéchiel, Paris: Geuthner 1930, pp. xviii-202 (= Diss. Université de Strasbourg, Faculté de Théologie Catholique). rev. RevApol 54 (1932) 98; RevScPhTh 21 (1932) 96; A. Barrois, RB 41 (1932) 133-134; W.A. Irwin, JRel 11 (1931) 611 Gruenthaner M.J., «The Messianic Concepts of Ezechiel»: TS 2 (1941) 2-18. Caquot A., «Le messianisme d’Ezéchiel»: Sém 14 (1964) 5-23. [IZBG 13,372] Block D.I., «Bringing Back David: Ezechiel’s Messianic Hope»: in Satterthwaite et alii (ed.), The Lord’s Anointed, p. 167-188. Lust J., «Messianism in Ezekiel in Hebrew and in Greek»: in Paul et alii (ed.), Emanuel, p. 619-631. [OTA 27,1270] Block D.I., «Transformation of Royal Ideology in Ezechiel»: in W.A. Tooman - M.A. Lyons (ed.), Transforming Visions. Transformations of Text, Tradition, and Theology in Ezechiel (PTMS 127), (introd. M.A. Sweeney), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2010, pp. xxv-350: p. 208-246. rev. J. Gile, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review537.htm>; W.R. Osborne, RevBL 1/2012 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7636_8352.pdf> [Zechariah] Siebeneck R.T., «Messianism of Aggeus and Proto-Zacharias»: CBQ 19 (1957) 312-328. [IZBG 6,422] van der Woude A., «Serubbabel und die messianischen Erwartungen des Propheten Sacharja»: ZAW 100 (1988) 138-156. Brzegowy T., «Mesjanizm Deutero-Zachariasza [Zech 9-14]» [The Messianism of Deutero-Zechariah]: Analecta Cracoviensia (Kraków, Poland) 27 (1995) 93-108 [in Polish]. [IZBG 43,727] Duguid I.M., «Messianic Themes in Zechariah 9-14»: in Satterthwaite et alii (ed.), The Lord’s Anointed, p. 265-280. Meyers E.M., «Messianism in First and Second Zechariah and the ‘End’ of Biblical Prophecy»: in J.E. Coleson - V.H. Matthews (ed.), “Go to the Land I Will Show You”. Studies in Honor of Dwight W. Young, Winona Lake IN: Eisenbrauns 1996, pp. xx-428: p. 127-142. rev. G.H. Oller, JAOS 118/4 (1998) 603 VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 108 Rose W.H., Zemah and Zerubbabel. Messianic Expectations in the Early Postexilic Period (Library of Hebrew Bible / Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 304), Sheffield: Academic Press 2000 (= rev. Diss. Oxford Univ. 1997; see author’s presentation in TynB 49/2 [1998] 373-376). [OTA 23,2098] rev. Ph. Abadie, RSR 90 (2002) 246-247; J.E. Bowley, HebSt 43 (2002) 265-267; B. Gosse, Transeuphratène (Paris, France) 24 (2002) 167-171; P.L. Redditt, CBQ 63 (2001) 127-128; D. Rooke, JJS 52 (2001) 361-363; G. Xeravits, JSJ 32 (2001) 341-344 Collins J.J., «The Eschatology of Zechariah»: in L.L. Grabbe - R.D. Haak (ed.), Knowing the End from the Beginning. The Prophetic, Apocalyptic, and their Relationship (Library of Second Temple Studies 46), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2003, pp. ix-226: p. 74-84. [NTA 49, p. 632] Petterson A.R., Behold Your King. The Hope for the House of David in the Book of Zechariah (Library of Hebrew Bible / Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 513), London - New York: T&T International 2009, pp. xiv-286 (= rev. Diss. Queen’s University of Belfast 2006): p. 129-148: chap. 5: The Coming King. [OTA 33,1539] rev. R.E. Clements, VT 61/4 (2011) 703; F. Dalrymple-Hamilton, RevBL 1/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7483_8169. pdf>; K.M. Hayes, CBQ 73 (2011) 135-136; A.S.Y. Lee, JHS 11 (2011) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review523.htm>; L.-S. Tiemeyer, JTS 61/2 (2010) 722-724 [Malachi] Keown G.L., «Messianism in the Book of Malachi»: REx 84/3 (1987) 443-451. Malone A.S., «Is the Messiah Announced in Malachi 3:1?»: TynB 57/2 (2006) 215-228. [IZBG 53,585] Assis E., «Moses, Elijah and the Messianic Hope. A New Reading of Malachi 3,22-24»: ZAW 123/2 (2011) 207-220. [NTA 56,549] b) Intertestamental Period Brierre-Narbonne J.-J., Exégèse apocryphe des prophéties messianiques, Paris: Geuthner 1937, pp. 129. Lattey C., «The Messianic Expectation in “The Assumption of Moses”»: CBQ 41 (1942) 9-21. Meyer R., «Priester-König-Prophet. Ein Beitrag zur Endzeiterwartung im nachexilischen Judentum»: in X. Internationaler Kongress für Religionsgeschichte, 11.-17. September 1960 in Marburg, Lahn, Marburg: Elwert 1961, pp. 240: p. 92-93. Lohse E., «Der König aus Davids Geschlecht. Bemerkungen zur messianischen Erwartung der Synagoge»: in O. Betz et alii (ed.), Abraham unser Vater. Juden und Christen im Gespräch über die Bibel. Festschrift für Otto Michel zum 60. Geburtstag (Arbeiten zur Geschichte des Spätjudentums und Christentums 5), Leiden - Köln: Brill 1963, pp. vi-503: p. 337-345. Ferch A.J., «The Two Eons and the Messiah in Pseudo-Philo, 4 Ezra, and 2 Baruch»: AUSS 15/2 (1977) 135-152 / online: <www.auss.info/auss_publication_file.php?pub_id=563&journal=1&type=pdf>. [IZBG 25,1775; NTA 22,628] Klausner J., «The Messianic Idea in the Apocryphal Literature»: in M. Avi-Yonah - Z. Baras (ed.), The World History of the Jewish People. First Series: Ancient Times. VIII: Society and Religion in the Second Temple Period, London: Jewish History Publications - Allen 1977, pp. xxxiv-414: p. 153186. de Villiers P.G.R., «The Messiah and Messiahs in Jewish Apocalyptic»: Neotest 12 (1978) 75-110. [NTA 26,721] Klein R.W., «Aspects of Intertestamental Messianism»: in V.L. Tollers - J.R. Maier (ed.), The Bible in Its Literary Milieu. Contemporary Essays, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1979, pp. ix-447: p. 191-211. [NTA 24, p. 294] rev. M.W. Holmes, JETS 23/4 (1980) 364-365 Wurz H., «Die Messiashoffnung in der Zeit zwischen Altem und Neuem Testament»: BiLi 53/3 (1980) 140-146. [NTA 25,718] Schimanowski G., «Die Präexistenz des Messias in den Übersetzungen des AT, dem äthiopischen Henoch und anderen apokalyptischen Texten»: in Id., Weisheit und Messias. Die jüdischen Voraussetzungen der urchristlichen Präexistenzchristologie (WUNT II/17), Tübingen: Mohr (Siebeck) 1985, pp. xiii-410 (= rev. Diss. Tübingen 1981): p. 107-205. [NTA 31, p. 127-128] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 109 Collins J.J., «Messianism in the Maccabean Period»: in Neusner et alii (ed.), Judaisms and their Messiahs, p. 97-109. Schiffman L.H., «The Concept of the Messiah in Second Temple and Rabbinic Literature»: REx 84/2 (1987) 235-246. [NTA 31,1374] Wittlieb M., «Die theologische Bedeutung der Erwähnung von “Māšîaḥ/Christós” in den Pseudepigraphen des Alten Testaments palästinischen Ursprungs»: BN Heft 50 (1989) 26-33 [Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs; Psalms of Solomon; IV Ezra; II Baruch]. [BullSignal 44,3002; OTA 14,1143] Oegema G.S., De messiaanse verwachtingen ten tijde van Jezus. Een inleiding in de messiaanse verwachtingen en bewegingen gedurende de hellenistisch-romeinse tijd [The messianic expectations at the time of Jesus. An introduction to the messianic expectations and movements in the HellenisticRoman period], Baarn (The Netherlands): Ten Have 1991, pp. 214 (= rev. Diss. Berlin 1989). Knibb M.A., «Messianism in the Pseudepigrapha in the Light of the Scrolls»: DSD 2/2 (1995) 165-184 = in Id., Essays, p. 307-326. [IZBG 41,1599; NTA 40,1224] Fuller M.E., «The Davidic Messiah in Early Jewish Literature»: in T.L. Cross - E.B. Powery (ed.), The Spirit and the Mind. Essays in Informed Pentecostalism. To honor Dr Donald N. Bowdle, Presented on his 65th Birthday, Lanham MD: University Press of America 2000, pp. xvii-317: p. 6586. Tromp J., «The Davidic Messiah in Jewish Eschatology of the First Century BCE»: in Scott (ed.), Restoration, p. 179-201. Condra E., Salvation for the Righteous Revealed. Jesus Amid Covenantal and Messianic Expectations in Second Temple Judaism (AGJU 51), Leiden etc.: Brill 2002, pp. xvii-391. [NTA 47, p. 365-366] rev. G.J. Brooke, JSOT 28/5 (2004) 201; S.J. Gathercole, DSD 10/3 (2003) 428-430; J. Harrison, JETS 47 (2004) 510-511; G. Schimanowski, ThLZ 130 (2005) cols 384-386; G.H. Twelftree, ExpT 117/2 (2005) 87 Horbury W., «Jewish Messianism and Early Christology»: in R.N. Longenecker (ed.), Contours of Christology in the New Testament (McMaster New Testament Studies), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2005, pp. xiv-345: p. 3-24. [NTA 50, p. 192-193] rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 32/2 (2006) 122; H.J. Carey, ExpT 117/10 (2006) 433-434; S. Cazelais, StRel 36 (2007) 180-181; C. McMahon, TS 68 (2007) 173-174; C.W. Skinner, TrinJ 27 (2006) 311-313; A. Trites, TorJT 22/2 (2006) 216 Evans C.A., «Messianic Hopes and Messianic Figures in Late Antiquity»: JGRChJ 3 (2006) 9-40 / online: <www.craigaevans.com/Messianic_Hopes.1.pdf>. [IZBG 54,1772] Knibb M.A., «The Septuagint and Messianism: Problems and Issues»: in Id. (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 3-19 = in Id., Essays, p. 349-366. [OTA 35,99] Chester A., Messiah and Exaltation. Jewish Messianic and Visionary Traditions and New Testament Christology (WUNT 207), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. xvii-716. [IZBG 53,1831; NTA 51, p. 585] rev. C. Böttrich, JSJ 40/3 (2009) 376-379; G. Dautzenberg, BZ 52/2 (2008) 271-274; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 349-351; J.M. Hamilton, Jr., BBR 19 (2009) 143-145; J. Hernández, Jr., RelSR 35/3 (2009) 184; K. Huber, SNTU A 35 (2010) 241243; M. Karrer, RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5919_6282.pdf>; K.-W. Niebuhr, ThLZ 135/4 (2010) cols 428431; J. Radermakers, NRTh 130 (2008) 324-325; J.L.W. Schaper, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 207; R. Schwindt, TrierTZ 119 (2010) 93-94; P.W. van der Horst, NedThT 64 (2010) 73-74; R. Vincent, Sal 70/4 (2008) 797-798 Jucci E., «L’ambiente di Gesù e le correnti messianiche intratestamentarie»: in Diocesi di Cassano all’Ionio (ed.), Il Volto di Cristo: Via, Verità e Vita. Atti del Convegno Diocesano. Marina di Sibari (Cosenza), 26-27 settembre 2008, Gorle (BG): Editrice Velar 2008, pp. 503: p. 93-129. Collini P., Indice Concettuale del Medio Giudaismo. III: Messianismo, Magnano BI: Qiqajon - Comunità di Bose 2009, pp. 142. rev. M. Bruti, JJS 42/3 (2011) 386-388; G. Colzani, ED 62/3 (2009) 201-204: «Quanto alla articolazione, il sovralemma è distinto in sei lemmi: antimessia, era messianica, messia, messia?, precursore e tipologia a loro volta suddivisi in una settantina di sottolemmi» (p. 203); G. Ibba, MatGiud 14/1-2 (2009) 582-583; W.G.E. Watson, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 196-197 Kuttianickal S., «Messiah in the Inter-testament Literature»: BiBh 37/3 (2011) 207-223. [Book of Jubilees] VanderKam J.C., «Jubilees and the Priestly Messiah of Qumran»: RdQ 13/nn. 49-52 (1988) 353-365. [IZBG 36,1822] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 110 [Parables of Enoch] Boccaccini G. (ed.), Enoch and the Messiah Son of Man. Revisiting the Book of Parables, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2007, pp. xv-539. [The book comprises thirty-six contributions arranged in six thematic parts] [IZBG 54,1162; NTA 52, p. 417; OTA 31,1860] rev. S. Beyerle, ThLZ 134/6 (2009) 672-674; M.F. Bird, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 105-106; M. Casey, JSS 55/2 (2010) 622-623; M.A. Daise, JHS 9 (2009) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/reviews/reviews_new/review392.htm>; P.R. Davies, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 204; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 251; T.J. Kraus, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6135_6549. pdf>; W. Loader, HebSt 50 (2009) 417-420; P. Madigan, HeyJ 50/6 (2009) 1022-1023; S.C. Mimouni, Revue des études juives (Paris, France) 167/3-4 (2008) 589-594; M.V. Reiterer, BN Heft 145 (2010) 127-128; M. Tait, RRT 15/3 (2008) 290292; J.E. Wright, CBQ 73/3 (2011) 657-659 Waddell J.A., The Messiah. A Comparative Study of the Enochic Son of Man and the Pauline Kyrios (Jewish and Christian Texts in Context and Related Studies 10), London - New York NY: T&T Clark International 2011, pp. xvi-240 (= rev. Diss. Univ. of Michigan 2010): p. 48-103: chap. 3: The Messiah in the Parables of Enoch, p. 119-177: chap. 5: The Messiah in the Letters of Paul, p. 178-201: chap. 6: A Comparative Analysis of the Messiah in the Parables of Enoch and the Letters of Paul. [Psalms of Solomon] de Jonge M., «The Expectation of the Future in the Psalms of Solomon»: Neotest 23 (1989) 93-117. [BullSignal 44,4005; NTA 34,1428] Atkinson K., «On the Herodian Origin of Militant Davidic Messianism at Qumran: New Light from Psalm of Solomon 17»: JBL 118/3 (1999) 435-460. [NTA 44,557] [Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs] Beasley-Murray G.R., «The Two Messiahs in the Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs»: JTS 48 (1947) 112. Black M., «The Messiah of the Testament of Levi XVIII»: ExpT 60 (1948-49) 321-322; 61 (1949-50) 157-158. Schubert K., «Die Messiaslehre in den Testamenten der 12 Patriarchen im Lichte der Texte von Chirbet Qumran»: in H. Franke (ed.), Akten des 24. internationalen Orientalisten-Kongresses, München 28. August bis 4. September 1957, Wiesbaden: Steiner 1959, pp. xii-776: p. 197-198. Hultgård A., Croyances messianiques des Test. XII Patr. Critique textuelle et commentaire des passages messianiques (Diss. Uppsala 1971, pp. iii-194). [JSJ 2/2 (1971) 187] Hultgård A., L’eschatologie des Testaments des Douze Patriarches. I: Interprétation des textes; II: Composition de l’ouvrâge, textes et traductions (Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis. Historia Religionum 67), Uppsala - Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell 1977, pp. 396; 1982, pp. 319. [NTA 23, p. 252] rev. M. de Jonge, JSJ 10 (1979) 100-102; 14 (1983) 70-80 [IV Ezra] Beale G.K., «The Problem of the Man from Sea in IV Ezra 13 and its Relation to the Messianic Concept in John’s Apocalypse»: NovT 25/2 (1982) 182-188. [NTA 28,360] Stone M.E., «Coherence and Inconsistency in the Apocalypses. The Case of “The End” in 4 Ezra»: JBL 102/2 (1983) 229-243. [BullSignal 38,1656; NTA 28,386; OTA 7,294] Moo J., «A Messiah whom “The Many Do Not Know”? Rereading 4 Ezra 5:6-7»: JTS 58/2 (2007) 525536. [NTA 52,1347; OTA 32,683] [Qumran] Zeitlin S., «The Essenes and Messianic Expectations. A Historical Study of the Sects and Ideas during the Second Jewish Commonwealth»: JQR 45/2 (1954) 83-119 = in Landman (ed.), Messianism, p. 503-514. [IZBG 3,843] Kuhn K.G., «Die beiden Messias Aarons und Israels»: NTS 1 (1954-55) 168-179 | trans. English: «The Two Messiahs of Aaron and Israel»: in K. Stendahl (ed.), The Scrolls and the New Testament, New York: Harper 1957, pp. 308: p. 54-64. [IZBG 3,1192; 6,1408] Chamberlain J.V., «Further Elucidation of a Messianic Thanksgiving Psalm from Qumran»: JNES 14/3 (1955) 181-182. Schubert K., «Zwei Messiasse aus dem Regelbuch von Chirbet Qumran»: Jud 11 (1955) 216-235. [IZBG 4,948] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 111 Silberman L.H., «The Two ‘Messiahs’ of the Manual of Discipline»: VT 5 (1955) 77-82. [IZBG 4,950] Ehrlich E.L., «Ein Beitrag zur Messiaslehre der Qumransekte»: ZAW 58 (1956) 234-243. [IZBG 5,1035] LaSor W.S., «“The Messiahs of Aaron and Israel”»: VT 6 (1956) 425-449. [IZBG 5,1034; NTA 1,271] Black M., «Messianic Doctrine in the Qumran Scrolls»: in K. Aland - F.L. Cross (ed.), Studia Patristica. Papers Presented to the Second International Conference on Patristic Studies held at Christ Church, Oxford, 1955 (TU 63), I, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag 1957, pp. x-700: p. 441-459. Smyth K., «The Dead Sea Scrolls and the Messiah»: Studies. An Irish Quarterly Review (Dublin, Ireland) 45/nr 177 (1956) 1-14. [NTA 1,167] Allegro J.M., «Further Messianic References in Qumran Literature»: JBL 75 (1956) 174-187. [IZBG 5,1033] Brownlee W.H., «Messianic Motifs of Qumran and the New Testament»: NTS 3 (1956-57) 12-30; 195210. [NTA 2,156-157] Croatto J.S., «De messianismo qumranico»: VD 35 (1957) 279-286; 344-360. [IZBG 6,1409; NTA 2,651] Delcor M., «Un psaume messianique de Qumran. Traduction et commentaire»: in Mélanges bibliques, p. 334-340 = in Id., Environnement et tradition de l’Ancien Testament (Alter Orient und Altes Testament 228), Kevelaer: Butzon & Bercker - Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 1990, pp. xiv-458: p. 380-386. Schubert K., «Die Messiaslehre in den Texten von Chirbet Qumran»: BZ 1 (1957) 177-197 = in K.E. Grözinger (ed.), Qumran (WdF 410), Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft 1981, pp. vi398: p. 341-364. [IZBG 5,1038; NTA 2,661] Kuhn K.G., «Die beiden Messias in den Qumrantexten und die Messiasvorstellung in der rabbinischen Literatur»: ZAW 70 (1958) 200-208. [IZBG 7,1217] Sabbe M., «Een messiaanse psalm te Qumran?» [Ein messianischer Psalm in Qumran?]: CollBrugGand 4 (1958) 89-99 = in Id., Studia Neotestamentica, p. 199-211. [IZBG 6,1398] Gray C.P., The Messianic Hope in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Related Literature (Diss. Vanderbilt University, Nashville TN 1959, pp. 510). Liver J., «The Doctrine of the Two Messiahs in Sectarian Literature in the Time of the Second Commonwealth»: HTR 52 (1959) 149-185 = in Landman (ed.), Messianism, p. 354-392. [IZBG 7,1219; NTA 4,835] Smith M., «What is Implied by the Variety of Messianic Figures?»: JBL 78 (1959) 66-72. [NTA 4,280] van der Woude A. S., «Le maître de justice et les deux messies de la communauté de Qumrân»: in J. van der Ploeg (ed.), La secte de Qumrân et les origines du christianisme (RechBib 4), Paris - Bruges: Desclée de Brouwer 1959, pp. 244: p. 121-134. [IZBG 7,1273] Hinson G., «Hodayoth, III, 6-18: In What Sense Messianic?»: RdQ 2 (1960) 183-204. [IZBG 8,1248] Priest J.F., The Two Messiahs at Qumran (Diss. Drew University, Madison NJ 1960, pp. 704). Héring J., «Encore le messianisme dans les écrits de Qoumran»: RHPR 41 (1961) 160-162. [IZBG 9,1431] Jóźwiak F., «Mesjanizm w literaturze z Qumran» [Messianism in Qumran Literature]: RTK 10 (1963) 3542 [in Polish]. [IZBG 11,1517; NTA 8,1182] Starcky J., «Les quatres étapes du messianisme à Qumran»: RB 70 (1963) 481-505. [IZBG 11,1514; NTA 8,1185] Stefaniak L.W., «Messianische oder eschatologische Erwartungen in der Qumransekte?»: in Blinzler et alii (ed.), Neutestamentliche Aufsätze, p. 294-302. Weiss K., «Messianismus in Qumran und im Neuen Testament»: in H. Bardtke (ed.), Qumran-Probleme. Vorträge des Leipziger Symposions über Qumran-Probleme vom 9. bis 14. Oktober 1961 (Schriften der Sektion für Altertumswissenschaft 42), Berlin: Akademie-Verlag 1963, pp. viii-368: p. 353-368. [NTA 8, p. 487-488] Wcela E.A., «The Messiah(s) of Qumran»: CBQ 26 (1964) 340-349. [NTA 9,386] Tyloch W.J., «Die messianische Erwartung der Qumran-Essener in ihrem geschichtlichen Hintergrund»: Rocznik Orientalistyczny (Warszawa, Poland) 29 (1965) 29-37. [IZBG 14,1527] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 112 Brown R.E., «J. Starcky’s Theory of Qumran Messianic Development»: CBQ 28 (1966) 51-57. [IZBG 14,1528] Celada B., «En Qumrán esperaban dos Mesías»: CuBí 23/nr 210 (1966) 282-285. [NTA 11,1214] Betz O., «The Messianic Ideas of the Qumran Sect»: in J.M. Rosenthal (ed.), Perspectives in Jewish Learning, III, Chicago IL: The College of Jewish Studies 1967, pp. 57: p. 25-39. Betz O., «The Relevance of Some Recently Published Messianic Fragments from Qumran»: in P. Peli (ed.), Proceedings of the Fifth World Congress of Jewish Studies, I, Jerusalem: World Union of Jewish Studies 1969, pp. lviii-243-173: p. 201-210. Brown R.E., «The Teacher of Righteousness and the Messiah(s)»: in M. Black (ed.), The Scrolls and Christianity: Historical and Theological Significance (Theological Collections 11), London: SPCK 1969, pp. 132: p. 37-44. Smith J.J., A Study of the Alleged ‘Two Messiah’ Expectation of the Dead Sea Scrolls Against the Background of Developing Eschatology (Diss. Vanderbilt University, Nashville TN 1970, pp. xi-353). [DissAbstr 31 (1970-71) 3028-3029] Talmon S., «Typen der Messiaserwartung um die Zeitenwende»: in Wolff (ed.), Probleme, p. 571-588. Sen F., «Los Mesías de Qumrán. Textos mesiánicos»: CuBí 29 (1972) 158-167. Villalon J.R., «Sources vétéro-testamentaires de la doctrine qumrânienne des deux Messies»: RdQ 8/nr 29 (1972) 53-63. [NTA 17,1160] Tyloch W.J., «Zbiór tekstów mesjańskich z IV groty Qumran (4Q Testimonia)» [Collection of Messianic Texts from the Cave IV at Qumran (4Q Testimonia)]: Euhemer. Przegląd religioznawczy (Warszawa, Poland) 90 (1973) 25-32 [in Polish]. Thiering B., «The Teacher of Righteousness and the Messiah in the Damascus Document»: Australian Journal of Biblical Archaeology (Sydney, Australia, ceased 1975) 1/4 (1971) 74-81 / online: <http: //biblicalarchaeology.org.uk/pdf/ajba/01-4_074.pdf>. Delcor M., «Doctrines des Esséniens. E: Messianisme»: DBS IX (1978) cols 974-977. Łach J., «Mesjanizm starotestamentalny w świetle dokumentów qumrańskich (w XXX-lecie odkryć nad Morzem Martwym)» [The OT Messianism according to the Qumran’s Writings (30th anniversary of the Dead Sea Discovery)]: in L. Balter (ed.), Człowiek we wspólnocie Kościoła. Księga pamiątkowa na dwudziestopięciolecie Akademii Teologii Katolickiej, Warszawa: ATK 1979, pp. 475: p. 339-350 [in Polish]. Laperrousaz E.-M., «Le classement chronologique des passages messianiques des “Manuscrits de la mer Morte”»: in A. Caquot (ed.), La littérature intertestamentaire. Colloque de Strasbourg (17-19 octobre 1983), Paris: Presses Universitaires de France 1985, pp. 228: p. 69-88. [NTA 30, p. 250] Talmon S., «Waiting for the Messiah. The Spiritual Universe of the Qumran Covenanters»: in Neusner et alii (ed.), Judaisms and their Messiahs, p. 111-137 / «Waiting for the Messiah – The Conceptual Universe of the Qumran Covenanters»: in Id., The World of Qumran from Within. Collected Studies, Leiden: Brill - Jerusalem: Magnes 1989, pp. 324: p. 273-300. Sacchi P., «Esquisse du développment du messianisme juif à la lumière du texte qumranien 11QMelch»: ZAW 100 (1988) 202-214. [NTA 33,329] Brooke G.J., «The Messiah of Aaron in the Damascus Document»: RdQ 15/nn. 57-58 (1991) 215-230. [IZBG 38,1471] Bockmuehl M., «A ‘Slain Messiah’ in 4Q Serekh Milḥamah (4Q285)?»: TynB 43 (1992) 155-169. [IZBG 39,1664; NTA 37,454] Puech É., «Une apocalypse messianique (4Q521)»: RdQ 15/nr 60 (1992) 475-522. [IZBG 39,1677] Vermes G., «The Oxford Forum for Qumran Research Seminar on the Rule of War from Cave 4 (4Q285)»: JJS 43 (1992) 85-90. [IZBG 39,1673; NTA 37,468] Betz O., «Spricht ein Qumran-Text vom gekreuzigten Messias?»: in O. Betz - R. Riesner, Jesus, Qumran, und der Vatikan. Klarstellungen, Giessen etc.: Brunner 1993, pp. 227: p. 103-120 / 19956 (rev. ed.) | trans. English: «Does a Qumran Text Speak of the Crucified Messiah?»: in O. Betz - R. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 113 Riesner, Jesus, Qumran, and the Vatican. Clarifications, London: SCM 1994, pp. x-196: p. 83-97; Polish (1994); Spanish (1994); Italian (1995). [NTA 38, p. 141, 482] rev. W.R. Domeris, OTE 8/3 (1995) 458-459; D.W. Falk, Anvil. An Anglican Evangelical journal for theology and mission (Oxford - Cambridge, U.K.) 12 (1995) 152; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 57/3 (1995) 543-544; M.P. Knowles, TorJT 11 (1995) 217-219; S. Talmon, DSD 1/3 (1994) 364-366; J.C. VanderKam, JSP 13 (1995) 115; see also R. Riesner, «Jesus, Qumran und der Vatikan: Anmerkungen zu einem Bestseller und Solchen, die es gerne geworden wäre»: ThGl 84 (1994) 139-150 García Martínez F., «Esperanzas mesiánicas en los escritos de Qumrán»: in F. García Martínez - J. Trebolle Barrera, Los hombres de Qumrán. Literatura, estructura social y concepciones religiosas, Madrid: Trotta 1993, pp. 278: p. 187-222 | trans. English: «Messianic Hopes in the Qumran Writings»: in Idd., The People of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Their Writings, Beliefs and Practices, Leiden: Brill 1995, pp. viii-269: p. 159-189; Italian (1996). [NTA 39, p. 168 / IZBG 42,1647; NTA 40, p. 376] rev. Z.J. Kapera, QC 6/1-4 (1996) 182-186; M. Lattke, BiOr 53 (1996) 177-180 / J.M. Baumgarten, JAOS 118 (1998) 143; J.C. VanderKam, SEÅ 63 (1998) 129-146 / C. Martone, RivStLettRel 33/2 (1997) 409-411; A. Wénin, RTLouv 28/4 (1997) 534 García Martínez F., «Los mesías de Qumrán: problemas de un traductor»: Sefarad (Madrid, Spain) 53 (1993) 345-360. [NTA 38,1690] García Martínez F., «Nuevos textos mesiánicos de Qumrán y el Mesías del Nuevo Testamento»: Communio 26 (1993) 3-31. [NTA 38,1085] Loader W., «The New Dead Sea Scrolls: New Light on Messianism and the History of the Community»: Colloquium 25 (1993) 67-85. [NTA 39,511] Abegg M.G., Jr., «Messianic Hope and 4Q285: A Reassessment»: JBL 113 (1994) 81-91. [NTA 39,499] Collins J.J., «The Works of the Messiah»: DSD 1 (1994) 98-112. [IZBG 39,1768] Collins J.J., «Messiahs in Context: Method in the Study of Messianism in the Dead Sea Scrolls»: in M.O. Wise (ed.), Methods of Investigation of the Dead Sea Scrolls and the Khirbet Qumran Site. Present Realities and Future Prospects (Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 722), New York NY: New York Academy of Sciences 1994, pp. xiii-514: p. 213-229. rev. S. Burkes, JBL 115 (1996) 185-186; S.W. Crawford, BASOR 303 (1996) 102-103; Ph.R. Davies, JNES 57 (1998) 6771; J.R. Davila, CBQ 57/4 (1995) 848-850; T.H. Lim, JSS 41 (1996) 145 Martone C., «Un testo qumranico che narra la morte del Messia? A proposito di un recente dibattito su 4Q285»: RivBib 42 (1994) 329-336. [NTA 39,1143] Puech É., «Messianism, Resurrection and Eschatology at Qumran and in the New Testament»: in Ulrich VanderKam (ed.), The Community, p. 235-256. Schniedewind W.M., «King and Priest in the Book of Chronicles and the Duality of Qumran Messianism»: JJS 45 (1994) 71-78. [NTA 39,519] VanderKam J.C., «Messianism in the Scrolls»: in Ulrich - VanderKam (ed.), The Community, p. 211-234. Abegg M.G., Jr., «The Messiah at Qumran: Are We Still Seeing Double?»: DSD 2 (1995) 125-144. [NTA 40,1153] Duhaime J., «Le messie et les saints dans un fragment apocalyptique de Qumrân (4Q521 2)»: in R. Kuntzmann (ed.), Ce Dieu qui vient. Études sur l’Ancien et le Nouveau Testament offertes au professeur Bernard Renaud à l’occasion de son soixante-cinquième anniversaire (LD 159), Paris: Éditions du Cerf 1995, pp. 422: p. 265-274. [NTA 39, p. 491-492] Evans C.A., «Jesus and the Messianic Texts from Qumran. A Preliminary Assessment of the Recently Published Materials»: in Id., Jesus and His Contemporaries, p. 83-154. Betz O., «The Messianic Idea in the 4Q Fragments. Its Relevance for the Christology of the New Testament»: in Kapera (ed.), Mogilany 1993, p. 61-75. Cross F.M., «Notes on the Doctrine of the Two Messiahs at Qumran and the Extracanonical Daniel Apocalypse (4Q246)»: in Parry - Ricks (ed.), Current Research, p. 1-13. García Martínez F., «Two Messianic Figures in the Qumran Texts»: in Parry - Ricks (ed.), Current Research, p. 14-40 = in Id., Qumranica Minora. II: Thematic Studies on the Dead Sea Scrolls (STDJ 64), (ed. E.J.C. Tigchelaar), Leiden: Brill 2007, pp. xiii-305: p. 13-32. [NTA 51, p. 594] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 114 Maier J., «Messias oder Gesalbter? Zu einem übersetzungs- und Deutungsproblem in den Qumrantexten»: RdQ 17/nn. 65-68 (1996) 585-612. [NTA 41,1872] Stegemann H., «Some Remarks to 1QSa, to 1QSb, and to Qumran Messianism»: RdQ 17/nn. 65-68 (1996) 479-505. [NTA 41,1885] Stuckenbruck L.T., «“Messias” Texte in den Schriften von Qumran»: in Kapera (ed.), Mogilany 1993, p. 129-139. Becker M., «4Q521 und die Gesalbten»: RdQ 18/nr 69 (1997) 73-96. [NTA 42,1314] Nitzan B., «Eschatological Motives in Qumran Literature: The Messianic Concept»: in Reventlow (ed.), Eschatology in the Bible, p. 132-151. Collins J.J., «Ideas of Messianism in the Dead Sea Scrolls»: in J.H. Charlesworth - W.P. Weaver (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls and Christian Faith. In Celebration of the Jubilee Year and the Discovery of Qumran Cave I (Faith and Scholarship Colloquies), Harrisburg PA: Trinity Press International 1998, pp. xviii-76: p. 20-41. [NTA 42, p. 608] rev. M.D. Hooker, PrincSB 22/2 (2001) 228-229 Caquot A., «Deux textes messianiques de Qumrân (4Q246, 4Q521)»: RHPR 79/2 (1999) 155-171. [NTA 44,563] Hurst L.D., «Did Qumran Expect Two Messiahs?»: BBR 9 (1999) 157-180. [NTA 45,1336] Puech É., «Some Remarks on 4Q246 and 4Q521 and Qumran Messianism»: in Parry - Ulrich (ed.), The Provo International Conference, p. 545-565. Schniedewind W.M., «Structural Apsects of Qumran Messianism in the Damascus Document»: in Parry Ulrich (ed.), The Provo International Conference, p. 523-536. Wise M.O., The First Messiah. Investigating the Savior before Jesus, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco 1999, pp. x-342. [NTA 43, p. 633] Xeravits G.G., «Précisions sur le texte original et le concept messianique de CD 7:13-8:1 et 19:5-14»: RdQ 19/nr 73 (1999) 47-59. [NTA 44,1355] Collins J.J., «The Nature of Messianism in the Light of the Dead Sea Scrolls»: in Lim et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls, p. 199-217. Davies Ph.R., «Judaisms in the Dead Sea Scrolls: The Case of the Messiah»: in Lim et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls, p. 219-232. Duhaime J.L., «Recent Studies on Messianism in the Dead Sea Scrolls»: in Schiffman et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls, p. 789-799. Evans C.A., «Diarchic Messianism in the Dead Sea Scrolls and the Messianism of Jesus of Nazareth»: in Schiffman et alii (ed.), The Dead Sea Scrolls, p. 558-567. Evans C.A., «Qumran’s Messiah: How Important is He?»: in J.J. Collins - R.A. Kugler (ed.), Religion in the Dead Sea Scrolls (SDSSRL), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2000, pp. x-167: p. 135-149. [NTA 45, p. 194] rev. M. Bockmuehl, JTS 52/2 (2001) 761; S.W. Crawford, BASOR nr 322 (2001) 95-96; N. Jastram, HebSt 43 (2002) 300302; J. Naudé, OTE 15/2 (2002) 558-560; H.W.M. Rietz, PrincSB 22/2 (2001) 230-232 Evans C.A., «Messiahs»: in L.H. Schiffman - J.C. VanderKam (ed.), The Encyclopedia of the Dead Sea Scrolls. I: A-M, New York: Oxford University 2000, pp. xiv-594: p. 537-542. [NTA 44, p. 632-633] Ganea R., «Mesianismul în literatura comunitaţii de la Qumran şi în cărţile apocrife şi pseudoepigrafe» [Messianism in the community of Qumran and in the Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha]: Plērōma 2/2 (decembrie 2000) 73-84 [in Romanian]. Knohl I., hyvmh twbq[b, Jerusalem etc.: Schocken Pub. House 2000, pp. 159 | trans. English: The Messiah before Jesus. The Suffering Servant of the Dead Sea Scrolls, Berkeley CA: Univ. of California 2000, pp. xiv-145; German (2001); French (2001); Spanish (2004). [NTA 45, p. 202] rev. M. Broshi - H. Eshel, Tarbiz. A Quarterly for Jewish Studies (Jerusalem, Israel) 70 (2001) 133-138 (in Hebrew); J.J. Collins, JQR 91 (2000) 185-190; «An Essene Messiah? Comments on Israel Knohl, The Messiah before Jesus»: in J.J. Collins - C.A. Evans (ed.), Christian Beginnings and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2006, p. 37-44; J.C. O’Neill, DSD 8/3 (2001) 315-318; E.M. Schuller, Shofar. An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 115 (Ashland OH) 21 (2002) 153-156; F. Sen, Boletín de la Asociación Española de Orientalistas (Madrid, Spain) 42 (2005) 386; R.L. Troxel, HebSt 42 (2001) 367-371 Xeravits G.G., «The Early History of Qumran’s Messianic Expectations»: EphTL 76 (2000) 113-121. [NTA 45,616] Zimmermann J., «Messianische Erwartungen in den Schriften von Qumran. Einführung und Überblick»: ThBe 31 (2000) 125-144. [NTA 45,617] Beall T.S., «History and Eschatology at Qumran: Messiah»: in A.J. Avery-Peck et alii (ed.), Judaism in Late Antiquity. Part 5: The Judaism of Qumran: A Systemic Reading of the Dead Sea Scrolls. II: World View, Comparing Judaism (Handbook of Oriental Studies 57), Leiden: Brill 2001, pp. xii271: p. 125-146. [NTA 46, p. 186] Lichtenberger H., «Messiasvorstellungen in Qumran und die neutestamentliche Christologie»: CV 44/2 (2002) 139-160: p. 149-154: 2. Königlich-herrscherliche Messiasvorstellungen / online: <www.etf.cuni.cz/cv/ communio_viatorum_2002_2.pdf> = in U. Dahmen et alii (ed.), Qumran - Bibelwissenschaften - Antike Judaistik (Einblicke. Ergebnisse - Berichte - Reflexionen aus Tagungen der Katholischen Akademie Schwerte 9), Paderborn: Bonifatius 2006, pp. 119: p. 67-87. [NTA 47,1232] Fabry H.-J., «Die Messiaserwartung in den Handschriften von Qumran»: in F. García Martínez (ed.), Wisdom and Apocalypticism in the Dead Sea Scrolls and in the Biblical Tradition (BETL 168), Leuven: University Press - Peeters 2003, pp. xxxiv-491: p. 357-384. [NTA 48, p. 451-452] rev. J. Cook, JNSL 31 (2005) 119-125; J.C. Dias Chaves, LavalTP 62 (2006) 136-137 Lichtenberger H., «Qumran-Messianism»: in Paul et alii (ed.), Emanuel, p. 323-333. [OTA 27,1377] Ruzer S., «Who is Unhappy with the Davidic Messiah? Notes on Biblical Exegesis in 4Q161, 4Q174, and the Book of Acts»: CrSt 24/2 (2003) 229-255. [NTA 49,321] Monti L., «Attese messianiche a Qumran: una comunità alla fine della storia»: Hen 26 (2004) 25-61. [NTA 49,615; OTA 32,646] Morla Asensio V., «El mesianismo en la época griega»: EstBíb 62 (2004) 487-523. [OTA 30,265] Puech É., «Le fils de Dieu, le fils du Très-Haut, messie roi en 4Q241»: in E. Bons (ed.), Le Jugement dans l’un et l’autre Testament. Mélanges offerts à Raymond Kuntzmann (LD 197), Paris: Cerf 2004, pp. 308: p. 271-286 [The text is a possible source for the Lucan angel’s words about Jesus in Lk 1:32-33]. [NTA 49, p. 619; OTA 29,1229] Puech É., «El mesianismo»: in J. Vázquez Allegue (ed.), Para comprender los manuscritos del Mar Muerto, Estella (Navarra): Verbo Divino 2004, pp. 251: p. 119-142. [OTA 28,495] rev. G.J. Brooke, JSOT 30/5 (2006) 188-189; Z.J. Kapera, QC 12/2-4 (2004) 178-179 Mitchell D.C., «The Fourth Deliverer. A Josephite Messiah in 4QTestimonia»: Bib 86/4 (2005) 545-553. [NTA 50,1342] Adamczewski B., «Chronological Calculations and Messianic Expectations in Apocryphon of Jeremiah D (4Q390)»: QC 14/3-4 (2006) 127-142. [NTA 51,1930] Collins J.J., «What Was Distinctive about Messianic Expectation at Qumran?»: in J.H. Charlesworth (ed.), The Bible and the Dead Sea Scrolls. II: The Dead Sea Scrolls and the Qumran Community (The Second Princeton Symposium on the Dead Sea Scrolls), Waco TX: Baylor 2006, pp. vi-491: p. 71-92. [NTA 51, p. 196] Monti L., Una comunità alla fine della storia. Messia e messianismo a Qumran (StBi 149), Brescia: Paideia 2006, pp. 147. [IZBG 52,1212] rev. G.J. Brooke, JSOT 31/5 (2007) 251-252; J.J. Collins, RivBib 55 (2007) 493-494; G. Di Palma, Asprenas 54/3-4 (2007) 333-334; F. Sen, Gerión. Revista de Historia Antigua (Madrid, Spain) 26 (2008) 173-175 Becker M., «Die ‘messianische Apokalypse’ 4Q521 und der Interpretationsrahmen der Taten Jesu»: in Frey - Becker (ed.), Apokalyptik und Qumran, p. 237-303. [OTA 34,522] Collins J.J., «Pre-Christian Jewish Messianism: An Overview»: in Zetterholm (ed.), The Messiah, p. 120. Dahmen U., «Davidisierung und Messianismus. Messianismus in der Psalmenüberlieferung von Qumran»: in Frey - Becker (ed.), Apokalyptik und Qumran, p. 169-189. [OTA 34,527] [Psalms] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 116 Elledge C.D., «The Prince of the Congregation: Qumran “Messianism” in the Context of Milḥāmâ»: in Davis - Strawn (ed.), Qumran Studies, p. 178-207. Kuhn K.A., «The “One Like a Son of Man” Becomes the “Son of God”»: CBQ 69 (2007) 22-42 [4Q246; Lk 1:31b-35]. [NTA 51,1339; OTA 30,839] Novakovic L., «4Q521: The Works of the Messiah or the Signs of the Messianic Times?»: in Davis Strawn (ed.), Qumran Studies, p. 208-231. Fitzmyer J.A., «Qumran Messianism» [Important Bibliography]: in Id., A Guide to the Dead Sea Scrolls and Related Literature (SDSSRL), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008 (revised and expanded edition of The Dead Sea Scrolls. Major Publications and Tools for the Study [Sources for Biblical Study 8], Missoula MT: SBL - Scholars 1975 / 1977; revised: [Resources for Biblical Study 20], Atlanta GA: Scholars 1990), pp. xvii-302: p. 243-250. [NTA 53, p. 205-206] Hultgren S., «4Q521, the Second Benediction of the Tefilla, the ḥăsîdîm, and the Development of Royal Messianism»: RdQ 23/nr 91 (2008) 3313-340. [NTA 53,1934] Perrin A.B., «From Qumran to Nazareth: Reflections on Jesus’ Identity as Messiah in Light of PreChristian Messianic Texts among the Dead Sea Scrolls»: RelST 27/2 (2008) 213-230. [NTA 53,1942] Cooper L.E., «Qumran and the Messianic Hope»: CTR 7 (2009) 63-80. [NTA 54,1300] Duhaime J., «Trois approches du messianisme de Qumrân. Une revue sélective de la recherche récente»: Théologiques. Faculté de théologie et de sciences des religions (Montréal, Québec, Canada) 17 (2009) 163-184. [NTA 54,1928] [The paper reviews three studies on messianism in the Qumran texts which mirror respectively approaches based on terminology (J.A. Fitzmyer), typology (G.G. Xeravits), and socio-historical context (G.S. Oegema)] Hogeterp A.L.A., «Messianim in Qumran and the New Testament»: in Id., Expectations of the End. A Comparative Traditio-Historical Study of Eschatological, Apocalyptic and Messianic Ideas in the Dead Sea Scrolls and the New Testament (STDJ 83), Leiden etc.: Brill 2009, pp. xvi-570: p. 423472 (chap. 6). [NTA 54, p. 197] rev. L. Chance, JJS 42/3 (2011) 407-408; C. Grappe, RHPR 91/3 (2011) 433-434; G.S. Oegma, CBQ 74 (2012) 154-155; C.M. Stauber, DSD 18/3 (2011) 376-377 Mitchell D.C., «A Dying and Rising Josephite Messiah in 4Q372»: JSP 18/3 (2009) 181-205. [NTA 53,1937] Urciuoli E.R., «A Suffering Messiah at Qumran? Some Observations on the Debate about 1QIsaa»: RdQ 24/nr 94 (2009) 273-281. [OTA 34,1916; NTA 55,560] Collins J.J., «The Messianic Expectation in the Dead Sea Scrolls»: BibTod 48/6 (2010) 323-328. [NTA 55,1315; OTA 34,1278] Stökl Ben Ezra D., «Messianic Figures in the Aramaic Texts from Qumran»: in K. Berthelot - D. Stökl Ben Ezra (ed.), Aramaica Qumranica. Proceedings of the Conference on the Aramaic Texts from Qumran in Aix-en-Provence, 30 June-2 July 2008 (STDJ 94), Leiden etc.: Brill 2010, pp. xii-624: p. 515-544. [NTA 56, p. 201] rev. S. Jacobs, Strata. Bulletin of the Anglo-Israel Archaeological Society (London, U.K.) 29 (2011) 147-150 Joseph S.J., «‘Blessed is Whoever is Not Offended by Me’. The Subversive Appropriation of (Royal) Messianic Ideology in Q 3-7»: NTS 57/3 (2011) 307-324. [NTA 56,195] [Early Judaism] Rabinsohn M., Le messianisme dans le Talmud et les Midrashim, Paris: A. Reiff 1907, pp. 108. Moore G.F., «Messianic Expectations»: in Id., Judaism in the First Centuries of the Christian Era: The Age of Tannaim, II, Cambridge MA: Harvard University 1927, pp. viii-485: p. 323-376 / 197011 / reprint Peabody MA: Hendrickson 1997 (in 2 vols). Brierre-Narbonne J.-J., Exégèse talmudique des prophéties messianiques, Paris: Geuthner 1934, pp. 120. Brierre-Narbonne J.-J., Exégèse midrašique des prophéties messianiques, Paris: Geuthner 1935, pp. 217. Brierre-Narbonne J.-J., Exégèse targumique des prophéties messianiques, Paris: Geuthner 1936, pp. 109. Zobel M., Gottes Gesalbter. Der Messias und die messianische Zeit in Talmud und Midrasch (Bücherei des Schocken-Verlages 90/91), Berlin: Schocken 1938, pp. 192. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 117 Torrey C., «The Messiah Son of Ephraïm»: JBL 66/3 (1947) 253-277. Hurwitz S., Die Gestalt des sterbenden Messias. Religionspsychologische Aspekte der jüdischen Apokalyptik (Studien aus dem C.-G.-Jung-Institut 8), (introd. A. Altmann), Zürich - Stuttgart: Rascher 1958, pp. 238. rev. ZRelGeist 13 (1961) 99; A. Rosenberg, Kairos 5 (1963) 84-85; C. Tresmontant, RHR 157 (1960) 106; Z. Werblowsky, Kiryat Sefer (Jerusalem, Israel) 35 (1960) 186-196 [in Hebrew] de Savignac J., «Le messianisme de Philon d’Alexandrie. Communication faite au Congres des Orientalistes, Moscou, 1960»: NovT 4 (1960) 319-324. [NTA 6,929] Hruby K., «Die Messiaserwartung in der talmudischen Zeit mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des leidenden Messias»: Jud 20 (1964) 6-22. [IZBG 12,1988] Hruby K., «Anzeichen für das Kommen der messianischen Zeit»: Jud 20/2 (1964) 73-90. [IZBG 12,1988a] Hruby K., «Das Leiden des Messias»: Jud 20/4 (1964) 193-212. [IZBG 12,1988b] Maier J., «Die Messianische Erwartung im Judentum seit der talmudischen Zeit»: Jud 20 (1964) 23-58. [IZBG 12,1989] Bildstein G.J., «Critical Note: A Rabbinic Reaction to the Messianic Doctrine of the Scrolls»: JBL 90/3 (1971) 330-332. [IZBG 19,1765] Muñoz-León D., «La esperanza de Israel. Perspectivas de la espera mesiánica en los targumín palestinenses del Pentateuco»: in L. Eijo Garay (ed.), La esperanza en la Biblia. XXX Semana Biblica Española (Madrid 21-25 sept. 1970), Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas 1972, pp. 456: p. 49-91. Heinemann J., «The Messiah of Ephraim and the Premature Exodus of the Tribe of Ephraim»: HTR 68 (1975) 1-15. [IZBG 23,1778] Schäfer P., «Die messianischen Hoffnungen des rabbinischen Judentums zwischen Naherwartung und religiösem Pragmatismus»: in Thoma (ed.), Zukunft, p. 95-125 = in Id., Studien zur Geschichte und Theologie des rabbinischen Judentums, Leiden: Brill 1978, pp. 305: p. 214-243. Goldberg A., «Die Namen des Messias in der rabbinischen Traditionsliteratur. Ein Beitrag zur Messianologie des rabbinischen Judentums»: Frankfurter Judaistische Beiträge (Frankfurt a.M., Germany) 7 (1979) 1-93 = in Id., Mystik und Theologie des rabbinischen Judentums. Gesammelte Studien I (TSAJ 61), (ed. M. Schlüter - P. Schäfer), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 1997, pp. xxiii-457: p. 208274. [IZBG 28,2822 / NTA 42, p. 417-418] rev. R.B.K. Ulmer, AJS Review (Cambridge MA) 24 (1999) 381-384; R. Vincent, Sal 61/3 (1999) 619-620 Boon R., «De Messias in Talmoed en Midrasj»: Verkenning en Bezinning. Reeks geschriften over de verhouding van de kerk en het Joodse volk (Kampen, The Netherlands) 14/3 Special number (1980) 3-25. Santala R., l"zj yrps rwal ˚"ntb jyçmh, Jerusalem: Yanetz Ltd. 1980 / Keren Ahvah Meshihit 2000, pp. 166 online: <www.kolumbus.fi/risto.santala/rsla/mot_heb.pdf> / Finnish: Kristinuskon juuret. I: Vanhan testamentin messias-odotus juutalaisen kirjallisuuden valossa; Jyväskylä: Raamattu- ja evankeliumipalvelu 1985; pp. 216 | trans. English: The Messiah in the Old Testament in the Light of Rabbinical Writings, Jerusalem: Keren Ahvah Meshihit 1992, pp. 239; online: <www.kolumbus.fi/risto.santala/rsla/Nt/index.html>; Spanish (1992) online: <www.kolumbus.fi/risto.santala/rsla/MesiasAntiquo_Esp.pdf>; Russian (1995); German: Der Messias im Alten Testament im Licht der rabbinischen Schriften (Hänssler-Taschenbuch), Neuhausen - Stuttgart: Hänssler 1997, pp. 358; Estonian (1997); Hungarian (2001); Chinese (2000). Santala R., l"zj yrps rwal hçdjh tyrbb jyçmh, Jerusalem: Yanetz Ltd. 1980 / Keren Ahvah Meshihit 2001, pp. 219 online: <www.kolumbus.fi/risto.santala/rsla/mnt_heb.pdf> / Finnish: Kristinuskon juuret. II: Uuden testamentin messiasodotus juutalaisen kirjallisuuden valossa, Jyväskylä: Raamattu- ja evankeliumipalvelu 1985, pp. 248; | trans. English: The Messiah in the New Testament in the Light of Rabbinical Writings, Jerusalem: Keren Ahvah Meshihit 1993, pp. 264; Spanish (1992) online: <www.kolumbus.fi/risto.santala/rsla/MesiasNuevo_Esp.pdf>; Russian (1996); Estonian (1997); Chinese (2000); Hungarian (2002). VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 118 Neusner J., Messiah in Context. Israel’s History and Destiny in Formative Judaism, Philadelphia PA: Fortress 1984, pp. xxvii-259 / reprint (Studies in Judaism), Lanham MD etc.: University Press of America 1988. [NTA 29, p. 113] rev. D.A. Hagner, TrinJ 7 (1986) 96-99; A.T. Hanson, ExpT 96 (1984) 150; G.E. Howard, Interp 40 (1986) 203-204; J. Ponter, Abr-Nahrain (Leiden, The Netherlands) 28 (1990) 139-142; L.H. Schiffman, JQR 77/2-3 (1987) 240-243; see also J. Neusner, «Messianic Themes in Formative Judaism»: JAAR 52/2 (1984) 357-374 (summary of his book); and C.A. Evans, «Mishna and Messiah “In Context”: Some Comments on Jacob Neusner’s Proposals»: JBL 112/2 (1993) 267-289 = in Chilton - Evans, Jesus in Context, p. 109-144 (hier p. 124-130) Berger D., «Three Typological Themes in Early Jewish Messianism: Messiah Son of Joseph, Rabbinic Calculations, and the Figure of Armilus»: AJS Review (Cambridge MA) 10/2 (1985) 141-164. Landman A., Messias-interpretaties in de Targumim. Ingeleid, samengesteld en vertaald, Kampen: Kok 1986, pp. 118. Pérez Fernández M., Tradiciones mesiánicas en el Targum Palestinense. Estudios exegéticos (Institución San Jerónimo 12), Valencia - Jerusalén: Editorial San Jerónimo - Casa de Santiago de Jerusalen 1981, pp. 359 (= rev. Diss. Universidad Complutense de Madrid 1975). rev. F. García Martínez, JSJ 12/2 (1981) 205-206; D.J. Harrington, JBL 102 (1983) 659-660; M. McNamara, CBQ 45 (1983) 697-699; S. Mędala, StThVar 23/2 (1985) 315-319; A. Rodríguez C., EstBíb 39 (1981) 379-383; M. Taradach, RCatT 6 (1981) 438 Hengel M., «Messianische Hoffnung und politischer “Radicalismus” in der “jüdisch-hellenistischen Diaspora”»: in Hellholm (ed.), Apocalypticism, p. 655-686 = in Id., Kleine Schriften. I: Judaica et Hellenistica (WUNT 90), (ed. R. Deines), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 1996, pp. ix-484: p. 314-343 [Sibylline Oracle 5]. Hecht R.D., «Philo and Messiah»: in Neusner et alii (ed.), Judaisms and their Messiahs, p. 139-168. Neusner J., «Mishnah and Messiah»: in Neusner et alii (ed.), Judaisms and their Messiahs, p. 265-282. Horbury W., «Messianism among Jews and Christians in the Second Century»: Aug 28/1-2 (1988) 71-88 = in Id., Messianism among Jews and Christians, p. 275-288. Oegema G.S., De Messias in Talmoed en Midrasj. Een inleiding in de messiaanse uitleggingen en verwachtingen in de rabbijnse literatuur, Baarn (The Netherlands): Ten Have 1993, pp. 213. Kjaer-Hansen K. (ed.), The Death of Messiah, Baltimore MD: Lederer Pub. 1994, pp. ix-149: chap. 3. «God’s Messiah in the Tanakh» [N. Hendren], chap. 4. «Qumran, Messiah and Jesus» [O. Andersen], chap. 9. «The Messianic Idea in Judaism» [L. Goldberg] | trans. German: Tod eines Messias. Messiasgestalten und Mes- siaserwartungen im Judentum, Neuhausen - Stuttgart: Hänssler 1996, pp. 213. O’Neill J.C., «The Question of Messianic Expectation in Pseudo-Philo’s Biblical Antiquities»: The Journal of Higher Criticism (Montclair NJ) 1 (1994) 85-93. [NTA 39,1204] Kimelman R., «The Messiah of the Amidah: A Study in Comparative Messianism»: JBL 116/2 (1997) 313-320. [NTA 42,667] Oberhänsli-Widmer G., «Der leidende Messias in der jüdischen Literatur»: Jud 54 (1998) 132-143. [NTA 43,1428] Scardelai D., Movimentos messiânicos no tempo de Jesus. Jesus e outros messias (Biblioteca de estudos bíblicos), São Paulo SP: Paulus 1998, pp. 377. Ganea R., «Mesianismul iudaismului talmudic» [Judaic Talmudic Messianism]: Plērōma 3 (iunie 2001) 17-44 [in Romanian]. Miralles Maciá L., «Un Mesías en los escritos rabínicos. De “los días del Mesías” al Mesías con características y nombre propios»: Collectanea Christiana Orientalia (Córdoba, Spain) 1 (2004) 95-118. [NTA 49,1419] Mitchell D.C., «Messiah bar Ephraim in the Targums»: ArSt 4 (2006) 221-241. [NTA 52,642] Hedner-Zetterholm K., «Elijah and the Messiah as Spokesmen of Rabbinic Ideology»: in Zetterholm (ed.), The Messiah, p. 57-78. Shepherd M.B., «Targums, the New Testament, and Biblical Theology of the Messiah»: JETS 51 (2008) 45-58. [NTA 52,2045] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 119 Armenteros Cruz V.M., «El Mesianismo y sus proyecciones escatológicas en la literatura haggádica del Judaísmo antiguo»: DavarLogos. Revista bíblico-teológica (Facultad de Teología, Universidad Adventista del Plata, Libertador San Martín Entre Ríos, Argentina) 9 (2010) 81-93 / online: <http://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=3217737>. [NTA 55,1404] 3. King Jesus in the New Testament a) Gospels in General Mathews S., The Messianic Hope in the New Testament (The Decennial Publications. Second Series 12), Chicago: University of Chicago 1905, pp. xx-338 / London: Fisher Unwin 1906. rev. F.C. Porter, AJT 10 (1906) 111-115; G. Vos, PrincThRev 4 (1906) 260-265: «A piece of excellent work, quite unusal for its balance and discrimination, is the discussion of our Lord’s kingdom-concept» / online: <www.biblicaltheology. org/1906_3.pdf> von Schlatter A., Der Zweifel an der Messianität Jesu (BFChTh 11/4), Gütersloh: Bertelsmann 1907, pp. 75. rev. G. Vos, PrincThRev 7 (1909) 343-348 online: <www.biblicaltheology.org/1909_2.pdf> Hoffmann J.G.H., «Jésus messie juif»: in Aux sources de la tradition chrétienne. Mélanges offerts à M. Maurice Gougel à l’occasion de son soixante-dixième anniversaire, Neuchâtel - Paris: Delachaux & Niestlé 1950, pp. xvi-280: p. 103-112. [IZBG 1,687] Williamson G.S., The relevance of the kingship of Christ to the church and the kingdom of God in the New Testament (Diss. New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary, New Orleans LA 1958, pp. x161). Lövestam E., «Davids-son-kristologin hos synoptikerna»: SEÅ 37-38 (1972-73) 196-210 | trans. French: «Jésus Fils de David chez les Synoptiques»: StTh 28 (1974) 97-109; Spanish: «Jesús Hijo de David en los Sinópitcos»: SelecT 15/58 (1976) (shorted version). [NTA 18,836; 19,521] Łach J., Jezus Syn Dawida (studium egzegetyczno-teologiczne) [Jesus, Son of David. The exegeticotheological Study], Warszawa: Akademia Teologii Katolickiej 1973, pp. 221 [in Polish]. rev. S. Grzybek, RBL 26/5-6 (1973) 337-338 Bartels E., «The Messianic Prophecies of the Old Testament Fulfilled in Christ»: LSQ 21/4 (1981) 1-34 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/21-4.pdf>. Juel D., Messianic Exegesis. Christological Interpretation of the Old Testament in Early Christianity, Philadelphia PA: Fortress 1988, pp. xii-193. [NTA 32, p. 256] rev. D.M. Hay, JBL 109 (1990) 135-137; J. Swetnam, Bib 69 (1988) 439-441 Klappert B., «Reich Gottes und Königsherrschaft Jesu Christi»: in H.-J. Barkenings (ed.), Tun und erkennen: theologisches Fragen und Vermitteln im Kontext des jüdisch-christlichen Gesprächs. Zum 65. Geburtstag von Adam Weyer, Duisburg: GEJD 1994, pp. vii-317: p. 276-289. Echevarría F., El Reino: la obra del Mesías (La buena noticia 6), Madrid: Paulinas 1995, pp. 158. Collins J.J., «Jesus and the Messiahs of Israel»: in Lichtenberger (ed.), Geschichte – Tradition – Reflexion, III, p. 287-302. Buzzard A.F., «From the Messianic Kingdom to “Heaven’s Gate”: An Uneasy Tension»: JRadRef 6/4 (Summer 1997) 20-34. Buetubela Balembo P., «Le messianisme et le messie dans le Nouveau Testament»: RAfrT 22 (1998) 149161. Grappe C., «Jésus: messie prétendu ou messie prétendant? Entre les catégories de messianité revendiquée et de messianité prétendue, la figure du Jésus historique envisagée à partir d’une comparaison avec celles d’autres personnages de son temps»: in D. Marguerat et alii (ed.), Jésus de Nazareth. Nouvelles approches d’une énigme (Le Monde de la Bible 38), Genève: Labor et Fides 1998, pp. 612: p. 269-291 / 2003 (rev. ed.). [NTA 43, p. 169; 47, p. 566] Gubler M.-L., «Bist du es, der da kommen soll? - Die messianische Frage»: Diakonia 30 (1999) 182-188. van Cangh J.-M., «“Fils de David” dans les évangiles synoptiques»: in L. Desrousseaux - J. Vermeylen (ed.), Figues de David à travers la Bible. XVIIe Congrès de l’ACFEB (Lille, 1er-5 septembre 1997) VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 120 (LD 177), Paris: Cerf 1999, pp. 484: p. 345-396 = in Id., Les sources judaïques, p. 551-602. [NTA 43, p. 608-609] rev. Ph. de Robert, RHPR 79 (1999) 232 Haacker K., Versöhnung mit Israel. Exegetische Beiträge (Veröffentlichungen der Kirchlichen Hochschule Wuppertal 5), Wuppertal: Foedus / Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2002, pp. 223: p. 4964: «Jesus - Messias Israels?» [= EvTh 51 (1991) 444-457], p. 65-74: «Jesus unter den Messiaskandidaten des antiken Judentums». rev. H. Giesen, OrdKor 44 (2003) 373-374; H. Lindner, ThBe 33/4 (2002) 245–247 Mimouni S.C., «Jésus de Nazareth: Personnage prophétique ou messianique?»: in G. Dorival - D. Pralon (ed.), Nier les dieux, nier Dieu. Actes du colloque organisé par le Centre Paul-Albert Février, UMR 6125, à la maison méditerranéenne des sciences de l’homme les 1er et 2 avril 1999 (Textes et documents de la Méditerranée antique et médiévale), Aix-en-Provence: Publications de l’Université de Provence 2002, pp. 420: p. 225-252. Rohrbaugh R.L., «Ethnozentrismus und geschichtliche Fragen: die Frage nach dem messianischen Bewusstsein Jesu»: in W. Stegemann et alii (ed.), Jesus in neuen Kontexten, Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2002, pp. 288: p. 212-223. Blomberg C., «Messiah in the New Testament»: in Hess - Carroll (ed.), Israel’s Messiah, p. 111-141. Di Palma G., Sei tu il Cristo? Tra gesuologia e messianicità (Collana di «Cristologia» 10), Roma: Herder - Miscellanea Francescana 2005, pp. 323: p. 25-52: cap. I: Il messianismo nel sec. I d.C., p. 53-64: cap. II: Il termine Χριστός nei Sinottici, p. 79-106: L’ingresso messianico a Gerusalemme (Mc 11,1-11 e par.), p. 107-138: cap. V: La parabola dei vignaioli omicidi (Mc 12,1-12 e par.), p. 215-239: cap. VIII: Sei tu il re dei Giudei (Mc 15,1-3 e par.)? Il quesito di Pilato. rev. F. Conesa, ScripTh 40 (2008) 303-304 Frades E., «El Mesías Jesús y los “bienes mesiánicos”»: Iter. Revista de Teología (Caracas, Venezuela) 16/37-38 (2005) 157-209. Lee A.H.I., From Messiah to Preexistent Son. Jesus’ Self-Consciousness and Early Christian Exegesis of Messianic Psalms (WUNT II/192), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2005, pp. xii-375 (= rev. Diss. Aberdeen 2003). [NTA 50, p. 192] rev. S. Grindheim, TrinJ 27 (2006) 169-171; C.A. Evans, BBR 19 (2009) 134-135; L.W. Hurtado, EvQ 79 (2007) 259-261; S. Janse, RevBL 2/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6013_6401.pdf>; M. Karrer, ThLZ 131 (2006) cols 1283-1286; A.J. Köstenberger, FaithMiss 24 (2007) 83-86 / online: <www.biblicalfoundations.org/pdf/pdfreviews/messiah_preexistent _lee.pdf>; S. Moyise, JSNT 28/45 (2006) 30-31; A. Rascher, CrSt 27/3 (2006) 947-951; R. Sanz Valdivieso, Carthag 23 (2007) 520-521; G. Segalla, StP 52 (2005) 952-954 Back S.-O., Han som kom. Till frågan om Jesu messianska anspråk [He Came. The Question of Jesus’ Messianic Claims] (Studier i exegetik och judaistik utgivna av Teologiska fakulteten vid Åbo Akademi 1), Åbo: Teologiska fakulteten 2006, pp. 172 [Mat 11:2-6 // Lk 7:18-23]. Guida A. - Vitelli M. (ed.), Gesù e i messia di Israele. Il messianismo giudaico e gli inizi della cristologia (Oi Christianoi, sezione antica 4), Trapani: Il Pozzo di Giacobbe 2006, pp. 205. [IZBG 53,1830; NTA 51, p. 409] rev. I. Bellini, VetChr 44 (2007) 173-174; É. Nodet, RB 117/3 (2010) 456; A. O’Leary, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 30-31; J. Radermakers, NRTh 130 (2008) 325-326; I. Ramelli, RevBL 8/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5827_6152.pdf>; F. Testaferri, Convivium assisiense (Assisi, Italy) 10 (2008) 163-165 Levin Y., «Jesus, “Son of God” and “Son of David”. The “Adoption” of Jesus into the Davidic Line»: JSNT 28/4 (2006) 415-442. [NTA 52,172] Troost A.F., Dat koninkrijk van U. Hoe kan Jezus de Messias zijn? [That Kingdom of H. How can be Jesus the Messiah?], Zoetermeer: Boekencentrum 2006, pp. 268. rev. H. de Jong, Nederlands Dagblad (Barneveld te Amstelveen, The Netherlands) (31 augustus 2006) / online: <www. vergadering.nu/boektroostaf-datkoninkrijk.htm> [retrieved June 2008] Beatrice M. - Mangioni D. - Garribba D., «L’identità messianica di Gesù. Un’indagine storiografica»: RivBib 55 (2007) 65-70. [NTA 52,446] Bockmuehl M. - Paget J.C. (ed.), Redemption and Resistance. The Messianic Hopes of Jews and Christians in Antiquity, London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. xxvii-381: p. 1-62: Part I: Origins of Jewish Messianic Expectation, p. 63-146: Part II: The New Testament, p. 147-296: Part III: Jewish and Christian Messianism in Contact and Controversy. [NTA 52, p. 180] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 121 rev. J.E. Burns, RevBL 5/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6001_6388.pdf>; C. Bernas, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 189; P. Foster, ExpT 119 (2008) 301; J. Day, JSOT 32/5 (2005); L.W. Hurtado, JEH 59 (2008) 720-721; M.A. Knibb, JJS 59/2 (2008) 319-321 Yarbro Collins A., «The Messiah as Son of God in the Synoptic Gospels»: in Zetterholm (ed.), The Messiah, p. 21-32. Kennard D.W., Messiah Jesus. Christology in His Day and Ours (American University Studies. Series VII: Theology and Religion 263), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2008, pp. x-605: p. 13-22: chap. 2: Born to be King, p. 23-68: chap. 3: Kingdom Miracle Worker, p. 69-106: chap. 4: Jesus is a Kingdom Oriented Jew, p. 111-116: Matthew 5:17-20: The Law and the Kingdom Salvation Paradigm, p. 218-233: Kingdom Parables, p. 377-414: chap. 15: Jesus as King. [NTA 52, p. 613] rev. M.F. Bird, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 38-39; C.L. Blomberg, DenverJ 11 (2008) <www.denverseminary.edu/the-denverjournal/2008/>; T.E. Gaston, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 318 Yarbro Collins A. - Collins J.J., King and Messiah as Son of God. Divine, Human, and Angelic Messianic Figures in Biblical and Related Literature, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xiv-261: p. 15-38: chap. 1: The King as Son of God, p. 39-61: chap. 2: Kingship in the Deuteronomistic and Prophetic Literature [2Sam 7; Is 7; 8], p. 62-88: chap. 3: Messiah and Son of God in the Hellenistic Period, p. 89-114: chap. 4: Messiah and Son of Man, p. 115-136: chap. 5: Jesus and Messiah and Son of God in the Letters of Paul, p. 137-162: chap. 6: Jesus as Messiah and Son of God in the Synoptic Gospels, p. 163-188: chap. 7: Jesus as Son of Man, p. 189-217: chap. 8: Messiah, Son of God, and Son of Man in the Gospel and Revelation of John. [NTA 53, p. 600] rev. C. Bensel, JETh 24 (2010) 278; C. Bernas, RelSR 36 (2010) 72-73; M.F. Bird, JETS 52/4 (2009) 853-855; G. Goswell, RefTR 69/2 (2010) 139-140; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 243; G.H. Juncker, Themelios 35 (2010) 73-75; N. Norelli, online: <http://rdtwot.files.wordpress.com/2010/07/book-review_collins.pdf>; G. Oegma, H-Net Reviews [2010] online: <www.h-net.org/reviews/showrev.php?id=23894>; L. Penkett, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 307-308; J. Radermakers, NRTh 133/4 (2011) 655; P. Reed, RevBL 7/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7034_7637.pdf>; H.G. Snyder, Interp 64/2 (2010) 206207; T.M. Troftgruben, Koinonia 21 (2009) 148-150; J.C. VanderKam, Biblical Archaeology Review (Washington, D.C.) 37 (January-February 2011) Bird M.F., Are You the One Who Is to Come? The Historical Jesus and the Messianic Question, (introd. S.E. Porter), Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2009, pp. 207. [NTA 54, p. 157] rev. M. Casey, BTB 41/2 (2011) 96-97; P. Foster, ExpT 121/5 (2010) 253-254; D.M. Gurtner, Themelios 35 (2010) 65-66; S. Jöris, ABR 59 (2011); P. Madigan, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 317-318; J.B. Modica, JSHJ 8/3 (2010) 275-277; S. Moyise, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 28; D. Scott, LetterSpirit 5 (2009) 276-278; C.W. Skinner, RevBL 4/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7239_ 7882.pdf>; D.J. Strait, SCJ 14 (2011) 133-135 Henderson S.W., «Jesus’ Messianic Self-Consciousness Revisited: Christology and Community Context»: JSHJ 7/2 (2009) 168-197. [NTA 55,1609] Gisel P., «Quelle messianité en acte donne à voir la figure de l’homme Jésus?»: RSR 99 (2011) 43-59. b) Matthew Kingsbury J.D., «The Title “Son of David” in Matthew’s Gospel»: JBL 95/4 (1976) 591-602. [NTA 21,370] Müller M., «Mattaeusevangeliets messiasbillede. Et forsøg på at bestemme Mattaeusevangeliets forståelse af Jesu messianitet» [Matthew’s Portrayal of the Messiah. An Attempt to Determine the Understanding of Jesus’ Messiahship in the Gospel of Matthew]: SEÅ 51-52 (1986-87) 68-179. [NTA 31,577] Davies W.D., «A Different Approach to Jamnia. The Jewish Sources of Matthew’s Messianism»: in R.T. Fortna - B.R. Gaventa (ed.), The Conversation Continues. Studies in Paul and John in honor of J. Louis Martyn, Nashville TN: Abingdon 1990, pp. 400: p. 378-395. [NTA 35, p. 92] Pikaza X., «Mesías judío, Cristo universal (Mt 1-4). La figura de Jesús ante el tercer milenio»: EstTrin 32 (1998) 283-356. [NTA 44,914] Byrskog S., «Jesus as Messianic Teacher in the Gospel According to Matthew: Tradition History and/or Narrative Christology»: in M. Müller - H. Tronier (ed.), The New Testament as Reception (JSNT SS 11), London - New York: Sheffield Academic Press 2002, pp. xii-225: p. 83-100. [NTA 47, p. 356] rev. M.J.J. Menken, RevBL 12/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3036_3301.pdf> Caldevilla Portilla J.J., Jesús el Mesías. Trasfondo mesiánico judío y novedad cristiana en el Evangelio de Mateo, Salamanca: Universidad Pontificia de Salamanca, Facultad de Teología 2002, pp. 74 (Pars Diss. Salamanca 2002). VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 122 Novakovic L., Messiah, the Healer of the Sick. A Study of Jesus as the Son of David in the Gospel of Matthew (WUNT II/170), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2003, pp. xii-231 (= rev. Diss. Princeton Theological Seminary 2001). [NTA 48, p. 420-421] rev. M. Becker, BZ 51 (2007) 135-137; J.R.C. Cousland, RevBL 08/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5317_5606.pdf>; JBL 125 (2006) 768-771; C. Grappe, RHPR 84/4 (2004) 509; T.E. Klutz, JSNT 27/5 (2005) 53-54; J. Mrázek, ThLZ 133 (2008) cols 381-383; C. Paya, ÉtThRel 81 (2006) 556-557; Y. van den Akker-Savelsbergh, TijdTh 45/2 (2005) 206-207 van Aarde A.G., «Jesus as Joshua, Moses en Dawidiese messias in Matteus»: Scriptura 84/3 (2003) 453467 / «Jesus, the Davidic Messiah, as Political Saviour in Matthew’s History»: in J.G. van der Watt (ed.), Salvation in the New Testament. Perspectives on Soteriology (NovT SS 121), Leiden: Brill 2005, pp. xiii-529: p. 7-31. [NTA 49,188; 50, p. 195] rev. B. Kowalski, JSNT 28/5 (2006) 19-20; F.S. Malan, Neotest 40 (2006) 220-222; F. Matera, RevBL 8/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5171_5446.pdf>; A.J.M. Wedderburn, JTS 58 (2007) 254-257 Kelly C., «The Messiah: Whose Son Is He? Another Look at the Son of David and Son of God Titles in Matthew»: TSR 26 (Winter-Spring 2005) 17-28. [NTA 49,1671] Rae K.J., “… perché io sono mite e umile di cuore” (Mt 11,29). Studio esegetico-teologico sull’umiltà del Messia secondo Matteo. Dimensione cristologica e risvolti ecclesiologici (Tesi Gregoriana. Serie Teologica 120), Roma: PUG 2005, pp. 329 (= Diss. Gregoriana 2004). [NTA 50, p. 598; 51, p. 567] Chae Y.S., Jesus as the Eschatological Davidic Shepard. Studies in the Old Testament, Second Temple Judaism, and in the Gospel of Matthew (WUNT II/216), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. x-446 (= rev. Diss. Trinity Evangelical Divinity School 2004). [NTA 51, p. 163; JSOT 31/5 (2007) 231-232] rev. K. Brower, JSNT 29/5 (2007) 45-46; J.T. Dennison, Kerux 22 (2007) 55-58; C.D. Evans, BBR 19 (2009) 113-115; D.M. Gurtner, RevBL 01/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5605_5902.pdf>; D.J. Harrington, CrSt 28 (2007) 219-221; A.L.A. Hogeterp, TijdTh 47 (2007) 219; J.B. Hood, EurJT 17 (2008) 82-83; D. Scott, LetterSpirit 3 (2007) 214-216: «One questions, too, why Chae does not consider the shape of the kingdom that the Davidic shepherd was anticipated to restore… One would like to have seen Chae do more with his very suggestive summary remarks on the nature of the kingdom in Matthew…» (p. 216) Inch M.A., Matthew in the Messianic Tradition, Lanham MD etc.: University Press of America 2006, pp. vii-110: p. 13-18: chap. 3: Messiah ben David, p. 39-44: chap. 7: Kingdom of Heaven, p. 89-94: chap. 15: Messiah ben Joseph. [NTA 51, p. 168-169] Menken M.J.J., «Messianic interpretation of Greek Old Testament passages in Matthew’s fulfilment quotations»: in Knibb (ed.), The Septuagint and Messianism, p. 457-486. [OTA 35,762] Repschinski B., «Re-imagining the Presence of God: The Temple and the Messiah in the Gospel of Matthew»: ABR 54 (2006) 37-39. [NTA 51,936] Van Egmond R., «The Messianic “Son of David” in Matthew»: JGRChJ 3 (2006) 41-71 / online: <http:// jgrchj.net/volume3/JGRChJ3-2_Van_Egmond.pdf>. [IZBG 54,798; NTA 52,1658] Vinson R.B., «“King of the Jews”: Kingship and Anti-Kingship Rhetoric in Matthew’s Birth, Baptism, and Transfiguration Narratives»: REx 104/2 (2007) 243-268. [NTA 52,955] Willitts J., «Matthew’s Messianic Shepherd-king: In Search of “the lost sheep of the house of Israel”»: HTS 63 (2007) 365-382 / online: <https://www.up.ac.za/dspace/bitstream/2263/2972/1/Willitts_Matthew>. [IZBG 54,817; NTA 52,186] [An abbreviated presentation of Author’s forthcoming published thesis: Matthew’s Messianic Shepherd-King (BNZW 147), Berlin: de Gruyter 2007] Willitts J., Matthew’s Messianic Shepherd-King. In Search of ‘The Lost Sheep of the House of Israel’ (BZNW 147), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2007, pp. ix-270 (= rev. Diss. Cambridge Univ. 2006): p. 49-92: Part I: The Messianic Shepherd-King in Ancient Judaism, p. 95-176: Part II: The Messianic ShepherdKing in the Gospel of Matthew, p. 179-233: Part III: The Matthean Shepherd-King and the Lost Sheep of the House of Israel. [NTA 52, p. 596] rev. C.M. Amos, JSOT 33/5 (2009) 225; D.K. Campbell, JETS 52 (2009) 154-156; D. Garlington, RevBL 12/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7440_8114.pdf>; J.-C. Ingelaere, RHPR 89 (2009) 403; M. Konradt, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 569-571; D. Senior, RevBL 8/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6828_7399.pdf>; D.W. Ulrich, CBQ 71/2 (2009) 425-426 Crawford S., «Jesus Christ: the King in the Book of Matthew»: pp. 10 in electronic resource: <http:// bibleone.net/kinginmatthew.pdf> [retrieved June 2008]. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 123 c) Mark Roure D., «El messianisme de Mc 12,35-37»: in F. Raurell et alii (ed.), Tradició i traducció de la paraula. Miscellania Guiu Camps (Scripta et documenta 47), Barcelona: Associació Bíblica de Catalunya - Abadia de Montserrat 1993, pp. 447: p. 141-155. [NTA 38, p. 285] Bedenbender A., «Das “Messiasgeheimnis” im Markusevangelium»: TK 27/3-4 (2004) 1-96. [NTA 49,1690] Jossa G., «La domanda di Gesù sul figlio di David. Mc 12,35-37»: in Passoni Dell’Acqua (ed.), «Il vostro frutto rimanga», p. 231-239. Salvatore E., «Il mistero del messia nel Vangelo di Marco: per una nuova formulazione del segreto messianico»: RdT 46/4 (2005) 485-517. [NTA 50,993] d) Luke (Gospel and Acts) Jones D.L., «The Title Christos in Luke-Acts»: CBQ 32 (1970) 69-76 / «The Title KYRIOS in LukeActs»: in G.W. MacRae (ed.), SBL. 1974 Seminar Papers, II, Missoula MT: Scholars 1974, pp. iv113: p. 85-101. [NTA 14,880 / NTA 19, p. 387] Bruce F.F., «The Davidic Messiah in Luke-Acts»: in G.A. Tuttle (ed.), Biblical and Near Eastern Studies. Essays in Honor of William Sanford Lasor, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1978, pp. xii-300: p. 7-17 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/davidic_bruce.pdf>. [NTA 23, p. 214] rev. D.W. Baker, JSOT 5/nr 16 (1980) 67; J. Barr, SJT 33 (1980) 81 O’Toole R.F., «Does Luke Also Portray Jesus as the Christ in Luke 4,16-30?»: Bib 76 (1995) 498-522. [NTA 40,1502] Kügler J., Pharao und Christus? Religionsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zur Frage einer Verbindung zwischen altägyptischer Königstheologie und neutestamentlicher Christologie im Lukasevangelium (BBB 113), Bodenheim: Philo 1997, pp. 360 (= Diss. Hab. Bonn 1997). [NTA 43, p. 588] rev. K. Dorn, ThRev 95 (1999) cols 205-208; A. Lindemann, ThR 70 (2005) 57-59; W. Radl, BZ 42 (1998) 269-270 Mikołajczak M., «Dar imienia Jezusa – Król i Mesjasz (Łk 1,31)» [The gift of Jesus’ name – King and Messiah (Lk 1:31)]: Ecclesiastica. Pismo urzędowe diecezji zielonogórsko-gorzowskiej (Zielona Góra, Poland) 5/nr 7-9 (1998) 122-127 [in Polish]. Kügler J., «Der König als Realpräsenz Gottes und das Geheimnis von Weihnachten»: Welt und Umwelt der Bibel (Stuttgart, Germany) 22 (2001) 39-43. Mikołajczak M., «Problem splotu ideologii mesjańskiej z ideologią królewską w Łk i J» [The problem of interlacement of the messianic and kingship ideology in Luke and John]: QuaestSel 9/nr 14 (2002) 73-82 [in Polish]. Rius-Camps J., «El mesianismo de Jesús investigado por el rabino Lucas a partir de sus fuentes judías y cristianas. Un escrito a modo de “demostración” (ἐπίδειξις) dirigido al sumo sacerdote Teófilo»: EstBíb 63/4 (2005) 527-557. [NTA 51,1006] Bird M., «Jesus Is the “Messiah of God”: Messianic Proclamation in Luke-Acts»: RefTR 66/2 (2007) 6982. [IZBG 54,940; NTA 52,232] Jipp J.W., «Luke’s Scriptural Suffering Messiah. A Search for Precedent, a Search for Identity»: CBQ 72/2 (2010) 255-274. [NTA 54,1697] Pilhofer P., «Der andere König und sein Reich (Apg 17,7)»: in Id., Neues aus der Welt der frühen Christen. Unter Mitarbeit von Jens Börstinghaus und Jutta Fischer (BWANT 195), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2011, pp. xvi-261: p. 128-136. e) John (Gospel and Revelation) Schnackenburg R., «Die Messiasfrage im Johannesevangelium»: in Blinzler et alii (ed.), Neutestamentliche Aufsätze, p. 240-264. [IZBG 10,1081] Gryglewicz F., «Chrystus Król» [The Christ-King]: in Id., Duchowy charakter Ewangelii św. Jana (Sprawy biblijne 20), Poznań etc.: Księgarnia św. Wojciecha 1968, pp. 128: p. 55-73 [in Polish]. rev. E. Szymanek, AtKap 61/3 (1969) 474-477 de Jonge M., «Jewish Expectations about the “Messiah” according to the Fourth Gospel»: NTS 19 (1973) 246-270 = in Id., Jesus, p. 77-116. [NTA 18,143] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 124 Barthélemy D., «La problématique de la messianité de Jésus, a la lumiére de quelques études juives récentes»: RThom 93 (1993) 263-288. [NTA 38,99] Neufeld D., «“And When That One Comes”. Aspects of Johannine Messianism»: in Evans - Flint (ed.), Eschatology, p. 120-140. Chatelion Counet P., «Het messiasgeheim in Johannes. Analyse van het impliciete gebod tot zwijgen» [The Messianic Secret in John’s Gospel. Analysis of the Implied Command to Keep Silent]: TijdTh 41 (2001) 253-279. [NTA 46,216] Rensberger D., «The Messiah who Has Come into the World. The Message of the Gospel of John»: in Fortna - Thatcher (ed.), Jesus in Johannine Tradition, p. 15-23. Azar M., «The Scriptural King»: SVladTQ 50/3 (2006) 255-275. [NTA 51,252] Bauckham R., «Messianism According to the Gospel of John»: in Lierman (ed.), Challenging Perspectives, p. 34-68. Busse U., «Metaphorik und Rhetorik im Johannesevangelium: Das Bildfeld vom König»: in J. Frey et alii (ed.), Imagery in the Gospel of John. Terms, Forms, Themes, and Theology of Johannine Figurative Language (WUNT 200), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. xi-495: p. 279-317 = in Id., Jesus im Gespräch, p. 171-212. [NTA 51, p. 382-383] rev. J.A. Diehl, ExpT 119 (2008) 253-254; C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 373-374; S. Harstine, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 199; M. Labahn, ThLZ 134 (2009) cols 1339-1342; D. Lee, RevBL 8/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5798_6121.pdf>; W. Loader, ABR 56 (2008); C. Stenschke, EphTL 84 (2009) 579-582; R.W. Yarbough, BBR 19 (2009) 294-295 Lierman J., «The Mosaic Pattern in John’s Christology»: in Lierman (ed.), Challenging Perspectives, p. 210-234: p. 216-223: Jesus as the Mosaic King. Trost T.D., The Fourth Gospel as Reaction to Militant Jewish Expectations of Kingship, Reflected in certain Dead Sea Scrolls (Diss. University of South Africa, Pretoria 2006, pp. x-257) / online: <http://etd.unisa.ac.za/ETD-db/theses/available/etd-08072006-115319/unrestricted/thesis.pdf>. Karakolis C.K., «“Across the Kidron Brook, where there was a Garden” (John 18,1): Two Old Testament Allusions and the Theme of the Heavenly King in the Johannine Passion Narrative»: in Van Belle (ed.), The Death of Jesus, p. 751-760. Łabuda P., «Jezus jako król w czwartej ewangelii: “To ty powiedziałeś, że jestem królem” (J 18,37)» [Jesus as a King in the Fourth Gospel: “You say that I am a king” (J 18:37)]: Seminare 24 (2007) 83-94 / online: <www.seminare.pl/24/Labuda2007.pdf> [in Polish]. [St. John mentions Christ’s royal title mainly in the account of Jesus being questionned by Pilate, his suffering on Golgotha as well as in the decription of events that take place after his death. The analysis of these facts will reveal the significance of Jesus’s royal title as well as in what St. John saw the royal nature of Jesus and finally what his royal activity was based on] Salzmann J.C., «Jüdische Messiasvorstellungen in Justins Dialog mit Trypho und im Johannesevangelium»: ZNW 100/2 (2009) 247-268. [NTA 54,1484] [Justin Martyr] Vanni U., «Dal regno alla nuzialità: i tre livelli del messianismo nell’Apocalisse»: Oecumenica Civitas (Livorno, Italy) 6 (2010) 17-43. Vetrali T., «Messianismo, regno millenario e identità della Chiesa nell’Apocalisse»: Oecumenica Civitas (Livorno, Italy) 6 (2010) 73-83. Leung M.M., The Kingship-Cross Interplay in the Gospel of John. Jesus’ Death as Corroboration of His Royal Messiahship, (introd. I.H. Marshall), Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2011, pp. xi-222 (= rev. Diss. Trinity Divinity School, Deerfield IL 2009): p. 23-51: chap. 2: Linking Jesus’ Kingship and Messiahship, p. 53-71: chap. 3: The Anticipation of the Death of the Messiah-King (John 1:43-51), p. 72-92: chap. 4: Temple Restoration and the Royal Messiahship of Jesus (John 2:13-22), p. 93-118: chap. 5: God’s Kingdom and the Royal Messiahship of Jesus (John 3:1-21), p. 119-151: chap. 6: Israel’s Unification and the Royal Messiahship of Jesus (John 10:14-18), p. 152-171: chap. 7: Scriptural Witness and the Royal Messiahship of Jesus (John 12:12-19). [Cross] Leung M.M., «The Roman Empire and John’s Passion Narrative in Light of Jewish Royal Messianism»: BS 168/nr 672 (2011) 426-442. f) Paul and Messianic Kingdom / 1Corinthians 15:20-28 Studiorum Paulinorum Congressus Internationalis Catholicus 1961 (AnBib 17), I, Roma: PIB 1963, pp. 538: p. 31-43: «Il Messianesimo di San Paolo» [S. Garofalo], p. 111-118: «Die Messiasidee des Apostels Paulus» [W. Koester]. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 125 Mearns C.L., «Early Eschatological Development in Paul: The Evidence of 1 Corinthians»: JSNT 22 (1984) 19-35. [NTA 29,634] Posadzy A., «Chrystologiczna i teologiczna interpretacja 1Kor 15,24-28» [Christological and theological interpretation of 1Kor 15:24-28]: Colloquia Theologica Ottoniana (Szczecin, Poland) nr 1 (2005) 33-44 [Summary of the doctoral study at Gregorianum] [in Polish]. Crocker C.C., «The Reign of Christ as the Inbreaking Rule of the One and the Many. A Fresh Reading of 1 Corinthians 15:20-28»: in D.R. McGaughey - C.C. Crocker (ed.), From Biblical Interpretation to Human Transformation. Reopening the Past to Actualize New Possibilities for the Future. A Festschrift honoring Herman C. Waetjen, Salem OR: Chora Strangers 2006, pp. xi-243: p. 101115. Garlington D., «Israel’s Triumphant King: Romans 1:5 and the Scriptures of Israel»: in Oropeza et alii (ed.), Jesus and Paul, p. 173-183 (chap. 14). Rosik M., «Rysy eschatologicznego Królestwa Bożego w Pawłowej nauce o zmartwychwstaniu (1 Kor 15,1-58)» [Le caratteristiche escatologiche del regno di Dio nell’insegnamento di Paolo sulla risurrezione (1Cor 15,1-58)]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 247-264 (-264: Italian Summary). Dunne J.A., «The Regal Status of Christ in the Colossian “Christ-Hymn”: a Re-Evaluation of the Influence of Wisdom Traditions»: TrinJ 32 (2011) 3-18. [NTA 56,371] Smith J., Christ the Ideal King. Cultural Context, Rhetorical Strategy, and the Power of Divine Monarchy in Ephesians (WUNT II/313), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2011, pp. x-316 (= rev. Diss. Baylor University 2010). [Patristic] Doignon J., «Les implications théologiques d’une variante du texte latin de I “Corinthiens” 15,25 chez Hilaire de Poitiers»: Aug 19 (1979) 245-258. [Hilary of Poitiers] Jeanjean B., «Une exégèse antiarienne de Grégoire de Nazianze dans la Lettre 55 de saint Jérôme»: in J.M. Poinsotte (ed.), Les chrétiens face à leurs adversaires dans l’Occident latin au IVe siècle. Actes des journées d’études du GRAC [Groupe de recherches sur l’Antiquité chrétienne], Rouen, 25 avril 1997 et 28 avril 2000, [Mont-Saint-Aignan]: Publications de l’Université de Rouen 2001, pp. 231: p. 195-210 [1Cor 15:25-28]. [Gregory of Nazianzus / Jerome] 4. «King of Kings and Lord of Lords» Karczewski M., «Jezus Chrystus jako „Król królów i Pan panów” (Ap 17,14b; 19,16) na tle teologii Apokalipsy» [Gesù Cristo come il Re dei re e il Signore dei signori (Ap 17:14b; 19:16) sullo sfondo teologico dell’Apocalisse]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 265-281 (-281: Italian Summary). Haręzga S., «Epifania Chrystusa i królowanie Boga motywacją zachęty w 1 Tm 6, 11-16» [Epiphany of Christ and God’s Reign as a Motivation of Encouragement in 1 Tm 6:11-16]: Roczniki Biblijne (Lublin, Poland) 2 (57) (2010) 143-152 [in Polish]. [NTA 56, p. 157] 5. Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem: Mt 21:1-11; Mk 11:1-10; Lk 19:28-40; Jn 12:12-19 Pellegrini R., «L’ingresso del Messia in Gerusalemme. Mc 11,1-11»: PdV 41/5 (1996) 10-15. Domański G., Znaczenie wjazdu Jezusa do Jerozolimy (Łk 19,28-44) w Łukaszowym ujęciu historii zbawienia [The Importance of Jesus’ Entry into Jerusalem (Lk 19:28-44) in the Luke’s grasp of the salvation history] (Diss. KUL, Lublin 2004, pp. 255) [in Polish]. Kasiłowski P., «Przybycie Jezusa do Jerozolimy (Mk 11,1-10)» [The Arrival of Jesus into Jerusalem (Mk 11:1-10)]: Studia Diecezji Radomskiej (Radom, Poland) 7 (2005) 51-70 [in Polish]. Butticaz S., «Luc 19,29-40 : De l’acclamation joyeuse au cri des pierres»: LireDire nr 73 (2007) 25-35. Granados J., «The New Hosanna in the New Temple: Jesus’ Entry into Jerusalem»: ComE 34 (Spring 2009) 13-41. [NTA 54,231] Kinman B., «Jesus’ Royal Entry into Jerusalem»: in Bock - Webb (ed.), Key Events, p. 383-427. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 126 Muddiman J., «The Triumphal Entry and Cleansing of the Temple (Mark 11:1-17 and Parallels): A Jewish Festival Setting?»: in Tuckett (ed.), Feasts and Festivals, p. 77-86. [IZBG 56,855] Schmied W., «Christi Einzug in Jerusalem»: ComG 38 (2009) 27-34. Leander H., «With Homi Bhabha at the Jerusalem City Gates. A Postcolonial Reading of the ‘Triumphant’ Entry (Mk 11.1-11)»: JSNT 32/3 (2010) 309-335. [IZBG 56,856; NTA 54,1675] [Quotation of Zechariah 9:9] Van Belle G., «De Messiaanse intocht van Jezus in Jeruzalem. Het citaat van Zach 9,9 in Mt 21,5 en Joh 12,15» [The Messianic entry of Jesus into Jerusalem. The quotation from Zach 9:9 in Mt 21:5 and Joh 12:15]: in L. Knapen - P. Valvekens (ed.), De palmezelprocessie. Een (on)bekend WestEuropees Fenomeen? (Documenta Libraria 33), Leuven: Peeters 2006, pp. xx-378: p. 83-111. [IZBG 53,772] Black M., «The Messianic Use of Zechariah 9–14 in Matthew, Mark, and Pre-Markan Tradition»: in P. Gray - G.R. O’Day (ed.), Scripture and Traditions. Essays on Early Judaism and Christianity in Honor of Carl R. Holladay (NovT SS 129), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2008, pp. xv-502: p. 57-114. [IZBG 55,1784] rev. G.W. Ashby, JSOT 34/5 (2010) 180-181; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 247; J. Lieu, JTS 60/2 (2009) 632-633 McAfee Moss C., «Jesus’ Entry into Jerusalem – The Humble Messianic King [Matthew 21.5 (11.25-30) / Zechariah 9.9 (14.4-5)]»: in Id., The Zechariah Tradition and the Gospel of Matthew (BZNW 156), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2008, pp. x-271 (= rev. Diss. Univ. of Durham NC 2002): p. 61-88 (chap. 3). [NTA 53, p. 396-397] rev. A. O’Leary, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 45 Nolland J., «The King as Shepherd: the Role of Deutero-Zechariah in Matthew»: in T.R. Hatina (ed.), Biblical Interpretation in Early Christian Gospels. II: The Gospel of Matthew (LNTS 310), London - New York: T&T Clark 2008, pp. xii-232: p. 133-146. [NTA 53, p. 392] rev. P. Foster, ExpT 120/11 (2009) 545-547; D.M. Gurtner, RevBL 8/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6954_7536.pdf> Guida A., «Un re senza cavallo: Zc 9,9-10 e le sue riletture neotestamentarie»: PdV 54/6 (2009) 16-21. Way K.C., «Donkey Domain: Zechariah 9:9 and Lexical Semantics»: JBL 129 (2010) 105-114. [OTA 33,2081] 6. Trial before Pilate: Jn 18:28–19:16 // Escande J., «Juda et Pilate prisonniers d’une même structure (Mt. 27,1-26)»: FoiVie 78 (1979) 3 (CahBib 18) 92-100. [BullSignal 34,4251] García-Moreno A., Jesús el Nazareno, el Rey de los Judíos. Estudios de cristología joánica (Coleción Teológica 103), Pamplona: Ediciones Universidad de Navarra 2001, pp. 455 / 20072 | trans. Italian: Gesù Nazareno, il Re dei Giudei, (introd. I. de la Potterie), Città del Vaticano: Libreria Editrice Vaticana 2006, pp. 516. rev. M. Álvarez Barredo, Carthag 18 (2002) 562-564; J. Galot, Greg 83 (2002) 178; F. Manns, LA 51 (2001) 432-434; J. Núñez Regodón, Salm 51 (2004) 252-253; G. Sánchez Mielgo, Escritos del Vedat (Torrent, Valencia, Spain) 33 (2003) 452-453 / J. Wilk, SSHT 40/2 (2007) 469-471 Mazzucco C., «Gesù davanti a Pilato (Gv 18,28-19,16a)»: PdV 49/5 (2004) 25-30. Escós J., «Crucifixió o coronació reial? (Estudi d’Evangeli de Joan 18-19)»: BABC nr 87 (2005) 17-22. [in Catalan] Meggitt J.J., «The Madness of King Jesus: Why was Jesus Put to Death, but his Followers were not?»: JSNT 29/4 (2007) 379-413 / replays: P. Fredriksen, «Why was Jesus Crucified, but his Followers were not?»: JSNT 29/4 (2007) 415-419; J. Marcus, «Meggitt on the Madness and Kingship of Jesus»: JSNT 29/4 (2007) 421-424. [IZBG 53,1643,1644,1645; NTA 52,151] Poplutz U., «Das Drama der Passion: Eine Analyse der Prozesserzählung Joh 18,28–19,16a unter Berücksichtigung dramentheoretischer Gesichtspunkte»: in Van Belle (ed.), The Death of Jesus, p. 769-782. Schleritt F., Der vorjohanneische Passionsbericht. Eine historisch-kritische und theologische Untersuchung zu Joh 2,13-22; 11,47–14,31 und 18,1–20,29 (BZNW 154), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2007, pp. xix-650 (= Diss. Göttingen 2006): p. 214-220: Joh 12,12-19: Der Einzug Jesu in Jerusalem VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 127 [Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem], p. 385-420: Joh 18,28–19,16a: Jesus vor Pilatus, p. 429-432: Joh 19,19-22: Die Auseinandersetzung um die Kreuzesaufschrift [Inscription on the Cross]. [NTA 52, p. 592] rev. C. Grappe, RHPR 88 (2008) 374; R.P. Seesengood, RelSR 37/2 (2011) 131 Pichler J., «Jesus vor Pilatus. Zum Verhältnis der Passionserzählungen von Johannes und Lukas»: in K. Huber - B. Repschinski (ed.), Im Geist und in der Wahrheit. Studien zum Johannesevangelium und zur Offenbarung des Johannes sowie andere Beiträge. Festschrift für Martin Hasitschka SJ zum 65. Geburtstag (NTAb 52), Münster: Aschendorf 2008, pp. xiv-535: p. 169-200. [NTA 53, p. 374-375] rev. M. Labahn, RevBL 1/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7015_7616.pdf>; C. Stenschke, BZ 54/2 (2010) 281-283 Saavedra H., «Proceso del «Rey de los judíos» ante Pilatos. La secuencia central de la Pasión de Jesús en Jn 18,28–19,16»: in Meynet - Oniszczuk (ed.), Retorica biblica e semitica 1, p. 57-82 (chap. 3). Seda K.H., «La Pasión según San Juan. Análisis dramatúrgico y explicación del micro-relato 18,28 – 19,16a»: Veritas. Revista de Filosofía y Teología (Valparaíso, Chile) 4/nr 20 (2009) 29-54. Oniszczuk J., La Passione del Signore secondo Giovanni (Gv 18–19) (Retorica biblica 15), Bologna: EDB 2011, pp. 256: p. 89-160: II Parte: Il processo (Gv 18,29–19,16). [NTA 55, p. 580] 7. «My Kingdom» (Jn 18:36) Collange J.-F., «Un royaume qui n’est pas de ce monde. Lecture de Jean 18,33-37»: Autres Temps. Cahiers d’étique sociale et politique (Paris, France) nr 51 (1996) 38-44. Richey L.B., «“My kingship is not of this world” (18:36)»: in Id., Roman Imperial Ideology and the Gospel of John (CBQ MS 43), Washington, D.C.: The Catholic Biblical Association of America 2007, pp. xxii-228 (= rev. Diss. Marquette University 2004): p. 157-166. [NTA 52, p. 389] rev. L. Cardellino, BeO 50/2 (2008) 131-137; W. Carter, RevBL 05/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6227_6676.pdf>; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 59 (2009) 597-600; C.R. Koester, CBQ 72 (2010) 162-163; H. Omerzu, ThLZ 135/4 (2010) cols 432433; S.S. Smalley, JTS 60 (2009) 249-251 Gleeson A., «“My Kingdom Is Not of This World”. Reflections on Archbishop Jensen’s Jesus»: Modern Believing (London, U.K.) 50/2 (2009) 51-63. [NTA 55,159] 8. Crown of Thorns Loconsole M., La Corona di spine di Cristo. Storia e mistero, Siena: Cantagalli 2005, pp. 158. Mutschler B., Die Verspottung des Königs der Juden. Jesu Verspottung in Jerusalem unter dem Blickwinkel einer parodierten Königsaudienz (BThSt 101), Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2008, pp. xiii-194. rev. K. Ehling, BN Heft 145 (2010) 140-141; M. Lau, BZ 54 (2010) 137-140 Edo P.M., El lenguaje de las vestiduras en el cuarto Evangelio (Colección Teológica 118), Pamplona (Navarra): EUNSA 2009, pp. 262 (= Diss. Universidad de Navarra, Facultad de Teología): chap. 2: El manto purpura (y la corona de espinas) en el relato de la coronacion de Jesus: Jn 19,1-5. rev. F. Milán, ScripTh 42 (2010) 242-243; D. Scaiola, ED 62/3 (2009) 216-218 9. Inscription on the Cross (titulus crucis): Mk 15:26; Mt 27:37; Lk 23:38; Jn 19:19 Rigato M.-L., «“Titulus Crucis”. La reliquia custodita nella Basilica Santa Croce in Gerusalemme – Roma»: in L. Padovese (ed.), Atti del VII Simposio di Efeso su S. Giovanni Apostolo (Turchia: la Chiesa e la sua storia 13), Roma: Istituto Francescano di Spiritualità - Pontificio Ateneo Antoniano 1999, pp. 370: p. 329-336. rev. A. García-Moreno, ScripTh 32 (2000) 322-327 Gooch P.W., «Irony, Text and Artifact: Cross and Superscription in the Passion Narratives»: in Wilson Desjardins (ed.), Text and Artifact, p. 176-191. [IZBG 47,736] Kwiatek B.M., «„Titulus crucis”. Milczący świadek Męki Pańskiej» [“Titulus crucis”. The silent witness of the Christ’s Passion]: Ziemia Święta. Kwartalnik fundacji Komisariat Ziemi Świętej (Kraków, Poland) 10/nr 38 (2004) I-VIII [«Egeria»’s insert] [in Polish]. [About the reliquary with the tablet of Titulus Crucis from the Basilica of Holy Cross in Jerusalem, Rome] Coloe M.L., «The Nazarene King: Pilate’s Title as the Key to John’s Crucifixion»: in Van Belle (ed.), The Death of Jesus, p. 839-848. VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 128 Cohick L.H., «Jesus as King of the Jews»: in McKnight - Modica (ed.), Who Do My Opponents Say I Am?, p. 111-132. Marcheselli M., «Nápis na kríži a jánovská komunita (Jn 19,19-22)» [Inscription on the cross and Johannine community (John 19:19-22)]: StBiSl 2007 (2008) 75-88 (88: English Summary). [NTA 53,313] Oakeshott P., «King of the Jews?»: Faith and Freedom. A Journal of Progressive Religion (Oxford, U.K.) 61/2 (2008) 125-135. [NTA 53,903] Rigato M.-L., «Il Titulus Crucis custodito nella Basilica di S. Croce a Roma. Un (sic!) messa a punto»: RivBib 56/3 (2008) 339-343. Linke W., «Tytuł winy („titulus culpae”) Jezusa (Mk 15,26; Mt 27,37; Łk 23,38; J 19,19). Król Jesus w Ewangeliach» [The inscription on the cross (“titulus culpae”) of Jesus (Mk 15:26; Mt 27:37; Lk 23:38; Jn 19:19). King Jesus in the Gospels]: Słowo Krzyża. Rocznik poświęcony teologii krzyża oraz duchowości i historii pasjonistów (Warszawa, Poland) 3 (2009) 124-143 [in Polish]. Miller P.D., «“The King of the Jews”»: in A. Schuele - G. Thomas (ed.), Who Is Jesus Christ for Us Today? Pathways to Contemporary Christology, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 2009, pp. xx-263: p. 3-18. Rigato M.-L., I.N.R.I. Il titolo della Croce (Biblica), Bologna: EDB 2010, pp. 152 [un’edizione notevolmente ridotta del suo libro Il Titolo della Croce di Gesù (2003)]. [NTA 54, p. 573] Broer I., «Der Kreuzestitulus (Mk 15,26 parr.)»: in Busse et alii (ed.), Erinnerung an Jesus, p. 267-283. 10. Royal Office of Christ (triplex munera) Jansen J.F., Calvin’s Doctrine of the Work of Christ, London - Cambridge, U.K.: James Clarke & Co. 1956 / 1987, pp. 128. Saarinen R., «Christus als Lehrer bei Ficino und Calvin. Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung der Dreiämterlehre»: ZThK 89/2 (1992) 197-221. [BullSignal 47,1507] Grudem W., «The Offices of Christ. How is Christ prophet, priest, and king?»: in Id., Systematic Theology. An Introduction to Biblical Doctrine, Leicester, U.K.: InterVarsity - Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1994, pp. 1264 / 2000, pp. 1295: p. 624-633 (chap. 29). Riddlebarger K., «The Triple Cure: Jesus Christ - Our Prophet, Priest, and King»: ModRef 4/6 (1995) 1620. Rush O., «The Offices of Christ, Lumen Gentium and the People’s Sense of the Faith»: Pacifica 16/2 (2003) 137-152. [The article examines the historical origins of the notion of Christ’s threefold office as priest, prophet and king as applied to the church, highlighting the seminal contribution of John Calvin. After an initial reception into Catholic theology in the 19th century, it is Vatican II’s document Lumen gentium which first receives the trilogy into official Catholic teaching in a significant way] Rieger J., «Resisting and Reframing Prophet, Priest, ang King: Christology and Later Colonialism»: in Id., Christ & Empire. From Paul to Postcolonial Times, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2007, pp. x-334: p. 197-236 (chap. 5). rev. H. Renders, EstudosRel 22/nr 34 (2008) 269-271; S.H. Webb, RRT 15/4 (2008) 576-579 11. Jesus’ Kingship and the World Wallhauser J., «The Lordship of Christ and Social Change»: in M.J. Heinecken (ed.), Christian Hope and the Lordship of Christ, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg 1969, pp. ix-110. Policarpo J. da C., «Realeza universal de Cristo»: Didaskalia 14/1-2 (1984) 51-56. [BullSignal 40,8560] Królikowski J., «Kosmiczne królowanie Chrystusa» [The Cosmic Reign of Christ]: Dulos. Wirtualny Biuletyn Chrystologiczny 16 (marzec-kwiecień 2005) in electronic resource: <www.chrystologia.pl/ pages/przyczynki/mono/p_m_16.1.htm> [in Polish]. Góźdź K., «Królestwo Boże i królestwo Chrystusa» [Reich Gottes und Reich Christi]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 303-316 (-316: German Summary). VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 129 Guzowski K., «Królestwo Boże a królowanie Chrystusa na ziemi» [The Kingdom of God and Christ’s Ruling on Earth]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 317-329 (-329: English Summary). 13. Feast of Christ the King Orlandis R., «Sobre la actualidad de la fiesta de Cristo Rey»: Cristiandad. Revista quincenal (Barcelona Madrid, Spain) 2/nr 39 (1 noviembre 1945) 465-468 / online: <www.filosofia.org/hem/dep/cnc/ 1945465.htm>. Serrano J.L., «Iglesia y Política. Cristo Rey»: Arbil. Anotaciones de pensamiento y crítica. Online journal (Zaragoza, Spain) nr 76 (2003) <www.arbil.org/(76)crey.htm>. Menozzi D., «Regalità di Cristo e politica nell’età di Pio XI. I Congressi internazionali di Cristo Re»: in L. Ceci - L. Demofonti (ed.), Chiesa, laicità e vita civile. Studi in onore di Guido Verucci (Ricerche 134), Roma: Carocci 2005, pp. xlviii-453: p. 153-172. Superson J., Historia uroczystości Jezusa Chrystusa Króla Wszechświata [History of the feast of Jesus Christ the King of Universe], Kraków: Wydawnictwo WAM 2005, pp. 103 [in Polish]. Superson J., «Preces nieszporów uroczystości Chrystusa Króla Wszechświata» [Vespers’ Preces of the feast of Christ the King of Universe]: LS 12/nr 27 (1/2006) 17-30 [in Polish]. Michel F., «Le Christ-Roi de Léon XIII à Pie XII : entre liturgie, dévotion et théologie politique»: ComF 32/nr 189 (2007) 53-70 | trans. German: «Das Christkönigsfest. Liturgie im Spannungsfeld zwischen Frömmigkeit und Politik»: ComG 36/1-2 (2007) 66-80; Polish: «Chrystus Król - od Leona XIII do Piusa XII: między liturgią, pobożnością a teologią polityczną»: ComP 28/1/nr 161 (2008) 119-136; Portuguese: «O Cristo-Rei de Leão XIII a Pio XII: Liturgia, devoção e Teologia política»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007). Superson J., «Obraz Chrystusa Króla w liturgii godzin Kościoła: uroczystość Jezusa Chrystusa Króla Wszechświata» [The image of Christ the King in the Liturgy of the Hours of the Church: Feast of Jesus Christ the King of Universe]: LS 13/nr 30 (2/2007) 393-409 [in Polish]. Superson J., «Kolekta Uroczystości Jezusa Chrystusa Króla Wszechświata - analiza hermeneutyczna» [The Collect prayer of the feast of Jesus Christ King of Universe - hermeneutical analysis]: in J. Nowak (ed.), Confitemini Domino, quoniam bonus. Księga pamiątkowa dedykowana śp. księdzu profesorowi Adamowi Durakowi SDB (1949-2005), Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Kardynała Stefana Wyszyńskiego 2007, pp. 575 [in Polish]. Desouche M.-Th., «Pie XI, le Christ Roi e les totalitarismes»: NRTh 130/4 (2008) 740-758. Wildgruber R., «Sackgasse oder Spur messianischer Weggemeinschaft? Der Christkönigssonntag im Lesejahr B»: BiLi 82 (2009) 45-55. 14. Social Kingdom of Christ Negre A. - de Noaillat G., Le Règne social du Sacré Coeur, Tours: Mame 1921, pp. 95. Sinibaldi G., Il Regno del SS. Cuore di Gesù (Biblioteca ascetica 6), Milano - Monza: Vita e Pensiero Arti Grafiche Monza 1924, pp. 563. Salij J., «“Królestwo moje nie jest z tego świata”. Chrześcijańskie koncepcje społeczeństwa idealnego» [“My Kingdom is not of this World”. The christian conceptions of the ideal society]: Więź nr 40/nr 461 (3/1997) 60-72 [in Polish]. Menozzi D., «Il primo riconoscimento pontificio della regalità sociale di Cristo: l’enciclica “Annum sacrum” di Leone XIII»: in B. Bocchini Camaiani - A. Scattigno (ed.), Anima e paura. Studi in onore di Michele Ranchetti (Fonti e Commenti), Macerata: Quodlibet 1998, pp. 465: p. 287-305. Menozzi D., «La regalità di Cristo nel dialogo tra cattolici e protestanti degli anni ’50»: in R. Cacitti et alii (ed.), Il cristianesimo e le diversità. Studi per Attilio Agnoletto (Studi di storia del cristianesimo e delle chiese cristiane 1), Milano: Biblioteca Francescana Edizioni 1999, pp. x-378: p. 343376. Menozzi D., «Un rêve de chrétienté à la fin du XIXe siècle: le règne social du Christ dans les congrès eucharistiques internationaux»: in L. van Ypersele - A.-D. Marcelis (ed.), Rêves de Chrétienté. Réalités du monde. Imaginaires catholiques. Actes du colloque, Louvain-la-Neuve, 4-6 novembre VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 130 1999 (Transversalités 2), Paris: Cerf - Louvain: Université Catholique de Louvain 2001, pp. 444: p. 141-158. Folgar M., «El Reinado Social de Nuestro Señor Jesucristo»: Arbil. Anotaciones de pensamiento y crítica. Online journal (Zaragoza, Spain) nr 83-84 (2004) online: <www.arbil.org/(83)folg.htm>. Menozzi D., «La dottrina del regno sociale di Cristo tra autoritarismo e totalitarismo»: in D. Menozzi - R. Moro (ed.), Cattolicesimo e totalitarismo. Chiese e culture religiose tra le due guerre mondiali (Italia, Spagna, Francia) (Storia), Brescia: Morcelliana 2004, pp. 416: p. 17-55. rev. R.P. Domenico, CathHistRev 91/4 (October 2005) 839-841; R.A.H. Robinson, The English Historical Review (London - Oxford, U.K.) 120 (2005) 1099-1101 Menozzi D., «Ernesto Balducci e il regno sociale di Cristo. Tradizione e innovazione nell’ideologia politico-religiosa del cattolicesimo novecentesco»: in A. Botti (ed.), Storia ed esperienza religiosa. Studi per Rocco Cerrato (Studi e testi 8), Urbino: QuattroVenti 2005, pp. 298: p. 139-160. rev. L. Ferrari, Rivista di Storia del Cristianesimo (Brescia, Italy) 4/2 (2007) 607-611 15. Kingship of Jesus: Miscellaneous Waffelaert G.J., «Regnum Christi aeternum in coelis. Aeterna damnatio impiorum, justorum aeterna remuneratio»: CollBrug 25 (1925) 265-278. Mäder R., Es lebe Jesus der König! (Schriften der Erneuerung 1), Basel: Nazareth 1926, pp. 167 / Jesus der König, Goldach: St. Michael 1981, pp. 140 / (Taschenbücher. Robert Mäder 6), Müstair/GR: Verax 1996 / Dettelbach: Sanctus 2007 | trans. Portuguese: Viva Christo-Rei!, Petrópolis: Vozes 1930 / 19372, pp. 152; Czech (1933); Polish: Niech żyje Chrystus wśród nas Król nasz i Pan!, Skawina: Stanisław Leniartek Oficyna Wydawnicza “Q.S.D.” - Kraków: Wydawnictwo ITKM 2005, pp. 120. Wojtyła K., bp [pope John Paul II], «Rozważania o królestwie» [Reflections on the kingdom]: Tygodnik Powszechny (Kraków, Poland) 14/nr 44 (30 październik 1960) 1-2 [in Polish] / online: <www.gabi4net. com/jp2/TP_1960_nr44_Rozwazania.pdf>. Zuidema S.U., «The Kingdom of Heaven and Its King»: The Reformation Review (Amsterdam, The Netherlands) 8 (October 1960-1961) 15-27. Toon P., Jesus Christ Is Lord, London: Marshall, Morgan & Scott 1978, pp. vi-154 / Valley Forge PA: Judson 1979 / online: <www.anglicanbooksrevitalized.us/Peter_Toons_Books_Online/Doctrine/jesuslord.htm>. [NTA 24, p. 102] [The meaning of the lordship of Jesus Christ as it is set forth in the NT and proclaimed in the Creeds] ter Velde F.F. (ed.), Het Koninkrijk komt! En de dwaling van de kerk [The Kingdom comes! And the error of the church], Doorn: Het Zoeklicht 2000, pp. 56. rev. J.P. de Vries, «Het koningschap van Christus in de Heilige Schrift»: Nederlands Dagblad (Barneveld te Amstelveen, The Netherlands) online: <www.nd.nl/htm/rec/reck4.htm> [retrieved October 2007] Królikowski J., «Królewskość Jezusa Chrystusa. Podstawy teologiczne i przesłanie duchowe» [Kingship of Jesus Christ. Theological grounds and Spiritual message]: in J. Mikrut (ed.), Serce Króla królów i Pana panujących. Materiały z Sympozjum poświęconego Słudze Bożej Rozalii Celakównie w 60. rocznicę jej narodzin dla nieba, Toruń 17-18 września 2004 r., Tuchów: Mała Poligrafia Redemptorystów 2005, pp. 184: p. 66-76 [in Polish]. [Spirituality] Ołubek D., «Chrystus Król w duchowości św. Faustyny Kowalskiej na podstawie “Dzienniczka”» [The Christ King in the spirituality of the St Faustyna Kowalska on the ground of the “Diary”]: Via Consecrata. Miesięcznik życia konsekrowanego (Kraków, Poland) 7/nr 11(74) (2004) 34-36 = Łódzkie Studia Teologiczne (Łódź, Poland) 15 (2006) 155-156 [in Polish]. [Spirituality] [Saint Maria Faustyna Kowalska (1905-1938), Polish nun, visionary, and mystic] Balter L., «Chrystus przemieniony Królem Miłosierdzia» [Transfigured Christ – the King of Mercy]: ComP 28/1/nr 161 (2008) 76-113 [in Polish]. Królikowski J., «Być apostołem królowania Chrystusa. Podstawy teologiczne» [To be an apostle of the Kingship of Christ. Theological grounds]: in E. Nosiadek (ed.), Wspólnota dla Intronizacji Najświętszego Serca Pana Jezusa, Kraków: Wydawnictwo WAM 2008, pp. 76: p. 45-57 [in Polish]. [Spirituality] VII. Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus 131 Królikowski J., Aby Chrystus królował! Teologia i kult Chrystusa Króla i Jego Najświętszego Serca [That Christ reigns! Theology and Worship of Christ the King and of his Sacred Heart], Częstochowa: Edycja Świętego Pawła 2008, pp. 144 [based on the spiritual writings of the Polish visionary and Servant of God Rozalia Celakówna, 1901-1944, Apostle of Jesus Christ the King]. [Spirituality] VIII. Kingdom and Church 1. New Testament Dąbrowski E., Królestwo Boże a Kościół według nauki Chrystusa [The Kingdom of God and the Church according to the teaching of Christ], Warszawa: Uniwersytet - Theologicum 1936, pp. 26 [in Polish]. Casas García V., «La Iglesia en el Nuevo Testamento»: Verdad y Vida (Madrid, Spain) 37/nr 147-148 (1979) 363-384. [BullSignal 34,6569] Seebass H., Der Gott der ganzen Bibel. Biblische Theologie zur Orientierung im Glauben, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 1982, pp. 256 | trans. Italian: Il Dio di tutta la Bibbia. Teologia biblica per l’orientamento alla fede (StBi 72), Brescia: Paideia 1985, pp. 293: p. 139-200: Popolo di Dio e regno di Dio (chap. 5). [NTA 27, p. 226-227] rev. G. Dautzenberg, BZ 29 (1985) 308-311; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 45 (1983) 707-708; H. Hübner, ThLZ 109 (1984) cols 538-540; J. Scharbert, ThRev 80 (1984) cols 455-488; G. Segalla, StP 30 (1983) 191-192 Minette de Tillesse G., Nova Jerusalém. Eclesiologia. I: Reino de Deus, Fortaleza (Brazil): Editora Nova Jerusalém 1986, pp. 171. Sabourin L., «Traits “protocatholiques” dans le Nouveau Testament»: ScE 38/3 (1986) 301-315 (Le passage du Royaume à l’Église). [BullSignal 41,8738; NTA 31,1290] Pentecost D.J., «The Relationship of the Church to the Kingdom of God» [Paper delivered at the 1992 Pre-Trib Study Group Conference]: pp. 16 in electronic resource: <http://www.pre-trib.org/data/pdf/Pentecost-TheRelationshipoftheC.pdf>. Söding T., «Die Vision der Herrschaft Gottes. Neutestamentliche Zugänge zum Prophetenamt Jesu Christi und zum prophetischen Dienst der Kirche»: in P. Klaesvogt - K. Koch (ed.), Priester – Visionär und Realist. Zur prophetischen Dimension des gesistlichen Amtes (Bonifatius Kontur 1580), Paderborn: Bonifatius 2001, pp. 177: p. 13-34. Payne J.L., bishop, Exposition of the Kingdom and the Church. A Biblical Perspective on New Testament Teaching & Procedures, La Vergne TN: Lightning Source Inc. pp. 344 / Jackson MS: Church House Publisher 2004, pp. 416. [Publisher Comments: Jesus declared that the Gospel of the Kingdom was to be preached into all the earth then shall the end come (Mt 16:14). This commission begins with the fact that Gospel of Jesus Christ (Mk 1:1) is Kingdom’s Gospel. It is building the Kingdom of God in the Church. Paul the Apostle makes it clear in Col 4:11 that he considers himself as a master builder of the Church and a laborer in the Kingdom of God. The entrance into the Kingdom is by the new birth (1Tess 2:12; Gal 1:13; Heb 12:28). The Church and the Kingdom is not identical! The Kingdom of God is an everlasting kingdom. It is from eternity to eternity. It is a total rule and Reign of God (Ps 145:10,13; Ex 15:18; Ps 102; 19). There is the rule of God in His Kingdom in heaven and a present demonstration of His reign and rule in the earth through the Church. While the church is an earthly visible expression of the Kingdom of God in the earth, the Kingdom of God is much greater than the Church. Again, the point stands clear that the Church is a mystery form of the Kingdom. But, presently the Kingdom of God is expressed and revealed in Church] Barbaglio G., Gesù di Nazaret e Paolo di Tarso. Confronto storico (La Bibbia nella storia 11b), Bologna: Dehoniane 2006, pp. 312: chap. 8: “Gesù annunziava il regno ed è venuta la Chiesa” | trans. Spanish (2009). [NTA 51, p. 378] rev. G. Di Palma, Asprenas 55/4 (2008) 606; J. Jossa, RivBib 55 (2007) 237-243; J. Radermakers, NRTh 131 (2009) 117 / A. García Moreno, ScripTh 42/3 (2010) 775-779 Dulles A., cardinal, «The Church and the Kingdom: A Study of their Relationship in Scripture, Tradition, and Evangelization»: LetterSpirit 3 (2007) 23-38. [NTA 52,1180] [The relation between the Church and the Kingdom of God in the light of the “great tradition”; the study explores the biblical, patristic, scholastic, dogmatic, and magisterial record; it has implications not only for theology and exegesis, but also for ecumenical dialogue and for understanding the Church’s evangelical mission in a pluralistic world] Figura M., «“Jesus verkündigte das Reich und gekommen ist die Kirche”. Zum Verhältnis von Reich Gottes und Kirche»: ComG 36/1-2 (2007) 18-32 | trans. French: «Le Royaume de Dieu et l’Eglise»: ComF 32/nr 189 (2007) 15-30; English: «The Kingdom of God and the Church»: ComE 34 (Spring 2007) 83-99; Dutch: «Het Rijk Gods en de Kerk»: ComD 32 (2007) 37-50; Portuguese: «Jesus anunciou o Reino e veio a Igreja: sobre a relação entre o Reino de Deus e a Igreja»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007) 23-57; Croatian: «Božje kraljestvo in Cerkev»: ComCro 17/2 (2007) 113-121. [NTA 52,450] [The Church and the Kingdom are deeply united within the mystery of Christ (Lumen Gentium 3). There exists no unbridgeable chasm between the Church and the Kingdom of God, but a unity-in-distinction] VIII. Kingdom and Church 133 Homem E. de C., «Jesus anunciou o reino: Veio a Igreja ou Ele mesmo?»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007) 58-82. Söding T., «Gottesherrschaft und Kirche»: in Id., Jesus und die Kirche. Was sagt das Neue Testament?, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2007, pp. 318: p. 54-88 (part 2) | trans. Italian: Gesù e la Chiesa. Che cosa dice il Nuovo Testamento?, Brescia: Queriniana 2008, pp. 362. [NTA 52, p. 188] rev. K. Backhaus, StdZ 226 (2008) 718-720; N. Capizzi, «Pensare la relazione tra Gesù e la chiesa. Riflessioni sulla recente ricerca di Thomas Söding»: RdT 52 (2011) 133-145 [NTA 55,1896r]; H.-G. Gradl, MüTZ 59 (2008) 187-188; W. Löser, TPhil 82/3 (2007) 427 / S. Mazzolini, CivCatt 160 (2009) 304-306 Ancona G., «Regno di Dio»: in G. Calabrese et alii (ed.), Dizionario di Ecclesiologia, Roma: Città Nuova 2010, pp. 1567: p. 1165-1179. Aryankalayil J.G., «The Biblical Concept of the Kingdom of God and the Historical Reality of the Church»: Journal of Sacred Scriptures (Jnanatirtha, Ujjain City, India) 5 (2011) 19-43. Chéno R., «L’Église naît de la prédication du Royaume: Ascension - Pentecôte»: ComF 36/nn. 213-214 (2011) 51-65. [Q Source] Malan G.J., «Die Q1 gemeenskap as een van die grondtipes van die kerk in die Nuwe Testament» [The community of Q1 as prototype of the church in the New Testament]: HTS 63/2 (2007) 699-715 / online: <https://repository.up.ac.za/upspace/bitstream/2263/3249/1/Malan_Q%282007%29.pdf>. [Symbol] [Matthew] Kraus W., «Zur Ekklesiologie des Matthäusevangeliums»: in Senior (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew, p. 195-239: p. 212-218: Die Ekklesia im Spannungsfeld von Reich Gottes – Reich des Menschensohns (Reich Jesu) – Reich der Himmel (Reich des Vaters), p. 218-225: Das ethnos, das Früchte der basileia bringt. [Luke] Hahn S.W., «Christ, Kingdom, and Creation. Davidic Christology and Ecclesiology in Luke-Acts»: LetterSpirit 3 (2007) 113-138 / online: <www.salvationhistory.com/documents/scripture/LSJ3%20Hahn.pdf>. [NTA 52,997] Siffer N., «La proclamation du Royaume de Dieu comme marqueur de continuité entre Jésus et l’Église dans l’œuvre de Luc»: RSR 99/3 (2011) 349-369. 2. History of Interpretation a) Patristic Shippee A.B., «Paradoxes of Now and Not Yet: The Separation between the Church and the Kingdom in John Chrysostom, Theodore, and Augustine»: in C.A. Bobertz - D. Brakke (ed.), Reading in Christian Communities. Essays on Interpretation in the Early Church (Christianity and Judaism in Antiquity 14), Notre Dame IN: University of Notre Dame Press 2002, pp. xi-233: p. 106-123 (chap. 6). rev. HeyJ 46/2 (2005); C.M. Chin, ChurchHist 75 (2006) 170-72; S. Elm, ZAC 8/2 (2004) 372; F.X. Gumerlock, JECS 11/3 (2003) 437-439; P. Widdicombe, JEH 55/2 (2004) 337-338 [Ephrem the Syrian ca. 306-373] Kollamparampil T., «Paradise-Church and the Kingdom in St. Ephrem’s Hymns on Paradise VI»: The Harp. A Review of Syriac and Oriental (Ecumenical) Studies (Kottayam, Kerala, India) 20 (2006) [Festschrift in honour of Rev. Dr. Jacob Thekeparampil] 111-119. [Augustine of Hippo 354-430] Kattenbusch F., «Kritische Studien zur Symbolik»: ThStKr 51 (1878) 179-253. [Kattenbusch is said to be the first to call attention to Augustine’s identification of the Church with the apocalyptic Kingdom] Cochrane C.N., «The Church and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Christianity and Classical Culture. A Study of Thought and Action from Augustus to Augustine, Oxford: The Clarendon 1940, pp. vii523 / London etc.: Oxford University Press 1944 (rev. and corrected): p. 359-398 (chap. 10) / 1957 etc. / Indianapolis IN: Liberty Found 2003, pp. ix-624. [NTA 49, p. 206-207] VIII. Kingdom and Church 134 c) Reformation [Huldrych Zwingli 1484-1531] Pollet J.V., «Zwingli und die Kirche. Scholastik und Humanismus im Kirchenbegriff Zwinglis»: Zwing 16/6 (1985) 489-499. [BullSignal 40,2984] d) 19th Century Utzinger J.M., «The Church, the Kingdom of God, and Evangelical Eschatology»: in Id., Yet Saints Their Watch Are Keeping. Fundamentalists, Modernists, and the Development of Evangelical Ecclesiology, 1887-1937, Macon GA: Mercer University Press 2006, pp. xiv-314: p. 111-144 (Part I: 1887-1920: chap. 5). rev. B. Hankins, ChurchHist 77/2 (2008) 497-499 e) 20th Century Heman F., «Reich Gottes, Kirche und Kirchen»: RCJL 11 (1908) 97-134. [Kristen E. Skydsgaard 1902-1989] Nielsen K.B., «Vinduer til Guds virkelighed: kirke og Guds Rige hos K. E. Skydsgaard» [Window to God’s reality: the church and the kingdom of God in K.E. Skydsgaard]: in H.R. Iversen (ed.), Vinduer til Guds Rige: seksten forelæsninger om kirken, København: ANIS 1995, pp. 350: p. 189202 [in Danish]. 3. Vatican II Council Andrade T.S., «Importancia actual de los temas bíblicos: Reino, Pueblo de Dios y Cuerpo de Cristo en la Lumen Gentium»: in A los 40 años de la Constitución Lumen Gentium, [Temuco]: Universidad Católica de Temuco (Chile), Instituto de Estudios Teológicos 2004, pp. 248. Sturm E., Die globale menschliche Erfahrung von Gottes Reich als tätiges Studium, Marburg: Tectum 2004, pp. 100 (Diss. Grand Union Univ., Dover DE 2004: The global human experience of the Kingdom of God as active study). Ptak R., Królestwo Boże – realizacja zbawczego planu Boga. Od Lumen Gentium do Novo Millennio Ineunte [Kingdom of God – realisation of the salvific plan of God. From Lumen Gentium to Novo Millennio Ineunte], Kraków: Dehon Wydawnictwo Księży Sercanów 2006, pp. 206 (= Diss. Papieska Akademia Teologiczna, Kraków 2006: <http://czasserca.sercanie.org.pl/serwis/2006/doktorat_ks_ptak/ txt.html>): I: Królestwo Boże i posłannictwo Jezusa Chrystusa (Królestwo Boże i osoba Jezusa Chrystusa, Królestwo jako rzeczywistość aktualna, Królestwo jako rzeczywistość eschatologiczna), II: Królestwo Boże – powszechny wymiar zbawienia (Bóg Ojciec zbawia przez Jezusa Chrystusa, Bóg Ojciec zbawia w Duchu Świętym, Trójjedyna Miłość zbawia w Kościele), III: Królestwo Boże i posłannictwo Kościoła (Kościół jako zalążek i zaczątek Królestwa, Królestwo a ewangelizacja) [in Polish]. Castillo J.M., «“Gaudium et spes”. Las coordenadas de un proyecto pastoral centrado en el Reino»: EfMex 25/edición especial 1 (2007) 223-234. Ptak R., «Kościół w służbie Królestwa Bożego. Trynitarny i eklezjologiczny wymiar zbawienia człowieka» [Church at the Service of the Kingdom of God. Trinitarian and Ecclesiological Dimensions of Human’s Salvation]: Prawo Kanoniczne. Kwartalnik prawno-historyczny (Warszawa, Poland) 50/1-2 (2007) 213-229 [in Polish]. Vitali D., «La dimensione escatologica della Chiesa»: Ecclesia Mater (Roma, Italy) 45/2 (2007) 85-93. Michelin É - Guggenheim A. (ed.), Vatican II. La sacramentalité de l’Église et le Royaume (Centre Notre-Dame de Vie: série Théologie 13), Paris: Parole et Silence 2008, pp. 260: p. 165-174: «Les “imperfecta”, témoins de la pédagogie divine. Une étude à partir de Dei Verbum 15 sur la royauté en Israël, signe du Royaume» [P. Coulange], p. 191-206: «Église et Royaume. Une pierre d’angle du concile Vatican II» [A. Guggenheim], p. 233-258: «“Le Royaume de Dieu, l’Église et la morale”. Réflexions à partir de Dignitatis Humanae 3 et 11» [W. Linnig]. rev. J.-F. Chiron, RSR 98/3 (2010) 444-446; B. Xibaut, EVie nr 213 (2009) 57 Bueno de la Fuente E., «El Reino de Dios en la eclesiología trinitaria del Vaticano II»: EstTrin 43 (2009) 113-165. [Trinity] Rusecki M., «Królestwo Boże w funkcji eklezjotwórczej w świetle Lumen Gentium» [The Kingdom of God in the Function of Building of the Church in the Light of Lumen Gentium]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 331-349 (-350: English Summary). VIII. Kingdom and Church 135 Żak T., “Il germe e l’inizio del Regno”. Uno studio sull’identità della Chiesa nella ricerca del Regno di Dio alla luce della Costituzione Dogmatica “Lumen Gentium” (Diss. Pontificia Università Gregoriana, Roma 2009) / Kraków: Serafin 2010, pp. 79 (Pars Diss.). [Laur 51/1-2 (2010) 235-244] Villemin L., «La distinction “incorporé à” / “ordonné à” dans Lumen Gentium: quelles conséquences pour la compréhension du rapport Église / Royaume?»: RSR 99/3 (2011) 371-393. [Witness / Sacrament / Sign of the Kingdom] Taylor J.V., «The Church Witnesses to the Kingdom»: in O’Brien (ed.), Partnership in Mission, p. 98113. Ullrich L., «Kirche in säkularer und ideologischer Diaspora»: in J. Schreiner - K. Wittstadt (ed.), Communio Sanctorum. Einheit der Christen - Einheit der Kirche. Festschrift für Bischof Paul-Werner Scheele, Würzburg: Echter 1988, pp. 636: p. 567-587. rev. M. Kehl, GuL 62 (1989) 78-79 Madrigal Terrazas J.S., «La Iglesia en la Teología sistemática de W. Pannenberg (I): “Signo del reinado de Dios” y “Congregatio fidelium”»: EstEcl 75/nr 293 (2000) 177-233. Werbick J., «Kirche als Realsymbol der Gottesherrschaft»: in Id., Den Glauben verantworten. Eine Fundamentaltheologie, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2000, pp. xvi-888: p. 840-842 / 20053 (rev. ed.). Coertzen P., «“Let your Kingdom come”. On the Public Witness of the Church»: European Journal for Church and State Research (Leuven, Belgium) 10 (2003) 259-271 | trans. Dutch: «“Laat u koninkryk kom”. Die publieke getuienis van die kerk»: NduitseGT 45/3-4 (2004) 549-557. Benavent Vidal E., «La Iglesia, sacramento del Reino de Dios»: in J.M. Díaz Rodelas et alii (ed.), “Credere et celebrare”. Homenaje al Profesor D. Emilio Aliaga Girbés (“Series Valentina” 52), Valencia: Facultad de Teología “San Vicente Ferrer” 2004, pp. 596: p. 217-230. Terán H., «La iglesia sacramento del reino»: Iter. Revista de Teología (Caracas, Venezuela) 17/nr 40 (2006) 17-31. Brinkman M.E., «The Church as Sacrament of the Kingdom: A Reformed Commentary»: Exchange 37/4 (2008) 497-507. [The article treats a fourfold approach (the soteriological, the ecclesiological, the eschatological and the symbolic) of the sacraments in which the interconnectedness of Church and Kingdom plays a crucial role. The mediation of the church always points beyond itself to the Kingdom of God. That is the eschatological aspect. And every reference to the eschaton always has the form of the symbol as the focal point of the ‘already’ and ‘not yet’ character of the Kingdom of God. We label that as the symbolic aspect. The fruitfulness of the suggestion to speak about the church as ‘sacrament of the Kingdom’ depends on the preparedness to reap the results of the ecumenical discussions since Vatican II] van Eijk T., «Sacrament of the Kingdom of God»: Exchange 37/4 (2008) 508-516. Mostert C., «The Kingdom Anticipated: The Church and Eschatology»: IJST 13 (2011) 25-37. [NTA 55,1894] [The church is an anticipatory sign of the kingdom] 4. Theological Studies Reymond A., Le royaume de Dieu et l’Eglise, Lausanne: Georges Bridel & Cie 1903, pp. 38. Adamina J., «Le royaume de Dieu et l’Eglise»: La liberté chrétienne (Lausanne, Switzerland) 10 (janvier 1907) / Lausanne: Impr. G. Bridel 1907, pp. 37 (as a separate ed.). Lunde J., «Guds rike og vor kirke, dens indsatser og svakheter»: Luthersk kirketidende (Oslo, Norway) 52/nr 47 (1915) 737-741; 52/nr 48 (1915) 753-759; 52/nr 50 (1915) 785-789 / replay: S.E. Jørgensen, «Kirketugt inden statskirken»: Luthersk kirketidende 53/nr 6 (1916) 84-86; 53/nr 6 (1916) 97-100. Forsyth P.T., Lectures on the Church and the Sacraments, London etc.: Longmans, Green and Co. 1917, pp. xiv-289: p. 79-95: part I. The Church: chap. V. The Kingdom of God / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/ 2 lecturesonthechu00forsuoft> / The Church and the Sacraments, London: Independent Press Ltd. 1947 , 6 pp. xxii-309 / 1964 , p. 86-103: chap. V. The Kingdom of God: online: <www.luc.edu/faculty/pmoser/idolanon/ ForsythKingdom.pdf> / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 1996. Hayward T., «The Church and the Kingdom»: BaptQ 2/4 (1924) 146-154 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org. uk/pdf/bq/02-4_146.pdf>. VIII. Kingdom and Church 136 Braun F., Reich Gottes und Gemeinde Jesu Christi. Ein Beitrag zur biblisch-geschichtlichen Lösung der Kirchen- und Gemeinde-Frage (Das Zeitbild: Zeitbild-Schriftenreihe 4), Reutlingen - Betzingen: Zeitbild-Verlag Braun 1936, pp. 47. Zeiller J., «Le royaume de Dieu et l’unité terrestre aux premiers temps du christianisme»: RevApol 64 (1937) 513-525. Meyendorff J., «The Church and the Kingdom of God»: Le Messager. Vestnik Russkogo studencheskogo khristianskogo dvizheniia [The Messenger. Journal of the Russian Student Christian Movement] (Paris, France) 1/26 (1954) 16-20 [in Russian]. Zylstra B., «Thy word our life: the kingdom of God as the foundation of the church»: in J.H. Olthuis et alii (ed.), Will all the King’s Men. Out of Concern for the Church, Phase II, Toronto: Wedge 1972, pp. iii-255: p. 153-221. Cobb J.B., Jr., «Kingdom Come and the Present Church»: Theological Markings. A UTS [United Theological Seminary of the Twin Cities] Journal (New Brighton MN) 5 (Spring 1975) 19-28. Pietersma H., «Church and Kingdom: A Trinitarian View»: The Reformed Journal (Grand Rapids MI) 27 (May 1977) 22-24. Przewozny B., «The Church’s Non-Alienation from the Kingdom of God»: MiscFranc 79/1-2 (1979) 85132. [BullSignal 34,1451] [Kingdom of God - Church according to P. Tillich, W. Pannenberg, J. Moltmann, R.P. McBrien, R.D. Haight] Romita A., «Il concetto di Regno nella dottrina ortodossa»: VitaMon 35/nr 144 (1981) 55-61. [BullSignal 36,1519] Gomes A. Ferreira, «A Colegialidade Episcopal e o Reino de Deus»: HumTeol 6/2 (1985) 129-150. Dulles A., «Catholic Ecclesiology since Vatican II»: ConcE 22/6(188) (1986) 3-13 | trans. French: «L’ecclésiologie catholique depuis Vatican II»: ConcF nr 208 (1986) 13-25. [BullSignal 41,5783] Boff L. - Boff C., «Igreja, Reino de Deus e CFBs»: in J.O. Beozzo (ed.), Curso de Verão: ano II, São Paulo: Centro Ecumênico de Serviço a Evangelização e Educação Popular [CESEP] - Paulinas 1988, pp. 211: p. 65-98. [Liberation Theology] Förster H. (ed.), Reich Gottes und Kirche (Veröffentlichungen der Luther-Akademie Ratzeburg 12), Erlangen: Martin-Luther-Verlag 1988, pp. 95 [Herbsttagung der Luther-Akademie; Ratzeburg: 1985.10.10-12]. Shim S.-T.(Sang-tae), «The Church as the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Korean Church and Theology, Seoul: St. Paul Editions 1988, p. 63-151. Fürst W., «Reich Gottes und Kirche. Fragmentarisches zum Thema “Pastoralprinzip”»: in Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeitern des Seelsorgereferates (ed.), Wege in der Seelsorge. Festschrift für Georg Kopp zum 60. Geburtstag, [Rottenburg]: [Bischöfliches Ordinariat] 1991, pp. 227: p. 17-31. van Engen C.E., «The Local Church and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., God’s Missionary People. Rethinking the Purpose of the Local Church, (introd. A.F. Glasser), Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1991, pp. 223: p. 101-118 (chap. 7). Beilner W., «Reich Gottes und Kirche»: R. Bäumer - L. Scheffczyk (ed.), Marienlexikon. V: OranteScherer, St. Ottilien: EOS Verlag 1993, pp. 704: p. 438-440. Vorster J.M., «Die koninkryk van God as paradigma vir kerkvernuwing» [The Kingdom of God as Paradigm for Church Renewal]: NduitseGT 34/4 (1993) 522-531 [in Afrikaans]. Alvarado R.C., «Church, Kingdom, Liturgy: The Political Language of the New Testament»: Contra Mundum. A Reformed Cultural Review (Fridley MN) nr 12 (Summer 1994) 4-6 online: <www. contra-mundum.org/cm/features/12_language.pdf> | trans. Spanish: «Iglesia, Reino y Liturgia. El Lenguaje Político del Nuevo Testamento»: pp. 4 in electronic resource: <www.contra-mundum.org/castellano/ alvarado/Iglesia.pdf>. Denis H., La chiesa. mistero, istituzione, annuncio, regno di Dio, Roma: Città Nuova 1994, pp. 133. Hinlicky P.R., «The Church as the Kingdom of Christ»: Lutheran Forum. Theological quarterly of the American Lutheran Publicity Bureau (Delhi NY) 28/4 (1994) 58-62. VIII. Kingdom and Church 137 Rasmusson A., «The Church as the Manifestation of the Kingdom»: in Id., The Church as Polis. From Political Theology to Theological Politics as Exemplified by Jürgen Moltmann and Stanley Hauerwas (Studia theologica Lundensia 49), Lund: University Press 1994 (Diss. Lund 1994) / Notre Dame IN: University of Notre Dame 19952 (rev. ed.), pp. 418: p. 190-230 (chap. 10). rev. J. Kotva, TS 57/4 (1996) 771-772; M.G Cartwright, MennQR 71/3 (1997) 453; A.J. Conyers, JCS 39/3 (1997) 584; U. Kern, ThLZ 121 (1996) cols 970-972 Metzger L., «Gemeindepädagogik, Reich Gottes und Kirche im Umbruch der Zeiten»: in F. Barth (ed.), Unvollendete Reformation: Wege zur Gemeindepädagogik. Ringvorlesung des Fachbereichs Kirchliche Gemeindepraxis an der Evangelischen Fachhochschule Darmstadt im Wintersemester 1993/94 (Schritte… 1994,2), Darmstadt: Bogen-Verlag 1995, pp. 251: p. 135-156. Neuner J., «The Church in the Service of God’s Kingdom»: Vidyajyoti 60/6 (1996) 418-421. Blaser K., «Royaume de Dieu, Église et Société»: Autres Temps. Cahiers d’étique sociale et politique (Paris, France) nr 55 (1997) 33-53 (I); nr 56 (1997) 87-110 (II). García Cortés C., «La Iglesia y el Reino de Dios: ¿coherencia o infidelidad?»: Lumieira. Revista galega de pastoral (Coruña, Spain) nr 36 (1997) 283-298. Hunsberger G.R., «Missional Vocation: Called and Sent to Represent the Reign of God»: in D.L. Guder (ed.), Missional Church. A Vision for the Sending of the Church in North America (The Gospel and Our Culture Series), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1998, pp. viii-280: p. 77-109. rev. R.O. Bystrom, «Pick Up and Read!»: Direction 28/2 (Fall 1999) 248-261 (hier: 250): «George Hunsberger’s chapter… is one of the finest essays I have read on the relationship between the kingdom of God and the church and how the church represents God’s reign in the world»; D.A. Smith, IRM 87/nr 347 (1998) 571 Feifel E., «Reich Gottes und die Kirche»: in E. Biser et alii (ed.), Der Glaube der Christen. I: Ein ökumenisches Handbuch, München: Pattloch - Stuttgart: Calwer 1999, pp. xx-1095: p. 724-741. Ridderbos H., «What Is the Relationship Between the Institutional Church and Christ’s Kingdom»: ModRef 9/5 (2000) 38-39. Bloesch D.G., «The Church and the Kingdom»: in Id., The Church: Sacraments, Worship, Ministry, Mission (Christian Foundations 6), Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2002, pp. 351: p. 69-81. rev. D. Parker, EvRevTh 29/2 (2005) Otaduy J., «El reinado de Cristo: misión y responsabilidad del cristiano en el mundo»: Ius Canonicum (Pamplona - Navarra, Spain) 42/nr 84 (2002) 513-532: p. 513-517: I. El mensaje de Jesús sobre el Reino, p. 517-520: II. Cristo Rey en la doctrina de Pío XI, p. 520-522: III. El cambio de perspectiva de Lumen gentium, p. 522: IV. El Reinado de Cristo pertenece a toda la Iglesia, p. 526-528: VII. Los reproches al reinado de Cristo, p. 529-531: IX. Cautelas para no desorientar la comprensión del Reino / online: <www.unav.es/canonico/javierotaduy/PDFs/OtaduyIC84.pdf>. Mims G., The Kingdom-Focused Church. A Compelling Image of an Achievable Future for Your Church, Nashville TN: Broadman & Holman 2003, pp. 182 | trans. Spanish: La Iglesia con enfoque en el Reino. Como enfocar lo que esta fuera de foco, B&H Publishing Group 2004, pp. 192. Müller G.L., «Das Verhältnis von Reich Gottes und Kirche»: in G. Augustin - J. Kreidler (ed.), Den Himmel offen halten. Priester sein heute, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2003, pp. 287: p. 190-204. Snyder H., «Renewal View. Church Growth must be based on a biblical vision of the church as the vital community of the kingdom of God»: in G.L. McIntosh (ed.), Evaluating the Church Growth Movement. 5 Views (Counterpoints), Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2004, pp. 295: p. 209-231. Botsis D., The Role of the Local Church in the Extension of the Kingdom of God (Diss. Master of Theology, University of South Africa, Pretoria 2005, pp. 174: <http://uir.unisa.ac.za/handle/10500/1528>). [The Kingdom of God is wherever the Triune God is worshipped as Lord. It exists beyond time and place, but breaks into our time and place wherever creation worships the Triune God as Lord. The local church, in its present time and geographical place, is the microcosm of the Kingdom of God. As such, the local church contains within it all the resources necessary for the Kingdom of God to be established. Therefore, the local church is called to lead creation to worship the Triune God as Lord. It does this by fulfilling three specific works as specified in Scripture: the work of evangelism; the work of discipleship and the work of reconciliation. The modern day church must start a revolution to discover afresh these works and become what Scripture describes as the ecclesia of the hodos: the local church extending the Kingdom of God] González A., «Iglesia y Reino de Dios»: Encuentro nr 2 (noviembre 2005) 13-25 / online: <www.centroseut.org/articulos/encu02-3.htm>. VIII. Kingdom and Church 138 O’Murchu D., «The Church vis-á-vis the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Consecrated Religious Life. The Changing Paradigms, Quezon City (Philippines): Claretian Publications 2005 / Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2005, pp. x-267: p. 118-124. rev. M. Coleman, RRT 14 (2007) 46-48 Green B.D., The Kingdom of God: the Church and the Eucharist (Deeper Christianity series), London: Catholic Truth Society 2006, pp. 70. Tan J.Y., «La Chiesa e il Regno. Un nuovo modo di essere Chiesa in Asia»: in M. Amaladoss - R. Gibellini (ed.), Teologia in Asia (Giornale di teologia 322), Brescia: Queriniana 2006, pp. 515: p. 320-342. Ausloos H. - Lemmelijn B., «Het Rijk Gods en/in de Kerk: Nabij… of nog steeds niet?»: ComD 32/5 (2007) 382-391. Fuellenbach J., «Die Kirche im Dienste des Reiches Gottes»: Forum Mission (Luzern, Switzerland) 3 (2007) 47-71. [The Symbol Kingdom of God is generally accepted as Jesus’ central message. One of the more controversial issue however is: Is the Kingdom that Jesus preached identical with the historical form it takes in the visible Church or does the Kingdom extend beyond the boundaries of the Church? The theological view that the Kingdom embraces now already all of reality has far reaching consequences of how one perceives the mission of the Church today. If the Kingdom as already present precedes all mission activities then the world as well as other religious traditions become dialogue partners in the effort of the Church to give witness to the Kingdom] Kowalczyk M., «Królestwo Chrystusa drogą Kościoła» [The Kingdom of Christ the Way of the Church]: RT 54/2 (2007) 61-71 [in Polish]. Sagers R.E., «The Church, the Kingdom, and Contemporary Evangelical Ecclesiology: A Baptist Reassessment» [2007]: in electronic resource: <http://henryinstitute.org/documents/Sagers-Kingdom-and-Church.pdf>. Blasberg-Kuhnke M. - Kuhnke U., «Milieu- oder evangeliumsgemäß? Zukunft der Kirche im Horizont des Reiches Gottes»: Diakonia 39 (2008) 197-204. Chang J.G.L., «Church in Service of the Kingdom of God Proclaimed by Jesus Christ»: in Id., Communion and Spiritual Leadership in Asia (Documenta missionalia 33), Roma: Editrice Pontificia Università Gregoriana 2008, pp. xvii-331: p. 63-94 (chap. 3). Kim S.C.H., «The Kingdom of God versus the Church. The Debate at the Conference of the International Missionary Council, Tambaram, 1938»: in O.U. Kalu - A.M. Low (ed.), Interpreting Contemporary Christianity. Global Processes and Local Identities (Studies in the History of Christian Missions), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xiv-365: p. 131-150. rev. F.S. Adeney, ChurchHist 78 (2009) 940-942; J.K. Asamoah-Gyadu, Journal of Religion in Africa (Leiden, The Netherlands) 39/3 (2009) 355-356; A.J. Boehme, RRT 16/4 (2009) 540-542; G.A. Duncan, Missionalia. Southern African Journal of Mission Studies (Menlo Park, South Africa) 37 (2009) 133-135; J.A. Jørgensen, Exchange 38/4 (2009) 391-393; D. Werner, IRM 98 (2009) 175-179 McBrien R.P., The Church. The Evolution of Catholicism, New York NY: HarperOne 2008, pp. xxviii496: p. 35-36: The Church, the Reign of God, and the Eucharist; p. 70: St. Augustine of Hippo. The Church and the Kingdom of God; p. 217-221: The Church and the Kingdom, or Reign of God [K. Rahner, E. Schillebeeckx, H. Küng, A. Dulles, Protestant and Anglican Theologians]. rev. M.A. Fahey, CathHistRev 96 (2010) 86-87 McLoughlin D., «The Church Theologian and the Kingdom of God: An Uneasy Relationship? Some Musings»: in G. Mannion (ed.), Church and Religious ‘Other’ (Ecclesiological investigations 4), London: T&T Clark 2008, pp. 288: p. 232-246. Moore R.D. - Sagers R.E., «The Kingdom of God and the Church: A Baptist Reassessment»: SBJT 12 (2008) 68-87. Porter L.B., «The Church and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., A Guide to the Church. Its Origin and Nature, Its Mission and Ministries, Alba House N.Y.: Society of St. Paul 2008, pp. xx-442: p. 4354 (chap. 4). rev. D.B. Gallagher, RRel 68/2 (2009) 214-215: «Porter argues—contra Samuel Reimarus, Adolf von Harnack, Alfred Loisy, Leonardo Boff and Edward Schillebeeckx—that Jesus intended to found a church and that there is an identification, even if only partial, between the church and the kingdom of God» VIII. Kingdom and Church 139 Sherman D., «The Church and the Kingdom»: in J. Stier et alii (ed.), His Kingdom Come. An Integrated Approach to Discipling Nations and Fulfilling the Great Commission, Seattle WA: YWAM Pub. 2008, pp. 490: p. 175-182. rev. R.D. Winter, IJFM 25/3 (2008) 165 Królikowski J., «Przepowiadanie Jezusa o Królestwie Bożym a natura i miejsce Kościoła w historii» [La predicazione di Gesù Cristo sul regno di Dio e la natura e la missione della Chiesa nella storia]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 351-369 (-369: Italian Summary). Goldman G.M., «Church: Seeking First the Kingdom of God»: Compass. A Review of Topical Theology (Kensington, N.S.W., Australia) 44/2 (2010) 3-9 / <http://compassreview.org/winter10/2.pdf>. Hoek J., «Over de rijkdom van Gods verbond met mensen. Reactie vanuit reformatorisch perspectief»: Soteria 27/3 (2010). Michener R.T., «The Kingdom of God and Postmodern Ecclesiologies: A Compatibility Assessment»: EvRevTh 34/2 (2010) 119-130. Müller D., «Précarité institutionnelle de l’Église et radicalité du Royaume»: RSR 99/3 (2011) 395-413. IX. Kingdom of Priests 1. Royal Priesthood: General and Select Studies Palmer P.F., «The Lay Priesthood: Real or Metaphorical?»: TS 8 (1947) 574-613. Arrieta J.S., «Pueblo de Dios sacerdotal: el sacerdocio de los fieles. A propósito de la Constitución “Lumen Gentium”, nn. 10-11»: EstEcl 46/nr 178 (1971) 303-338. Howington N.P., A Royal Priesthood, Nashville TN: Broadman 1986, pp. 96. Chant K., Royal Priesthood. Studies on the Priesthood of the Believer, Kingswood, N.S.W.: Ken Chant Ministries 1993, pp. iv-104. Christou S., The Priest and the People of God. A Royal Priesthood, San Francisco CA: Phoenix Books 2003, pp. xxiii-210. Saranyana J.I., «El debate teológico sobre la secularidad cristiana (1930-1990)»: AHIg 13 (2004) 151178. Richi Alberti G., «A proposito della ‘regalità’ del popolo di Dio»: Marcianum (Venezia, Italy) 3 (2007) 255-272. Power D.N., «Royal Priesthood»: in Id., Mission, Ministry, Order. Reading the Tradition in the Present Context, New York: Continuum 2008, pp. vi-408: p. 241-279. 2. Royal Priesthood in Biblical Theology Garrett J.L., Jr., «The Biblical Doctrine of the Priesthood of the People of God»: in H.L. Drumwright - C. Vaughan (ed.), New Testament Studies. Essays in Honor of Ray Summers in His Sixty-Fifth Year, Waco TX: Markham Press Fund of Baylor University 1975, pp. xii-195: p. 137-149. Rooke D.W., «Jesus as Royal Priest. Reflections on the Interpretation of the Melchizedek Tradition in Heb 7»: Bib 81 (2000) 81-94. [NTA 45,431] Yarnell M.B., III, «The Priesthood of Believers: Rediscovering the Biblical Doctrine of Royal Priesthood»: in T. White et alii (ed.), Restoring Integrity in Baptist Churches, Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2008, pp. 261: p. 221-243 (chap. 11). Puthussery J., «“And They Will Reign for Ever” (Rev 22,5): The Mysticism of Revolution»: in A. Mekkattukunnel (ed.), Lamb of God. Essays in Johannine Theology. Festschrift in Honour of Prof. Dr. Matthew Vellanickal (Oriental Institute of Religious Studies 324), Vadavathoor, Kottayam: OIRSI - Pro Sanctity Publications 2010, pp. xxviii-322: p. 299rev. J.-A. Badley, CBQ 74/2 (2012) 425-427 3. Exodus 19:6 Dozeman T.B., «Spatial Form in Exodus 19:1-8a and in the Larger Sinai Narrative»: Semeia 46 (1989) 87-101. den Hertog C.G., «Die griechische Übersetzung von Exodus 19:6 als Selbstzeugnis des frühhellenistischen Judentums»: in Roukema et alii (ed.), The Interpretation of Exodus, p. 181-191. [OTA 31,762] Goodblatt D., «A Kingdom of Priests: the Priestly Component in Ancient Jewish Nationalism»: in Id., Elements of Ancient Jewish Nationalism, Cambridge, U.K. - New York: Cambridge University Press 2006, pp. xvi-260: p. 71-107 (chap. 4). [NTA 51, p. 200] rev. C. Bakhos, BMCR 2007 <http://bmcr.brynmawr.edu/2007/2007-10-56.html>; H.H. Chapman, HebSt 48 (2007) 386389; M. Himmelfarb, JQR 99 (2009) 65-73; A. Roshwald, Hebraic Political Studies (Jerusalem, Israel) 2/2 (Spring 2007) 242-246; W.D. Tucker, Jr., RevBL 12/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5780_6100.pdf>; P.W. van der Horst, JSJ 39 (2008) 102-103 van der Kooij A., «A kingdom of priests: Comment on Exodus 19:6»: in Roukema et alii (ed.), The Interpretation of Exodus, p. 171-179. [IZBG 53,280; OTA 31,763] Graupner A., «„Ihr sollt mir ein Königreich von Priestern und ein heiliges Volk sein“. Erwägungen zur Funktion von Ex 19,3b-8 innerhalb der Sinaiperikope»: in A. Graupner - M. Wolter (ed.), Moses IX. Kingdom of Priests 141 in Biblical and Extra-Biblical Traditions (BZAW 372), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2007, pp. xiii-270: p. 33-49. [OTA 31,761] Riecker S., Ein Priestervolk für alle Völker. Der Segensauftrag Israels für alle Nationen in der Tora und den Vorderen Propheten (SBB 59), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2007, pp. 438. [OTA 32,808] rev. R. Achenbach, ZAW 120 (2008) 156-157; S. Felber, JETh 22 (2008) 168 Stefani P., «“Regno di sacerdoti” (Es 19,6). Testimonianza come mediazione sacerdotale di Israele»: StEcum 27/3 (2009) 255-262. Brueggemann W., «Priests for the Kingdom—Two Priesthoods for Two Regimes»: in R. Heskett - B. Irwin (ed.), The Bible as a Human Witness to Divine Revelation. Hearing the Word of God Through Historically Dissimilar Traditions (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 496), New York - London: T&T Clark 2010, pp. xxix-363: p. 3-14. [OTA 35,323] Kim K.S., «The Meaning of “A Kingdom of Priests” in Exod 19:6 Revisited»: Stromata. Student Body of Calvin Theological Seminary (Grand Rapids MI) 51 (2010) 70-86 / online: <www.calvinseminary.edu/ pubs/stromata/str51-1.pdf>. Parisi S., «Il popolo di Dio come popolo sacerdotale. Lettura di Es 19,6 nel suo contesto»: Vivarium 18 (2010) 145-158. [OTA 34,1729] Jenson Ph., «“Kingdom of Priests”: What is Priestly in Exodus 19:6?»: in J.K. Aitken et alii (ed.), On Stone and Scroll. Essays in Honour of Graham Ivor Davies (BZAW 420), Berlin - Boston: de Gruyter 2011, pp. xxviii-575: p. 239-252. [Jewish Apocryphal Literature] Himmelfarb M., «“A Kingdom of Priests”: The Democratization of the Priesthood in the Literature of Second Temple Judaism»: Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy (Brill Academic Press) 6 (1997) 89-104. Himmelfarb M., «Jubilees’ Kingdom of Priests»: in Id., A Kingdom of Priests. Ancestry and Merit in Ancient Judaism (Jewish Culture and Contexts), Philadelphia PA: University of Pennsylvania Press 2006, pp. vii-270: p. 53-84: (chap. 2). [NTA 51, p. 597] rev. H. Drawnel, RevBL 03/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6091_6497.pdf>; N. Koltun-Fromm, AJS Review. The Journal of the Association for Jewish Studies (New York) 32/2 (2008) 400-403; W. Loader, JSJ 40 (2009) 107-108; D.R. Schwartz, HebSt 49 (2008) 346-349; S.L. Young, WestTJ 70 (2008) 179-183 Drawnel H., «Królewskie kapłaństwo w aramejskich Wizjach Lewiego. Melchizedek, oraz kapłańska τελείωσις (Hbr 7,11)» [Royal priesthood in the Aramaic Visions of Levi. Melchizedek and Levitical τελείωσις (Heb 7:11)]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 49-60 (-61: English Summary). 4. 1Peter 2:4-10 Todoran S., «Le sacerdoce universel. Commentaire exégétique de I Pierre II,5 et 9»: GlasulBis 40/9-10 (1981) 900-909 [in Romanian]. [BullSignal 36,8983] Minear P.S., «The House of Living Stones. A Study of 1 Peter 2:4-12»: EcumRev 34/3 (1982) 238-248. Manns F., «“La maison où réside l’Esprit”. 1P 2,5 et son arrière-plan juif»: LA 34 (1984) 207-224. Mosetto F., «Sacerdozio regale (1 Pt 2,4-10)»: in A. Sacchi et alii, Lettere paoline e altre lettere (Logos 6), Leumann (Torino): Elle Di Ci 1995, pp. 631: p. 571-582 = in Id., “Attende tibi et doctrinae…”, p. 239-253. Schweizer E., «Glaubensgrundlage und Glaubenserfahrung in der Kirche des allgemeinen Priestertums: 1 Petr 2,1-10»: in M. Karrer et alii (ed.), Kirche und Volk Gottes. Festschrift für Jürgen Roloff zum 70. Geburtstag, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2000, pp. x-342: p. 272-283. [IZBG 47,1101] Fleming P.G., The common priesthood of the faithful. Its biblical basis in the concept of royal priesthood in 1 Pet 2:9 and its theological implications in the ecclesiology of the Second Vatican Council as presented in “Lumen Gentium” (Diss. Queen’s University of Belfast 2003). Smith M.K., «The Universal Priesthood. An Exegesis of 1 Peter 2:1-10»: LSQ 44 (2004) 123-146 / online: <www.blts.edu/lsq/44-1.pdf>. IX. Kingdom of Priests 142 Cooper B., «The Exegetical Method Employed in 1 Peter 2:4-10»: Conspectus. The Journal of the South African Theological Seminary (Rivonia, Gauteng, S. Africa) 1 (2006) 65-80 / online: <www.satsonline.org/userfiles/TheExegeticalMethodEmployedin1Peter2.4-10.pdf>. Cervantes Gabarron J., «Sacerdocio y Reino en 1 P 2, 4-10»: EstBíb 66 (2008) 577-610. [NTA 53,1199] Stenschke C., «“… das auserwählte Geschlecht, die königliche Priesterschaft, das heilige Volk” (1 Petr 2.9). Funktion und Bedeutung der Ehrenbezeichnungen Israels im 1. Petrusbrief»: Neotest 42 (2008) 119-146. [NTA 53,1198] Gupta N.K., «A Spiritual House of Royal Priests, Chosen and Honored. The Presence and Function of Cultic Imagery in 1 Peter»: PerspRelSt 36 (2009) 61-76. [NTA 54,451] Hotze G., «Königliche Priesterschaft in Bedrängnis. Zur Ekklesiologie des Ersten Petrusbrief»: in T. Söding (ed.), Hoffnung in Bedrängnis. Studien zum Ersten Petrusbrief (SBS 216), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2009, pp. 206: p. 105-129. Orlando L., «Lettura Midrashica (1Pt 2,4-8.9-10)»: in Id., La prima Lettera di Pietro. Tradizioni inniche, liturgiche, midrashiche (Analecta Nicolaiana 9), Bari: Ecumenica Editrice 2009, pp. 207: p. 7790. rev. L.D. Chrupcała, LA 61 (2011) 679-681 Stenschke Ch., «„… das auserwählte Geschlecht, die königliche Priesterschaft, das heilige Volk“ (1 Petr 2.9): Vorkommen und Funktion der Ehrenbezeichnungen Israels für die Identität und Status der Empfänger des 1. Petrusbriefs und für Israel»: in Schwarz - Stadelmann (ed.), Christen, Juden und die Zukunft Israels, p. 97-118. Manns F., «A Jewish Reading of 1Peter 2,1-10»: LA 60 (2010) 171-187. Mielcarek K., «Kapłaństwo powszechne według 1P 2,1-10» [The Common Priesthood according to 1Pt 2:1-10]: in D. Dziadosz (ed.), Od Melchizedeka do Jezusa-Arcykapłana. Biblia o kapłaństwie (ABLub 5), Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL 2010, pp. 312: p. 265-279 [in Polish]. 5. Revelation 1:6; 5:10; 20:6 Ryder A.R., The Priesthood of the Laity. Historically and Critically Considered (Donnellan Lectures 1907-1908), London: Hodder & Stoughton 1911, pp. xl-286: p. 143-166: VI: The General Priesthood of all Christians in the Apocalypse [Rev 1:5-6; 5:10; 20:6] / online: <www.archive.org/details/priesthoodoflait00 ryderich>. Corsini E., «Lo Spirito nell’Apocalisse»: RSB 12/1-2 (2000) 269-296. [IZBG 47,1139] de Smidt J.C., «A doxology to Christ (Rev. 1:5e-6)»: Skriflig 40/2 (2006) 317-335. [IZBG 53,1121] Arcari L., «Simbolizzazioni collettive e autodefinizione di gruppo nell’Apocalisse di Giovanni»: ASE 25/2 (2008) 129-153. [NTA 54,461] 6. Patristic Interpretation Ryan L., «Patristic Teaching on the Priesthood of the Faithful»: IrTQ 29 (1962) 25-51. [IZBG 9,1306] De Rosa G., «Il sacerdozio comune dei fedeli nella tradizione della Chiesa»: CivCatt 123/4 (1972) 538549. dal Covolo E., «Sacerdozio ministeriale e sacerdozio comune. La rilettura patristica di 1Pt 2, 9 nell’attuale dibattito sulle origini della distinzione gerarchica»: in S. Felici (ed.), La formazione al sacerdozio ministeriale nella catechesi e nella testimonianza di vita dei Padri (Biblioteca di Scienze Religiose 99; Studi – Testi – Commenti Patristici), Roma: LAS 1992, pp. 288: p. 255-266. X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 1. General Studies Köberle A., «Für und wider die Lehre von den zwei Reichen»: Quatember 43 (1979) 3-10 = «Für und wider die Lehre von den zwei Reichen/Regimenten»: in Id., Als Christ denken. Beiträge zum Zeitgeschehen, Stuttgart: Quell 1988, pp. 192 (chap. 3). Braaten C.E., «The Two-Kingdom Principle»: in Id., Principles of Lutheran Theology, Philadelphia PA: Fortress 1983, pp. xiv-144: p. 123-139 / Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 20072, pp. x-179: p. 151-166. Wisdom T., «The Two Kingdoms»: Biblical Viewpoint (Bob Jones University, Greenville SC) 20 (April 1986) 37-46. Marquart K.E., «The Two Kingdoms or Two Realms»: in Id., The Church and Her Fellowship, Ministry, and Governance (Confessional Lutheran Dogmatics 9), Fort Wayne IN: International Foundation for Lutheran Confessional Research 1990, pp. xiv-263: p. 174-194 (chap. 12). Horton M.S., «Defining the Two Kingdoms. One of Luther and Calvin’s Great Discoveries»: ModRef 9/5 (September-October 2000) 21-25, 28 / online: <http://bensonian.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/defining-the-twokingdoms.pdf>. [Two eschatologies clashed in the last quarter of the nineteenth century. One was rooted in the triumphalism that marked Anglo-American Protestantism since the Spanish Armada’s defeat in 1588 and produced the courageous confidence of the New England Puritans. The other was rooted in the disillusionment with society’s gradual improvement that so characterized nineteenth-century Evangelicalism. Postmillennialism and premillennialism are the terms most commonly used now to delineate those two distinct approaches] Benne R., «The Twofold Rule of God»: JLE 2/8 (2002) <www.elca.org/jle/article.asp?k=19>. Herms E., «Zwei-Reiche-Lehre/Zwei-Regimenten-Lehre»: RGG VIII (20054) cols 1936-1941: I. Dogmengeschichtlich und dogmatisch, II: Ethisch. 2. Two Kingdoms according to Luther Vinay V., I due regni nella teologia di Lutero (Collana del Centro Evangelico di Cultura), Roma: Claudiana 1950, pp. 47. Althaus P., Die Ethik Martin Luthers, Gütersloh: Mohn 1965, pp. 168 | trans. English: «The Two Kingdoms and the Two Governments»: in Id., The Ethics of Martin Luther, (introd. R.C. Schultz), Philadelphia: Fortress 1972, pp. xxiii-168: p. 43-82. rev. D.W. Lotz, ChurchHist 42 (1973) 132-133 Bornkamm H., «Der Christ und die zwei Reiche»: Luther 43/3 (1972) 97-109 = in Id., Luther, Gestalt und Wirkungen. Gesammelte Aufsätze (Schriften des Vereins für Reformationsgeschichte 188), Gütersloh: Mohn 1975, pp. 308: p. 255-266. Hein S.A., «Reason and The Two Kingdoms: An Essay in Luther’s Thought»: ConTQ 36/2 (1972) 138148. Lau F., «Die lutherische Lehre von den beiden Reichen»: in G. Wolf (ed.), Luther und die Obrigkeit (WdF 85), Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft 1972, pp. ix-482: p. 370-396. Haun J., Zur Zwei-Reiche-Lehre Luthers. Mit einer kommentierten Bibliographie (Theologische Bücherei 49: Systematische Theologie), München: Kaiser 1973, pp. xiv-245. Haustein M., «Zwei Aspekte der Lehre Martin Luthers von den beiden Reichen»: Standpunkt (Berlin, Germany) 10/4 (1982) 108-111. Bellini A., «Chiesa e mondo in Lutero: la dottrina dei due regni»: in M. Marcocchi (ed. and introd.), Martin Lutero, Milano: Vita e Pensiero 1984, pp. 160: p. 48-160. Cargill Thompson W.D.J., The Political Thought of Martin Luther, (ed. Ph. Broadhead, introd. A.G. Dickens), Brighton, Sussex: Harvester Press - Totowa N.J: Barnes & Noble Books 1984, pp. xi187. rev. M.U. Edwards, Jr., JAAR 54 (1986) 158-159; H.M. Hopfl, The English Historical Review (London - Oxford, U.K.) 102/nr 403 (1987) 478-479; L.W. Spitz, AHR 90/5 (1985) 1215 X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 144 Metzger P.E., «Religion, Église et société chez Martin Luther»: RevRéf 47 (1996) 25-33. Huesbe Llanos M.A., «La propuesta política de Martín Lutero a través de su doctrina de los dos reinos»: Revista de estudios histórico-jurídicos (Valparaíso, Chile) 22 (2000) 353-372 / online: <www.restudioshistoricos.equipu.cl/index.php/rehj/article/viewFile/323/311>. Lazareth W.H., Christians in Society. Luther, the Bible, and Social Ethics, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2001, pp. xii-274: p. 58-109: Part Two: The World’s Two Kingdoms (God or Satan), p. 110-234: Part Three: God’s Twofold Rule (Caesar and Christ) (p. 110-115: Luther on the Two Kingdoms). rev. R. Benne, JLE 2/3 (2002) <www.elca.org/jle/article.asp?k=40>; D. Bielfeldt, JLE 2/3 (2002) <www.elca.org/jle/ article.asp?k=42>: «Part Two deals with the Two Kingdoms (duo regna) of God and Satan as they appear in creation and the fall. Part Three is the longest segment of the book, comprising four chapters. Here Lazareth details God’s twofold rule (zweierlei regimente) within both of these kingdoms, discussing first God’s opus alienum of the law in its theological use (judging coram deo) and civil use (judging coram hominibus), and then his opus proprium effecting both justification (coram deo) and sanctification (coram hominibus)» [5] «Perhaps the most significant constructive proposal of the text is Lazareth’s reading of Luther’s teaching on the “two kingdoms” or “governments.” Lazareth believes that Luther actually presupposes the Pauline-Augustinian distinction between the grace-filled Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Satan governed by sin. Within this basic dualism of kingdoms, however, God remains a unitary actor, ruling in each with both his left and right hands. In the kingdom of God, his left hand convicts believers of sin and drives them to Christ (the theological use of the law), while his right hand justifies through Christ» [7]; M.S. Brocker, JRel 82/4 (2002) 658-660; C.M. Croghan, WW 23/4 (2003) 458-460; J.A. Mahn, JLE 2/5 (2002) <www.elca.org/jle/article.asp?k=101>; L. Malcolm, JLE 2/3 (2002) <www.elca.org/jle/article.asp?k=86>; C. Scharen, JLE 2/5 (2002) <www.elca.org/scriptlib/dcs/jle/article. asp?aid=107> Witte J., Jr., «Between Sanctity and Depravity: Law and Human Nature in Martin Luther’s Two Kingdoms»: Villanova Law Review (Villanova PA) 48/3 (2003) 727-762. Prill T., «Martin Luther, the Two Kingdoms, and the Church»: Evangel 23 (2005) 17-21. Pasquali R., La dottrina dei due regni di Martin Lutero (Diss. “La Sapienza”, Roma 2006). Suda M.J., «Luthers Zwei-Reiche-Lehre»: in Id., Die Ethik Martin Luthers (Forschungen zur systematischen und ökumenischen Theologie 108), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2006, pp. 221: p. 117-137. rev. T. Kaufmann, ARG 36 (2007) 22-23; G. Nicolaus, ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 467-468; A. Stegmann, H-Soz-u-Kult [28.08.2007] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin.de/rezensionen/2007-3-151> = Historische Literatur. Rezensionszeitschrift von H-Soz-u-Kult (Stuttgart, Germany) 5/3 (2007) 124-126 online: <http://edoc.hu-berlin.de/histlit/20073/PDF/HistLit_Heft_2007-3.pdf> MacKenzie C.A., «The Challenge of History. Luther’s Two Kingdoms Theology as a Test Case»: ConTQ 71 (2007) 3-28 / online: <www.ctsfw.net/media/pdfs/mackenziechallengeofhistory.pdf>. Junghans H., «Martin Luthers Zweireichelehre und Zweiregimentenlehre»: in M. Beter et alii (ed.), Christlicher Glaube und weltliche Herrschaft. Zum Gedenken an Günther Wartenberg (Arbeiten zur Kirchen- und Theologiegeschichte 24), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2008, pp. 392: p. 23-40. Slenczka N., «Gott und das Böse. Die Lehre von der Obrigkeit und von den zwei Reichen bei Luther»: Luther 79/2 (2008) 75-94. Arnold M., «Luther. Les deux règnes»: in N. Lemaître - M. Lienhard (ed.), La théologie: Une anthologie. III: Renaissance et réformes (Initiations), Paris: Cerf 2010, pp. 573: p. 421-433. Wright W.J., Martin Luther’s Understanding of God’s Two Kingdoms. A Response to the Challenge of Skepticism (Texts and Studies in Reformation and Post-Reformation Thought), Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2010, pp. 208: p. 17-44: chap. 1: Interpretations of Luther’s Idea of the Two Kingdoms during the Last Two Centuries, p. 45-78: chap. 2: The Skeptical Challenge of the Early Italian Renaissance, p. 79-112: chap. 3: Northern Humanism: The Context of Luther’s Two Kingdoms, p. 113-146: chap. 4: The Two-Kingdoms Worldview: How Luther Used the Concept in Diverse Contexts, p. 147-172: chap. 5: The Reformer Applies the Two Kingdoms to Christian Life. rev. N.S. Amos, Renaissance Quarterly (Chicago IL) 63/3 (2010) 949-950; G. Christianson, Seminary Ridge Review (Gettysburg PA) 12/2 (2010) 74-75; D. VanDrunnen, ChurchHist 80/2 (2011) 385-386 Beeke J.D., «Historical and Theological Studies: Martin Luther’s Two Kingdoms, Law and Gospel, and the Created Order: Was There a Time When the Two Kingdoms Were Not?»: WestTJ 73/2 (2011) 191-214: p. 195-198: I. Historical Precursors, p. 198-205: II. Luther and the Two Kingdoms. 3. Biblical and Theological Backgrounds [New Testament] Böhm H.-J., Ist die Zwei-Reiche-Lehre biblisch? Was lehrt Römer 13?, Plech: [author’s ed.] 1995, pp. 46. X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 145 VanDrunen D., «Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms Doctrine»: in Id., A Biblical Case for Natural Law (Studies in Christian Social Ethics and Economics 1), Grand Rapids MI: Acton Institute 2006, pp. 75 (chap. 3). Maurer E., «Zwei Reiche. Apokalyptik in biblisch-theologischer Perspektive»: in Schipper - Plasger (ed.), Apokalyptik und kein Ende?, p. 131-150. [Kingship of Christ] Commission of Theology of the Lutheran World Federation, «Working paper. The Two Kingdoms and the Lordship of Christ»: LuthW 24 (1967) 79-88. [Two Kingdoms before Luther] Adam A., «Der manichäische Ursprung der Lehre von den zwei Reichen bei Augustin»: ThLZ 77 (1952) cols 385-390 = in Id., Sprache und Dogma. Untersuchungen zu Grundproblemen der Kirchengeschichte, (ed. G. Ruhbach), Gütersloh: Mohn 1969, pp. 230: p. 133-140. Kinder E., «Gottesreich und Weltreich bei Augustin und bei Luther. Erwägungen zu einer Vergleichung der “Zwei-Reiche-Lehre” Augustins und Luthers»: in F. Hübner et alii (ed.), Beiträge zur historischen und systematischen Theologie. Gedenkschrift für D. Werner Elert, Berlin: Lutherisches Verlagshaus 1955, pp. 424: p. 24-42. Johnson J.F., «Augustine, Aquinas, and Ockham. The Two Kingdoms Doctrine in Medieval Theology»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar, p. 30-36 = LuD 6 (1998). Seidl H., «Zum Reichsgedanken bei Gertrud v. Le Fort und Augustinus’ Auffassung von den zwei Reichen»: Katholische Bildung (Essen, Germany) 102/2 (2001) 56-71. Smith J.K.A., «Reforming Public Theology: Two Kingdoms, or Two Cities»: CalTJ 47 (2012) 122-137. 4. History of Interpretation a) Reformation Tappert T.G., «The Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms after Luther in Europe and America»: in P.D. Opsahl - M.H. Tanenbaum (ed.), Speaking of God Today. Jews and Lutherans in Conversation, Philadelphia: Fortress 1974, pp. xiii-178: p. 81-86. rev. M.D. Oppenheim, StRel 5 (1975) 93-94 [William Tyndale 1490-1536] Duerden R.Y., «The Temporal and Spiritual Kingdoms. Tyndale’s Doctrine and its Practice»: The Reformation. The Journal of the Tyndale Society (Columbus OH - London, U.K.) 1 (1996) 118-128 / online: <www.tyndale.org/Reformation/1/duerden.html>. [Andreas (Hosemann) Osiander 1498-1552] Zimmermann G., «Osianders Lehre vom zweifachen Gebrauch des Gesetzes»: KuD 41 (1995) 56-77. [Johannes Brenz (1499-1570)] Estes J.M., «The two Kingdoms and the State Church according to Johannes Brenz and an Anonymous Colleague»: ARG 61 (1970) 35-50. [Johannes Calvin (Jean Cauvin) 1509-1564] Rogge J., «Kritik Calvins an Luthers Zwei-Reiche-Lehre?»: in S. Herrmann - O. Söhngen (ed.), Theologie in Geschichte und Kunst. Festschrift Walter Elliger zum 65. Geburtstag, Witten: LutherVerlag 1968, pp. 235 / Witten: Luther-Verlag 1968, pp. 17 (as a separate ed.). VanDrunen D., «The Context of Natural Law: John Calvin’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms»: JCS 46/3 (2004) 503-526. Lief J., «Is Neo-Calvinism Calvinist? A Neo-Calvinist Engagement of Calvin’s “Two Kingdoms” Doctrine»: Pro Rege 37/3 (2009) 1-12. c) 19th Century Leuenberger R., «Alexandre Vinets Beitrag zum Zwei-Reiche-Denken»: ZThK 76 (1979) 61-99. [Alexandre Rodolphe Vinet (1797-1847), a Swiss critic and theologian] X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 146 Suelflow A.R., «The Two Kingdom Concept in 18th- and 19th-Century Lutheranism in America with Special Reference to Muhlenberg and Walther»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar, p. 69-86 = LuD 6 (1998). Oettinger K., «„Die Hoffnung des Zuküftigen gegen die Erfahrung des Gegenwärtigen‟. Vom Umgang mit den Zwei Reichen bei Luther, Hebel und Bloch»: in R. Faber (ed.), Lebendige Tradition und antizipierte Moderne. Über Johann Peter Hebel, Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann 2004, pp. 160: p. 111-124. [Hope / Literature] [Johann Peter Hebel (1760-1826), a German writer and poet / Ernst Simon Bloch (1885-1977), a German Marxist philosopher] [Abraham Kuyper 1837-1920] VanDrunen D., «Abraham Kuyper and the Reformed Natural Law and Two Kingdoms Traditions»: CalTJ 42/2 (2007) 283-307. McIlhenny R., «A Third-Way Reformed Approach to Christ and Culture: Appropriating Kuyperian Neocalvinism and the Two Kingdoms Perspective»: MAJT 20 (2009) 75-94 / online: <www.midamerica. edu/resources/journal/20/mcilhenny20.pdf>. Palmer T.P., «The Two-Kingdom Doctrine. A Comparative Study of Martin Luther and Abraham Kuyper»: Pro Rege 37/3 (2009) 13-25. [Herman Bavinck 1854-1921] Bolt J., «Bavinck Society Discussion #1: The VanDrunen-Kloosterman Debate on ‘Natural Law’ and ‘Two Kingdoms’ in the Theology of Herman Bavinck»: pp. 34 in electronic resource: <http:// bavinck.calvinseminary.edu/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/Discussion_1_VanDrunen-Kloosterman_debate.pdf> October 2010]. [retrieved Kloosterman N.D., «A Response to “‘The Kingship of Christ is Twofold’. Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms in the Thought of Herman Bavinck” by David VanDrunen»: CalTJ 45 (2010) 165-176 [the published form of a paper delivered at the conference held in Calvin Theological Seminary, 18-20 september 2008: <http://auxesis.net/kloosterman/natural_law_two_kingdoms_bavinck.pdf>]. VanDrunen D., «‘The Kingship of Christ is Twofold’. Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms in the Thought of Herman Bavinck»: CalTJ 45 (2010) 147-164. Visser P.J., «Religion, Mission, and Kingdom. A Comparison of Herman and Johan Herman Bavinck»: CalTJ 45 (2010) 117-132. d) 20th Century Heckel J., «Luthers Lehre von den zwei Regimenten. Fragen und Antworten zu der Schrift von Gunnar Hillerdal»: ZEvKR 4 (1955) 253-265. Asendorf U., «The Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms in Modern German Lutheran»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar, p. 1-14 = LuD 6 (1998) [The modern interpretations, especially those of H. Diem, G. Tornvall, J. Heckel, U. Duchrow]. Eguchi S., «Typology proposed by U. Duchrow – Reconsidering Luther’s “Zwei-Reiche-Lehre”»: Teologia - Diakonia (Japan Lutheran College, Kumamoto, Japan) nr 33 (1999) 1-11 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0000558304>. Maffeis A., «Vangelo e società. La dottrina dei due regni nel dibattito teologico della prima metà del XX secolo»: in G. Canobbio et alii (ed.), Chiesa e politica (Quaderni teologici del Seminario di Brescia 10), Brescia: Morcelliana 2000, pp. 376: p. 75-127. Lange D., «Kirche im Zeichen der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre. Ein Beitrag zur Ekklesiologie Gerhard Ebelings»: ZThK 108 (2011) 72-87. e) Contemporary Period [Critical Discussion] Lazareth W.H., «Luthers Zwei-Reiche-Ethik – eine Überprüfung»: in Ökumenischer Rat der Kirchen (ed.), Die Kirche als Faktor einer kommenden Weltgemeinschaft, Stuttgart: Kreuz 1966, pp. 530: p. 56-67. Hamann H.P., «The Teaching of the Two Kingdoms defended»: LuthThJ 3/3 (1969) 81-89. X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 147 Duchrow U., Two Kingdoms. The Use and Misuse of a Lutheran Theological Concept, Geneve: Lutheran World Federation 1977, pp. 60. Reuter H.-R., «Kunst der Differenzierung: Über Schaden und Nutzen der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre»: Dt-PfrBl 83 (1983) 171-173. Petty J., «The Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms and the Church Today»: Dialog 31/4 (1992) 313-319. Marquart K., «The Two Realms (“Kingdoms”) in the Lutheran Confessions»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar, p. 37- = LuD 6 (1998). Stephenson J.R., «The Two Kingdoms Doctrine in the Reformed Tradition»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar = LuD 6 (1998). Nevile D., «The “Two Kingdoms” Today»: Consensus. A Canadian Lutheran Journal of Theology (Waterloo, Ont. - Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada) 21/2 (1995) 39-58. Menuge A.J.L. (ed.), Christ and Culture in Dialogue. Constructive Themes and Practical Applications, St. Louis MO: Concordia Pub. House 1999, pp. 332. rev. J.A. Moldstad, Jr., LSQ 41/2 (2001) 180-182 / online: <www.blts.edu/lsq/41-2.pdf> Nessan C.L., «Christian Political Responsibility: Reappropriating Luther’s Two Kingdoms»: in A.M. Madsen (ed.), Die Bedeutung der Theologie für die Gesellschaft. Festschrift für Hans Schwarz zum 65. Geburtstag (Glaube und Denken), Frankfurt a.M.: Lang 2004, pp. 485: p. 169-178 = in Chung et alii, Liberating Lutheran Theology, 46-52. Nessan C.L., «Reappropriating Luther’s Two Kingdoms»: LuthQ 19/3 (2005) 302-311. [Current Interest] Teigen B.W., «The Lutheran Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms and Its Significance for the American Bicentennial»: LSQ 16 (1975) 1-57 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/16-1.pdf>. Herntrich H.-V., «Wider die geistliche Bevormundung: Luthers Zweireichelehre - Orientierungsrahmen für die Gegenwart»: Luther 50 (1979) 7-9. Noland M.R., «Law and Due Process in The Kingdom of the Left and The Kingdom of the Right»: in Stephenson (ed.), God and Caesar = LuD 6 (1998). Anselm H., «Die “Zwei-Regimente-Lehre”. Ihre Bedeutung für die Religionspädagogik als theologischer [!] Teildisziplin»: in M. Rothgangel (ed.), Religionspädagogik und Theologie: enzyklopädische Aspekte. Festschrift zum 65. Geburtstag für Professor Dr. Wilhelm Sturm, Stuttgart etc.: Kohlhammer 1998, pp. 360: p. 206-223. Grabenstein A., «Ekklesiologische Einsichten geerdet. Die Relevanz einer reformulierten Regimentenlehre für Wahrnehmung und Gestaltung von Kirche»: in K.F. Grimmer - J. Track (ed.), Theologie im Plural. Fundamentaltheologie, Hermeneutik, Kirche, Ökumene, Ethik. Joachim Track zum 60. Geburtstag, Frankfurt a.M.: Lembeck 2001, pp. 408: p. 154-168. Petzoldt M., «Martin Luthers Unterscheidung Zwei Reiche / Zwei Regimente. Theologische Impulse für Gesellschaft und Kirche»: Verantwortung. Zeitschrift des Dietrich-Bonhoeffer-Vereins (Wiesbaden - Berlin, Germany)18/Heft 34 (Dezember 2004) 18-28. Henriksen J.-O., «Pluralism and Identity: The Two-Kingdoms Doctrine Challenged by Secularization and Privatization»: in Gregersen et alii (ed.), The Gift of Grace, p. 277-290. Frey C., «Political Religion, Political Theology, and the Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms»: in H. Graf Reventlow - Y. Hoffman (ed.), Religious Responses to Political Crisis in Jewish and Christian Tradition (Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies [JSOT SS] 444), New York - London: T&T Clark 2008, pp. xi-175: p. 125-139. rev. C. Seeman, CBQ 72/2 (2010) 405 [Church and State] Koenker E.B., «The Two Realms and ‘The Separation of Church and State’ in American Society»: ConTM 27 (1956) 1-12. del Estal Gutiérrez G., «Dialéctica de los “dos reinos” en la filosofía agustiniana del Derecho y del Estado»: CDios 172 (1959) 5-72. X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 148 Grundmann S., «Kirche und Staat in der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre Luthers»: in Id., Abhandlungen zum Kirchenrecht, Köln - Wien: Böhlau 1969, pp. 550: p. 274-297. Günter J., Weltwirklichkeit und Christusglaube. Wider eine falsche Zweireichelehre, Stuttgart: Evangelisches Verlagswerk 1977, pp. 47. rev. W. Kreck, JK 39/4 (1978) 187-190 González Montes A., «Gracia de Dios y empeño humano en la doctrina luterana de los dos reinos»: Diálogo ecuménico (Salamanca, Spain) 13/nr 46-47 (1978) 49-103. Liao T., «Luther and the Anabaptists’ “Two Kingdoms” Theory»: Taiwan Journal of Theology (Taiwan Theological Seminary, Taipei, Taiwan) 6 (1984) 15-29. Kuitert H.M., Alles is politiek maar politiek is niet alles. Een theologisch perspectief op geloof en politiek, Ten Have [The Netherlands]: Baarn 1985, pp. 219 | trans. English: Everything is Politics but Politics is not Everything. A Theological Perspective on Faith and Politics, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans - London: SCM 1986, pp. 183. rev. S. Mott, JRel 68/3 (1988) 479-480: «H.M. Kuitert… presents a provocative defense of the two kingdoms theory» (p. 479); R.C. Zachman, WW 9/2 (1989) 194-197 Zimmermann G., «Die politische Bedeutung der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre»: ZEvEth 31 (1987) 392-410. Enquist R.J., «An African Vision: the Africanization of the two-kingdoms»: in Id., Namibia: Land of Tears, Land of Promise, Selinsgrove PA: Susquehanna University / London - Toronto: Associated University Presses 1990, pp. v-174: p. 76-146. rev. P.M. Hayes, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies (London, U.K.) 54/2 (1991) 435-436; L.M. Snook, WW 12/2 (1992) 205-208 Brug J.F., «The Lutheran Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms: Current Problems Concerning Christian Citizenship and the Separation of Church and State» [1991]: in electronic resource: <www.wlsessays.net/ files/BrugTwoKingdoms.pdf>. van Wyk I.W.C., «Het die kerk ‘n politieke verantwoordelikheid? Oor die noodwendigheid en grense van die twee-ryke-leer»: HTS 52/4 (1996) 765-799 | trans. English: «The Political Responsibility of the Church. On the Necessity and Boundaries of the Theory of the Two Kingdoms»: HTS 61/3 (2005) 647-682 / online: <www.hts.org.za/index.php/HTS/article/viewFile/457/356>. Künneth K. (ed.), Der Christ in der politischen Verantwortung heute. Die Zwei-Reiche-Lehre auf dem Prüfstand (Echo Rufe), Herford: Busse Seewald 1997, pp. 256. Schlichting W., «Luthers Zwei-Reiche-Lehre: Damm gegen die Politisierung der Kirche. Die Aktualität von Walter Künneths “Politik zwischen Dämon und Gott” (1954)»: in P. Beyerhaus (ed.), Wächteramt in theologischer Verantwortung. Walter-Künneth-Gedächtnis-Symposion vom 25.27.10.1998 in Neuendettelsau (Erneuerung und Abwehr 67), Renningen-Malmsheim: Evangelische Notgemeinschaft in Deutschland 1999, pp. 48: p. 35-45. George T., «Practicing the Two Kingdoms. The Baptist Ideal of a Free Church in a Free State»: ModRef 9/5 (2000) 29-31, 51. Koelpin A.J., «An American Application of Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Realms. The Relationship of Governement to the Institutional Church»: Logia. A Journal of Lutheran Theology (Northville SD) 12 (2003) 41-50. Stumme J.R. - Tuttle R.W. (ed.), Church & State. Lutheran Perspectives, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2003, pp. xii-219: p. 3-19: 1. The Confessional Basis of Lutheran Thinking on Church-State Issues [M.J. Haemig], p. 20-50: 2. Toward a Lutheran “Delight in the Law of the Lord”: Church and State in the Context of Civil Society [G.M. Simpson]. rev. P.T. Nelson, TSR 26 (2005) 57-58 Weaver J.Denny, «Living in the Reign of God in the “Real World”: Getting beyond Two-Kingdom Theology»: in N.E. Yoder - C.A. Scheppard (ed.), Exiles in the Empire. Believers Church Perspectives on Politics. Papers presented at the fifteenth Believers Church Conference, …, September 2004 / hosted by Bridgewater College and Eastern Mennonite University (Studies in the Believers Church Tradition 5), Kitchener, Ont.: Pandora 2006, pp. 266: p. 169-189. rev. S. Joireman, CGR 25/2 (Spring 2007) 90: «Weaver argues, contra Redekop [Politics Under God, Scottdale PA: Herald 2007], for a one-kingdom ethic» / online: <www.grebel.uwaterloo.ca/academic/cgreview/documents/CGRSpring07.pdf> X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 149 Andersen S., «Religion og politik: to regimenter?» [Religion and Politics: Two Kingdoms?]: Kritisk Forum for praktisk teologi (København, Denmark) 27/nr 109 (2007) 22-30. VanDrunen D., «The Two Kingdoms Doctrine and the Relationship of Church and State in the Early Reformed Tradition»: JCS 49/4 (2007) 743-763. VanDrunen D., «Bearing Sword in the State, Turning Cheek in the Church: A Reformed Two-Kingdoms Interpretation of Matthew 5:38-42»: Themelios 34/3 (2009) 322-334. [Social Ethics] Gogarten F., «Die Lehre von den zwei Reichen und das „natürliche Gesetz”»: Deutsche Theologie. Monatsschrift für die deutsche evangelische Kirche (Stuttgart, Germany, ceased 1943) 2 (1935) 330340. Lema A., «The Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms: Its Socio-Economic Implications in our Societies»: in The Gospel and Asian traditions. APATS [Asia Programme for the Advancement of Training and Studies] Luther Studies Workshop, lectures, reports, minutes, Hong Kong, March 1979, Geneva: Lutheran World Federation 1979. Shaffer T.L., «The Legal Ethics of the Two Kingdoms» [The Inaugural Edward A. Seegers Lecture]: Valparaiso University Law Review (Valparaiso IN) 17 (1983) 1-39 / online: <http://scholar.valpo.edu/ vulr/vol17/iss1/4> = in Id., Faith and the Professions, Provo UT: Brigham Young University - Albany N.Y.: State University of New York Press 1987, pp. ix-337: chap. 3: Theology. Braaten C.E. - Benne R., «“Two Kingdoms” as Social Doctrine»: Dialog 23/3 (1984) 207-212. Schneider E.D., «Lutheran Theological Foundations for Social Ethics»: LWF Documentation (Geneva, Switzerland) nr 29 (1990) 15-23. [BullSignal 45,2388] Rentsch I., «The Two Kingdoms and Lutheran Community Care»: LuthThJ 34/2 (2000) 82-92. VanDrunen D., «The Two Kingdoms and the Ordo Salutis: Life Beyond Judgment and the Question of a Dual Ethic»: WestTJ 70/2 (2008) 207-224. Schlabach G.W., «Just policing, responsibility to protect, and Anabaptist two-kingdom theology»: CGR 28/3 (2010) 73-88. VanDrunen D., Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms. A Study in the Development of Reformed Social Thought (Emory University Studies in Law and Religion), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2010, pp. x-466: p. 1-20: chap. 1: Natural Law, the Two Kingdoms, and the Untold Story of Reformed Social Thought, p. 67-118: chap. 3: Reforming Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms: John Calvin and His Contemporaries, p. 149-211: chap. 5: The Age of Orthodoxy: Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms in Reformed Doctrine and Practice, p. 276-315: chap. 7: An Ambiguous Transition: Abraham Kuyper on Natural Law and the Two Kingdoms. rev. M. Barrett, JTS 62/2 (2011) 392-396; N.D. Kloosterman, Christian Renewal. A magazine of distinctively Reformed faith and vision (Jordan Station, Ontario, Canada) 29/2 (September 29, 2010) 18-20; R. Kolb, ChurchHist 80/2 (2011) 386388; W.B. Littlejohn, SBET 29 (2011) 131-135; M.A. Snoeberger, DBSJ 15 (2010) 123-124; K. Van Til, TS 72 (2011) 233; J.C. Waddington, Themelios 36/2 (2011) 340-342; D. Westberg, StCE 24/2 (2011) 260 VanDrunen D., Living in God’s Two Kingdoms. A Biblical Vision for Christianity and Culture, Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2010, pp. 208. rev. M. Barrett, JTS 62/2 (2011) 817-821 [Miscellaneous] Fenn J.E. - Milford T.R., The Two Kingdoms. The Nature of Christian Choice, London: SCM 1936, pp. 47. Ruppel E., «Fragen des kirchlichen Disziplinarwesens im Lichte der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre»: in Hesse et alii (ed.), Staatsverfassung und Kirchenordnung, p. 349-375. Wolf E., «Sinn und Grenzen der Anwendung der Zwei-Reiche-Lehre auf das Kirchenrecht»: in Hesse et alii (ed.), Staatsverfassung und Kirchenordnung, p. 443-461. Steinmüller W., Evangelische Rechtstheologie. Zweireichelehre, Christokratie, Gnadenrecht (Forschungen zur kirchlichen Rechtsgeschichte und zum Kirchenrecht 8/1-2), 2 vols, Köln - Graz: Böhlau 1968, pp. xxiii-453 / 458-945 (= Diss. Hab. München 1966). rev. W. Dantine, ZEvEth 15 (1971) 126-127 X. Luther’s Doctrine of the Two Kingdoms 150 Walther C. - Rausch W.W., «Reformation und Weltverantwortung: Thesen zu Luthers Zweireichelehre»: Luther 50 (1979) 1-6. Liefeld D.R., «Abortion and the Two Kingdoms»: ConJ 12/6 (1986) 205-216. Enquist R.J., «Two Kingdoms and the American Future»: Dialog 26/2 (1987) 111-114. Wind J.P., «Two Kingdoms - in America?»: CuTM 14/3-4 (1987) 165-176. Bast R.J., «From Two Kingdoms to Two Tables. The Ten Commandments and the Christian Magistrate»: ARG 89 (1998) 79-95 = LuD 9 (2001) 2-5. Wenz A., «Abtreibung und Zweireichelehre»: in C. Herrmann (ed.), Festhalten am Bekenntnis der Hoffnung. Festgabe für Professor Dr. Reinhard Slenczka zum 70. Geburtstag, Erlangen: Martin-Luther 2001, pp. 375: p. 333-353. Nessan C.L., «Lutheran Social Ministry: Reclaiming Luther’s Two Kingdoms»: Missio Apostolica (St. Louis MO) 11/2 (2003) 91-98 / online: <www.lsfmissiology.org/Essays/NessanLutheranSocialMinistryReclaimingLuther’sTwoKingdoms.pdf>. [Mission] Mantey V., «Kirche ohne Recht? Rudolph Sohms Verständnis von Kirche und Recht und Martin Luthers Zwei-Reiche-Lehre»: ZEvKR 49 (2004) 718-738. Ellingsen M., «The Two Kingdoms in America»: Dialog 45/4 (2006) 366-375. Sell M.E., «How Does a Christian Understand His Commitment to the Church and to the State? Two Kingdom Theology and War»: in electronic resource: <www.cph.org/resources/war/downloads/twokingdoms.pdf> [retrieved August 2008]. XI. Millennial Kingdom 1. Bibliography Daschke D., «Millennial Studies for the New Millennium»: Nova Religio 12/4 (2009) 105-116. [Presentation of a new literature on the topic; between the others: K.G.C. Newport - C. Gribben (ed.), Expecting the End (2006); S.D. O’Leary - G.S. McGhee (ed.), War in Heaven, Heaven on Earth (2005)] 2. Introductory Notes Stoy W., Hoffnung für unsere Erde? Das Tausendjährige Reich (Theologie und Dienst 44), Gießen Basel: Brunnen 1985, pp. 70. O’Leary S.D. - McGhee G.S. (ed.), War in Heaven, Heaven on Earth. Theories of the Apocalyptic (Millennialism and Society 2), London - Oakville CT: Equinox 2005, pp. xxvi-290: p. 19-46: «Roosters Crow, Owls Hoot: On the Dynamics of Apocalyptic Millennialism» [R. Landes], p. 47-60: «The Millennium and Narrative Closure» [C. Gutierrez], p. 61-78: «Four Stages in the Life of a Millennial Movement» [A.I. Baumgarten]. [NTA 51, p. 211-212] rev. K. von Stuckrad, Numen 54 (2007) 96-98 3. Millennialism: General Studies Loichiţa V., «Chiliasmul (Milenarismul) - expunere şi critică dogmatică» [Chiliasmul (Millennialism). Exposure and dogmatic criticism]: Candela [Votive Light] (Cernăuţi, Romania, ceased 1946) 37 (1926) 276-321 [in Romanian]. Biesterfeld W. - Mühlmann W.E., «Chiliasmus»: in J. Ritter (ed.), Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. I: A - C, Basel etc.: Schwabe 1971, cols 1036: cols 1001-1006. Deheleanu P., «Împărăţia de o mie de ani (Mileniul)» [The Thousand-Year Reign (Millennium)]: Mitropolia Banatului (Timişoara, Romania) [from 1990 = Altarul Banatului] 26/1-4 (ianuarie-aprilie 1976) 39-49 [in Romanian]. Dură N.V., «Hiliasmul, doctrină ereziarhă» [Chiliasm, heretical doctrine]: Ort 36 (1984) 72-94 [in Romanian]. [BullSignal 39,6564] Bauckham R., «Millenarianism»: in P.B. Clarke - A. Linzey (ed.), Dictionary of Ethics, Theology and Society, London - New York: Routledge 1996, pp. xxxiii-926: p. 565-569. Botiza I.-V., «Egy kérdés, amely még feleletre vár: a millenarizmus» [A Question still awating an Answer: the Millenialism]: Theologia Catholica Latina (Cluj-Napoca, Romania) nr 1 (2000) 45-51 [in Hungarian]. 5. Biblical Teaching Nicolaescu N.I., «Venirea a doua a Domnului: Împărăţia de o mie de an» [The Second Coming of the Lord: The Thousand-Year Kingdom]: StTeol II Series 24/1-2 (1972) 12-23 [in Romanian] / online: <www.crestinortodox.ro/Alte-articole/Venirea_a_doua_a_Domnului___Imparatia_de_o_mie_de_ani-254-14568.html>. Shibata T., «Millenial Kingdom of Christ»: Christus solus audiendus (Tokyo Christian University, Inzai, Chiba, Japan) 1 (1983) 24-45 [in Japanese]. Walvoord J.F., Le Roi et Son Royaume. Un regard sur le millenium, Lugny: Editions Clé (Comprendre les Ecritures) 1988, pp. 78. Andersen O., Når Guds rige kommer. Tusindsårsriget og den nye jord [When the Kingdom of God comes. The millennial Kingdom and the new land], Hinnerup: Ordet og Israel 1995, pp. 133 / 20062. Boyer P.S., «Bible Prophecy Belief in Contemporary American Culture»: Anglican and Episcopal History (Austin TX) 67/4 (1998) 448-466. Otis G., Sr., Millennium. The 1000 Year Reign of King Jesus, Bloomington MN: Bethany - Tulsa OK: Albury Pub. 2000, pp. 204. Connelly D., «Thy Kingdom Come: The Millennium»: in Id., Bible Prophecy for Blockheads. A UserFriendly Look at the End Times, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2002, pp. 217: p. 131-160 (chap. 7). Finitsis A., «Zechariah 1–8 and Millennialism»: GrOrTR 47 (2002) 81-100. XI. Millennial Kingdom 152 de Heer J., Het Duizendjarig Rijk [The Millennial Kingdom], Doorn: Het Zoeklicht 2003, pp. 64. Toussaint S.D. - Quine J.A., «No, Not Yet: The Contingency of God’s Promised Kingdom»: BS 164/nr 654 (2007) 131-147. [NTA 51,1894] Thiessen J., Gott hat Israel nicht verstoßen. Biblisch-exegetische und theologische Perspektiven in der Verhältnisbestimmung von Israel, Judentum und Gemeinde Jesu (Edition Israelogie 3), Frankfurt a.M. etc.: Peter Lang 2010, pp. 239: p. 139-162: 5. Die verheißene Königsherrschaft Gottes und ihre Erfüllung, p. 163-182: 6. Die tausendjährige Herrschaft Jesu in Offenbarung 20,1-6, p. 183-192: 7. Zur Frage nach dem Tausendjährigen Reich außerhalb der Johannesoffenbarung, p. 193-194: 8. Folgerungen für die Frage nach dem Tausendjährigen Reich. rev. F. Graf-Stuhlhofer, JETh 24 (2010) 281; W. Kraus, ThLZ 136/11 (2011) cols 1186-1188 Finitsis A., Visions and Eschatology. A Socio-Historical Analysis of Zechariah 1–6 (Library of Second Temple Studies [JSP SS] 79), London - New York: T&T Clark International 2011, pp. x-193: p. 336: chap. 2: Between Prophecy and Apocalypticism: Distinguishing the Strands of Eschatology, p. 37-63: chap. 3: Priestly Politics and Millennial Hope: An Evolution of the Socio-Historical Discussion, p. 102-136: chap. 5: Restoration Eschatology and Messianic Presence: Haggai and Proto-Zechariah in their Socio-Historical Context. [OTA 35,832] [Apocalyptic / Eschatology] 6. The Thousand-Year Reign: Revelation 20:1-10 Gheorghiu V., Împărăţia de “mii de ani” şi lupta cea mai de pe urmă (Apocalipsa lui Ioan 20,1-10) [The Kingdom of “Thousand-Years” and the Fight for It (Revelation of John 20:1-10], Cernăuţi 1938 [in Romanian]. Bunaciu I., «Le millénium. Apocalypse 20,1-10»: Îndrumătorul Crestin Baptist [Baptist Christians’ Guide] (Bucureşti, Romania) 40/1-4 (1985) 41-44 [in Romanian]. [BullSignal 40,2039] Shea W.H., «The Parallel Literary Structure of Revelation 12 and 20»: AUSS 23 (1985) 37-54. [NTA 30,300] Mircea I., «Împărăţia lui Hristos de o mie de ani, sau de mii de ani?» [Le règne du Christ è de mille ans ou de milliers d’années? Apoc 20,2-7]: Ort 38/3 (1986) 47-61 [in Romanian]. [BullSignal 42,2912] Fannan J.M., «Millenarianism and Prophecy: Revelation 20:1-14 revisited»: Prodipon. Theological and Pastoral Review (Banani, Dacca, Bangladesh) 17/3-4 (1994) 106-158. Garlington D., «Reigning with Christ: Revelation 20:1-6 and the Question of the Millennium»: Reformation & Revival. A Quarterly Journal for Church Leadership (Carol Stream IL) 6/2 (1997) 53-100 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/ref-rev/06-2/6-2_garlington.pdf>. van Bemmelen P.M., «The Millennium and the Judgment»: JATS 8/1-2 (1997) 150-160. [The millennium of Rev 20:4-6 in the interpretation of the four major theories: amillennialism, postmillennialism, historic premillennialism, and dispensational premillennialism] Adamsen G.S., «“De tusinde år”: Et essay om den kronologiske udstrækning af “de tusinde år” i Åb 20,27» [“The Thousand Years”: An Essay about the Chronological Duration of the “Thousand Years” in Ap 20:2-7]: Ichthys 25/2 (1998) 67-83 / replay: T. Kjær, «Responsum [to Adamsen]»: Ichthys 25 (1998) 129-132; and G.S. Adamsen, «Replik til Torben Kjærs responsum»: Ichthys 25 (1998) 133-135. [The millennial interpretation is right in its insistence that Rev 20:1-10 must be understood as a yet future event and also the amillennial interpretation is correct that there cannot be a thousand-year interval between the parousia and the judgment. Therefore the thousand year period is a atemporal, symbolic term for the resurrection of all Christians on the Day of the judgment] Baumert M., «Milleniarismus: Endzeitspekulationen und apokalyptische Weltanschauung im Licht der Johannesapokalypse»: Ichthys. Theologische Orientierung für Studium & Gemeinde (Marburg, Germany) 15/nr 29 (1999) 2-13. Frey J., «Das apokalyptische Millennium. Zu Herkunft, Sinn und Wirkung der Millenniumsvorstellung in Offb 20,4-6»: in H. Timm (ed.), Millennium. Deutungen zum christlichen Mythos der Jahrtausendwende (Kaiser-Taschenbücher 171), Gütersloh: Kaiser 1999, pp. 201: p. 10-72. Lupieri E.F., «Millennio e fine del mondo (Apocalisse, cap. XX)»: Atti dell’Accademia Udinese di Scienze Lettere e Arti (Udine, Italy) 91 (1999) 21-28. Cisowski H., «Gdy tysiąc równa się tysiąc, czyli apokaliptyczna matematyka» [When thousand means thousand, i.e. apocalyptical mathematics]: in P.J. Śliwiński (ed.), W oczekiwaniu na Królestwo. Nadzieje i obawy związane z końcem tysiąclecia [Waiting for the Kingdom. Hopes and fears XI. Millennial Kingdom 153 connected with the end of the millennium], Kraków: Wydawnictwo “M” 2000, pp. 367: p. 51-88 [in Polish]. Zachariades D., «Making sense of the millennium. Resurrection in Revelation 20»: JGES 14 (2001) 3151. Karrer M., «Himmel, Millennium und neuer Himmel in der Apokalypse»: JbBT 20 (2005) 225-259. [IZBG 52,1104] Poythress V.S., «The Millennium»: Studi di teologia (Padova, Italy) 18 (2006). [IZBG 52,1097] Yates R.S., «The Resurrection of the Tribulation Saints»: BS 163/nr 652 (2006) 453-466 [Rev 20:4-6]. [NTA 51,438] Bauer T.J., Das tausendjährige Messiasreich der Johannesoffenbarung. Eine literarkritische Studie zu Offb 19,11–21,8 (BZNW 148), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2007, pp. xi-442 (= Diss. Giessen 2006). [IZBG 55,1104; NTA 52, p. 396] rev. G. Campbell, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 102-103; H. Giesen, ThLZ 135 (2010) cols 45-47; A. Hammes, BZ 52/2 (2008) 293294; M. Morgen, RSR 97/4 (2009) 627; R. Morton, CBQ 70/4 (2008) 820-822 Rossetti C.L., «Millennio e Prima Risurrezione. Ap 20:1-6 e il destino escatologico dei santi: un’ipotesi e suo significato teologico»: Greg 88/2 (2007) 273-290; 88/3 (2007) 473-489. [IZBG 53,1134; NTA 52,440-441] Vlach M.J., «A Critique of the Amillennial Interpretation of Revelation 20:1-3» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax.com/page/page/4428180.htm>. Campbell R.A., «Triumph and delay: the interpretation of Revelation 19:11–20:10»: EvQ 80 (2008) 3-12 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/eq/2008-1_003.pdf>. [NTA 52,1164] Eke W.O., The Millennial Kingdom of Christ (Rev 20,1-10). A critical history of exegesis with an interpretative proposal (Diss. Gregorianum, Rome 2010). Mimouni S.C., «Apocalypse 20, 1-15: entre millénarisme et apocalyptycisme?»: Revue des études juives (Paris, France) 169/1-2 (2010) 135-174. [NTA 55,424] Haag E., «Der Sonntag als Herrentag und die tausendjährige Christusherrschaft. Tradition und Interpretation in Offb 20,1-10»: TrierTZ 120 (2011) 26-45. [OTA 34,2096; NTA 55,1876] Lasseigne J., «The Millennial Kingdom»: in Id., Unlocking the Last Days. A Guide to the Book of Revelation & the End Times, (introd. G. Laurie), Grand Rapids MI: Baker Books 2011, pp. 333: p. 262-271 (chap. 26). 7. History of the Millenarian Conceptions a) General View Cross G., «Millenarianism in Christian History»: BW 46/1 (1915) 3-8. Moldovan I., «Milenarismul» [Millennialism]: GlasulBis 40/1-2 (1981) 129-150 [in Romanian]. [BullSignal 36,3601] Wanamaker C.A., «Apocalypticism at Thessalonica»: Neotest 21 (1987) 1-10. [BullSignal 44,1705; NTA 33,286] [Pauline Christianity at Thessalonica as a millenarian movement] Bižaca N., «O milenarizmu i eschatonu» [Chiliasmus und Eschaton]: CUS 27/3 (1992) 152-165 (-166: Germany Summary) [in Croatian]. Luna P., «Sobre el miedo al milenio»: Casi Nada. Online journal (Barcelona, Spain) nr 10 (enero 1997) online: <http://solotxt.brinkster.net/csn/100501ml.htm>. Iannuzzi J., The Triumph of God’s Kingdom in the Millennium. A Proper Belief from the Truth in Scripture and Church Teaching, Havertown PA: St. John the Evangelist Press 1999, pp. 176: p. 950: chap. 2: The Church Fathers Speak, p. 51-88: chap. 3: The Church Doctors Speak (St. Augustine; Magisterium and Millenarianism; Saint Bernard of Clairvaux; Saint Thomas Aquinas and Saint Robert Bellarmine), p. 89-110: chap. 4: Sacred Scriptures Speaks, p. 111-148: chap. 5: Characteristics of the Temporal Kingdom. Mangas Manjarrés J. - Montero Díaz S. (ed.), El milenarismo. La percepción del tiempo en las culturas antiguas (La miranda de la historia), Madrid: Editorial Complutense 2001, pp. ix-226: p. 57-80: «Apocalipticismo y mesianismo en el mundo judío» [J. Trebolle Barrera], p. 103-122: «Milenarismo y perceptión del XI. Millennial Kingdom 154 tiempo entre los celtas» [F. Marco Simón], p. 153-186: «Orígenes y tendencias del milenarismo cristiano» [J. Fernández Urbiña]. Campbell J., «The Millennial Age»: A&C 10 (2005) 47-63 / online: <www.lsm.org/affirmation-critique/pdfs/2005/ 01/05_01_wr.pdf>; 10/2 (2005) 74-92 / online: <www.lsm.org/affirmation-critique/pdfs/2005/02/05_02_wr.pdf>. Delumeau J., «Une traversée du millenarisme occidental»: RivStLettRel 44/2 (2008) 193-206. Gasper H., «Die Hoffnung aufs Millennium - Apokalypse konkret»: TPQ 159/3 (2011) 276-284. Gribben C., Evangelical Millennialism in the Trans-Atlantic World, 1500-2000, Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan 2011, pp. xiv-202: p. 20-36: 1. The Emergence of Evangelical Millennialism, 1500-1600, p. 37-50: 2. The Formation of Evangelical Millennialism, 1600-1660, p. 51-70: 3. The Consolidation of Evangelical Millennialism, 1660-1789, p. 71-91: 4. The Expansion of Evangelical Millennialism, 1789-1880, p. 92-109: 5. The Contest of Evangelical Millennialism, 1880-1970, p. 110-124: 6. The Dominance of Evangelical Millennialism, 1970-2000. rev. J. Briggs, BaptQ 44/5 (2012); S. Durbin, H-Soz-u-Kult [24.02.2012] <http://hsozkult.geschichte.hu-berlin.de/rezensionen/id=16283>; Ph. Lockley, JEH 62/4 (2011) 835-836; J. Rosenberg, Themelios 36/2 (2011) 327-329 b) Patristic Visser A.J., «A bird’s-eye view of ancient Christian eschatology»: Numen 14 (1967) 4-22. Benoit A., «Le millenarisme. I: dans l’église ancienne»: Le Monde de la Bible (Paris, France) nr 3 (1978) 48-50. Bagatti B., «Millenarianism»: in Id., The Church from the Circumcision. History and Archaeology of the Judaeo-Christians (SBF. Collectio minor 2), Jerusalem: Franciscan Printing Press 1984, pp. vii326: p. 293-301. [Archaeology] Irmscher J., «La valutazione dell’Apocalisse di Giovanni nella Chiesa antica»: Aug 29/1-3 (1989) 171176. [BullSignal 43,8146] Landes R.A., «Sur les traces du Millennium: la “Via Negativa”. II»: Moyen-Âge 99 (1993) 5-26. [BullSignal 48,204] Hill C.E., «Why the Early Church Finally Rejected Premillennialism»: ModRef 8 (1999) 16-19. Pietras H., «Millenaryzm a interpretacja szabatu (I-II w.)» [Millenarianism and interpretation of the shabat (I-II century)]: TarnStT 19 (2000) 9-25 [in Polish]. Skibiński T., «Miejsce i rola Apokalipsy św. Jana w początkach millenaryzmu chrześcijańskiego» [Position and Role of the Revelation of St. John in the Early Christian Millenarianism]: ComP nr 20/nr 118 (4/2000) 40-53 [in Polish]. Mazzucco C., «Il millenarismo cristiano delle origini (II-III sec.)»: in Uglione (ed.), “Millennium”: l’attesa della fine, p. 145-182. Erdmann M., The Millennial Controversy in the Early Church, Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2005, pp. xxv228: 1. Jewish Apocalyptic, 2. Millennialism of John, 3. Hermeneutical Principles of the Church Fathers, 4. Asiatic Millennialism, 5. Millennialism of Justin Martyr, 6. Millennialism of Barnabas, 7. Anti-Millennialism of the Alexandrians, 8. Amillennialism of Augustine. rev. M.K. Thompson, PneumaR 10/1 (2007) Pietras H., L’escatologia della Chiesa. Dagli scritti giudaici fino al IV secolo (Sussidi Patristici 13), Roma: Istituto Patristico “Augustinianum” 2006, pp. 140 | trans. Polish: Eschatologia Kościoła pierwszych czterech wieków (Myśl teologiczna 55), Kraków: Wydawnictwo WAM 2007, pp. 154. rev. S. Longosz, VoxP 25/nr 48 (2005) 433-435; I. Ramelli, Aug 48 (2008) 247-253; R.J. Woźniak, ScripTh 39/3 (2007) 967-969 / M. Wysocki, VoxP 27/nr 50-51 (2007) 685-688 [Papias of Hierapolis ca. 70-after 130] van Eijk T.H.C., «Papias et le millénarisme»: in Id., La résurrection des morts chez les Pères apostoliques (Théologie historique 25), Paris: Beauchesne 1974, pp. 206: p. 139-146. [Epistle of Barnabas ca. 100-150] Žužek R., «La transfiguración escatológica del mundo. Algunas observaciones a Silvestre Malevanskij»: OCP 37 (1971) 182-222 (hier p. 183-196: According to the Russian theologian and archimandrite Silvestre Malevanskij (1828-1908), the Pseudo-Barnabas does not seem to be millenarist). XI. Millennial Kingdom 155 [Montanus 2nd century] Williams D.H., «The Origins of the Montanist Movement: A Sociological Analysis»: Religion 19/4 (1989) 331-351. [BullSignal 44,352] [Justin Martyr ca. 100-ca. 165] Randazzo C., «Il “sabato” millenario nel Dialogo con Trifone di Giustino Martire»: Studi Fatti Ricerche (Milano, Italy) nr 123 (2008) 10-11. [Theophilus of Antioch -ca. 183] Zeegers-Vander Vorst N., «Théophile d’Antioche est-il millénariste?»: Revue d’histoire ecclésiastique (Louvain, Belgium) 91/3-4 (1996) 743-783. [Irenaeus of Lyon ca. 140-ca. 200] Carle P.L., «Saint Irénée de Lyon et les fins dernièrs»: Div 34/2 (1990) 151-171. [BullSignal 44,4552] Pixley J., «El final de la historia y la fe popular: el Reino milenario de Cristo (Ireneo y el fundamentalismo)»: Pasos nr 41 (mayo-junio 1992). Macina M.R., Le Royaume de Dieu sur la terre: une attente messianique [2000]: in electronic resource: <www.chretiens-et-juifs.org/article.php?voir[]=45&voir[]=4211> (chap. II: La Appendice: La doctrine d’un royaume millénaire du Christ est-elle orthodoxe?). doctrine «millénariste» d’Irénée; Fantino J., «Ordre social et politique, temps et eschatologie. La lecture de l’Apocalypse par Irénée»: StRel 37/3-4 (2008) 481-496. [Hippolytus of Rome ca. 170-235] Prinzivalli E., «Note sull’escatologia di Ippolito»: Orpheus. Rivista di umanità classica e cristiana (Torino, Italy) 1/2 (1980) 305-332. [BullSignal 38,452] [Origenes ca. 185-253/4] Szram M., «Orygenes a millenaryzm. Jednoznaczne odrzucenie czy przyjęcie pewnych inspiracji?» [Origene e il millenarismo. Ripudio univoco o assimilazione di alcune istanze?]: TarnStT 19 (2000) 39-53 [in Polish]. Pietras H., «I Principi II, 11 di Origene e il millenarismo»: in Perrone (ed.), Origeniana Octava, I, p. 707-714. [Victorinus of Pettau ca. 230-ca. 304] Hasitschka M., «Ankunft des Herrn, erste Auferstehung und tausendjähriges Reich. Die Schlussabschnitte im Apokalypsekommentar von Victorinus von Pettau und die Hinzufügung des Hieronymus»: in J. Verheyden et alii (ed.), Ancient Christian Interpretations of “Violent Texts’ in The Apocalypse (NTOA 92), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2011, pp. 313: 118-132. [Apollinarius of Laodicea ca. 310-ca. 390] Paczkowski M.C., «Girolamo e la polemica antiapollinarista»: Ant 79 (2004) 473-504: p. 495-503: Il presunto millenarismo di Apollinare. [Ambrosiaster second half of the 4th century] Pollastri A., «L’Apocalisse nell’Ambrosiaster: una lettura millenarista nella Roma del IV secolo?»: in E. Bosetti - A. Colacri (ed.), Apokalypsis. Percorsi nell’Apocalisse in onore di Ugo Vanni (Commenti e studi biblici: Sezione Studi biblici), (introd. C.M. Martini), Assisi (Perugia): Cittadella Editrice 2005, pp. 879: p. 703-733. Tyburowski K., «Ostatni milenarysta Zachodu» [The last millenarist of the Ovest]: Signum gratiae. Online journal (The Major Seminary / Wyższe Seminarium Duchowne, Rzeszów, Poland) <http:// www.wsd.rzeszow.pl/SIGNUM-GRATIAE/podstrony%20-%20teologia/Tyburowski%20-%20Ostatni%20milenarysta%20 Zachodu.htm> [consulted 2007] [in Polish]. [Jerome 347-419] Dulaey M., «Jérôme, Victorin de Poetovio et le millénarisme»: in Y.-M. Duval (ed.), Jérôme entre l’Occident et l’Orient. XVIe centenaire du départ de saint Jérôme de Rome et de son installation à Bethléem. Actes du colloque de Chantilly, septembre 1986, Paris: Études Augustiniennes 1988, pp. 508: p. 83-98. [BullSignal 46,2532] XI. Millennial Kingdom 156 [Augustine of Hippo 354-430] Landes R.A., «Millenarismus absconditus. L’historiographie augustinienne et le millénarisme du haut Moyen Age jusqu’à l’an Mil»: Moyen-Âge 98/3-4 (1992) 355-377. Dulaey M., «À quelle date Augustin a-t-il pris ses distances vis-à-vis du millénarisme?»: REAug 46 (2000) 31-60. c) Middle Ages Chery H.-Chr., «Le millenarisme. II: du moyen-âge jusqu’à nos jours»: Le Monde de la Bible (Paris, France) nr 3 (1978) 50-51. Sharot S., «Jewish Millenarianism. A Comparison of Medieval Communities»: Comparative Studies in Society and History (London, U.K.) 22/3 (1980) 394-415. [BullSignal 35,288] Porter J.M., «Luther and Political Millenarianism: the Case of the Peasants’ war»: Journal of the History of Ideas (Philadelphia PA) 42/3 (1981) 389-406. [BullSignal 36,2974] Daniel R.E., «Medieval Apocalypticism, Millennialism and Violence»: Terrorism and Political Violence (London, U.K.) 14 (2002) 275-300. [Evidence for widespread millennial expectation connected to the advent of the year 1000 is scarce. By contrast massive evidence is accumulating to show that apocalyptic and millennial expectations were becoming increasingly widespread after 1200 CE. Scholars are agreed that there were some millennial, that is, revolutionary movements after 1300. Both religious and economic factors played a role in these] Auffarth Chr., «Apokalyptisches Mittelalter. Das Dritte Reich – des Geister/der Gewalt»: in Schipper Plasger (ed.), Apokalyptik und kein Ende?, p. 117-130. Abrahà T., «Controversie sul Sabato e sul Millennio secondo i Gädl inediti di Täwäldä-Mädəhn e di Fiqəţor»: Scrinium. Revue de patrologie, d’hagiographie critique et d’histoire ecclésiastique (St. Petersburg, Russia) 4 (2008) 79-102. [The paper analizes the contents of the concept of Millennium according to Täwäldä Mädəhn and Fiqəţor – two little known Ethiopic monastic leaders who lived in medieval Ethiopia (XIV-XV century) –, its origin and evolution in general, and makes an attempt to provide a critical reflection on the doctrinal significance of the monastery of Däbrä Səyon and of its history in Ethiopia, based on original documents] [Joachim of Fiore ca. 1132-1202] Milito S., «Il Terzo Regno di Gioacchino da Fiore e l’utopia religiosa di Ernst Bloch»: Florensia 18-19 (2004-2005) 123-138. [Vincente Ferrer 1350-1419] Fuster S., «De cómo Cristo reinará en la tierra, antes del juicio final, según San Vicente Ferrer»: in La Encarnación: Cristo al encuentro de los hombres. Actas del XI Simposio de Teología Histórica (68 marzo 2002), (Series Valentina 48), Valencia: Facultad de Teología “San Vicente Ferrer” 2003, pp. 485-vii: p. 247-262. d) 16th-17th Centuries Clouse R.G., «Millennialism in the Seventeenth Century»: GraceJ 6 (1965) 3-15. Brendler G., Das Täuferreich zu Münster 1534/35 (Leipziger Übersetzungen und Abhandlungen zum Mittelalter B 2), Berlin: Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften 1966, pp. 187 (= Diss. Leipzig 1965). rev. O. Rammstedt, Vierteljahrschrift für Sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte (Stuttgart, Germany) 54/3 (1967) 371-374 Lamont W.M., Godly Rule: Politics and Religion, 1603-1660, London: Macmillan - New York: St. Martin’s Press 1969, pp. 200 / Puritanism and the English Revolution. II: Politics and Religion, 1603-1660 (Modern revivals in history), Aldershot: Gregg Revivals 1991, pp. ix-250. rev. G.R. Abernathy, Jr., CathHistRev 59 (1973) 78-79; B.S. Capp, «Godly Rule and English Millenarianism»: Past & Present (Oxford, U.K.) 52 (1971) 106-117; C.S.R. Russell, The English Historical Review (Oxford, U.K.) 86/nr 338 (1971) 171-172 Toon P. (ed.), Puritans, the Millennium and the Future of Israel. Puritan Eschatology 1600-1660 (Library of Ecclesiastical History), Cambridge: James Clarke & Co. Ltd. 1970, pp. 156 / 2003. rev. C. Hill, The English Historical Review (Oxford, U.K.) 87/nr 343 (1972) 415-418 XI. Millennial Kingdom 157 Kirchhoff K.-H., Die Täufer in Münster 1534/35. Untersuchungen zum Umfang und zur Sozialstruktur der Bewegung (Veröffentlichungen der Historischen Kommission Westfalen XXII. Geschichtliche Arbeiten zur westfälischen Landesforschung, Band 12), Münster i.W.: Aschendorff 1973, pp. 292. rev. H. Faulenbach, Rheinische Vierteljahrsblätter (Bonn, Germany) 38 (1974) 538; M. Greschat, Vierteljahrschrift für Sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte (Stuttgart, Germany) 63 (1976) 534; D. Sauermann, Rheinisch-westfälischen Zeitschrift für Volkskunde (Bonn - Münster, Germany) 21 (1974) 157-158; J. Séguy, ArchScSocRel 41 (1976) 240-241 van Dülmen R. (ed.), Das Täuferreich zu Münster 1534-1535. Berichte und Dokumente, München: DTV Deutscher Taschenbuch 1974, pp. 303. Laydon J.P., The Kingdom of Christ and the Powers of the Earth. The Political Uses of Apocaliyptic and Millenarian Ideas in England 1648-53 (Diss. Univ. of Cambridge 1976, pp. v-491). Weckmann L., «Las esperanzas milenaristas de los franciscanos de la Nueva España»: Historia Mexicana (Mexico) 32 (1982) 89-105. van der Wall E.G.E., «Chiliasmus sanctus. De toekomstverwachting van Georg Lorenz Seidenbrecher (1623-1663)»: Nederlands Archief voor Kerkgeschiedenis [Dutch Review of Church History] (Leiden, The Netherlands) 63 (1983) 69-83. Kuratsuka T., «Gesamtgilde und Täufer. Der Radikalisierungsprozeß in der Reformation Münsters. Von der reformatorischen Bewegung zum Täuferreich 1533/34»: ARG 76 (1985) 231-270. Zakai A., «Puritan Millennialism and Theocracy in Early Massachusetts»: History of European Ideas (Oxford, U.K.) 8/3 (1987) 309-318. Kirchhoff K.-H., «Das Phänomen des Täuferreichs zu Münster 1534/35»: in F. Petri et alii (ed.), Der Raum Westfalen. 6/1: Fortschritte der Forschung und Schlußbilanz, Münster: Aschendorff 1989, pp. xvi-494: p. 277-422. Waite G.K., «From Apocalyptic Crusaders to Anabaptist Terrorist: Anabaptist Radicalism after Münster, 1535-1544»: ARG 80 (1989) 173-193. [BullSignal 44,719] Klötzer R., Die Täuferherrschaft von Münster. Stadtreformation und Welterneuerung (Reformationsgeschichtliche Studien und Texte 131), Münster: Aschendorff 1992, pp. 230 (= Diss. Hamburg 1991). rev. B. Moeller, Historische Zeitschrift (München, Germany) 261 (1995) 215-216 Hotson H., «The Historiographical Origins of Calvinist Millenarianism»: in B. Gordon (ed.), Protestant History and Identity in Sixteenth-Century Europe. II: The Later Reformation (St Andrews Studies in Reformation History), Aldershot: Scolar Press 1996, pp. x-194: p. 159-181. Wollgast S., «Chiliasmus und Geschichtsbild im Deutschland des 17. Jh»: Sitzungsberichte der LeibnizSozietät (Berlin, Germany) 11/3 (1996) 5-40 / online: <www2.hu-berlin.de/leibniz-sozietaet/archiv%20sb/ 011/01_wollgast.pdf>. Anglophonia: French Journal of English Studies (Toulouse, France) nr 3 (1998) Millénarisme et utopie dans les pays anglo-saxons: p. 57-66: «The Millennium as the Anti-Utopia of Seventeenth Century Political Thought» [J.C. Davis], p. 67-76: «Dénonciation des millénaristes et séduction du millénarisme dans l’œuvre de Dryden» [A. Poyet], p. 89-102: «Nature and man restored: Mysticism and Millenarianism in Andrew Michael Ramsay» [M. Baldi], p. 103-112: «“Apocalypse Now”: Blake and Millenialism» [D. Bulckaen]. Arthur A., The Tailor-King. The Rise and Fall of the Anabaptist Kingdom of Münster, New York: St. Martin’s Press 1999, pp. xii-244. Gribben C., The Puritan Millennium. Literature and Theology 1550-1682, Dublin - Portland OR: Four Courts 2000, pp. 224 (= Diss. Glasgow 1999). rev. D.F. Durnbaugh, UtSt 12/2 (2001) 309; B.D. Spinks, SJT 59 (2006) 482-483 Klötzer R., «Herrschaft der Täufer»: in B. Rommé - T. Albrecht (ed.), Das Königreich der Täufer. I: Reformation und Herrschaft in Münster [Ausstellung im Stadtmuseum Münster, 17. September 2000 bis 4. März 2001], Münster: Stadtmuseum Münster 2000, pp. 252: p. 104-131. van Campen M., «Het millennium gewogen. Het duizendjarige rijk in de visie van de Nadere Reformatie» [The Millennium weighed. The Millennial Kingdom in the Vision of the Further Reforma- XI. Millennial Kingdom 158 tion]: Documentatieblad Nadere Reformatie (Zoetermeer, The Netherlands) 24 (2000) 20-36 / online: <www.ssnr.nl/site/meta-pagina.php?voltekst_id=B00001874>. Laursen J.C. - Popkin R.H. (ed.), Millenarianism and Messianism in Early Modern European Culture. IV: Continental Millenarians: Protestants, Catholics, Heretics (Archives internationales d’histoire des idées 176), Dordrecht - London: Kluwer Academic 2001, pp. xx-126. rev. M. Eliav-Feldon, UtSt 14/2 (2003) 191-193; A.B. Seligman, American Political Science Review (Los Angeles CA) 96/3 (2002) 611-612 Connors R. - Gow A.C. (ed.), Anglo-American Millennialism, from Milton to the Millerites (Studies in the History of Christian Traditions 113), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2004, pp. xviii-210. rev. R.B. Barnes, The Sixteenth Century Journal. The Journal of Early Modern Studies (Kirksville MO) 37/3 (Fall 2006) 779-780; J. Kloos, ChurchHist 74/4 (2005) 859-860; A. Zakai, AHR 110/4 (2005) 1131-1132 Fischer C., «Die Täufer in Münster (1534/35). Recht und Verfassung einer chiliastischen Theokratie» [12. August 2004]: in electronic resource: <http://forhistiur.de/zitat/0408fischer.htm>. Gillingham R., «A History and Commentary on The “Kingdom of God” in Münster» [May 2006]: pp. 21 in electronic resource: <http://subrationedei.files.wordpress.com/2007/01/munster.pdf>. Greisiger L., «Chiliasten und “Judentzer” – Eschatologie und Judenmission im protestantischen Deutschland des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts»: Kwartalnik Historii Żydów [Jewish History Quarterly] (Warszawa, Poland) nr 4 (2006) 535-557. Lutterbach H., Der Weg in das Täuferreich von Münster. Ein Ringen um die heilige Stadt (Geschichte des Bistums Münster 3), Münster: Dialogverlag 2006, pp. 376 (= Diss. Technische Universität, Dresden 2007, pp. v-279). rev. M. Brecht, Westfälische Forschungen (Münster, Germany) 56 (2006); E. Laubach, ZHF 35/2 (2008); J.M. Stayer, MennQR 81/4 (2007) 129-130 Harwell J., «The Kingdom of Zion: The Anabaptists at Münster» [October 2007]: pp. 20 in electronic resource: <http://wso.williams.edu/~jharwell/muenster.pdf>. [A historical essay on the Anabaptists in Münster, detailing their rise in the early 16th century, the bizarre climax led by Jan van Leiden, and their tragic end] McDaniel C.A., Jr., «Violent Yearnings for the Kingdom of God: Münster’s Militant Anabaptism»: in J.K. Wellman, Jr. (ed.), Belief and Bloodshed. Religion and Violence across Time and Tradition, Lanham MD etc.: Rowman & Littlefield 2007, pp. viii-271: p. 63-80 (chap. 4). rev. G. Lancaster, Journal of Religion, Conflict, and Peace (Richmond IN - Goshen IN - Manchester IN) 2/1 (Fall 2008) <www.religionconflictpeace.org/node/44> Jue J.K., «Puritan Millenarianism in Old and New England»: in J. Coffey - P.C.H. Lim (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Puritanism (Cambridge Companions to Religion), Cambridge: University Press: 2008, pp. xi-385: p. 259-276. Lutterbach H., Das Täuferreich von Münster. Wurzeln und Eigenarten eines religiösen Aufbruchs, Münster: Aschendorff 2008, pp. 208. rev. M. Arnold, RHPR 90 (2010) 100; G. Dethlefs, ZHF 36/4 (2009) 696; A. Hartke, Westfälische Forschungen (Münster, Germany) 59 (2009); J. Trellenberg, ThLZ 135/12 (2010) cols 1354-1355 [Bartolomé de Las Casas 1484-1566] Milhou A., «Las Casas. Prophétisme et millénarisme»: Études nr 376 (3/1992) 393-304. [Bartolomé Las Casas, Spanish Dominican priest and advocate of of the rights of indigenous peoples of the Americas] da Silva G., «Mission und Gewalt im Reich Gottes. Das Beispiel von Bartolomé de Las Casas (14841566)»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 169-184. [Thomas Müntzer (Münzer) ca. 1489-1525] Reventlow H.G., «Mit dem Schwert das Reich Gottes ausbreiten: Thomas Müntzer»: in Id., Epochen der Bibelauslegung. III: Renaissance, Reformation, Humanismus, München: C.H. Beck 1997, pp. 271: p. 140-158. McLaughlin R.E., «Apocalypticism and Thomas Müntzer»: Archiv für Reformationsgeschichte. Internationale Zeitschrift zur Erforschung der Reformation und ihrer Weltwirkungen (Gütersloh, Germany) 95 (2004) 98-131. XI. Millennial Kingdom 159 [Joseph Mede 1586-1638] Jue J.K., Heaven upon Earth. Joseph Mede (1586-1638) and the Legacy of Millenarianism (Archives internationales d’histoire des idées / International Archives of the History of Ideas 194), Dordrecht: Springer 2006, pp. x-281 (= rev. Diss. Aberdeen 2003): Part 1 - Joseph Mede in Context: p. 65-85: Protestant Irenicism and the Millennium: Mede and the 65 Hartlib Circle, Part 2 - The Roots of Mede’s Apocalyptic Thought: p. 89107: The Origins of the Clavis Apocalyptica: A Millenarian Conversion, p. 109-137: Millenarians, The Church Fathers and Jewish Rabbis, Part 3 - The Legacy of Joseph Mede: p. 141-174: An English Millenarian Legacy, p. 211-244: The Continental Millenarian Tradition, p. 245-249: Conclusion: Revising British Millenarianism. rev. K. Gibson, History. The Journal of the Historical Association (London, U.K.) 93/nr 310 (2008) 270-271 Jue J.K., «A Millennial Genealogy: Joseph Mede, Jonathan Edwards, and Old Princeton»: in L.G. Tipton - J.C. Waddington (ed.), Resurrection and Eschatology: Theology in Service of the Church. Essays in Honor of Richard B. Gaffin Jr., Phillipsburg NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed 2008, pp. xix-586: p. 396-423. [Johann Heinrich Alsted 1588-1638] Hotson H., Paradise Postponed. Johann Heinrich Alsted and the Birth of Calvinist Millenarianism (Archives internationales d’histoire des idées / International Archives of the History of Ideas 172), Dordrecht etc.: Kluwer 2000, pp. x-227. rev. R.B. Barnes, Isis. Journal of the History of Science Society (Chicago IL) 93/3 (2002) 480-481; see also: Id., «Varieties of Apocalyptic Experience in Reformation Europe»: The Journal of Interdisciplinary History (Cambridge MA) 33/2 (2002) 261-274; V. Urbánek, Acta Comeniana. International review of research on J. A. Comenius and early modern intellectual and cultural history (Praha, Czech Republic) 19/nr 43 (2005) 212–215 [Jan Amos Comenius (Komenský) 1592-1670] Peres I., «Comenius chiliazmusa» [Millennialism od Comenius]: in Id. (ed.), Apokalyptische Orientation, Komárno: Selye János Egyetem - Univerzita J. Selyeho, Pedagogická fakulta 2009, pp. 195: p. 138-156 [in Hungarian]. [Petrus Serrarius 1600-1669] van der Wall E.G.E., De mystieke chiliast Petrus Serrarius (1600-1669) en zijn wereld [The mystical millenarian Petrus Serrarius (1600-1669) and his world], Leiden - Dordrecht: ICG Printing 1987, pp. x-826 (= Diss. Leiden 1987). rev. W. Frijhoff, ArchScSocRel nr 64/2 (1987) 344-345 van der Wall E.G.E., «The Amsterdam Millenarian Petrus Serrarius (1600-1669) and the Anglo-Dutch Circle of Philo-Judaists»: in J. van den Berg - E.G.E. van der Wall (ed.), Jewish-Christian Relations in the Seventeenth Century. Studies and Documents (Archives internationales d’histoire des idées / International archives of the history of ideas 19), Dordrecht etc.: Kluwer 1988, pp. ix-210: p. 73-94 / online: <https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/dspace/bitstream/1887/12128/1/3_908_005.pdf>. van der Wall E.G.E., «Petrus Serrarius (1600-1669) et le millénarisme mystique»: in J.-R. Armogathe (ed.), Le Grand Siècle et la Bible (Bible de tous les temps 6), Paris: Beauchesne 1989, pp. 834: p. 155-168 / online: <https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/dspace/bitstream/1887/8261/1/3_908_020.pdf>. [Kaspar (Caspar) von Stieler 1632-1707, German poet and playwright] Aikin J.P., «Romantic Comedy as Religious Allegory: The Millennial Kingdom in Caspar Stieler’s Die erfreuete Unschuld»: The German Quarterly (Durham NC) 57 (1984) 59-74. [Literature] [John Mason 1646?-1694] Almond P.C., «John Mason and his Religion. An Enthusiastic Millenarian in late Seventeenth-Century England»: The Seventeenth Century (Manchester, U.K.) 24 (2009) 156-176. [Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz 1646-1716] Hotson H., «Leibniz and Millenarianism»: in S. Brown (ed.), The Young Leibniz and his Philosophy (1646-76) (Archives internationales d’histoire des idées / International Archives of the History of Ideas 166), Dordrecht - London: Kluwer 1999, pp. xii-314: p. 169-198. [Louis-Marie Grignion de Montfort 1673-1716] Séguy J., «Millénarisme et “ordres adventistes”: Grignion de Montfort et les “Apôtres des Derniers Temps”»: ArchScSocRel nr 53 (1982) 22-48. [BullSignal 36,7786] XI. Millennial Kingdom 160 e) 18th-19th Centuries Garrett C., Respectable Folly. Millenarians and the French Revolution in France and in England, Baltimore - London: John Hopkins University 1975, pp. x-237. rev. M. Barkun, JAAR 44 (1976) 175-176; R.M. Golden, ChurchHist 45 (1976) 116-117; M.C. Jacob, Science & Society (New York NY) 41/2 (1977) 247-250; R.F. Necheles, AHR 81/4 (1976) 843; G. Rosen, Eighteenth-Century Studies (Baltimore MD) 10 (1976) 125-127; J. Séguy, ArchScSocRel nr 48/2 (1979) 286-287; L.I. Sweet, The Journal of Interdisciplinary History (Cambridge MA) 7/2 (1976) 338-339; W.W. Williams, CathHistRev 63/3 (1977) 432-434; J.F. Wilson, Sociological Analysis. A journal in the sociology of religion (Washington D.C.) 37 (1976) 91-92 Fruchtman J., Jr., The Apocalyptic Politics of Richard Price and Joseph Priestley: A Study in Late Eighteenth Century Republican Millennialism (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 73, part 4), Philadelphia PA: American Philosophical Society 1983, pp. iv-125. [BullSignal 38,867] rev. L. Stewart, Canadian Journal of History/Annales canadiennes d’histoire (Saskatchewan, Canada) 20 (1985) 118; D.O. Thomas, RelS 21/4 (1985) 608-611; E. Tuveson, ChurchHist 53/4 (1984) 558; A.H. Williamson, Journal of the History of Philosophy (Durham NC) 24/3 (1986) 418-420 Bloch R.H., Visionary Republic. Millennial Themes in American Thought, 1756-1800, Cambridge - New York: Cambridge University Press 1985, pp. xvi-291 (= rev. Diss. University of California 1980) / reprint 1988. rev. P. Bastian, Australasian Journal of American Studies (Sydney, NSW, Australia) 5 (1986) 58-59; J.F. Berens, AHR 92/2 (1987) 478-479; W. Breitenbach, Journal of the Early Republic (Philadelphia PA) 6/3 (1986) 301-302; C. Brooks, The English Historical Review (Oxford, U.K.) 103/nr 409 (1988) 1056-1057; J. Butler, PMHB 111 (1987) 127-129; J. Fruchtman, Jr., Eighteenth-Century Studies (Baltimore MD) 21/3 (1988) 361-363; C. Garrett, JAH 73/4 (1987) 1018-1019; D.G. Matthews, The William and Mary Quarterly (Williamsburg VA) 44/4 (1987) 813-816; P. Merkley, The Canadian Journal of History / Annales canadiennes d’histoire (Saskatchewan, Canada) 22 (1987) 119; J.H. Moorhead, JRel 67/4 (1987) 559-560; M.A. Noll, JSSR 26/3 (1987) 420 Taylor A., Visions of Harmony. A Study in Nineteenth-Century Millenarianism, Oxford - New York: Clarendon 1987, pp. 285. rev. M. Fellman, JAH 5/3 (1988) 932-933; R.S. Fogarty, AHR 95 (1990) 257; S.L. Kitch, The Historian (Tampa FL) 51/3 (May 1989) 510-511 Smith M.K., «Flourishing Millennialism During the Late Nineteenth Century. Issues and Events Which Will Apply To the Present Decade»: LSQ 31/2 (1991) 7-42 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/31-2.pdf>. Dunton H., «Millennial Hopes and Fears: Great Britain, 1780-1960»: AUSS 37/2 (1999) 179-208 / online: <www.auss.info/auss_publication_file.php?pub_id=976&journal=1&type=pdf>. Rast L.R., Jr., «Pietism and Mission: Lutheran Millennialism in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries»: ConTQ 64/4 (2000) 295-318. [Manuel de Lacunza y Díaz 1731-1801] Harnisch W., «Manuel Lacunza y el milenarismo»: Archivum Historicum Societatis Iesu (Roma, Italy) 40 (1971) 496-511. Arteaga Llona J., «Temas apocalípticos y lacunzismo: 1880-1918»: AnFacTeol 39 (1990) 209-224. [BullSignal 44,3804] Morales P.E., «Lacunza y el discurso milenarista en la literatura colonial»: Veritas. Revista de Filosofía y Teología (Valparaíso, Chile) nr 8 (2000) 137-150. de Zaballa Beascoechea A., «La Venida del Mesías de Manuel Lacunza. Primeras ediciones y críticas»: AHIg 11 (2002) 115-127 / online: <http://redalyc.uaemex.mx/redalyc/ pdf/355/35501112.pdf>. Saranyana J.I., «El milenarismo lacunciano y la teología de la liberación»: AHIg 11 (2002) 141-149. [Liberation Theology] f) 19th-20th Centuries Guiart J. - Worsley P., «La répartition des mouvements millénaristes en Mélanésie»: ArchSocRel nr 5 (1958) 38-46. Margull H.J., Aufbruch zur Zukunft. Chiliastisch-messianische Bewegungen in Afrika und Südostasien (Missionswissenschaftliche Forschung 1), Gütersloh: Mohn 1962, pp. 127. rev. E.K.A.H. Dammann, ThLZ 89 (1964) col. 311; M.-L. Letendre, ArchSocRel nr 18 (1964) 203 Segal R.A., «Eliade’s Theory of Millenarianism»: RelS 14/2 (1978) 159-173. [Mircea Eliade 1907-1986] XI. Millennial Kingdom 161 Curry M.D., Jehovah’s Witnesses: the effects of millenarianism on the maintenance of a religious sect (Diss. Florida State Univ. 1980, pp. v-317). Pessar P.R., «Millenarian Movement in Rural Brazil: Prophecy and Protest»: Religion 12/3 (1982) 187213. [BullSignal 37,1261] Underwood G., «Early Mormon Millenarianism: Another Look»: ChurchHist 54/2 (1985) 215-229. Bull M., «Eschatology and Manners in Seventh-Day Adventism»: ArchScSocRel 65 (1988) 145-159 [Cosmos, eschatology and ethics according to Ellen G. White (1827-1915)]. [BullSignal 42,8707] Schäfer H., «Das Reich der Freiheit. Überlegungen zur Funktion millenaristischer Eschatologie in den gesellschaftlichen Konflikten Mittelamerikas»: ZMissRW 73/2 (1989) 138-145 | trans. Spanish: «El reino de la libertad. Algunas consideraciones acerca de la función de la escatología milenarista en los conflictos de Centroamérica»: Pasos nr 31 (septiembre-octubre 1990) 11-14 = «El Reino de la libertad: los milenarismos»: in Id., Protestantismo y crisis social en América Central (Sociología de la religión), San José, Costa Rica: Editorial DEI [Departamento Ecuménico de Investigaciones] - [El Salvador]: Universidad Luterana Salvadoreña 1992, pp. 267: p. 179-187 (chap. 4) / online: <www.glopent.net/Members/hschaefer/schaefer_milen-ca.pdf/download>. [BullSignal 43,5496] Greenberg G., The Holy Land in American Religious Thought, 1620-1948. The Symbiosis of American Religious Approaches to Scripture’s Sacred Territory, Lanham MD etc.: University Press of America 1993, pp. xii-370: Part III: Religious Groups of the Nineteenth Century (chap. 8: Protestant Liberalists: Jewish Return and Christian Kingdom). rev. Y.S. Ariel, American Jewish History. An American Jewish Historical Society Quarterly Publication (Baltimore MD) 84 (1996) 50-52; E.L. Queen, II, ChurchHist 64/3 (1995) 516-517 Balmer R., «‘Thy Kingdom Come’: Apocalypticism in American Culture»: USQR 49 (1995) 17-33. rev. R.A. Pyne, BS 154/nr 614 (1997) 223 Lee S.T. (Yi Sang-t’aek), Religion and Social Formation in Korea. Minjung and Millenarianism (Religion and Society 37), Berlin - New York: Mouton de Gruyter 1996, pp. xiii-246. rev. A. Buzo, JRelHist 21/3 (1997) 365; K.H. Chong, JRel 78 (1998) 166-168 North G., «The Millennialim and the Progressive Movement»: The Journal of Libertarian Studies. An Interdisciplinary Quarterly Review (Auburn AL) 12 (1996) 121-142 / online: <www.mises.org/journals/jls/12_1/12_1_6.pdf>. Swanson D.M., «The Millennial Position of Spurgeon»: MasterSemJ 7/2 (1996) 183-212 / online: <www.tms.edu/tmsj/tmsj7g.pdf>. [Charles Haddon Spurgeon, 1834-1892, a British Baptist preacher] Kaplan J., Radical Religion in America. Millenarian Movements from the Far Right to the Children of Noah (Religion and Politics), (introd. M. Barkun), Syracuse NY: Syracuse University Press 1997, pp. xviii-245. rev. F. Lechner, American Journal of Sociology (Chicago IL) 103/4 (1998) 1086-1088; S. Matarese, CS 21 (2001) 135137; B. Whitsel, RRR 39/2 (1997) 186-187; S.A. Wright, SR 60/2 (1999) 205-206 Repp M., «Millennial Movements in East and Southeast Asia. An Introduction»: Japanese Religions (Kyoto / Tokyo, Japan) 23/1-2 (1998) 1-10. Paley M.D., Apocalypse and Millennium in English Romantic Poetry, Oxford: Clarendon 1999, pp. viii323. [Literature] rev. J.M. Dugger, Keats-Shelley Journal (New York) 53 (2004) 190-192; E. Jay, The Journal of English and Germanic Philology (Urbana IL) 100/4 (2001) 597-602; R. Woodman, Studies in Romanticism (Boston MA) 41/3 (2002) 474-481 Rowley D.G., «“Redeemer Empire”: Russian Millenarianism»: AHR 104/5 (1999) 1582-1602. Stewart K., «Bad Endings: American Apocalypsis»: Annual Review of Anthropology (Palo Alto CA) 28 (1999) 285-310. Wessinger C.L., How the Millennium Comes Violently. From Jonestown to Heaven’s Gate, (introd. J.S. Docherty), New York: Seven Bridges 2000, pp. xiii-305. rev. G.L. Anderson, International Journal on World Peace (St. Paul MN) 17 (June 2000) 83; B.E. Brasher, JAAR 71/2 (2003) 478-480; R. Kranenborg, Studies in Interreligious Dialogue (VU University Amsterdam, The Netherlands) 11 (2001) 251-254; T. Robbins, Nova Religio 4 (2000) 140-143; B.D. Zablocki, JSSR 40/3 (2001) 547-548 XI. Millennial Kingdom 162 Fulford T., Romanticism and Millenarianism, New York - Basingstoke: Palgrave 2002, pp. xvii-248. [Literature] rev. A. Lincoln, Blake. An Illustrated Quarterly (Rochester NY) 38 (2004) 43-47; J. Tambling, The Modern Language Review (Cambridge, U.K.) 99/3 (2004) 752-754 Gribben C. - Stunt T.C.F. (ed.), Prisoners of Hope? Aspects of Evangelical Millennialism in Britain and Ireland, 1800-1880 (Studies in Evangelical History and Thought), Carlisle, U.K. - Waynesboro GA: Paternoster 2004, pp. xiv-214 / Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2007: p. 18-43: 2. «Millennialism and Apocalypticism in Recent Historical Scholarship» [D.H. Shantz], p. 44-68: 3. «Influences in the Early Development of J.N.Darby» [T.C.F. Stunt], p. 69-94: 4. «‘The Ecstasy of Perfected Love’: The Eschatological Mysticism of J.N. Darby» [G.L. Nebeker], p. 95-121: 5. «Edward Irving: Eschatology, Ecclesiology and Spiritual Gifts» [T. Grass], p. 122-149: 6. «A Millennial Maelstrom: Controversy in the Continental Society in the 1820s» [K.J. Stewart], p. 150-176: 7. «Millennialism and the Interpretation of Prophecy in Ulster Presbyterianism, 1790-1850» [A. Holmes], p. 177-202: 8. «Andrew Bonar and the Scottish Presbyterian Millennium» [C. Gribben]. rev. R. Brown, JEH 58 (2007) 163-165 Thorp M.R., «Popular Mormon Millennialism in Nineteenth-Century Britain»: JMH 31/2 (2005) 89-111. Hieb N.D., «The Eschatological Millenarianism of Jürgen Moltmann»: Koinonia 18 (2006) 61-72. Vojtisek Z., «Millennial Expectations in the Grail Movement»: Nova Religio 9/3 (2006) 61-79. González R.A., «British roots in American millennialism. Edward Irving and the Millerite movement»: JAAS 10 (2007) 51-79. [Edward Irving 1792-1834] Villa-Flores J., «Religion, Politics, and Salvation: Latin American Millenarian Movements»: Radical History Review (Durham NC) 99 (Fall 2007) 242-252. Pfabe J.K., «Was It Foretold? Theodore Graebner, Millenialists and the World Wars»: Concordia Historical Institute Quarterly (St. Louis MO) 81/2 (2008) 98-110. [Theodore Graebner (1876-1950), Lutheran Pastor and Professor of of Philosophy and NT Interpretation, insisted that millennialists abused Scripture by employing false methods of interpretation. Millennialists believed that the restoration of the Jewish nation and the conversion of the Jewish people would indicate that Christ soon would establish his Messianic kingdom, the millennium. Graebner analyzed the contention of millenarians that the Bible foretold the World Wars, the nations involved in them, and the date of the Lord’s second coming. All these claims, he insisted, were unfounded. The practice of date-setting, according to him, was totally indefensible] g) Contemporary Period Teigen B.W., «Some Background Material for Understanding the Problem of Millennialism Among Lutherans»: LSQ 12/2 (1971-72) 1-47 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/12-2.pdf>. Erickson D., «Mormon Millennialism: The Literalist Legacy and Implications for the Year 2000»: DialogueJ 30/2 (1997) 1-32. de Zaballa Beascoechea A., «La discusión conceptual sobre el milenarismo y mesianismo en Latinoamérica»: AHIg 10 (2001) 353-362. Rutherford D., «Nationalism and Millenarianism in West Papua: Institutional Power, Interpretive Practice, and the Pursuit of Christian Truth»: in J. Nash (ed.), Social Movements. An Anthropological Reader (Blackwell Readers in Anthropology 7), Malden MA: Blackwell 2005, pp. xii-344: p. 146167. rev. S. Alpa, The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute (London, U.K.) 14/2 (2008) 469-470; N. Crossley, Progress in Human Geography (SAGE Publ.) 31/2 (2007) 283-284; G. Kubica, Social Anthropology (Cambridge, U.K.) 15/3 (2007) 400-402; M. Osterweil, American Anthropologist. Jounal of the American Anthropological Association (Flushing, NY) 108 (2008) 251-252 Newport K.G.C., «“Thy Kingdom Come”. The Theology of Victor Houteff and the Davidian Seventhday Adventists»: in Id., The Branch Davidians of Waco. The History and Beliefs of an Apocalyptic Sect, Oxford - New York: Oxford University Press 2006, pp. xvi-379: p. 76-94. rev. J.W. Barbeau, JEH 59 (2008) 177-178; I. Markham, Conversations in Religion & Theology (Hartford CT) 6 (2008) 70-77; S.A. Wright, JSSR 46/2 (2007) 283-284 Newport K.G.C. - Gribben C. (ed.), Expecting the End. Millennialism in Social and Historical Context, Waco TX: Baylor University 2006, pp. x-319: p. 1-24: 1. «Millenarianism and the Dynamics of Apocalyptic Time» [R. Landes], p. 25-48: 2. «Millenarianism and Violence in the Contemporary World» [J. Walliss], p. 67-78: 4. «Millennialism in Contemporary Israeli Politics» [B.E. Brasher], p. 79-98: 5. «Millennialism, Ecumenism, and Fundamentalism» [A. Pierce], p. 131-146: 8. «The Davidian Seventh-day Adventists and Millennial Expectation, 1959-2004» [K.G.C. Newport], p. 173-192: 10. «Tensions in Dispensational Eschatology» [M.S. Sweetnam], p. 193-212: 11. «Forty XI. Millennial Kingdom 163 Years of Millenarian Thought in the Charismatic Movement» [S.J. Hunt], p. 237-240: 13. «The Future of Millennial Expectation» [C. Gribben]. Sparn W., «Chiliastische Hoffnungen und apokalyptische Ängste. Das abendländische Erbe im neuen Jahrtausend»: in Schipper - Plasger (ed.), Apokalyptik und kein Ende?, p. 207-228. 8. Premillennialism / Postmillennialism / Amillennialism Walvoord J.F., «Millennial Series: Part 9: Amillennial Eschatology»: BS 108/nr 428 (1951) 7-14. Buhler F., Retour du Christ et millénium. Schémas des principaux systèmes prophétiques, Mulhouse: Centre de culture chrétienne 1976, pp. 57 / 19903. [Presentation of amillennialism, postmillennialism, premillennialism, dispensationalism] rev. J. Séguy, ArchScSocRel nr 48/2 (1979) 260-261 Hanko H., «An Exegetical Refutation of Postmillennialism»: PRThJ 11/2 (1978) 11-48. North G., Dominion & Common Grace. The Biblical Basis of Progress, Tyler TX: Institute for Christian Economics 1987, pp. xvi-295. [Postmillennialism] rev. D.J. Engelsma, PRThJ 25/2 (1992) 64-70; Contra Mundum. A Reformed Cultural Review (Fridley MN) nr 2 (Winter 1992) 63-65 The “End Times”: A Study on Eschatology and Millennialism. A Report of the Commission on Theology and Church Relations of The Lutheran Church--Missouri Synod, September 1989: pp. 65 in electronic resource: <www.lcms.org/graphics/assets/media/CTCR/endtme-2.pdf>. [Presentation and analysis of the dispensational premillennialism, historic premillennialism, postmillennialism, and amillennialism. It provides a special treatment of dispensation premillennialism] North G., Millennialism and Social Theory, Tyler TX: Institute for Christian Economics 1990, pp. xvi393 / online: <http://freebooks.entrewave.com/freebooks/docs/html/gnms/gnms.html>. rev. M.W. Kelley, Contra Mundum. A Reformed Cultural Review (Fridley MN) nr 2 (Winter 1992) 60-61: «Although he is himself a Postmillennialist, nevertheless, he is critical of traditional Postmillennialism» / online <www.contra-mundum. org/cm/reviews/mk_millennialism.pdf> Bahnsen G.L., Victory in Jesus. The Bright Hope of Postmillennialism, Texarkana AR: Covenant Media Press 1999, pp. 157. Clouse R.G., «Postmillennialism and America’s Global Mission»: in U. van der Heyden - A. Feldtkeller (ed.), Border Crossings. Explorations of an Interdisciplinary Historian. Festschrift for Irving Hexham (Missionsgeschichtliches Archiv 12), Stuttgart: Franz Steiner 2008, pp. 496: p. 19-30. rev. B.E. Schmidt, JEH 61 (2010) 202-204 Budiselić E., «Kritički osvrt na parabole o kvascu i gorušičinom sjemenu kao temelju za postmilenijalističku eshatologiju»: Kairos(C) 4/1 (2010) 63-72 [in Croatian] / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/79980> | trans. English: «Critical Reflection on the Parables of the Leaven and the Mustard Seed as Foundational for Postmillennialist Eschatology»: Kairos(C) 4/1 (2010) 51-61 / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/ file/81841>. [Parables; Mustard Seed: Mt 13:31-32; Leaven: Mt 13:33] Pate C.M., What Does the Future Hold? Exploring Various Views on the End Times, Grand Rapids MI: BakerBooks 2010, pp. 150: p. 31-54: chap. 2: Thy Kingdom Come: The Premillennial View of End-Time Prophecy, p. 55-74: chap. 3: Thy Kingdom Came: The Postmillennial View of End-Time Prophecy, p. 75-96: chap. 4: Thy Kingdom Came/Thy Kingdom Come: The Amillennial View of End-Time Prophecy, p. 97-128: chap. 5: Thy Kingdom Did Not Come: The Skeptical View of End-Time Prophecy. 9. Premillennialism Wallis W.B., «Reflections on the History of Premillennial Thought»: in R.L. Harris et alii (ed.), Interpretation & History. Essays in honour of Allan A. MacRae, Singapore: Christian Life Publishers 1986, pp. 300: p. 225-251. rev. W.L. Humphreys, RelSR 13/3 (1987) 254 Shank R.L., «The Church and Premillennialism»: JRadRef 7/2 (1998) 37-58; 7/3 (1998) 38-55 [originally an appendix of the book Until. The Coming of Messiah and his Kingdom, Springfield MO: Wescott 1982]. Hawkins C., «The Millennium and the Ideal Speech Community»: REx 97/3 (2000) 355-365. XI. Millennial Kingdom 164 Gibson S.M., A.J. Gordon: American Premillennialist, Lanham MD: University Press of America 2001, pp. 416. [Adoniram Judson Gordon (1836-1895)] rev. Y.S. Ariel, ChurchHist 72/4 (2003) 912-914; W.R. Glass, RelSR 29 (2003) 111 Pak U.K., Millennialism in the Korean Protestant Church (Asian Thought and Culture 50), New York: Peter Lang 2005, pp. xii-339. [The origin and development of premillennial eschatology in the evangelical Korean church from 1884 to 1945] rev. S. Ahn, Studies in World Christianity (Edinburgh, U.K.) 12/2 (2006) 184-187; A. Egan, SHE 32/3 (2006); J.H. Grayson, JEH 58/3 (2007) 594 Mayhue R.L., «New Covenant Theology and Futuristic Premillennialism»: MasterSemJ 18/2 (2007) 221232. Vlach M.J., «What is Premillennialism?» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax.com/ premillennialism.html>. Blomberg C.L. - Chung S.W. (ed.), A Case for Historic Premillennialism. An Alternative to “Left Behind” Eschatology, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2009, pp. xix-184: p. 1-22: «Dispensational and Historic Premillennialism as Popular Millennialist Movements» [T.P. Weber], p. 23-36: «The Future Written in the Past: The Old Testament and the Millennium» [R.S. Hess], p. 37-60: «Judaism and the World to Come» [H. Dallaire], p. 61-88: «The Posttribulationism of the New Testament: Leaving “Left Behind” Behind» [C.L. Blomberg], p. 89-104: «The Theological Method of Premillennialism» [D.J. Payne], p. 105-132: «Contemporary Millennial/Tribulational Debates: Whose Side Was the Early Church on?» [D. Fairbairn], p. 133-146: «Toward the Reformed and Covenantal Theology of Premillennialism: A Proposal» [S.W. Chung], p. 147-170: «Premillennial Tensions and Holistic Missiology: Latin American Evangelicalism» [O.A. Campos]. rev. A.J. Gibson, Themelios 34/2 (2009) 250-252; G.L. Kreider, BS 168/nr 670 (2011) 240-242; R.L. Mayhue, MasterSemJ 20/2 (2009) 250-252; E. Swanson, in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax.com/f/swanson--Hist_Premill [1].pdf>; P.E. Prosser, RelSR 36 (2010) 56 Ritchie T., «Can Anything Good Come out of Premillennialism? A Response to Robert O. Smith»: Dialog 48/3 (2009) 292-300. Blaising C., «The Kingdom that Comes with Jesus: Premillennialism and the Harmony of Scripture»: SBJT 14 (2010) 4-13. 10. Amillennialism Riddlebarger K., «A Present or Future Millennium»: ModRef 3/3 (1994) 14-18. Craigen T., «A Preliminary Critique of Contemporary Amillennialism» [2004]: pp. 28 in electronic resource: <www.pre-trib.org/data/pdf/Craigen-APreliminaryCritique.pdf>. Vlach M.J., «What is Amillennialism?» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax.com/ amillennialism.html>. 12. Dispensationalism Stam C.R., Things That Differ. The Fundamentals of Dispensationalism, Chicago IL: Berean Bible Society 1951, pp. 292 / reprint 1959 / 1985 / Germantown WI: Berean Bible Society 1996. Larkin C., Rightly Dividing the Word, Philadelphia PA: E.W. Moyer Company 1952, pp. 345: p. 45-60: chap. 4: «Church and Kingdom». [Church] Ryrie C.C., «The Necessity of Dispensationalism»: BS 114/nr 455 (1957) 243-254 = in Zuck (ed.), Vital Prophetic Issues, p. 148-157. Baxter J.S., The Strategic Grasp of the Bible. Studies in the Structural and Dispensational Characteristics of the Bible, London: Marshall, Morgan & Scott 1968, pp. 405 / Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1970 / Kregel 1991. Marks H.W., «The Bible’s Answer to Dispensationalism»: LSQ 16/4 (1976) 32-59 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/164.pdf>. Fuller D.P., Gospel and Law: Contrast or Continuum? The Hermeneutics of Dispensationalism and Covenant Theology, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1980, pp. xiii-217 (chap. 6: «The Kingdom of God»). rev. D.J. Moo, TrinJ 3 (1982) 99-102 / <www.covopc.org/Papers/Moo_Critique_Fuller.html> Blaising C.A., «Development of Dispensationalism by Contemporary Dispensationalists»: BS 145/nr 579 (1988) 254-280 = in Zuck (ed.), Vital Prophetic Issues, p. 165-184. XI. Millennial Kingdom 165 House H.W. - Ice T., Dominion Theology, Blessing or Curse? An Analysis of Christian Reconstructionism, Portland OR: Multnomah Press 1988, pp. 460: chap. 11: «Thy Kingdom Not Yet Come», p. 407-415: Appendix: «Bringing in the Kingdom». rev. J. Kline, Journal of Church and State (Waco TX) 31/3 (1989) 577-578; R.T. Leupp, JETS 33/3 (1990) 389391 Shepherd W.H., Jr., «Revelation and the Hermeneutics of Dispensationalism»: ATR 71 (1989) 281-299. [BullSignal 44,2787] Decker R.J., Contemporary Dispensational Theology, Kansas City MO: Calvary Bible College 1992, pp. ii-58 / online: <http://ntresources.com/documents/DispTheol_1992.pdf>. North G., Rapture Fever. Why Dispensationalism is Paralyzed, Tyler TX: Institute for Christian Economics 1993, pp. xxxv-246 / online: <http://freebooks.entrewave.com/freebooks/docs/html/gnrf/gnrf.html>. Ariel Y.S., «American Dispensationalists and Jerusalem, 1870-1918»: in Y. Ben-Arieh - M. Davis (ed.), Jerusalem in the Mind of the Western World, 1800-1948 (With Eyes Toward Zion 5), Westport CT: Praeger 1996, pp. xi-282: p. 125-138. Parmentier M., «Die Unhaltbarkeit des Dispensationalismus»: IKirchZ 86 (1996) 147-160. Stallard M., «Literal Interpretation, Theological Method, and the Essence of Dispensationalism»: Journal of Ministry and Theology (Clarks Summit PA) 1 (1997) 5-36 / online: <www.bbc.edu/journal/volume1_1/ literal_interpretation-stallard.pdf>. Bock D.L., «Why I Am a Dispensationalist with a Small “d”»: JETS 41/3 (1998) 383-397 / online: <www. etsjets.org/files/JETS-PDFs/41/41-3/41-3-pp383-398-JETS.pdf>. Heideman P., «Dispensational Theology»: Chafer Theological Seminary Journal (Fountain Valley CA) 4/3 (1998) 32-44. Gaertner D., «Restoring the Kingdom»: in J.A. Weatherly (ed.), Christ’s Victorious Church. Essays on Biblical Ecclesiology and Eschatology in Honor of Tom Friskney, Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2001, pp. xi-189: p. 134-141. Bigalke R.J., Jr. (ed.), Progressive Dispensationalism. An Analysis of the Movement and Defense of Traditional Dispensationalism, Lanham MD: University Press of America 2005, pp. xlii-384. Witherington B., III, The Problem with Evangelical Theology. Testing the Exegetical Foundations of Calvinism, Dispensationalism and Wesleyanism, Waco TX: Baylor University 2005, pp. xii-294: p. 93-172: Part II: On Dispensing with Dispensationalism; p. 171-190: Jesus, Paul, and John: keeping company in the kingdom. rev. H. Boersma, JRel 87/2 (2007) 283-284; R.G. Hardman, ATI 4/2 (2011) 80-84; R.C. Kourka, SCJ 10/2 (2007) 277-280; G.R. Kreider, BS 164/nr 656 (2007) 492-493; K. Zuber, «Exposing Barbara R. Rossing’s The Rapture Exposed and a Problem or Two with Ben Witherington’s The Problem with Evangelical Theology»: Journal of Dispensational Theology (Forth Worth TX) 10/nr 31 (December 2006) 69-86 (hier: 81-86) Woodbridge N.B., «A Biblical Critique of the Two-fold Theory of Dispensationalism: The Distinction between Israel and the Church»: Conspectus. The Journal of the South African Theological Seminary (Rivonia, Gauteng, S. Africa) 2 (2006) 86-109 / online: <www.satsonline.org/userfiles/Woodbridge,Dispensationalism.pdf>. Baer J.R., «American Dispensationalism’s Perpetually Imminent End Times»: JRel 87/2 (2007) 248-264. Vlach M.J., «What is Dispensationalism?» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.org/dispen. html>. Cone C. (ed.), Dispensationalism Tomorrow and Beyond. A Theological Collection in Honor of Charles C. Ryrie, Fort Worth TX: Tyndale Seminary Press 2008, pp. 492. rev. J.E. Rosscup, MasterSemJ 19/2 (2008) 260-262: «Twenty-three chapters seek to reflect Dispensationalism in its best, most defensible light» (p. 260); R.B. Zuck, BS 166/nr 661 (2009) 108-109 Laning J.A., «The Hermeneutics of Dispensationalism»: PRThJ 42 (2008) 17-35. Larsen D.L., Is God a Dispensationalist? The Definition and Dynamics of a System, Kearney NE: Morris Publishing 2008, pp. 134. rev. R.B. Zuck, BS 166/nr 664 (2009) 491-492 Vlach M.J., Dispensationalism. Essential Beliefs and Common Myths, Los Angeles CA: Theological Studies Press 2008, pp. 73: chap. 1: History of Dispensationalism, chap. 2: Essential Beliefs of Dispensationalism, chap. 3: Myths about Dispensationalism, chap. 4: Questions and Answers about Dispensationalism. XI. Millennial Kingdom 166 Church Ph.A.F., «Dispensational Christian Zionism. A Strange but Acceptable Aberration or a Deviant Heresy?»: WestTJ 71/2 (2009) 375-398. [BS 167/nr 666 (2010) 234-235] Flesher LeAnn S., «Premillennial Dispensationalism: Its Origins»: REx 106 (2009) 21-34. [NTA 54,27] rev. G.R. Kreider, BS 167/nr 665 (2010) 107-108 Flesher LeAnn S., «The Historical Development of Premillennial Dispensationalism»: REx 106 (2009) 35-45. rev. G.R. Kreider, BS 167/nr 665 (2010) 108-109 House H.W., «The Future of National Israel»: BS 166/nr 664 (2009) 463-481: p. 468-476: Dispensationalism. Rehfeldt J., «Bibliography for Dispensational Research»: pp. 150 in electronic resource: <http://www.mbbc. edu/download/Academics/GradSchool/ResearchDocuments/DispensationsResearch2.pdf>. [retrieved December 2009]. [Bibliography] Sweetnam M. - Gribben C., «J. N. Darby and the Irish Origins of Dispensationalism»: JETS 52/3 (2009) 569-577. [BS 167/nr 666 (2010) 238] Thomas R.L., «Dispensationalism’s Role in the Public Square»: MasterSemJ 20 (2009) 19-40 / online: <www.tms.edu/tmsj/tmsj20b.pdf>. Turner D.L., «Matthew Among the Dispensationalists. A Progressive Dispensational Perspective on the Kingdom of God in Matthew» [A paper presented to the Evangelical Theological Society Dispensational Study Group, New Orleans, November 19, 2009]: pp. 24 in electronic resource: <http:// ntresources.com/documents/DSG2009_KgdmGodMatt_DTurner.pdf> / see: M.L. Bailey, «Responce»: pp. 14 in electronic resource: <http://ntresources.com/documents/DSG_2009_BaileyResponseToTurner.pdf> = «Matthew Among the Dispensationalists»: JETS 53/4 (2010) 697-716. [NTA 55,918] [Matthew] rev. G.R. Kreider, BS 168/nr 671 (2011) 347-348 Sweetnam M.S., «Defining Dispensationalism: A Cultural Studies Perspective»: JRelHist 34/2 (2010) 191-212. [NTA 55,73] Donaldson A.W., The Last Days of Dispensationalism. A Scholarly Critique of Popular Misconceptions, (introd. S. Sizer), Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2011, pp. xv-168: p. 70-95: chap. 3: «The Kingdom of God», p. 128-147: chap. 5: «The Millennium». 13. Eschatology / Messianism / Prophecy Boyer P.S., When Time Shall Be No More. Prophecy Belief in Modern American Culture (Studies in Cultural History), Cambridge MA - London: Harvard University - Belknap Press 1992, pp. xiv-468 / reprint 20007. rev. B. Kuklick, AHR 98/3 (1993) 827-828; R.B. Westbrook, Reviews in American History (Baltimore MD) 21 (1993) 628633 Zager P.R., «Eschatology and Millennial Madness»: LSQ 39/3 (1999) 215-234 / <www.blts.edu/lsq/39-3.pdf>. 15. Miscellaneous Bowie F. - Deacy C. (ed.), The Coming Deliverer. Millennial Themes in World Religions (Religion, Culture, and Society), Cardiff: University of Wales 1997, pp. viii-264: p. 1-26: 1. «Equilibrium and the end of time: the roots of millenarianism» [F. Bowie], p. 77-101: 5. «Messianic hope in Second Temple Judaism» [J.G. Campbell], p. 102-118: 6. «Eschatological hope in the early Christian community: New Testament perspectives» [D.P. Davies]. rev. P. Collins, The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute (London, U.K.) 4/3 (1998) 571; R.L. Rainard, UtSt 10 (1999) 159-160; F. Whaling, Studies in World Christianity (Edinburgh, U.K.) 4/2 (1998) 267-268 Graziano F., The Millennial New World, New York: Oxford University Press 1999, pp. x-366. rev. T.A. Diacon, AHR 106/3 (2001) 1022-1023; F. Fernández-Armesto, Journal of Latin American Studies (New York NY) 33/4 (2001) 867-868; D.L.D. Heyck, CathHistRev 87/2 (2001) 350-351; J.R. Lara, Religion 34 (2004) 75-78; W.W. Wagar, UtSt 11/2 (2000) 214-218 Wessinger C.L. (ed.), Millennialism, Persecution & Violence. Historical Cases (Religion and Politics), Syracuse NY: Syracuse University 2000, pp. xv-403. rev. AHR 105/3 (2000) 1067; G. Mariz, UtSt 11/2 (2000) 308-310; J. Miller, JCS 44 (2002) 183-184; S. Palmer, SR 62/3 (2001) 412-413 Greenspoon L.J. - Simkins R.A. (ed.), Millennialism from the Hebrew Bible to the Present (Studies in Jewish Civilization 12), Omaha: Creighton University - Lincoln NE: University of Nebraska 2002, XI. Millennial Kingdom 167 pp. xviii-243 [Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Symposium of the Philip M. & Ethel Klutznick Chair in Jewish Civilization, October 10-11, 1999]. Walliss J., Apocalyptic Trajectories. Millenarianism and Violence in the Contemporary World, Oxford: Peter Lang 2004, pp. 271. [Nova Religio 9/3 (2006) 116-119] rev. T. Robbins, Terrorism and Political Violence (Philadelphia PA) 18/2 (2006) 361-363 / <www.uwosh.edu/isrvm/bookreviews/docs/18_2.pdf> Walliss J., «Understanding Contemporary Millenarian Violence»: Religion Compass (Williamsburg VA / Blackwell Publishing) 1/4 (2007) 498-511. Rizzi M., «Violenza e apocalisse: sulla controversa storia di un binomio»: in P. Corvo - R. Enríquez Valencia (ed.), Babele e dintorni. Fra catastrofismi e nuovi percorsi di senso (Religion and Society), Firenze: Mauro Pagliai Editore 2008, pp. 264: p. 33-43. rev. G. Colzani, ED 62 (2009) 266-268 XII. Biblical and Theological Themes Apocalyptic Collins B.G., «The Apocalyptic of Jesus and the Church»: BaptQ 1/8 (1923) 337-350 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/bq/01-8_337.pdf>. Stegemann E.W., «Das Reich Gottes als innergeschichtliche Apokalypse»: Reformatio 46/2 (1997) 115125. Käsemann E., «Der Anfang des Evangeliums: Die Botschaft vom Reiche Gottes» [1985]: in Id., In der Nachfolge des gekreuzigten Nazareners. Aufsätze und Vorträge aus dem Nachlass, (ed. R. Landau - W. Kraus), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2005, pp. ix-328: p. 1-12 | trans. English: «Beginning of the Gospel: The Message of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., On Being a Disciple of the Crucified Nazarene. Unpublished Lectures and Sermons, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2010, pp. xxi-337: p. 3-14. [NTA 50, p. 379; 54, p. 560] rev. W. Klaiber, ThLZ 132 (2007) cols 38-40; R. Morgan, JTS 60 (2009) 355; R. Vincent, Sal 69 (2007) 589-590 Frey J., «Die Apokalyptik als Herausforderung der neutestamentlichen Wissenschaft. Zum Problem: Jesus und die Apokalyptik»: in M. Becker - M. Öhler (ed.), Apokalyptik als Herausforderung neutestamentlicher Theologie (WUNT II/214), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2006, pp. viii-447: p. 2394. [NTA 51, p. 187-188] rev. P.H. Davids, BBR 18/2 (2008) 346-348; M. Labahn, ThLZ 135 (2010) cols 425-427; R. Schwindt, TrierTZ 119/3 (2010) 269-270: «F. sieht die Basileia im Zentrum der Verkündigung Jesu und fasst deren Zukünftigkeit und Gegenwart als komplementäre Zweiseitigkeit auf» (p. 269); J. White, JETh 21 (2007) 292-297 Waetjen H.C., «Millenarism, God’s Reign, and Daniel as the Bar-Enosh»: in R.B. Coote - N.K. Gottwald (ed.), To Break Every Yoke. Essays in Honor of Marvin L. Chaney (Social World of Biblical Antiquity II/3), Sheffield: Phoenix 2007, pp. xiii-380: p. 236-261. [Millenarianism / 1Enoch; Dn] [IZBG 54,570] rev. M.L. Moore, CBQ 71 (2009) 198-200 (hier: 199) Patterson S.J., «An Unanswered Question: Apocalyptic Expectation and Jesus’ Basileia Proclamation»: JSHJ 8 (2010) 67-79 [p. 71-73: Lk 17:20-21]. Archaeology Sawicki M., «A Kingdom of Contact»: in Id., Crossing Galilee. Architectures of Contact in the Occupied Land of Jesus, Harrisburg PA: Trinity Press International 2002, pp. viii-260: p. 176-198 (chap. 9). rev. L.J. Hoppe, CBQ 63 (2001) 764-765; M. Moreland, JBL 121/4 (2002) 757-766; D.D. Binder, Interp 56 (2002) 102.104 Gatsioufa P., «Ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ in einer christlichen Inschrift aus Germa (Galatien)»: Zeitschrift für Papirologie und Epigraphik (Köln, Germany) 160 (2007) 135-138. [Epigraphy] Art Christe Y., La vision de Matthieu (Matth. XXIV-XXV): origines et développement d’une image de la Seconde Parousie (Bibliothèque des cahiers archéologiques 10), Paris: Klincksieck 1973, pp. 92+36 Plates. rev. H.L. Kessler, The Art Bulletin (New York NY) 58 (1976) 121-123 La Rivière L., Het Koninkrijk van Daadkracht [The Kingdom of decisiveness], Kampen: Kok Voorhoeve 1994, pp. 122. Schuetz-Miller M.K., «Survival of Early Christian Symbolism in Monastic Churches of New Spain and Visions of the Millennial Kingdom»: Journal of the Southwest (Tucson AZ) 42 (2000) 763-800. García Echegoyen L., «“Adveniat regnum tuum”: mensaje iconográfico de la portada de Santa María la Real de Olite»: Príncipe de Viana (Navarra, Spain) 65/nr 233 (2004) 713-774. von Ulmann A., «Rembrandt gepaust: “Das Gleichnis der Arbeiter im Weinberg” in der St. Petersburger Ermitage und eine weitere neu entdeckte Version. Mit einer Nachschrift von Ernst van de Wetering»: Anzeiger des Germanischen Nationalmuseums (Nürnberg, Germany) (2007) 85-102. [Laborers in the Vineyard: Mt 20:1-16] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 169 Klauza K., «Arcykapłan Królestwa. Hermeneje ikon tradycji bizantyjskiej» [Il Sommo Sacerdote del regno. Ermeneia delle icone nella tradizione bizantina]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 533-542 (-542: Italian Summary). [Jesus the King] Deshman R., «Christus rex et magi reges. Kingship and Christology in Ottonian and Anglo-Saxon Art»: Frühmittelalterliche Studien (Münster, Germany) 10 (1976) 367-405. Kramiszewska A., «Idea Rex regum Dominus dominantium jako czynnik kształtujący ikonografię Jezusa w sztuce chrześcijańskiego Zachodu» [The Idea of Rex Regum Dominus Dominantium as the Factor Shaping Iconography of Jesus in Christian Art in the West]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 545-559 (-560: English Summary). Banquet (meal) Priest J.F., «The Messiah and the Meal in 1QSa»: JBL 82 (1963) 95-100. [Qumran] Boccaccini G., «Il banchetto eschatologico nei documenti del giudiasmo medio»: DSBP vol. 16 (1998) 72-81. Tait M., «Tha Last ‘Last Supper’: The Messianic Banquet in Pseudepigrapha»: ScripB 37/2 (2007) 77-86. Smit P.-B., Fellowship and Food in the Kingdom. Eschatological Meals and Scenes of Utopian Abundance in the New Testament (WUNT II/234), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2008, pp. 480 (= rev. Diss. University of Bern, Switzerland 2005): p. 82-109: Mark 14:25, p. 145-155: Luke 13:28-29, p. 155-157: Luke 14:15, p. 157-167: Luke 14:16-24, p. 177-185: Luke 22:16.18, p. 185-196: Luke 22:30, p. 210-216: Matthew 8:5-13 (211216: Matthew’s Reception of Q 13:28-29), p. 229-237: Matthew 22:1-14, p. 237-248: Matthew 25:1-13, p. 248-254: Matthew 26:29. [NTA 52, p. 616] rev. SHE 35 (2009) 249; E. Ebel, BZ 55 (2011) 141-143; C. Grappe, RHPR 90 (2010) 415; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 294; S. Schreiber, ThLZ 134/5 (2009) cols 566-568 Pitre B., «Jesus, the Messianic Banquet, and the Kingdom of God»: LetterSpirit 5 (2009) 125-153. [NTA 55,167] Corley K.E., «Celebratory Meals of the Kingdom of God and Meals of Jesus’ Presence: from Jesus to Q, the Didache, and the Eucharist»: in Id., Maranatha. Women’s Funerary Rituals and Christian Origins, (introd. J.D. Crossan), Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2010, pp. xvi-262: p. 65-88 (chap. 3). [Women] rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 37 (2011) 64; N. Hayward, ReBL 9/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7427_8099.pdf>: «Evidence that Jesus encouraged an egalitarian meal setting can be demonstrated by examining the parable of the feast (Matt 22:1-14; Luke 14:16-24; Gos. Thom. 64:1-12) and the tradition that Jesus dined with tax collectors and sinners (Q 7:34; Mark 2:15)»; S. Miller, RevBL 4/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7427_8137.pdf>: «These meals are interpreted as signs of the kingdom of God but do not specifically center on the presence of Jesus» Furnal J., «A Theology of the Table»: NBFR 92 (2011) 409-414. [Mark; Eucharist] [Luke] Müller C.G., «Kalbfleisch und gebratener Fisch. Anmerkungen zur lukanischen Speisekarte»: ThGl 96/3 (2006) 250-261. [NTA 51,222] Crabbe K., Transforming Tables: Meals as Encounters with the Kingdom in Luke (Diss. Th.M. Melbourne College of Divinity 2010, pp. iv-112: online: <http://repository.mcd.edu.au/513/1/2010MTheol_ Crabbe%2CK_Transforming_Tables.pdf>). [The thesis argues that the meals create a liminal space which brings to life the challenge and opportunity of responding to Jesus’ proclamation. Initially, the study outlines background material on meal traditions Luke inherited - both those derived from Greco-Roman symposia and from tradiditons within Judaism. It then describes Jesus’ proclamation of release and acceptance, and the Kingdom of God as presented in Luke, in order to demonstrate the ways in which meals embody this proclamation. Finally, the study considers two meal scenes in detail, Luke 7:36-50 and 14:1-24, and draws conclusions about the challenge to transformation which takes place in Lukan meals] Baptism Pratt R.L., «The Significance of John’s Baptism in Relation to the Kingdom and the Church»: Central Bible Quarterly (Minneapolis MN, ceased 1979) 19 (1976) 27Carile S., «Il Battesimo, segno di comunione del Regno»: in Regno come comunione. Atti della XVII Sessione di formazione ecumenica organizzata dal Segretariato Attività Ecumeniche (S.A.E.). La Mendola (Trento), 4-12 agosto 1979, Leumann (Torino): Elle Di Ci 1980, pp. 323: p. 155-158. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 170 Weremchuk M., «Baptism, the Kingdom and the Church» [4/2009]: pp. 38 in electronic resource: <www. biblicaltheology.com/Research/WeremchukM01.pdf>. Building Klausnitzer W., «„In-sein“ und „Out-sein“ – Als Nichtchrist an der Verwirklichung des Reiches Gottes mitarbeiten»: in W. Dettling - S. Grillmeyer (ed.), Das Feuer entfachen. Die Botschaft des Evangeliums in einer globalen Welt. Erzbischof Ludwig Schick zum 60. Geburtstag, Würzburg: Echter 2009, pp. 389: p. 100-106. Catechesis Marx H. - Tenter H., Hilfsbuch für den evangelischen Religionsunterricht an höheren Lehranstalten. Teil II: Stufe der Geschichte des Reiches Gottes. Untertertia bis Untersekunda, Leipzig - Frankfurt a.M.: Kesselringsche Hofbuchhandlung 1905, pp. 236. rev. E. Trommershausen, ZEvRU 16 (1904-1905) 262-264 Noordmans O., Het koninkrijk der hemelen. Toelichting op de Zondagen VII tot XXII van den Heidelbergsen catechismus [The kingdom of heaven. Explanation of the sections VII to XXI of the Heidelberg Catechism], Nijkerk: Callenbach 1949, pp. 215 / (Toelichtingen op de Heidelbergse catechismus 2), Franeker: Wever [19672]. Cieszyński A., Katechizm Królestwa Bożego [The Catechism of the Kingdom of God], Opole: Wydawnictwo Diecezjalne św. Krzyża 1958, pp. 158 / reprinted 1959 / 1964 [in Polish]. Lombaerts H., «Christus Koning: een catechetische ontsluiting»: ComD 9 (1984) 53-59 [in Dutch]. [Kingdom of Jesus] Baumann R., «“Wir können um sein Kommen nur beten…”. Das “Reich Gottes” im “Katholischen Erwachsenen-Katechismus”»: KBl 111/7 (1986) 515-523. Jendorff B., «In Erwartung: das Reich Gottes»: KBl 112/8 (1987) 598-601. Kern U., «Kleiner Katechismus: Dein Reich komme»: ChrLehre 43/4 (1990) 98-99 [Mt 6:10 // Lk 11:2]. Béguerie P., Aux sources de la foi. 4: Un monde nouveau, Paris: Cerf 1992, pp. 112 | trans. Portuguese: A novidade do reino de Deus (Temas de fé 10), Lisboa: Paulistas 1992, pp. 135. Schladoth P., «Himmel auf Erden? Reich Gottes - Hoffnung auf eine bessere Welt»: in Id., Lehrerkommentar (Treffpunkt RU 9/10), München: Kösel 1995, pp. 173: p. 92-103. Vidal G., «Jesus predigt die Gottesherrschaft»: Religionspädagogische Hefte (Speyer, Germany) Heft 3A (1995) 2-32 [Mt 25:31-46; Mt 21:31; Lk 17:21]. Lohkemper-Sobiech G., «Reich-Gottes-Botschaft als Beziehungsgeschehen. Bibliodramatische Elemente im Religionsunterricht - Exemplum handlungsorientierten Lernens»: in E. Verweyen-Hackmann (ed.), Methodenkompetenz im Religionsunterricht. Unterrichtspraktische Konkretionen von Fachund Arbeitsmethoden (Religionsunterricht konkret 4), Kevelaer: Butzon & Bercker 1999, pp. 228: p. 60-71. Sparn W., «“Dein Reich komme!” Geschichtsdeutung zwischen Weltgeschichte und Heilsgeschichte. Die Jahrtausendwende als geistliche Herausforderung»: in M. Pöhlmann (ed.), Wer schreibt Geschichte? Die Jahrtausendwende als Anlass zu theologischen Reflexionen (Arbeitshilfe für den evangelischen Religionsunterricht an Gymnasien 123), Erlangen: Gymnasialpädagogische Materialstelle der Evangelisch-Lutherischen Kirche in Bayern 1999, pp. 114: p. 13-34. Bitter G., «Einladung zum Reich-Gottes-Experiment»: Der Prediger und Katechet. Praktische katholische Zeitschrift für die Verkündigung des Glaubens (Ostfildern, Germany) 139 (2000) 209-214. Büttner G. - Borck K., «Dein Reich komme»: in Idd., Spurenlesen. 9/10. Werkbuch. Ein Handbuch für Lehrerinnen und Lehrer, Stuttgart: Calwer 2000, pp. 432: p. 217-242. Verboom W., «Het Koninkrijk van God in de Heidelbergse Catechismus» [The Kingdom of God in the Heidelberg Catechism]: in J. van der Graaf et alii, De apostel ook profeet. De profetische roeping van de kerk in een postmoderne tijd, Zoetermeer: Boekencentrum 2001, pp. 69: p. 40-51. Weisse W., «Reich Gottes»: in N. Mette - F. Rickers (ed.), Lexikon der Religionspädagogik, II, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2001, cols 1151-2336: cols 1600-1603. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 171 Skierkowski M., «Jezus jako Zwiastun Ewangelii o królestwie Bożym (ujęcie teologiczno-fundamentalne)» [Jesus as a Messenger of the Gospel of the Kingdom of God (the theological and fundamental dimensions)]: in S. Dziekoński (ed.), Ewangelizować czy katechizować?, Warszawa: Verbinum 2002, pp. 237 [in Polish]. Krobarth T., «Wie kommt Neues in unsere Welt? Reich Gottes – Symbol der Zukunftshoffnung, Projekt der Zukunftsgestaltung»: Das Wort. Österreichische Zeitschrift für evangelischen Religionsunterricht (Wien, Austria) Nr 2 (2003) 7-9. Orczyk A., Chrystus naszą nadzieją. Katechezy dla dorosłych [The Christ ist our hope. Catechesis for the adults], Sandomierz: Wydawnictwo Diecezjalne 2003, pp. 293: chap. 5. Królestwo Boże jest wśród nas [The Kingdom of God is among us] [in Polish]. Sembach E., «Wie das Reich Gottes klein unter uns Menschen anfängt»: Grundschule Religion (SeelzeVelber, Germany) Heft 3 (2003) 11-13. Siemann J., «Himmel - was ist das? Gottes Reich als Thema für Grundschulkinder»: in Id., Theorie und Praxis biblischer Didaktik (Bibel - Schule - Leben 4), Berlin: LIT 2003, pp. 136: p. 57-86. Kochel J., Katecheza królestwa niebieskiego. Studium biblijno-katechetyczne Ewangelii Mateusza [Catechesis of the Kingdom of Heaven. Biblical-catechetical Study of the Gospel of Matthew] (Opolska Biblioteka Teologiczna 74), Opole: Redakcja Wydawnictw Wydziału Teologicznego Uniwersytetu Opolskiego 2005, pp. 377[-384: Summary and Index in Italian and German] (= Diss. Hab.) [in Polish]. rev. J. Czerski, ScripS 8-9 (2004-2005) 265-268; M. Marczewski, Katecheta 50/nr 10 (2006) 71-73; A. Zellma, Katecheta 49/nr 11 (2005) 77-80 Kießling K., «Im Horizont des Reiches Gottes. Super-Vision für Religionslehrerinnen und Religionslehrer»: Religionsunterricht heute. Informationen des Dezernates Schulen und Hochschulen im Bisch öflichen Ordinariat Mainz (Mainz, Germany) 34/2 (2006) 10-13. Mingenbach H.-M. - Ricken L. (ed.), Zukunft im Reich Gottes. Ist die Zeit erfüllt? (Mk 1,15) (Religion betrifft uns. Unterrichtmaterialen 2006/Heft 2), Aachen: Bergmoser + Höller Verlag AG 2006, pp. 30 (2. Teil: Das Reich Gottes als geschichtliche Verheißung, 3. Teil: Zukunft zwischen Hoffnung und Utopieverlust). Ruspi W., «La venuta del Regno di Dio: Nota della Conferenza episcopale italiana»: ComI nr 211 (2007) 29-39. Baumann U., «Reich Gottes für mich? Die Botschaft Jesu im Religionsunterricht der Oberstufe»: in F. Schweitzer et alii, Elementarisierung und Kompetenz. Wie Schülerinnen und Schüler von “gutem Religionsunterricht” profitieren, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2008, pp. 178: p. 62-74. Zając M., «Idea Królestwa Bożego w nauczaniu katechetycznym» [The Concept of the Kingdom of God in Teaching Catechesis]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 427-437 (-438: English Summary). Piętak M., «Królestwo Boże i Królestwo Narnii… Scenariusz zajęć na katechezę szkolną, parafialną i wakacyjną: dla klas V-VI i gimnazjum» [Kingdom of God and Kingdom of Narnia… Scenario of catechesis classes at school, parish and summer: for classes V-VI and gymnasium]: Katecheta 54/nr 2 (2010) 35-43 [in Polish]. [Literature] [Parables] Götz B., «Der Sieg des Glaubens. Eine schulpraktische Darstellung der Gleichnisse vom Senfkorn und Sauerteig fürs 7. Schuljahr»: Neue Bahnen. Zeitschrift der Reichsfachschaft IV <Volksschule> im NSLB Leipzig (Gotha etc., Germany) 46/9 (1935) 267-271 / online: <www.bbf.dipf.de/cgi-shl/digibert. pl?id=BBF0807469>. [Mustard Seed: Mk 4:30-32 // Mt 13:31-32 // Lk 13:18-19 and Leaven: Mt 13:33 // Lk 13:20-21] Busslinger H. - Pfister X., «Das Unkraut unter dem Weizen (Mt 13,24–30). Angst vor dem Bösen?»: RL. Zeitschrift für Religionsunterricht und Lebenskunde (Zürich, Switzerland) 8/3 (1979). [Mt 13:24-30] Müller P. - Büttner B. - Heiligenthal R. - Thierfelder J., Die Gleichnisse Jesu. Ein Studien- und Arbeitsbuch für den Unterricht, Stuttgart: Calwer 2002, pp. 224: p. 110: Gleichnisse vom Reich Gottes, p. 110: Die Vorstellung vom Reich Gottes, p. 118: Das Gleichnis vom Senf (Mk 4,30-32), p. 127: Schätze entdecken (Mt 13,44-46), p. 155: Von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Mt 20,1-16). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 172 Reinholz B., «„Das Himmelreich gleicht einem Schatz…”. Das Gleichnis vom Schatz im Acker (Mt 13,44) in der Stille erschließen»: Loccumer Pelikan. Religionspädagogisches Magazin für Schule und Gemeinde (Rehburg - Loccum, Germany) 13/nr 3 (2003) 134-135 / online: <www.rpi-loccum.de/ reihim.html> ; <www.rpi-loccum.de/download/pelikan3_03.pdf>. Reus B. - Reus D., «Z matematyką w Królestwie Bożym - przypowieści Jezusa» [In the Kingdom of God with mathematics: the parables of Jesus]: Katecheta 47/7 (2003) 60-63 [in Polish]. Zöckler C. - Westphal J. - Schmidt-Rhaesa H.-J., «Die Frage nach dem Reich Gottes and seiner Gerechtigkeit: Das Gleichnis von den Arbeitern im Weinberg»: Reliprax. Religionspädagogik von der Praxis für die Praxis. Unterrichtsentwürfe - Arbeitsblätter - Bilder - Hintergrundmaterial (Bremen, Germany) 12/nr 44 (2003) 16-34 [Mt 20:1-16]. Dunnam M., Twelve Parables of Jesus. Bible Study for Christian Living, Nashville TN: Abingdon 2006, pp. 143 [Mt 25:1-13; Mt 13:44-46; Mt 13:24-30; Mt 18:21-35]. [NTA 51, p. 165] rev. R. Sanz Valdivieso, Carthag 25/nr 48 (2009) 495-496 Schaneng A., Das Gleichnis vom Senfkorn. Studienarbeit, München: Grin Verlag 2006, pp. 40: p. 4-14: 2. Das Gleichnis - allgemeingültige Aussagen als Vorverständnis für die Exegese, p. 15-26: 3. Exegese des Gleichnisses vom Senfkorn, p. 27-36: 4. Das Gleichnis vom Senfkorn im Religionsunterricht der Hauptschule [see: <www.grin.com/de/ preview/62332.html>]. [Mustard Seed: Mk 4:30-32 // Mt 13:31-32 // Lk 13:18-19] Kuhl M., «Das Reich Gottes als kollektiver Traum. Fünf Sequenzen zum Gleichnis vom Senfkorn»: Reli. Zeitschrift für Religionsunterricht (Zürich, Switzerland) 38/4 (2009) 23-27. [Mk 4:30-32] Böttge B., «“Das Reich Gottes ist wie…”: mehrperspektivische Arbeit mit Gleichnissen im RU (Sek I) im biblischen Zusammenhang»: forum religion: zur Praxis des Religionsunterrichts (Kassel, Germany) Heft 1 (2010) 16-30. [Mk 4:26-27; Mt 20:1-16] Häfliger-Cánepa R., «Gottesreich und Gerechtigkeit: die Parabel von den Arbeitern im Weinberg (Matthäus 20,1-16) im Konfirmationsunterricht»: reli. Zeitschrift für Religionsunterricht (Zürich, Switzerland) 40/3 (2011) 22-24. [Mt 20:1-16] [Catechesis of pope John Paul II on the Kingdom of God] «Rapporto tra continenza “per il regno dei cieli” e fecondità soprannaturale dello spirito umano» [General Audience,24.III.1982]: in Insegnamenti di Giovanni Paolo II [= IGPII], V/1, Città del Vaticano: Libreria Editrice Vaticana 1982, p. 978-981 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/27-2/GP8207. html>. [Mt 19:11-12] «Complementarietà per il regno dei cieli del matrimonio e della continenza» [General Audience,14.IV.1982]: IGPII V/1 (1982) 1175-1179 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/27-2/GP8210.html>. [Mt 19:11-12] «Continenza per il regno dei cieli e significato sponsale del corpo» [General Audience,28.IV.1982]: IGPII V/1 (1982) 1344-1348 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/27-2/GP8212.html>. [Mt 19:11-12] «La continenza “per il regno dei cieli” e l’ethos della vita coniugale e familiare» [General Audience,5.V.1982]: IGPII V/2 (1982) 1405-1408 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/27-2/GP8213.html>. [Mt 19:11-12] «La Divina Provvidenza e la crescita del regno di Dio» [General Audience,25.VI.1986]: IGPII IX/1 (1986) 1915-1919 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/08-2/GP8608.html>. [The Vatican II Council] «Gesù Cristo, Messia, “Re”» [General Audience,11.II.1987]: IGPII X/1 (1987) 313-317 / online: <www.clerus. org/clerus/dati/2000-06/01-2/11Feb87.html>. «Inaugurazione e compimento del regno di Dio in Gesù Cristo» [General Audience,18.III.1987]: IGPII X/1 (1987) 584-588 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/01-2/18Mar87.html>. «“Io preparo per voi un regno come il Padre l’ha preparato per me”» [General Audience,4.XI.1987]: IGPII X/3 (1987) 993-998 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/01-2/4Nov87.html>. «“È giunto a voi il regno di Dio”» [General Audience,27.IV.1988]: IGPII XI/1 (1988) 1043-1048 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/06-2/GP8811.html>. [Parables] «Gesù fondatore della sua Chiesa» [General Audience,15.VI.1988]: IGPII XI/2 (1988) / <www.clerus.org/clerus/ dati/2000-06/06-2/GP8815.html>. [Jesus’ proclamation of the Kingdom] «Gesù fondatore della struttura ministeriale della Chiesa: “… io assegno a voi un regno”» [General Audience,22.VI.1988]: IGPII XI/2 (1988) 2090-2094 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-10/13-999999/ GIOII.html>. [Kingdom – Church] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 173 «Pentecoste e presenza nella storia umana dell’unico regno di Gesù Cristo» [General Audience,22.XI.1989]: IGPII XII/2 (1989) 1317-1322 / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/07-2/GP8932.html>. «Il regno di Dio nell’Antico Testamento» [General Audience,7.VIII.1991]: IGPII XIV/2 (1991) / online: <www. clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/14-2/GP9123.html>. «Regno di Dio, regno di Cristo» [General Audience,4.IX.1991]: IGPII XIV/2 (1991) / online: <www.clerus.org/ clerus/dati/2000-06/14-2/GP9124.html>. «Il significato del regno di Dio nelle parabole evangeliche» [General Audience,18.IX.1991]: IGPII XIV/2 (1991) / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/14-2/GP9126.html>. «La crescita del regno di Dio secondo le parabole evangeliche» [General Audience,25.IX.1991]: IGPII XIV/2 (1991) / online: <www.clerus.org/clerus/dati/2000-06/14-2/GP9127.html>. «La speranza come attesa e preparazione del Regno di Dio» [General Audience, 2.XII.1998]: IGPII XXI/2 (1998) 1172-1175. «Cooperare all’avvento del Regno di Dio nel mondo» [General Audience, 6.XII.2000]: IGPII XXIII/2 (2000) 1040-1043. «Salmo 46: Il Signore, re dell’universo» [General Audience, 5.IX.2001]: IGPII XXIV/2 (2001) 237-239. Celibacy Häring B., «Ehelosigkeit um des Himmelreiches willen»: ThG 10 (1967) 145-150 | trans. English: «Celibacy for the Sake of the Kingdom of Heaven»: Liguorian (St. Louis MO) 55/8 (1967) 40-45. Schneider A. (ed.), Frei für die Welt. Anthropologische, psychologische und theologische Aspekte zur freigewählten Ehe- und Familienlosigkeit, Trier: Paulinus 1970, pp. 111: p. 35-55: «Anthropologische Überlegungen zur Ehelosigkeit um des Reiches Gottes Willen» [J. Rausch], p. 57-104: «Ehe- und Familienlosigkeit um des Himmelreiches Willen. Aktuelle theologische Aspekte» [A. Schneider]. Frank K.S., «Ehelosigkeit um des Himmelreiches willen im Verständnis der frühen Kirche»: Wandlung in Treue. Schriftenreihe zum heutigen Ordensleben (Werl, Germany) 13 (1972) 77-99. Thomas J., «Tout est grâce»: Christus(P) 29/nr 115 (1982) 338-344. [BullSignal 36,8914] Micó J., «La castidad, liberación para el Reino»: Selecciones de Franciscanismo (Valencia, Spain) 18/nr 52 (1989) 71-78. Flannery T., «Celibacy for the Kingdom»: Furrow 46/11 (1995) 623-628. von Däniken S., Christliche Ehe und Ehelosigkeit um der Basileia willen. Zwei Lebensformen vollgültiger Verwirklichung christlicher Existenz? (Vervielfältigte Lizentiatsarbeit Theol., Freiburg, Switzerland 1997, pp. 127). Viriato Lima B., Vida consagrada sinal do Reino de Deus no mundo actual: reflexao espiritual, S. Vicente 1998, pp. 67. Servais J., «Godgewijde maagdelijkheid en komst van het Rijk: Joachimitische bekoringen van het godgewijde leven» [Consecrated virginity and coming of the Kingdom: Joachim’s temptations of the consecrated life]: ComD 24/6 (1999) 429-446 [in Dutch]. García Paredes J.C.R., Teología de la Vida Religiosa (Estudios y ensayos 8. Teología), Madrid: BAC 2000, pp. xx-585: chap. XV. Celibato - Virginidad “por el Reino de Dios”: Amar “con todo el Corazón”: a) El celibato por el Reino de Dios como carisma y responsabilidad; c) Las cuatro dimensiones del Celibato por el Reino de Dios. Morillo R., «La vida religiosa signo profético del reino en el tercer milenio»: Nuevo Mundo. Instituto Teológico Franciscano Fray Luis Bolaños (Buenos Aires, Argentina) nr 190 (2000) 111-124. Spiller P., «Wspólnota w służbie Ewangelii Królestwa» [Community at the Service of the Kingdom’s Gospel]: in J. Gogola (ed.), Życie we wspólnocie zakonnej (Formacja zakonna 7), Kraków: Karmelitański Instytut Duchowości - Wydawnictwo Karmelitów Bosych 2002, pp. 304: p. 65-110 [in Polish]. Fernández B. - Prado F. (ed.), Celibato por el reino: carisma y profecía. “Como yo os he amado” (Jn 15,12). 32a Semana Nacional para Institutos de Vida Consagrada, Salamanca, del 23 al 26 de abril de 2003, Madrid: Publicaciones Claretianas 2003, pp. 390. rev. B. Clarot, NRTh 129/4 (2007) 676-677; P. Marti, ScripTh 36/3 (2004) 993-994 XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 174 Cusson G., «Castigad consagrada. Vida sexual y afectividad»: Diakonía nr 112 (octubre-diciembre 2004) 73-89. Krakowczyk P., Living for the Kingdom of God. Rethinking Religious Life in the Twenty-First Century, Quezon City: ICLA Publications - Claretian Publications 2004, pp. xiv-160. Ruiz Pérez M. Dolores, «Vida religiosa: signo clarísimo del Reino»: Diakonía nr 112 (octubre-diciembre 2004) 34-50. anon., «En vue du Royaume de Dieu: éléments de réflexion sur la formation au célibat sacerdotal»: Bulletin de Saint-Sulpice (Paris, France) 32 (2006) 359-396. Piasecki P., «Osoba konsekrowana – świadek Królestwa Bożego we współczesnym świecie» [The consecrated person – witness of the Kingdom of God in the modern world]: Życie Konsekrowane (Wrocław, Poland) nr 63 (1/2007) 98-113 [in Polish]. Lenchak T.A., «What’s Biblical about… Celibacy?»: BibTod 48 (2010) 41-42. [Mt 19:12] [NTA 54,1872] Child Inchley J., Kids and the Kingdom. How They Come to God, Wheaton IL: Tyndale House 1976, pp. 175. Francis J.M.M., «Childhood and Jesus»: in Id., Adults as Children. Images of Childhood in the Ancient World and the New Testament (Religions and Discourse 17), Oxford ecc.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. 346 (chap. 3). rev. P. Balla, ExpT 119/7 (2008) 359-360; F.G. Downing, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 10 Csinos D., «The Biblical Theme of Welcoming Children»: McMaster Journal of Theology and Ministry (Hamilton ON) 8 (2007) 97-117 (p. 107-110: Mk 10:13-16) / online: <www.mcmaster.ca/mjtm/pdfs/vol8/ MJTM_8.6_Csinos_Welcoming_Children.pdf>. MacLean W.R., «The child in the Gospel of Mark»: Familia. Revista de ciencias y orientación familiar (Salamanca, Spain) nr 34 (2007) 81-110. [Historical-critical study of Jesus’ interaction with children (Mk 9:33-37; 10:13-16) and his attitude to children (Mk 5:2143; 7:24-30; 9:14-29)] White K.J., «“He Placed a Little Child in the Midst”: Jesus, the Kingdom, and Children»: in Bunge et alii (ed.), The Child in the Bible, p. 353-374 (chap. 16). [Patristic] Mazzucco C., «I detti sui bambini e il Regno»: in M. Pesce - M. Rescio (ed.), La trasmissione delle parole di Gesù nei primi tre secoli (Antico e Nuovo Testamento 8), Brescia: Morcelliana 2010, pp. 271: p. 191-218. Christology Pannenberg W., Grundzüge der Christologie, Gütersloh: Mohn 1964, pp. 431 / 19907, pp. 445 | trans. English: Jesus, God and Man, Philadelphia: Westminster - London: SCM 1968, pp. 427 / 19772, pp. 415: p. 225-234: «The Call to the Kingdom of God», p. 365-377: «Jesus’ Kingship» / (SCM classics), London: SCM 2002, pp. xxviii-496; French: Esquisse d’une christologie (Cogitatio fidei 62), Paris: Cerf 1971, pp. 516 / 19992, pp. 528; Italian: Cristologia. Lineamenti fondamentali, (introd. A. Bellini), Brescia: Morcelliana 1974, pp. xxxix-591. Kasper W., Jesus der Christus, Mainz: Matthias Grünewald 1974, pp. 332 / 199812 = (Gesammelte Schriften 3), Freiburg i.Br.: Herder 2007, pp. 413: p. 116-139: II. Teil: Geschichte und Geschick Jesu Christi. II: Die Botschaft Jesu (1. Das Grundmotiv: Das Kommen der Herrschaft Gottes, 2. Der eschatologische Charakter der Herrschaft Gottes, 3. Der theo-logische Charakter der Herrschaft Gottes, 4. Der soteriologische Charakter der Gottesherrschaft) | trans. English: Jesus the Christ, London: Burns & Oates 1976, pp. 289; Italian (1975); Spanish (1976); Polish (1983); etc. Devenish P.E., «The Sovereignty of Jesus and the Sovereignty of God»: TTo 53 (1996) 63-73. Asquith C.M., «Christology of King and Kingdom»: LivWord 103 (1997) 7-15. Derobert J. - Laurent P.-M., Jésus dans la lumière des Psaumes, Paris: Téqui 1999, pp. 567 (5. L’attente du Sauveur. L’avènement du Royaume de Dieu). [NTA 45, p. 158] González A., «El anuncio del reinado de Jesús, el Mesías»: in Jesucristo, prototipo de humanidad en América Latina (IIIª reunión de la Comisión Teológica de la Compañía de Jesús en América XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 175 Latina), Ciudad de México: Obra Nacional de la Buena Prensa A.C. 2001, pp. 171: p. 129-158 / online: <www.geocities.com/praxeologia/anuncio.html> | trans. English: «The Proclamation of the Reign of Jesus the Messiah»: in Id., The Gospel of Faith and Justice, p. 70-94 (chap. 4). Lo W.J., «Incarnation of God’s Kingdom»: CTCBull 21 (2005) 25-27. Schlosser J., «Q et la christologie implicite»: in Lindemann (ed.), The Sayings Source Q, p. 289-316: p. 314-315: Q 11,20 = in Id., À la recherche de la Parole, p. 233-263 (260-262). Libânio J.B., «A redescoberta do Reino na teologia»: in Vigil (ed.), Descer da cruz os pobres, p. 149-156 = CiberT 3/nr 12 (julho-agosto 2007) 53-56 / <www.paulinas.org.br/ciberteologia/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/ 03aredescobertadoreino.pdf> / «The rediscovery of the Kingdom in theology»: <www.paulinas.org.br/ ciberteologiaen/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/03TherediscoveryoftheKingdom.pdf>. Ribeiro C. de Oliveira, «O reino é de Deus: aspectos para uma cristologia não-sacrificialista»: EstudosRel 21/nr 33 (2007) 159-179. Silva E., «La centralidad del Reino de Dios en la cristología de la liberación»: in Vigil (ed.), Descer da cruz os pobres, p. 215-226. Gardocki D., «Królestwo Boże w ujęciu współczesnej chrystologii» [Kingdom of God according to the Contemporary Christology]: StBobolanum 6/2 (2008) 81-98 [in Polish]. Sobrino J., «The coming Kingdom or God’s present Reign»: ConcE 44/3 (2008) 44-54. [NTA 54,1884] Sobrino J., «Jesus und das Reich Gottes. Mitleiden, Gerechtigkeit, Mahlgemeinschaft»: ConcG 44/3 (2008) 312-322. van de Beek A., God doet recht. Eschatologie als christologie (Spreken over God 2/1), Zoetermeer: Meinema 2008, pp. 444. rev. S. van Erp, TijdTh 48/3 (2008) 324-325 Henriksen J.-O., Desire, Gift, and Recognition. Christology and Postmodern Philosophy, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2009, pp. xii-379: p. 121-124: The Kingdom as Gift — the Impossibility of an “Economic” God, p. 140-141: The Kingdom of God — as Witness About God, p. 161-173: Excursus: The Community of the Church as a Sign of the Kingdom. [Philosophy; Church] rev. P.D. Jones, ModT 26/4 (2010) 677-679; V.-M. Kärkkäinen, TTo 67 (2010) 80-83; J.C. McDowell, ExpT 121/10 (2010) 522-523; R.G. Rexroat, HeyJ 52 (2011) 171; B.D. Robinette, TS 71/3 (2010) 758; T. Stanley, Ars Disputandi. The Online Journal for Philosophy of Religion 10 (2010) 128-131 <www.arsdisputandi.org/publish/articles/000360/article.pdf> Communism (socialism / marxism) White D., «A Summons for the Kingdom of God on Earth: The Early Social Gospel Novel»: South Atlantic Quarterly (Durham NC) 63 (Summer 1968) 469-485. [Albion Winegar Tourgée (1838-1905), American judge, writer, and equalitarian crusader, author of the novel Murvale Eastman: Christian Socialist (1890)] Flores F.J., «Comunismo o reino de Dios»: in J. Promis Ojeda et alii, Ernesto Cardenal, poeta de la liberación latinoamericana (Estudios latinoamericanos 13), (introd. E. Calabrese), Buenos Aires: Fernando García Cambeiro 1975, pp. 190: p. 159-190. [Ernesto Cardenal (1925-), Nicaraguan poet and Catholic priest, author of the poems: Salmos (1967), trans. English: The Psalms of Struggle and Liberation (1971)] Krešić A., Kraljevstvo Božje i komunizam [The Kingdom of God and Communism], Beograd: Institut za međunarodni radniãki pokret (IMRP) 1975, pp. 153. Passet J.E., «Making Way for God’s Kingdom: Socialism and Free Love in Berlin Heights, Ohio»: Northwest Ohio Quarterly. A Journal of History and Civilization (Maumee - Bowling Green OH) 73 (Winter 2001) 3-26. Le Blanc P., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Marx, Lenin, and the Revolutionary Experience. Studies of Communism and Radicalism in the Age of Globalization, (introd. D. Brutus), New York - London: Routledge 2006, pp. xiii-337: p. 49-76 (chap. 2). Dean J., «Christian Socialism: “The Kingdom of God within Us and around Us”»: in Id., Religious Experience and the New Woman. The Life of Lily Dougall, Bloomington IN: Indiana University 2007, pp. x-322: p. 102-118 (chap. 6). [Lilly Dougall (1858-1923), Canadian novelist and religious author] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 176 rev. T. Larsen, AHR 113 (2008) 162-163; M.C. McEntyre, JAH 94/3 (2007) 943; L.A.M. Richardson, Victorian Studies (Bloomington IN) 51/4 (2009) 729-732 Peterson A.L., «The Left and the Reign of God»: Rethinking Marxism. A Journal of Economics, Culture & Society (Notre Dame IN) 19 (2007) 72-91. [The essay explores the resources that religious Utopianism, especially Christian visions of the reign of God, might offer to the project of reclaiming and revising a politically effective left Utopianism. It looks both at various efforts to revise and reclaim Utopian theory and imagery by left analysts today and at the historical experiences of a particular Utopian movement, the Catholic peasant left in Central America. It also critiques the unacknowledged Utopianism of selfproclaimed “realists” on the right. The article concludes with an affirmation of both the continuing significance of a critical Utopianism for left thinking and activism today, and the distinctive potential of religious Utopianism as a resource for both theory and practice] Consequent Eschatology (konsequente Eschatologie) Flückiger F., Der Ursprung des christlichen Dogmas. Eine Auseinandersetzung mit Albert Schweitzer und Martin Werner, Zürich: Zollikon 1955, pp. 216: chap. 1: Die konsequente Eschatologie, chap. 4: Die Predigt der Gottesherrschaft. Zager W., «Konsequente Eschatologie»: RGG IV (20014) col. 1613. Babke H.-G., «Albert Schweitzer (1875 - 1965) – Theologe und Kulturkritiker. Kursthema und Unterrichtseinheit für die Sekundarstufe II.»: braunschweiger beiträge für theorie und praxis von ru und ku (Braunschweig, Germany) Heft 101 (3/2002) 18-32 (2. Die konsequent eschatologische Interpretation des historischen Jesus im Unterschied zum Jesusbild der Aufklärung). [Catechesis] Gassmann L., «Konsequente Eschatologie»: in electronic resource: <www.bible-only.org/german/handbuch/ Konsequente_Eschatologie.html> [retrieved December 2007]. Consistent (thoroughgoing) Eschatology Emmet C.W., «The Eschatological Question in the Gospels as Interpreted by Schweitzer»: in Id., The Eschatological Question in the Gospels and Other Studies in Recent New Testament Criticism, Edinburgh: T&T Clark 1911, pp. xiii-237: 1-78. [Critique of the thoroughgoing eschatology of A. Schweitzer] rev. G. Vos, PrincThRev 9 (1911) 662-666 online: <www.biblicaltheology.org/1911_4.pdf> Contextual Interpretation (inculturation) [Africa] Ilega D.I., «Religion and “Godless” Nationalism in Colonial Nigeria: God’s Kingdom Society and the N.C.N.C.»: Journal of Religion in Africa (Williamsburg VA) 18/2 (1988) 163-182. Adeso P. - Nare L. - Njorge J. (ed.), Kingdom of God in the Synoptics. Conversion, justice and peace / Royaume de Dieu dans les Synoptiques. Conversion, justice et paix. Actes du 6e congrès de l’APECA [Association Panafricaine des Exégètes Catholiques], Nairobi: Catholic Biblical Centre for Africa and Madagascar 1997, pp. 168. Bate S.C., «What does it mean that the Church is the instrument of the Kingdom of God in the South African context: a Catholic Perspective»: St Augustine Papers (Johannesburg, South Africa) 2/1 (2001) 33-65 / in electronic resource: <http://home.worldonline.co.za/~20058871/Kingdom%20of%20God%20in %20South%20Africa.htm#_ftn1>. Vorster N., «Transformation in South Africa and the Kingdom of God»: HTS 62/2 (2006) 731-753. [NTA 51,1294] Boundja C., Foi et modernité africaine. L’anticipation du règne de Dieu en Afrique, Paris: L’Harmattan 2008, pp. 150. de Wet F.W., «Speaking the language of the kingdom of God in the context of a society in transition»: HTS 66/1 (2010) 7 pp. in electronic resource: <www.hts.org.za/index.php/HTS/article/view/732/782>. [Covenant / Terminology] Habiyakare J.M., «The Kingdom of God and Pastoral Care. With Special Reference to Rwanda after the Genocide»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 247-252. [Violence] [America] Cox H., «The Kingdom of God in America. The Influence of Religion in the U.S.A. Today»: AmerikaKenk 21 (1987) 110-128 [in Japanese]. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 177 Scherer-Emunds M., Die letzte Schlacht um Gottes Reich. Politische Heilsstrategien amerikanischer Fundamentalisten (Theologie und Kirche im Prozess der Befreiung 6), (introd. F.J. Hinkelammert), Münster: Edition Liberación 1989, pp. 140. [Politics / Liberation] Zietsma D., «Building the Kingdom of God. Religious Discourse, National Identity, and the Good Neighbor Policy, 1930-1938»: Rhetoric & Public Affairs (The Baylor University, Waco TX) 11/2 (2008) 179-214. Hughes R.T., Christian America and the Kingdom of God, (introd. B. McLaren), Urbana IL: University of Illinois 2009, pp. xiii-211. [Politics] rev. J.S. Burkholder, MennQR 84/4 (2010) 609-611: «The heart of the book is chapters 2 and 3, which explore the notion of the kingdom of God in the Hebrew Bible and New Testament respectively. This discussion is intended to demonstrate the incongruity between the kingdom of God and earthly nations» (p. 609); R. Highfield, SCJ 13/1 (2010); K.J. Pulley, SCJ 13/1 (2010); C.P. Schulten, The Cresset. A review of literature, the arts, and public affairs (Valparaiso IN) 73/3 (Lent 2010) 58-60 / online: <http://152.228.34.67/cresset/2010/Lent/Schulten_L10.html>; T.A. Smith, ChrCent 127 (2010) 3840 Reece E., An American Gospel. On Family, History, and the Kingdom of God, New York: Riverhead Books 2009, pp. 224: p. 141-178: The Kingdom of God. Louie Kin-yip, «Cracks in the Kingdom of Heaven. The Effect of the Perception of Social Issues on the Major Splits in American Churches»: CGST Journal nr 49 (2010) 103-120 [in Chinese] [English Abstract: <www.cgst.edu/Publication/Journal/49/J49_121_Art04Abstract.pdf>]. [Asia] Bikle G.B., Jr., «Thy Kingdom Come on Earth. Some Reflections on the Social Gospel Movement in Japan»: Contemporary Religions in Japan [from 1974 = Japanese Journal of Religious Studies] (Tokyo, Japan) 9/3 (1968) 194-210 / online: <http://nirc.nanzan-u.ac.jp/publications/jjrs/pdf/CRJ-222.pdf>. Pancretius, «The Concept of the Kingdom of God in the Fishermen’s Struggle in Kerala»: LivWord 106/2 (2000) 96-100. Paulachan V.O., Vision of Sarvodaya for the Mission of the Kingdom of God in India (Diss. University of Mysore, Department of Studies in Christianity, India 2005, pp. xix-302: Table of Contents: <http:// dspace.vidyanidhi.org.in:8080/dspace/bitstream/2009/3123/1/>): p. 100-137: chap. III: Biblical Understanding of the Kingdom of God / <http://dspace.vidyanidhi.org.in:8080/dspace/bitstream/2009/3123/4/>, p. 138-191: chap. IV: The Kingdom of God: Biblical Vision of a New Society / <http://dspace.vidyanidhi.org.in:8080/ dspace/bitstream/2009/3123/5/>, p. 192-251: chap. V: Sarvodaya and the Christian Mission of the Kingdom of God in India / <http://dspace.vidyanidhi.org.in:8080/dspace/bitstream/2009/3123/6/>. [Mission] Bohr P.R., «The “Kingdom of Heaven” in China. Exploring the Taiping Millennial Vision»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 93-123. [Millennial Kingdom] Lourdusamy P., Ritual Impurity and the Kingdom of God. An additional Chapter to the emerging Dalit Theology, Nijmegen: Brakkenstein 2006, pp. 251 [13] (= Diss. Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen 2006). Kim D.K., «Understanding the Kingdom of God in the Tension between Aphoristic and Apocalyptic Motifs. Towards a Hermeneutic of Liberation for Minjung Theology»: CTCBull 23/2 (2007) 73-93 / online: <www.cca.org.hk/resources/ctc/ctc07-02/09_duk%20ki%20kim73.pdf>. Oh H.K., Regnum Dei und die Einheit von Korea. Eine Studie über die „Einheitstheologie“ der koreanischen protestantischen Kirchen zur koreanischen Wiedervereinigung unter eschatologischen und missionarischen Aspekten im Vergleich mit den theologischen Stellungnahmen auf dem Weg zur deutschen Einheit, Göttingen: Cuvillier 2007, pp. 272 (= Diss. Humboldt-Univ., Berlin 2004): p. 32-47: 1.3: Versuch der Zusammenfassung der theologischen Stellungnahme im Rahmen des Reich-Gottes-Gedankens auf dem Weg der deutschen Einheit, p. 112-118: 2.3.3.4: Der soziopolitisch-utopische Reich-Gottes-Gedanke als Motiv zur revolutionär-eschatologischen Vision, p. 128-167: 4.1: Die Problematik des Reich-Gottes-Gedankens in der Dogmengeschichte (Der transzendente Reich-Gottes-Gedanke im Sinne der Zukunf; Der immanente Reich-Gottes-Gedanke im Sinne der Gegenwart; Der immanent-transzendente Reich-Gottes-Gedanke im Sinne der Aufhebung der Zeit), p. 168-177: 4.2: Versuch der Zusamenfassung des immanent-transzendenten Reich-Gottes Gedankes, p. 178-183: Exkurs: Problematik des Reich-Gottes-Gedankes in der Missionsbewegung. Oanh M.N. Thi Kim, “Kingdom of God” in the Gospel of Mark. Its Message for the Church of Vietnam Today, Manila (Philippines): University of Santo Tomas 2008, pp. xxxi-256 (= Diss. University of Santo Tomas, Ecclesiastical Faculty of Sacred Theology): p. 35-75: chap. 2: Kingdom of God in the Old Testament, Judaic Literature and the New Testament, p. 77-95: chap. 3: The Proclamation of the Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark, p. 97-122: chap. 4: The Mystery of the Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark [Mk 4], p. 123-154: chap. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 178 5: The Demands of the Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark [Mk 9:47; 10:13-16; 10:23-27; 12:28-34], p. 155-172: chap. 6: The Future of the Kingdom of God in the Gospel of Mark [Mk 9:1; 14:25; 15:43], p. 173-225: chap. 7: The Message of the Markan Kingdom of God for the Church of Vietnam Today. [Mark] Dah N., Reading the Kingdom Teaching of Matthew from the Context of Myanmar (Diss. Melbourne College of Divinity 2009, pp. xii-344). [Following an analysis of the sectarian tensions within the Matthean community, and the polemics that the Gospel writer employs in response to those tensions, the thesis explores the socio-political context of Myanmar, and illustrates how Jesus’ Kingdom teaching in Matthew’s Gospel is similarly applicable to the persecuted Myanmar Christian community] Maggioni P.L., «Il “regno dei cieli”. Metafora promettente per l’annuncio in Cina»: ScCatt 137/3 (2009) 493-520. [Symbol (metaphor)] Kaiser S., «The Kingdom of God and the Power. Elements of Growth in Chinese Christianity»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 253-270. [Power] Kim M.-K., «Visionen vom Reich Gottes in Geschichte und Mission der Kirchen in Korea»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 271-300. Kotabe Sh., «Die Reich-Gottes-Visionen aus der Perspektive des Christentums in Japan»: in Schneider Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 301-338. Vellarackal P., Vision of Sarvodaya for the Mission of the Kingdom of God. An Analytical Study of Mahatma Gandhi’s Vision and Jesus’ Mission for Human Liberation, Saarbrücken: LAP Lambert Aacademic Publishing AG & Co KG 2011, pp. 280. [Australia and Oceania] Tuwere I.S., «Jesus as Tui (King) and Turaga (Chief)»: ConcE 46/5 (2010) 51-59 | trans. German: «Jesus als Tui (König) und Turaga (Häuptling)»: ConcG 46/5 (2010) 531-539. [NTA 55,1886] [Kingship of Jesus; Religious Pluralism] Spingler H., «The Context Matters. Visions of the Kingdom of God and Cultural Aspects in Papua New Guinea»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 233-246. Conversion (repentance) Wimber J., Kingdom living. Growing in the character of Christ, Ann Arbor MI: Servant Publications 1987, pp. 46 / Hodder & Stoughton 1988, pp. 32 | trans. German: Leben im Reich Gottes. Wie Gott Ihren Charakter verändern kann (Nachfolge konkret), Hochheim: Projektion-J-Verlag 1988, pp. 42 / 19892. Mages D., «The Openness of the Kingdom. The Gospel of the Imminent Fulfillment of the Davidic Promises»: JRadRef 13 (2006) 30-41. [NTA 51,141] Nave G.D., Jr., «“Repent, for the Kingdom of God Is at Hand”. Repentance in the Synoptic Gospels and Acts»: in M.J. Boda - G.T. Smith (ed.), Repentance in Christian Theology, Collegeville MN: Liturgical Press 2006, pp. xviii-425: p. 87-103. rev. Worship 82 (2008) 180-182; D.H. Wenkel, RevBL 9/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5626_5943.pdf> Honda M., «Jesus also called Pharisees and Scribes to the Kingdom of God»: Bulletin of Nishogakusha University (Tokyo, Japan) 50 (2007) 1-28 [in Japanese]. Langkammer H., Rachunek sumienia z Biblią [Examination of the conscience with the Bible], Lublin: Katolicki Uniwersytet Lubelski 2007 pp. 260: II Part: Rachunek sumienia z uczniami Jezusa. I: Jezus Chrystus i Jego postulaty. Królestwo Boże i metanoia [in Polish]. Covenant Ridderbos H.N., «Verbond en koninkrijk Gods» [Covenant and Kingdom of God]: GTT 44 (1943) 97121. Sauer E., Der göttliche Erlösungsplan von Ewigkeit zu Ewigkeit. Eine prophetische Karte mit erklärendem Text, Wuppertal: R. Brockhaus 1950, pp. 93 | trans. English: From Eternity to Eternity. An Outline of the Divine Purposes, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1954 / Carlisle, U.K.: Paternoster 1978, pp. 207: Part 3: The Coming Kingdom of God: Objections Considered. Klooster F.H., «The Kingdom of God in the History of the Christian Reformed Church»: in P. De Klerk R.R. De Ridder (ed.), Perspectives on the Christian Reformed Church. Studies in Its History, XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 179 Theology, and Ecumenicity. Presented in Honor of John Henry Kromminga at His Retirement as President of Calvin Theological Seminary, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1983, pp. 404: p. 203-224. Merrill E.H., «Covenant and the Kingdom: Genesis 1-3 as Foundation for Biblical Theology»: CTR 1/2 (1987) 295-308 / online: <http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/Ted_Hildebrandt/OTeSources/01-Genesis/Text/ArticlesBooks/Merrill-Gen1-3Theology-CTR.pdf>. Tan K.H., «Community, Kingdom and Cross: Jesus’ View of Covenant»: in J.A. Grant - A.I. Wilson (ed.), The God of Covenant. Biblical, Theological and Contemporary Perspectives, Leicester, U.K.: Apollos 2005, pp. 256: p. 122-155. [a collection of nine papers presented at the Triennial Conference of the Tyndale Fellowship in Nantwitch, U.K. in 2003] [The author discusses covenantal allusions relating to Jesus’ ministry in the gospels, arguing that covenant was an important issue even if the concept of covenant is directly referred to only once in the extant traditions of Jesus] Dykstra R.J., «The Relationship of God’s Kingdom to His Covenant»: PRThJ 40/2 (2007) 26-57. Williamson P.R., Sealed with an Oath. Covenant in God’s Unfolding Purpose (New Studies in Biblical Theology 23), Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity - Nottingham, U.K.: Apollos 2007, pp. 242: p. 208210: chap. 9: God’s new covenant consummated in the eschatological Kingdom. [NTA 51, p. 412-413] rev. R.C. Bailey, JETS 51/3 (2008) 618-620; J.A. Dearman, HorBT 30 (2008) 99-100; M.S. Harmon, RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5817_6141.pdf>; D. Scott, LetterSpirit 3 (2007) 211-212 Gentry P.J., «Kingdom Through Covenant: Humanity as the Divine Image»: SBJT 12 (2008) 16-43 [BS 165/nr 660 (2008) 484]. Hahn S.W., Covenant and Communion. The Biblical Theology of Pope Benedict XVI, Grand Rapids MI: Brazos 2009, pp. 204: p. 115-136: chap. 6: The Theology of the Divine Economy: Covenant, Kingdom, and the History of Salvation, p. 163-188: chap. 8: The Cosmic Liturgy: The Eucharistic Kingdom and the World as Temple. Hafemann S.J., «The Kingdom of God as the Mission of God»: in S. Storms - J. Taylor (ed.), For the Fame of God’s Name. Essays in Honor of John Piper, Wheaton IL: Crossway 2010, pp. 542: p. 235-252 (chap. 12). rev. S. Witmer, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 581-582 Creation (nature) Christoffersen S.A., «Korset i altet» [The Cross in the Universe]: NoTT 97 (1966) 3-13. [The relation between creation and the kingdom of God in Theodor Jørgensen’s book The Cross in the Universe. In his early writings, Jørgensen emphasizes the difference between creation and the kingdom in so far as the kingdom alters the foundations of life given at creation. One consequence of this difference is that Christology is protected from being reduced to just an interpretation of this world understood as created. But another consequence is that ethics has to be based on creation, not on the kingdom of God, as long as we are living in this world and not in the world to come. In his later writings, Jørgensen emphasizes the idea of the cross in the universe, thus connecting the creation and the kingdom closer to each other. How this will interfere with his ethical thinking is open to further investigation] Brueggemann W., «From Dust to Kingship»: ZAW 84 (1972) 1-18. [Gen 2:7; 1Kgs 16:1-3; 1Cor 15:48-49] [IZBG 20,227] Custance A.C., Man in Adam and in Christ (The Doorway Papers 3), Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1975, pp. 350: Part II: Nature as Part of the Kingdom of God [first publication 1959] / online edition 1997: <www. custance.org/old/man/index.html>. Touraille J., «La beauté du monde, icône du Royaume»: Contacts. Revue française de l’Orthodoxie (Paris, France) 31/nr 105 (1979) 1-24. [BullSignal 33,8078] Hutter M., «Adam als Gärtner und König (Gen 2,8.15)»: BZ 30/2 (1986) 258-262. van Seters J., «The Creation of Man and the Creation of the King»: ZAW 101/3 (1989) 333-342. [Gen 2-3; Ez 28:12-19; Ps 8] [IZBG 36,2108] Johnson K.C. - Coe J.H., Wildlife in the Kingdom Come. An Explorer Looks at the Critters and Creatures of the Theological Kingdom, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1993, pp. 126. Löning K. - Zenger E., Als Anfang schuf Gott. Biblische Schöpfungstheologien, Düsseldorf: Patmos 1997, pp. 254 | trans. English: To Begin with, God Created… Biblical Theologies of Creation, Collegeville MN: Liturgical Press 2000, pp. x-2000; Italian: In principio Dio creò. Teologie bibliche della creazione (giornale di teologia 321), Brescia: Queriniana 2006, pp. 287: p. 50-54: Dio regale della creazione, domatore del caos (Salmo 93), p. 68-83: L’instaurazione escatologica del regno di Dio come salvezza della creazione, p. 195-277: chap. IV: Creazione, Tôrah e regno di Dio. [NTA 45, p. 185] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 180 rev. W.H.U. Anderson, JHS 3 (2000-2001) online: <www.arts.ualberta.ca/JHS/ reviews/review019.htm>: «With regret, and not for a lack of open willingness, this book cannot be recommended»; C. Meier, ThRev 94 (1998) 502-505; J. Roloff, BiLi 71 (1998) 373-374; H. Seebass, ThLZ 124 (1999) 158-160 = English trans. Review of Theological Literature (Leiderdorp, The Netherlands) 1/1 (1999) 21-24 / S. Docherty, ScripB 31 (2001) 40-41; M.D. Futato, JETS 45/4 (2002) 682; C. Mangan, Proceedings IBA 23 (2000) 96-97 / J.L. Caballero, ScripTh 39/3 (2007) 953-954; V. Marques, REB 68/nr 269 (2008) 233-238 Fung J.M., «Dominion of co-creators»: EastAsianPR 37 (2000) 374-379. Sailhamer J., «Creation, Genesis 1–11, and the Canon»: BBR 10 (2000) 89-106 / online: <www.ibr-bbr.org/ IBRBulletin/BBR_2000/BBR_2000_1a_05_Sailhamer_CreationCanon.pdf>. A central purpose of the eschatological framework of the Pentateuch is to bring the whole of Genesis 1–11 into the realm of Israel’s own history and thus to prepare the way for an understanding of concepts such as the Kingdom of God in terms of the concrete realities of creation [IZBG 47,182] Reichenbach B.R., «Genesis 1 as a Theological-Political Narrative of Kingdom Establishment»: BBR 13 (2003) 47-69 / online: <www.ibr-bbr.org/IBRBulletin/BBR_2003/BBR_2003a_03_Reichenbach_Genesis1.pdf>. Scott P., «Nature, Technology, and the Rule of God: (En)countering the Disgracing of Nature»: in C. Deane-Drummond - B. Szerszynski (ed.), Re-Ordering Nature. Theology, Society, and the New Genetics, London - New York: T&T Clark 2003, pp. xiv-368: p. 275-292. rev. A. Lustig, JAAR 73/4 (2005) 1196-1199 Wiley T., «Creation Restored: God’s Basileia, the Social Economy, and the Human Good»: in C.J. Dempsey - M.M. Pazdan (ed.), Earth, Wind, and Fire, Biblical and Theological Perspectives on Creation, Collegeville MN: Liturgical Press 2004, pp. xvii-196: p. 77-102. rev. R. De W. Oosthuizen, RevBL 05/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4301_4279.pdf> Łanoszka M., «Idea odnowienia kosmosu jako obraz nadchodzącej pełni Królestwa Bożego» [The idea of the cosmic renovation as an image of the coming fullness of the Kingdom of God]: TarnStT 25/2 (2006) 39-60 [in Polish]. [An exegetical study of the NT passages about the “heaven and earth to pass away” (Lk 16:17; Mt 5:18; Mk 13:31; Mt 24:35; Lk 21:33; 1John 2:17; Rev 21:1b.4), and the others speaking about the escatological restoration - palingenesia (Mt 19:28) and renovation of the cosmos (Rev 21:1-5a). The final, third part of the article, offers a theological synthesis with the conclusion that the present world will pass away and the cosmic order will be transformed and made free from every evil. The idea of the renovated world is a realisation of the promise about the coming of the escatological Kingdom of God] Morris T. - Petcher D., Science & Grace. God’s Reign in the Natural Sciences, Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2006, pp. xvi-352: p. 93-158: Section Two: Jesus Christ, the Lord of Creation, p. 159-314: Section Three: Investigating His Dominion (p. 159-206: chap. 7. New Creatures at Work in the King’s Realm, p. 279-306: chap. 10. The Kingdom of Christ and the Culture of Science). rev. J. Henry, Journal of Dispensational Theology (Forth Worth TX) 10/nr 30 (September 2006) 55-61 / online: <www. tyndale.edu/f/SODT_Journal_Vol_10_No_30.pdf>; V.S. Poythress, WestTJ 69 (2007) 213-215; T.J. Shaw, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 117; A.E. Sikkema, Pro Rege 35/3 (2007) 42-43 Tuttle R.H., «Animalia, homo, and the Kingdom of God»: Zygon 41 (2006) 139-168. Snyder H.A., «Salvation Means Creation Healed: Creation, Cross, Kingdom, and Mission»: The Asbury Journal (Wilmore KY) 62 (2007) 9-48 / <www.asburyblog.net/kingdomconf05/CreationHealed.pdf>. de Aquino Júnior F., «A humanidade/criação geme com dores de parto: dimensão socioambiental do Reinado de Deus»: Convergência. Revista Mensal da Conferência dos Religiosos do Brasil (São Paulo, Brasil) 43/nr 416 (nov. 2008) 687-708. Hahn S.W., «Christ, Kingdom and Creation in Luke-Acts»: in M.V. Fabri - M. Tábet (ed.), Creazione e salvezza nella Bibbia. Atti dell’XI Convegno Internazionale della Facoltà di Teologia, Roma, 8-9 marzo 2007, Roma: Pontificia Università della Santa Croce 2009, pp. 519: p. 167-190 / online: <www.scotthahn.com/download/attachment/1931>. Cannato J., «The “Kingdom of God”»: in Id., Field of Compassion. How the New Cosmology Is Transforming Spiritual Life, Notre Dame IN: Sorin - Edinburgh: Alban 2010, pp. xiv-200: p. 81-96 (chap. 5). [Spirituality] Klein H., «Die Schöpfung in der Botschaft Jesu»: in T. Nicklas - K. Zamfir (ed.), Theologies of Creation in Early Judaism and Ancient Christianity. In Honour of Hans Klein (Deuterocanonical and Cognate Literature Studies 6), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2010, pp. xi-447: p. 253-266. rev. C. Grappe, RHPR 91/3 (2011) 402-402: «H. Klein étudie le motif de la création, conçue comme globalement bonne malgré des exceptions auxquelles Jésus remédie à travers sa proclamation en actes du Royaume» (p. 402) XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 181 Bwa S.H., «Vision of the Kingdom of God - Vision of the Whole Creation»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 117-140 = RAYS: MIT Journal of Theology (Myanmar Institute of Theology, Insein Township, Yangon, Myanmar / Burma) 12 (2011) 138-161. Kirk J.R.D., «New Creation and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Jesus Have I Loved, but Paul? A Narrative Approach to the Problem of Pauline Christianity, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2011, pp. ix-214: p. 31-52. [Paul] Moxnes H., «A Man’s Place in Matthew 19:3-15: Creation and Kingdom as Transformative Space of Identity»: in Balch - Lamoreaux (ed.), Finding, p. 103-123. Snyder H.A. - Scandrett J., «The Healing Mission of God»: in Idd., Salvation Means Creation Healed. The Ecology of Sin and Grace: Overcoming the Divorce between Earth and Heaven, Eugene OR: Cascade Books 2011, pp. xvii-260: p. 117-166 (p. 135-144: chap. 9. Mission and the Kingdom of God; p. 145166: chap. 10. Mission, Healing, and the End of Eschatology). Cross (sufferance) Rahner H., «Der königliche Weg des Kreuzes»: ZAM 8 (1933) 73-76. Geevarghese Mar Osthathios, «The Kingdom and Human Struggles. The Gospel of the Kingdom and the Crucified and Risen Lord»: in O’Brien (ed.), Partnership in Mission, p. 146-165. Wimber J., Kingdom suffering. Facing difficulty and trial in the Christian life, Ann Arbor MI: Servant Publications 1988 / Hodder & Stoughton 1989, pp. 32 | trans. German: Leiden im Reich Gottes. Wie Sie mit geistlichen Prüfungen umgehen können (Nachfolge konkret), Hochheim: Projektion-JVerlag 1988, pp. 41 / 19912. Guthrie S.C., «Human Suffering, Human Liberation, and the Sovereignty of God»: TTo 53 (1996) 22-34. Hall D.J., The Cross in Our Context. Jesus and the Suffering World, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2003, pp. x-274: p. 181-231: part IV: The Way of the Cross (p. 209-231: 10. God’s Reign, Creation Future). rev. H. Bedford-Strohm, TTo 62 (2005) 110-113; S.J. Duffy, Horizons 33/2 (2006) 362-363; H. Hadsell, Conversations in Religion & Theology (Hartford CT - Oxford, U.K.: Blackwell Publishing) 3/2 (November 2005) 167-175; E.M. Heen, RevBL 2/2005 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4393_4410.pdf>; A.P. Pauw, ChrCent 121/10 (2004) 29; K.D. Penvose, TSR 25/2 (2004) 114-115 Jahae R., «Historische en soteriologische noodzakelijkheid van Jezus’ lijden en dood in het licht van zijn zelfverstaan en optreden als middelaar van het Rijk Gods» [Historical and soteriological necessity of Jesus’ suffering and death in the light of his self-understanding and act as a mediator of the Kingdom of God]: ComD 28/3 (2003) 161-182 [in Dutch]. Borg M.J. - Crossan J.D., The Last Week. A Day-by-Day Account of Jesus’s Final Week in Jerusalem, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco 2006, pp. xii-220 | trans. Spanish: La última semana de Jesús. El relato día a día de la semana final de Jesús en Jerusalén, Madrid: Editorial PPC 2007, pp. 265. [NTA 50, p. 389] rev. C.L. Blomberg, RevBL 11/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6186_6619.pdf>; Ph.A. Cunningham, CBQ 68 (2006) 754-756: «… a central theme of the book is that “Jesus’s passion for the kingdom of God led to what is often called his passion, namely, his suffering and death”» (p. 754); C. Ensminger, RelSR 32/4 (2006) 259; G. Forbes, ExpT 120/4 (2009) 197-198; W.W. Klein, DenverJ 10 (2007); A. O’Leary, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 57-58; D. Senior, BibTod 45 (2007) 59 / F. Martínez Fresneda, Carthag 23/nr 44 (2007) 518-519 Marcus J., «Crucifixion as Parodic Exaltation»: JBL 125 (2006) 73-87. [NTA 50,1637; BS 163/nr 653 (2006) 481482] Sequeira L., «The Cross: Symbol of the Kingdom»: Vidyajyoti 70/3 (2006) 230-232. [Symbol] De Vidi A., Via Crucis del Regno. Una meditazione sulla Via della Croce nell’ottica del Regno di Dio, Bologna: Editrice Missionaria Italiana 2007, pp. 64. [Spirituality] De Santis M., «La passione di Gesù in Luca (Lc 22-23): l’evento catalizzatore del Regno di Dio»: Ang 85/2 (2008) 473-496. [Lk 22:47-53] [IZBG 54,881; NTA 53,281] Kruse M.P., Gudsriget og Korset i Markusevangeliet [Kingdom of God and Cross in the Gospel of Mark], BA-project (MF), Århus 2009, pp. 34 [in Danish]: in electronic resource: <http://ep.teologi.dk/ MF-BA/Open/2009KruseMadsPeterBA-opgave.pdf>. Nessan C.L., «“Thine is the Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory”: New Vistas for the Theology of the Cross»: Dialog 50 (2011) 81-89. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 182 [This article examines fifteen recent books on a theology of the cross in the English language. The author categorizes this literature into four types: exegetical and historical treatments, critiques of theologies of glory, challenges to the abuse of power, and signals of the coming of God’s kingdom: p. 86-88: D.J. Hall, The Cross in Our Context. Jesus and the Suffering World, Minneapolis 2003; D. Brondos, Fortress Introduction to Salvation and the Cross, Minneapolis 2007; M.W. Thomsen, Christ Crucified. A 21st-Century Missiology of the Cross, Minneapolis 2004; J. Caputo, The Weakness of God. A Theology of the Event, Bloomington 2006] Wright N.T., How God Became King: The Forgotten Story of the Gospels, New York: HarperOne 2012, pp. xvii-282. Culture Fries P.R., «God’s Human Face: Reflections on Spirit, Kingdom, and Culture»: The Reformed Journal (Grand Rapids MI) 30 (March 1980) 10-14. Vikrant S., «Indian Culture and the Kingdom of God»: Marai Aruvi. A Tamil Theological Quarterly (Tiruchirapalli, India) 8/4 (1984) 12-22 [in Tamil]. Sarpong P.K., Culture and the Kingdom, Accra: Cabo Pub. - Accra Catholic Press [?1985], pp. 62. Nicolas J., «The Kingdom of God and Culture»: Irai Iyal Kolangal (Kandy, Sri Lanka) 5 (1988/89) 14-19 [in Tamil]. Dietrich M., «Pietas Austriaca als Reich Gottes in Japan – Jesuitentheater am Wiener Kaiserhof»: Studien des Instituts für die Kultur der deutschsprachigen Länder (Sophia-Universität, Tokyo, Japan) 10 (1992) 36-84 / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/vol_issue/nels/AN10014155/ISS0000078188_en.html>. Zarzycka E., «Kultura ikoną Królestwa Bożego. Refleksje wokół teologii piękna Paula Evdokimova» [The culture as an icon of the Kingdom of God. Reflection on the theology of beauty of Paul Evdokimov]: AtKap vol. 139/nr 560 (2002) 67-80 [in Polish]. Campolo T., «Kingdom of God»: in B.D. McLaren - T. Campolo, Adventures in Missing the Point. How the culture-controlled Church neutered the Gospel, El Cajon CA: EmergentYS 2003 / Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2006, pp. 286: p. 42-53. rev. D. Rahn, Journal of Youth Ministry (Nappanee IN) 2 (Fall 2003) 122-125 Horton M.S., «How the Kingdom Comes. The church becomes countercultural by sinking its roots ever deeper into God’s heavenly gifts»: Christianity Today (Carol Stream IL) vol. 50 (January 2006) 42 / online: <www.covopc.org/Apologetics/How_Kingdom_Comes.html>. Darragh N., «The Realm of God as Strategic Involvement in Community Development»: AEJT 18 (2011) 49-60. [This paper investigates how our understanding of the realm of God (or the “kingdom of God”) can serve to give direction and guidance to Christian involvement in contemporary society that is religiously and culturally pluralist. It uses a case of urban regeneration to illustrate the delicate questions that occur at the interface between the theological understanding of the realm of God and the aspirations of public policy for community development. There is room here for common alignment but also for mutual critique] Death Schreiber S., «Apokalyptische Variationen über ein Leben nach dem Tod. Zu einem Aspekt der BasileiaVerkündigung Jesu»: in M. Labahn - M. Lang (ed.), Lebendige Hoffnung – ewiger Tod?! Jenseitsvorstellungen im Hellenismus, Judentum und Christentum (ABIG 24), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2007, pp. iv-444: p. 129-156. [NTA 52, p. 205-206] [Apocalyptic] Democracy de Chickera D., «Democratic impulses in Christianity»: Dialogue 27 (2000) 87-102 / online: <www. cwmnote.org/democratic.php>. Trigo P., «Cultura de la democracia. Expresión situada del reino de Dios»: I ter Humanitas. Revista de Filosofía y Humanidades (Caracas, Venezuela) 4/nr 8 (2007) 49-63. Webster R.S., «Dewey’s Democracy as the Kingdom of God on Earth»: Journal of Philosophy of Education (London, U.K.) 43/4 (2009) 615-632. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 183 Denominational Views [Mennonites] George T., «Early Anabaptist Spirituality in the Low Countries»: MennQR 62/3 (1988) 257-275. [BullSignal 43,956] Klassen P.P., Die Mennoniten in Paraguay. I: Reich Gottes und Reich dieser Welt, Bolanden - Weierhof: Mennonitischer Geschichtsverein E.V. 1988, pp. 383 / 20012 (rev. ed.), pp. 480. [Mormons / The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints] West R.B., Jr., Kingdom of the Saints. The Story of Brigham Young and the Mormons, New York: Viking Press 1957, pp. xxii-389: p. 333-366: chap. 15: The Kingdom of God / London: Jonathan Cape 1958. rev. S.G. Ellsworth, PHR 27 (1958) 76-77 Arrington L.J., Great Basin Kingdom. An Economic History of the Latter-day Saints, 1830-1900 (Studies in Economic History), Cambridge MA: Harvard University 1958, pp. xviii-534 / (Bison Book 342), Lincoln NE: University of Nebraska 1968 / Salt Lake City UT: University of Utah - Tanner Trust Fund 1993 / New Edition, (introd. R.W. Walker), Urbana IL: University of Illinois 2005, pp. xxxix-534. rev. L.H. Creer, PHR 28/2 (1959) 182-184; J.K. Melville, The Western Political Quarterly [from 1993 = Political Research Quarterly] (Salt Lake City UT) 12/3 (1959) 834-835; R.W. Paul, The Mississippi Valley Historical Review [from 1965 = JAH] 45/4 (1959) 668-669 / T.G. Alexander, JMH 33 (2007) 257-259; I.E. Annus, Nova Religio 11/2 (2007) 124 Hansen K.J., «The Political Kingdom of God as a Cause for Mormon-Gentile Conflict»: BYU Studies 2/2 (1960) 241-260. Melville J.K., «Brigham Young’s Ideal Society: The Kingdom of God»: BYU Studies 5 (1962) 3-18. [Brigham Young (1801-1877), Mormon’s leader, preacher and political men] Flander R.B., Nauvoo: Kingdom on the Mississippi, Urbana IL: University of Illinois 1965 / 1975 (Paperback), pp. 364. rev. M.S. De Pillis, AHR 71/4 (1966) 1441-1442; K.J. Hansen, DialogueJ 1/2 (1966) 103; F.H. Touchet, JSSR 6/2 (1967) 292-293; RRR 8/3 (1967) 188-189; E.A. Warner, ChurchHist 35/4 (1966) 475-476 Kyvig D.E. - Grant H.R., «A Mormon Plan for an Island Kingdom of God»: Prologue (The U.S. National Archives and Records Administration, College Park MD) 4 (Spring 1972) 26-30. Quinn D.M., «The Flag of the Kingdom of God»: BYU Studies 14 (1973) 105-114. Hill M.S., «Quest for Refuge: An Hypothesis as to the Social Origins and Nature of the Mormon Political Kingdom»: JMH 2 (1975) 3-20. Hill M.S., «The Rise of the Mormon Kingdom of God»: in R.D. Poll et alii (ed.), Utah’s History, Provo UT: Brigham Young University 1978, pp. xix-757: p. 97-112. Pollock G.D., In Search of Security. The Mormons and the Kingdom of God on Earth, 1830-1844 (Dissertations in Nineteenth-Century American Political and Social History), New York - London: Garland 1989, pp. v-385 (= Diss. Queen’s University 1977). Alexander T.G. (ed.), Great Basin Kingdom Revisited. Contemporary Perspectives, Logan UT: Utah State University 1991, pp. 164: p. 21-37: 2. The Kingdom, the Power, and the Water [D. Worster], p. 38-54: 3. Revisioning the Mormons: Great Basin Kingdom as Historical Literature [R. Etulain], p. 55-76: 4. Great Basin Kingdom: A Sociocultural Case Study [S. Albrecht], p. 77-98: 5. An Anthropological View of Great Basin Kingdom [M.P. Leone], p. 97-108: 6. Great Basin Kingdom After Thirty Years [J. Hughes], p. 109-132: 7. A Geographer’s Discovery of Great Basin Kingdom [L. Bennion]. rev. L.J. Arrington, DialogueJ 26/2 (1993) 173-183; M.G. Bishop, JMH 18/2 (1992) 219-221; C.E. Raymond, The Western Historical Quarterly (Logan UT) 23/4 (1992) 536-537; W.D. Russell, The John Whitmer Historical Association Journal (Independence MO) 12 (1992) 126; J. Sillito, Weber Studies. Voices and Viewpoints of the Contemporary West [from 2007 = Weber. The Contemporary West] (Ogden UT) 9/2 (1992) / online: <http://weberstudies.weber.edu/ archiveA.htm>; K.H. Winn, JAH 79/3 (1992) 1157-1158 Pace G.W., «Kingdom of God» (In Heaven; On Earth): in D.H. Ludlow (ed.), Encyclopedia of Mormonism. The History, Scripture, Doctrine, and Procedure of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, II: E-M, New York etc.: Macmillan Publishing Company 1992, pp. 547 (431-978): p. 790791. Quinn D.M., The Mormon Hierarchy. I: Origins of Power, Salt Lake City UT: Signature Books in association with Smith Research Associates 1994, pp. xv-685: chap. 5: The Kingdom of God in Nauvoo, Illinois. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 184 rev. J.L. Brooke, JAH 82/3 (1995) 1206-1207; R.L. Bushman, Journal of the Early Republic (Philadelphia PA) 15/3 (1995) 507-508; J. Butler, Nova Religio 1 (1997) 166-167; K.J. Hansen, ChurchHist 65 (1996) 132-133; B.C. Hardy, PHR 65 (1996) 150-151; D.C. Jessee, JMH 22/2 (1996) 162-168; D.L. Jorgensen, DialogueJ 31/4 (1998) 240-242 Bigler D.L., Forgotten Kingdom. The Mormon Theocracy in the American West, 1847-1896 (Kingdoms in the West 2), Spokane WA: Arthur Clark Co. 1998 / Logan UT: Utah State University 19992, pp. 411: p. 43-62: chap. 2: Founding the Kingdom, p. 87-102: chap. 4: The Kingdom Sovereign, p. 341-362: chap. 17: Americanization of the Kingdom. rev. B.Q. Cannon, Journal of the West (Santa Barbara CA) 42 (2003) 107; E.A. Eliason, FARMS 12 (2000) 95-112; E.L. Lyman, JMH 26 (2000) 228; J. Myers-Dickinson, UtSt 11 (2000) 148-150 Van Wagenen M.S., The Texas Republic and the Mormon Kingdom of God (South Texas Regional Studies 2), College Station TX: Texas A & M Univ. Press 2002, pp. xiii-117 (= Diss. The University of Texas, Brownsville TX 1998). rev. D.L. Bigler, The Western Historical Quarterly (Logan UT) 34/2 (2003) 236-237; R. Francaviglia, Southwestern Historical Quarterly (Austin TX) 109 (2003) 132; K.W. Godfrey, Utah Historical Quarterly (Salt Lake City UT) 71/3 (2003) 269-272 / online: <http://history.utah.gov/history_programs/utah_historic_quarterly/table_of_contents/documents/ Summer2003-v71-03.pdf> Speek V.C., “God Has Made Us a Kingdom”. James Strang and the Midwest Mormons, Salt Lake City UT: Signature Books 2006, pp. xii-396. rev. W.M. Ashcraft, JAH 94 (2007) 292-293; R.S. Jensen, JMH 32/3 (2006) 268-272 Nyman M.S., «Joseph Smith’s Interpretaton of the New Testament Parables of the Kingdom»: in A.C. Skinner et alii (ed.), Bountiful Harvest. Essays in Honor of S. Kent Brown, Provo UT: Neal A. Maxwell Institute for Religious Scholarship, Brigham Young University 2011, pp. xii, 482: p. 263-285. [Parables of the Kingdom] [Universal Church of the Kingdom of God] Justino M., Nos bastidores do reino. A vida secreta na Igreja Universal do Reino de Deus, São Paulo: Geração Editorial 1995, pp. 150 / Lisboa: Ed. “Livros do Brasil” 1995. Bonfatti P., A expressão popular do sagrado. Uma análise psico-antropológica da Igreja Universal do Reino de Deus (Religião e cultura), São Paulo: Paulinas 2000, pp. 188 (see index: <www.artnet. com.br/~bonfatti/libro.html>) (= Master’s thesis, Universidade Federal de Juiz de Fora 1998). Corten A. - Dozon J.P. - Oro A.P. (ed.), Les nouveaux conquérants de la foi. L’Église universelle du royaume de Dieu (Brésil) (Hommes et sociétés), (introd. H. Cox), Paris: Karthala 2003, pp. 294. rev. A. Mary, ArchScSocRel nr 128 (2004) 74-76; J. Noret, Cahiers d’études africaines (Paris, France) 45/nr 178 (2004) 589-591 / online: <http://etudesafricaines.revues.org/document5486.html> Oro A.P., «La transnationalisation du pentecôtisme brésilien : le cas de l’Eglise Universelle du Royaume de Dieu»: Civilisations (Bruxelles, Belgium) 51/1-2 (2004) 155-170. Alfaro A. Peña, «A metáfora no discurso religioso da Igreja Universal do Reino de Dios»: EstudosRel 21/nr 32 (2007) 96-105. Schmidt J.C., Wohlstand, Gesundheit und Glück im Reich Gottes. Eine Studie zur Deutung der brasilianischen neupfingstlerischen Kirche Igreja Universal do Reino de Deus (Kirchen in der Weltgesellschaft 1), Berlin: LIT 2007, pp. xii-269 (= Diss. Nürnberg Univ., Erlangen 2005). rev. R. Hempelmann, Materialdienst. Evangelische Zentralstelle für Weltanschauungsfragen (Berlin, Germany) nr 6 (2007) 237-238; W. Nordmann, ThLZ 133 (2008) cols 454-457 [Jehovah’s Witnesses] Rutherford J.F., The Kingdom, the Hope of the World, Brooklyn NY: Watch Tower 1931, pp. 62. Rutherford J.F., Escape to the Kingdom, Brooklyn NY: Watch Tower 1933, pp. 64. Sulowski J., Królestwo Boże według świadków Jehowy [The Kingdom of God according to the Jehovah’s Witnesses] (Diss. Lic. Papieski Wydział Teologiczny – Sekcja św. Andrzeja Boboli „Bobolanum”, Warszawa 1962) [in Polish]. Gauvin J.M., «Jehovah’s Witnesses and the Kingdom of God»: New Zealand Rationalist & Humanist (Auckland, New Zealand, from 2002 = The Open Society) 35/3-4 (1974) see index: <www.nzarh.org. nz/jindex/journalindex.htm>. Jehovah’s Witnesses: Proclaimers of God’s Kingdom, Brooklyn NY: Watchtower Bible and Tract Society of New York / International Bible Students Association 1993, pp. 753 | trans. German: XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 185 Jehovas Zeugen: Verkündiger des Königreiches Gottes, Selters - Taunus: Wachturm Bibel- und Traktat-Gesellschaft 1993, pp. 749. Bednarski W., W obronie wiary. Pismo Święte a nauka Świadków Jehowy, innych sekt i wyznań niekatolickich. Podręcznik obrony dogmatów [In defence of the faith. The Bible and the teaching of the Jehovah’s Witnesses, the other sects and non-Catholic confessions], Gdańsk: Exter - Toruń: Wydawnictwo Ewangelizacyjne Abigail 1997, pp. 319 / 20037 (rev. ed.): chap. 9: «1000 lat królowania» [The reign of 1000 years]: <http://watchtower.org.pl/w_obronie_wiary-09.php>; chap. 30: «Królestwo Boże»: [The Kingdom of God] <http://watchtower.org.pl/w_obronie_wiary-30.php> / <http://free.of.pl/r/referent/usr/30.htm>; <www.trinitarians.info/w-obronie-wiary> [in Polish]. Kohlhofer K. - Noll J., «Jehovas Zeugen – Verkündiger des Königreiches Gottes»: Österreichisches Archiv für Recht und Religion (Freistadt, Austria) 49 (2002) 147-158. Połgensek T., O jakim Królestwie nauczał Jezus?, Gdynia: Fundacja Słowo Nadziei 2003, pp. 263 / online: <www.sn.org.pl/publikacje>. [Varia] Pruitt R.J., The Kingdom of God and the Church of God: Two distinct entities, Cleveland TN: White Wing Publishing House 1977, pp. 62. [The Church of God: a pentecostal Christian congregation] Barker E., New Religious Movements and Political Orders. Kingdoms of Heaven on Earth (Pamphlet library 15), Canterbury, U.K.: Centre for the Study of Religion and Society, University of Kent 1987, pp. 27 / «Kingdoms of Heaven on Earth: New Religious Movements and Political Orders»: in A. Shupe - J.K. Hadden (ed.), The Politics of Religion and Social Change (Religion and the Political Order 2), New York: Paragon House 1988, pp. xx-284 [rev. versions of papers originally presented at a conference at Hilton Head Island SC, in 1985]: p. 17-39 | trans. Polish: «Królestwo niebieskie na ziemi. Nowe ruchy religijne i systemy polityczne»: Nomos. Kwartalnik religioznawczy (Kraków, Poland) 1/nr 1 (1992) 35-60. Barker E., «Behold the New Jerusalems! Catch 22s in the Kingdom-Building Endeavors of New Religious Movements»: SR 54/4 (1993) 337-352. Anderson D., The ICC Bible Studies: A Critical Analysis [1997]: in electronic resource: <www.tolc.org/ studyeng.htm>: An Overview of the Studies: The Kingdom Study | trans. German [1997] <www.reveal.org/library/ theology/dandersn-deutsch.html>. [An examination of the Bible study series of the International Churches of Christ] Oliva M., O diabo no “reino de Deus”. Por que proliferam as seitas? (Biblioteca do reino 9), São Paulo: Musa Editora [1997], pp. 175. Warchoł E., «Proces urzeczywistniania się mariawickiej wizji “Królestwa Bożego na ziemi”» [Process of realizing of the Mariavits’ vision of “the Kingdom of God on earth”]: Saeculum Christianum. Pismo historyczno-społeczne (Warszawa, Poland) 9/1 (2002) 143-153 [in Polish]. Zimmerling P., «Geistliche Kampfführung. Pfingstlich-charismatischer Einsatz für das Reich Gottes»: in L. Schottroff et alii (ed.), Das Imperium kehrt zurück. Das Imperium in der Bibel und als Herausforderung für die Ökumene heute (Erev-Rav-Hefte: Glaubenszeugnisse unserer Zeit 6), Wittingen: Erev-Rav, Verein für Biblische und Politische Bildung 2006, pp. 179: p. 75-83. Schmidt J.C., «Dein Reich komme … durch die Macht des Heiligen Geistes. Visionen vom Reich Gottes im pfingstlich-charismatischen Christentum und ihre Auswirkungen auf Missionsverständnis und Missionspraxis»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 155-168 = LuthThK 35/3 (2011) 189-200. [Mission] Discipleship Nuvolone F., Il regno di Dio quale contesto e contenuto dell’annuncio del discepolo, a partire da Lc 9, 60b (Thesis Licence, Fribourg Univ., Switzerland 1972, 2 vols). Winstanley M.T., Come and See. An Exploration into Christian Discipleship, London: Darton, Longman & Todd 1985, pp. xi-148. rev. J.R. Duckworth, ScripB 17/2 (1987) 47-48 du Toit A.B., «Dissipelskap in die koninkryk – destyds en vandag»: in J.C. Coetzee (ed.), Koninkryk, Gees en Woord. Huldigingsbundel aangebied aan prof. dr. Lambertus Floor by sy emeritaat as professor in Nuwe Testament, Pretoria: NG Kerkboekhandel 1988, pp. xvii-319: p. 70-81. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 186 Buess E., «Politik aus der Nachfolge»: ThZ 48 (1992) 22-32: p. 24-30: Nachfolge und Reich Gottes. [Politics] [BullSignal 46,4055] Hinlicky P.R., «Grace and Discipleship in the Kingdom of God»: ProEccl 4/3 (1995) 356-363. Spencer F.S., «“Follow me”: The imperious call of Jesus in the synoptic gospels»: Interp 59/2 (2005) 142-153. [NTA 49,1665] Lorenzin T., «Re/Regno»: in G. De Virgilio (ed.), Dizionario Biblico della Vocazione (Centro Internazionale Vocazionale Rogate), Roma: Editrice Rogate 2007, pp. xlv-1080: p. 779-783. Luciani R., «Seguidores y discípulos del reino en la praxis fraterna del Jesús histórico. Un maestro y muchos hermanos»: Iter. Revista de Teología (Caracas, Venezuela) 18/nr 42-43 (2007) 161-208. Oñoro C. F., «Entrar en el Reino. La dimensión soteriológica del discipulado y sus consecuencias / To Enter the Kingdom. The Soteriological Dimension of Discipleship and Its Implications»: CuestTeolFil 34 (2007) 149-160. Tumanan P.K.M., «Kerajaan Imam: Teologi Kerajaan Allah Dan Implikasinya Bagi Pemuridan Kristen Masa Kini»: Veritas. Jurnal Teologi dan Pelayanan (Seminari Alkitab Asia Tenggara, Malang, Indonesia) 9/2 (2008) 153-170 [in Indonesian] / online: <http://www.seabs.ac.id/journal_detail.php?e=9/2>. [Mark] Bartolomé J.J., «El discipulado de Jesús en Marcos. Motivo y metodología de un modelo evangélico de vida cristiana»: EstBíb 51/4 (1993) 511-530. [BullSignal 48,1529; NTA 38,778] Henderson S.W., «‘Concerning the Loaves’ Comprehending Incomprehension in Mark 6.45-52»: JSNT 24 (2001) 3-26. [NTA 46,192] Díaz Mateos M., «¿De qui én somos discípulos?»: Páginas 31/nr 199 (2006) 6-17 [Mk 2:18-22]. [NTA 51,982] Henderson S.W., Christology and Discipleship in the Gospel of Mark (SNTS MS 135), Cambridge, U.K. - New York: Cambridge University 2006, pp. xv-287: p. 97-135: Part III: Discipleship in action. 4: Discipleship as presence in Mark 4:1-34 (p. 101-133: Jesus’ kingdom of God teaching: Mark 4:1-34). rev. P. Foster, ExpT 118/2 (2006) 95; D.M. Gurtner, JETS 50/2 (2007) 394-396; R.C. Hill, HeyJ 48/4 (2007) 625-626; S. O’Collins, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 52; M. Tait, RRT 15/4 (2008) 489-492; M. Telford, RevBL 7/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/ pdf/5298_5578.pdf>; R. Walsh, RelSR 33 (2007) 65; H. Wansbrough, The Pastoral Review 3 (2007) 96-97 Bartolomé J.J., «Jesús de Nazaret, formador de discípulos. Motivo, método y meta de la pedagogía de Jesús según el evangelio de Marcos»: Sal 69/3 (2007) 453-476. [NTA 52,980] Vena O.D., «The Markan Construction of Jesus as Disciple of the Kingdom»: in N.W. Duran et alii (ed.), Mark. Texts @ Contexts, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2010, pp. xvii-237: p. 71-100. [NTA 55, p. 157] rev. D.J. Neville, RevBL 6/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7814_8546.pdf> Dualism (ages / eons) Jasiński A.S., «“Aiōn” w Nowym Testamencie» [“Aiōn” in the New Testament]: RTK 33 (1986) 79-99 [in Polish]. [BullSignal 45,1179] Perani M., «Maimonide sull’escatologia: la risurrezione dei morti e l’‘olam ha-ba’»: RivBib 39 (1991) 31-42. Mackie S.D., Eschatology and Exhortation in the Epistle to the Hebrews (WUNT II/223), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2007, pp. xi-284 (= rev. Diss. Fuller Theological Seminary, Pasadena CA 2006): p. 29-152: Part One: Two-Age Eschatology and Exhortation. [NTA 51, p. 401] rev. D. Allen, ExpT 119 (2008) 192; I. Boxal, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 97; A.C. Mitchell, RelSR 34/2 (2008) 107; C.K. Rothschild, CBQ 72/3 (2010) 598-599; J. Swetnam, Bib 89/3 (2008) 430-433 Ecology Schwarz H., «The Eschatological Dimension of Ecology»: Zygon 9/4 (1974) 323-338. Bridger F., «Ecology and Eschatology: A Neglected Dimension»: TynB 41 (1990) 290-301. Herman W.R., «The Kingdom of God: An adequate basis for an ecological theology of nature?»: in J. Mouton - B.C. Lategan (ed.), The Relevance of Theolgy for the 1990’s, Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council 1994, p. 477-483. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 187 Cobb J.B., Jr., «Whose Kingdom on Earth? A Christian Vision on Ecology and Sustainability»: Future Generations Journal (Valletta, Malta) 22 (1997) 8-11. Elvey A.F., «Desiring the peaceable kingdom? Use/respect dualism and the enigma of predation—a philosophical challenge to Christian imaginings of the peaceable kingdom»: PAN: Philosophy, Activism, Nature (Melbourne, Australia) 3 (2005) 31-40. Kochupurackal S., Eco-Mission: A Paradigm Shift in Missiology. Ecological Crisis: A Call for Paradigm Shift in the Understanding of the “Kingdom of God”, with Special References to Kerala, Bangalore: Asian Trading Corporation 2007, pp. 287: chap. 1: Kingdom of God as Mission: A Conceptual Analysis, chap. 2: Ecological Crisis an Alarming Threat to the Kingdom of God, chap. 4: The Biblical Perspectives on Ecological Protection, chap. 6: Environmental Protection: Vital to Kingdom Mission. [Mission] Yordy L.R., Green Witness. Ecology, Ethics, and the Kingdom of God, Eugene OR: Cascade Books 2008, pp. viii-182: p. 45-84: chap. 2: God’s Eschatological Creation, p. 85-130: chap. 3: Ethics and Eschatology. rev. M.S. Brocker, Journal of the Society of Christian Ethics (Washington, D.C.) 30 (2010) 234-238; L. Gascho, CGR 27 (Winter 2009) 91-93 <www.grebel.uwaterloo.ca/academic/cgreview/reviews/01-09_green_witness.shtml>; M.L. Matevia, Worldviews: Global Religions, Culture, and Ecology (Brill Academic Press) 13 (2009) 129-132 Yordy L.R., «Biodiversity and the Kingdom of God»: in K.S. Van Houtan - M.S. Northcott (ed.), Diversity and Dominion. Dialogues in Ecology, Ethics, and Theology, (introd. S. Hauerwas), Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2010, pp. xii-216: p. 166-190. Economy Pius M.E., «Kingdom - Just Economic Order»: Irai Iyal Kolangal (Kandy, Sri Lanka) 5 (1988/89) 8-13 [in Tamil]. Camdessus M., «Markt und Reich Gottes - die doppelte Zugehörigkeit»: Weltkirche heft 10 (1995) 304314. Sung J.M., «Economía y Teología. Reflexiones sobre mercado, globalización y Reino de Dios»: Alternativas. Revista de análisis y reflexión teológica (Manágua, Nicaragua) 5/nr 9 (1998) 97-118 | trans. English: «Economics and Theology: Reflections on the Market, Globalization and the Kingdom of God»: in A. Müller et alii (ed.), Global Capitalism, Liberation Theology and the Social Sciences. An Analysis of the Contradictions of Modernity at the Turn of the Millennium, Huntington NY: Nova Science Publishers 2000, pp. 332: p. 48-60. van Paassen W.J.M., «The Kingdom of God and the Economy»: LivWord 106/2 (2000) 71-83. Silvoso E., «The Kingdom, the Church and the Marketplace»: in Id., Anointed for Business, Ventura CA: Regal 2002, pp. 195: p. 104-121 (chap. 7). [Mission / Church] Kirk R.W., «Educación po el Reino de Dios: Cultivando la generosidad hacia el Reino» [2003]: pp. 4 in electronic resource: <www.contra-mundum.org/castellano/kirk/Educ_Generosity.pdf>. Field D.N., «Journeys Beyond the Gate. The Reign of God and the Response Ability of the Globalised Middle Classes»: JTSA nr 123 (2005) 48-60. McLoughlin D., «Christian Self-Identity in the Face of Globalisation»: New Blackfriars (Oxford, U.K.) 86/nr 1002 (2005) 228-244. Swearengen J.C., Beyond Paradise. Technology and the Kingdom of God. A Prophetic Primer for Church Leaders, Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2007, pp. xiii-350: p. 271-294: chap. 10: Technology and the Kingdom of God. rev. D.W. Cheek, RelSR 35 (2009) 32; J.F. McGrath, TTR 11/4 (2008) 236; K.J. Touryan, Perspectives on Science and Christian Faith (American Scientific Affiliation, Ipswich MA) 59/2 (2007) 151 Bretsen S.N., «The Creation, the Kingdom of God, and a Theory of the Faithful Corporation»: ChrSR 38 (2008) 115-154. Magnusson J., «Gudsrikets ekonomi» [The Economy in the Kingdom of God]: SEÅ 73 (2008) 87-99. [IZBG 55,1604; NTA 53,164] Raschke M., «Gnade und Reich Gottes. Religiöse Motivhorizonte christlichen Fair-Handels-Enfagements»: in Id., Fairer Handel. Engagement für eine gerechte Weltwirtschaft, Ostfildern: MatthiasGrünewald 2009, pp. 533: p. 431-460 (chap. 6). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 188 Ecumenism Pieris A., «The Church, the Kingdom and the Other Religions»: Dialogue. Journal of the Ecumenical Institute for Study and Dialogue / Tulana Research Centre for Encounter and Dialogue (Gonawila - Kelaniya, Sri Lanka) nr 22 (October 1970) 3-7. Corsani B., «Regno di Dio e città terrena nel Nuovo Testamento»: in Regno di Dio e città terrena, p. 5577. Sartori L., «Tensione verso il Regno di Dio e dinamismo ecumenico»: Humanitas (Brescia, Italy) 35 (1980) 9-21. [BullSignal 34,9168] Anglican-Reformed Commission, God’s Reign and Our Unity. The report of the Anglican-Reformed international commission, 1981-1984 [1984]: in electronic resource: <http://warc.ch/dt/erl1/05.html> = in J. Gros et alii (ed.), Growth in Agreement II. Reports and Agreed Statements of Ecumenical Conversations on a World Level, 1982-1998 (Faith and Order Paper 187), Geneva: WCC Publications - Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2000, pp. 956: p. 114-154: V. Anglican-Reformed Dialogue (9. God’s Reign and Our Unity. Woking, England, January 1984) | trans. Italian: «Il regno di Dio e la nostra unità, Rapporto 1981-1984 (Woking 1984)»: in S.J. Voicu - G. Ceretti (ed.), Enchiridion Oecumenicum. Documenti del dialogo teologico internazionale. I: Dialoghi internazionali 1931-1984, Bologna: Dehoniane 1986, pp. xxxiv-1447[62]: p. 1257-1334; German: Dokumente wachsender Übereinstimmung II. 1982-1990, Paderborn: Bonifatius - Frankfurt a.M. 1992. Vinay V., «Che il tuo Regno venga»: in Ecumenismo anni ’80. Atti della XXI Sessione di formazione ecumenica organizzata dal Segretariato Attività Ecumeniche (S.A.E.). La Mendola (Trento), 29 luglio-6 agosto 1983, Verona: Il Segno 1984, pp. 420: p. 156-162. Vingiani M., «“E io vi dico che saranno molto quelli che verranno da fuori, da Oriente e da Occidente, e si metteranno a tavola con Abramo, Isacco e Giacobbe nel Regno di Dio” (Mt. 8,11)»: in Ecumenismo e dialogo delle culture. Atti della XXVI Sessione di formazione ecumenica organizzata dal Segretariato Attività Ecumeniche (S.A.E.). La Mendola (Trento), 30 luglio-7 agosto 1988, Roma: Dehoniane 1989, pp. 527: p. 311-318. Limouris G., «Das Syndrom der Weltversammlung in Seoul: Gottes Reich im Himmel oder auf Erden?»: Ökumenisches Forum. Grazer Hefte für konkrete Ökumene (Graz, Austria) nr 13 (1990) 153-168. Smit D.J., «Kingdom of God»: in N. Lossky et alii (ed.), Dictionary of the Ecumenical Movement, Geneva: WCC Pub. - Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1991, pp. xvi-1196: p. 566-568 / Geneva: WCC Pub. 20022, pp. xxvii-1296: p. 644-646 | trans. Italian (1994), Korean (2001). Kuzmić P., «The Spirit, the Kingdom, the Church: an Evangelical Way Forward»: in B.J. Nicholls - B.R. Ro (ed.), Beyond Canberra: Evangelical Responses to Contemporary Issues, Oxford: Regnum Books 1993, pp. 144: p. 139-144. Hyun Y. - Macchia F.D., Spirit’s Gifts - God’s Reign (Theology & Worship Occasional Paper 11), Louisville KY: Office of Theology and Worship of the Presbyterian Church USA 1999, pp. 66. [Pentecostal-Reformed dialogue between representatives of the World Alliance of Reformed Churches and members of different Pentecostal Churches; the Seoul, Korea (1999) meeting dealt with the Holy Spirit, charisma and the Kingdom of God] Macchia F.D., «Spirit, Word, and Kingdom. Theological Reflections on the Reformed/Pentecostal Dialogue»: Ecumenical Trends. Graymoor Ecumenical & Interreligious Institute (New York Garrison NY) 30/3 (March 2001) 1/33-7/39. Brouwer R., «Vereniging als “ecclesiologisch verenging van het Rijk”?» [Unification as “ecclesiological contraction of the Kingdom”?]: KerkT 54/3 (2003) 189-204. The Church as Community of Common Witness to the Kingdom of God (2007: Final Report of the Third Phase of the International Theological Dialogue between the Roman Catholic Church and the World Alliance of Reformed Churches, 1998-2005): Information Service: The Pontifical Council for Promoting Christian Unity (Vatican City) nr 125 (2007/III) 110-156 / RefW 57/2-3 (JuneSeptember 2007) 105-207: chap. I: The Kingdom of God in Scripture and Tradition, chap. II: Witnessing to the Kingdom: Three Narratives from Different Contexts, chap. III: Discerning God’s Will in the Service of the Kingdom, chap. IV: The Kingdom of God and the Church, Appendix: The Theme of Kingdom of God in International Ecumenical Dialogue / in electronic resource: <www.prounione.urbe.it/dia-int/r-rc/doc/e_r-rc_3-contents.html>; <www.vatican. va/roman_curia/pontifical_councils/chrstuni/alliance-reform-docs/rc_pc_chrstuni_doc_20070124_third-phase- XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 189 | trans. Spanish: «La Iglesia como comunidad de testimonio común del Reino de Dios»: Diálogo ecuménico (Salamanca, Spain) 43 (2008) 325-453. dialogue_en.html> ) Quintero Pérez M. - Sintadom C.A., Pasión y compromiso con el Reino de Dios. El testimonio ecuménico de Emilio Castro, Buenos Aires: Kairós 2007, pp. 504. rev. T. Coates, EcumRev 60/4 (2008) Fretheim K., «Whose Kingdom? Which Context? Ecumenical and contextual theology in the World Alliance of YMCAs»: IRM 97/nr 384-385 (2008) 116-128. Robra M., «Oikoumene – Gottes Reich kommt. Alte Vorurteile – neue Aufbrüche»: US(G) 63/2 (2008) 93-104. Whibley M.E.L., «Teshuvah, Ecumenism, and the Reign of Heaven. The Role of Repentance in the Ecumenical Movement»: JES 43/4 (2008) 511-524. Education Dodd C.H., «The Kingdom of God: Miracles»: RelEduc 15/2 (1948) 39-42. [Miracle] Hoyland G., «Science and the Unseen. Relativity and the Kingdom of God»: RelEduc 16/1 (1948) 16-20. Coutts F.L., The Kingdom of God. A study book for all young people who, as soldiers of the Salvation Army, serve the Kingdom without frontiers, London: Salvationist Publishing & Supplies 1951, pp. 47. Wilkinson V., «The Kingdom of God as proclaimed by the King»: RelEduc 19/3 (1952) 94-100. Tyack D.B., «The Kingdom of God and the Common School. Protestant Ministers and the Educational Awakening in the West»: Harvard Educational Review (Cambridge MA) 36/4 (1966) 447-469. Groome T.H., Christian Religious Education. Sharing Our Story and Vision, San Francisco CA London: Harper & Row 1980, pp. xvii-286 / 19822 / San Francisco CA: Jossey-Bass 1999, pp. xix296: p. 35-55: Part II. The Purpose of Christian Religious Education. Chap. 3: Education for the Kingdom of God | trans. Portuguese: Educação religiosa cristã. Compartilhando nosso caso e visão (Educar hoje 2), São Paulo: Paulinas 1985, pp. 418. rev. D. Browning, JRel 62/4 (1982) 418-424; B.B. Grenier, «A Review Essay on Thomas Groome’s “Christian Religious Education”»: Word in Life. Journal of Religious Education (Ballarat, Victoria, Australia) 46 (August 1980) 100-105; J.J. Pilch, The National Catholic Reporter. The Independent Newsweekly (Kansas City MO) (October 24, 1980); D.C. Wyckoff, TTo 37/4 (1981) 532-535 / P.C. Erb, RelSR 9/2 (1983) 144 Schipani D.S., El reino de Dios y el ministerio educativo de la iglesia. Fundamentos y principios de educación cristiana, San José (Costa Rica): Caribe 1983, pp. 213 / reprint Miami FL: Caribe Betania 1992. rev. C.R. Padilla, «El ministerio docente de la iglesia»: IgM nr 11 <www.kairos.org.ar/articuloderevistaiym.php?ID=1694> Groom T.H., «Reign of God»: in I.V. Cully - K.B. Cully (ed.), Harper’s Encyclopedia of Religious Education, San Francisco CA: Harper & Row 1990, pp. xxiii-717. Glassford D.K., The Reformed Doctrine of the Kingdom of God as a Paradigm for Formulating and Evaluating Educational Programs (Diss. Marquette University 1991, pp. 277; see: <http://epublications. marquette.edu/dissertations/AAI9133793/>). Thomas S. - Freeman D., Fighting the Secular Giants: Seeking the Kingdom of God in Education, [Oxfordshire]: Oxfordshire Community Churches 1993, pp. 120 / 20012 (rev. ed.), pp. 152. König K. - Weiler J., «Mehr leben und erleben. Reich Gottes als Lebensperspektive für Jugendliche»: in E. Gross - K. König (ed.), Religiöses Lernen der Kirchen im globalen Dialog. Weltweit akute Herausforderungen und Praxis einer Weggemeinschaft für Eine-Welt-Religionspädagogik (Forum Religionspädagogik interkulturell 1), Münster etc.: LIT 2000, pp. x-606: p. 399-402. Setran D.P., Character Education and the Kingdom of God: Liberal Progressivism and the Search for a Modern Morality, 1917-1940 (Diss. Indiana University, Bloomington IN 2000). Slimbach R., «Globalization, the Kingdom of God and Christian Higher Education» [April 2001]: in electronic resource: Council for Christian Colleges & Universities <www.cccu.org/resourcecenter/resID. 2001/rc_detail.asp>. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 190 Karweick F.M. - Alkier S., «Die Arbeiter im Weinberg. Ein Bibelgespräch zwischen einem Grundschüler und einem Neutestamentler»: in A.A. Bucher et alii (ed.), »Im Himmelreich ist keiner sauer«. Kinder als Exegeten (Jahrbuch für Kindertheologie 2), Stuttgart: Calwer 2003, pp. 207: p. 54-59 [Mt 20:1-16]. rev. E. Naurath, Zeitschrift für Pädagogik und Theologie (Braunschweig, Germany) 56 (2004) 188-189 Şanta G., «Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu, scopul şi finalitatea educaţiei religioase şi spirituale» [The Kingdom of God, purpose and finality of the religious and spiritual education]: Theologia Orthodoxa. Studia Universitatis Babes-Bolyai (Cluj-Napoca, Romania) 14/1 (2005) 121-126 [in Romanian]. Spear S.B., «The Transformation of Enculturated Consciousness in the Teachings of Jesus»: Journal of Transformative Education (Thousand Oaks CA) 3/4 (2005) 354-373. [Biblical scholars have portrayed Jesus as a teacher who confronted the enculturated consciousness of his listeners. Jesus knew that the journey to the kingdom of God begins with an inward turn, the first step in the transcendence of an outerdominated, conventional, and sociocentric worldview. He therefore adopted a transformational teaching style designed to move the enculturated consciousness of his listeners from a conventional to a postconventional, worldcentric embrace of humanity] Wilcockson M., A New Approach: St Mark’s Gospel, London: Hodder & Stoughton 2005, pp. 128: chap. 2. Baptism and the Kingdom of God, chap. 3. Parables and the Kingdom of God, chap. 4. Miracles and the Kingdom of God. Tröhler D., «The Kingdom of God on Earth and Early Chicago Pragmatism»: Educational Theory (Chicago IL) 56 (2006) 89-105. [Pragmatism has been rediscovered in recent years and presented as emblematic of modern thinking. At the center of this worldwide interest in late-nineteenth century Pragmatism stood, first, a rejection of the traditional dualistic construction of the world in philosophy and psychology; second, a distinguishing of the findings of learning theory from those of evolutionary theory; and, third, a consideration of industrial democracy as the context of modern thinking and action. In this essay Daniel Tröhler shows that these innovations were far less secular than has generally been assumed. Underlying early Chicago Pragmatism is a reformed (Calvinist) Protestant mentality that was shaped by a vision of a common mission: realizing the “kingdom of God on earth” — a mentality that responded critically to the provocations of modernity (specifically, industrialization and capitalism) and, through this response, developed a distinctive discourse that came to be called “Pragmatism”] Moore A. Hays, Maggie Seeks the Kingdom of God, (illustrated by C.K. Kiel), Centennial CO: Lifevest Publishing Inc. 2007, pp. 32 [a children’s book]. Work T.C., «Education as Mission: The Course as Sign of the Kingdom»: Journal of Education & Christian Belief (Grand Rapids MI - Stapleford, Nottingham, U.K.) 11 (Spring 2007) 35-48 / (orig. Paper: Pruit Memorial Symposium, Bachelor University, October 31, 2003 / revised January 15, 2004 online: <www.westmont.edu/~work/lectures/mission.pdf>). [Education is an opportunity for cross-cultural mission on behalf of the eschatological Kingdom of God. The cross-cultural exchange that happened between Jews and Gentiles at Antioch (Acts 11:19-26) was a moment of true education that makes the town a fitting metaphor for educational excellence: an eschatological location at which the old creation meets the new in unpredictable encounters that leave all parties forever changed. A course in any field across the curriculum is an event of situated Christian mission whose devices, relationships, and goals invite the manifestation of the eschatological Reign of God] Hunter E., «“Converted to the Kingdom:” Social Action Among College Students Today»: CEJ III Series 5/1 (Spring 2008) 88-100 / online: <www.ivyjungle.org/site_content/attachments/0000/0772/Converted_to_the_ Kingdom.pdf>. [By teaching a holistic gospel that proclaims the Kingdom of God, Christian educators have the opportunity to help these students ground their action in their faith. Students can move beyond simply doing something that makes them “feel good” to embracing the Kingdom of God in a way that gives meaning to their actions, develops an integrated life, and demonstrates the power of the gospel as a witness to the world] Loewen W.J., Beyond Me. Grounding Youth Ministry in God’s Story, Scottdale PA: Faith & Life Resources 2008, pp. 167: p. 75-90: chap. IV: The Reign of God; p. 91-120: chap. V: The Reign of God as a Counternarrative; p. 121-150: chap. VI: A Grid for Assessing Kingdom-Driven Youth Ministry. rev. R. Rhea, Direction 39 (2010) 125-127 Ward R., «Baptist Higher Education and the Kingdom of God»: in R. Ward - D.P. Gushee (ed.), The Scholarly Vocation and the Baptist Academy. Essays on the Future of Baptist Higher Education, Macon GA: Mercer University Press 2008, pp. xvi-253: p. 148-165 (chap. 8). Nowak M., «Pedagogiczna lektura idei Królestwa Bożego i jej znaczenie dla nauczania i wychowania» [Pedagogical Interpretation of the Idea of the Kingdom of God]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 473-487 (-488: English Summary). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 191 Thiessen E.J., «Educating our desires for God’s kingdom»: Journal of Education & Christian Belief (Grand Rapids MI - Stapleford, Nottingham, U.K.) 14 (2010) 47-53. Tröhler D., «American Culture, Pragmatism, and the ‘Kingdom of God on Earth’»: in Id., Languages of Education. Protestant Legacies, National Identities, and Global Aspirations (Studies in Curriculum Theory), (introd. T.S. Popkewitz), New York - London: Routledge 2011, pp. xxiii-252: p. 98-112. [Culture] Entrance Govett R., Entrance into the Kingdom, or, Reward according to Works, London: C.J. Thynne 19222 [one volume of the 1853 first printing of this work in two parts] / Miami Springs FL: Conley & Schoettle Publishing Co. 1978, pp. 268 / Schoettle 1989 / 20014 (1. Eternal Life a Gift, the Kingdom of Christ a Reward, 9. Riches and the Kingdom, 14. Baptism and the Kingdom, 16. The Keys of the Kingdom and the Transfiguration) [A Premillenarian perspective on the Kingdom of God]. Luzzi G., «Risalendo alle sorgenti. Le condizioni per entrare nel Regno di Dio secondo l’insegnamento di Gesù nei sinottici»: Bilychnis. Rivista di Studi Religiosi (Roma, Italy) 12 (1923) 298-304. Graafland C., «Ingaan in het Rijk»: ThRef 13/4 (1970). Szamocki G., «Chrześcijańskie wchodzenie do Królestwa Niebieskiego na podstawie Jezusowego wezwania „Wchodźcie przez ciasną bramę!…” (Mt 7,13-14)» [The Christian entering the Kingdom of Heaven on the ground of Jesus’ exhortation “Enter through the narrow gate!…” (Mt 7:13-14)]: StGd vol. 14 (2001) 99-128 (-129: English Summary) [in Polish] / online: <www.studiagdanskie.diecezja. gda.pl/pdf/sg_xiv.pdf>. O’Malley J.S., «Evangelism as the Point of Entry into the Kingdom»: EvJ 24/2 (Fall 2006). Stanley A.P., «Requirements for Entering the Kingdom»: in Id., Did Jesus Teach Salvation by Works? The Role of Works in Salvation in the Synoptic Gospels (The Evangelical Theological Society Monograph Series 4), Eugene OR: Pickwick 2006, pp. xx-415 (= rev. Diss. Dallas Theological Seminary 2002): p. 166-187 (chap. 6). rev. A. B. Caneday, JETS 51/2 (2008) 399-401; J.H. McFarland, SCJ 10/2 (2007) 301-303; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 294; B. Wilkin, JGES 21 (2008) Wong K.C.E., «The Entrance and Inheritance of the Kingdom of God in the Christian Religion»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 83-92. [NTA 53,901] Kvalbein H., «Wem gehört das Reich Gottes? Von der Botschaft Jesu zum Evangelium des Paulus»: in V.A. Lehnert - U. Rüsen-Weinhold (ed.), Logos - Logik - Lyrik. Engagierte exegetische Studien zum biblischen Reden Gottes. Festschrift für Klaus Haacker (ABIG 27), Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2007, pp. 414: p. 97-114. Bohlen M., «Die Einlasssprüche in der Reich-Gottes-Verkündigung Jesu»: ZNW 99/2 (2008) 167-184. [NTA 53,869] Adamczewski B., «Warunki dziedziczenia królestwa Bożego według św. Pawła» [Conditions for Inheriting the Kingdom of God According to St. Paul]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 93-98 (98: English Summary) [1Cor 6:9-10; Ga 5:19-21]. [Paul] López R.A., «Views on Paul’s Vice Lists and Inheriting the Kingdom»: BS 168/nr 669 (2011) 81-97. [NTA 55,1757] [Paul] López R.A., «A Study of Pauline Passages on Inheriting the Kingdom»: BS 168/nr 672 (2011) 443-459. Eschatology Pentecost J.D., Things to Come. A Study in Biblical Eschatology, Findlay OH: Dunham 1958, pp. xxx633 / Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1964, pp. x-633: p. 370-426: Section V: Prophecies Related to the Second Advent (p. 370-394: chap. 22: The History of the Doctrine of the Second Advent), p. 427-546: Section VI: Prophecies of the Millennium (p. 427-445: chap. 25: The Kingdom Concept in the Old Testament, p. 446-466: chap. 26: The Kingdom Program in the New Testament, p. 467-475: chap. 27: The Kingdom Program in the Present Age, p. 476-494: chap. 27: The Scriptural Doctrine of the Millennium, p. 495-511: chap. 29: The Government and the Governed in the Millennium) | trans. German: Bibel und Zukunft. Untersuchung endzeitlicher Aussagen der Heiligen Schrift, Dillenburg: Christliche Verlagsgesellschaft 1993, pp. 672. Viertel W.E., The Kingdom and Eschatology (Ministerial training by guided-study), El Paso TX: Carib Baptist Publications 1974, pp. 191. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 192 Grau Balcells J., Escatología: Final de los tiempos (Curso de formación teológica evangélica 7), Tarrasa (Barcelona): Clie, D.L. 1977, pp. 432: Segunda Parte: Reino de Dios; Tercera Parte: El dispensacionalismo / 1990 / online: <www.salvacioneterna.com/final_de_los_tiempos_jose_grau.htm>. Suchocki M.H., «The Reign of God: A Process Eschatology»: in Id., God, Christ, Church. A Practical Guide to Process Theology, New York: Crossroad 1982, pp. xii-227 / 1984 / 1989 (new rev. ed.), pp. viii-263: p. 183-227 / 1995. rev. P.B. Riley, PS 13/3 (Fall 1983) 240-242 / L. Lundeen, PS 21 (Spring 1992) 62 Kehl M., Eschatologie, Würzburg: Echter 1986, pp. 369 / 19963 / Dein Reich komme. Eschatologie als Rechenschaft über unsere Hoffnung (Topos-plus-Taschenbücher 498), Kevelaer - Würzburg: Topos plus - Echter 2003, pp. 369. rev. M. Knapp, GuL 60/3 (1987) 236-237 / J. Singer, TPQ 152 (2004) 425-426 Molari C., «L’attesa messianica oggi nel cristianesimo»: VitaMon 41/nr 170-171 (1987) 60-90. [BullSignal 42,9141] Scuderi G., «Le attese messianiche nella tradizione protestante»: VitaMon 41/nr 170-171 (1987) 91-129. [M. Luther, T. Münzer, R. Rothe, A. Schweitzer, C.H. Dodd, R. Bultmann, O. Cullmann, J. Moltmann]. [BullSignal 42,8383] Ellacuría I., «Escatología e historia»: RLT 32 (1994) 113-129. Pannenberg W., «Die Aufgabe christlicher Eschatologie»: ZThK 92 (1995) 71-82 | trans. Spanish: «La tarea de la escatología cristiana»: SelecT 36/144 (1997) 265-274 (shorted version). Runia K., «Eschatology in the Second Half of the Twentieth Century»: CalTJ 32 (1997) 105-135. [P. Tillich, K. Barth, O. Cullmann, H. Ridderbos, W. Pannenberg, J. Moltmann / A.A. van Ruler, G.C. Berkouwer / H.U. von Balthasar, K. Rahner] Conradie E.M., «In Search of a Vision of Hope for a New Century»: Journal of Religions & Society [electronic journal, Creighton University] 1 (1999) 1-24 <http://moses.creighton.edu/JRS/pdf/1999-1.pdf>. Berten I., «Eschatologie et société dans les Eglises d’Occident après la seconde guerre mondiale»: Irén 73/3-4 (2000) 257-387. [Vatican II Council; Social Ethics; History] Hultgren A.J., «Eschatology in the New Testament: The Current Debate»: in Braaten - Jenson (ed.), The Last Things, p. 67-89. Althouse P., Spirit of the Last Days: Pentecostal Eschatology in Conversation with Jürgen Moltmann (JPT SS 25), (introd. J. Moltmann), London - New York: T&T Clark 2003, pp. xvi-229 (Diss. St. Michael’s College, University of Toronto 2001): p. 61-107: 2. Revisioning Pentecostal Eschatology: Contemporary Pentecostal Theologians Rethink the Kingdom of God, p. 108-157: 3. Transformationist Eschatology of Jürgen Moltmann (Jesus Christ, the Holy Spirit and the Kingdom), p. 158-192: 4. Eschatological Dialogue: Convergences and Divergences between Moltmann and the Pentecostals (The Continuity/Discontinuity of the Kingdom). rev. B.R. Marino, Pneuma 30 (2008) 160-161; A. Yong, RelSR 32/3 (2006) 179 Pate C.M. - Kennard D.W., Deliverance Now and Not Yet. The New Testament and the Great Tribulation (StBL 54), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2003, pp. xx-633. [NTA 48, p. 190-191] [The NT pictures Christ’s atonement with mystical implications. These pictures set up three forms of NT eschatology: consistent, inaugurated, and realized. With regard to the relationship of the Church and the Great Tribulation: (1) Paul and John present deliverance now (realized eschatology), and (2) the rest of the NT presents deliverance not yet in two categories-(2a) Mark, James, Peter, and Jude present deliverance not yet (consistent), and (2b) Matthew, Luke-Acts, Hebrews, and Revelation portray deliverance as now and not yet (inaugurated eschatology). Taken together, the Christian’s experience of the Messianic woes and mystical expression of the Kingdom prompts us to long deeply for the climactic expression of the Kingdom of God] rev. C. McMahon, RevBL 6/2004 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/3825_3780.pdf> Räisänen H., «Last Things First: “Eschatology” as the First Chapter in an Overall Account of Early Christian Ideas»: Temenos (Turku, Finland) 39-40 (2003-2004) 9-49 = in T. Penner - C. Vander Stichele (ed.), Moving Beyond New Testament Theology? Essays in Conversation with Heikki Räisänen (PFES 88), Helsinki: Finnish Exegetical Society - Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2005, pp. xiii-490: p. 444-487: p. 458-464: Jesus and His Early Followers: God’s Kingdom on Earth?, p. 464-469: Millenarian Expectation, p. 469-476: Towards the End of the World and a Kingdom of Heaven. [NTA 51,498] rev. C. Bernas, RelSR 33/4 (2007) 326; C. Tuckett, RevBL 1/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5287_5567.pdf>; J. van der Watt, RevBL 5/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5492_5787.pdf> XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 193 Rebić A., «Biblijska eshatologija» [The Biblical Eschatology]: BogoslSm 73 (2003) 71-100 (99-100: English Summary) / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/43886> [in Croatian]. Alviar J.J., Escatología (Manuales de teología 15), Pamplona: Ediciones Universidad de Navarra EUNSA 2004, pp. 368: p. 96-121: chap. III: El Reino de Dios (I) (1. Revelación bíblica sobre el Reino, como relación entre Dios y los hombres; Excursus 3. El Reino, ¿presente o futuro? [Escatología consecuente vs. escatología cumplida]), p. 122-153: chap. IV: El Reino de Dios (II) (1. Dimensión trinitaria del Reino en la doctrina patrística; 2. El Reino de Dios en el Magisterio de la Iglesia; 3. Reflexión teológica: el Reino como misterio de comunión entre la Trinidad y la humanidad; Excursus 4. Reino escatológico y mundo actual) [see Index: <www.unav.es/teologia/pdf/esc_jj.pdf>]. rev. P. O’Callaghan, AnTheol 18 (2004) 540-542 Bloesch D.G., The Last Things: Resurrection, Judgment, Glory (Christian Foundations 7), Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2004, pp. 336: p. 28-46: 2. Controversial Themes in Eschatology (p. 29-32: The Coming of the Kingdom), p. 62-86: 4. The Day of the Lord (p. 71-72: The Advance of the Kingdom), p. 87-113: 5. The Millennial Hope. rev. P. Althouse, RelSR 31/1-2 (2005) 70-71; R.S. Anderson, SJT 61 (2008) 362-365; D.J. Engelsma, PRThJ 39 (2005) 5762; G. Etzelmüller, The Bulletin of the Institute for Reformed Theology (Richmond VA) 9 (2009); G.R. Kreider, BS 163 (2006) 239-241 Uríbarri G., «La escatología cristiana en los albores del siglo XXI»: EstEcl 79/nr 308 (2004) 3-28 = SelecT 44/176 (2005) 269-294. Petraru G., «Orthodox Eschatology versus secular and sectarian-denominational Eschatologism»: European Journal of Science and Theology (Iasi, Romania) 2 (2006) 67-77 / online: <www.ejst.tuiasi.ro/ Files/05/67-77Petraru.pdf>. Vlach M.J., «Eschatology in Church History» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax. com/page/page/1572935.htm>. Dantis H., «Eschatology and Social Responsibility»: Ephrem’s Theological Journal (Satna, Madhya Pradesh, India) 12/2 (2008) 151-170. [Employing Reign of God as the comprehensive category, the author interprets eschatology from its sociological perspective. The current individualistic culture has contributed to viewing eschatology as concerned with the salvation of the individual soul. Eschatology takes human beings seriously as social beings whose personal identities are inextricably bound up with neighbours in this world] Grisez G., «The True Ultimate End of Human Beings: the Kingdom, not God Alone»: TS 69 (2008) 3861. [The human beings’ true ultimate end is fulfillment in God’s Kingdom, a communion of divine Persons and created persons] Wright N.T., Surprised by Hope. Rethinking Heaven, the Resurrection, and the Mission of the Church, New York: HarperOne 2008, pp. xiv-332: p. 189-206: chap. 12. Rethinking Salvation: Heaven, Earth, and the Kingdom of God, p. 207-232: chap. 13. Building for the Kingdom. rev. FARMS 21 (2009) 220-221; M.P. O’Reilly, PrincThRev 15/nr 40 (2009) 77-78; N.B. Reynolds, BYU Studies 48/2 (2009) 172-175; K. Riddlebarger, ModRef 20 (2011) 47-49 Senn F., «Hoffnung in Gottes Reich – Skizze der Eschatologie»: in Id., Der Geist, die Hoffnung und die Kirche. Pneumatologie, Eschatologie, Ekklesiologie (Studiengand Theologie VI/3), Zürich: Theologischer Verlag Zürich 2009, pp. 346: p. 115-214 (chap. 3). [Historical Jesus] Scott E.F., «The Significance of Jesus for Modern Religion in View of His Eschatological Teaching»: AJT 18/2 (1914) 225-240. Gnilka J., «Acerca de la escatología del Nuevo Testamento»: ScripTh 33/3 (2001) 753-772. [Jesus / John / Revelation] Fuller R.H., «Jesus and Eschatology»: in R.B. Slocum (ed.), A Heart for the Future. Writings on the Christian Hope, New York: Church Publishing 2004, pp. ix-308: p. 75-84. Wells P., «Jésus-Christ et l’eschatologie»: RevRéf 57/nr 237 (2006) 69-80. [Matthew] Wenkel D.H., «Matthew’s Two-Age Eschatology. Toward Bridging Systematic Theology and Biblical Studies»: Midwestern Journal of Theology (Kansas City MO) 7/2 (2009) 137-157. [Dualism] [This article surveys Matthew’s use of two-age eschatology: “this age” or the “age to come”. A comparison of the Synoptics indicates that Matthew had a unique theological agenda in his use of two-age language. Matthew’s two-age escha- XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 194 tology is characterized by an unrealized dualism. However, this unrealized dualism acts in concert with an inaugurated Kingdom eschatology. Both eschatological schemas are present at once and work together to engage the implied reader] van Aarde A., «‘On Earth as ot is in Heaven’. Matthew’s Eschatology as the Kingdom of the Heavens that has Come»: in van der Watt (ed.), Eschatology, p. 35-63. [Mark] van Eck E., «Eschatology and Kingdom in Mark»: in van der Watt (ed.), Eschatology, p. 64-90. [Luke] Knight J., «Lucan Eschatology. The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Luke’s Gospel (New Testament Readings), London - New York: Routledge 1998: pp. viii-232: p. 164-168.168-175. rev. M. Goodacre, RRT 5/4 (1998) 101-102 Busse U., «Eschatologie in der Apostelgeschichte»: in van der Watt (ed.), Eschatology, p. 141-178. Wolter M., «Eschatology in the Gospel According to Luke»: in van der Watt (ed.), Eschatology, p. 91140. Ethics Bavinck H., «Het Rijk Gods, het hoogste goed»: De Vrije Kerk. Vereeniging van Christelijke Gereformeerde Stemmen (Amsterdam, The Netherlands) 7/4 (1881) 185-192; 7/5 (1881) 224-234; 7/6 (1881) 271-277; 7/7 (1881) 305-314; 7/8 (1881) 353-360 / online: <www.neocalvinisme.nl/hb/vk/hbvk070408.html> [Appendix Vaginix Productions 2000] = in C.B. Bavinck (ed.), Kennis en leven. Opstellen en artikelen uit vroegere jaren [1880-1918], Kampen: Kok 1922, pp. 240: p. 28-56 / online: <www.neocalvinisme.nl/hb/knl/knl03.html> | trans. English: «The Kingdom of God, The Highest Good»: The Bavinck Review. Electronic journal (Grand Rapids MI) 2 (2011) 133-170 / online: <http://bavinck.calvinseminary.edu/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/TBR2_Translation.pdf>. Bavinck H., «Het Koninkrijk Gods» [The Kingdom of God]: in J.H. Feringa - A. Littooij (ed.), Handboekje ten dienste der Gereformeerde Kerken in Nederland voor het jaar 1894, Middelburg: K. Le Cointre 1893, p. 243-252. Gilmour S. MacLean, «How Relevant Is the Ethic of Jesus?»: JRel 21/3 (1941) 253-264. Beasley-Murray G.R., «Das Reich Gottes und die sittliche Forderung Jesu»: Wort und Tat. Zeitschrift für Mitarbeiter in der Gemeinde und in der Verkündigung (Kassel, Germany) 12 (1958) 2-7. Auer A., «Gottesherrschaft im Planungszeitalter»: in H.J. Schultz (ed.), Wer ist das eigentlich, Gott? (Die Bücher der Neunzehn 169), München: Kösel 1969, pp. 289 / (Suhrkamp-Taschenbücher 135), Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp 1973, pp. 284 / 19854 | trans. Swedish (1970), Italian (1972). Dussel E.D., «Praxis y Reino»: in Id., Ética comunitaria, Madrid: Paulinas 1986, pp. 285: p. 15-25; online: <www.crefal.edu.mx/biblioteca_digital/CEDEAL/acervo_digital/coleccion_crefal/no_seriados/enrique_dussel/ html/a05.html> | trans. Portuguese (1986 / 1987); English: Ethics and Community (Theology and liberation 3), Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 1988, pp. xii-260: chap. I: Praxis and the Reign of God / Tunbridge Wells: Burns & Oates 1988 / online: <http://bibliotecavirtual.clacso.org.ar/ar/libros/dussel/ethics/ ethics.html>; German: Ethik der Gemeinschaft, Düsseldorf: Patmos 1988, pp. 239; Italian: Etica comunitaria, Assisi: Cittadella 1988, pp. 280. Sider R.J., «Christian Ethics and the Good News of the Kingdom»: in Samuel - Hauser (ed.), Proclaiming Christ in Christ’s Way, p. 122-143 / «Christian Ethics and the Good News of the Kingdom: Doing Christian Ethics in an Eschatological Key»: in T.L. Brensinger - E.M. Sider (ed.), Within the Perfection of Christ. Essays on Peace and the Nature of the Church. In Honor of Martin H. Schrag, Nappanee IN: Evangel - Grantham PA: Brethren in Christ Historical Society 1990, pp. vi266: p. 13-32. Layman C.S., «Ethics and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Shape of the Good. Christian Reflections on the Foundations of Ethics (Library of Religious Philosophy 7), Notre Dame IN - London: University of Notre Dame 1991, pp. ix-243: p. 121-166 (chap. 5). rev. D.S. Long, TTo 49/4 (1993) 553-557: «Layman relates God and ethics through the Christian teleological view – “An act is right if and only if it promotes the Kingdom of God”. … The Christian teleological view attempts to avoid making God superfluous to the moral life by defining right action in terms of promoting the Kingdom. But this raises the questionhow does promoting the Kingdom of God actually provide ethical standards independent of God’s willing them? … Is not the kingdom of God dependent upon God’s will to create? In answering these questions, Layman’s book is at its best» XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 195 Schilson A., «Ethik und Geschichte. Die Metamorphose des “Reiches Gottes” in Aufklärung und Idealismus»: in H. Wißmann (ed.), Zur Erschließung von Zukunft in den Religionen. Zukunftserwartung und Gegenwartsbewältigung in der Religionsgeschichte, Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann 1991, pp. 228: p. 135-165. Evans C., «Jesus’ Ethic of Humility»: TrinJ 13/2 (1992) 127-138. [BullSignal 47,3761; NTA 37,1200] Jones G., «Kingdom of God»: in P.B. Clarke - A. Linzey (ed.), Dictionary of Ethics, Theology and Society, London - New York: Routledge 1996, pp. xxxiii-926: p. 509-512. Berneburg E., «Auf dem Wege zu einer evangelikalen Sozialethik»: in Id., Das Verhältnis von Verkündigung und sozialer Aktion in der evangelikalen Missionstheorie. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Lausanner Bewegung für Weltevangelisation (1974-1989) (TVG: Systematischtheologische Monographien Monographien und Studienbücher 425), Wuppertal: Brockhaus 1997, pp. 413 (= Diss. Tübingen 1996): p. 256-331. Henriksen J.-O., «Guds rike og etikken - uten sammenheng? Linjer til en systematisk-teologisk rekonstruksjon» [The kingdom of God and ethics - without the time? Lines to a systematic-theological reconstruction]: TidsTeolKirk 69 (1998) 47-63. Merz A., «Mammon als schärfster Konkurrent Gottes – Jesu Vision vom Reich Gottes und das Geld»: in S.J. Lederhilger et alii (ed.), Gott oder Mammon. Christliche Ethik und die Religion des Geldes (Linzer philosophisch-theologische Beiträge 3), Frankfurt a.M.: Peter Lang 2001, pp. 222: p. 3490. rev. J. Singer, TPQ 150 (2002) van de Beek A., «The Kingdom of God: a Call for Worship and Obedience»: in A. van Egmond - D. van Keulen (ed.), Christian Hope in Context. Contributions to the Third International Conference of the IRTI, Doorn, June 30-July 4, 1999 (Studies in Reformed Theology 4), I, Zoetermeer (The Netherlands): Meinema 2001, pp. 279: p. 86-103. van Wyk J., «Die etiek: om in die oomblik van waarheid die regte rigting aan te dui. Respons op die bekendstelling van Etiek in eksistensie in koninkrykperspektief»: Skriflig 35/2 (2001) 337-339. Baer M.R., Business as Mission. The Power of Business in the Kingdom of God, Seattle WA: YWAM Pub. 2006, pp. 157. Berends B., «Kingdom Ethics»: VoxRef nr 72 (2007) 7-27. [NTA 52,1189] Meireis T., «„Trachter zuerst nach dem Reich Gottes”. Güterethik im Rahmen einer dreigliedrigen Ethik des Guten»: in H.-R. Reuter - T. Meireis (ed.), Das Gute und die Güter. Studien zur Güterethik (Entwürfe zur christlichen Gesellschaftswissenschaft 19), Berlin: LIT 2007, pp. 261: p. 42-71. Miles T.L., «A Kingdom without a King? Evaluating the Kingdom Ethic(s) of the Emerging Church»: SBJT 12 (2008) 88-103. Flecha Andrés J.R., «Reino de Dios y existencia humana»: EstTrin 43/2 (2009) 257-297. [Trinity] Robb C.S., «The Reign of God: Alternative to Empire»: in Id., Wind, Sun, Soil, Spirit. Biblical Ethics and Climate Change, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2010, pp. xii-195: p. 107-118 (chap. 6). [NTA 55, p. 185] Perrin Nicholas, «Jesus’ Eschatology and Kingdom Ethics: Ever the Twain Shall Meet»: in N. Perrin R.B. Hays (ed.), Jesus, Paul and the People of God. A Theological Dialogue with N. T. Wright, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2011, pp. 294: p. 92-112 (chap. 4); p. 113-114: N.T. Wright’s Response. [NTA 55, p. 565] rev. D. Lincicum, ExpT 123/7 (2012) 337 Eucharist Mathew K.V., «Last Supper: A Kingdom Perspective»: IndJT 39/2 (1997) 76-84. Stancil W.T., «Eucharist and Hope»: NBFR 78/nr 920 (October 1997) 411-417. Pavlou T., «L’Eucaristia, koinonia piena, secondo la teologia neo-ortodossa»: in F. Mosetto (ed.), Ecce ascendimus Jerosolymam (Lc 18,31). Miscellanea di studi offerti per il 75° dello Studentato Teologico Salesiano in Terra Santa e il Centenario dell’Ispettoria salesiana del Medio Oriente (Biblioteca di Scienze Religiose 184), Roma: LAS 2003, pp. 487: p. 179-217 (p. 210-215: Pellegrinaggio verso il Regno). [Regno-Attualità 49/nr 12 (2004) 403] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 196 rev. W. Bini, RivBib 52 (2004) 339-341; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 54 (2004) 486-488 Hy P.Vu Chi, The Pledge of Future Glory. The Eschatological Dimension of the Eucharist: A Systematic Exploration (Diss. Australian Catholic University 2004, Fitzroy, Victoria, Australia, pp. iii-290) / online: <http://dlibrary.acu.edu.au/digitaltheses/public/adt-acuvp58.29082005/index.html>. Feller V.G., «Eucaristia e Reino de Deus»: Encontros Teológicos. Revista do Istituto Teológico de Santa Catarina (Florianópolis, Brazil) 20/nr 41 (2005) 83-110. Smith G.T., «Eating and the reign of God»: in Id., A Holy Meal. The Lord’s Supper in the Life of the Church, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2005, pp. 124: p. 9-18 (chap. 1). rev. M.L. Moore-Keish, TTo 63/3 (2006) 422 Uríbarri Bilbao G., «Escatología y Eucaristía. Notas para una escatología sacramental»: EstEcl 80/nr 312 (2005) 51-67. Żądło A., «Udział w Eucharystii – wezwaniem do apostolstwa i międzyludzkiej solidarności w budowaniu Królestwa Bożego» [Participation in the Eucharist as a call to apostolate and human solidarity in building of the Kingdom of God]: in T. Chałupczak (ed.), Zostań z nami Panie! Rok eucharystyczny. Pomoce duszpasterskie, Kielce: Wydawnictwo Jedność, Wydział Duszpasterstwa Ogólnego Kurii Diecezjalnej 2005, pp. 128: p. 101-106. [Pastoral] Codina V., «Eucaristía y Reino de Dios»: ThXav 56/nr 157 (2006) 45-58. [Vatican II opened an ecclesial dimension of the eucharist. More recently especially in Latin America, the perspective of the Kingdom of God, at the service of life, is opening. This new vision not only recovers that wich was the eucharist in its origins, but also permits the integration of themes such as justice and ecology. By this means, the eucharist is widely related to the Pascal mystery, the Church and the Kingdom of God] King F.J., More Than A Passover. Inculturation in the Supper Narratives of the New Testament (New Testament Studies in Contextual Exegesis / Neutestamentliche Studien zur kontextuellen Exegese 3), Frankfurt a.M. ecc.: Peter Lang 2007, pp. xxvi-395 (= rev. Diss. University of South Africa, Pretoria 2005: <http://uir.unisa.ac.za/handle/10500/1137>): p. 149-192: chap. 5: Eschatology in the New Testament World (Judaic Eschatology; Graeco-Roman Eschatology; Early Christian Eschatology), p. 235-288: chap. 7: Sayings & the Supper Narratives (p. 268-273: Sayings About the Cup & the Kingdom). [NTA 52, p. 183] rev. T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 292; S. Smith, MissSt 26 (2009) 143-144 Zager W., Jesus aus Nazareth – Lehrer und Prophet. Auf dem Weg zu einer neuen liberalen Christologie, Neukirchen - Vluyn: Neukirchener 2007, pp. xii-125 / 20082 [chap. on Jesus’ last meal in the horizon of the Kingdom of God: biblical-theological impulses for a renewed praxis of the Lord’s Supper]. [IZBG 53,1629; NTA 51, p. 413] Mittmann-Richert U., «Das Abendmahl (Lk 22,14-38)»: in Id., Der Sühnetod des Gottesknechts. Jesaja 53 im Lukasevangelium (WUNT 220), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2008, pp. xii-427 (= rev. Diss. Hab. Tübingen 2005): p. 110-176: p. 138-157: Essen und Trinken im Reich Gottes (Lk 22,15-18). [NTA 53, p. 396] rev. D. Häußer, JETh 24 (2010) 284-286; R. Schwindt, ThGl 100 (2010); J. Singer, TPQ 150 (2010); C. Stenschke, RevBL 5/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7569_8270.pdf>; J.T. Williams, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 62-63 Hägerland T., «Retoriska övningar vid den sista måltiden (Luk 22:14-38)» [Rhetorical exercises at the Last Supper (Luke 22:14-38)]: SEÅ 76 (2011) 137-160. [Patristic] Clerici L., Einsammlung der Zerstreuten. Liturgiegeschichtliche Untersuchung zur Vor- und Nachgeschichte der Fürbitte für die Kirche in Didache 9,4 und 10,5 (Liturgiewissenschaftliche Quellen und Forschungen 44), Münster i.W.: Aschendorff 1966, pp. vi-152 [The Didache, I century]. Hansen R.B., «Eukaristi, måltid og eskatologi. Den eskatologiske karakter af eukaristien i Didake» [The Escatological nature of Eucharist in the Didache]: Patristik nr 7 (2007) pp. 62 in electronic resource: <www.patristik.dk/Patristik7.pdf> [The Didache, I century] [in Danish]. Evangelizing the Kingdom (Gospel of the Kingdom) Bouttier M., «La monnaie de l’Évangile»: ÉtThRel 59 (1984) 29-40. [BullSignal 38,6428] Ashley S., «Quel est l’Évangile que Jésus proclama?»: Bonnes Nouvelles (Cincinnati OH - Paris, France) 2/4 (septembre-octobre 2003) 14-15 / online: <www.ucg.org/francais/bn/bn03so.pdf>. Łach J., «Przymioty głosicieli Bożego Królestwa» [The qualities of the preachers of God’s Kingdom]: in J. Warzecha (ed.), Słowo pojednania. Księga Pamiątkowa z okazji siedemdziesiątych urodzin XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 197 Księdza Michała Czajkowskiego (Biblioteka „Więzi” 160), Warszawa: Biblioteka „Więzi” 2004, pp. 728: p. 141-149 [in Polish]. Exorcism Matjaž M., «Iz moči občestva. Demoni in Jezusovo oznanilo Božjega kraljestva» [Teaching with Power. Demons in Jesus’ proclamation of the Kingdom of God]: in Luč v temo okultizma! (Zbirka Teologija za laike 31), Ljubljana: Društvo SKAM - Skupnost katoliške mladine 2006, pp. 190: p. 77-94 [in Slovenian]. Matjaž M., «Isusova objava Božjeg kraljevstva i demoni» [Jesus’ revelation about the Kingdom of God and the demons]: in M. Josipović et alii (ed.), U službi Riječi i Božjega naroda. Zbornik radova u čast mons. dr. Mati Zorkiću u povodu 70. obljetnice života i 35 godina profesorskog djelovanja (Studia Vrhbosnensia 14), Sarajevo: Vrhbosanska katolička teologija 2007, pp. 1065: p. 573-587 (586-587: German Summary) [in Croatian]. Evans C.A., «Exorcisms and the Kingdom of God: Inaugurating the Kingdom of God and Defeating the Kingdom of Satan»: in Bock - Webb (ed.), Key Events, p. 151-179. Flis J., «Królestwo Boże w świetle egzorcyzmów Jezusa» [Das Reich Gottes im Lichte der Dämonenaustreibungen Jesu]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 215-245 (-245: German Summary). Faith Mullins E.Y., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Baptist Beliefs, Louisville KY: Baptist World Pub. Co. 1912, pp. 96: p. 55-57 / (introd. W.R. Herzog, II), Valley Forge PA: Judson Press 20094, pp. xi-83. Stokes M.B., «We Believe in the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Major Methodist Beliefs, Nashville TN: Methodist Publishing House 1956, pp. 96 / Major United Methodist Beliefs, Nashville TN: Abingdon 1971 (rev. and enl. ed.), pp. 128. The General Council of the Assemblies of God, Kingdom of God as Described in Holy Scripture [Position Paper adopted August 4, 1989]: pp. 7 online: <www.ag.org/top/Beliefs/Position_Papers/pp_downloads/ pp_4190_kingdom.pdf> [Springfield MO 1990] | trans. Spanish: El reino de Dios como está descrito en las Santas Escrituras: <www.ag.org/top/Beliefs/Position_Papers/Spanish_Position_Papers/18_El_reino.pdf>. Abascal Jaen A., Los conceptos fundamentales del cristianismo (aprender a aprender), México D.F.: Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México - Centro de Investigaciones Interdisciplinarias en Ciencias y Humanidades 1999, pp. 40 / «Los conceptos fundamentales del cristianismo. Un punto de vista católico romano»: in F. Houtart (ed.), Religiones: sus conceptos fundamentales (aprender a aprender), México D.F.: Siglo veintiuno editores - Centro de Investigaciones Interdisciplinarias en Ciencias y Humanidades 2002, pp. ix-259: p. 42-65 (p. 50-57: Reino de Dios). Knöppler T., «Königtum Gottes»: in E. Biser et alii (ed.), Der Glaube der Christen. II: Ein ökumenisches Wörterbuch, München: Pattloch - Stuttgart: Calwer 1999, pp. v-570: p. 266. González Faus J.I., «Jesús y Pablo: Reino de Dios y justificación por la fe»: SalT 88/nr 1039 (2000) 833840. Martínez J.M., Fundamentos teológicos de la fe cristiana, Terrassa: Clie - Barcelona: Andamio 2002, pp. 504: chap. 7. La obra de Cristo (4. Cristo, Rey: naturaleza del reino - Esferas del reino), chap. 10. La Iglesia (8. Iglesia y reino de Dios), chap. 12. La escatologia cristiana (6. El milenio). Olson R.E., «The Kingdom of God: Already and Not Yet»: in Id., The Mosaic of Christian Belief. Twenty Centuries of Unity and Diversity, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity - Leicester, U.K.: Apollos 2002, pp. 367: p. 331-356. [Time] Brand C.O. - Hankins D.E., «Conclusion: From Good to Great. The Cooperative Program and the Kingdom of God»: in Idd., One Sacred Effort. The Cooperative Program of Southern Baptists, (introd. M.H. Chapman), Nashville TN: Broadman & Holman Pub. 2005, pp. xiii-240: p. 205-213. Grandy A., Der Glaube, der Berge versetzt. Eine geo-theologische Vision als Beitrag zum Verständnis der jesuanischen basileia tou Theou (Vervielfältigte Lizentiatsarbeit Theol., Freiburg, Switzerland 2005, pp. 134). Marty M.E., «The Reign of God»: in Id., Lutheran Questions, Lutheran Answers. Exploring Christian Faith, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2007, pp. 159: p. 139-149 (76. Why Is Our View of the Future XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 198 Important?, 77. What Do We Believe about the End of the World?, 78. When Will Jesus Come Again?, 79. Do Lutherans Have to Worry about Being “Left Behind”?, 80. What Do Lutherans Believe about the Millennium?, 81. What Is the “Resurrection of the Body”?, 82. What Is the Kingdom of God?) (chap. 12). rev. J.A. Meylahn, HTS 64/3 (2008) 1565-1566 Moore R.D., «Article IX: The Kingdom»: in D.K. Blount - J.D. Wooddell (ed.), The Baptist Faith and Message 2000. Critical Issues in America’s largest Protestant Denomination, Lanham MD: Rowman & Littlefield 2007, pp. xxv-233: p. 89-98. [The Evaluation of «The Baptist Faith and Message». Adopted by the Southern Baptist Convention, June 14, 2000: <www. bible-researcher.com/baptistfaith.html>; <www.sbc.net/bfm/bfm2000.asp>] Roose A., «Reich Gottes»: in B. Hübener - G. Orth (ed.), Wörter des Lebens. Das ABC evangelischen Denkens, Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2007, pp. 270: p. 185-189. McLaren B.D., «Jesus and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., A New Kind of Christianity. Ten Questions That Are Transforming the Faith, New York NY: HarperOne 2010, pp. xiii-306: p. 147-160 (chap. 15). Family Răducă V., «Familia şi Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu după Sfânta Scriptură» [Family and Kingdom of God according to the Holy Scriptures]: Teologie şi Viaţă. Revistă de gândire şi spiritualitate [Theology and Life. Journal of Reflection and Spirituality] (formerly Mitropolia Moldovei şi Bucovinei, Mănăstirea Golia, Romania) New Series 11(77)/1-7 (ianuarie-iulie 2001) 81-94 [in Romanian]. Scharrer E., «Die Genesis-Fallgeschichten»: in Id., Heilung für die Seele. Familienstellen auf biblischer Basis. Mit einem Beitrag von Professor Dr. Manfred Seitz, Holzgerlingen: SCM Hänssler 2009, pp. 272: p. 111-162 (p. 157-159: Die Bedeutung der Familie für das Reich Gottes, p. 160-162: Die Bedeutung des Reiches Gottes für die Familie). Father (God) Langkammer H., «Teologiczny aspekt Boga w Ewangeliach Synoptycznych» [Theological aspect of God in the Synoptic Gospels]: Colloquium Salutis (Wrocław, Poland) 4 (1972) 109-115 [IIa. Przyszłe i obecne królestwo Boże]. [Time] Pailin D.A., «On the Significance of the Sovereignty of God»: TTo 53 (1996) 35-46. Stark R., «God’s Kingdom: Religious Persistence»: in Id., One True God. Historical Consequences of Monotheism, Princeton NJ: Princeton University 2001, pp. 319: p. 175-218 (chap. 5). rev. D.T. Barnard, Perspectives on Science and Christian Faith (American Scientific Affiliation, Ipswich MA) 56 (2004) 72; E.J. Fisher, CathHistRev 88/3 (2002) 554-555; B. Johnson, Canadian Journal of Sociology (Edmonton, AB, Canada), 28/3 (2003) 439-441; Y. Lambert, ArchScSocRel 130 (2005) / <http://assr.revues.org/document2851.html>; W.A. Mirola, American Journal of Sociology (Chicago IL) 108 (2002) 249–252; R.L. Petersen, JCS 46/2 (2004) 410; T. Robbins, RRR 44 (2002) 98-99 Future Hill C.C., «The Once and Future Kingdom»: in Id., In God’s Time. The Bible and the Future, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2002, pp. viii-229: p. 170-195 (chap. 7). rev. RRT 11/4 (2004) 35; G. Sauter, TTo 62/1 (2005); A.W. Zwiep, Soteria 20/2 (2008) 41-44 Bartnicki R., «Przyszłość Królestwa Bożego w wypowiedziach Jezusa» [The Future of the Kingdom of God in Jesus’ Statements]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 171-188 (-188189: English Summary). Pester J., «The Coming Kingdom: The Realization and Manifestation of God’s Image and God’s Dominion»: A&C 14 (2009) 15-32. Barreto J., «Reinado de Dios y revelación divina. Las señales del Reino»: RLT 27/nr 79 (2010) 3-40. Fanous D., «Present or Future: ‘Thy Kingdom come’»: in Id., Taught by God, p. 163-172 (chap. 12). Gentiles Bird M.F., Jesus and the Origins of the Gentile Mission (LNTS 331), London - New York: Continuum T&T Clark 2006, pp. xi-212 (= rev. Diss. Queensland Univ. 2005): p. 26-45: chap. 3: ‘Restore the Kingdom of Israel’: Jesus, the Gentiles and the Restoration of Israel; p. 58-94: chap. 4: ‘A Kingdom for the Birds’: Sayings Material about Gentiles. [NTA 51, p. 379] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 199 rev. S.M. Bryan, JETS 51/3 (2008) 642-645; P. Doble, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 37; C.A. Evans, RevBL 1/2011 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6559_8234.pdf>; P. Foster, ExpT 119 (2008) 439; J. Hamilton, CTR 5 (2007) 107; A.J. Köstenberger, RevBL 5/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6559_7102.pdf>; S. Moyise, Neotest 45 (2011) 148-149 Meek J.A., «The Kingdom and the Gentiles (Amos 9.11-12 in Acts 15.16-18)»: in Id., The Gentile Mission in Old Testament Citations in Acts. Text, Hermeneutic and Purpose (LNTS 385), London - New York: Continuum - T&T Clark 2008, pp. viii-179 (= rev. Diss. Concordia Seminary, St. Louis MO 2005): p. 56-94 (chap. 4). [NTA 55, p. 380] rev. P. Foster, ExpT 121 (2009) 41; P. Madigan, HeyJ 50/6 (2009) 1034; J.B. Modica, CBQ 73/2 (2011) 400-401; J.E. Patrick, JSOT 35/5 (2011) 189 Healing Wilson J., Go Preach the Kingdom, Heal the Sick, (introd. J. Townrie), Cambridge, U.K.: James Clarke & Co. 1962, pp. 128. Winstanley M.T., «Paralytics and the Kingdom-A Marcan Reflection»: RRel 39 (1980) 894-899. Hiebert P.G., «Healing and the Kingdom»: in Id., Anthropological Reflections on Missiological Issues, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Books 1994, pp. 272: p. 217-253 (chap. 14). rev. J.P. Hurd, ChrSR 26/1 (1996); R.J. Priest, Evangelical Missions Quarterly (Wheaton IL) 31/3 (1995) 366-367 Baumert N. - Seewann M.-I., Gottes Königsherrschaft und das Charisma der Heilung. Anfrage an die Kirche (Aktuelle Schriften. Deutsche Sendungen von Radio Vatikan), Leutesdorf: Johannes Leutesdorf: Katholische Schriften-Mission 1995, pp. 44. van Beinum M., «Verkondig het koninkrijk» [Proclaim the Kingdom]: Wereld en Zending. Oecumenisch tijdschrift voor missiologie en missionaire praktijk (Kampen, The Netherlands) 34/3 (2005) 54-60. Spong J.S., «Healing miracles: a vision of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Jesus for the Non-Religious. Recovering the Divine at the Heart of the Human, New York NY: HarperSanFrancisco 2007, pp. xix-316: p. 75-86 (chap. 7). [NTA 52, p. 593-594] rev. R.W. Hoover, Fourth 23/3 (2010) 16-20 [NTA 55,173r] De Santos L., «La mano de Jesús: signo de su identidad y manifestación de la presencia del Reino (Mc 7,31-37)»: in De Santos - Grasso (ed.), “Perché stessero con Lui”, p. 219-240. Heaven Duquoc C., «Un ciel sur terre?»: ConcF nr 143 (1979) 105-114. [BullSignal 33,8153] Pennington J.T., Heaven and Earth in the Gospel of Matthew (NovT SS 126), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. xv-399 (= rev. Diss. University of St. Andrews, Scotland 2005): p. 67-76: chap. 3: A Survey of Heaven in Matthew, p. 125-161: chap. 6: Οὐρανός and Οὐρανοί in Matthew, p. 253-278: chap. 11: The Kingdom of God in the Old Testament and Second Temple Literature, p. 279-330: chap. 12: Matthew’s “Kingdom of Heaven” / Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2009 (Paperback). [IZBG 54,797; NTA 52, p. 389 / NTA 54, p. 166] rev. LetterSpirit 4 (2008) 327-331; A&C 15/1 (2010); W. Carter, BibInt 16/5 (2008) 511-513; P. Foster, JSNT 31/5 (2009) 52-53; D.M. Gurtner, Bulletin of the International Organization for Septuagint and Cognate Studies (Winona Lake IN) 41 (2008) 139-140; D. Lovery, JETS 52 (2009) 152-154; S. Newman, Themelios 35/2 (2010) 298-300; L. Novakovic, CBQ 74/2 (2012) 391-392; O. Padilla, BBR 19/4 (2009) 609-611; D. Senior, BibTod 48 (2010) 53 History Hjelde O., «Toynbees tanker om Guds rike og historien» [Toynbee’s thoughts about the kingdom of God and history]: KirkeKultur 55 (1950) 11-18. [Arnold Joseph Toynbee (1889-1975), British historian] Kamlah W., «Das Reich und die Geschichte»: in Id., Christentum und Geschichtlichkeit. Untersuchungen zur Entstehung des Christentums und zu Augustins “Bürgerschaft Gottes”, Stuttgart - Köln: Kohlhammer 19512, pp. 348 (rev. and. enlarg. ed. of Diss. Hab. Königsberg: Christentum und Selbstbehauptung. Historische und philosophische Untersuchungen zur Entstehung des Christentums und zu Augustins “Bürgerschaft Gottes”, Frankfurt a.M.: Klostermann 1940, pp. xiii-473). [Augustine of Hippo / Philosophy] Marto A. dos Santos, «Progresso Humano e Reino de Deus»: HumTeol 4 (1983) 5-58. Geffré C., «La scène théologique en 1987»: RevICP nr 25 (1988) 5-20. [BullSignal 42,8975] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 200 Runia K., «The Kingdom of God in the Bible and in History»: Rec [The Reformed Ecumenical Council] Theological Forum (Grand Rapids MI) 18/3 (August 1990) online: <http://rec.gospelcom.net/TFAug90runia.html>. [Paper presented at a conference hosted by the Reformed Ecumenical Council, May 28-31, 1990, held in Kaliurang, Indonesia] Dreier R., «Die Geschichte und das Reich Gottes»: in O. Behrends (ed.), Gerechtigkeit und Geschichte. Beiträge eines Symposions zum 65. Geburtstag von Malte Dießelhorst (Quellen und Forschungen zum Recht und seiner Geschichte 6), Göttingen: Wallstein 1996, pp. 157: p. 46-57. Castello D., «Leslie Newbigin. La presenza del Regno e il significato della storia»: AG 3/2 (1999) 224230. Battaglia Vincent, «“The End of the World”: What does it mean?»: AEJT nr 4 (February 2005): <http:// dlibrary.acu.edu.au/research/theology/ejournal/aejt_4/battaglia.htm> (2. History, the Kingdom and Eschatology). Hope Jørgensen T., «Christian Hope as Ground for Practising Confidence»: CV 30 (1987) 1-14. [BullSignal 42,2207] Griffin W.A., «Kingdom Now: New Hope or New Heresy?»: Eastern Journal of Practical Theology (Mississauga, Ontario, Canada) 2/2 (1988) 6-36. McCarty S. - Wombacher K., «Hope for Community: A Kingdom Perspective»: RRel 47 (1988) 516-528. Hall D.J., «The Reign of God and Christian Hope»: in Id., Confessing the Faith. Christian Theology in a North American Context, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 1996, pp. xii-534: p. 453-518. González A., «La razón de la esperanza»: A. Bosch Veciana (ed.), El futur del cristianisme. El pensament teològic als inicis del segle XXI (Aula de ciència i cultura 14), Sabadell: Fundació Caixa de Sabadell 2001, pp. 147: p. 25-61 / online: <www.praxeologia.org/esperanza.html>. Lidório Júnior G.J., «Oferecendo a esperança do reino de Deus às pessoas secularizadas e decepcionadas com a igreja»: Práxis Evangélica. Revista de teologia prática latino-americana (Faculdade Teológica Sul Americana, Londrina, PR, Brasil) nr 12 (2007). Andryszczak P., «Królestwo Boże na ziemi? Nadzieje przeciwko Nadziei» [Kingdom of God on Earth? Hopes against Hope]: Społeczeństwo. Studia - Prace badawcze - Dokumenty z zakresu nauki społecznej Kościoła (Warszawa, Poland) 18/nr 84 (2/2008) 197-206 [in Polish]. [Christian hope tells us that we can overcome the consequences of the original sin if we unite our efforts with God’s grace. Salvation is God’s work, and man, if he wants to take part in it, must become open to it. It is a long and difficult process, and it never comes to an end in the history: it completes only in the eternity] Crossan J.D., «Hope for Our World: God’s Kingdom on Earth»: in A. Alker (ed.), Together in Hope. Proclaiming God’s Justice, Living God’s Love, Sheffield, U.K.: St. Mark’s Center for Radical Christianity 2008, pp. 96: p. 24-30. Peterson B., «What Becomes of the Consummation of the Kingdom of God, and Christian Hope?»: in A. Truesdale (ed.), God Reconsidered. The Promise and Peril of Process Theology, Kansas City MO: Beacon Hill Press of Kansas City 2010, pp. 190: p. 131-142. Human Cooperation Chénard G., Rapports entre la construction de la cité terrestre et l’avènement du Royaume de Dieu. Bilan de l’enseignement pontifical et conciliare à partir de Léon XIII et synthèse théologique (Diss. Laval Univ. 1975, pp. xx-381). Rey B., «Quand l’homme accueille Dieu»: Spiritus 22/nr 83 (1981) 175-188. [BullSignal 36,1423] Bauer D., «Das Reich Gottes in dieser Welt. Herausforderungen für Christen heute»: in W. Krieger - B. Sieberer (ed.), Wie religiös ist diese Welt (Topos-plus-Taschenbücher 448), Mainz: MatthiasGrünewald 2002, pp. 186: p. 112-125. Jezierska E.J., «Chrześcijanin - współpracownikiem Boga we wprowadzaniu królestwa Bożego na ziemi» [The Christian - God’s cooperator in establishing the Kingdom of God on the eart]: WPT 13 (2005) 53-64 (64: French Summary) [in Polish] / online: <http://wender.home.pl/cvs/pliki_pdf/0335.pdf>. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 201 Deplanque C., «Quels fondements théologiques pour l’action sociale? “Préparer le Royaume, sans espérer le construire ici”»: Réforme. Hebdomadaire protestant d’actualité (Paris, France) nr 3193 (5 octobre 2006). Islam El-Badawi E., «Divine Kingdom in Syriac Matthew and the Qur’ān»: JECS 61/1-2 (2009) 1-42. [Matthew] Jerusalem-Zion, the city of the Great King Swanson D.M., «Expansion of Jerusalem in Jer 31:38-40: Never, Already or Not Yet»: MasterSemJ 17 (2006) 17-34 / online: <www.tms.edu/tmsj/17b.pdf> [One of the three interpretations of the prophecy of Jer 31:38-40 is the “not yet” proposal (or the premillennial position of dispensationalism) which places its fulfillment in the future Messiah’s millennial kingdom on earth]. [OTA 30,229] Berges U., «Zion and the Kingship of Yhwh in Isaiah 40-55»: in A.L.H.M. van Wieringen - A. van der Woude (ed.), ‘Enlarge the Site of Your Tent’. The City as Unifying Theme in Isaiah. The Isaiah Workshop - De Jesaja Werkplaats (Oudtestamentische Studiën 58), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2011, pp. x-254: p. 95-119. [Isaiah] rev. D.C. Timmer, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 479-481 John the Baptist Ryu H.-S., Jesus und Johannes der Täufer im Matthäusevangelium. Eine sozio-rhetorische Untersuchung zur Darstellung Jesu und Johannes des Täufers im Matthäusevangelium (EH 818), Frankfurt a.M.: Peter Lang 2006, pp. 242. rev. F.G. Downing, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 46-47 Mickiewicz F., «Orędzie Jana Chrzciciela o Królestwie Bożym (Mt 3,2.7-12; Łk 3,7-9.6-18) i jego wypełnienie w działalności Jezusa» [Ammonimento di Giovanni Battista sul regno di Dio (Mt 3:2.712; Lk 3:7-9.6-18) e la sua realizzazione nell’attività di Gesù]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 131-148 (-149: Italian Summary). Judgment Stettler C., Das letzte Gericht. Studien zur Endgerichtserwartung von den Schriftpropheten bis Jesus (WUNT II/299), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2011, pp. xv-321: p. 54-56: Gottes Königtum, p. 130-137: Das Gericht als Mittel zur Durchsetzung der heilvollen Weltordnung in Gestalt der Gottesherrschaft, p. 200-218: Die ZweiStufen-Eschatologie Jesu, p. 219-225: Jesus als Messias-Menschensohn und Richter. [NTA 55, p. 581] rev. B. Biberger, ThRev 107 (2011) cols 285-287; W. Haubeck, JETh 25 (2011) 252-254; B. Schließer, ThBe 42 (2011) 321-322 Justice Sobrino J., «La promoción de la justicia como exigencia del mensaje evangélico. Reflexiones sistemáticas»: EstEcl 55/nr 213 (1980) 211-238. [BullSignal 34,8932] Balasuriya T., «Secular Society and the Kingdom of God»: in M. Mott - J.R. Lang (ed.), Mission in Dialogue. The Sedos Research Seminar on the Future of Mission, March 8-19, 1981, Rome, Italy, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 1982, pp. xv-688: p. 113-119. Ballard P.H., «The kingdom of God is justice and peace»: Kings’s Theological Review (London, U.K.) 8 (1985) 51-54. [Liberation Theology] Moghal D., «The Concept of Justice in the Kingdom of God. Our Philosophy of Development»: almushir 31/2 (1989) 72*-84*. Czerny M., «Incluso los perritos… justicia del Reino en la cercanía del jubileo»: Diakonía nr 80 (diciembre 1996) 56-71. Reimer I.R., «Cidadania numa perspectiva a partir do Reino de Deus. Reflexões bíblico-teológicas»: A Palavra na Vida (São Leopoldo, RS, Brasil) 100 (1996) 13-19. Dschulnigg P., «Bergrede - die Gerechtigkeit des Himmelreiches nach der Jesusüberlieferung Mt 5-7»: in R. Göllner - H. Kramer (ed.), Grundlagen christlicher Ethik. Vorlesungen des Kontaktstudiums der Katholisch-Theologischen Fakultät der Ruhr-Universität Bochum im Wintersemester 1998/99 (Theologie im Kontakt 7), Hagen: ISL-Verlag 1999, pp. 149: p. 103-123 = in Id., Studien, p. 119134. [Sermon on the Mount / Ethics] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 202 Reikerstorfer J., «Reich-Gottes-Vision und Gerechtigkeitsdiskurs»: in I. Gabriel et alii (ed.), Einmischungen. Zur politischen Relevanz der Theologie, Ostfildern: Schwabenverlag 2001, pp. 187: p. 60-75 = in Id., Weltfähiger Glaube. Theologisch-politische Schriften (Religion - Geschichte Gesellschaft 35), Wien etc.: LIT 2008, pp. iii-376: p. 129-142. González Faus J.I., «Reino de Dios, fe y justicia»: Diakonía nr 104 (diciembre 2002) 4-19. Stassen G.H., «The Marks of the Kingdom and the Four Dimensions of Jesus’ Justice» [August 6, 2002]: in electronic resource: <www.fullerseminary.net/sot/faculty/stassen/cp_content/homepage/Resource_files/KOGjustice. Web.htm>. Bazarra C., «Reino de Dios, gracia y justicia»: Nuevo Mundo. Instituto Teológico Franciscano Fray Luis Bolaños (Buenos Aires, Argentina) nr 210 (2006) 7-14. Keeran D.M., Radical Christianity. Peace and Justice in the New Testament, Vancouver, BC, Canada: Counsellor Publishing 2006, pp. 206: p. 13-80: Part I: Radical Justice Economics: p. 15-34: chap. 1. The Kingdom of God as a Radical Social Movement; p. 69-80: chap. 4. The Rich Young Ruler Revisited; p. 81-182: Part II: Radical Peace Politics: p. 133-182: chap. 7. The Peaceable Kingdom: A Bible Concordance for Pacifists. Heagle J., «Proclaiming the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Justice Rising. The Emerging Biblical Vision, Maryknoll NY: Orbis 2010, pp. xviii-188: p. 111-123 (chap. 10). [NTA 55, p. 400] Mwombeki F.R., «Gerechtigkeit und die Vision vom Reich Gottes»: in B. von Clausewitz et alii (ed.), Gerechtigkeit. Visionen vom Reich Gottes, Hamburg: Missionshilfe-Verlag 2011, pp. 320: p. 3642. Law de Oliveira Filho J., Origem cristã dos direitos fundamentais do homen, Rio de Janeiro: Forense 1968, pp. 72. Ball M.S., «Biblical kingdom and American law»: in J. Witte, Jr. - F.S. Alexander (ed.), Weightier Matters of the Law. Essays on Law and Religion. A Tribute to Harold J. Berman (American Academy of Religion. Studies in Religion 51), Atlanta GA: Scholars 1988, pp. xxii-350: p. 303-314. rev. G.V. Bradley, Emory Law Journal (Atlanta GA) 39 (1990) 217 Synek E.M., «Gottesrecht - Kirchenrecht - Menschenrecht»: Österreichisches Archiv für Recht und Religion (Freistadt, Austria) 53/2 (2006) 213-233. Hodges Z.C., «Law and Grace in the Millennial Kingdom»: JGES 20/nr 38 (2007) 31-38. [NTA 52,1200] [Millennial Kingdom] Deines R., «Not the Law but the Messiah: Law and Righteousness in the Gospel of Matthew — An Ongoing Debate»: in Gurtner - Nolland (ed.), Built upon the Rock, p. 53-84: p. 64-70: Texts Supporting a New Understanding of the Torah in the Kingdom of God, p. 73-82: Matt. 5:17-20 as a Crucial Text for Understanding Matthew’s Concept of Torah and Righteousness. Schweid E., «The Law of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Philosophy of the Bible as Foundation of Jewish Culture. II: Philosophy of Biblical Law (Reference Library of Jewish Intellectual History), Boston: Academic Studies Press 2008, pp. viii-215: p. 1-96 (chap. 1) [original Hebrew 2004]. [OT / philosophy] Dettwiler A., «La source Q et la Torah»: in A. Dettwiler - D. Marguerat (ed.), La source des paroles de Jésus (Q). Aux origines du christianisme (Le Monde de la Bible 62), Genève: Labor et Fides 2008, pp. 399: p. 221-254 [Lk 16:16//Mt 11:12-13]. [NTA 53, p. 388] [Q Source] rev. D. Gerber, RThPh 141 (2009) 106; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 399; M. Labahn, ThLZ 136 (2011) cols 44-46; D.A. Smith, RevBL 7/2010 <www.bookreviews. org/pdf/7038_7641.pdf> Barreto J., «Reinado de Dios y revelación divina. Ley y reinado de Dios»: RLT 26/nr 76 (2009) 55-70. [NTA 54,1236] Castellón Martín J.J., «Los derechos humanos, signos del reino. Una reflexión desde Ignacio Ellacuría»: Isid 17/nr 34 (2009) 9-38. Liberation Verkuyl J., Boodschap der bevrijding in deze tijd, Kampen: Kok 1970, pp. 123 / 1971 | trans. English: The Message of Liberation in Our Age, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1972, pp. 110. [An explanation of what preaching and living in the Kingdom means today] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 203 rev. D.G. Bloesch, ChrCent 89/nr 26 (1972) 751-752 Shim S.-T.(Sang-tae), «Liberative Elements in Christian Salvation»: Inter-Religio nr 17 (Summer 1990) 2-23 / online: <www.nanzan-u.ac.jp/SHUBUNKEN/publications/miscPublications/I-R/pdf/17-Shim.pdf>. Kraege J-D., Vivre grâce à Dieu. Le message libérateur de Jésus, Poliez-le-Grand: Editions du Moulin 2000, pp. 87. rev. J.-D. Causse, ÉtThRel (2001) 294; D. Gerber, RHPR 81 (2001) 242; P. Ribet, Prot 58 (2003) 443 Costa P.C., «O reinado libertador de Deus nos gestos e palavras de Jesus Cristo»: Vida Pastoral (São Paulo, Brazil) 46 (2005) 10-14. Gut H., Freiheit und Verantwortung. Der Gedanke einer Kirche im Sinne der Reich-Gottes-Idee des historischen Jesu, [Rüschlikon]: [author’s ed.] 2005, pp. 80. Horsley R.A., «Jesus und imperiale Herrschaft – damals und heute. Ein Versuch, Jesu Botschaft von der Königsherrschaft Gottes von ihrer politischen Harmlosigkeit zu befreien»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 8993. [IZBG 54,1637; NTA 52,124] Liberation Theology Boff C., «A sociedade e o Reino»: in L. Boff - C. Boff, Da libertação. O sentido teológico das libertações sócio-históricas (Publicações: Centro de Investigações e Divulgação 19), Petrópolis: Vozes 1979, pp. 114 / 19854 | trans. Spanish: «La sociedad y el Reinado»: in L. Boff - C. Boff, Libertad y liberación. El sentido teológico de las liberaciones socio-históricas (Pedal 154), Salamanca: Sígueme 1982, pp. 169: p. 101-169 / 19852 / online: <http://servicioskoinonia.org/biblioteca/teologica/BoffLy CLibertadYLiberacion.pdf>. Kirk J.A., Liberation Theology. An Evangelical View from the Third World, Atlanta GA: John Knox 1979, pp. x-246 / (Marshalls theological library), Basingstoke, Hants - London: Marshall, Morgan & Scott 1979 / reprint 1985. [A critique of the understanding of the Kingdom by many liberation theologies] rev. K. Bediako, Transf 1 (1984) 28; D.J. Hesselgrave, JETS 26/3 (1983) 375-376; S.C. Mott, TTo 38 (1981) 133; C.H. Pinnock, JAAR 49/4 (1981) 734 Rzepkowski H., «Die Reich-Gottes-Idee in dem Abschlußdokument von Puebla»: Verbum SVD 21 (1980) 116-119. [Conferencia General del Episcopado Latinoamericano, Puebla, México City 1979] Rejon F.M., «Buscar o Reino e a sua justiça: a evolução da ética da libertação»: Concilium (Petrópolis, Brazil) nr 192 (1984) 50-58. Zevallos N., «Reino de Dios y reino de los hombres»: in San Agustín y la liberación. Reflexiones desde América Latina, Iquitos (Perú): CETA 1986, p. 241-257. [Augustine of Hippo] Braga T.J., «Lamennais and Liberation Theology»: Nineteenth-Century French Studies (Lincoln NE) 18/1-2 (1989-90) 85-101. [BullSignal 44,2601] [Hugues-Felicitè Robert de Lamennais (1782 1854), French priest, and philosophical and political writer] Mackl M., Reich Gottes und Befreiung. Reich Gottes in ausgewählten basileia-Gleichnisse und in der Befreiungstheologie (Dipl.-Arbeit, Salzburg Univ. 1993, pp. 83). Cortés Anguiano J. de J., El seguimiento de Jesús como praxis cristiana de liberación para la construcción del reino de Dios (Diss. Licence, Fribourg Univ., Switzerland 1994, pp. 105). Schubeck T.L., «Liberation Theology and Economics: God’s Reign and a New Society»: in J.M. Dean A.M.C.Waterman (ed.), Religion and Economics: Normative Social Theory (Recent Economic Thought), Boston: Kluwer Academic 1999, pp. viii-205: p. 69-84 (chap. 4). [Economy / Ethics] rev. J. Brennan, Journal of the History of Economic Thought (Cambridge, U.K.) 22/3 (2000) 386-389 Labusga W., Spiritualität und Befreiung. Ansätze zu einer kontemplativen Christologie bei Segundo Galilea (Diss. Katholisch-Theologische Fakultät der Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ., München 2000): B. Der Versuch einer Systematisierung der Theologie Galileas. IV. Die Christologie Galileas im Horizont der Befreiungschristologie (4. Das Reich Gottes und die Befreiung des Menschen) / in electronic resource [2000]: <www.fortunecity.de/lindenpark/grimm/14/inhaltd.html>. [Secundo Galilea (1928-), Catholic priest and Chilean liberation theologian] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 204 Steffensen R., «Gudsrigeforståelsen i sydamerikansk befrielsesteologi» [The understanding of the Kingdom of God in the South American’s theology of Liberation]: Ichthys 28 (2001) 4-15 / online: <http://teologisk-tidsskrift.dk/uploads/pdf_artikler/122.pdf>. Espiritu B.F., «Rethinking liberation theology: Unity, transcendence, and the kingdom of God in the quest for liberation»: Indian Journal of Spirituality (Bangalore, India) 16 (2003) 58-79. [Spirituality] Chathanatt S.J.J., Gandhi and Gutiérrez. Two Paradigms of Liberative Transformation, (introd. S.K. Saxena), New Delhi: Decent Books 2004, pp. xvii-284: chap. 5. The Goal of Liberative Transformation (Gandhian Ramarajya; The Kingdom of God According to Gutierrez); chap. 6. Evaluation and Conclusion (Kingdom and Ramarajya) [The book examines two paradigmatic figures, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi and Gustavo Gutiérrez, both involved in the struggle for liberation in their repective contexts]. Edwards J.P., «Hope of the Kingdom and Hope of the Resurrection: Hope for Whom? Broadening a Liberationist Perspective»: Concept. An Interdisciplinary Journal of Graduate Studies (Villanova PA) (Spring 2005) pp. 18 online: <www.publications.villanova.edu/Concept/2005/Hope_of_the_Kingdom.pdf>. Davies P.J., Faith Seeking Effectiveness: The Missionary Theology of José Míguez Bonino (Mission 40), Zoetermeer: Boekencentrum Publishing House 2006, pp. vii-224 (= Diss. Utrecht Univ.) / in electronic resource: <http://igitur-archive.library.uu.nl/dissertations/2006-1201-223353/index.htm> (p. 80-108: chap. 4: The kingdom of God and human action: The eschatology of Míguez Bonino). [TijdTh 47/3 (2007)] [José Míguez Bonino (1924-), Argentinian liberation theologian and Methodist Church presbyter] rev. M.E. Brinkman, NedThT 63/4 (2009) 347-348; J. Castillo Guerra, TijdTh 47/3 (2007); H. de Wit, Exchange 39/2 (2010) 205-208; N. Van Wyk, Miss 36 (2008) 151 Forchieri M.C., El concepto de “reino de Dios” en la teología de la liberación. Recorrido historico y actualidad (Diss. Licence, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Valparaíso, Chile, Instituto de Ciencias Religiosas 2006). Palazzi F., «Hope and the Kingdom of God. Christology and Eschatology in Latin American Liberation Theology»: in Pope (ed.), Hope & Solidarity, p. 131-142 (chap. 10). Costadoat Carrasco J., «Cristo liberador, mediador absoluto del reino de Dios»: TeolVida 49/1-2 (2008) 97-113 / online: <www.scielo.cl/pdf/tv/v49n1-2/art05.pdf>. Shogren G.S., «“The Wicked will not Inherit the Kingdom of God”. A Pauline Warning and the Hermeneutics of Liberation Theology and of Brian McLaren»: TrinJ 31 (2010) 95-113. [NTA 55,347] [Paul; 1Cor 6:9] Roldán A.F., Reino, politica y misión. Sus relaciones en perspectiva latinoamericana, Lima: PUMA 2011, pp. 224: chap. 1: «Concepciones del Reino y missio Dei» [R. Niebhur, O. Cullmann, P. Tillich, J. Moltmann, J. de Santa Ana], chap. 2: «El Reino de Dios en la teología latinoamericana» [J. Sobrino, J. Míguez Bonino, E. Castro]. Life Haacker K., «Ewiges Heil als “Gelobtes Land”. Die Urgeschichte Israels als Metapher der Verkündigung Jesu»: ThBe 37/6 (2006) 301-312. [NTA 51,914] [Revised version of the author’s lecture «The Implicit Pattern of Jesus’ Sayings about Sharing the Kingdom or (Eternal) Life», held at the International Symposium on Jesus Research 17-19.III.2005 in Prag] Lehtipuu O., «Kingdom of God, Eternal Life, Heaven»: in Id., The Afterlife Imagery in Luke’s Story of the Rich Man and Lazarus (NovT SS 123), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. xii-361 (= rev. Diss. University of Helsinki): p. 289-294. [NTA 51, p. 567] rev. M.G. Bilby, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 197; Nicholas Perrin, BBR 19/4 (2009) 611-612; P. Foster, ExpT 120/8 (2009) 410 Haacker K., «“What Must I Do to Inherit Eternal Life?”. Implicit Christology in Jesus’ Sayings about Life and the Kingdom»: in Charlesworth - Pokorný (ed.), Jesus Research, p. 140-153. Literature Kunisch H., «Franz Werfels “Reich Gottes in Böhmen” im Zusammenhang der österreichischen Staatsdramen»: in Institut für Österreichkunde (ed.), Beiträge zur Dramatik Österreichs im 20. Jahrhundert (Schriften des Institutes für Österreichkunde 13), Wien: Hirt 1968, pp. 151: p. 71-83. [Franz Werfel (1890-1945), Austrian writer, author of the drama: Das Reich Gottes in Böhmen. Tragödie eines Führers, Wien: P. Zsolnay 1930, pp. 207] Gerlach J., The Kingdom of God in Nineteenth-Century American Fiction (Diss. Arizona State University 1969). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 205 Gerlach J., «James Fenimore Cooper and the Kingdom of God»: Illinois Quarterly (Normal IL) 35 (April 1973) 32-50. [James Fenimore Cooper (1789-1851), a prolific and popular American writer] Bowman F., «George Sand, le Christ et le royaume»: Cahiers de l’Association internationale des études françaises (Paris, France) 28 (1976) 243-262. [George Sand, pseudonym of Amantine Aurore Lucile Dupin (1804-1876), the first French woman writer] Månsson T., «Gudsrikestanken hos Viktor Rydberg» [Viktor Rydbeerg’s idea of the Kingdom of God]: Veritas. Viktor Rydberg-sällskapets tidskrift (Göteborg, Sweden) 11 (1996) 5-11. [Viktor Rydberg (1828-1895), Swedish writer] Sepkowski A., «Romantyczna utopia Królestwa Bożego na ziemi» [The Romantic utopia of the Kingdom of God on earth]: in Id., Utopie polskiego Romantyzmu. Światopogląd a działanie, Piotrków Trybunalski: Wydawnictwo Filii Kieleckiej Wyższej Szkoły Pedagogicznej 1997, pp. xii-217 (chap. IV) [in Polish]. [Millennial Kingdom / Utopia] Yorba-Gray G.B., Venga tu Reino. The Kingdom of God in Spanish Epic Poetry (Diss. Textas Tech Univ. 1997, pp. v-241: p. 32-105: chap. 2: Fernán González as Spain’s Harbinger of Kingdom Restoration, p. 106-180: chap. 3: The Presence of the Future in Juan de Mena’s Laberinto de Fortuna, p. 181-224: chap. 4: Plato and the Carpenter in La Christiada: Building the Kingdom of God in Diego de Hojeda’s Epic Poem) / in electronic resource: <http://etd.lib. ttu.edu/theses/available/etd-01072009-31295012157102/unrestricted/31295012157102.pdf>. Sepkowski A., «Słowiańska utopia Królestwa Bożego na ziemi» [The Slavic utopia of the Kingdom of God on earth]: Studia Słowianoznawcze (Piotrków Trybunalski, Poland) 3 (2002) 113-133 [in Polish]. [Utopia] Yorba-Gray G.B., «The Future as Eschatological Presence in Juan de Mena’s Laberinto de Fortuna»: Journal of Christianity and Foreign Languages (San Diego CA) 5 (2004) 10-22. [A key thematic strand in Juan de Mena’s Laberinto de Fortuna is the role of the future. In the poem Mena anticipates the goal of a unified Spain by way of a reinvigorated Reconquest. The pseudo-epic invites the comparison of the expectation of a united Spain with the dynamic theological concept of the kingdom of God. Mena’s work does not overtly demonstrate a sophisticated eschatology, but nevertheless appears to have absorbed and recast the background theology in his own terms, combining Augustinian realized eschatology with a general apocalyptic awareness. The “already-not-yet” aspects of the kingdom of God, particularly as expounded by theologian George Ladd, inform the structure of the analysis, showing how the expectation of the kingdom of God colors the proto-nation-founding project in the Laberinto: Abstract in: <www. spu.edu/orgs/nacfla/Journal2004.htm>] [Juan de Mena (1411-1456), Spanish poet, author of the poem Laberinto de Fortuna (1444) - Labyrinth of Fortune] Kershaw A., The Poetic of the Cosmic Christ in Thomas Traherne’s The Kingdom of God (Diss. School of Social and Cultural Studies, University of Western Australia, Perth 2005, pp. viii-313; online: <http://theses.library.uwa.edu.au/adt-WU2006.0085/public/02whole.pdf>). [Thomas Traherne (1636-1674), English poet and religious writer] Loubser J.A., «Before Gandhi. Leo Tolstoy’s Non-Violent Kingdom of God»: in J.A. Smit - P.P. Kumar (ed.), Study of Religion in Southern Africa. Essays in Honour of G. C. Oosthuizen (Numen Book Series: Studies in the History of Religions 109), Leiden: Brill 2005, pp. 291: p. 273-288. Ross J. (ed.), The Works of Thomas Traherne. I: Inducements to Retiredness, A Sober View of Dr Twisses his Considerations, Seeds of Eternity or the Nature of the Soul, The Kingdom of God, Cambridge, U.K.: University Press - Rochester NY: D.S. Brewer 2005, pp. xxiv-571. [Thomas Traherne (1636-1674), English poet and religious writer] rev. D. Inge, JEH 57 (2006) 171-172; L. Johns, DowR 125/nr 440 (2007) 229 Victoria T., «Évocation du Royaume et messianisme politique: le thème de la Jérusalem céleste chez Guy La Fèvre de la Boderie»: Graphè (Univ. d’Artois, Arras, France) nr 14 (2005) 129-144. [Guy La Fèvre de la Boderie (1541-1598), French polyglot and poet] Yorba-Gray G.B., «Don Quixote till Kingdom Come. The (Un)realized Eschatology of Miguel de Unamuno»: Christianity & Literature (Seattle WA) 54/2 (2005) 165-182. [Miguel de Unamuno y Jugo (1864-1936), Spanish writer, philosopher and educator] Bischoff S., „Gottes Reich hat begonnen.” Der Einfluß chiliastischer Hoffnung auf die DDR-Romane von Anna Seghers, Frankfurt a.M.: Peter Lang 2009, pp. 231 (= Diss. München 2008). [Millennial Kingdom] [Anna Seghers (1900-1983), German writer] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 206 Bischoff S., «Wenn das Reich Gottes von dieser Welt ist. Bibelzitat und christliche Kunst bei Anna Seghers»: Argonautenschiff. Jahrbuch der Anna-Seghers-Gesellschaft (Berlin - Mainz, Germany) 18 (2009) 166-178. Fert J., «Pieśni królewskie Cypriana Norwida, czyli o pięknie, które zachwyca do pracy» [Royal Songs of Cyprian Norwid, or about the Beauty that Makes One Delighted to Work]: in Mielcarek (ed.), Królestwo Boże, p. 155-164 (-164: English Summary). [Cyprian Kamil Norwid (1821-1883), Polish poet, dramatist, painter and sculptor] Kubski G., «Duch Święty - „Król Wiekuisty”. O pewnej egzegetycznej osobliwości w traktacie Ojcze nasz Augusta Cieszkowskiego» [The Holy Spirit - “The Everlasting King”. About a Certain Exegetical Peculiarity in the “Our Father” Treaty by August Cieszkowski]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 489-507 (-508: English Summary). [Holy Spirit / Lord’s Prayer] [August Cieszkowski (1814-1894), Polish philosopher, economist, social and political activist] Peng W., «Hamlet: The Reconstruction of the Kingdom of God»: Foreign Literature Studies (Wuhan, Hubei, China) 31 (2009) 67-72 [in Chinese]. [The concept of “the kingdom of God” holds an important position in the Bible, which indicates the pursuit of human beings for an ideal society. Keeping covenant is the precondition for the continuity of the kingdom of God. To reconstruct the destroyed kingdom, human beings, apart from God’s salvation, must strictly keep the covenants between God and human beings, keep those among human beings themselves, and get rid of their sin and weakness with pious faith and selfdiscipline. William Shakespeare’ Hamlet reveals the story of God‘s Kingdom’s destruction and reconstruction] [William Shakespeare (1564-1616), English poet and playwright, autor of the tragedy: Hamlet] Seul A., «Królestwo Boże w Kazaniu na Górze według Romana Brandstaettera» [The Kingdom of God in the Sermon on the Mount According to Roman Brandstaetter]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 509-531 (-531: English Symmary). [Sermon on the Mount] [Roman Brandstaetter (1906-1987), Polish writer, poet, playwright and translator] Hochberg S., «Jane Eyre and the New Testament Parable of the Mustard Seed»: Brontë Studies (Maney Publishers) 35 (2010) 1-6. [Parable of the Mustard Seed] [Editors of Jane Eyre have glossed the term “mustard-seed” — an endearment used by Rochester to describe Jane after she has agreed to marry him — as a reference to Shakespeare’s fairy in A Midsummer Night’s Dream. The author argues that the term also alludes to the Parable of the Mustard Seed, which C. Brontë undoubtedly knew. The metaphoric language describing the Kingdom of God in the parable provides an important subtext to the theme of moral redemption and to the recurring bird and tree imagery in Jane Eyre] [Charlotte Brontë (1816-1855), English novelist and poet; she wrote famous novel Jane Eyre under the pen name Currer Bell] Schnurr J.C., «Geschichtsdeutung im Zeichen des Reiches Gottes. Historiographie- und begriffsgeschichtliche Anmerkungen zur Geschichtsliteratur der protestantischen Erweckungsbewegung im Vormärz»: Historische Zeitschrift (Frankfurt a.M., Germany) vol. 291/2 (2010) 353-383. Liturgy Flegg C.G., «The Orthodox Liturgy: ascent to the kingdom»: Evangel 17 (1999) 16-20. Ramshaw G., «Kingdom»: in Id., Treasures Old and New. Images in the Lectionary, Minneapolis MN: Augsburg Fortress 2002, pp. 477: p. 247-256. rev. D.S. Jacobsen, Consensus. A Canadian Lutheran Journal of Theology (Waterloo, Ont. - Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada) 30 (2004) 135-137; J.A. Truscott, TSR 25/2 (2004) 116-117; K. Watkins, EcumRev 56 (2004) 149-150 Doormann M., «In Jesus Christus solidarisch mit den Armen den Adventus Gottes erwarten. Ein basileiatheologischer Interpretationsansatz für das Passionsoffizium des heiligen Franziskus»: WisWeis 67/2 (2004) 191-203. [Christology / Francis of Assisi] Hasitschka M., «Reich Gottes im Markusevangelium»: in Seelsorgeamt der Diözese Innsbruck, Abteilung Gemeinde - Bibelpastoral (ed.), Bibelleseplan 2006. Lesejahr B/II, Innsbruck 2005, p. 2-5. Kàralis G., «Rapporto fra Santa Liturgia e Regno di Dio»: in T. Tosi (ed.), Il memoriale del Signore. Abbazia di Maguzzano. Convegno ecumenico 3-5 ottobre 2003 (Dialogando 2), S. Pietro in Cariano (VR): Il Segno dei Gabrielli 2005, pp. 88. [Regno-Attualità 50/nr 22 (2005) 756] Mitchell N.D., «Ritual’s Rules: Rehearsing the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Meeting Mystery. Liturgy, Worship, Sacraments (Theology in Global Perspective), Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2006, pp. xvi-288: p. 71-108. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 207 rev. T.J. Scirghi, TS 69 (2008) 238 Schroeder E.H., «A Second Look at the Gospel of Mark—Midway in the Year of Mark»: CuTM 33/4 (2006) 291-299. [NTA 51,200] Sheeley S.M., «The Exercise of Jesus’ Royal Power: Lent through Trinity Sunday»: REx 104/2 (2007) 269-296. [NTA 52,951] Byars R.P., «An Advent Gift: The Eschatological Promise»: Interp 62/4 (2008) 372-385. Amer P., «The Kingdom and the End of Sacrifice»: in Id., The Five Commandments of Jesus. A New Approach to Christianity, New York - Bloomington IN: iUniverse 2009, pp. xiii-176: p. 68-83 (chap. 5). [NTA 54, p. 156] [Historical Jesus] Smith J.K.A., Desiring the Kingdom. Worship, Worldview, and Cultural Formation (Cultural Liturgies 1), Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2009, pp. 238. [Education] rev. C. Belcher, The ICCTE [A Journal of the International Christian Community for Teacher Education] Journal. Electronic journal (Newberg OR) 5/2 (2010) <http://icctejournal.org/issues/v5i2/v5i2-book-review>; B.C. Clark, PrincThRev 17/2 (Issue 43) (Spring 2010) 119-120; R.S. Covolo, Journal of Spiritual Formation & Soul Care (La Miranda CA) 3 (2010) 116-120; B. Macher, Christian Higher Education (London, U.K.) 9/3 (2010) 286-289; E.J. Miller, ChrTo 53/8 (2009) 55-56; L.W. Oliverio, Pneuma 32/2 (2010) 310-311; P.J. Philibert, Worship 84/4 (2010) 383-384; T.C. Ream et alii, «Desiring the Kingdom: Worship, Worldview, and Cultural Formation by James K. A. Smith —A Review Symposium», ChrSR 39/2 (2010) 217-232; H.G. Scott, CEJ 7 (2010) 236-239; J.E. Sedlacek, SCJ 13/2 (2010) 282-284: «In the first two chapters of Part Two, Smith explains Kingdom liturgy. In his final chapter, he re-addresses the Christian university and suggests ways in which the university can assist the Kingdom in correctly forming both students and faculty» (p. 283); K. Strobel, SBET 28 (2010) 109-111; D. VanDrunen, ModRef 19/2 (2010) 52-55 Cavalletti S., Storia del Regno di Dio. II: La liturgia e la costruzione del regno, Todi: Editrice Tau 2010, pp. 148. Roddy N., «Does the Orthodox Lectionary Subvert the Gospel? The Pericope of the Parable of the Wicked Husbandmen (Matt 21:36-46)»: in V.S. Hovhanessian (ed.), The Old Testament as Authoritative Scripture in the Early Churches of the East (Bible in the Christian Orthodox Tradition 1), New York - Bern: Peter Lang 2010, pp. ix-137: p. 65-71. [NTA 54, p. 417] [Parables; Wicked Husbandmen] rev. L. Wickham, JEH 62 (2011) 134-135 Marriage Chryssavgis J., «The Sacrament of Marriage: An Ortodox Perspective»: AsiaJT 2/2 (1988) 450-458 / online: <www.biblicalstudies.org.uk/pdf/ajt/02-2_450.pdf>. McCarty J., «Til Death Are We Made One: Marriage and the Kingdom of God»: NTR 22/4 (2009) 45-56. Mary Kniazeff A., «The Great Sign of the Heavenly Kingdom and its Advent in Strength»: SVladTQ 13/1-2 (1969) 53-75. de Noronha Galvão H., «Maria, Sinal do Reino»: in Maria nos caminhos da Igreja (Semanas de Estudos Teológicos da Universidade Católica Portuguesa, Faculdade de Teologia, 1988), Lisboa: Verbo 1991, pp. 217: p. 43-58. Gaffney P., «Reign»: in Id. (ed.), Jesus Living in Mary. Handbook of the Spirituality of St. Louis de Montfort (God alone), Litchfield CT: Montfort Publications 1994, pp. xix-1380: p. 1023-1040 / online: <www.ewtn.com/library/Montfort/Handbook/Reign.htm> (II. The Nature of the Kingdom, IV. Trinitarian Reign, V. Mary and the Reign of God, VI. The Reign of Christ through the Reign of Mary, VII. The Perfect Consecration, the Means of Bringing about the Reign of Christ, VIII. The Inheritors of the Kingdom, IX. The Proclaimers of the Kingdom, X. The Time of the Reign) / Bay Shore NY: Monfort Publications 2000 / electronic edition: <www.ewtn. com/library/Montfort/HANDBOOK.HTM> (Eternal Word Television Network, Irondale AL 1998). [St. Louis-Marie Grignion de Montfort (1673-1716), French Catholic priest, promoter of Marian devotion and author of Traité de la vraie dévotion à la Vierge / The True Devotion to Mary] Viviano B.T., «The Kingdom of God, Kingdom of Mary? The Eschatology of Daniel and Jesus and the Marian Eschatology of J.-C. Colin»: Forum Novum (Roma, Italy) 3/4 (1996) 479-520. [Jean-Claude Colin (1790-1875), the founder of Societas Mariae / Society of Mary (Marists)] Łukaszuk T.D., «Królewska godność Maryi udziałem w królewskości Chrystusa» [The royal dignity of Mary as a participation in the kingship of Christ]: Salvatoris Mater. Kwartalnik mariologiczny (Licheń, Poland) 6/3(nr 23) (2004) [in Polish]. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 208 Peresson Tonelli M.L., «María de Nazareth: primera creyente de los tiempos mesiánicos, la primera evangelizada y evangelizadora de la utopía del Reino»: Revista Facultad de Filosofía y Teología (Fundación Universitaria Luis Amigó, Medellín, Colombia) 2/nr 2 (2007). Peresson Tonelli M.L., «María la primera evangelizadora y profetisa del Reino de Dios»: Revista Facultad de Filosofía y Teología (Fundación Universitaria Luis Amigó, Medellín, Colombia) 2/nr 2 (2007). Siudy T., «Wywyższona przez Pana jako Królowa wszystkiego (KK 59). Maryja Królowa w Królestwie Bożym» [Esaltata dal Signore quale Regina dell’universo (LG 59). Maria Regina nel Regno di Dio]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 439-447 (-447: Italian Summary). Meaning (interpretation) Moser K.C., «What is the Kingdom of God?»: Gospel Advocate. Religious monthly magazine (Nashville TN) 81 (13 April 1939) 354. Fonseca Y., A lei de Deus, para o Reino de Deus. A linguagem da matemática divina, 333-666-777-999, e as chaves revelação escriturística pelos três sistemas, o tópico, o nunérico e o inspirativo, V[itória] da Conquista, Brasil 1969, pp. 243. Dormeyer D., «Reich Gottes»: in A. Grabner-Haider (ed.), Die Bibel und unsere Sprache. Konkrete Hermeneutik, Wien etc.: Herder 1970, pp. 499: p. 179-186 | trans. Italian (1977). [IZBG 18,3117] Carmignac J., «Règne de Dieu ou royaume de Dieu»: Foi et Langage (Paris, France) 1/1 (octobredecembre 1976) 40-41. Bahnsen G.L., «This World and the Kingdom of God»: The Reconstruction Report (Ashland OH) 2/1 (January 1982) <www.cmfnow.com/articles/pt052.htm>. [The Kingdom is not merely internal and other-worldly. It has external expression on earth at the present time] Gagnebin L., «L’“essence” du christianisme?»: ÉtThRel 59/3 (1984) 317-330 (5. Un essai d’intériorisation du Royaume de Dieu annonçant le refus bultmannien de l’objectivation). [BullSignal 39,1447] Lee W., A Brief Definition of the Kingdom of Heavens, Anaheim CA: Living Stream Ministry 1986, pp. 56. Grimstead J. - Beisner E.C. (ed.), Articles on Affirmation and Denial on the Kingdom of God. A Summary of the Biblical and Historical View, Murphys CA: The Coalition on Revival Inc. 1989 / 1999, pp. 13 / online: <http://65.175.91.69/Reformation_net/COR_Docs/Christian_Worldview_Kingdom_God.pdf>. [The first draft of this paper was completed in 1989 and finalized after two-years of theological debate and input from a wide range of theologians united in the Coalition on Revival – a network of evangelical leaders from every major denominational and theological perspective who share a vision for and a commitment to revival, renewal, and reformation in Church and society in America] Leithart P.J., What is the Kingdom of God? (Biblical Horizons Occasional Papers 8), Niceville FL: Biblical Horizons 1990, pp. 24 / «What is the Kingdom of God?»: Contra Mundum. A Reformed Cultural Review (Fridley MN) nr 5 (Fall 1992). [A scholarly overview of the meaning of the “kingdom” in the teaching of Jesus and the NT writings. Leithart discusses why this subject is problematic today, and propounds a Biblical model for understanding what the Kingdom is, and what it is not] O’Murchu D., «The Kingdom of God: The Contemporary Challenge»: Compass. A Review of Topical Theology (Kensington, N.S.W., Australia) 25 (1991) 46-48 / see a response by C. Giles online: <http://users.tpg.com.au/cbgiles/Educational/EDRE102/Reading%20Reponse%204.pdf>. Most W., «Sense of the Words “Kingdom of God”» [1995]: in electronic resource: <www.ewtn.com/library/ SCRIPTUR/KINGDOM.TXT>. McKim D.K., «Kingdom of God»: in Id., Westminster Dictionary of Theological Terms, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 1996, pp. vii-310: p. 154. Pratt R.L., Jr., «What is the Kingdom of God?»: IIIM Magazine Online (Fern Park FL) vol. 4/nr 15 (April 14 to April 20, 2002) online: <www.thirdmill.org/files/english/html/th/TH.h.Pratt.kingdom.of.god.html>; <www. lmpc.org/docs/WhatistheKingdomofGod.pdf>. Zager W., «Was kann Reich Gottes für uns heute bedeuten?»: Freies Christentum. Auf der Suche nach neuen Wegen (Stuttgart - Vaihingen, Germany) 54/3 (Mai-Juni 2002) 50-60. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 209 Roberts V., God’s Big Picture. Tracing the story-line of the Bible, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2003, pp. 160: 1. The pattern of the kingdom (Gen 1:1–2:25); 2. The perished kingdom (Gen 3); 3. The promised kingdom (Gen 17:1-8; Gal 3:6-14); 4. The partial kingdom (Gen 12; Exod 18; 19:1-13; 20:1-17); 5. The prophesied kingdom (Hos 1–3); 6. The present kingdom (Lk 1:39-80; 2:25-32); 7. The proclaimed kingdom (2Cor 4); 8. The perfected kingdom (Rev 21:1-8; 21:22–22:5) [It shows how the various parts of the Bible consolidate into one united theme the Kingdom of God]. Wallace J.S., «The Doctrine of the Kingdom» [2004]: pp. 10 in electronic resource: <www.inlightoftruth.com/ articles/082304.pdf>. [Three basic views of the Kingdom of God: 1) Liberal hope view: the Kingdom is yet to come but is providing social, economic, and political salvation throughout the world; 2) Dispensational premillennial view: present and future, eartly Kingdom in which Jesus will reign as an earthly king; 3) Reformed view: Kingdom of God is both present and future] Bouter H., Aspecten van het Koninkrijk van God. Een studie over het karakter van het Koninkrijk Gods in het heden en in de toekomst [Aspects of the Kingdom of God. A study on the nature of the Kingdom of God in the present and in future] (Bestudeert de Schriften 3), Gouda: Boeken om de Bijbel - Doorn: Johannes Multimedia [distributie] 2006, pp. 43 / online: <www.oudesporen.nl/Download/HB240.pdf>. Pearl M., Eight Kingdoms: The Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Heaven, Pleasantville TN: No Greater Joy Ministries 2006, pp. 202. Allen D., Establishing the Kingdom of God, Lulu.com 2007, pp. 156. [What is a kingdom? What are the qualities of a kingdom? What makes up a kingdom? We don’t understand the characteristics that make up a kingdom. And because we don’t fully understand it’s difficult to get the full revelation of the Kingdom of God. Jesus says that it is our heavenly Father’s good pleasure to give us the Kingdom. But to receive the Kingdom we must recognize and understand the king so we can receive the Kingdom] Jones R.H., «The Difference between the Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Heaven» [2007]: pp. 4 in electronic resource: <http://64.233.183.104/search?q=cache:xkygqji5Q1wJ:www.jonesthebaptist.com>. Renihan J.M., «The Kingdom of God (What it is and is not)» [2007]: in electronic resource: <http://members. aol.com/twarren20/kingdom_god.html> [biblical conference]. Thomas B.A., The Kingdom of God. How it began and How it will end, [Charleston SC]: BookSurge Publishing 2007, pp. 224. Goldsworthy G.L., «The Kingdom of God as Hermeneutic Grid»: SBJT 12 (2008) 4-15. Michener R.T., «Kingdom of God and Postmodern Thought: Friends or Foes?»: Perichoresis. The Theological Journal of Emanuel University of Oradea (Oradea, Romania) 6/2 (2008) 219-239 / online: <www.emanuel.ro/eng/files/perichoresis/Perichoresis6.2(2008).pdf> = in T.J. Marinello - H.H. Drake Williams III (ed.), My Brother’s Keeper. Essays in Honor of Ellis R. Brotzman, Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2010, pp. xi-287: p. 140-156. Bowe B.E., «God’s Reign—Not Ours. “To What Shall We Compare the Kingdom of God?”»: NTR 24/2 (2011) 17-27. [NTA 56,430] Um S., The Kingdom of God (The Gospel Coalition Booklets), Wheaton IL: Crossway 2011, pp. 24. Miracle Scholl N., «Wunder-Taten Gottes - damals und heute. Vom Beweis für die Messianität Jesu zum Hinweis auf den Anbruch der Gottesherrschaft»: KBl 112/3 (1987) 178-186. [Catechesis] Matera F.J., «“He saved others; he cannot save himself”. A Literary-Critical Perspective on the Markan Miracles»: Interp 47 (1993) 15-26. [BullSignal 47,4748; NTA 37,1281] Fabris R., «I miracoli di Gesù, i suoi “riti di guarigione” e la predicazione del regno di Dio»: in A.N. Terrin (ed.), Liturgia e terapia. La sacramentalità a servizio dell’uomo nella sua interezza (Caro salutis cardo. Contributi 10), Padova: Messaggero - Abbazia S. Giustina 1994, pp. 384: p. 54-86. Eltrop B., «Wunder – Geschichten von Gottes Kraft. Einem neuen Verständnis der neutestamentlichen Wundertexte auf der Spur…»: BiKi 61 (2006) 62-66. [NTA 51,120] Söding T., «Lehre in Vollmacht. Jesu Wunder und Gleichnisse im Evangelium der Gottesherrschaft»: ComG 36/1-2 (2007) 3-17; Croatian: «Nauk z oblastjo. Jezusovi čudeži in prilike v evangeliju Božjega gospostva»: ComCro 17/2 (2007) 99-112. [NTA 51,1635] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 210 Twelftree G.H., In the Name of Jesus. Exorcism among Early Christians, Grand Rapids MI: Baker 2007, pp. 351: p. 87-100: 4.5: The Place of Exorcism (p. 89-94: 4.7: Luke 11:20); p. 168-169: 7.5: The Essence of Exorcism: The Beelzebul Controversy (Matthew 12:22-30). [NTA 52, p. 412] rev. C. Bennema, JETS 51/4 (2008) 869-871: «Exorcisms are only mentioned late in Q and are visible expressions of the coming of the kingdom of God (chap. 4)» (p. 869); «Chapter 13 contains Twelftree’s conclusions … With various nuances, the Synoptics understand exorcisms as tangible expressions of the coming of the kingdom or powerful presence of God» (p. 870); B. Charette, JPT 17/2 (2008) 133-136; R. Charles, TorJT 24/2 (2008) 282-283; C.R. Clarke, JPT 17/2 (2008) 137-144; P. Foster, ExpT 120/2 (2008) 89; D. Frankfurter, RevBL 2/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6407_7083.pdf>; M. Jason, SBET 26 (2008) 104; M.E. Johnson, JEH 60/2 (2009) 319-320; M.J. Lakey, Theology 112/nr 868 (2010) 291-292; J.J. Pilch, CBQ 72 (2010) 844-846; J. Poirier, PneumaR 12/2 (2009); C.M. Robeck, Jr., «In the Name of Jesus: Exorcism among Early Christians: A Friendly Response to Graham Twelftree»: JPT 17/2 (2008) 145-156; C.K. Rothschild, JRel 90 (2010) 72-74; J.M. Ruthven, Journal of Biblical and Pneumatological Research (Cleveland TN) 1 (2009) 129-132; W.B. Shelton, JECS 16/4 (2008) 600-602; C. Wahlen, Pneuma 32/2 (2010) 323-324 Eve E., The Healer from Nazareth. Jesus’ Miracles in Historical Context, London: SPCK 2009, pp. xxi194: p. 1-25: chap. 1: Miracle in Israel, p. 26-51: chap. 2: Demons, pagans and the significance of miracle, p. 51-69: chap. 3: Healing and social science, p. 70-91: chap. 4: Sources, p. 118-144: chap. 6: Healing and exorcism in the ministry of Jesus. [NTA 55, p. 374-375] rev. M. Aplin, ExpT 123/5 (2012) 252-253; D. France, Theology 113/nr 873 (2010) 211-212; D. Frayer-Griggs, JSHJ 8/3 (2010) 278; T. Hägerland, RevBL 11/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7065_7672.pdf>: «He concludes that Jesus’ healings and exorcisms were probably perceived as the deeds of an eschatological prophet and as “a symbolic enactment of the eschatological kingdom of God” (144)»; N. King, ScripB 39/2 (2009) 114-116: «The first three chapters perform an excellent job of filling in the cultural background … There is no parallel at all in contemporary literature to Jesus’ claim at Matthew 12:28 that exorcism is a sign of the inbreaking of the Kingdom of God … Chapter 4 offers a helpful account of our sources for Jesus, and the relative paucity of materials outside the gospels; it is significant, Eve argues, that the evangelists report healing miracles, but do not make very much of them beyond the comment that ‘the Kingdom of God is among you’» (p. 114.115); J. Leonhardt-Balzer, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 31; P. Madigan, HeyJ 50/6 (2009) 1027 Serrano R., «Los milagros de Jesús. Semillas o anticipo del reino»: Iter. Revista de Teología (Caracas, Venezuela) 21/nr 51 (2010) 59-72. [NTA 55,1597] Mission (evangelism) Whiting J.B., «The Growth of the Kingdom of God»: Journal of the Transactions of the Victoria Institute (Westminster - London, U.K.) 37 (1905) 101-122. Beyerhaus P., «Mission, Humanization, and the Kingdom»: in McGavran (ed.), Crucial Issues in Missions Tomorrow, p. 54-76. Newbigin L., The Open Secret. Sketches for a Missionary Theology, London: SPCK - Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1978, pp. viii-214 / The Open Secret. An Introduction to the Theology of Mission, London: SPCK - Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 19952 (rev. ed.), pp. viii-192: p. 19-29: 3. The Mission of the Triune God; p. 30-39: 4. Proclaiming the Kingdom of the Father: Mission as Faith in Action; p. 40-55: 5. Sharing the Life of the Son: Mission as Love in Action; p. 56-65: 6. Bearing the Witness of the Spirit: Mission as Hope in Action [The mission should be modeled after the harmony exhibited by the members of the Trinity: the Church should proclaim the Kingdom of the Father, experience the presence of the Kingdom by sharing in the work and life of the Son, and expand the Kingdom as we follow the Spirit]. rev. B. Hoedemaker, IRM 68 (1979) 455-457; R. Petersen, PrincSB 2/2 (1979) 191-193 / C.B. Bartholomew, EurJT 6/2 (1997) 169-171; M. Cressey, EcumRev 49 (1997); S. Hamilton, Light & Salt. The Care Review (London, U.K.) 8/2 (1996) online: <http://alphais.co.uk/client/care/resource/ls/ls961217.htm> Kraybill P.N. (ed.), The Kingdom of God in a Changing World: Proceedings of the Tenth Assembly Mennonite World Conference, Wichita, Kansas, July 25-30, 1978, Lombard IL: Menonite World Conference 1979, pp. viii-236: p. 58-68: «The Kingdom Reconciling Humanity» (P.G. Hieber), p. 69-76: «The Kingdom Confronting the Powers» (H.B. Kossen), p. 81-91: «The Kingdom Renewing the Environment» (A. Widjaja). Arias M., «Holistic Evangelism. In the Perspective of the Kingdom of God»: in O’Brien (ed.), Partnership in Mission, p. 114-145. Górka L., «„Przyjdź Królestwo Twoje”. Ekumeniczna Konferencja Misyjna w Melbourne 12-25.05.1980 r.» [“Your Kingdom Come”. World Missionary Conference Melbourne, 12-24 May 1980]: Biuletyn Ekumeniczny (Warszawa, Poland) 9/4(36) (1980) 19-26. van Lin J., «Towards a New Decade for Mission. World Missionary Conference Melbourne, 12-24 May 1980»: Neue Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft (Immensee, Switzerland) 36/4 (1980) 241-251. [BullSignal 35,4474] Shenk W.R., «Kingdom, Mission, and Growth»: in Id. (ed.), Exploring Church Growth, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1983, pp. viii-312: p. 202-217. Taber C.R., «Le règne de Dieu et la mission de l’Église»: PersMiss 7 (1984) 4-21. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 211 van der Poll E.W., «Het koninkrijk van God, gave en opgave»: Soteria 1/1 (1984) 13-25 (26-28: a replay by J.P. Versteeg) = Soteria 26 (2009). Bandera A., «Misión “ad gentes” y construcción del Reino de Dios»: MisExtr 91-95 (1986) 207-218. Burnett D., God’s Mission. Healing the Nations, Bromley: MARC Europe 1986, pp. 246 (p. 125-140: Kingdom of God) / The Healing of the Nations. The Biblical Basis of the Mission of God (Biblical classics library 18), Carlisle, U.K.: Paternoster 19962 (rev. ed.), pp. 230. Johnston A.P., «The Kingdom in Relation to the Church and the World»: in B. Nicholls (ed.), In Word and Deed. Evangelism and Social Responsibility, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1986, pp. 238: p. 109-134. [Church] Ayers J., «Nearer and Nearer to the Fullness of the Kingdom»: The Reformed Journal (Grand Rapids MI) 38 (March 1988) 18-23. Motte M., «Die Weltmission: prophetisches Zeichen des Gottesreiches»: UISG-Bulletin (Roma, Italy) nr 78 (1988) 22-29. Driver J.H., «Good News of the Kingdom Coming»: in D.G. Lichdi (ed.), Mennonite World Handbook: Mennonites in Global Witness, Carol Stream IL: Menonite World Conference 1990, pp. 440: p. 195-201. Laman G.D., «A Reaffirmation of Kingdom of God Missiology»: Shingaku 52 (1990) 200-218 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0000551594>. Brzostowski E., «Evangelization and Building the Kingdom of God»: The Japan Missionary Bulletin [from 1993 = The Japan Mission Journal] (Tokyo, Japan) 45/4 (1991) 303-310 [with a replay of T. Honda: p. 311-315]. Petersen D., «The Kingdom of God and the Hermeneutical Circle: Pentecostal Praxis in the Third World»: in Dempster et alii (ed.), Called and Empowered, p. 44-58. Driver J., «The Kingdom of God: Goal of Messianic Mission»: in W.R. Shenk (ed.), The Transfiguration of Mission. Biblical, Theological and Historical Foundations (Missionary Studies 12), Scottdale PA - Waterloo, Ont.: Herald 1993, pp. 256: p. 83-105. rev. H. Kasdorf, Direction 23 (1994) 133-134 / <www.directionjournal.org/article/?835> Suderman R.J., «El Reino de Dios y la misión de Dios en el mundo»: in Id., Discipulado cristiano al servicio del Reino, Santafe de Bogotá, Colombia - Guatemala: Ediciones Clara-Semilla 1994, pp. 143: p. 91-141. Joseph J., «Que ton Royaume arrive. La mission de l’Église aujourd’hui: une reflexion théologique»: Église et Mission (Bruxelles, Belgium) nr 279 (1995) 116-122. Mandell D.R., The Kingdom of God and the Mission of the Church in Contemporary Evangelical Thought: George Eldon Ladd, Donald George Bloesch, and Howard Albert Snyder (Diss. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary, Fort Worth TX 1995). Moltmann J., «Das Reich Gottes in der modernen Welt: Jenseits von Modernismus und Fundamentalismus»: Jahrbuch Mission (Hamburg, Germany) 27 (1995) 144-159. Chunkapura J., «Proclamation of the Good News: Kingdom-centred, or Christ-centred?»: Indian Missiological Review (Shillong, Bombay, India) 19/3-4 (1997) 143-148. Arias M., Anunciando el reinado de Dios. Evangelización integral desde la memoria de Jesús, San José (Costa Rica): Visión Mundial 1998, pp. 254. Driver J., «El reino de Dios»: in Id., Imágenes de una Iglesia en misión. Hacia una eclesiología transformadora, Santafé de Bogotá, Colombia - Guatemala: Ediciones Clara-Semilla 1998, pp. 172: p. 61-69. Ahonen R.A., Lähetys uudella vuosituhannella. Maailmanlähetyksen teologiset perusteet, Helsinki: Suomen lähetysseura 2000, pp. 328 | trans. English: «Mission and the reign of God»: in Id., Mission in the New Millennium. Theological Grounds for World Mission, Helsinki: The Finnish Evangelical Lutheran Mission 2006, pp. 285. rev. J. Komulaisen, TAik 106 (2001) 575-576 XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 212 Driver J., «The Church: Missional Community of the Kingdom»: in K. Koop - M.H. Schertz (ed.), Without Spot or Wrinkle. Reflecting Theologically on the Nature of the Church (Occasional Papers 21), Elkhart IN: Institute of Mennonite Studies 2000, pp. 137: p. 121-136. Glasser A.F., «Kingdom of God»: in A.S. Moreau et alii (ed.), Evangelical Dictionary of World Missions (Baker reference library), Grand Rapids MI: Baker Books 2000, pp. 1068: p. 539-542. Mantovani E., «Misje a Królestwo Boże» [Missions and Kingdom of God]: Nurt SVD. Półrocznik misjologiczno-religioznawczy (Warszawa, Poland) 35/4 (2000) 17-28 [in Polish]. Williams I., The Doctrine of the Church within the Kingdom of Heaven, Pittsburgh PA: Dorrance Pub. Co. 2000, pp. viii-127. Medina M.A., «El reino de Dios y la misión de la Iglesia»: MisExtr nr 184 (2001) 372-376. [Church] An S.O., «Toward a Holistic Ecclesiology for Effective Kingdom Ministry»: Journal of Asian Mission (Asia Graduate School of Theology-Philippines, Quezon City, Philippines) 4/2 (2002) 163-178. [Church] Corrie J., «Mateo 28:16-20: La misión y el discipulado»: Kairós nr 31 (julio-diciembre 2002) 27-35 / <http://www.seteca.edu/maestria/MA-web/articles/kairos31/kairos31-Corrie.doc>. [In the context of the theology of Mt, three key themes can be identified in Mt 28:16-20: the Kingdom, Jesus as the Lord whom the disciples worship and obey, and the church as Jesus’ multicultural community. The Matthean view of mission comprehends three main tensions: between the “already” and the “not yet” of the Kingdom, between Jewish and Gentile in the identity of the community, and between worship and doubt in the disciple’s life and ministry] Joncheray J., «En Église, dans le monde, pour le royaume»: in P. Debergé (ed.), L’Église à la croisée des chemins. Hommage amical à Jean Rigal par la faculté de théologie de Toulouse (Théologies), Paris: Cerf 2002, pp. 241: p. 152-170. [Church] rev. P. Raffin, EVie nr 83 (juin 2003) 21 Lord A., Spirit, Kingdom and Mission. A Charismatic Missiology (Grove Renewal series 7), Cambridge: Grove Books Ltd. 2002, pp. 24. [This study of the Spirit and mission looks at the nature of the kingdom of God as affecting every area of life in order to build a framework for holistic mission that springs from mission communities] Kruger M.A., «The Kingdom of God and those who have not heard the contents of Scripture»: Skriflig 37/4 (2003) 601-616. Street R.A., «The Gospel of American Individualism Versus the Gospel of the Kingdom»: Journal of Baptist Theology & Ministry. Baptist Center for Theology and Ministry (New Orleans LA) 1/2 (Fall 2003) 5-18 / online: <www.baptistcenter.com/fall2003.html>. Bevans S.B. - Schroeder R.P., Constants in Context. A Theology of Mission for Today (American Society of Missiology Series 30), (introd. J.L. González), Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2004, pp. xxii-488: p. 286-304: chap. 9. Mission as Participation in the Mission of the Triune God (Missio Dei), p. 305-322: chap. 10. Mission as Liberating Service of the Reign of God. rev. P. Knights, Ecclesiology (Brill Publishing) 3 (2006) 154-156 / online: <http://ecc.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/3/1/154. pdf>; P.V. Kollman, MissSt 22 (2005) 151-156; P. Slater, TS 67/3 (2006) 682-683 Fuellenbach J., «The Reign of God: the mission of the Church» [2004]: pp. 8 in electronic resource: <http://64.233.183.104/search?q=cache:_SHtC3zDe34J:www.glenmary.org/Whats_new/Mission_symposium/texts_pdf>. Guder D.L., «Pattern 7: Pointing Toward the Reign of God»: in L.Y. Barrett (ed.), Treasure in Clay Jars. Patterns in Missional Faithfulness (The Gospel and Our Culture Series), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2004, pp. xiv-172: p. 126-138. rev. L. Poston, Evangelical Missions Quarterly (Wheaton IL) 42/1 (January 2006) Langmead R., «A holistic kingdom theology: radical evangelicalism»: in Id., The Word Made Flesh. Towards an Incarnational Missiology, Lanham MD: University Press of America / American Society of Missiology 2004, pp. xi-356 (= rev. Diss. Melbourne College of Divinity 1997): p. 93116 (chap. 5). rev. R.L. Gallagher, Evangelical Missions Quarterly (Wheaton IL) 41/4 (October 2005) 538-539; L. Nemer, Pacifica 19 (2006) 115-116; S. Smith, MissSt 24 (2007) 140-141 Minatrea M., «Missional Practice Number 9: Kingdom Concerns First»: in Id., Shaped by God’s Heart. The Passion and Practices of Missional Churches, San Francisco CA: Jossey-Bass 2004, pp. xviii205: p. 126-140 (chap. 11). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 213 Nagy-Ajtai E., «Actual Message of the Kingdom of God» [November 2004]: in electronic resource: <www. ptf.hu/node/90>. van Engelen J., Van kerk naar rijk Gods. Naar een empirische theologie [From Church to God’s Kingdom. Toward an Empirical Theology], (Occasional Paper 9), Nijmegen (The Netherlands): Nijmeegs Instituut voor Missiologie / The Nijmegen Institute for Mission Studies (Radbound University) 2004, pp. 139. Zafren K., «The River Church Community. A Position Paper on the Kingdom of God and an Integrated Mission» [2004]: pp. 21 in electronic resource: <www.the-river.org/resources/Integral_Mission.pdf>. Flemestad R.N., «Evangeliet som innbydelse til Guds rike» [The gospel that appealing to God’s kingdom]: Kirkebladet lære og liv (Oslo, Norway) 32/4 (2005) 21-25. Hesselgrave D.J., «The Kingdom of God and the Church of Christ: What on Earth Is God Building— Here and Now?»: in Id., Paradigms in Conflict. 10 Key Questions in Christian Missions Today, (introd. R.D. Winter and A.J. Köstenberger), Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2005, pp. 386: p. 315-356. rev. J.A. Borland, PneumaR 10/2 (2007) / <www.pneumafoundation.org/article.jsp?article=article_0080.xml> Strauss S., «Kingdom Living. The Gospel on Our Lips and in Our Lives»: Evangelical Missions Quarterly (Wheaton IL) 41 (2005) 58-63. Bediakos K., «A new Christian World: Signs of the Kingdom of God amid Global Geopolitics»: Norsk tidsskrift for misjon (Oslo, Norway) 60/1 (2006) 5-19. Kaarianen J., «No Kingdom without a King. The Kingdom of God in Current Missiology»: Lutheran Forum. Theological quarterly of the American Lutheran Publicity Bureau (Delhi NY) 40/4 (2006) 48-52. [The concept of the kingdom of God has been crucial in arguing for the priority of social justice and a new attitude toward non-Christians; evaluation of the work of Peter Phan] Pieris A., El reino de Dios para los pobres de Dios: retorno a la fórmula de Jesús. Evaluación crítica de las reformulaciones contemporáneas del manifiesto de la misión en la teología católica y en algunos documentos jesuitas recientes, Bilbao: Mensajero 2006, pp. 112. Plonz S., «“Dein Reich komme!”. Reich-Gottes-Theologie der Weltmissionskonferenz in Melbourne (1980) und in der politisch-theologischen Ethik Karl Barths (1886-1968)»: Zeitschrift für Mission (Basel, Switzerland / Frankfurt a.M., Germany) 32 (2006) 253-269. Ptak R., «Jak dzisiaj głosić Królestwo Boże?» [How to announce today the Kingdom of God?]: Sympozjum. Periodyk naukowy (Kraków, Poland) 10 (2006) 81-100. Sobrino J., «El reino de Dios anunciado por Jesús. Reflexiones para nuestro tiempo»: in G. Iriarte et alii (ed.), Tejiendo redes de vida y esperanza. Cristianismo, sociedad y profecía en América Latina y el Caribe, Bogotá, D.C., Colombia: Indo-American Press Service LTDA 2006, pp. 453: p. 267288. Yardy D., «The Kingdom of God and the Mission of the Church. With consideration of the Mission of the Methodist Church in Asia»: in D. Sheffield (ed.), Global Good News. A Theology of Mission for Free Methodist World Missions, Mississauga, Ont.: The Free Methodist Church of Canada 2006, pp. 74: p. 64-73 / online: <www.fmc-canada.org/global/resources/theology_mission_2006.pdf>. Drayton R., «The Greening of Evangelism»: Uniting Church Studies (United Theological College, Sydney, Australia) 13 (2007) 18-38. McLaughlin B., «The Emerging Kingdom of God: The Emerging Church’s Understanding of the Kingdom of God»: Stromata. Student Body of Calvin Theological Seminary (Grand Rapids MI) 48 (2007) 45-66 / online: <www.calvinseminary.edu/pubs/stromata/str48-1.pdf>. Erdel T.P., «The Great Commission and God’s Righteous Kingdom»: MFAR 16 (2008) 93-115. Keezhangatt T.J., Evangelization as Liberation. A Paradigm for the Active Participation of the Laity in the Pastoral Service of the Church in Central India (Diss. Leuven 2008, pp. lxvi-302): p. 143-201: «Realization of the Values of the Kingdom of God as Evangelization by the Laity in the Central Indian Church» (chap. 4) / online: <https://lirias.kuleuven.be/bitstream/1979/1860/2/DISSERTATION+PDF.pdf>. [Pastoral / Liberation] Kvalbein H., «Discipleship, Kingdom and Conversion. Aspects from Recent Exegetical Discussion on the Mission of the Church»: in A.A. Alexeev et alii (ed.), Einheit der Kirche im Neuen Testament. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 214 Dritte europäische orthodox-westliche Exegetenkonferenz in Sankt Petersburg 24.-31. August 2005 (WUNT 218), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2008, pp. x-311: p. 207-229 (p. 218-226: Mission is to proclaim the gospel of the kingdom [Matt 10,7; Luke 10,9.11]). [NTA 52, p. 608] rev. D.A. Cineira, EstAg 44 (2009) 316-317; C. Focant, RTLouv 40 (2009) 116-117; J. Oeldemann, ThRev 105/3 (2009) cols 193-195; C. Stenschke, EphTL 84 (2008) 570-572 Moritz J.M., «Beyond Strategy, Towards the Kingdom of God: The Post-Critical Reconstructionist Mission of the Emerging Church»: Dialog 47 (2008) 27-36. Villar J.R., Cristo: Mesías y realizador del Reino de Dios. Con Él, los últimos tiempos (Escatología y Misión. Curso de estudios para la Misión 5), Roma: Pontificia Unión Misional. Secretariado Internacional 2008, pp. 16 | trans. English: Christ: Messiah and bringer of God’s Kingdom. With Him the last times; Italian; French; Portuguese. Boyd G.A., «Advancing the Cruciform Revolution. A Kingdom Perspective on Evangelism»: WW 29/4 (2009) 407-417. Buenting D., «Evangelicals and Social Action: YWAM’s Adoption of Kingdom Mission»: IJFM 26 (2009) 15-19. Schuster J., Christian Mission in Eschatological Perspective. Lesslie Newbigin’s Contribution (Edition Afem. Mission Academics 29), Nürnberg: VTR Publications 2009, pp. 275 (= rev. Diss. Trinity Evangelical Divinity School 2006): p. 46-91: chap. 2: The Kingdom of God in Newbigin’s Writings (Diachronic Analysis of His Early Writings), p. 92-154: chap. 3: The Kingdom of God in Newbigin’s Writings (Synchronic Analysis of His Later Writings), p. 155-170: chap. 4: The Kingdom of God in Newbigin’s Writings (Systematic Description). Stockton I., «Landscape and the Kingdom of God»: Theology 113/nr 871 (2010) 3-11. [The co-operation with secular partners in a World Heritage Status Bid may be seen as an expression of mission, and the transformation of urban landscape and sacred space may reflect the Kingdom of God. The history of Wearmouth-Jarrow, explored through Bede’s story of the founding of the 7th century monastery, highlights contemporary resonances in art, learning, community and Christian communication. The Wearmouth context is explored historically, practically and theologically, with the etching of cruciform pathways on the site’s surface seen as a means of interpreting access, encounter and human transformation] Brown R., «The Kingdom of God and the Mission of God»: IJFM 28 (2011) 5-12 (I); 49-59 (II). Cray G. - Mobsby I. (ed.), Fresh Expressions and the Kingdom of God. Ancient Faith Future Mission, Canterbury: Press Norwich 2011, pp. 192. Cuartas V.H., «How to Lead a Missional Church that Expands God’s Kingdom»: PneumaR 14 (2011) 3245. Schwanz K. - Coleson J. (ed.), Missio Dei. A Wesleyan Understanding, Kansas City MO: Beacon Hill Press 2011, pp. 191: p. 58-66: «The Mission of God in Jesus’ Teaching on the Kingdom of God» [R.L. Hahn], p. 107114: «The Already/Not Yet Kingdom of God» [R. Benefiel]. Moral Bergeron R., «Jésus et le fondement de la décision»: ScE 32/2 (1980) 143-151. [BullSignal 34,8838] Kowalski J., «Chrystocentryzm prowadzący przez błogosławieństwa do Królestwa Pana we współczesnej teologii moralnej» [Christocentrism leading through the blessings to the Kingdom of God in contemporary moral theology]: Częstochowskie Studia Teologiczne (Częstochowa, Poland) 25 (1997) 113-120 [in Polish]. Kuzmić P., «Twelve theses on kingdom servanthood for post-communist Europe»: Transf 16 (1999) 3439. Melina L., «Agire morale cristiano e Regno di Dio»: in L. Melina - P. Zanor (ed.), Quale dimora per l’agire? Dimensioni ecclesiologiche della morale. Atti del II Colloquio dell’Area di Ricerca sullo Statuto della Teologia Morale (Roma, 19-20 nov. 1999) (Lezioni e dispense 3), Roma - Milano: PUL - Mursia 2000, pp. 270: p. 131-149. Mynatty H., «Moral Education for a Socially Sensitive Conscience in View of the Praxis of the Kingdom»: LivWord 106/2 (2000) 84-95. Derdziuk A., «Problematyka Królestwa Bożego w teologii moralnej» [The Issues of the Kingdom of God in Moral Theology]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 371-389 (-389: English Summary). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 215 Paradise Nandrásky K., «Die Verheissung des Paradieses»: CV 30/3-4 (1987) 229-237. [BullSignal 42,9480] Sorge E., «Schlaraffenland und Reich Gottes. Paradiesvorstellungen in feministischer Sicht»: Reformatio 40/3 (1991) 219-227 / replay: P. Niklaus - E.W. Stegemann, «Replik zu Elga Sorges „Schlaraffenland und Reich Gottes“»: Reformatio 40/3 (1991) 228-231. Newell J.P., Promptings from Paradise, London: Triangle - SPCK 1998 / New York: Paulist 2000, pp. xi-59 | trans. Dutch: Het koninkrijk als paradijs. Gedachten bij het evangelie, Zoetermeer: Meinema 1999, pp. 59. Parousia Lewis A.E., «Apocalypse and Parousia. The Anguish of Theology from Now till Kingdom Come»: Austin Seminary Bulletin (Austin Presbyterian Theological Seminary, Austin TX) 103/8 (April 1988) 31-45. Vena O.D., The Parousia and Its Rereadings. The Development of the Eschatological Consciousness in the Writings of the New Testament (StBL 27), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2001, pp. xvi-284. [NTA 46, p. 394] rev. C. Stettler, JTS 54 (2003) 268-270 de Jonge H.J. - de Kruijf G.G., «Dispuut over de wederkomst van Jezus Christus» [Debate on the second coming of Jesus Christ]: KerkT 57 (2006) 158-175 / online: <https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/dspace/bitstream/1887/5240/1/3_297_174.pdf>. Müller U.B., «Jesu Heilsverkündigung und das Problem der Gerichtsverzögerung»: ZNW 102 (2011) 118. [NTA 55,1615] [Law] [Luke] Wolter M., «Israels Zukunft und die Parusieverzögerung bei Lukas»: in Evang et alii (ed.), Eschatologie und Schöpfung, p. 405-426 = in Id., Theologie und Ethos, p. 311-333 (333-335: Nachtrag 2009). Pastoral (practical theology) Bader H., Alkoholismus und Gottesherrschaft. Ein Wort an die Pfarrer und an alle, welche religiösem Denken nahe stehen, Basel: Helbing & Lichtenhahn 1908, pp. 27. Oates W.E., «The Kingdom of God and Pastoral Practice»: The Covenant Quarterly. The church quarterly of the Evangelical Mission Church of America (Chicago IL) 16 (February 1956) 13-21. Ruiz de la Peña J.L., «Realidad y Reino de Dios»: Corintios XIII: Revista de teología y pastoral de la caridad (Madrid, Spain) nr 15 (1980) 123-140 = nr 117-118 (2006) 227-245 = in Id., Una fe que crea cultura (Colección Esprit 29), (ed. C. Díaz), Madrid: Caparrós 1997, pp. 353: p. 271-282 (chap. 19). de Unciti M., «Reino de Dios en la pastoral actual»: ComS 8/2 (1986) 176-186. Feilzer H., «Perspektiven zukünftiger Pastoral. Weg zu einem am Reich Gottes orientierten Gemeindeaufbau»: Trierer Forum für Mitarbeiter/-innen im Bistum Trier (Trier, Germany) Heft 1 (1987) 22-27. Zerfass R., «„Gefährten in der Bedrängnis, in der Hoffnung auf die Gottesherrschaft und in der Geduld in Jesus“ (Offb 1,9)»: PThI 14/1-2 (1994) 119-145. García Cortis C., «La Iglesia y el Reino de Dios: ?coherencia o infidelidad?»: Lumieira nr 36 (1997) 283298. [Church] López Alonso M., «Sintonizar con la frecuencia del Reino: Diez actitudes bíblicas para vivir la llamada del Dios de los pobres»: Todos Uno. Revista de pastoral vocacional (Madrid, Spain) nr 151 (2002) 32-44. [Poor] Walz J. - Montreal S.R. - Hofrenning D.J.B., «Pastors in the Two Kingdoms: The Social Theology of Lutheran Clergy»: in R. Cimino (ed.), Lutherans Today. American Lutheran Identity in the 21st Century, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2003, pp. xiv-248: p. 143-165. [Two Kingdoms] Miller M.D., The Kingdom Focused Leader. Seeing God at work in you, through you & around you, Nashville TN: Broadman & Holman 2004, pp. x-102. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 216 Purves A., «The Ministry of the Reign of God»: in Id., Reconstructing Pastoral Theology: A Christological Foundation, Louisville KY: Westmintser John Knox 2004, pp. xxv-236: p. 214-232 (chap. 10). rev. D. van Deusen Hunsinger, SJT 62/2 (2009) 242-244; A. Robinson, ChrCent 122/15 (2005) 39 Rodríguez Olaizola J.M., «El Reino de Dios caminando por las autopistas de la información»: SalT 92/nr 1080 (2004) 597-608. Blasberg-Kuhnke M. - Mette N., «Reich Gottes»: PThI 25/2 (2005) 88-91 [“Gaudium et Spes”]. [Vatican II Council] Vázquez-Ulloa V.C., «Xesús anuncia o Reino»: Lumieira nr 63 (2008) 149-156. Gonçalves A., «Reino de Deus e práxis pastoral. Uma abordagem a partir da teologia de Jon Sobrino / The Kingdom of God and Pastoral Praxis. An Approach Using Jon Sobrino’s Theology»: CiberT 5/nr 23 (may-jun 2009) 29-34 / <www.paulinas.org.br/ciberteologia/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/03ReinodeDeus. pdf> / <www.paulinas.org.br/ciberteologiaen/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/03KingdomGod.pdf>. Hoffmann M. - Pschierer H.-U., Reich Gottes im Werden. Modell einer auftragsorientierten Gemeindeentwicklung, Leipzig: Evangeliche Verlagsanstalt 2009, pp. 162. rev. R. Knieling, ThLZ 135/11 (2010) cols 1271-1272 Novo Cid-Fuentes A.J., «La predicación de Jesús sobre el Reino de Dios»: Lumieira nr 66-67 (2010) 6384. Laumer A., «Zwischen Kirche und Gottesherrschaft: Auf der Suche nach einem “Prinzip” der Disziplin Pastoraltheologie»: ZKT 133 (2011) 28-48. Peace (war) Niebuhr H.R., «A Communication: The Only Way into the Kingdom of God»: ChrCent 49 (April 6, 1932) 447 = in R.B. Miller (ed.), War in the Twentieth Century. Sources in Theological Ethics (Library of Theological Ethics), Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 1992, pp. xviii-469: p. 19-24 = in J.M. Buchanan - D. Heim (ed.), War as Crucifixion. Essays on Peace, Violence and “Just War” from the Christian Century, Chicago IL: Christian Century 2002, pp. 42. See: R.B. Miller, «H. Richard Niebuhr’s War Articles: A Transvaluation of Value»: JRel 68/2 (1988) 242-262 Wilson G., «The New Covenant and the Kingdom of God»: in C. Barrett (ed.), Peace Together. A Vision of Christian Pacifism, Cambridge: Clarke & Co. 1987, pp. x-132: p. 34-41. Swan B., «An inclusive paradigm of peace: The Kingdom of God»: Pacifica Review. Peace, Security & Global Change (Monash University, Victoria, Australia) 7 (1995) 27-46. Swartley W.M., «Jesus and and Peace: The Gospel of the Reign of God»: in Id., Covenant of Peace. The Missing Peace in New Testament Theology and Ethics, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2006, pp. xviii-542: p. 11-26. rev. J.-A.A. Brant, MennQR 81/3 (2007); G.W. Burnett, IrBS 27 (2006) 32-34; JSNT 29/5 (2007) 14; A.E. Harvey, JTS 58 (2008) 260-261; T.R.Y. Neufeld, Interp 61/4 (2007) 456.458; G. Vinten, RRT 14/3 (2007) 445-447; J.S. Williams, RevBL 5/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5376_5672.pdf>; S.N. Williams, StCE 21 (2008) 153-156; G. Zerbe, TorJT 23/2 (2007) 205 Aguirre Monasterio R., «El evangelio de Jesús y la paz»: EstTrin 41/3 (2007) 513-541. Philosophy Berdyaev N.A., «Царство Божье и царство кесаря» [The Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Caesar]: Путь / Put (Paris, France) 1 (September 1925) 31-52 [in Russian] / English version: <www.berdyaev.com/berdiaev/berd_lib/1925_303.html>. Landau R., Thy Kingdom Come. Twelve chapters on the attainment of truthful living, London: Nicholson & Watson 1937, pp. xii-220 | trans. Dutch: Uw koninkrijk kome, Den Haag: Servire 1937, pp. 232. Barth H., Volksherrschaft und Gottesherrschaft. Vortrag, gehalten im Positiven Gemeindeverein St. Elisabethen-Gundelfingen am 19. Jan. 1941 (Kriegszeit und Gotteswort 20), Basel: Evangelische Buchhandlung 1941, pp. iv-23. Frank S.L. [Франк Семён Людвигович], Свет во тьме. Опыт христианской этики и социальной философии, Paris: IMKA-Press 1949, pp. 403 | trans. German: Licht in der Finsternis. Versuch einer christlichen Ethik und Sozialphilosophie (Werke Simon L. Frank 5), (introd. V. Kantor), XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 217 Freiburg i.Br. - München: Karl Alber 2008, pp. 306: p. 104-106: Das Evangelium als Botschaft vom Reich Gottes, p. 107-112: Der neue Begriff des Reiches Gottes, p. 126-164: chap. 3: Das Reich Gottes und die »Welt«, p. 209247: chap. 5: Reich Gottes und religiöser Wert der Schöpfung. [Frank Semen Lyudvigovich (1877-1950), Russian religious philosopher] Valadier P., Nietzsche et la critique du christianisme (Cogitatio fidei 77), Paris: Cerf 1974, pp. 614: p. 398-419: Le sentiment du royaume de Dieu, p. 420-436: Royaume de Dieu et langage symbolique | trans. Spanish: Nietzsche y la crítica del cristianismo, Madrid: Cristianidad 1982, pp. 576; Italian: Nietzsche e la critica radicale del cristianesimo (Filosofia 1), Palermo: Augustinus 1991, pp. xvii-554. [F.W. Nietzsche (1844-1900)] rev. E. Blondel, Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Étranger (Paris, France) 166/3 (1976) 335-337; R.J. Devettere, TS 36/2 (1975) 360-363; M. Haar, Les Études philosophiques (Paris, France) 34/4 (1979) 490-492; J. Richard, LavalTP 33/2 (1977) 206-211 Altizer T.J.J., «Eternal Recurrence and Kingdom of God»: in D.B. Allison (ed.), The New Nietzsche. Contemporary Styles of Interpretation, New York: Dell Pub. Co. 1977, pp. xxviii-274: p. 232-246 / Cambridge MA - London: MIT Press 19883 | trans. Polish: «Wieczny Powrót a Królestwo Boże»: Literatura na Świecie. Miesięcznik (Warszawa, Poland) nr 1/3 (1993) 313-336; Chinese: Logos & Pneuma [Tao Fong]. Chinese Journal of Theology (Hong Kong, China) nr 13 (Fall 2000) 129-149. [F.W. Nietzsche (1844-1900)]. Il senso del tempo (Quaderni della Fondazione San Carlo, nr 2-3), Modena (MO): Mucchi 1988, pp. 147: p. 47-57: «Tempo moderno e “regno di Dio”» [B. Accarino], p. 58-: «Tempo moderno ed escaton del regno di Dio» [G. Pirola]. Ciutacu I., «Doctrina despre Logos după Serghei N. Trubeţkoi. II» [The Doctrine of Logos according to Sergiej N. Trubetskoj. Part II]: Ort 43 (1991) 125-134 [The Roumanian translation of the chapter about the Kingdom of God from the treatise of the Russian philosopher Sergiej N. Trubetskoj [Сергей Николаевич Трубецкой] (18621905)]. [BullSignal 47,1644] Morgan R., The Palingenesis of Ancient Wisdom and the Kingdom of God. An Historical Interpretation of Schellings Earliest Philosophy (Diss. Cambridge 1991) [F.W.J. Schelling 1775-1854]. Caputo J.D., «Reason, History and a Little Madness: Towards a Hermeneutics of the Kingdom»: Proceedings of the American Catholic Philosophical Association (Washington, D.C.) 68 (1994) 27-44. Caputo J.D., «Edifying Divertissement No. 4. Deconstruction and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Prayers and Tears of Jacques Derrida. Religion without Religion (The Indiana series in the Philosophy of Religion), Bloomington IN: Indiana University 1997, pp. 379: p. 222-229. [Jacques Derrida (1930-2004), French philosopher, known as the founder of deconstruction] Charles S., «Éternité et histoire: Le problème de l’eschatologie chez Nicolas Berdiaeff»: LavalTP 54/3 (1998) 579-591. [N.A. Berdyaev (1874-1948), Russian religious philosopher] Caputo J.D., «Reason, History and a Little Madness: Towards an Ethics of the Kingdom»: in R. Kearney - M. Dooley (ed.), Questioning Ethics. Contemporary Debates in Philosophy, London - New York: Routledge 1999, pp. x-302: p. 84-104. Hinkelammert F.J., «Plenitud y escasez: la subjetividad del reino de Dios»: Pasos nr 100 (marzo-abril 2002) 3-11. Hart K., «The Experience of the Kingdom of God»: in K. Hart - B. Wall (ed.), The Experience of God. A Postmodern Response (Perspectives in Continental Philosophy 48), New York: Fordham University 2005, pp. xii-259: p. 71-86 (chap. 5) / in electronic resource: <www3.villanova.edu/mission/experience/ hart.htm>. Caputo J.D., The Weakness of God. A Theology of the Event (Indiana Series in the Philosophy of Religion), Bloomington IN: Indiana University Press 2006, pp. xiv-356 (Part Two. The Kingdom of God: Sketches of a Sacred Anarchy [chap. 12. The Event of Hospitality: On Being Inside/Outside the Kingdom of God], Appendix to Part Two: Newly Discovered Fragments on the Kingdom of God from “The Gospel of Miriam”). rev. P.G. Heltzel, Journal for Cultural and Religious Theory (Denver CO) 7/2 (2006) 96-101 / <www.jcrt.org/archives/ 07.2/heltzel.pdf>: «Framing himself as a postmodern anarchist, Caputo tries to gest to “the root” of the doctrine of God and the reign of God … In Part II he argues that the Kingdom of God is not a rule of Holy law, but a sacred anarchy that is embodied in works of love, forgiveness and hospitality … there is much to be learned from his meditations on the Kingdom of God (Section II, Chapters 7-12). Caputo interprets the kingdom of God as a field of weak forces for justice … The powerless power of the kingdom becomes the earthly and human correlate of the weakness of God. The weakness of the kingdom is a cry out for the event of justice to be ushered in … This colorful portrait of Jesus and the Kingdom of God XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 218 is a good warning to some traditional constructions that interpret Jesus and the Kingdom in masculine, militaristic and capitalistic categories»; C. Keller, CrossC 56/4 (2007) 133-139; D.W. Kynaston, ATR 88/4 (2006) 624-625; D. Newheiser, IJST 10 (2008) 105-108; K.A. Richardson, Sino-Christian Studies. An International Journal of Bible, Theology & Philosophy (Taiwan) 5/6 (2008) 179-182 Jones B.T., When the Kingdom of God Became the Kingdom of Ends. Altruism’s Development into a Normative Ideal (Diss. Honor Thesis, The Ohio State University 2006, pp. iv-137) / online: <https:// kb.osu.edu/dspace/bitstream/1811/24251/1/Thesis_complete_draft.pdf>. López A., «The Kingdom of the Father»: in Id., Spirit’s Gift. The Metaphysical Insight of Claude Bruaire, (introd. K.L. Schmitz), Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America 2006, pp. xii262: p. 200-213. [Claude Bruaire (1936-1982), French philosopher] rev. A.D. Baker, ModT 24/3 (2008) 528-529; W. Desmond, Thomist 71 (2007) 154-158; D.C. Schindler, The Review of Metaphysics. A Philosophical Quarterly (Washington, D.C.) 61/2 (2007-2008) 428-430; A. Young, RelSR 35/4 (2009) 246 Moreland J.P., Kingdom Triangle. Recover the Christian Mind, Renovate the Soul, Restore the Spirit’s Power, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 2007, pp. 237: p. 111-190: Part 2: Charting a Way Out: The Kingdom Triangle (p. 165-190: 7. Restoration of the Kingdom’s Miraculous Power) / see also his article: «WWJD: Jesus and the Gospel of the Kingdom of God» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.trueu.org/Academics/ LectureHall/A000000719.cfm>. rev. D. Groothuis, DenverJ 11 (2008) <www.denverseminary.edu/the-denver-journal/2008/>: «Kingdom Triangle is a passionate and knowledgeable summons to the church to engage God, the world, and the self in a deeply biblical and profoundly meaningful manner. To this endeavor, Moreland brings the resources of philosophy to bear fruitfully on the exigencies of the Kingdom of God. This is both rare and wonderful. The book is divided into two sections. The first explains “the crisis of the age” in America and the West in general. The second section gives the answer: a kingdom triangle of intellectual engagement, spiritual formation, and supernatural spiritual power»; G.R. Habermas, «God’s Activity in Today’s World: A Review Essay on Kingdom Triangle»: Philosophia Christi (La Miranda CA) 11 (2009) 215223; R.P. Richard, BS 166/nr 662 (2009) 242-246; W. Simpson, PneumaR 11/2 (2008); J.K.A. Smith, Pneuma 32 (2010) 158-159; J.D. Wooddell, CTR 5/2 (2008) Robbins J., «The Hermeneutics of the Kingdom of God. John Caputo and the Deconstruction of Christianity» [2008]: The Global Spiral. An e-publication of Metanexus Institute: in electronic resource: <www.metanexus.net/Magazine/tabid/68/id/10298/Default.aspx>. Asmis E., «Seneca on Fortune and the Kingdom of God»: in S. Bartsch - D. Wray (ed.), Seneca and the Self, Cambridge, U.K. - New York: Cambridge University 2009, pp. ix-304: p. 115-138. [Lucius Annaeus Seneca (ca. 4 B.C.-65 A.D.), Roman Stoic philosopher, statesman, dramatist and humorist] Panagakou S., «The Kingdom of God on Earth. Religion and Ethics in the Philosophy of Bernard Bosanquet»: in J. Connelly - S. Panagakou (ed.), Anglo-American Idealism. Thinkers and Ideas, Oxford: Peter Lang 2010, pp. xii-389: p. 175-207. [Ethics] [Bernard Bosanquet (1848-1923), British philosopher, political theorist and social reformer] rev. A. Loizides, British Journal for the History of Philosophy (London, U.K.) 20 (2012) 204-207 Putt B.K., «Reconciling Pure Forgiveness and Reconciliation. Bringing John Caputo into the Kingdom of God»: CrossC 59/4 (2009) 500-531. Nawarowski P., Neognostyczna koncepcja “Królestwa Niebieskiego” w interpretacji Rudolfa Steinera [Neo-gnostic conception of the “Kingdom of Heaven” in the interpretation of Rudolf Steiner] (Diss. Uniwersytet Opolski: Wydział Teologiczny, Opole 2010, pp. 204) [in Polish]. [Gnosis / Meaning / Space] [Rudolf J.L. Steiner (1861-1925), Austrian philosopher, social reformer, and esotericist] Putt B.K., «Depravatio Crucis: The Non-Sovereignty of God in John Caputo’s Poetics of the Kingdom»: in S.L. Baker - M. Hardin (ed.), Peace Be With You. Christ’s Benediction Amid Violent Empires, (introd. W.M. Swartley), Telford PA: Cascadia - Scottdale PA: Herald 2010, pp. 299: p. 148-182. rev. D.J. Johnson, MennQR 86 (2012) 128-130; M.W. Mittelstadt, RelSR 37/4 (2011) 265 Teuffel J., «Reich Gottes – eine Utopie in Deutschland» [2011]: pp. 11 in electronic resource: <www.missioneinewelt.de/fileadmin/benutzer/mission7/Dein_Reich_komme/Teuffel_Reich_Gottes_Eine_Utopie_in_Deutschland.pdf>. [Utopia] Politics Mackenzie W.D., The Kingdom of God and the League of Nations, Hartford CT: Hartford Seminary Press 1919, pp. 21. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 219 Rossi I., Il regno visibile di Dio sulla terra. Tre grandi italiani sulle opposte rive del Tevere, Roma: Casa Editrice Minerva - Tip. Consorzio Nazionale 1932, pp. 79 [Benito Mussolini, king Vittorio Emanuele III, pope Pius XI]. Pannenberg W., «Die politische Dimension des Evangeliums»: in R. Hörl (ed.), Die Politik und das Heil. Über die öffentliche Verantwortung des Christen (Grünewald-Reihe), Mainz: Matthias-Grünewald 1968, pp. 95: p. 16-20 | trans. Spanish: «La dimensión política del evangelio»: SelecT 10/nr 38 (1971) 212-213 (shorted version). Thurston B., «The kingdom of God and Zionist claims»: in Christians, Zionism and Palestine. A selection of articles and statements on the religious and political aspects of the Palestine problem (Mu’assasat al-Dirasat al-Filastiniyah 4), [Beirut]: Institute for Palestine Studies [1970], pp. viii114. Barnes J., «The righthand and lefthand Kingdom of God: a dilemma of Pietist politics»: in T.O. Beidelman (ed.), The Translation of Culture. Essays to E. E. Evans-Pritchard, London - New York: Tavistock - Barnes & Noble 1971, pp. ix-440: p. 1-17. rev. G. Barden, Studies: An Irish Quarterly Review (Dublin, Ireland) 64/nr 254 (1975) 196-200; A. Cohen, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies (London, U.K.) 36 (1973) 754-754; J. Davis, Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland (London, U.K.) 9/4 (1974) 638-640; L. Mair, Race & Class (London, U.K.) 14 (1972) 101-102; D.M. Schneider, American Journal of Sociology (Chicago IL) 78/5 (1973) 1327-1329 Stone R.H., «The Politics of the Kingdom of God»: ChrCent 89 (17 March 1971) 337-340. Bilde P., «Religion og politik i Jesusbevaegelsen» [Religion and Politics in the Jesus-Movement]: DTT 42 (1979) 1-19. [BullSignal 33,8627; NTA 24,386] Ulbricht M., Rationalität und Reich Gottes. Interpretationshilfe zur politischen Theologie von Johann Baptist Metz (Diss. München 1980, pp. 179). Skillen J., «Christian Action and the Coming of the God’s Kingdom»: in J. Skillen - M.O. Hatfield (ed.), Confessing Christ in Doing Politics, Washington, D.C.: Association for Public Justice Education Fund 1982, pp. 103: p. 88-103 / online: <www.allofliferedeemed.co.uk/Skillen/JWS69Ch7.pdf>. Bonino J.M., Towards a Christian Political Ethics, London: SCM - Philadelphia: Fortress 1983, pp. 126. rev. J.R. Boyd, IrBS 6/3 (1984) 150-153; L. Cormie, Sociological Analysis (Galva IL, continued by SR = Sociology of Religion) 45/4 (1984) 395-396 Kim S., «Jesus’ Proclamation of the Kingdom and Christian Political Existence»: Sinhak Chinam [Theological Compass]. Presbyterian Theological Quarterly (Seoul, S. Korea) 56 (1989) 6-59 [in Korean]. Cheng Yang-en, «An autonomous Kingdom of God? A reappraisal of Luther’s view of secular authority»: Taiwan Journal of Theology (Taiwan Theological Seminary, Taipei, Taiwan) 14 (March 1992) 167-185. Kim S., «Once More: Jesus’ Proclamation of the Kingdom and Christian Political Existence»: in Korean Christians and Democracy, Seoul: Christian Ethics Movement in Korea 1992, p. 1-21 [in Korean]. Ouweneel W.J., Het koninkrijk Gods en de staat [The Kingdom of God and the State] (Publicatie 18), Nunspeet: Marnix van St. Aldegonde Stichting, Wetenschappelijk Studiecentrum van de Reformatorisch Politieke Federatie (RPF) 1995, pp. 93. van der Walt B.J. - Swanepoel R. (ed.), Confessing Christ in Doing Politics. Essays on Christian Political Thought and Action [Orientation, Potchefstroom: International Circular of the Potchefstroom University for Higher Christian Education, Jan.-Dec. (75-78): 1995], Potchefstroom (S. Africa): Institute for Reformational Studies 1995, pp. ii-621: p. 10-24: «The Kingdom of God and our life in the world» [H. Ridderbos], p. 25-46: «The Kingdom of God: its foundations and implications» [B. Zylstra] / <www. allofliferedeemed.co.uk/ZylstraB/BZKoG.pdf>, p. 47-60: «Christian action and the coming of the Kingdom of God» [J.W. Skillen]. Burity J.A., «Entre o Reino de Deus e a Autoridade Civil: anotações sobre pentecostais, cultura e política no Brasil contemporâneo»: Trabalhos para discussão (Recife, PE, Brazil) nr 63 (1997) 1-18 = in Id., Identidade e política no campo religioso. Estudos sobre cultura, pluralismo e o novo ativismo eclesial, Recife, PE: Instituto de Pesquisa Sociais, Políticas e Econômicas / Editora Universitária UFPE [Universidade Federal de Pernambuco] 1997, pp. 137. Vugdelija M., «Trajna izazovnost navještaja o Kraljevstvu Božjem. S posebnim osvrtom na političku ili društvenu dimenziju Kraljevstva»: in R. Dodik (ed.), Interpres Verbi. Zbornik u čast Ljudevita XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 220 Rupčića u povodu 75. obljetnice života i 50. obljetnice svećeništva, Mostar: Ziral 1998, pp. 344: p. 213-280 [in Croatian]. Carter W., «“To Save His People from Their Sins” (Matt 1:21): Rome’s Empire and Matthew’s Salvation as Sovereignty»: in SBL. 2000 Seminar Papers. One Hundred Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting, November 17-21, 2000, Opryland Hotel, Nashville (SBL SPS 39), Atlanta GA: Scholars 2000, pp. 823: p. 379-401 = in Id., Matthew and Empire. Initial Explorations, Harrisburg PA: Trinity Press International 2001, pp. v-249: p. 75-92. [IZBG 47,747 / NTA 46, p. 148-149] rev. R.H. Finger, Christian Feminism Today (Indianapolis IN) 27/1 (Spring 2003) <www.eewc.com/Reviews/Spring2003 Empire.htm>; E.S. Johnson, Jr., Interp 56/3 (2002) 332; M. Matson, RevBL 6/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1777_ 714.pdf> Boruchoff D.A., «Historiography with License: Isabel, the Catholic Monarch and the Kingdom of God»: in Id. (ed.), Isabel la Católica, Queen of Castile: Critical Essays (The New Middle Ages), New York: Palgrave Macmillan 2003, pp. xviii-312: p. 225-294 [Quinn Isabella I of Castile (1474-1504)]. rev. AHR 109/4 (2004) 1353; T. Dandelet, Renaissance Quarterly (Chicago IL) 57/4 (2004) 1407; G.S. Hutcheson, Revista Canadiense de Estudios Hispánicos (Montréal, Québec, Canada) 28/3 (2004) 618-619 Neusner J. (ed.), God’s Rule. The Politics of World Religions, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press 2003, pp. 281. rev. D’L. Finley, Politics & Policy (Puebla, México / Malden MA: Blackwell Publishing) 32/4 (2004) 760-761 <http:// class.georgiasouthern.edu/pap/Dec04PDFs/Dec04bkreviews.pdf>; D.M.L. Klocek, Perspectives on Political Science (Washington, D.C.) 32/4 (2003) 242; N.R. Kollar, Horizons 31/2 (2004) 490; P.C. Phan, Dialogue & Alliance. A Journal of the Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace (New York NY) 17/2 (2003-2004) 125-126; L. Serroul, TorJT 20/2 (2004) 254 Williams S., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., God & Caesar. Personal Reflections on Politics and Religion (Erasmus Institute Books), Notre Dame IN: University of Notre Dame 2003, pp. xi-156: p. 137-148 (chap. 8). rev. J.P. Kenrick, NBFR 85/nr 996 (March 2004) 260-261; T. Massaro, TS 65/3 (2004) 684-685 Wright N.T., «God and Caesar, Then and Now»: in M. Percy - S. Lowe (ed.), The Character of Wisdom. Essays in Honour of Wesley Carr, Aldershot, Hants, U.K. - Burlington VT: Ashgate Pub. 2004, pp. xii-210: p. 157-171 / online: <www.ntwrightpage.com/Wright_God_Caesar.pdf> (p. 3-8: The Kingdoms of the World and the Kingdom of God). rev. L. Stone, Political Theology (Chichester University, U.K. - Equinox Publishing Ltd) 6/4 (2005) 505-507 / <www.politicaltheology.com/PT/article/view/1034/623> Storkey A., Jesus and Politics. Confronting the Powers, Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2005, pp. 336: p. 95-110: chap. 5. Jesus the Messiah?, p. 111-132: chap. 6. The Government of God, p. 133-170: 7. Jesus’ Political Principles, p. 171-194: chap. 8. Jesus’ Statecraft, p. 195-210: chap. 9. Jesus as World Ruler. rev. Theology 109/nr 851 (2006) 364-367; M. Barram, RRT 13 (2006) 12-15; D. Deppe, CalTJ 40/2 (2005) 339-340; J.M. Fuhrmann, TrinJ 27/2 (2006) 318-319; D. Olivier, SHE 34 (April 2008); J. Proctor, EvQ 78/3 (2006) 287-288; A. Yong, RelSR 32 (2006) 29; R.L. Webb, JSHJ 5 (2007) 103 Vugdelija M., Politička ili društvena dimenzija biblijske vjere [Political and social dimensions of biblical faith] (Biblioteka »Službe Božje« 52), Split: Služba Božja 2005, pp. 243 (p. 220-221: English Summary): p. 56-100: Politička ili društvena dimenzija navještaja o kraljevstvu Božjem [in Croatian]. rev. A. Popović, BogoslSm 76/2 (2006) 499-504 / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/37883> Landgrave Gándara D., «Notas sueltas sobre fe y política, a partir de la escritura»: QOL nr 41 (2006) 352. Naluparayil J., «Politics of Jesus»: Jeev 36/nr 216 (2006) 435-444 [in the Gospel of Mark]. [NTA 51,1673] Castro Henriques M., «O gnosticismo político segundo Eric Voegelin: A corrupção do “reino d Deus” pela imanentização falaciosa do éschaton cristão»: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007). [Philosophy] Lujić B., «“Božje kraljevstvo” – Relativizacija politike?» [“God’s Kingdom” – the Relativisation of Politics]: BogoslSm 77/2 (2007) 345-389 (388-389: English Summary): p. 355-365: 2. Što je i gdje je Božje kraljevstvo?, p. 365-383: 3. Nova logika Božjega kraljevstva, p. 383-388: 4. Božje kraljevstvo i politika [in Croatian] / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/36481>. Míguez N.O., «Jesus, das Volk und die Präsenz der Politik. Das ent-eschatologisierende Reich, Ansprüche der Bevölkerung und messianische Zeiten»: ConcG 43/4 (2007) 431-439. Boyd G.A., «The Kingdom as a Political-Spiritual Revolution»: CTR 6 (2008) 23-41. [NTA 53,870] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 221 Cahill L.S., «Christ and Kingdom. The Identity of Jesus and Christian Politics»: in Pope (ed.), Hope & Solidarity, p. 242-254 (chap. 18). Dancer A., «The Reign of God and Human Politics»: Stimulus 16/3 (2008) 39-46. [The relation between the reign of God and human politics is analysed to understand its implications on the church. It is suggested that Christians should make efforts to serve the community spontaneously to ensure the persistence of the authentic political life of the church and focus more on God’s reign than the ideologies of political parties] Kim S., Christ and Caesar. The Gospel and the Roman Empire in the Writings of Paul and Luke, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2008, pp. xvi-228: p. 77-93: chap. 7: Jesus the Davidic Messiah and Universal Lord, and His Liberation of Israel, p. 94-113: chap. 8: Jesus’ Redemption: It Is Not a Deliverance from the Roman Empire, p. 114-150: chap. 9: Jesus’ Redemption: It Is a Deliverance from the Kingdom of Satan, p. 151-160: chap. 10: The Apostles’ Campaign against the Kingdom of Satan and Witness to the Kingdom of God. [NTA 53, p. 407] [Satan] rev. A. Asano, ExpT 121/6 (2010) 319-320; D. Burk, JETS 52/3 (2009) 615-618; W. Carter, RevBL 7/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6957_7550.pdf>; L.D. Chrupcała, LA 59 (2009) 589-593; J.D. Fantin, BMCR 2009 <bmcr.brynmawr.edu/ 2009/2009-09-27.html>; BS 167/nr 667 (2010) 378-380; L.H. Cohick, SBET 29 (2011) 129; J.K. Hardin, Themelios 35/2 (2010) 282-283; Y.S. Kim, CBQ 71/3 (2009) 648-649; M. Lee, HorBT 33 (2011) 90-92; D.L. Matson, SCJ 14 (2011) 144146; P. Oakes, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 10; H. Omerzu, ThLZ 136/5 (2011) cols 518-520; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 35/3 (2009) 188; T. Reeve, AUSS 48/2 (2010) 337-339; M.G. Smith, «The Empire of Theory and the Empires of History–A Review Essay»: ChrSR 39/3 (2010) 305-322 [NTA 54,1899]; J. Taylor, RB 117 (2010) 154-155; M. Tellbe, SEÅ 75 (2010) 208-209 Benson P., «Faith Engaging Politics: The Preaching of the Kingdom of God»: in B. Knighton (ed.), Religion and Politics in Kenya. Essays in Honor of a Meddlesome Priest, New York: Palgrave Macmillan 2009, pp. xxii-294: p. 95-120 (chap. 3). [Preaching] Clauson M. - Mach T. - Smith M.C., «The “New” Christian Left, the Kingdom of God, and American Politics» [Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Southern Political Science Association, Hotel Intercontinental, New Orleans LA, January 07, 2009]: pp. 45 in electronic resource: <www. allacademic.com/meta/p_mla_apa_research_citation/2/8/3/3/9/p283398_index.html>. Khoury R., «Earthly and Heavenly Kingdom: An Eastern Christian Perspective»: in M. Raheb (ed.), God’s Reign and People’s Rule. Constitution, Religion and Identity in Palestine, Berlin: AphorismA 2009, pp. 187: p. 87-96. [Space / Contextual Interpretation] López Rodríguez D., La propuesta política del Reino de Dios. Estudios bíblicos sobre iglesia, sociedad y estado, Lima (Perú): PUMA 2009, pp. 120. White J., «Anti-Imperial Subtexts in Paul. An Attempt at Building a Firmer Foundation»: Bib 90/3 (2009) 305-333: p. 316-325: II. Danielic Antecedents to Paul’s Anti-Imperial Eschatology [Dn 2; 7; 8], p. 326-327: 1. Paul’s “Kingdom” Language in 1 Cor 15,24-28. [NTA 54,1120] Ebner M., «Face to face-Widerstand im Sinn der Gottesherrschaft. Jesu Wahrnehmung seines sozialen Umfeldes im Spiegel seiner Beispielgeschichten»: Early Christianity (Tübingen, Germany) 1/3 (2010) 406-440. [Rabbinic Sources] Freeman G.M., The Heavenly Kingdom. Aspects of Political Thought in the Talmud and Midrash, Lanham MD: University Press of America - Philadelphia PA: Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs, Center for Jewish Community Studies 1986, pp. viii-187. [An analysis of the political vision of the rabbis in the Talmud and Midrash with special attention to the covenant concept. This concept held that government was a commentary on the original purpose of society and that each person was to become his own authority. The social framework would be such that interaction would incur without imposition of will. Political relationships would become reciprocal and government by men no longer necessary when the covenant was kept. The rabbis hoped that the study of the Torah would result in the self-rule by each individual of God’s kingdom] rev. M.S. Jaffee, RelSR 14 (1988) 388; A.J. Saldarini, JAAR 56 (1988) 156-157; R. White, JJS 38 (1987) 267 Poor (rich) Blanc E., «La béatitude des pauvres et le combat contre la pauvreté»: LumVi nr 85 (1967) 53-74. Esser K. - Grau E., «La pobreza, prefiguración del Reino de Dios»: Selecciones de Franciscanismo (Valencia, Spain) 2/nr 4 (1973) 28-41. Winstanley M.T., «Jesus, Poverty and the Kingdom»: RRel 36 (1977) 583-599. Echegaray H., «El anuncio del Reino a los pobres»: in Id., La práctica de Jesús, Lima (Perú): Centro de Estudios y Publicaciones 1980, pp. 222: p. 168-188 / Lima (Perú): CEP 19863 online: <http://servicioskoinonia.org/biblioteca/teologica/EchegarayCristologia.pdf> / Salamanca: Sígueme 1982 | trans. English: The Practice of Jesus, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 1984, pp. 122. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 222 Schottroff L., «Poveri e ricchi nei vangeli sinottici. Radici neotestamentarie di una teologia dei poveri»: IDOC Internazionale (Rome, Italy) 6-7 (1981) 39-45 | trans. Spanish: «Pobres y Ricos en los Evangelios sinópticos. Raíces neotestamentarias de una teología de los pobres»: SelecT 22/88 (1983) (shorted version). Pixley J., «Dios reina mediante la solidariedad de los pobres. El caso del cristianismo primitivo galileo»: Xilotl. Revista nicaragüense de teología (Managua, Nicaragua)7/nr 12-13 (junio 1994). Marton F., «Poveri e missione per il Regno»: AG 3/2 (1999) 156-171. [Mission] Ukken G., «Poverty, Weakness & Humility: Signs of God’s Kingdom on Earth»: African Ecclesial Review (Eldoret, Kenya) 41 (1999) 51-58. Kreinecker C.M., «Gerechtigkeit und Mit-Leid. Die Option für die Armen auf der Basis der basileia tou theou als Formalaspekt der Theologie»: in M. Holztrattner (ed.), Eine vorrangige Option für die Armen im 21. Jahrhundert? (Salzburger theologische Studien 26), Innsbruck - Wien: Tyrolia 2005, pp. 432: p. 103-120. Adams W.L., It’s OK to be Rich. But Seek Ye First the Kingdom of God, Garden City NY: Morgan James Pub. 2007, pp. iii-73: p. 17-22: chap. 3: The Kingdom of GOD, p. 23-30: chap. 4: Seeking the Kingdom. [Spirituality (Christian Life)] Sobrino J., Fuera de los pobres no hay salvación. Pequeños ensayos utópico-proféticos (Estructuras y Procesos. Religión), Madrid: Editorial Trotta 2007, pp. 168 | trans. English: No Salvation outside the Poor. Prophetic-Utopian Essays, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2008, pp. xii-147: p. 77-98: chap. 4: «The Centrality of the Kingdom of God announced by Jesus: Reflections before Aparecida». rev. D. Schweitzer, RelSR 34/4 (2008) 277 Marks E., «Living in the Blessedness of the Reality of the Kingdom of God by Being Poor in Spirit and Pure in Heart»: A&C 14 (2009) 33-40. Gasda É.E., «Paixão pelo reino e opção pelos pobres»: Convergência (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) 45/nr 435 (2010) 606-616. Trigo P., «Dios revela el Reino a los pobres»: RLT 28/nr 83 (2011) 145-184. [Luke] D’Sa T., «The Salvation of the Rich in the Gospel of Luke»: Vidyajyoti 52 (1988) 170-180 | trans. Spanish: «La salvación de los ricos según el evangelio de Lucas»: SelecT 29/113 (1990) (shorted version). [NTA 33,166] Rost B., Soziales Handeln im Horizont der kommenden Gottesherrschaft. Die Wohltätigkeitsforderung als Zentrum der Reichen-Armen-Thematik bei Lukas (Beiträge zur Diakoniewissenschaft. Abschlussarbeiten 39), (Ruprecht-Karls-Univ. Heidelberg, Theologische Fakultät, Das Diakoniewissenschaftliche Institut 2001, pp. 58). [Abstract: <http://archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/volltextserver/volltexte/ 2002/1982/index.html>] Dillmann R., «La problemática pobre-rico en el contexto del Reino de Dios y en la relación lucana de viaje»: in Grilli et alii (ed.), Riqueza y solidaridad, p. 114- (chap. 6). Neumann N., Armut und Reichtum im Lukasevangelium und in der kynischen Philosophie (SBS 220), Stuttgart: Katholisches Bibelwerk 2010, pp. 156. [IZBG 56,867] Power Sánchez Cetina E., «Reino de Dios: Al servicio de la visión y de la causa»: La Biblia en las Américas (Buenos Aires, Argentina) 60/4(nr 275) (2005) online: <http://labibliaweb.com/labam/828/detail>. Abdalla M., «O reino de Deus e o poder político. Fé e política à luz da experiência atual do poder»: Vida Pastoral (São Paulo, Brazil) 45 (2006) 3-11 / online: <www.igrejadocarmo.com.br/OreinodeDeus.htm>. Gelabert Ballester M., «Reino de Dios: crítica y purificación del poder secular desde la comunión de amor trinitaria»: EstTrin 43/2 (2009) 299-326. [Trinity] Prayer Grenz S.J., Prayer: The Cry for the Kingdom, Peabody MA: Hendrickson 1988, pp. 114 / Vancouver: Regent College Pub. 2003 / (introd. E.H. Peterson), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2005 (rev. ed.), pp. xii-131. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 223 rev. D. Crump, Perspectives. A Journal of Reformed Thought (Holland MI) (January 2006): online: <www.perspectives journal.org/2006/01/review.html>; J. Gaeta, TSR 29 (2008) 76-77 Marshall I.H., «Jesus – Example and Teacher of Prayer in the Synoptic Gospels»: in R.N. Longenecker (ed.), Into God’s Presence. Prayer in the New Testament (McMaster New Testament Studies 5), Grand Rapids MI 2001, pp. xiii-292: p. 113-131 (p. 127-130: Prayer and the Kingdom). rev. J. Clarke-Soles, RevBL 11/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1775_825.pdf>; J. Fenton, Theology 105/nr 828 (2002) 456-457; J.C. Hickmore, ExpT 114 (2002) 29; D. Jonaitis, RevBL 5/2003 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/1775_824.pdf>; R.K. Moore, Pacifica 16 (2003) 233-235; M. Schertz, CGR 23 (2004) [Mysteries of the Rosary] Langkammer H., Różańcowe tajemnice światła [The Luminous Mysteries of the Rosary], Lublin: Wydawnictwo Archidiecezji Lubelskiej „Gaudium” 2003, pp. 224 [in Polish]. rev. M. Rosik, WPT 11 (2003) 240-242 / <online: http://wender.home.pl/cvs/pliki_pdf/0748.pdf> Witczyk H., «Jezus głosi Królestwo Boże i wzywa do nawrócenia. Tajemnica “Głoszenie Ewangelii”» [Jesus proclaims the Kingdom of God and calls to conversion. The Mystery “Proclamation of the Kingdom”]: in J. Misiurek et alii (ed.), Homo Orans. IV: Modlitwa różańcowa, Lublin: Redakcja Wydawnictw KUL 2003, pp. 427 [in Polish]. Bednarz M., «Tajemnice światła - podstawy biblijne» [The Luminous Mysteries – Biblical foundations]: in J. Królikowski (ed.), Różaniec - skarb, który trzeba odkryć. I Bocheńskie Sympozjum Mariologiczne, 20 września 2003 r., Kraków: Dom Wydawniczy „Rafael” 2004, pp. 196: p. 41-120 [in Polish]. Gray T., The Luminous Mysteries. Biblical Reflections on the Life of Christ, Steubenville OH: Emmaus Road Publishing 2005, pp. 144: p. 63-86: The Third Luminous Mystery. The Proclamation of the Kingdom of God. Reid D.P., Scripture, Contemplation, and the Claim of the Kingdom of God, New York: Paulist 2006, pp. xi-199. [The author views all twenty mysteries as a progression from the claim of the Kingdom of God (the luminous mysteries), through counter claim of temptation and rejection (the sorrowful mysteries), to the acclaim of the risen Lord (the glorious mysteries) sustaining the missionary proclamation of the gospel (the joyful mysteries)] Rosik M., «Biblijne inspiracje różańcowych Tajemnic Światła» [Biblical Inspirations of the Luminous Mysteries of the Rosary]: in W. Chrostowski (ed.), Joannes Paulus II – In memoriam. Księga pamiątkowa Stowarzyszenia Biblistów Polskich ku czci Ojca Świętego Jana Pawła II, Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Kardynała Stefana Wyszyńskiego 2006, pp. 488: p. 366-376 [in Polish]. Preaching (homiletics) Watters J., A Historical Investigation of the Use of the Symbols “Kingdom of God” and “Millennium” in American Preaching from 1865 to 1914 (Diss. Bob Jones University, Greenville SC 1977, pp. xii280). Tagami S., «Concerning the preach of Jesus: the Holy Spirit, the kingdom of God»: The Bulletin of Liberal Arts & Sciences (Nippon Medical School, Kawasaki, Japan) 1 (1981) 26-17 [in Japanese] / online: <http://ci.nii.ac.jp/cinii/servlet/CiNiiLog_Navi?name=nels&type=pdf&lang=en&id=ART0000582808>. Townes E.M., The Kingdom of God in Black Preaching. An Analysis and Critique of James H. Cone (Diss. D. Min., Univ. of Chicago Divinity School 1982). [James H. Cone (1939-), professor of the systematic theology at Union Theological Seminary, founder of the black liberation theology, writer and preacher] van den Brom L.J. et alii, Verzoening of koninkrijk. Over de prioriteit in de verkondiging [Reconciliation or kingdom. About the priority in the proclamation] (Leidse lezingen), [Baarn]: Callenbach 1998, pp. 253. Baltrip R., «Preaching the Kingdom of God»: Preaching. The Professional Journal for Preachers (Nashville TN) 22/5 (March-April 2007). Dally J.A., Choosing the Kingdom. Missional Preaching for the Household of God (The vital worship, healthy congregations series), Herndon VA: The Alban Institute 2007, pp. xiii-131: chap. 3: «The Kingdom of God and Healing: the New Testament Model»; chap. 4: «Reimagining the Kingdom of God». [The book is a work of theology and it offers a new orientation to sermon preparation to move a congregation from maintenance to mission] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 224 rev. B. Robbins-Penniman, TSR 31/2 (2010) 136-137; E.R. Stutzman, Journal of the Evangelical Homiletics Society (South Hamilton MA) 9 (March 2005): «If “missional” is a new word, “kingdom” is an old one. Dally ties them closely together, asserting that the primary task of missional preachers is to proclaim God’s kingdom, God’s present reign» Van Calster S., «Waarom wordt er zo weinig over het “Rijk Gods” gesproken in het pastoraat?»: ComD 32 (2007) 3-16 | trans. French: «Pourquoi parle-t-on si peu du “Royaume de Dieu” dans la prédication?»: ComF 32/nr189 (2007) 87-96; Polish: «Dlaczego w kazaniach tak mało się mówi o “królestwie Bożym?”»: ComP 29 (2009) 173-188. [Le message chrétien actuel ne prend guère en considération l’attente du Royaume de Dieu. A cette lacune, plusieurs raisons: l’accent mis sur l’Église, réalité visible, image du Royaume dès ce monde, la confusion (entretenue par la théologie de la libération) entre le Royaume divin et sa réalisation dès ce monde, la volonté de créer, ici et maintenant, grâce au progrès, une société idéale, un paradis sur terre] Pieterse H.J.C., «Prediking oor die koninkryk van God: ‘n Uitdaging in ‘n nuwe konteks van armoede» [Preaching on the Kingdom of God. A Challenge in a New Context of Poverty]: HTS 65/1 (2009) pp. 7 online: <www.hts.org.za/index.php/HTS/article/view/106/103> / <www.up.ac.za/dspace/bitstream/2263/9178/1/ Pieterse_Prediking%282009%29.pdf>. [NTA 54,1636] [Poor] Antier G., «Marc 15,1-20 : Les paradoxes du Royaume»: LireDire nr 84/2 (2010) 27-37. [Trial before Pilate] [Luke] Nickle K.F., Preaching the Gospel of Luke. Proclaiming God’s Royal Rule, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 2000, pp. x-266 [Commentary for Preaching]. [NTA 44, p. 588] rev. B.A. Banting, Journal of the Evangelical Homiletics Society (South Hamilton MA) 5 (March 2005) 85-86; D. Deppe, CalTJ 36 (2001) 146-147 [Parables] Theissen G., «Predigen in Bildern und Gleichnissen: Metapher, Symbol und Mythos als Poesie des Heiligen»: EvTh 66/5 (2006) 341-356. McKenzie A.M., The Parables for Today, Louisville KY - London: Westminster John Knox 2007, pp. vii-107. [NTA 51, p. 568-569] rev. A. Jack, ExpT 120/6 (2009) 308 Perdrix L., «Matthieu 13,31-32 : Petit cadeau deviendrà grand»: LireDire nr 74 (2007) 14-18. Presence Lehmann A., “The World to Come”. The Progressive Manifestation of the Kingdom of God Among Men, New York - Chicago: F.H. Revell 1917, pp. 256. Jacobi G., Das Reich Gottes im Widerspruch zum Christentum heute, Kassel: Neuwerk Verlag 1928, pp. 31. Brun L., «Guds rike - i Jesu budskap og i vår tid» [The Kingdom of God - in Jesus’ message and in our time]: KirkeKultur 37 (1930) 6-25. Kehl-Zeller R., Reich Gottes mitten unter uns, Küsnacht ZH: Johann Affolter 1967, pp. 40 / Baden: Christl. Buchh. Jucker [1983?]. Gałkowski J.W., «Królestwo Boże na ziemi» [The Kingdom of God on the earth]: Więź (Warszawa, Poland) 24/nr 286 (8/1982) 88-95 [in Polish]. [BullSignal 37,5817] Ambrosio G., «Il Regno di Dio si è fatto vicino»: RivClerIt 77/5 (1996) 388-399. Jena P.C., Vision of Kingdom, Kerela, India: Indian Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge 1996, pp. 71. [The Kingdom of God which is brought to us by Jesus is present among us. It is present in the Church, in the organizations of Dalits and in the struggles of the people who have decided to change the exploitative situation and bring newness in our society. The purpose of this study is to enable Christians to get involved in the process to bring the Kingdom of God on earth] Himitían J. et alii, El Reino de Dios y su impacto en el mundo de hoy, Santiago: Comunidad Cristiana de Chile 2000. Trigo P., «Decir hoy el reino de Dios»: Revista SIC. Publicación del Centro Gumilla de la Compañía de Jesús (Caracas, Venezuela) 63/nr 623 (abril 2000) 128-131 / in electronic resource: RELaT <www.servicioskoinonia.org/relat/226.htm>. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 225 Segbers F., «Die Reich-Gottes-Vision der Bibel und unser Suchen nach Zukunftsfähigkeit heute»: Ökumenischer Informationsdienst (Frankfurt a.M., Germany) 24/2 (2001) 2-4. Fontbona J., «Jesús fa present el Regne de Déu i hi apunta»: BABC nr 76 (2002) 9-14. [in Catalan] Cifrak M., «Gdje je kraljevstvo Božje?» [Where is the Kingdom of God?]: in I. Raguž (ed.), Vesperae Sapientiae Christianae, vol. 1, Zagreb: Kršćanska sadašnjost 2003, pp. 221: p. 52-74. Maitte B., «Le quotidien et sa tension eschatique»: LumVi 53/261 (2004) 57-70. [La vie chrétienne est orientée vers un horizon ultime, le Royaume de Dieu. Ce monde nouveau éclaire et dynamise le quotidien de nos jours; il lui donne sens] Lo W.J., «Incarnation of God’s Kingdom»: CTC Bulletin. Occasional bulletin of the Commission on Theological Concerns (Christian Conference of Asia, Singapore) nr 21 (2005) 25-27. Petersen C., Die Botschaft Jesu vom Reich Gottes. Aufruf zum Neubeginn (Kreuz Forum), (introd. F. Hahn), Stuttgart: Kreuz 2005, pp. 156. rev. H. Birkel, Korrespondenzblatt. Pfarrer- und Pfarrerinnenverein in der Evangelisch-Lutherischen Kirche in Bayern (Lichtenfels, Germany) 121/5 (Mai 2006) 68-69 online: <www.pfarrverein-bayern.de/archiv/kblatt-0605.pdf>; N. Copray, «Einfach leben im Universum Gottes»: Publik-Forum. Zeitung kritischer Christen (Oberursel, Germany) 35/nr 21 (2005) 58; R. Hennig, ZeitZ 7 (2006) 64 Fantino J., «Foi chrétienne et transformation du monde»: RevScPhTh 90/2 (2006) 297-315. [NTA 51,470] Fanous D., «Present or Future: ‘Thy Kingdom has come’»: in Id., Taught by God, p. 173-184 (chap. 13). Psycho-Social Approach Tisdale J.R., «Transpersonal Psychology and Jesus’s Kingdom of God»: Journal of Humanistic Psychology (Alameda CA) 34 (1994) 31-47. [The emphases of transpersonal psychology and of Jesus’s concept of the Kingdom of God are compared both for similarities and differences. They converge in that (a) entering the Kingdom entailed a change of consciousness, (b) the Kingdom as personal transformation was supremely important, (c) Jesus trusted available growth processes to carry on the change once begun, and (d) self-centeredness (broadly conceived) was the major obstacle to change. Jesus’s teachings diverged from transpersonal emphases in that he did not describe any detailed discipline for entrance into the Kingdom, and he seemed to see ethical change as emerging from consciousness change, not vice versa] Merenlahti P., «Isän valtakunta. Lacanilaista seksuaaliteoriaa Markuksen evankeliumin tapaan» [Lacan’s Sexual Theory as per the Gospel according to Mark]: TAik 111 (2006) 30-40. [IZBG 52,789] [The Gospel of Mark is governed by the tension between dreams and relinquishment: access to the Kingdom of God requires walking the path of the cross. This makes the Gospel a fascinating subject for psychoanalytic literary criticism. The present article puts forth a number of psychoanalytical points in approaching Mark. They are based on the Freudian views of Jacques Lacan (1901-1981). Lacan dissociated himself from Freud’s biologistic approach and examined sexuality as a sociosymbolic construct where gender, language and power are intertwined. This viewpoint helps us understand why the tidings of the Kingdom of God challenged established sexual norms in its day. For Jesus and his followers to submit to being “slaves to everyone” required a redefinition of their masculinity in a way that differed from the normative masculinity of the culture around them] Frederick T.V., «Solution-Focused Brief Therapy and the Kingdom of God. A Cosmological Integration»: Pastoral Psychology (Dordrecht etc., Kluwer Academic Publishers) 56/4 (March 2008) 413-419. [The core cosmological dimension of Solution-Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT) and Christianity emphasizes a similar truth—the future is now. As humans live in their preferred realities, they experience the future, problem free solution for their lives from a SFBT perspective. The Christian tradition emphasizes the in-breaking Kingdom of God beginning with the Christ event. The end has entered the now. However, the final consummation of the end-times is still as yet in the future which means that sin and death are part of the world. This Christian understanding of sin and fallenness provides humility to SFBT’s inherently positive view of the world (D.R. Bidwell, American Journal of Pastoral Counseling, 3:3-21, 1999), while SFBT encourages Christians to see the Kingdom of God in the now instead of the future] Reconciliation Pasquale G., «La nuova riconciliazione e la credibilità ecclesiale del regno di Dio»: in Id. (ed.), Una Nuova Riconciliazione. Volti e temi francescani. Atti del 2° Forum dei ricercatori e studiosi cappuccini italiani (S. G. Rotondo, 8-10 maggio 2006) (Teologia Viva 56), Bologna: Dehoniane 2007, pp. 168: p. 7-14. Realized Eschatology Pope R., «The Gospel According to C.H. Dodd»: The Journal of Welsh Religious History (Bangor, U.K.) NS 1 (2001) 96-112. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 226 Redemptoris missio Girau P.J., «El Reino como pasión y responsabilidad, apuntes para una espiritualidad misionera»: in V. Girardi Stellin (ed.), La urgencia de la Actividad Misionera. Reflexiones y orientaciones para la lectura de la “Redemptoris Missio”, México, D.F.: Universidad Pontificia de México 1992, pp. viii-200 / México, D.F.: Misioneros Combonianos de Corazón de Jesús 20012 (rev. ed.), p. 193215. Martínez Díez F., «Dimensión teológica y desafíos históricos de la misión»: Philippiniana Sacra (Manila, Philippines) 27/nr 80 (1992) 219-254. Religious Pluralism Thomsen M.W., «Jesus and the Cross: the Presence of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Word and the Way of the Cross. Christian Witness Among Muslim and Buddhist People, Chicago: Division for Global Mission, Evangelical Lutheran Church in America 1993, pp. 189 / Jesus, the Word, and the Way of the Cross. An Engagement with Muslims, Buddhists, and other Peoples of Faith, Minneapolis MN: Lutheran University Press 2008 (rev. ed.), pp. 180: p. 11-25 (chap. 1). Cousins E., «Building the Reign of God»: Monastic Interreligious Dialogue Bulletin (Collegeville MN) nr 56 (October 1996) online: <http://monasticdialog.com/a.php?id=499>. Dupuis J., Il cristianesimo e le religioni. Dallo scontro all’incontro (Giornale di teologia 283), (introd. L. Sartori), Brescia: Queriniana 2001, pp. 495 | trans. English: Christianity and the Religions. From Confrontation to Dialogue, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books - London: Darton, Longman & Todd 2002, pp. xii-276: p. 17-44: chap. 1: Jesus, the Apostolic Church, and the Religions (p. 20-30: Jesus and the Religions [The Horizon of the Reign of God; Entry of the Gentiles into the Reign of God; The Universality of the Reign of God; The Reign of God and the Religions]), p. 195-217: chap. 8: The Reign of God, the Church, and the Religions (Reign of God and Church: Identity or Distinction?; The Church and the Religions in the Reign of God); French (2002). rev. M. Amaladoss, TS 63/2 (2002) 622-623 / J. Borelli, BCSt 25 (2005) 182-186; J.C. Cavadini, «Two Recent Christian Theologies of Religious Pluralism»: Horizons 31 (Spring 2004) 187-191; F.X. Clooney, RelSR 29/4 (2004) 319.321; G.R. McDermott, Monastic Interreligious Dialogue Bulletin (Collegeville MN) nr 70 (March 2003) 13-15 online: <www.monasticdialog.com/a.php?id=638>; D.E. Singh, Transf 20/3 (2003) 186 / see also: J. Dupuis, «“Christianity and the Religions” Revisited»: LouvSt 28/4 (2003) 363-383 (381-383: a list of related book reviews and articles) McClymond M.J., «Jesus»: in D.N. Freedman - M.J. McClymond (ed.), The Rivers of Paradise. Moses, Buddha, Confucius, Jesus, and Muhammad as Religious Founders, (introd. H. Küng), Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2001, pp. ix-702: p. 309-456 (p. 380-397: “The Kingdom of God”). rev. G.R. McDermott, PrincSB 23/2 (2002) 248-251; P. Reasoner, RelSR 28/2 (2002) 145; D. Sommer, Journal of Chinese Philosophy (Honolulu HI) 31/4 (2004) 549-552 online: <http://ccbs.ntu.edu.tw/FULLTEXT/JR-JOCP/jc117220.htm>; K. Sparks, JNES 64/2 (2005) 145 Tan J.Y., «Theology of the Kingdom of God»: in E. Chia (ed.), Dialogue. Resource Manual for Catholics in Asia, Bangkok: FABC-OEIA [Federation of Asian Bishops’ Conferences - Office of Ecumenical and Religious Affairs] 2001, pp. xviii-191: p. 108-109. Suchocki M.H., «The Reign of God»: in Id., Divinity & Diversity. A Christian Affirmation of Religious Pluralism, Nashville TN: Abingdon 2003, pp. 125: p. 75-90. rev. M. Beaumont, Evangel 25 (2007) 26; C.M. Campbell, ChrCent 120/25 (2003) 49; J. Molleur, ATR 87/3 (2005) 518; R. Wheatcroft, Creative Transformation (Claremont CA) 12/3 (2003) 26-27: «The next step is to see the Christian symbol of “the reign of God” as both a “theologically based reason for affirming other religions” and a criterion for “evaluating ourselves and others.” She writes, “A theology of the reign of God calls us toward a new affirmation of religious pluralism.” We live the reign of God when we reach out to the “strangers within our gates,” people of other faith communities, and engage them as friends in dialogue» Pathrapankal J., «Gottesherrschaft und Weltreligionen. Konvergierende Punkte der Lehre Jesu im Kontext des religiösen Pluralismus»: Religionen im Gespräch (Balve, Westfalen, Germany) 8 (2004) 49-65. Mendoza Ruben C., «Regnocentrism in the Theology of Religions in the FABC and Paul Knitter. Discerning Convergences and Divergences»: Studies in Interreligious Dialogue (VU University Amsterdam, The Netherlands) 19/2 (2009) 167-178. Fischer M., «Die Relevanz komparativer Theologie der Religionen für die Predigt vom Reich Gottes»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 55-82. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 227 Rambe A.H., «Reich Gottes und interreligiöser Dialog»: in Schneider - Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 185-196. [Africa] Balz H., «Reich Gottes und Reich des Todes in Schwarzafrika und im alten Ägypten»: in Schneider Jahnel (ed.), Dein Reich komme, p. 141-154. [Asian Religions] Kavunkal J., «Inculturation at the Service of the Kingdom»: Vaiharai 6/2-3 (2001) 46-63. Yogananda P., «The Kingdom of God Within You»: in Id., The Yoga of Jesus. Understanding the Hidden Teachings of the Gospels, Los Angeles CA: Self-Realization Fellowship 2007, pp. xiii-147: p. 100114 (The core of Jesus’ message: The blissful kingdom of the Heavenly Father and the method of its attainment) (chap. 9). [Selections from the writings of Paramahansa Yogananda 1893-1952, an Indian yogi and guru] Jagadish M.M., «The Kingdom of God. An Indian Christian Reflection»: Vidyajyoti 74/11 (2010) 870877. [NTA 55,1659] [Buddhism] Won Y.B. - Lim B.H., A History of Korean Buddhist Culture and some Essays. The Buddhist Pure Land & the Christian Kingdom of Heaven, Seoul: Jip Moon Dang Pub. 1992, pp. xix-197. Luz U., «Jesu Gottesreichbotschaft»: in U. Luz - A. Michaels, Jesus oder Buddha: Leben und Lehre im Vergleich (Beck’sche Reihe 1462), München: C.H. Beck 2002, pp. 225: p. 47-61 (p. 60-61: Replik: Das „buddhistisch“ nahe Reich Gottes auf Erden) | trans. Russian (2005); English: «Jesus’ Preaching of the Reign of God»: in Idd., Encountering Jesus & Buddha: Their Lives and Teachings, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2006, pp. xv-231: p. 35-45 (p. 46-48: «The “Buddhist” Nearness of the Reign of God on Earth» [A. Michaels]). [NTA 51, p. 170] rev. F. Gmainer-Pranzl, TPQ 156 (2008) 208-209; R. Riesner, ThBe 37/6 (2006) 327 / T. Brodie, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 30; L.D. Lefebure, TS 68/3 (2007) 725-726; K.M. Pickar, BCSt 31 (2011) 260-263; M. Sato, RevBL 8/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5856_6185.pdf> Chung P.S., «God’s Reign and the Pure Land in Interfaith and Scientific Discourse on Imago Dei and Buddha Nature»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 225-246. Lai P.-C., «The Kingdom of God and the Pure Land. A Dialogical Study of Eschatology and Praxis»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 183-210. Lai W., «Eschatological Faith in the Coming Kingdom, East and West. Mao Tzu-yüan and the Four Pure Lands»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 11-29. Tang A.S.K., «The Pure Land, the Kingdom of God and the Critique and Transformation of This World»: ChingF NS 7/1-2 (2006) 211-223. [Jewish-Christian Dialog] Féghaly P., «Règne de Dieu et Terre Sainte dans l’Ancien Testament»: in Centre de Théologie pour le Moyen-Orient (ed.), L’utilisation de l’idée de Dieu dans la société du Moyen-Orient. Actes du IIIe Symposium Interdisciplinaire. Institut Saint-Paul de Philosophie et de Théologie, Harissa, 26-28 mars 1992, Beyrouth - Jounieh (Lebanon): Éditions Saint-Paul 1993, pp. 251: p. 15-37. Ito K., The Kingdom of God and Its Impact on a Theology of Jewish-Christian Relations (Diss. Master’s, Cambridge, Centre for the Study of Jewish-Christian Relations 2002). Schütz S., Streiten für das Königtum Gottes. Robert Raphael Geis – Ein deutscher Rabbiner und der Beginn des jüdisch-christlichen Gesprächs nach der Schoa, Hannover: Hora Verlag 2003, pp. 114. rev. T. Reichert, FrRu 14/3 (2007) 228-230 Thoma C., «Judentum und Christentum. Verbunden in der Reich-Gottes-Hoffnung»: FrRu 16 (2009) 2-8. [Muslim-Christian Dialog] Pernin J., «Les foyer Islamo-Chrétiens: Lieux d’accueil du royaume»: Spiritus 36/nr 140 (1995) 359-363. Woodberry J.D., «The Kingdom of God in Islam and the Gospel»: in J.R. Krabill et alii (ed.), Anabaptists Meeting Muslims: A Calling for Presence in the Way of Christ, Waterloo, Ont. - Scottdale PA: Herald 2005, pp. 566: p. 48-58. rev. R. Kuitse, MFAR 13 (2005) 199-200 XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 228 Shenk D.W., «Anabaptists and Muslims: Commitment to the Kingdom of God»: MFAR 14 (2006) 179194 = in W.R. Shenk - P.F. Penner (ed.), Anabaptism and Mission, Schwarzenfeld (Germany): Neufeld 2007, pp. 339: p. 85-108. Jukko R., «Church and Reign of God»: in Id., Trinity in Unity in Christian-Muslim Relations. The Work of the Pontifical Council for Interreligious Dialogue (The History of Christian-Muslim Relations 7), Leiden - Boston: Brill 2007, pp. viii-368: p. 219-242 (chap. 5) (The Reign of God is broader than the Church; The Church as the universal sacrament of salvation; Non-Christians on the path of dialogue towards the Kingdom of God; Eschatological hope). rev. G. Monnot, Bulletin critique des annales islamologiques (Caire, Egypt) 24 (2008) 61-62 / online: <http://www.ifao. egnet.net/bcai/24/19>: «Le chapitre v, “Église et Règne de Dieu”, traite entièrement de la portée du mot grec et biblique de basileia» (p. 61); A.H. Teipen, JES 43/4 (2008) 632 Ritter A., «Trinitarisches Denken und Reden von Gott. Einübung in die Sprache der kommenden Gottesherrschaft im Kontext des christlich-islamischen Dialogs»: in G. Augustin - K. Krämer (ed.), Gott denken und bezeugen. Festschrift für Kardinal Walter Kasper zum 75. Geburtstag, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 2008, pp. 643: p. 613-627. Restoration of Israel Walvoord J.F., «Eschatological Problems. IX: Israel’s Restoration»: BS 102/nr 408 (1945) 405-416. de Goedt M., «De Jérusalem aux extrémités de la terre. L’annonce de l’Évangile dans le livre des Actes des Apôtres»: Axes. Recherches pour un Dialogue entre Christianisme et Religions (Paris, France) 13/4-5 (1981) 3-13 [Acts 1:6-11; 3:19-21]. [BullSignal 37,1941] Goldingay J., «The Jews, the Land and the Kingdom»: Anvil. An Anglican Evangelical journal for theology and mission (Oxford - Cambridge, U.K.) 4 (1987) 9-22. Bauckham R., «The Restoration of Israel in Luke-Acts»: in Scott (ed.), Restoration, p. 435-487 = in Id., The Jewish World around the New Testament. Collected Essays I (WUNT 233), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2008, pp. vi-548: p. 325-370. rev. H.G.M. Williamson, JSJ 55/2 (2004) 361-363 / G.E. Enermalm Tsiparis, SEÅ 76 (2011) 213-214; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 384; J. Leonhardt-Balzer, JSNT 32/5 (2010) 121-122; C. Stenschke, RevBL 9/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/ 7186_7813.pdf> Malgo W., «Wurde das Reich Gottes von Israel genommen?»: in Id., Biblische Antworten auf 350 Lebensfragen, Dübendorf: Verlag Mitternachtsruf 2002 / 20072 (rev. ed.), pp. 409: p. 383-385. Wright N.T., «Israel and God’s Kingdom-People»: in Id., The Last Word. Beyond the Bible Wars to a New Understanding of the Authority of Scripture, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco - London: SPCK 2005, pp. xiv-146: p. 35-41 = rev. ed. of Scripture and the Authority of God, London: SPCK 2005, pp. xv-107 / New York: Harper 2011 (rev. and expanded ed.), pp. xiv-210. [NTA 51, p. 160] rev. C.L. Blomberg, DenverJ 9 (2006) <www.denverseminarybookstore.com/dj/articles2006/0200/0210>; R.S. Briggs, HeyJ 48/2 (2007) 267 Fuller M.E., The Restoration of Israel. Israel’s Re-gathering and the Fate of the Nations in Early Jewish Literature and Luke-Acts (BZNW 138), Berlin - New York: de Gruyter 2006, pp. xi-332 (= slightly rev. Diss. Univ. of Durham NC 2005). [NTA 51, p. 383] rev. M. Bird, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 66-67; M.E. Boring, RevBL 6/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5670_5986.pdf>; B.D. Crowe, ExpT 120/3 (2008) 154; S. Freyne, JSJ 40 (2009) 95-96; D. Scott, LetterSpirit 3 (2007) 217-219: «Fuller, however, does not seem to fully understand the relationship of the kingdom, the Church, and the restoration of Israel. They are in fact aspects of the same eschatological and earthly reality. The Church, the kingdom bequeathed to the Twelve, is not a new institution, but is rather “the eschatological climax of [Israel’s] ancient hope”. The Church is the re-gathering of the ancient tribes into a restored Israel and kingdom of God» (p. 218); T.E. Phillips, RelSR 34/3 (2008) 196-197; C.H. Talbert, CBQ 69/3 (2007) 580-581 Vlach M.J., «Matthew 19:28 and Luke 22:30: New Testament Evidence for the Restoration of the Nation Israel» [2007]: in electronic resource: <www.theologicalstudies.citymax.com/page/page/4367925.htm>. Bauckham R., «Die Wiederherstellung Israels nach dem Lukas-Evangelium und der Apostelgeschichte»: in Schwarz - Stadelmann (ed.), Christen, Juden und die Zukunft Israels, p. 3-54. Choi J.-D., «The Historical Jesus and the Restoration of Israel»: Korean New Testament Studies (Seoul, S. Korea) 17/3 (2010) 485-527 [in Korean]. [NTA 55,1604] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 229 Donaldson A., «The Kingdom of God and the Land. The New Testament Fulfillment of an Old Testament Theme»: in Ph. Church et alii (ed.), The Gospel and the Land of Promise. Christian Approaches to the Land of the Bible, Eugene OR: Pickwick 2011, pp. xii-188: p. 58-74. Resurrection Dschulnigg P., «Reich Gottes und Auferstehung der Toten. Die Sicht von Jesus und Paulus»: in K. Koch (ed.), Radikaler Ernstfall. Von der Kunst, über das Leben nach dem Tod zu sprechen, Luzern Stuttgart: Rex-Verlag 1990, pp. 192: p. 149-166 = in Id., Studien, p. 463-496. Söding T., «Was hat Jesus geglaubt? Die Auferstehungskündigung, das Reich Gottes und das ewige Leben»: Christ in der Gegenwart (Freiburg, Germany) 58 (2006) 165-166. Kerovec R., «Kristovo uskrsnuće i eshatološka vizija Božjeg kraljevstva kao platforma evangelizacijske prakse: izazovi i mogućnosti evanđeoskog poslanja»: Kairos(C) 2/2 (2008) 249-266 [in Croatian] / online: <http://hrcak.srce.hr/file/46208> | trans. English: «The Resurrection of Christ and the Eschatological Vision of the Kingdom of God as the Platform for Evangelistic Practice: The Challenges and Possibilities of the Evangelical Commission»: Kairos(C) 2/2 (2008) 189-208 / online: <http:// hrcak.srce.hr/file/46209>. Blanco C., «The Kingdom of God»: in Id., Why Resurrection? An Introduction to the Belief in the Afterlife in Judaism and Christianity, Eugene OR: Pickwick 2011, pp. xi-230: p. 182-215 (chap. 5). [NTA 55, p. 593] Revolution Lengsfeld P., «Kommt das verheißene Reich Gottes durch Revolution?»: in W. Heinen - J. Schreiner (ed.), Erwartung - Verheißung - Erfüllung, Würzburg: Echter 1969, pp. 346: p. 254-279. rev. F.-J. Steinmetz, GuL 43/6 (1970) 472-473 Tomić C., «Isus i revolucija» [Jesus and revolution]: BogoslSm 45/4 (1975) 437-446 [in Croatian]. Borg M.J., «Resistance. The Kingdom and the Domination System»: in Id., Jesus. Uncovering the Life, Teachings, and Relevance of a Religious Revolutionary, San Francisco CA: HarperSanFrancisco 2006, pp. viii-343: p. 225-260. [NTA 52, p. 582] rev. D. Ingolfsland, JETS 50/4 (2007) 837-839 Righteousness [Matthew] Norvald Y., «Seek God’s Righteousness: Righteousness in the Gospel of Matthew»: in D.A. Carson (ed.), Right with God. Justification in the Bible and the World, Carlisle, U.K.: Paternoster - Grand Rapids MI: Baker 1992 / reprint Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 1998, pp. 309: p. 96-105. [NTA 37, p. 453] Estrada B., «La giustizia in Matteo: presenza del Regno»: RivBib 59/3 (2011) 373-403. Sacraments Collins-Jones S., «First-Fruits and Foretaste of the Kingdom. A Foray into the Sacramental Theologies of John Williamson Nevin and Lesslie Newbigin» [Presented to the Reformed Theology and History Group of the American Academy of Religion, November 2001]: online: <www.hornes.org/theologia/ content/scott_collinsjones/firstfruits_foretaste_of_the_kingdom.htm>. Boyle P.J., «The Priesthood and the Kingdom of God»: ChicagoSt 45 (2006) 30-40. [The ministerial priesthood serves the Kingdom through the sacraments; the priesthood of the laity offer the sacrifice of their lives for the Kingdom. Both serve the Kingdom through patient redemptive suffering] Salvation Rusterholz A.H., «Gegenwart der Herrschaft Gottes und Rechtfertigung»: Jimbun ronkyû [Humanities Review. The Journal of the Literary Association of Kwansei Gakuin University] (Nishinomiya, Japan) 56/3 (2006) 54-72 / online: <http://kgur.kwansei.ac.jp/dspace/bitstream/10236/1228/1/20090119-3-7.pdf>. Winling R., La Bonne Nouvelle du salut en Jésus-Christ. Sotériologie du Nouveau Testament. Essai de théologie biblique (Théologies), Paris: Cerf 2007, pp. 527: I. Dimension soteriologique de la predication et de l’agir du Jésus prepascal (Conceptions du salut et attentes eschatologiques dans les milieux juifs du Ier siècle de notre ère; L’annonce prophétique du Règne de Dieu; L’annonce du Règne de Dieu, actes de puissance et comportement de Jésus). [NTA 51, p. 587] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 230 rev. R. Epp, EVie nr 182 (2007) 17-18; C. Grappe, RHPR 89 (2009) 395 Maier H., «Reich Gottes ohne Gott. Der “neue Mensch” in den totalitären Regimen»: ComG 37/3 (2008) 280-286. Imbach J., «“Dein Reich komme!” oder Wovon Jesus uns erlöst hat»: in Id., Ist Gott käuflich? Die Rede vom Opfertod Jesu auf dem Prüfstand, Gütersloh: Gütersloher Verlagshaus 2011, pp. 270: p. 173208. [Cross] [Mark] Blackburn B.L., «Liberation, New Covenant, and Kingdom of God. A Soteriological Reading of the Gospel according to Mark»: SCJ 12/2 (2009) 219-233. [NTA 54,959] Satan Blocher H., Le Mal et la Croix. La pensée chrétienne aux prises avec le mal (Alliance), Méry-sur-Oise (Quebec): Sator 1990, pp. 200: p. 153-191: chap. 5: «Le mal et le royaume» (Le mal aboli dans le Règne; Le Règne advenu en Jésus-Christ; Le mal qui dure et qui s’aggrave; La virulence de la riposte; La nécessité de la foi; La voie du Royaume) | trans. English: Evil and the Cross: Christian Thought and the Problem of Evil, Leicester, U.K.: Apollos - Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 1994, pp. 154: p. 105-127: chap. 5: Evil and the kingdom / reprint Evil and the Cross: An Analytical Look at the Problem of Pain, Grand Rapids MI: Kregel 2004. rev. S. Gagné, BaptRevTh 4/2 (1994) 99-101: «comment expliquer la présence du mal dans le monde aujourd’hui? Est-ce que la venue du royaume de Dieu comporte vraiment une victoire sur le mal? Certains parlent d’un ajournement imprévu. Selon Blocher, l’examen des théories d’ajournement permet de maintenir que le règne de Dieu est venu, et de ressortir la contrepartie, non moins scripturaire, du règne encore à venir. C’est le “déjà et pas encore”. Dieu manifeste ainsi sa patience en rétablissant dans le temps présent son royaume par l’amour et par la foi» (p. 100-101) / C.R. Wells, CTR 4/2 (2007) 113-114 Robb J., «Satan’s Tactics in Building and Maintaining His Kingdom of Darkness»: IJFM 10/4 (1993) 173-184. DeWaard H., «“The Powers and the Kingdom are Yours…”. Some Missiological Reflections on the Role of Demons»: VoxRef nr 59 (1994) 39-53. [Mission] Twesigye E.K., «Problems of a Loving Omnipotent God: The Reality of Evil and Death in God’s World and Kingdom»: in Id., Religion & Ethics for a New Age. Evolutionist Approach, Lanham MD: University Press of America 2001, pp. xviii-674: p. 175-222 (chap. 6). Branden R.C., Satanic Conflict and the Plot of Matthew (StBL 89), New York - Bern: Peter Lang 2006, pp. xii-171: p. 57-84: 3. Satan in the Gospel of Matthew. The Beelzebul controversy, p. 129-133: 5. The Application of Plot for Selected Problem Passages. Mt 11:12 and Violence. [NTA 51, p. 380] rev. F.G. Downing, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 50; D. Trunk, BZ 52 (2008) 131-134 Wright N.T., Evil and the Justice of God, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2006, pp. 176. [NTA 51, p. 191192] rev. D.A. Carson, RevBL 4/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5581_5877.pdf>; G.R. Carson, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 133; P. Copan, «Comments and Questions on Evil and the Justice of God: A Friendly Response to N. T. Wright»: Philosophia Christi (La Miranda CA) 10/2 (2008) 451-460; G. Dueck, Direction 36/2 (2007) 277-279; T. Madsen, Midwestern Journal of Theology (Kansas City MO) 7 (2008) 59-63; C. Marshall, Stimulus 15/3 (2007) 47-48; C. McManis, MasterSemJ 21/2 (2010) 274-276; J.R.A. Merrick, HeyJ 49 (2008) 152-154; M.C. Rea, «Wright on Theodicy: Reflecions on Evil and the Justice of God»: Philosophia Christi (La Miranda CA) 10/2 (2008) 461-472; J. Robertson, SCJ 10/2 (2007) 283-285; S. Vantassel, Evangelical Review of Society and Politics (Midlands Bible College and Divinity School, Wolverhampton, U.K.) 1/1 (2007); A. Tchamba, AUSS 46/2 (2008) 313-316; H. Wansbrough, ScripB 37 (2007) 31-32; F. Willis, PneumaR 11/2 (2008) Torrance T.F., «The Kingdom of Christ and Evil»: in Id., Incarnation. The Person and Life of Christ, (ed. R.T. Walker), Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity / Milton Keynes - Colorado Springs: Paternoster 2008, pp. lii-371: p. 235-256 (chap. 7). rev. S. Harrower, Themelios 34 (2009) 126-127; N.D. Hieb, Koinonia 21 (2009) 166-168; K.M. Kapic, SBET 28/2 (2010) 234-235; C.D. Kettler, IJST 13/4 (2011) 482-485; S. MacLean, SJT 64/4 (2011) 500-502; P.D. Molnar, TTo 67/2 (2010) 225-231 Semantics Bouttier M., «Les dits du Royaume dans les Évangiles»: ÉtThRel 81/2 (2006) 197-210. [IZBG 53,1920; NTA 51,162] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 231 Service / Ministry (practical theology) Janssen K., «Reich Gottes - Kirche - Staat. Wicherns theologische Basis»: in H.-C. von Hase - P. Meinhold (ed.), Reform von Kirche und Gesellschaft: 1848/1973. Johann Hinrich Wicherns Forderungen im Revolutionsjahr 1848 als Fragen an die Gegenwart. Studien zum 125. Gründungstag des Centralausschusses für die Innere Mission der Deutschen Evangelischen Kirche, Stuttgart: Evangelisches Verlagswerk 1973, pp. 288-xvi: p. 105-110. [Johann Hinrich Wichern (1808-1881), a Lutheran pastor, theologian and social reformer, founder of the Inner Mission] Wimber J., Kingdom ministry. Walking in the power of service, Ann Arbor MI: Servant Publications 1987, pp. 46 / Hodder & Stoughton 1988, pp. 32 | trans. German: Dienen im Reich Gottes. Wie Sie Gottes Plan für Ihr Leben erkennen (Nachfolge konkret), Hochheim: Projektion-J-Verlag 1988, pp. 46 / 19892. Kudasiewicz J., «Królewska służba istotą powołania Kościoła w świecie» [The kingly service as the essence of the Church’s vocation in the world]: in K. Gurda - T. Gacia (ed.), In vinculo communionis. Księga jubileuszowa ku czci Biskupa Kieleckiego Kazimierza Ryczana w 60 rocznicę urodzin, Kielce: Wydawnictwo “Jedność” 1999, pp. 513: p. 23-40 [in Polish]. Kowalczyk M., «Naród w diakonii królestwa niebieskiego [The Nation in the Ministry of the Kingdom of Heaven]»: RT 48/2 (2001) 121-132 (English Summary) [in Polish]. González A., «Reinado de Dios y ministerios cristianos»: Senderos 26/nr 78 (mayo-agosto 2004) 289315 / online: <www.lupaprotestante.es/revista/article.php3?id_article=30> / <www.praxeologia.org/ministerios. html>. Hannaford R., «Representation and the Theology of Ministry»: Ecclesiology. The Journal for Ministry, Mission and Unity (New York) 1/2 (2005) 75-94. [The use of ‘ministry’ in recent theology and the attempt to re-found ministry on a more critical ecclesiological basis. The article considers recent research on the meaning of diakonia and proceeds to state a high doctrine of representative ministry as an ecclesial sign of the Kingdom inaugurated by Jesus Christ] Feeser-Lichterfeld U. et alii (ed.), Dem Glauben Gestalt geben. Festschrift für Walter Fürst (Theologie: Forschung und Wissenschaft 19), Berlin - Münster: LIT 2006, pp. 384: p. 173-182: «Die Caritas (re)spiritualisieren? Richtungsanzeigen für eine diakonische Reich-Gottes-Praxis» [I. Baumgartner], 183-193: «Qualifizieren - und unterbrechen. Der Reich-Gottes-Horizont in der beruflichen diakonie-bezogenen Bildung» [A. Wittrahm]. rev. M. Scherer-Rath, Journal of Empirical Theology (Brill Academic Publishers) 20 (2007) 131-133 Iversen H.R., «Sendt af Gud med opdrag for Guds Rige. Diakonia som grundbegreb i Det Nye Testamente» [Sent by God with task for God’s kingdom. Diakonia as a basic concept in the New Testament]: in O. Davidsen - A. Pilgaard (ed.), Bibel, formidling og dialog: Tolv artikler til afklaring af spørgsmålet om det fundamentale, det elementære og eksemplariske i kristen teologi og formidling. Festsfrift til Johannes Nissen, København: ANIS 2006, pp. 343: p. 163-186 / «Sendt af Gud med opdrag for Guds Rige i verden»: in Id., Grundtvig, folkekirhe og mission. Praktisk teologiske vekselvirkninger, København: ANIS 2008, pp. 567: p. 481-500 (chap. 26) [in Danish]. [Mission] Schmidt H., «Reich Gottes und soziale Entwicklung: Grundelemente einer diakonischen Theologie»: in G. Thomas (ed.), Gegenwart des lebendigen Christus. Festschrift für Michael Welker zum 60. Geburtstag, Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 2007, pp. xiv-598: p. 339-361. Benedict H.-J., «Jesu Hilfehandeln im Kontext seiner Reich Gottes-Verkündigung»: in Id., Barmherzigkeit und Diakonie. Von der rettenden Liebe zum gelingenden Leben (Diakonie 7), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer 2008, pp. 251: p. 42-49. Massey S.R.D., «Forms of Leadership in the Near Realm of God: Good News for Penitent Visionaries from Mark’s Gospel»: Journal of Biblical Perspectives in Leadership (Virginia Beach VA) 2/2 (2009) 80-94 / online: <www.regent.edu/acad/global/publications/jbpl/vol2no2/Massey_JBPLV2N2_Final.pdf>. [Mark] Sin Paffenroth K., The Heart Set Free. Sin and Redemption in the Gospels, Augustine, Dante, and Flannery O’Connor, New York: Continuum 2005, pp. xv-176: p. 1-31: 1. Jesus: Life in the Kingdom of God, p. 103151: 4. Flannery O’Connor: the Kingdom comes with Violence. rev. S. Huelin, Christianity & Literature (Seattle WA) 55/4 (2006) 587-591; A.M. Sinnott, RevBL 2/2007 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5369_5665.pdf> XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 232 Social Ethics Ankermann B., Das Reich Gottes. Materialien zu einer systematischen Darstellung des socialen Gehalts des Evangeliums. 1. Teil: Das Princip des Reiches Gottes, Gütersloh: Bertelsmann 1899, pp. 158. rev. J.H. Strong, AJT 4/3 (1900) 612-613 Wisse G., Jr., De hedendaagsche sociale beweging in hare beteekenis voor de komst van het koninkrijk Gods, Kampen: Bos 1902, pp. 40 [Toespraak gehouden voor de afdeling Amsterdam van “Patrimonium” op 29 Mei 1902]. Kent C.F., The Social Teachings of the Prophets and Jesus, New York: C. Scribner’s Sons 1917, pp. xiii364: p. 175-281: Part III: The Social Ideals of Jesus (p. 267-280: chap. 23: The Rule or Kingdom of God) / online: <www.archive.org/details/socialteachingso008967mbp>. Wissing J.C., Het begrip van het Koninkrijk Gods. Vooral met betrekking tot de religieus-socialen in Zwitserland. Bijdrage tot de christelijke zedeleer [The concept of the Kingdom of God. Especially with regard to the religious-social in Switzerland. Contribution to the Christian ethics], Utrecht: P. den Boer 1927, pp. 213. Beskow N., Guds rike. Föredrag och predikningar [The kingdom of God. Lectures and sermons], Stockholm: Birkagårdens Förlag 1931, pp. 232. Hopkins C.H., The Rise of the Social Gospel in American Protestantism, 1865-1915 (Yale Studies in Religious Education 14), New Haven CT: Yale University - London: H. Milford, Oxford University 1940, pp. xii-352 (= Diss. Yale Univ. 1937) / 19677 / reprinted New York: AMS Press 1982: p. 98120: chap. 6: The Kingdom of God and “Our Country”, p. 123-134: chap. 7: Evolution and the Kingdom, p. 205-214: chap. 12: The Discovery of the Social Teachings of Jesus, p. 215-232: chap. 13: Walter Rauschenbusch formulates the Social Gospel. rev. C.A. Ellwood, AHR 46/4 (1941) 945-946; R.L. Hightower, ChurchHist 10 (1941) 82-83 Lanza A., Regno di Dio e riforma religiosa (Quaderni della riforma 2), Bologna: Libreria internazionale di avanguardia (Tip. Steb) 1950, pp. 109. See: A. Nesti (ed.), «Regno di Dio e riforma religiosa»: Religioni e Società. Rivista di Scienze Sociali della Religione (Firenze, Italy) 21/nr 54 (gennaio-aprile 2006) 134-146 [Dossier su Ferdinando Tartaglia, Adriano Lanza e Simone Pétrement, legato alla vicenda storica del cattolicesimo dell’immediato dopoguerra italiano] Fitzsimons M.A., «Brownson’s Search for the Kingdom of God. The Social Thought of an American Radical»: RPolitics 16 (1954) 22-36. [Orestes Augustus Brownson (1803-1876), American intellectual, politician, and writer on theological, philosophical, scientific, and sociological subjects] Heard G. - Opitz E.A., The Kingdom without God. Roads End for the Social Gospel: Essays, (introd. J.C. Ingebretsen), Los Angeles CA: Foundation for Social Research 1956, pp. 196. rev. F. Chodorov, Freeman. A Monthly Journal of Ideas on Liberty (Irvington-on-Hudson NY) 6/nr 9 (September 1956) online: <www.fee.org/publications/the-freeman/article.asp?aid=258> Vahanian G., «Christianisme et civilisation»: FoiVie 82/5-6 (1983) 15-32 (L’utopisme de la civilisation technicienne et l’éthique du règne de Dieu). [BullSignal 38,3845] Merkley P., «The Vision of the Good Society in the Social Gospel. What, Where, and When is the Kingdom of God?»: Historical Papers/Communications historiques (from 1989 = Journal of the Canadian Historical Association/Revue de la Société historique du Canada; Ottawa, Canada) 22 (1987) 138-156 / online: <www.erudit.org/revue/hp/1987/v22/n1/030968ar.pdf>. Padilla C.R., Los derechos humanos y el Reino de Dios, Lima: Concilio Nacional Evangélico del Perú Puma 1992, pp. 63. Haas G., «The Kingdom and Slavery. A Test Case for Social Ethics»: CalTJ 28 (1993) 74-89. Patterson J.A., «The Kingdom and the Great Commission. Social Gospel Impulses and American Protestant Missionary Leaders, 1890-1920»: FH 25 (Winter-Spring 1993) 48-61. [Mission] Kandel J., «„Reich Gottes und klassenlose Gesellschaft“. Anmerkungen zu Fritz Vilmars „Theologie der Gesellschaft“»: in K.-J. Scherer - U.C. Wasmuth (ed.), Mut zur Utopie! Festschrift für Fritz Vilmar (Agenda Politik 3), Münster: Agenda 1994, pp. 319: p. 138-156. Marto A. dos Santos, «Reino de Deus, progresso social e libertação»: HumTeol 15/1-2 (1994) 137-150. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 233 Eigenmann U., «The Social Contract and the Kingdom of God. On the compatibility of basic social conceptions with the Kingdom of God»: in electronic resource: <http://ilrs.org/english/reports/eigenmann. html> [in German 1996 / English trans. 1999]. Ayuch D.A., Sozialgerechtes Handeln als Ausdruck einer eschatologischen Vision. Zum Zusammenhang von Offenbarungswissen und Sozialethik in den lukanischen Schlüsselreden (Münsteraner Theologische Abhandlungen 54), Altenberge: Oros 1998, pp. viii-230 (= Diss. Westfälische WilhelmsUniversität Münster 1998). [Anhand von drei Schlüsselreden (Täuferpredigt Lk 3,7-18; Feldrede Jesu 6,20-49; Abschiedsrede des Paulus Apg 20,1738) wird die These aufgestellt, daß die Sozialethik des Lukas nur dann ihre appellative Funktion erfüllt, wenn sie im Horizont der kommenden Aufrichtung der Gottesherrschaft gelesen wird und wenn ihr der Einsatz für die Verwirklichung der Barmherzigkeit Gottes hier und jetzt folgt, um die Menschenwelt aufgrund der neuen, geoffenbarten Maßstäbe zu gestalten] rev. C. Böttrich, ThLZ 124 (1999) cols 1117-1118 Carter C.A., «Eschatology as the Context of Yoder’s Social Ethics»: in Id., The Politics of the Cross. The Theology and Social Ethics of John Howard Yoder, Grand Rapids MI: Brazos 2001, pp. 254: p. 137-179 (p. 139-154: 5. Yoder’s Partially-Realized Eschatology, p. 155-178: 6. The Heresy of Constantinianism). rev. P. Bisson, StRel 32/1-2 (2003) 196-197; J.J. Kotva, Jr., Direction 32 (2003) 135-136; C. Schnekloth, WW 24/4 (2004) 456-458; JLE 4/6 (2004) <www.elca.org/jle/article.asp?k=285>; M. Thiessen Nation, IJST 4/3 (2002) 336-338 [J.H. Yoder (1927-1997), a Mennonite theologian, ethicist, and Biblical scholar] González A., «Reinado de Dios y signo de los tiempos»: Encuentro nr 1 (octubre 2004) 23-34 / online: <www.centroseut.org/articulos/encu01-4.htm> = Senderos 27/nr 82 (setiembre-diciembre 2005) 435-458. Hornsby-Smith M.P., An Introduction to Catholic Social Thought (Introduction to Religion), Cambridge, U.K. - New York: Cambridge University 2006, pp. xiv-387: p. 41-61: Part II: Theological Resources. chap. 3: The Kingdom of God. [The book is organized in four stages. Part II offers a theological reflection on the characteristics of the Kingdom of God which Christians are urged to seek] rev. E. Borgman, TijdTh 47/3 (2007) 320; L. Hogan, Ecclesiology (Brill Publishing) 6/2 (2010) 232-233; D. Mravunac, BogoslSm 79 (2009) 185-186; P. Riordan, HeyJ 49/3 (2008) 496-498 Rodriguez A., A New People for a New Politic. The Social Outworking of the Kingdom of God [April 12, 2006]: pp. 26 in electronic resource: <http://markmoore.org/classes/jesus-seminar/arodkog.pdf>. Rovira Belloso J.M., «Solidaridad y Reino de Dios»: Corintios XIII. Revista de teología y pastoral de la caridad (Madrid, Spain) nr 117-118 (2006) 249-268. Fumagalli A., «Heute für Gottes Reich leben. Aktuelle Gedanken zur Umsetzung der Botschaft Jesu heute»: BiKi 62/2 (2007) 113-115. McKay J.R. (Johnston Reid), The Kingdom of God and the Presbyterian Churches Social Theology and Action c.1880 – c.1914 (Diss. The University of Edinburg 2007, pp. ii-340: p. 74-122: chap. 2: From Godly Commonwealth to Kingdom of God, p. 123-178: chap. 3: The Kingdom of God in the Thought of Donald Macleod and John Marshall Lang, p. 238-314: chap. 5: The Kingdom of God as the Context of Social Reform; online: <www.era. lib.ed.ac.uk/bitstream/1842/2617/1/McKay%20J%20thesis%2007.pdf>). Precht Bañados C., «Reino de Dios y promoción de la dignidad humana (Cap. VIII Aparecida)»: pp. 16 in electronic resource: <www.iglesia.cl/especiales/vconferencia/documentos/cprecht.pdf>. [Paper presented at the Conference of Bishops and Vicars Pastoral, Lo Cañas, August 8, 2007; an evaluation of the chap. 8 of the Final Document issued by the Fifth General Conference of the Bishops of Latin America and the Caribbean [CELAM], May 13-31, 2007, Aparecida, Brazil; for the Spanish version of this document see: <www.celam.info/download/Documento_Conclusivo_Aparecida.pdf>]. Bellanta M., «Engineering the Kingdom of God. Irrigation, Science and the Social Christian Millennium, 1880-1914»: JRelHist 32 (2008) 1-15. Gingerich M., «The Church as Kingdom. The Kingdom of God in the Writings of Stanley Hauerwas and John Howard Yoder»: Did 19 (2008) 129-143. [S. Hauerwas (1940-), a Methodist theologian and ethicist / J.H. Yoder (1927-1997), a Mennonite theologian, ethicist, and Biblical scholar] Attfield R., «Non-reciprocal Responsibilities and the Banquet of the Kingdom»: Journal of Global Ethics (London, U.K., Routledge Publ.) 5 (2009) 33-42. [Lk 14:15-24] Leclercq V., «Le royaume de Dieu comme horizon d’une éthique sociale»: in O. Artus (ed.), Eschatologie et morale (Théologie à l’Université 4), Paris: Desclée de Brouwer 2009, pp. 310: p. 203219. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 234 Sternstein W., Gandhi und Jesus. Das Ende des Fundamentalismus, Gütersloh: Gütersloher 2009, pp. 368: p. 235-247: chap. 12: Die Botschaft Jesu von der Gottesherrschaft, p. 248-269: chap. 13: Was hat Jesus über die Gottesherrschaft gelehrt? rev. A.B. Kunze, ConcG 46/3 (2010) 367 Chilton B., «The Kingdom of God»: in J. Neusner et alii (ed.), Judaic and Christian Visions of the Social Order. Describing, Analyzing and Comparing Systems of the Formative Age (Studies in Religion and the Social Order), Lanham MD: University Press of America 2011, pp. x-376: p. 229-244. de Aquino Júnior F., A dimensão socioestrutural do Reinado de Deus. Escritos de teologia social, São Paulo: Paulinas 2011, pp. 216. Son of Man Gandier A., The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom. A Study of the Apocalyptic Element in the Teaching of Jesus, New York: G.H. Doran 1922, pp. xi-154: p. 116-121: chap. IX: The Coming of the Kingdom described as a Process and a Growth / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/thesonofmancomin00ganduoft>. Buckler F.W., «The Son of Man and the Kingdom of God»: in Id., The Epiphany of the Cross: or, the Kingdom of God on Earth and the Faith of the Church, Cambridge: W. Heffer & Sons 1938, pp. xii-111: p. 97-111 (chap. 4). [Four lectures delivered in Trinity cathedral, Cleveland OH, during Epiphany, 1935] Vielhauer P., «Jesus und der Menschensohn. Zur Diskussion mit Heinz Edward Tödt und Edward Schweizer»: ZThK 60/2 (1963) 133-170. [NTA 8,920] Evans C.A., «Jesus’ Self-Designation ‘The Son of Man’ and the Recognition of His Divinity»: in S.T. Davis et alii (ed.), The Trinity. An Interdisciplinary Symposium on the Trinity, Oxford: University Press 1999, pp. xxviii-393 / 2001 (Paperback): p. 29-48. [Jesus’ self-identification as ‘the son of man’ of Daniel 7, where this figure approaches the divine throne and directly from God receives kingdom and authority, takes his messianism to a new level] rev. J.L. Burns, BS 159/nr 636 (2002) 481-483; P.D. Molnar, IrTQ 66/2 (2001) 173-176 Kazen T., «Son of Man as Kingdom Imagery: Jesus between Corporate Symbol and Individual Redeemer Figure»: in T. Holmén (ed.), Jesus from Judaism to Christianity. Continuum Approaches to the Historical Jesus (European Studies on Christian Origins / LNTS [JSNT SS] 352), London - New York: T&T Clark 2007, pp. xi-179: p. 87-108 (p. 91-94: Daniel and the Kingdom; p. 95-98: Son of Man as Kingdom Imagery) / «The Coming Son of Man Revisited»: JSHJ 5/2 (2007) 155-174 (p. 160-164: Son of Man as Kingdom Imagery). [IZBG 53,1902; NTA 52, p. 162] rev. S.M. Bryan, RevBL 12/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6584_7129.pdf> Müller Mogens, The Expression ‘Son of Man’ and the Development of Christology: A History of Interpretation (Copenhagen International Seminar), London - Oakville CT: Equinox 2008, pp. xv-518 / Sheffield: Equinox 2012, pp. 256 (Paperback). rev. R. Kearns, RevBL 3/2010 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/7145_7765.pdf>; H.K. Nielsen, DTT 72/3 (2009) 229-230; G. Vermes, JJS 63 (2012) 168-170 Evans C.A., «Der Sieg über Satan und die Befreiung Israels. Jesus und die Visionen Daniels»: SNTU A 34 (2009) 147-158. [NTA 54,896] [Satan] Space (local sphere) Wenell K.J., Jesus and Land. Sacred and Social Space in Second Temple Judaism (LNTS 334), London: T&T Clark 2007, pp. ix-168: p. 113-115: Twelve Tribes, Land and Eschatological Expectations, p. 122-123: Twelve Thrones, Twelve Tribes: Matthew 19.28//Luke 22.30, p. 128: Matthew 8.11-12//Luke 13.28-29, p. 139-147: chap. 5: Jesus and Land: Millenarian Dreams of Space. [NTA 52, p. 168] rev. D.J. Bryan, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 32; E. Stewart, BTB 40/3 (2010) 164-165; C. Wassen, RevBL 12/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6311_6792.pdf>: «she notes that Jesus’ saying about a gathering from east and west in Matt 8:11-12/Luke 13:28-29 (Luke adds north and south) implies a gathering to a place, which in this image is the land of Israel» Scaiola D., «Verso la centralità del regno? Sulla Chiesa di domani»: ED 63/2 (2010) 203-209. [Church] The article develops the hypothesis that the locution Kingdom of God wouldn’t bear an eschatological or political connotation but should be framed in the context of some OT passages where the Kingdom is linked to a house i.e. to a community. This community of brothers perceives and displaies itself as an alternative reality to the worldly logic with different values and criteria XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 235 Spirit (Holy) Kroeker J., Der Geisteskampf zwischen Welmacht und Gottesreich (Biblisch-theologische Freizeitvorträge 3), Giessen: Brunnen [ca. 1925], pp. 32. Macchia F.D., «The Kingdom and the Power: Spirit Baptism in Pentecostal and Ecumenical Perspective»: in M. Welker (ed.), The Work of the Spirit. Pneumatology and Pentecostalism, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2006, pp. xvii-236: p. 109-125. rev. T.E. Ables, RRT 15 (2007) 43-46; G. Etzelmüller, PentecoStudies. An Interdisciplinary Journal for Research on the Pentecostal and Charismatic Movements (Birmingham, U.K.) 7/2 (2008) 90-92; J. Nowers, TorJT 24/2 (2008) 328; D. Schweitzer, RelSR 33/2 (2007) 126; W. Vondey, TTo 65 (2008) 105-106; T. Work, Pneuma 30 (2008) 184-185 Saucy M.A., «Regnum Spiriti: The Role of the Spirit in the Social Ethics of the Kingdom»: JETS 54 (2011) 89-108. Spirituality (christian life) Holland H.S., God’s City and the Coming of the Kingdom, London etc.: Longmans, Green & Co. 1897, pp. xvii-342 / online: <www.openlibrary.org/details/godscityandtheco00holluoft>. Glutton-Brock A., «How Shall We Think of the Kingdom of God?»: in R.M. Jones (ed.), Religious Foundations, New York: Macmillan 1923, pp. viii-144: p. 73-86. Copley J.T., The Gospel of the Kingdom of God, Olathe KS: [author’s ed.] 1934, pp. 103. Cramer J.A. et alii, Het Koninkrijk der hemelen is gelijk aan… Een bundel overdenkingen [The Kingdom of Heaven is like. A Collection of Reflections], Baarn: Bosch & Keuning 1937, pp. 79. Lundmark J., Guds rike är nära [The kingdom of God is near], Stockholm: Ev. Fosterlands-Stiftelsens bokförlag 1957, pp. 70. Ferrer A., El Regne de Déu (Biblioteca Teològica del Seglar), Barcelona: Estella 1963, pp. 246. Irvin M., A Time for Decision. Living in God’s Kingdom, New York: Orthodox Christian Education Commission 1967. Saulo I., O Reino (Estante de bôlso Edicel 2), São Paulo: Edicel 1968, pp. 168. Hardick L., «La vida de penitencia como servicio al Reino de Dios»: Cuadernos Franciscanos de Renovación (Santiago, Chile) nr 14 (1971) 97-105. Hoekendijk-La Rivière E., Het Koninkrijk komt! [The Kingdom comes!] (Nieuw Leven), Kampen: Kok 1977, pp. 116. McQuade D., «The Kingdom of God-Our Home»: RRel 36 (1977) 514-524. Rozario J.J., «The Christian living and witnessing to the Kingdom of God»: Prodipon. Theological and Pastoral Review (Banani, Dacca, Bangladesh) 7/4 (1984) 234-243 [in Bengali with German Summary]. Hofman H., Het Koninkrijk Gods, banier der natiën [The Kingdom of God, banner of nations], Den Haag: Thora 1985, pp. 19. Kamphuis J., Uit verlies winst. Het beeld van God en het komende koninkrijk [Off loss profits. The image of God and the coming kingdom] (Kamper bijdragen 26), Barneveld: De Vuurbaak 1985, pp. 67. Sobrino J., Liberación con espíritu. Apuntes para una nueva espiritualidad, Santander: Sal Terrae 1985, pp. 219 / San Salvador: UCA Editores 1987 / 19942 | trans. English: Spirituality of Liberation: Toward Political Holiness, Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 1988, pp. x-189: Part II: Dimentions of Spirituality: p. 117-131: chap. 7: Jesus’ Proclamation of the Reign of God: Importance for Today. Urquhart C., The positive Kingdom (Hodder Christian paperbacks), London: Hodder & Stoughton 1985, pp. 157 | trans. German: Das Königreich Gottes, Hochheim: Projektion-J-Verlag 1988, pp. 126; Italian: Il regno positivo, Marchirolo: EUN 1988, pp. 152. Smith A.B., A Key to the Kingdom of Heaven. A Christian Understanding of Transcendental Meditation, Lewes: The Book Guild Ltd 1993, pp. 53 | trans. Portuguese: Uma chave para o reino dos céus: um entendimento cristão da meditação transcendental (Leituras para desenvolvimento pessoal), Lisboa: Pergaminho 1998, pp. 61. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 236 de Boer J.A., Zicht op het Koninkrijk der hemelen. Het toepassen van de kennis over de geestelijke wereld [View of the kingdom of heaven. Applying the knowledge about the spiritual world], Harderwijk: Verdieping en Aansporing 1997, pp. 123 / online: <http://l4a.info/nl/boeken/jildertdeboer/ index.html>. Mims G., Thine is the Kingdom. The Reign of God in Today’s World, Nashville TN: Lifeway Press 1997, pp. 126. Gonçalves Júnior A. dos Santos, Quando chega o Reino de Deus, Rio de Janeiro, RJ: JUERP (Junta de Educação Religiosa e Publicações da Convenção Batista Brasileira) 1998, pp. 101. Hornor N., «Why People Don’t Understand the Kingdom of God?»: The Good News. A Magazine of Understanding (Milford OH) 3/nr 5 (September-October 1998) 12-14 / online: <www.gnmagazine.org/ issues/gn18/understandkingdom.htm>; <www.ucgstp.org/lit/gn/gn018/kingdom.html>. Garr M., La civilización del amor: una parábola contemporánea, Santafé de Bogotá: CELAM 1999, pp. 77. Kittl R., Wenn ihr euch nicht bekehrt und nicht werdet wie die Kinder, werdet ihr nicht in das Himmelreich eingehen (Mt 18,3), Waidhofen - Ybbs: [author’s ed.] 1999, pp. 48. Arattukulam P., «Kingdom of God and Basic Christian Communities»: LivWord 106/2 (2000) 101-107. Philip T.V., The Kingdom of God is Like This, Kerela, India: Indian Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge - Christava Sahitya Samithy (CSS) 2000, pp. 104 / online: <www.religion-online.org/index byauthor.asp>. [It contains twenty-five meditations, based mainly on the parables, and they take these images from life to show how life is transformed as Christians live in the values of the Kingdom] Świderkówna A., «Królestwo Boże w nas» [The Kingdom of God in Us]: Pastores. Kwartalnik poświęcony formacji kapłańskiej (Warszawa, Poland) 8/3 (2000) 45-50 [in Polish]. Turley R.J., The Bridge of Faith. Access to the Kingdom of God, Enumclaw WA: Wine Press Pub. 2000, pp. xvii-263. Nowak M., Królestwo do wzięcia [Kingdom to take], Warszawa: Agencja Akces 2001, pp. 150 [in Polish]. Rundell R.W., How to Live in the Kingdom of God: Challenge of the 21st Century, San Jose CA: Writers Club Press - Lincoln NE: iUniverse.com Inc. 2001, pp. 197. [The essential questions concerning the nature of the Kingdom of God within Christian tradition and scriptural understanding] Léon-Dufour X., Agir selon l’Évangile (Parole de Dieu 35), Paris: du Seuil 2002, pp. 180 | trans. English: To Act According to the Gospel, Peabody MA: Hendrickson 2005, pp. xviii-157: chap. 1: The fundamental experience of Jesus (According to the synoptic tradition: God is present, he has come to reign, he is here; The text of Mark 1:15; Semantic study of the expression “reign of God”; History of the expression; The reign of God has come near; The message of Jesus compared with that of the precursor; The reign of God has landed right on top of you; Questions of language; A presence seeking a response; A mysterious presence; By way of conclusion; According to the Gospel of John: John transposes the expression Basilea tou Theou); chap. 3: Humanity in relation to God-who-is-coming (Little children are at home in the reign of God; You must be born again). [NTA 50, p. 166] rev. R.A. Burridge, RevBL 8/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/4917_5137.pdf> Bremer B., Your Inheritance: The Kingdom of God, Longwood FL: Xulon Press 2003, pp. 160 [A brief overview of Ephesians from the Kingdom perspective] / for a moderately revised web version of this book see: «Kingdom Relations» [2006]: in electronic resource: <www.koinoniacsco.com/kr_intro.html>. Verstraete G.V.L., The Kingdom of God, Gabriola Island, British Columbia (Canada): Christian Communications Centre 2003, pp. 148 / online: <www.gverstraete.com/pdf/The_Kingdom_of_God.pdf>. von Strauch H., Das Reich Gottes in dir. Der Zschopauer Pfarrer und Philosoph Valentin Weigel (15331588), Tübingen: TVT-Medienverlag 2003, pp. 65. [Valentin Weigel (1533-1588), German theologian, philosopher and mystical writer] Chevreau G., Turnings: The Kingdom of God and the Western World, Tonbridge, Kent, U.K.: Sovereign World 2004, pp. 224. Kubasik A., «Znaczenie wiary, Cerkwi i królestwa Bożego w nauczaniu biskupa Hryhorija Chomyszyna» [Die Bedeutung des Glaubens, der Kirche und Gottesreiches in der Lehre des Bischofs Hryhorij Chomyschyn]: SSHT 37 (2004) 51-61 (60-61: German Summary) [in Polish]. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 237 [Hryhorij Chomyszyn (1867-1947), Greek-catholic bishop of Stanislawow, Ukraine] Krüger M.C.R., «Das gedankliche Verwirrspiel um das „(König-)Reich Gottes”»: in Id., Prüft alles, das Gute haltet fest! 1Thes 5,21. Anstöße, um biblische Begriffe und theologische Traditionen neu zu bedenken, Calw-Hirsau: [author’s ed.] 2004 / 20052, pp. x-233: p. 103-145: 3.1. Was bedeutet im biblischen Kontext: „(König-)Reich Gottes”; 3.2. Das irdische (König-)Reich Gottes im Alten Testament; 3.3. Das nahe gekommene (König-)Reich Gottes in den Evangelien; 3.4. Gottes Königreich für Israel im Wartestand. Dunahoo C.H., Making Kingdom Disciples. A New Framework, (introd. A.D. Curry), Phillipsburg NJ: P&R Publishing 2005, pp. xviii-249: p. 1-120: Part I: Knowing the Word: The Framework of Discipleship (chap. 1: Overview of the Kingdom Model, chap. 3: The Kingdom of God) [Author proposes a holistic, Kingdom-oriened approach to discipleship]. rev. «A Didactic Review of Dunahoo’s Making Kingdom Disciples»: Haddington House Journal (Charlottetown, Canada) 9 (2007) 77-84; A.D. Curry, CEJ 3/2 (2006) 397-400; S.D. Doe, <http://opc.org/review.html?review_id=32> [posted 10/2005]: «In a culture marked by relativism, what is often lost in the church is the transformation of lives to be citizens of God’s kingdom. Dunahoo puts it this way: “A kingdom disciple is someone who thinks God’s thoughts after him, and applies them to all of life” (p. 5). Kingdom disciples have a world-and-life view shaped by Scripture» Kater J.L., Jr., «Reign of God»: in Ph. Sheldrake (ed.), The New SCM Dictionary of Christian Spirituality, London: SCM 2005 / The New Westminster Dictionary of Christian Spirituality, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 2005, pp. xix-680: p. 535-536. Pagola Elorza J.A., «Buscad el Reino de Dios»: Cultura para la Esperenza. Instrumento de análisis de la realidad de Acción Cultural Cristiana (Madrid, Spain) nr 60 (verano 2005) 36-44 / online: <www.accionculturalcristiana.org/html/revista/r60/60rein.pdf>; <www.eurosur.org/acc/html/revista/r60/60rein.pdf>; <www.mercaba.org/ARTICULOS/B/buscad_el_reino_de_dios_pagola.htm>. Van Diest J. - Gansky A., «The Mystery of the Kingdom of God»: in Idd., The Secrets God Kept, Wheaton IL: Tyndale House 2005, pp. xvii-228: p. 53-144. [Parables] Chilton B., «Kingdom of God»: in E.M. Dowling - W.G. Scarlett (ed.), Encyclopedia of Religious and Spiritual Development, Thousand Oaks CA - London: Sage 2006, pp. xxiv-528: p. 249-251. Hicks J.M. - Valentine B., Kingdom Come. Embracing the Spiritual Legacy of David Lipscomb and James Harding, Abilene TX: Leafwood Publishers 2006, pp. 224: p. 25-74: I. Kingdom Dynamics: Divine Action, p. 75-142: II. Kingdom Spirtuality: Four Means of Grace, p. 143-192: III. Kingdom Life: Free to Serve. rev. J.S. Williams, SCJ 10/2 (2007) 266-267; G.D. Massey, SCJ 11/2 (2008) 247-248 Kuligin V., Ten Things I wish Jesus never said, Wheaton IL: Crossway Books 2006, pp. 297: p. 15-42: 1. The Art of Spiritual Poverty: “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven” [Mt 5:3], p. 61-84: 3. The Art of Spiritual Commitment: “No one who puts his hand to the plow and looks back is fit for service in the kingdom of God” [Lk 9:62], p. 245-272: 10. The Art of Spiritual Self-Assessment: “Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the kingdom of heaven” [Mt 7:21]. McKinley R. - Koop D., This Beautiful Mess. Practicing the Presence of the Kingdom of God, Colorado Springs CO: Multnomah 2006, pp. 192. McLaren B.D., The Secret Message of Jesus. Uncovering the Truth that Could Change Everything, Nashville TN: W Publishing Group, a Division of Thomas Nelson Publishers 2006, pp. 256 / 2007. [The Church has abridged and distorted the message of the gospel. Instead of preaching the message of the Kingdom coming and present, it has focused mainly if not exclusively on salvation as going to heaven. Jesus didn’t come to start a new religion – but rather came to start a political, social, religious, artistic, economic, intellectual, and spiritual revolution that would give birth to a new world] Munroe M., Kingdom Principles. Preparing for Kingdom Experience and Expansion, Shippensburg PA: Destiny Image 2006, pp. 215. [The continuation of his Rediscovering the Kingdom; whereas the first volume demonstrates that the message of the Kingdom is the true gospel and the only message that Jesus preached, this volume explans in a fuller way how the Kingdom operates so that belivers can better appropriate and enjoy its benefits] Serrano Pérez A., «La presencia de la Sabiduría: El Reino de Dios está viniendo. Aproximación desde la obra “Camino de Perfección” (30-31) de Santa Teresa de Ávila: Veritas. Revista de Filosofía y Teología (Valparaíso, Chile) nr 15 (2006) 369-383 / online: <http://revistaveritas.cl/pfd%20veritas/Veritas_ I_15/EL_REINO_DE_LA_SABIDURIA....pdf>. [St. Teresa of Avila (1515-1582), Spanish Carmelite nun and mystic; during the mid-1560s she wrote the Way of Perfection] Williams D., Start Here: Kingdom Essentials for Christians, Ventura CA: Regal Books 2006, pp. 237. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 238 de Rojas J.-D.G., «Programación y Reino de Dios»: Confer. Revista de Vida Religiosa (Madrid, Spain) 46/nr 180 (2007) 891-913. Wills G., «Heaven’s Reign»: in Id., What Jesus Meant, New York: Viking 2006 / New York NY: Penguin Books 2007, pp. xxxi-143: p. 78-91 (chap. 5). Winston B., The Kingdom of God in You. Discover the Greatness of God’s Power Within, Tulsa OK: Harrison House 2006, pp. vii-225. [The Kingdom authority is already within the Christians – because of the presence of Jesus – but they have to resist to the power of the prince of darkness and the Kingdom of Satan] Wisdom T.W., A Royal Destiny. The Reign of Man in God’s Kingdom, Greenville SC: Bob Jones University Press 2006, pp. xxiv-372 (Part I: Foundational Matters, Part II: The Developing Story of the Kingdom, Part III: A Prototype of the Kingdom Sain, Part IV: The Final War). Bockelmann W., Der Mensch, die Technik und das Reich Gottes. Der Versuch einer Standortbestimmung, Groß-Gerau: Ancient Mail 2007, pp. 76. González Alba C., Orar con las parábolas del Reino. Para hacer divinos los caminos sencillos de la tierra (Hablar con Jesús), Bilbao: Desclée de Brouwer 2007, pp. 112. [Parables] Greenwood R., Destined to Rule. Spiritual Strategies for Advancing the Kingdom of God, (introd. C.D. Pierce), Grand Rapids MI: Baker Publishing Group 2007, pp. 192. Grumett D., «Yves de Montcheuil: Action, Justice, and the Kingdom in Spiritual Resistance to Nazism»: TS 68/3 (2007) 618-641. [Yves de Montcheuil (1900-1944), French Jesuit philosopher and theologian] Królikowski J., «Królestwo Boże inspiracją dla duchowości» [Kingdom of God as an inspiration for the spirituality]: in A. Gąsior et alii (ed.), Tajemnica Najświętszego Serca. Sympozjum z okazji 50lecia ogłoszenia przez Piusa XII encykliki „Haurietis aquas”, Wadowice, 17-19 listopada 2006 r. (Theologumena 1), Tarnów: Wydawnictwo Biblos 2007, pp. 155: p. 132-145 [in Polish]. Krotoski S., The Kingdom. Experiencing Heaven on Earth, San Jose CA: PWL Publishing 2007, pp. 144: chap. 1: The Kingdom, chap. 2: The King, chap. 3: Mysteries of the Kingdom, chap. 6: Laws of the Kingdom, chap. 7: Kingdom Blocks, chap. 12: The Lord is King Forever and Ever. Pagola J.A., «Jesús de Nazaret, místico y profeta del Reino de Dios»: Nova et vetera. Temas de vida cristiana (Zamora, Spain) 31/nr 64 (2007) 317-334. Wang T., The Kingdom Story, Sunnyvale CA: Great Commission Center International / online: <www. gcciusa.org/English/publications.htm> [2007]. White J.B., Kingdom of Heaven / Kingdom of God, United States: [author’s ed.] 2007, pp. 144: p. 17-34: Kingdom of Heaven in the Hebrew Scriptures, p. 35-46: Preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom, p. 47-84: The Parables of the Kingdom of Heaven, p. 85-92: Advent of the Kingdom of Heaven, p. 93-112: Entrance into the Kingdom of Heaven, p. 113-: Inheritance of the Kingdom / also in digital download: <www.lulu.com/content/ 789420>. [What is truly meant by the terms “kingdom of heaven” or “kingdom of God” in the Bible? This book examines those passages in the Bible which specifically make reference to the kingdom of heaven and its significance for the believer in present time. Popular conceptions equate the kingdom of God with heaven or set it in an often entirely eschatological context, but the overwhelming emphasis in the Scriptures places it in the present and within the believer. The Kingdom of Heaven is meant to be experienced in the present time, and that is the ultimate purpose of this book, that anyone may learn what the Scriptures actually say about it] Williams M.L., Beauty and Brokenness: Compassion and the Kingdom of God, London: SPCK 2007, pp. xvii-136. rev. A.J. Becker, Journal of Religion, Disability & Health (Binghamton NY) 14 (2010) 82-83 Bentley T., Kingdom Rising. Making the Kingdom Real in Your Life, Shippensburg PA: Destiny Image Publishers 2008, pp. 284: p. 21-148: Part I: The Declaration of the Kingdom of God, p. 149-278: Part II: Kingship | trans. German: Das Reich Gottes in Kraft. Wie durch dich der Himmel auf Erden hereinbricht, Köln: Wohlkunde-Verlag 2008, pp. 269: p. 21-138: Teil I: Die machtvolle Ankündigung des Reiches Gottes, p. 139-261: Teil II: Königtum. Ekblad B., A New Christian Manifesto. Pledging Allegiance to the Kingdom of God, Louisville KY London: Westminster John Knox 2008, pp. vii-184: p. 93-119: chap. 5: I Pledge Allegiance to the Kingdom of God | trans. French: Sur la terre comme au ciel. Un manifeste pour le règne de Dieu, Lyon: Olivétan 2011, pp. 303. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 239 rev. B. Jersak, in electronic resource: «http://clarionjournal.typepad.com/clarion_journal_of_spirit/2008/10/bob-ekblads-anew-christian-manifesto---review-by-brad-jersak.html»; M. Wilkinson, Pneuma 32/2 (2010) 327-328 Roeckner M., In allem das Himmelreich entdecken, München: Claudius 2008, pp. 172: p. 7-9: Was ist Himmel?, p. 10-15: Himmelreich im Alten Testament, p. 16-18: Himmelreich im Neuen Testament, p. 19-26: Himmelreich auf Erden in den Gleichnissen Jesu, p. 27-56: Das Himmelreich annehmen wie ein Kind, p. 57-62: Wo ist Himmelreich?, p. 63-124: Wie Jesus das Himmelreich lebte, p. 125-147: Eigentlich ist es einfach zu glauben, p. 148-154: Gott spüren, p. 155-172: Wie ein Kind im Lebenselement Gott. Röhrig M., Das Evangelium Jesu. Vom Reich Gottes auf Erden, Norderstedt: [author’s ed.] 2008, pp. 147. Tome B., «The Revolution of the Kingdom of God»: in Id., Welcome to the Revolution. A Field Guide for New Believers, Nashville TN: Thomas Nelson 2008, pp. xii-174: p. 1-15 (chap. 1). Delany V.J., The Finger of God. How God’s Existence Impacts Upon Humanity, Eastbourne, U.K. Portland OR: Alpha Press 2009, pp. x-188. Popławski J.M., «Biblijne orędzie o Królestwie Bożym w duchowości polskich zmartwychwstańców» [Messaggio biblico del regno di Dio nella spiritualità dei resurrezionisti polacchi]: in Paciorek et alii (ed.), Ewangelia o Królestwie, p. 415-425 (-425: Italian Summary). Naulty R., «Mysticism and the Kingdom of God»: Compass. A Review of Topical Theology (Kensington, N.S.W., Australia) 44/2 (2010) 35-37 / <http://compassreview.org/winter10/8.pdf>. Pierce G.F.A., The World as It Should Be. Living Authentically in the Here-and-now Kingdom of God, Chicago: Loyola Press 2010, pp. xvi-144. Badiola Saenz de Ugarte J.A., «La espiritualidad del Reino de Dios. Algunas perspectivas en el evangelio de Mateo»: ResBíb nr 69 (2011) 21-26. [Matthew] Breeden D., News from the Kingdom of God. Meditations on The Gospel of Thomas, Eugene OR: Wipf & Stock 2011, pp. xvii-147. [Gospel of Thomas] Saucy M.A., «Regnum Spiriti: The Kingdom of God and Spiritual Formation»: Journal of Spiritual Formation & Soul Care (La Miranda CA) 4/2 (2011) 140-154. [Holy Spirit] [In three parts this essay argues that the kingdom of God is indeed the end of the believer’s formation, but also, in the person of the Holy Spirit, the means to the goal of spiritual formation as well. Part I establishes the kingdom story of Scripture, noting features of the kingdom life particularly germane to human spirituality. Part II takes up Jesus’ person and practice of the kingdom in the Spirit as the paradigm for all true, human, spiritual formation. Part III concludes with a sketch of kingdom priorities in the spirituality of the Holy Spirit, the power of the kingdom in the present age] Saucy M.A., «Regnum Spiriti: The Kingdom of God and Neopagan Spirituality»: ATI 4/2 (2011) 27-38. [Holy Spirit] van Lohuizen W., A Psycho-Spiritual View on the Message of Jesus in the Gospels. Presence and Transformation in Some Logia as a Sign of Mysticism (StBL 128), New York etc.: Peter Lang 2011, pp. xii-381: p. 81-168: Part II: The Kingdom of God: A Spiritual Interpretation: p. 81-93: chap. 4: The Kingdom of God: Eschaton, Polity, Inner Reality?, p. 94-99: chap. 5: What Is a Kingdom? The Glory of the Kingdom Restored, p. 100-113: chap. 6: The Kingdom in the Gospels: ‘When’?, p. 114-124: chap. 7: The Kingdom in the Gospels: ‘Where’?, p. 125-138: chap. 8: The Kingdom in the Gospels: ‘What’ Is It?, p. 139-161: chap. 9: The Kingdom in the Gospels: ‘For Whom’. [NTA 56, p. 176] State Althaus P., «Drittes Reich und Reich Gottes»: in Id., Die deutsche Stunde der Kirche, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1933, pp. 60: chap. 4 / 19342. Bannach H. (ed.), Das Reich Gottes und das Reich der Deutschen. 3. Deutscher evangelischer Studententag Heidelberg 1954 (Der Kreis: Sonderreihe 1), Stuttgart: Rössler [1954], pp. 96. Moses H.V., «Nationalism and the Kingdom of God According to Hans Kohn and Carleton J. H. Hayes»: JCS 17 (1975) 259-274. [Hans Kohn (1891-1971), Jewish philosopher and historian / Carleton J.H. Hayes (1882-1964), American historian and diplomat] Kuntz M., «Guillaume Postel and the Universal Monarchy. The State as a Work of Art»: in G. Trédaniel (ed.), Guillaume Postel, 1581-1981. Actes du colloque international d’Avranches, 5-9 septembre 1981, Paris: Éditions de la Maisnie 1985, pp. 391. [BullSignal 40,3019] [Guillaume Postel (1510-1581), French humaniste, linguist, cabbalist, and religious universalist] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 240 Hiemstra J.L., «Section I. Church, State and the Kingdom of God. An Overview. “Reconciling all Things to Himself: Reflections on the Kingdom of God, the Church & the State’s Role in Plural Societies”»: Rec [The Reformed Ecumenical Council] Focus (Grand Rapids MI) 5/2 (June 2005) 3-49 / online: <http://rec.gospelcom.net/files/resourcesmodule/@random45c0c764847f8/1170262001_Church__State_ and_the_Kingdom_of_God.pdf>. Wolter M., «Reich Gottes und weltliche Macht. Frühchristliche Perspektiven auf Staat und Gewalt»: in F. Schweitzer (ed.), Religion, Politik und Gewalt. Kongressband des XII. Europäischen Kongresses für Theologie, 18. - 22. September 2005 in Berlin (Veröffentlichungen der Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft für Theologie 29), Gütersloh: Gütersloher 2006, pp. 892: p. 172-184. McKay D., «From Popery to Principle: Covenanters and the Kingship of Christ»: in A.T. Selvaggio (ed.), The Faith Once Delivered. Essays in Honor of Dr. Wayne R. Spears, (introd. W.R. Godfrey), Phillipsburg NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed 2007, pp. xxi-309: p. 135-170. [Kingship of Jesus] rev. D.J. Engelsma, PRThJ 41/2 (2008) 139-149 (141-142) Coetzee C.F.C., «Kerk en grondwet in koninkryksperspektief»: NduitseGT 49/1-2 (2008) 232-242 [in Afrikaans]. du Plooy D.A. Le R., «Kerkorde en grondwet - in die lig van God se koninkryk» [Church Order and Constitution - in the Light of God’s Kingdom]: NduitseGT 49/1-2 (2008) 243-252 [in Afrikaans]. [The article deals with the way in which justice and rightiousness and good order are applied in church and state. From a theological point of view it became clear that the kingdom of God should serve as a important key to understand the relation between and the relevance of a church order and a constitution. The church and the state should be distinguished as two different spheres in society. The church is sui generis, it is an institution of God Himself, with the mandate and responsibility to govern itself according to the prescriptions and imperatives of the Word of God, in obedience and accountabilty to Jesus Christ, the only Head and King of his church] Symbol (metaphor) Bjerkholt F., «Guds rike - realitet eller talemåte» [The Kingdom of God - reality or metaphor?]: KirkeKultur 60 (1955) 456-463. Everett W.J., God’s Federal Republic. Reconstructing Our Governing Symbol (Isaac Hecker Studies in Religion and American Culture 1), Mahwah NJ: Paulist 1988, pp. vi-204. [Politics / Democracy] rev. R.G. Betsworth, TTo 46 (1989) 77-78: «According to the author… we must work at the symbolic level as we seek to reconstitute the relation between faith and politics. The old central symbol of that relationship, the Kingdom of God, has been marginalized, because of its patriarchal and hierarchical associations… The task of reflection is threefold: first, the character of symbol is examined; second, the historical development of three central governing symbols-kingship, republic, and covenant-is traced; and third, a theory of a covenanted public and its theological implications is constructed» (p. 77); F.X. Curran, TS 49 (1988) 785: «He suggests that the “kingdom of God” has lost its symbolic resonance and might well be replaced by the title of his book. Readers may be dubious about that»; P. Hegy, JSSR 29/3 (1990) 409-410; T.M. Renick, RelSR 15 (1989) 250; D. Sturm, Publius. The Journal of Federalism (Denton TX) 19 (1989) 200-202: «Everett is determined to formulate a new vision of public life. “God’s Federal Republic” is his coinage for this vision which, he argues, is a far more meningful political symbol than the traditional theological concept of the “Kingdom of God”» (p. 200); P.J. Weber, «Democratizing the Kingdom of God»: RPolitics 50/4 (1988) 760-761 Morrison B.T., «A Phenomenology of the Kingdom of God. A Study of the Metaphorical Process in the Writings of Paul Ricoeur» [April 1992]: in electronic resource: <www.xcelco.on.ca/~btmorrison/ricoeur/ Ricoeur&Kingdom.html> [retrieved October 2007]. Matata M., «The Kingdom of God: A Theological Symbol of and for our Modern World»: The Japan Mission Journal (Tokyo, Japan) 48/2 (1994) 101-115. Ramis Darder F., «El Paradís terrenal: metàfora del Regne de Déu»: BABC nr 61 (1998) 3-12. Krause D., «Keeping It Real: The Image of God in the New Testament»: Interp 59/4 (2005) 358-368. [IZBG 52,1827] Knight J., «Symbols of the Kingdom»: in Id., Christian Origins, London: T&T Clark 2008, pp. xiii-455: p. 276-282 (in Part IV: The Birth of Early Christianity). Moore A., «The Search for the Common Judaic Understanding of God’s Kingship»: in W.O. McCready A. Reinhartz (ed.), Common Judaism. Explorations in Second-Temple Judaism, Minneapolis MN: Fortress 2008, pp. xi-372: p. 131-144. rev. A.J. Dearman, HorBT 31 (2009) 83-84; J.C. Johnson, Pneuma 32 (2010) 141-143 Moore A., Moving Beyond Symbol and Myth. Understanding the Kingship of God of the Hebrew Bible Through Metaphor (StBL 99), New York: Peter Lang 2009, pp. vii-332 (= rev. Diss. Claremont XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 241 Graduate University School of Religion 2004): p. 9-30: chap. 1: Kingdom of God as Symbol, p. 31-64: chap. 2: Moving Beyond Symbol to Metaphor, p. 65-92: chap. 3: ‘God is King’ in Preexilic Texts, p. 93-112: chap. 4: The Exilic Foundation of the Metaphor, p. 113-162: chap. 5: The Function of the Metaphor in Exilic/Postexilic Texts, p. 163-196: chap. 6: Postexilic Texts: God as Universal Suzerain, p. 197-274: chap. 7: Psalms: Praising Yahweh the King. [NTA 53, p. 602] [OT, God as King, Psalms] rev. P. Madigan, HeyJ 50/6 (2009) 1026-1027; G.J. Polan, CBQ 73/2 (2011) 359-360; B.M. Stovell, JHS 12 (2012) online: <www.jhsonline.org/reviews/reviews_new/review575.htm> Temple Barker M., The Hidden Tradition of the Kingdom of God, London: SPCK 2007, pp. xii-144. [IZBG 53,1826; NTA 52, p. 180] [The book developed from four lectures given for the Temenos Academy in London in January 2006. It traces the origin of the idea of the Kingdom of God to the high priestly traditions of the holy of holies in the temple. An investigation of the background and context in which the first Christians spoke of the Kingdom] rev. FARMS 19 (2007) 363-364; G. Balfour, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 15; I. Boxall, Way 47/3 (2008) 129-130; A. Casiday, ModBel 49/3 (2008); E. Eve, ExpT 118/11 (2007) 561: «… readers will be stimulated by this book, but they will not necessarily be convinced»; J.M. Jackson, SHE 34 (April 2008); J.L.W. Schaper, JSOT 32/5 (2008) 200; B.T. Viviano, RevBL 8/2009 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6764_7328.pdf> Wenell K.J., «Contested Temple Space and Visionary Kingdom Space in Mark 11-12»: BibInt 15/3 (2007) 323-337. [NTA 52,219] Congar Y.M.-J., «Church, Kingdom, and the Eschatological Temple»: LetterSpirit 4 (2008) 289-317; excerpted from The Mystery of the Temple, or, The Manner of God’s Presence to his Creatures from Genesis to the Apocalypse, London: Burns & Oates Ltd. 1962, pp. xiii-332 (orig. French: Le Mystère du Temple: ou, L’économie de la présence de Dieu à sa créature de la Genèse à l’Apocalypse [LD 22], Paris: Cerf 1958, pp. 342). Perrin Nicholas, Jesus the Temple, London: SPCK - Grand Rapids MI: Baker Academic 2010, pp. xvi223: p. 114-148: chap. 4. “Forgive Us Our Debts”: Announcing the Kingdom among the Poor, p. 149-190: chap. 5. “Thy Kingdom Come!”: Implementing the Kingdom among the Impure. [NTA 56, p. 173] rev. BibTod 49 (2011) 63; R. Abraham, BMCR 2012 <http://bmcr.brynmawr.edu/2012/2012-05-43.html>; T.M. Anderson, RelSR 37/4 (2011) 280; M. Barker, NovT 53/4 (2011) 403-404; P. Fredriksen, CBQ 74/2 (2012) 392-394; P.M. Hoskins, Themelios 37 (2012) 76-78; P. Madigan, HeyJ 53/2 (2012) 319 Elgvin T., «From the Earthly to the Heavenly Temple: Lines from the Bible and Qumran to Hebrews and Revelation»: in C.A. Evans (ed.), The World of Jesus and the Early Church: Identity and Interpretation in the Early Communities of Faith, Peabody MA: Hendrickson 2011, pp. xvi-257: p. 23-36. [God-King; Kingship and Kingdom of Jesus] [The depictions of God as king of heaven, as seen in the OT and in later intertestamental writings, including Qumran Scrolls. The early Christian writings build upon these older traditions in conceiving of a heavenly Temple and a reigning Messiah Jesus] Grappe C., «“Jésus Christ a ôté toute différence de lieu”: Portée et pertinence d’une affirmation calvinienne»: RHPR 92 (2012) 175-186. [Johannes Calvin] [The scope of Jesus’ proclamation of the coming of the Kingdom of God independently of the Temple in Jerusalem is considered here on its own merits and through its instantiation in Paul’s ecclesiology. The relevance of Calvin’s affirmation that “Jesus Christ has removed all distinctions of place” is underlined and enhanced by these studies] Theology (dogmatic) Seeberg R., «Die Vollendung der Gottesherrschaft in dem ewigen Reich des Vaters»: in Id., Christliche Dogmatik. II: Das Böse und die sündige Menschheit, der Erlöser und sein Werk, die Erneuerung der Menschheit und die Gnadenordnung, die Vollendung der Menschheit und das ewige Gottesreich, Leipzig 1925, pp. xv-690: p. 570-677. Schaum H.R., Jesus Christus und sein ewiges Gottesreich. Eine Antwort auf die Frage: Was ist Christentum?, Wuppertal-Elberfeld: Buchhandlung der Evangelischen Gesellschaft für Deutschland 1938, pp. 72. van Ruler A.A., De vervulling van de wet. Een dogmatische studie over de verhouding van openbaring en existentie [The fulfillment of the law. A dogmatic study on the relation of revelation and existence], Nijkerk: Callenbach 1947, pp. 539 (= Diss. Utrecht 1947) [In the dissertation the vision of the kingdom of God is treated apart]. Hasenfuss J., Gottes Reich auf Erden: Religion, Christentum, Kirche: Wesen, Ursprung, Entwicklung, Zukunft, München etc.: Schöningh 1960, pp. 227. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 242 Mann P., «The Transcendental or the Political Kingdom? Reflexions on a theological dispute»: NBFR 50/nr 595 (December 1969) 805-812; 51/nr 596 (January 1970) 4-16. Gollwitzer H., Befreiung zur Solidarität. Einführung in die evangelische Theologie, München: Kaiser 1978, pp. 229 / 19842 | trans. English: An Introduction to Protestant Theology, Philadelphia PA: Westminster 1982, pp. 235: p. 140-153: chap. VIII: «The Kingdom of God»; Italian: Liberazione e solidarietà. Introduzione alla teologia evangelica (Sola scriptura 12), Torino: Claudiana 1986, pp. 188. rev. M. Weinrich, Theologia Practica. Zeitschrift für praktische Theologie und Religionspädagogik (München, Germany) 14 (1979) 291-296 / D.G. Bloesch, TSF Bulletin 7/3 (1984) 32-33; M. Lockerby, WW 4 (1984) 108-110: «Although he does not equate completely the Kingdom of God with any political or economic system, it is clear to him that the genuine socialist state is a better approximation of or environment for the ultimate Kingdom of God» (p. 108) online: <www. luthersem.edu/word&world/Archives/4-1_1984/4-1_Reviews.pdf> Sharpe E.J., «Kingdom of God»: in A. Richardson - J.S. Bowden (ed.), The Westminster Dictionary of Christian Theology, Philadelphia PA: Westminster 1983, pp. xvi-614: p. 317-318. Eicher P., «„Dein Reich komme”. Die Summe des Evangeliums»: in Id. (ed.), Neue Summe Theologie. III: Der Dienst der Gemeinde, Freiburg etc.: Herder 1989, pp. 520: p. 471-503. Burkhardt H., «Reich Gottes: c) systematisch»: ELThG III (1994) 1678-1679. Pöhlmann H.-G., «Reich Gottes: b) theologiegeschichtlich»: ELThG III (1994) 1677-1678. Müller G.L., «Die Offenbarung Jesu als „Sohn des Vaters“ und als Mittler der Gottesherrschaft (Christologie/Soteriologie)»: in Id., Katholische Dogmatik. Für Studium und Praxis der Theologie, Freiburg i.Br. etc.: Herder 1995, pp. xxxii-879: p. 253-387 / 20077 | trans. Italian: «La rivelazione di Gesù come “Figlio del Padre” e mediatore del Regno di Dio», in Id., Dogmatica cattolica. Per lo studio e la prassi della teologia (L’abside 24), Cinisello Balsamo (Milano): Paoline 1999, pp. 1172: p. 319-472; Spanish (1998); Ungarian (2007); Czech (2011). [Christology] Williams J.R., Renewal Theology. Systematic Theology from a Charismatic Perspective. III: The Church, the Kingdom, and Last Things, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1996, pp. 535 / Three Volumes in One, Grand Rapids MI: Zondervan 1996, pp. 1470. Martzall K.E., «Pozaapologetyczne elementy Jezusowej nauki o Królestwie Bożym» [Extra-apologetical elements in Jesus’ teaching on the Kingdom of God]: QuaestSel 5 (1997) 61-69 [in Polish]. Parra Carrasco F.O., «Creación y escatología en la reflexión teológica latinoamericana»: TeolVida 39/1-2 (1998) 39-70. [In the second part the study concentrates on a reflection regarding the concept of the Kingdom of God as a unit of transcendence and history in the thought of Latin American theologians] Eigenmann U., «Die andere Vision vom Leben. Jesus und das Reich Gottes»: imprimatur (Saarbrücken, Germany) 4/Heft 2 (2000) online: <www.phil.uni-sb.de/projekte/imprimatur/2000/imp000202.html>. Moore R.D., «Leftward to Scofield: The Eclipse of the Kingdom in Post-Conservative Evangelical Theology»: JETS 47/3 (2004) 423-440. [BS 162/nr 645 (2005) 113-114] Rottenwöhrer G., «“Gottesherrschaft” – ein Leitgedanke dogmatischer Theologie?»: in C. Böttigheimer H. Filser (ed.), Kircheneinheit und Weltverantwortung. Festschrift für Peter Neuner, Regensburg: Pustet 2006, pp. 779: p. 221-240. Gilley G.E., «The Kingdom of Emergent Theology: I-III»: in electronic resource: <www.svchapel.org/Resources/Articles/read_articles.asp?ID=139> [September 2007]; <www.svchapel.org/Resources/Articles/read_articles.asp?ID= 140> [October 2007]; <www.svchapel.org/Resources/Articles/read_articles.asp?ID=141> [November 2007]. [The three papers examine, respectively, the emerging Church’s distortion of the Kingdom of God, its impact on the Gospel, and the Scripture’s teaching about the Kingdom of God] Wilson J.R., «Theology and the Kingdom»: in W.H. Brackney - C.A. Evans (ed.), From Biblical Criticism to Biblical Faith. Essays in Honor of Lee Martin McDonald, Macon GA: Mercer University Press 2007, pp. xxii-450: p. 282-293. Han S.-K., «Kingdom of God»: in W.A. Dyrness - M.-M. Kärkkäinen (ed.), Global Dictionary of Theology. A Resource for the Worldwide Church, Downers Grove IL: InterVarsity 2008, pp. xxviii996: p. 453-459: 1. Divine Initiative versus Human Participation, 2. Kingdom of God in the West, 3. Kingdom of God in Liberation Theology, 4. Kingdom of God Among Asian Theologians. Fischer G., Der Aufstieg zum Reich Gottes oder die Theologie wird zur Königin der Wissenschaften. Eine Aufsatzsammlung, Dresden: DGH [Der Gute Hirte] 2010, pp. 256. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 243 de Aquino Júnior F., «O reinado de Deus como assunto da teologia cristã»: REB 71/nr 281 (2011) 47-68. Fischer G., «Himmelreich und Endzeit-Modell im Matthäus-Evangelium»: in Id., Mit der Zeit zur Ewigkeit. Die Neu-Entdeckung der Transzendentalwelt oder von der Informationstheorie zur ReichGottes-Lehre. Eine Sammlung einleitender Aufsätze, Dresden: DGH [Der Gute Hirte] 2011, pp. 226: p. 179-182 (chap. 6). [Matthew] Hock K., «Das Reich Gottes als Reflexionshorizont Interkultureller Theologie»: in Id., Einführung in die Interkulturelle Theologie (Einführung Theologie), Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft 2011, pp. 168: p. 121-145 (chap. 5). Time Robinson J.M., «The Formal Structure of Jesus’ Message»: in W. Klassen - G.F. Snyder (ed.), Current Issues in New Testament Interpretation. Essays in Honor of Otto A. Piper, New York: Harper & Brothers - London: SCM 1962, pp. xiv-302: p. 91-110. [NTA 7, p. 128] rev. I.W. Batdorf, TTo 19/3 (1962) 434-438; H.C. Kee, JBL 82/2 (1963) 217-220; C. Klick, JRel 43/2 (1963) 152; W.G. Kümmel, ThR 30/2-3 (1964) 277 Zsolt K., «Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu ca realitate şi nădejde» [Kingdom of God as a reality and hope]: StTeol II Series 33/1-2 (ianuarie-februarie 1981) 141-147 [in Romanian] / online: <www.crestinortodox. ro/diverse/69565-imparatia-lui-dumnezeu-ca-realitate-si-nadejde>. McConnell W.T., The Gift of Time: Time in Culture and the Kingdom of God, Downers Grove IL: Inter Varsity 1983, pp. 120: Part II: Time and signs of the Kingdom. rev. F. Guy, FH 17 (1984) 86-88 Frankemölle H., «Reich Gottes: Gegenwärtige Erfahrung oder zukünftige Verheißung?»: in T. Bolzenius (ed.), Wie im Himmel so auf Erden: 90. Deutscher Katholikentag vom 23. bis 27. Mai 1990 in Berlin. Dokumentation I, Paderborn: Bonifatius 1991, pp. 1026: p. 952-963. Zaspel F.G., «The Kingdom, The Millennium, & The Eschaton. A Brief Overview of New Testament Prophecy» [1995]: in electronic resource: <www.biblicalstudies.com/bstudy/eschatology/kingdom1.htm>. [Rev 20; 1Cor 15:20-28; Lk 19:11-27; Acts 1:6-7] Boyer C., «Le Royaume de Dieu: à venir, ou déjà arrivé?»: Scriptura(M) 2/2 (2000) 8-25. Papandreou D., «Temps et eschatologie dans la tradition orthodoxe»: ScE 53 (2001) 205-217. Harrington D.J., «The Now and Future Kingdom»: American Catholic (May 2006) in electronic resource: <www.americancatholic.org/Newsletters/JHP/aq0506.asp>. Niemand C., «Genenwart als “wahrgenommene” Zukunft. Erfahrungen und Einschätzungen von Zeit im Neuen Testament»: TPQ 154/4 (2006) 365-374. [NTA 51,1289] Cowan C.W., «The Kingdom of God: Present Reality or Future Hope?» [2007]: pp. 14 (p. 3-14: Inaugurated Eschatology: The Kingdom as “Already, But Not Yet”) in electronic resource: <www.henryinstitute.org/documents/ kingdom-of-god.pdf> / <www.russellmoore.com/documents/russellmoore/kingdom-of-god.pdf>. Koch K., «Gegenwart und Zukunft des Reiches Gottes im Alten Testament sowie in hebräischen und aramäischen Texten um die Zeitenwende»: in Frey - Becker (ed.), Apokalyptik und Qumran, p. 123-167. [OTA 34,467] [Old Testament; Qumran] rev. A. Lange, ZAW 122 (2010) 126 Söding T., «Der Kairos der Basileia. Die Geschichte Jesu als Ende und Wende»: in R.G. Kratz - H. Spieckermann (ed.), Zeit und Ewigkeit als Raum göttlichen Handelns. Religionsgeschichtliche, theologische und philosophische Perspektiven (BZAW 390), Berlin: de Gruyter 2009, pp. viii360: p. 233-252. rev. J. Joosten, RHPR 90 (2010) 292 Witherington B., III, Imminent Domain. The Story of the Kingdom of God and Its Celebration, Grand Rapids MI - Cambridge, U.K.: Eerdmans 2009, pp. viii-85. [NTA 53, p. 604-605] rev. J. Lo, ExpT 121/10 (2010) 530 Ferreira de Holanda G., «La tensión escatológica: carácter futuro y presente del Reino de Dios»: Reflexiones Teológicas. Revista de estudiantes de Teología (Bogotá, Colombia) nr 7 (ennero-junio 2011) 47-62. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 244 Frisk B.N., «Time Imagined»: in Id., A Hitchhiker’s Guide to Jesus. Reading the Gospels on the Ground, Grand Rapids: Baker 2011, pp. 287: p. 151-184 (chap. 5). [Historical Jesus] rev. M.J. Kruger, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 495-497: «Chapter 5 introduces us to the Kingdom of God theme and Jesus’ own expectations about his second coming» (p. 495) Wright N.T., «The Kingdom Present and Future»: in Id., Simply Jesus. Who He Was, What He Did, Why It Matters, New York NY: HarperCollins 2011, pp. 240: p. 105-118. Translation King Ph., «Translating “Messiah,” “Christ,” and “Lamb of God”»: JTrans 1/3 (2005) 1-27: p. 5-11: “Messiah” and “Christ” / online: <www.sil.org/siljot/2005/3/46696/siljot2005-3-01.pdf>. de Jonge M., «Translating [ὁ] χριστός in the New Testament»: in S.-W. (Aaron) Son (ed.), History and Exegesis. New Testament Essays in Honor of Dr. E. Earle Ellis for His 80th Birthday, New York London: T&T Clark 2006, pp. xix-397: p. 340-354. [NTA 50, p. 577-578] rev. P. Ellingworth, ExpT 118 (2007) 461-462; M.R. Fairchild, RevBL 10/2006 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/5226_5504. pdf>; R. Morgan, JTS 60 (2009) 356-357 McLaren B.D., «Found in Translation: “Kingdom of God” is so last-century. Are there new ways to talk about Jesus’ good news?»: Soj 35/3 (March 2006) 14-19. [The metaphor of the Kingdom of God needs to be adapted to the culture to make sense in our world today. Six suggestions for a modern translation of the “Kingdom of God”: 1. The Dream of God, 2. The Revolution of God, 3. The Mission of God, 4. The Party of God, 5. The Network of God, 6. The Dance of God] Peláez J., «La definición de los lexemas en el Diccionario Grieco-Español del Nuevo Testamento (DGENT): βασιλεία y lexemas afines»: in E. Calderón Dorda et alii (ed.), Koinòs Lógos. Homenaje al profesor José García López, II, Murcia: Universidad de Murcia 2006, pp. 553-1070: p. 757-766 / online: <www.um.es/publicaciones/digital/pdfs/Koinos_Logos_II.pdf>. Ellingworth P., «Translating (Ho) Christos»: BibTrans 59/3 (2008) 145-141. [NTA 53,105] Rosenwald L., «Is the Kingdom of God Become Words and Syllables? Notes on Literalism and the King James Bible Translation»: Literary Imagination (Oxford, U.K.) 14 (2012) 61-67. Trinity D’Costa G., «The Reign of God and a Trinitarian Ecclesiology. An Analysis of Soteriocentrism» [A Roman Catholic Response to Cardinal J. Tomko’s Initiating Essay: «Missionary Challenges to the Theology of Salvation» (§ 3.2 The Centrality of God’s Reign)]: in P. Mojzes - L. Swidler (ed.), Christian Mission and Interreligious Dialogue (Religions in Dialogue 4), Lewiston NY etc.: Mellen 1991, pp. 279: p. 51-60 / online: <http://global-dialogue.com/swidlerbooks/mission-dialogue.htm>. González A., «El reinado trinitario del Dios cristiano»: Senderos 24/nr 71 (2002) 203-221 = in M.M. Muggler (ed.), A esperança dos pobres vive. Coletânea en homenagem aos 80 anos de José Comblin, São Paulo: Paulus 2003, pp. 768: p. 459-469 / online: <www.praxeologia.org/trinidad2.html> | trans. English: «The Trinitarian Reign of the Christian God»: in Id., The Gospel of Faith and Justice, p. 147-159 (chap. 7). Smith R.A., «Trinity and Kingdom»: in Id., Trinity & Reality. An Introduction to the Christian Worldview, Moscow ID: Canon Press 2004, pp. xiv-226: p. 135-154 (chap. 8). Hunt A., Trinity: Nexus of the Mysteries of Christian Faith (Theology in Global Perspective), (introd. P. Phan), Maryknoll NY: Orbis Books 2005, pp. xvi-254: p. 200-215: chap. 10: Trinity and Eschatology (p. 200-212: Wolfhart Pannenberg: The Kingdom of God as the Glory of the Trinity). rev. G. Goulding, TS 67 (2006) 893-894; A.J. Kelly, AEJT nr 6 (February 2006) <http://dlibrary.acu.edu.au/research/ theology/ejournal/aejt_6/bookreviews.htm> Moralès X., «Le Royaume dès ici-bas?»: ComF 32/nr 189 (2007) 31-42; Portuguese: «O reino a partir desse mundo?: ComPort (Brasil) 26/3 (2007) 83-102. Gómez García E., «43 Simposio Internacional de Teología Trinitaria»: EstTrin 42/3 (2008) 515-528. Cordovilla Pérez A., «Reino de Dios y teología trinitaria: influencia de este concepto en la renovación de la teología trinitaria»: EstTrin 43/2 (2009) 213-256. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 245 Rodríguez Ruiz M., «El Reino de Dios anunciado por Jesús de Nazaret y presente en su persona y obra, atestiguado por la Iglesia, instrumento del Dios trinitario en el mundo»: EstTrin 43 (2009) 49-111. [NTA 55,474] Swain S.R., Trinity, Revelation, and Reading. A Theological Introduction to the Bible and its Interpretation, London - New York: T&T Clark 2011, pp. viii-153: p. 15-34: The Trinity, the Kingdom, and the Historical Progression of the Word of God, p. 35-60: The Role of Holy Scripture in Kingdom and Covenant. [Spirit] Universal Kingship of God (world dominion / providence) Basil J.M., Supreme Encounter. The God of History in the World of To-day (Religious book club edition 18), London: SCM 1940, pp. 224. Berkouwer G.C., De voorzienigheid Gods (Dogmatische Studiën 2), Kampen: Kok 1950, pp. 336 | trans. English: The Providence of God (Studies in Dogmatics 2), Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 1952, pp. 294 / 19805, pp. 280: p. 83-124: Providence as Government. Harkness G.E., The Providence of God, New York: Abingdon 1960, pp. 192. rev. D.G. Bloesch, Interp 15 (1961) 106-107; L.O. Scott, JBR 29/2 (1961) 156-158 Wright G.E., The Rule of God. Essays in Biblical Theology, Garden City NY: Doubleday 1960, pp. viii133. [NTA 5, p. 119] rev. L.H. DeWolf, JBR 28/4 (1960) 450-452; G.C. Oxtoby, TTo 20 (1963) 118-120 Seebass H., «Der Beitrag des Alten Testaments zum Entwurf einer biblischen Theologie»: WuD 8 (1965) 20-41. Mikołajczak M., «Królowanie Boga na ziemi» [The kingship of God on the earth]: Horyzonty Wiary (Kraków, Poland) 9/4 (1998) 11-18 [in Polish]. Universalism Vollenhoven-Meijer M., Op weg naar het Koninkrijk. Israël en de volken in bijbels perspectief [Towards the Kingdom. Israel and the peoples in Biblical perspective], Franeker: Wever 1974, pp. 131. de Beuarecueil S., «Pas de frontière au royaume de Dieu»: LumVi nr 137 (1978) 53-62. Anthonysamy S.J., «End of exclusivism and beginning of universalism in the kingdom mission of Jesus»: in S. Savarimuthu et alii (ed.), Out of His Treasure. Festschrift in Honour of Prof. Dr. Lucien Legrand, MEP, Bangalore: Asian Trading Corporation 2010, pp. lii-336: p. 248-259. Utopia Marsch W.-D., «Dein Reich komme! Über die Utopie als theologisches Problem»: Monatsschrift für Pastoraltheologie (Göttingen, Germany) 46 (1957) 16-30; 151-164. Karmi U., Krisen kriget guds rike. Visionärens upplevelser, Stockholm: Eget 1968, pp. 116. Evans J.X., «The Kingdom within More’s Utopia»: Moreana. Bulletin Thomas More (Angers, France) 14/nr 55-56 (1977) 5-22 / online: <http://www.thomasmorestudies.org/Moreana55-56pages5-22.pdf>. [St. Thomas More (1478-1535), English lawyer, philosopher, statesman, and martyr, author of the famous work Utopia (1516)] Osuna Fernández-Largo A., «Las utopías cristianas como versiones políticas de la fe»: CTom 105 (1978) 401-441: p. 413-425: II: El reino de Dios expresado y vivido con las caracteristicas de una utopía, p. 425-439: III: La identidad del reino de Dios y su distanciamiento respecto a las utopias políticas y sociales. Rostagno S., «Utopia e regno di Dio»: in R. Bodei et alii, Ernst Bloch. Teologia, utopia e coscienza anticipante (Quaderni di dialeghesthai), Bologna: Cappelli 1985, pp. 79: p. 23-38. Korte H., Utopia - das Himmelreich auf Erden? Essay (Edition München), Wien etc.: Bibliothek der Provinz Verlag für Literatur und Kunst 1999, pp. 38 = in Id., Statik und Prozess. Essays, Wiesbaden: Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften 2005, pp. 142: p. 101-122. Ferretti G., «La salvezza tra utopia ed escatologia. Ernest Bloch e la teologia»: Archivio Teologico Torinese (Leumann - Torino, Italy) 8/2 (2002) 325-338. Mosquera F.A. - Uhía J.C., Utopía, ética y esperanza. Ciudadanía y reino de Dios (Pensamiento Cristiano 21), Terrassa (Barcelona), Spain: Editorial Clie Galvani 2005, pp. 196: Primera parte: Discurso sobre utopía y esperenza, chap. 5: Utopía y Reino de Dios / 2007. XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 246 Peterson A.L., Seeds of the Kingdom. Utopian Communities in the Americas, New York: Oxford University 2005, pp. xvi-181. [Explores Amish farming communities in the United States and repopulated refugee villages in postwar San Salvador] rev. B.A. Camargo, Rural Sociology (The Rural Sociological Society, Columbia MO) 72/3 (2007) 508; R. Janzen, Nova Religio 11/2 (2007) 134-135; D. McKanan, JRel 87/2 (2007) 295-297 Lohfink G., Czy Jezus głosił utopię? [Did Jesus preach utopia?], Poznań: Wydawnictwo Polskiej Prowincji Dominikanów “W Drodze” 2006, pp. 184: p. 13-40: Jezus głosił Królestwo Boże - czy utopię? [in Polish]. rev. D. Gardocki, StBobolanum 5/1 (2007) Ahern K., «The Kingdom of Peace: A Utopia»: in Id. (ed.), The Radical Bible, Maryknoll NY: Orbis 2009, pp. 176: p. 70-82 (chap. 6). [NTA 54, p. 137] Watanabe J., «El Reino de Dios como utopía. Las protestas y propuesta de Jesús frente al reino político»: Revista Cultura y Religión (electronic journal, Instituto Isluga. Universidad Arturo Prat, Chile) 3/1 (2009) 115-128 / <www.revistaculturayreligion.cl/articulos/vol3_n1_2009_8_jose_watanabe.pdf>. [Social Ethics / Politics] Martin D.B., «Pax Terra and Other Utopias? Planetarity, Cosmopolitanism, and the Kingdom of God»: in S.D. Moore - M. Rivera (ed.), Planetary Loves. Spivak, Postcoloniality, and Theology (Transdisciplinary Theological Colloquia), New York: Fordham University 2011, pp. x-425: p. 281-302. Violence Lanini S., «Il sacro, la violenza, il regno. Note a Rene Girard»: Religioni e Società. Rivista di Scienze Sociali della Religione (Firenze, Italy) 3/nr 6 (1988) 109-133. Wink W., «The Kingdom: God’s Domination-Free Order. Jesus and God’s Reign»: in Id., Engaging the Powers. Discernment and Resistance in a World of Domination (The Powers 3), Minneapolis MN: Fortress 1992, pp. xvi-424: p. 109-138 / shorted version: «The Kingdom: God’s Domination-Free Order»: in J.S. Mogabgab (ed.), Communion, Community, Commonweal. Readings for Spiritual Leadership (Pathways in Spiritual Growth-Resources for Congregations and Leadership), Nashville TN: The Upper Room Books 1995, pp. 192: p. 157-165 = Weavings. A Journal of the Christian Spiritual Life (Nashville TN) 10 (January-February 1995) 6-15. rev. F.A. Tizon, Pneuma 18 (1996) 154-155; J. Todd, «Engaging the Powers of Nonviolence. A Critique of Walter Wink’s “Third Way”»: Journal of Religion, Conflict, and Peace. The online journal (Earlham, Goshen, Manchester IN) 2/1 (2008) <www.religionconflictpeace.org/node/41> Segbers F., «Dein Reich komme. Überwindung von Gewalt im Lichte des Reiches Gottes»: ÖR 54/3 (2005) 280-295. Crossan J.D., God & Empire. Jesus against Rome, Then and Now, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco 2007, pp. vii-257: p. 7-48: chap. 1. Empire and the Barbarian Civilization, p. 49-96: chap. 2. God and the Ambiguity of Power, p. 97-142: chap. 3. Jesus and the Kingdom of God. [NTA 51, p. 564] rev. M. Andraos, NTR 21/2 (2008) 92; C. Marshall, Stimulus 16/3 (2008) 46-47; J. Sedlacek, SCJ 11/2 (2008) 304-305; L. Sommers, in electronic resource: <http://bpleland.wordpress.com/2007/04/12/god-and-empire-a-book-review-april-122007> [April 12, 2007]: «This book is one of the most powerful arguments for the idea that the Kingdom of God as taught and lived by Jesus of Nazareth is in direct, permanent and total opposition to the kingdoms of man - from the beginning of ‘civilization’ to the present day»; G. Yandell, The Covenant Journal. A Commentary on the Church (Nashville TN) nr 25 (June 2007) 6 online: <http://covpubs.org/cov/iss25/review_yandell_crossan> Keerankeri G., «Jesus and Violence in His Kingdom Ministry»: Vidyajyoti 74/11 (2010) 806-828. [NTA 55,1611] Schreiber S., «Am Rande des Krieges. Gewalt und Gewaltverzicht bei Jesus von Nazaret»: BN Heft 145 (2010) 91-112. [IZBG 56,1632; NTA 55,171] Wisdom Puig i Tàrrech A., «Jesús: profecia u saviesa»: RCatT 33/2 (2008) 477-502 | trans. English: «Jesus: Prophecy and Wisdom»: in Id., Jesus: An Uncommon Journey. Studies on the Historical Jesus (WUNT II/288), Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck 2010, pp. xii-310: p. 219-244 (chap. 7). [IZBG 56,1627; NTA 55, p. 383] rev. F.G. Downing, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 36-37; G. Segalla, StP 58 (2011) 214-215 Grandy A., Die Weisheit der Gottesherrschaft. Eine Untersuchung zur jesuanischen Synthese von traditioneller und apokalyptischer Weisheit (NTOA/StUNT 96), Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 2012, pp. 272 (= Diss. Freiburg 2011). XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 247 Woman Scholz I. - Horstmann R., «Reich Gottes - nicht ohne Frauen»: in Für das Leben lernen mit Geschichten aus dem Alten Testament (KU-Praxis für die Arbeit mit Konfirmanden 33), Gütersloh: Gütersloher 1995, pp. 111: p. 73-90. [Catechesis] Schüssler Fiorenza E., «To Follow the Vision: The Jesus Movement as Basileia Movement»: in M. Farley - S. Jones (ed.), Liberating Eschatology. Essays in Honor of Letty M. Russell, Louisville KY: Westminster John Knox 1999, pp. xviii-261: p. 123-143. rev. L. Isherwood, Feminist Theology: The Journal of the Britain & Ireland School (London, U.K.) 8/nr 24 (2000) 121; P. Kainulainen, TAik 106 (2001) 578-579 Elias V., From Kingdom to kin-dom: Three Feminist Interpretations of the Kingdom of God (Diss. Master of Arts, Univ. of Manitoba, Faculty of Graduate Studies, Winnipeg 2001, pp. v-116): p. 1-31: 1. Introduction: From Kingdom to kin-dom, p. 32-56: 2. Elisabeth Schlüssler Fiorenza: Reconstructing the Kingdom of God as Basileia of God, p. 57-81: 3. Rosemary Radford Ruether: Recreating the Kingdom of God as Reign of God/ess, p. 82104: 4. Ada Maria Isasi-Díaz: Reframing the Kingdom of God as kin-dom of God, p. 105-109: 5. Conclusions: From Kingdom to kin-dom / online: <http://mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/2728/1/MQ62723.pdf>; <www.collectionscanada.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp05/MQ62723.pdf>. [The thesis works from two premises: 1) the Kingdom of God functions as a concept of hope for a better world, for justice, for wholeness; 2) the women’s recent rereadings of the Kingdom of God are important and merit attention: this principles are the basis for exploring the ideas of the three feminist theologians concerning the Kingdom of God] Kieffer P., «Auch Frauen als Könige im Reich Gottes?»: Intern. Studien, Bildung, Nachrichten (Bonn, Germany) 9/9 (17 September 2004) 1-3 / online: <www.gutenachrichten.org/PDF/IN/in200409.pdf>. Biernath A., Mißverstandene Gleichheit. Die Frau in der frühen Kirche zwischen Charisma und Amt (Geschichte), Stuttgart: Steiner Franz 2005, pp. 179 (= rev. Diss. Ruhr-Universität Bochum 2005). [Eine präzise Analyse des frühchristlichen Eschatologieverständnisses zeigt, daß die Frau zwar als Geschöpf des Gottesreiches neu definiert, aber ihre Position in der Gesellschaft nie zum Thema wurde] rev. J.J. Armstrong, JECS 15/3 (2007) 421-422: «… Jesus anticipated that women would achieve absolute equality in the coming “asexual, abstinent, and angelic” way of life promised in the Kingdom of God (28) … detailed examination of Matthew 19.11-12…»; H. Omerzu, Historische Zeitschrift (München, Germany) vol. 283/2 (2006) 417 Edwards G., The Christian Woman Set Free. Women Freed from Second-Class Citizenship in the Kingdom of God, Jacksonville FL: SeedSowers Publishing 2005, pp. 167. Virgili R., «La presenza della donna nell’annuncio del Regno e della Parola»: AG 9 (2005) 32-44. Knowles C.O., «God’s Reign is the Reign of Right Relationships»: Priscilla Papers (Minneapolis MN) 20/4 (2006) 37-41. [Journal for Biblical Manhood and Womanhood (Louisville KY) 12 (2007) 49 / <www.cbmw.org/ images/jbmw_pdf/12_1/annotated_bibliography.pdf>] Donovan M.S., «Anglican Women: Empowering Each other to Further God’s Kingdom»: Journal of Anglican Studies (London, U.K. etc.) 5 (2007) 39-68. Paszkowska T., «Duchowość kobiety i tajemnica Królestwa Bożego» [Woman’s Spirituality and Mystery of the Kingdom of God]: PolSacra 11/nr 20 (2007) 105-124 [in Polish]. Stovall T., «Involve Woman in Kingdom Service»: in J. Martin - T. Stovall, Women Leading Women. The Biblical Model for the Church, Nashville TN: B&H Academic 2008, pp. xiv-241: p. 131-141 (chap. 9). rev. W. Owens, in electronic resource: <www.baptisttheology.org/WomenLeadingWomen.cfm> [Mark] Betsworth S., The Reign of God is Such as These. A Socio-Literary Analysis of Daughters in the Gospel of Mark (LNTS [JSNT SS] 422), London - New York: T&T Clark 2010, pp. viii-164 (= rev. Diss. Graduate Theological Union 2007). [NTA 55, p. 370] rev. K.E. Brower, JSNT 33/5 (2011) 59; T.M.W. Halcomb, RelSR 37/4 (2011) 280-281; C.A. Miceli, StRel 40/2 (2011) 238-240 [Luke] Demel S., «Jesu Umgang mit Frauen nach dem Lukasevangelium»: BN Heft 57 (1991) 41-95. [BullSignal 45,4939; NTA 36,193] Salas A., «Acción y contemplación. María ¿eligío la mejor parte? (Lc 10.42)»: Revista Agustiniana (Madrid, Spain) 33/nr 100 (1992) 433-462. [BullSignal 46,4272; NTA 36,1329] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 248 Gargano I., “Lectio divina” su il Vangelo di Luca. 4: Le donne, la missione e il Regno di Dio (cc. 8-11) (Conversazioni bibliche), Bologna: EDB 2006, pp. 161. [NTA 51, p. 384; Regno-Attualità 51/nr 22 (2006) 767] rev. J. Radermakers, NRTh 131/2 (2009) 310 Wainwright E.M., Women Healing/Healing Women. The Genderization of Healing in Early Christianity (BibleWorld), London: Equinox - Oakville CT: David Brown 2006, pp. xvi-262: p. 164-171: Women Cured of Evil Spirits and Infirmities (Luke 8:1-3). rev. H. Avalos, BibInt 16/5 (2008) 509-510; S. Miller, JSNT 30/5 (2008) 28: «The woman who are healed thus participate in the basileia healing movement… the woman disciples who have been healed by Jesus from demon-possession are also healers (Lk. 8.1-3)»; T.E. Phillips, RelSR 35 (2009) 61; J.J. Pilch, RevBL 4/2008 <www.bookreviews.org/pdf/6129_ 6543.pdf>; K. Rushton, Colloquium 40/1 (2008); K. Upson-Saia, BCT 4/1 (2008) 19.1-19.4 <www.relegere.org/index.php/ bct/article/viewFile/192/176> Work (practical theology) Aubert J.-M., «Human Work and Christian Faith»: ThDig 30 (1982) 7-12. [BullSignal 37,5761] Rogers M.C. - King C.V., The Kingdom Agenda. Experiencing God in Your Workplace, Miami FL: Kingdom Agenda Ministries 1996, pp. 160 / Rogers M. - Rogers D., The Kingdom Agenda. Experiencing God in Your Workplace, Nashville TN: LifeWay Press 1997, pp. 96. Witherington B., III, Work: A Kingdom Perspective on Labor, Grand Rapids MI: Eerdmans 2011, pp. xvii-166. [NTA 56, p. 199] rev. R.S. Covolo, Themelios 36/3 (2011) 609-610: «this reviewer was left puzzled by Witherington’s kingdom perspective. Does this refer to an eschatological focus of the kingdom to come, an attempt to bring the parables of the kingdom into the discussion, or a broader hermeneutic that places the “Christ Event” as primary? The term “kingdom perspective” not only seems to operate as a catch-all, but it also betrays an inconsistent hermeneutic» (p. 610) World Straubinger H., «Reich Gottes und Weltende»: Oberrheinisches Pastoralblatt (Freiburg i.Br., Germany) 13 (1911) 39-45. Vogt T.[Theophil], «Gottes Reich und Welt»: Quatember 7 (1959) 65-. Salow-Astachow N.I. [Салов-Астахов Никита Игнатьевич], Царство Божие и царство Мира сего [The Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of this World], Флорида 1964, pp. 215 / Wheaton: Evangelical Word 1995 / Niedernberg: Bibel-Mission 2005 [in Russian; see: <www.bibel-mission.de/index.php? 183&backPID=183&tt_products=44>]. van Riessen H., De Wereld en het Koninkrijk Gods. Onderweg in de crisis [The World and the Kingdom of God. Way in the Crisis] (Reformatorische stemmen), Amsterdam: Buijten & Schipperheijn - ‘sGravenhage: Willem de Zwijgerstichting 1972, pp. 31. Honecker M., «Knowledge of God and the Limits of the “Mission” of Christianity»: IRM 68/nr 272 (1979) 354-365. [BullSignal 34,3767] [Mission] Korff W., «Reich Gottes und Welt. Bedingungen und Möglichkeiten christlicher Weltwerantwortung»: in K. Weigelt (ed.), Kirche und Wirklichkeit - Wirklichkeit und Kirche. Vorträge anlässlich der Fachkonferenz der Politischen Akademie vom 30. November bis 2. Dezember 1983 (Politische Akademie der Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung. Arbeitsheft 3), Wesseling-Eichholz: Politische Akademie der Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung 1984, pp. 137: p. 46-74. Pinnock C.H., «God’s Sovereignty in Today’s World»: TTo 53 (1996) 15-21. Yoke of the Kingdom Abrahams I., «The Yoke»: in Id., Studies in Pharisaism and the Gospels. Second Series, London: Cambridge University Press 1924, pp. x-226: p. 4-14 (chap. 2) / online: <www.archive.org/details/studiesinpharis00abrauoft>. Betz H.D., «The Logion of the Easy Yoke and of Rest (Matt 11:28-30)»: JBL 86 (1967) 10-24. [NTA 11,1032] Randellini L., «L’inno di giubilo: Mt 11,25-30; Lc 10,20-24»: RivBib 22 (1974) 183-235. [NTA 19,534] Bacciocchi S., «Matthew 11:28-30: Jesus’ Rest and the Sabbath»: AUSS 22/3 (1984) 289-316 / online: <http://auss.info/auss_publication_file.php?pub_id=697&journal=1&type=pdf>. [NTA 29,528] XII. Biblical and Theological Themes 249 Deutsch C., Hidden Wisdom and Easy Yoke. Wisdom, Torah and Discipleship in Matthew 11.25-30 (JSNT SS 18), Sheffield, U.K.: JSOT 1987, pp. 205 (= rev. Diss. Toronto): p. 126-128: Tannaitic Literature. The Yoke, p. 133-135: Jewish Literature and Mt 11.28-30. The Yoke. [NTA 32, p. 241] rev. D. France, Themelios 14 (1988-89) 66; D.J. Good, JBL 108 (1989) 526-528; D.J. Harrington, CBQ 50 (1988) 526-527; P. Luomanen, TAik 95 (1990) 453; T. Prendergast, Bib 69 (1988) 587-588 Mulloor A., Jesus’ Prayer of Praise. A Study of the Meaning and Function of Mt 11,25-30 in the First Gospel, Roma: Biblical Institute Press 1989, pp. 223 (= Pars Diss. PIB). Sánchez Navarro L., “Venid a mí” (Mt 11,28-28). El discipulado, fundamento de la ética en Mateo (Studia Theologica Matritensia 4), Madrid: Publicaciones de la Facultad de Teología “San Dámaso” 2004, pp. 366. rev. A. Borrell, RCatT 36 (2011) 327-330 van de Sandt H., «Matthew 11,28-30: Compassionate Law Interpretation in Wisdom Language»: in Senior (ed.), The Gospel of Matthew, p. 313-338.